355
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
^..
QM
,-<-.
E
Vv
SSpv?// >-
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
=- i
k : /
>- v
\\0 '^^^^_ 3 "^Sg^^ QJf
NIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
..i^fgg^^. s x^^s^v ^iw/r^ x^T-o^s.
It ca 11. A
#15
DIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
LI
^i
<y$}4<W4< 1
H
. . /
Fs ^
1
2>
T\
4
u
'HEBREW EXERCISE-BOOK.
'HEBREW EXERCISE-BOOK
(HEBREW-ENGLISH AND ENGLISH-HEBREW EXERCISES)
WITH
PRACTICAL GRAMMAR OF THE WORD-FORMS
APPENDIX
CONTAINING
ANALYSIS OF THE VERB-FOUMS IN GEN. I-III, & XII, AND LIST OF ALL THE FORMS
OF THE SO-CALLED ' DOUBLY-IRREGULAR ' VERBS IN THE BIBLE;
FULL AND EXTENSIVE TABLES.
(SECOND EDITION)
BY THE REV.
P. H. MASON, M.A.,
PRESIDENT, TUTOR AND HEBREW LECTURER,
LATE SENIOR DEAN OF ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.
CAMBRIDGE : J. HALL & SON.
LONDON :
SIMPKIN, MARSHALL & Co., AND WHITTAKER & Co.
1883.
[Entered at Stationers' 1 Hall.']
/CospL^rO
PZT4 5^7
m3
*M
ADDRESS TO THE READER.
It is gratifying to have to bring out now a Second Edition*
of the 'First Part of the Exercise-book/ and also of the
' Continuation.' The author was anxious to complete the
whole work before having to spend time on a new Edition of
any Part; and therefore no part of the Exercise-book has
been advertised at all as yet in the Papers or Reviews. He
desires however to express his best thanks to those who have
caused such a re-issue to be necessary now, although it is
required rather earlier than he anticipated. And perhaps he
may trust that the expenditure of time and labour demanded
for going carefully over every page in the preparation of the
re-issue may be kindly taken into consideration as offering
some excuse for the delay in the completion of the work.
He is very glad to be enabled to put forth now the whole
work complete in one volume with 'Index of Hebrew
* The 'First Part of the Exercise-hook' was puhlished at the heginning of the
year 1872. A new Edition of it was really required ahout a year ago ; and there
was then issued what might have heen called a Second Edition of it. This issue
was not so called hecause it was only intended to serve temporarily. The ' Con-
tinuation' was puhlished in May, 1873 ; and what might have heen called a Second
Edition of it was required and issued some months ago.
y582213
IV ADDRESS TO THE READER.
Words' (so far as was thought necessary), and an 'Index
of Matters/ A 'Vocabulary' of some Hebrew words which
are sometimes not given (after Exercise XX) in the Notes
to the Exercises may be found useful ; as also the very brief
English-Hebrew "Vocabulary following it. Generally all the
necessary help is given in the 'Notes to the Exercises.'
The purpose of the author is to enable Students to learn
to know this language as a means for the expression of
thought. The great variety of the forms of words in the
Bible may well seem likely to perplex a Student unless they
be carefully classified for him, and unless he be familiarised
with them as so classified. In this book therefore it is en-
deavoured not only to classify the forms intelligibly, and to
present them for study in their several Classes one after the
other, but moreover to illustrate the forms belonging to
the several Classes in Exercises specially devoted to those
Classes severally, so that the Student may gradually be
familiarised with them all and may be able to employ them
freely and unhesitatingly in rendering English into Hebrew.
All the Exercises are wholly taken from The Hebrew
Bible, and they furnish the Student with a series of passages
containing Examples of all the leading Grammatical
forms in the Language. They are arranged progressively,
from the very simplest expressions and sentences, which the
Beginner may master without any difficulty, to passages in-
volving very intricate forms. By help of the remarks which
precede the several sets of Exercises the Student will gradually
be able not only to recognize and understand such gram-
matical forms when he meets with them in his reading,
ADDRESS TO THE HEADER. V
but moreover lie may become so familiar with, them as to
form them himself and write them down at once with accuracy
as well as with ease and confidence. Let him spare no pains
in attaining accuracy of elementary knowledge. To
encourage him in patient endeavours to attain such accuracy
it may be well perhaps to add that during an extensive and
varied experience of now nearly a quarter of a century of
active work in guiding and training Students to attain a
familiarity* with this Language, the author has had impressed
upon him and continually more and more strongly impressed
upon him that time and patient care devoted to elementary
work are always found by the Student to be time well spent
and care well bestowed ; that the toil (it may be) of working
conscientiously through the Exercises, till thorough familiarity
with the principal forms of all the great Classes of words
shall have been gained by him, is toil which he will find to
involve great and unfailing reward ; and that so a good
solid foundation will be laid on which may be raised a secure
building of sound knowledge that can stand firm against
fiercest assaults of the floods and storms of conflicting
opinions.
P. H. M.
St. John's College, Cambridge,
October 9, 1876.
* And of course far beyond the extent covered by this present book, which is
necessarily but elementary.
[The 'Preface' which follows, is that of the First Edition.]
PREFACE
The object of this Work is to present in an easy form the
leading features of what is usually called the ' Hebrew '
Language. The supposition that this is an exceedingly difficult
language is caused, to some extent, by attempts to explain
it on foreign principles, fundamental principles of its own
being ignored. For instance, what we call ' First Person'
viz., 'I* is not First in Hebrew, but 'He' is First.
Herein lies a fundamental difference of Bible-Thought from
Thought in which each one refers all to himself as the Centre
cf reference. And is it very reasonable that each one of us
should reckon himself as 'Number One'? That it is natural
for one to start from himself as First, is merely an evidence of
the need of education for the correction of natural errors to
which each of us is liable. There are not as many ' Firsts '
Originating Centres of all Time and Space as there have
been, are, and will be, individual men. GOD is the only True
Centre of reference. He, The Unseen, is ' First/ It is not
too much to say that the conflicting Doubts and Difficulties
in modern thought regarding the Bible, arise, in great measure,
from misapprehensions caused by non-recognition of this great
Principle. [And the mind itself, groping after Truth, seems
to shew its want of this by its vain efforts to rise out of mere
individual- self made in high Philosophy and in Scientific
Thought, in the mighty conception of the Transcendental
'Ego/ and in the thought of the 'Self of Humanity/] As,
in regard to the planetary world, so long as the Earth was
reckoned as the centre of the visible Universe, there were
X PREFACE.
strange confusions and perplexities in human speculations,
which have vanished, which have given way to the recog-
nition of Unity, and grand Simplicity, and beautiful Order,
since the Sun was perceived to be the Centre of our System ;
so, but much more grandly (for the above is but an imperfect
illustration), the recognition of the True Centre oe Being
removes vast confusion from our self-centred speculations re-
garding the world of sense and sight and thought and being.
"We gain great advantage, if we gain only the recognition of
this, from study of 'Hebrew' in accordance with its own
principles. This study has been neglected.
The endeavour here is to state simply the facts of the
Language (without discussing, at present, how they came to
be such), and, as far as possible, in what may be called a
Concrete form rather than ' Abstract '4y.
My best thanks are due to those friends who have kindly
and carefully Revised the Proof-sheets, and favoured me with
many valuable observations, viz., Dr. Chance* of Trinity
College, Cambridge (and of Burleigh House, Sydenham Hill,
London), also the Rev. E. T. Leeke, M.A., Fellow of Trinity
College, and Yicar of Barnwell, and the Rev. F. Watson,
M.A., Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge.
P. H. M.
St. John's College, Cambridge,
December , 1871.
PEEFACE TO THE CONTINUATION.
The endeavour of the writer, in this as in the preceding part
of the Exercise- book,' is to state facts. Controversy is
excluded here.
The accompanying pages follow the plan of the 'Exercise-
book/ as far as p. 166. After that, pp. 167-178 contain a
Sketch, merely, of the remaining Sections. That Sketch is
given in order that the Student may be enabled to proceed
at once (with the help of the corresponding Tables) to read
The Bible itself. Pressure of time caused this variation of
plan. The Header will probably be very glad of it, whatever
may have caused it. 'Exercise '-work is indeed very helpful
to Hebrew Students one might say even necessary for them.
But a somewhat long experience as a lecturer and teacher
has made the writer aware of that eager and not unnatural
desire to "begin The Bible," which many Students shew
as soon as they have acquired a certain familiarity with the
principles of the Language. This desire the writer endea-
vours to comply with here, rather earlier than he would, by
IV PREFACE TO THE CONTINUATION.
giving in the 'Sketch* the chief features of the further in-
formation which is needful to the Student, and by some full
Tables.
The elaborate Tables given in this work (pp. i-xliii) have
cost much trouble and pains, which the writer does not regret
having bestowed, as he is sure that these Tables will be found
more and more useful to the Student in his onward progress.
In the body of the work, and in several of the Tables,
Accents are given. They have been so given for the con-
venience of the Student. But they have been purposely
omitted in some few of the Tables, because the Student should
learn to know the position of the Accents without seeing
them, and must be able to do without them at the earliest
moment. Scholars never accentuate their Hebrew Com-
position. See, for instance, N. Herz "Weisel's m^Sfi *T?
and Eichenbaum's H^DT 71 D The Accentuation of The Bible
is a different matter. It is a very important subject, which
must be dealt with at some length elsewhere : here it would
be out of place.
The several Exercises in this Continuation have been put
together on a plan : i.e. the disconnected sentences illustrating
Yerb-forms have an underlying connection in thought. The
thought running through an Exercise is not, however, always
PREFACE TO THE CONTINUATION. V
to be perceived easily. The writer has sometimes amused
himself by illustrating* Rabbinic thought and allusion to be
recognized, it may be, by those only who are in the secret
of the method. But sometimes the thought running through
an Exercise may be easily seen at once. The Student need
not, however, trouble himself at all with this ; but may limit
his attention, at present, to the Verb-forms. Also he is not
expected to parse or analyze any word of which the full
meaning is given in the Notes.
Any Verb mentioned in the Notes, or elsewhere, is supposed
to be of the First Yoice (Kal), unless some other Yoice-mark is
attached to it.
After a time the Student may learn to know words for
himself. Some few words are therefore not given in the
Notes sometimes. It will be found useful to write out in a
list those marked 'not to be given again/ and those in the
Short Vocabularies I-VI ; and moreover to combine them
all Alphabetically. This will make much easier the first use
of a Lexicon.
A few Abbreviations have sometimes been used, which will
be recognized without trouble ; as ' fr.' for from,' ' rf for
'root/ etc.
* As, for instance, in the latter part of Exerc. XX {last few lines o/p. 92).
VI PREFACE TO THE CONTINUATION.
The Reader need not trouble himself, at first, with what is
in small print except when such is specially referred to.
The many cross References (to other ) will be found very
useful to the careful Student. Much trouble has been bestowed
upon them.
The Contents will supply the want of an Index* temporarily,
and may advantageously be read along with Sections XI-XIII
as an Analytical Summary so far which is afterwards un-
necessary.
The writer is glad of this opportunity for repeating his
thankful acknowledgments to Dr. Chance, of Trinity College,
Cambridge (and of Burleigh House, Sydenham Hill, London),
the Rev. E. T. Leeke, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cam-
bridge, and Yicar of Barnwell, and the Rev. F. Watson, M.A.,
Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge. He does not know
how to thank them enough for their kind and careful Revision
of the Proof-sheets, and for the valuable suggestions with which
they have favoured him.
St. John's College, Cambridge,
May, 1873.
To be supplied at the earliest opportunity.
PREFACE TO THE 'CONCLUDING PART.'
After rather more than a year of severe work, and not a
little ill health, the writer of these pages is enabled to put
forth this 'Concluding Part of the Exercise Book/
First, it has been found necessary to give some Additional
Exercises exemplifying forms of the important Classes of Yerbs
in Tables XXI-XXIII, and of those Yerbs which belong to
more than one of the Seven Classes mentioned in 186, and
of Yerbs with Pron.-Affixes. To the Exercises are prefixed
some brief remarks (in the form of Observations on those
several sets of Yerb- forms).
Those Students who are wise enough to work through these
IV PREFACE.
additional Exercises, with careful study of the Yerb-forms
illustrated therein, will hereafter find themselves amply re-
warded for their pains by the much greater ease and pleasure
with which they will be able to read The Bible.
Secondly, an Appendix has been added in order to supply
some aid which the Student is likely to want at his first
attempt to read The Bible itself. As a means of not only
enabling him to recognize more easily the various forms of
Yerbs, but also of familiarizing him (by references) with
several Tables and Sections in which such forms are classified
and mentioned, we give on pages 226-266 an Analysis of
the Yerb-forms in chapters i.-iii. and xii. of the Book of
Genesis with a few Notes on some points of interest which
we will briefly speak of again at the close of this Preface.
Thirdly, on pages 267-314 the Student will find a List of
what some call 'Doubly Irregular' Yerbs, which we would
speak of rather as Yerbs belonging to more than one of the
Seven Classes in 186 (page 124), which might perhaps for
convenience be termed briefly 'Mixed* Yerbs.
On pages 315-380 we mention some matters and forms and
words of importance or of special interest as means of fixing the
PREFACE. V
attention on some principle (see, for instance, pages 360-364).
These need not be dwelt upon in detail here. "We may there-
fore now conclude this Preface with a remark or two about
the few Notes offered, perhaps somewhat unnecessarily, on some
passages in the opening chapters of the Book of Genesis.
The brevity of some of these Notes might possibly cause
misapprehension of our meaning, if we were to neglect to
give this preliminary notice that we have been content here
and there to mention some opinions without entering into any
discussion of them. Thus, we very much prefer to render
Gen. i. 20 in accordance with what is said in the brief Note
upon that verse on page 230; but we have not troubled the
Header with the discussion which would have been necessary
had we attempted to give the reasons for our preference.
So in the Note on Gen. i. 5 (p. 227) we have held aloof from
the controversy as to the signification of the word ' day ' ;
nor have we there touched upon the signification of the words
for ' evening ' and 'morning/ And we beg leave to be allowed
to hold aloof from the tumult of that controversy still. But,
although a quiet remark of one who will not join in the fray
can hardly be expected to be listened to amid the din of
conflict, we may perhaps just observe in passing that the
VI FREFACE.
Hebrew word here used for Evening* involves the notion of a
'Mixing up/ and that the word for 'day* cannot rightly be
limited to a twentyfour hours' day, as some wish to limit it.*
Also we may venture to express the hope that our own use of
the English words 'evening' and 'morning' and 'day' in our
little Note on page 227 may not be misunderstood. We do
not there mean merely a ' twentyfour-hours ' day, with its
evening after the daylight and its morning after the night.
We use there common words. All of us use common words.
And may we not sometimes use common words as a vehicle
for rather more meaning than we want them for ordinarily ?
For many years past Gen. i. has spoken to us of successive
'Mixings up' followed successively by grand breakings of
'Morning* after 'Morning' not to be confounded with those
of ordinary ' day/ We know too that we English people our-
selves can have our English word 'day' used indefinitely in
such expressions as " the day of salvation," and " the passing
day of this our mortal life." And so with regard to our
* It will be seen that we are speaking of what is stated by the Book itself. "We
object, as strongly as any one, to all attempts to bend and alter and reduce the
statements of the Book in order to suit what we might adopt as results of scientific
research or any speculations or theories of our own. And as we would not limit it,
so also we would not have it made to say more than it says. We may not add
thereto, any more than we may diminish therefrom. We hope that the Reader will
not misinterpret our Note on Gen. i. 21 (p. 230) to carry more than the corresponding
wdrds of this Preface on page vii.
PREFACE. Vll
English word ' morning ' in such an expression as "we are
looking for the dawn of the Morning of the great Day of Life
the Day of Eternity which shall be closed in by no evening,
and shall know no setting Sun."
******
And may we, without descending into the arena of controversy,
be permitted to say a word or two about a very common
mistake ? In our short Note on Gen. i. 21 (p. 230) we call
attention to what all who will may see for themselves to be
the fact, viz. that 'Creating* is mentioned in only three
verses of Gen. i. It is said in v. 1 that
"GOD created the heavens and the earth."
But then no mention is made any more of 'Creating' until,
after the introduction of animal life had been ordered (v. 20),
it is said in v. 21
"And GOD created" [certain forms].
Again, ' Creating ' is mentioned in v. 27. Three times in this
verse the expression is used. And, as said on p. 230,
The making of man in (or into) the Image of God
is spoken of as an act of Creation.
Is it too much then to say that all objections and difficulties
nd doubts which rest upon the supposition that the Book of
Vlll PREFACE.
Genesis speaks of either " Six days of *- Creation/ " or " ' Crea-
tion* of 'Species/" fall at once to the ground? The Book
does not so speak,* as all may see who will.
But it is true that the Book is opposed to Materialism, is
opposed to Pantheism. It is true that it declares
"GOD created the heavens and the earth."
And after the grand exordium of the opening verse, it tells
of Operation of God, ordered production and evolution at the
* It will be seen that we are merely stating facts. "We have been endeavouring
also to be brief.
It is possible that some may think that we attach too much importance to the fact
that the word for ' creating' is not used except as we have stated. It is also very
commonly supposed that the word for 'making' is 'all the same' as the word for
* creating.' And we own that some have given 'creating' in a few places as the
sense of the word to which they allow the sense of ' making' in many other places,
and some seem to have no notion of accuracy in the use of the two Roots. In
accordance with our general plan of avoiding controversy as much as possible, we
will but observe here that
(i.) The two Eoots are not identical, but different ;
(ii.) The usage of the two Eoots is not exactly the same, [it is even les& so perhaps
than is the usage of the English words ' create' and ' make' ; and most will allow
that to ' make' a box (for instance) is not necessarily the same as to ' create' one] ;
(iii.) It is distinctly the Eoot for ' making,' not the Eoot for ' creating,' which
is used in Exod. xx. 11, where the six days of ' making' are spoken of thus : " Eor
[during] six days The-LoRD made (or wrought) the heavens and the earth, the sea
and all that [is] in them," etc.
It cannot be wrong to observe the fact of the Eoots being different. And perhaps
we may fairly doubt whether the case against a passage is necessarily a strong one,
so far, at least, as the case rests upon the supposition that it does not matter which
one of two different words is used in the passage. We allow however that we have
not in this Footnote dealt with the controversy about those two different words. We
shall be glad to have an opportunity for dealing with it fully, in a more fit place
than this.
PREFACE. IX
Word of God, and His Resting after 'Creating' man in the
Image and after the Likeness of God.
Enough, for the present.
******
We would add a remark about the danger of limiting the
Original by our Translations. The substitution of "the first
day" by Translators, in Gen. i. 5, for the expression in the
Original which signifies literally " one day," is perhaps hardly
a fair instance of this, because the facts which we have
endeavoured to state in the Note on pages 234-236 scarcely
allow us to speak of the renderings "the first" and "one"
as equally admissible renderings of the word which occurs
there. A better example of the danger of limiting the
Original, by the exclusion of a possible rendering, is offered
in the Note on Gen. iii. 22 (pp. 253-259). The important
difference between such renderings as
" Behold ! the man is become as one of us to know good and
evil," and
"Behold the man was as one of us with-regard-to-knowing etc.,"
is sufficiently plain. That the second is an admissible render-
ing,* and that it has some support from antiquity, will we
* Of another possible rendering, which we have not mentioned, the principle was
partially expressed in the Freface to the First Part of the ' Exercise-book.'
X PREFACE,
think be seen by the Reader of the Note referred to. We
may not dwell upon that further here.
We have the pleasurable duty of repeating our expression
of warmest thanks to the Friends who have kindly revised
Proof-sheets and favoured us with valuable observations and
suggestions, viz. Dr. Chance of Trinity College, Cambridge
(and of Burleigh House, Sydenham Hill, London), the Rev.
E. T. Leeke, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge,
and Yicar of Barnwell, and the Rev. F. Watson, M.A., Fellow
and Theological Lecturer of St. John's College, Cambridge.
It is but right to record also our thankful acknowledgments
to those who have very kindly made the 'Index of passages
in the Bible' whose names we are not permitted to mention.
P. H. M.
Bt. John's Ool.ljsgb, Cawiukidwb,
Jfiwemhw, 1874,
CONTENTS
(Oe the Part issued in 1872)
PAGE
Sect. I. The Prefixes 1, tea, D, H fc , . 1-6
Exercises I., II 7, 8
Sect. II. Personal Pronouns, Absolute Porms (Tab. I.) . 9, 10
Plan of the Exercises 11
Exercises III., IV 11,12
Sect. III. Personal Pronouns, Affix Forms (Tab. II.- VII.) 13-15
Exercises V.-X 16-20
Sect. IV. The Relative Pronoun ^m 21-24
Exercises XL, XII 25-27
Sect. V. Demonstrative Pronouns 28
Sect. VI. Interrogative Pronouns 29
Sect. VII. Nouns-Substantive (Tab. V.-XIII.) . . . 30-47
Exercises XIII., XIV 47-49
Sect. VIII. Nouns- Adjective 50-55
Exercises XV., XVI 55-57
Sect. IX. Pronouns-Adjective 58-59
Exercises XVII., XVIII 59-61
Sect. X. Numerals 62-68
Sect. XI. Verbs : (I.) Voices, (II.) Tenses, (III.) Arrange-
ment of Table XIV. of the ' Pull ' Verb . . 69-
Tables I.-XIV i-xv
CONTENTS OF THE CONTINUATION.
PAGE
Sect. XI continued. Verbs. Remarks on Table XIV 77-89
(1) Infinitives Absolute 77, 7S
Construct, and with Dfea [App. (A) to Tab. XIV] 79
With Pron. Affixes [Tab. XV] 80
(2) Past Tense [see also p. 73 & 74] 81, 82
(3) Participles [App. (B) and (C) to Tab. XIV] 82-85
(4) Imperative and (5) Future [see also p. 75 & 76] 85-89
Exercises XIX-XXIII , , 90-96
Vocabulary I 91
Observations i-xi * 93
Sect. XII. Verbs continued. Certain usages 97-1 05
General usage of the two Tenses 97-100
The Tenses with 1 pref. 100-102
Brief Summary , 102,103
Imperative, Negative Imper., etc 103
Some usages to be referred to, as occasion may arise 104, 105
Vocabulary II 106
Exercises XXIV, XXV 106-108
Sect. XIII. Verbs continued. Vakiations 109-124
I. Pause-forms 109-113
II. Certain neoessary Variations 114, 115
III. First Rt-letter H, n, or V [Tab. XVI (1)] 115-120
IV. Second Et-letter K, H, n, or V [Tab. XVI (2)] 120
V. Third Rt-letter Ft, n, or V [Tab. XVI (3)] 120, 121
VI. Verbs with T in the Boot. [For 1 as 2 d letter, see also
App x to Tab. XVI (2)] 121
VII. Verbs whose 3* Rt-letter is ] or T) 121,122
VIII. Verbs with any of DSDin in the Boot 122, 123
IX. A Table of 7 other Classes 124
Vocabulary III 125
Exercises XXVI, XXVII 125-127
Vlll CONTENTS OF THE CONTINUATION.
PAGB
Sect. XIV. Verbs whose 1 st Rt-letter is tf [Tab. XVII] ... 128-130
Exercises XXVIH, XXIX 131, 132
Sect. XV. Verbs whose 1 st Rt-letter is * [Tab. XVIII] 133-139
Observations xn-xv 139
Vocabulary IV 140
Exercises XXX, XXXI 140-142
Sect. XVI. Verbs whose 1 st Rt-letter is J [Tab. XIX] 143-146
Vocabulary V 147
Exercises XXXII, XXXIII 147-149
Sect. XVII. Verbs whose 2 d Rt-letter is ) or * [Tab. XX] 150-163
Vocabulary VI 164
Exercises XXXIV, XXXV 164-168
Sects. XVIII-XXIV [Note].
XVIII. Verbs whose 2<* and 3* Kt-letters are the same [Tab, XXI] 169
XIX. Verbs whose 3* Rt-letter is X [Tab. XXII] 169
XX. Verba whose 3* Rt-letter is n [Tab. XXIII] 170-173
XXI. Verbs belonging to more than one of the last 7 Classes ... 174
XXII. Verb-forms with Pron.-Affixes [Tabs. XXIV-XXX] 175
XXIII. Some other Voice-forms 175-177
XXIV. 'Compound' or 'Mixed' forms 177,178
App* (A), (B), (C) to Tab. XIV, and Tabs. XV-XXX xvi-XLin
CONTENTS OF THE CONCLUDING PART.
PAGE
Observations XVI-XXII 179, 180
Exercises XXXYI & XXXYII [on Verbs having the same
letter for their 2 d and 3 d Kt-letters] 181-184
Observations XXIII-XXV 185
Exercises XXXYIII & XXXIX [on Verbs irt] 186-189
Observations XXVI-XXX 190-193
Exercises XL-XLII [on Verbs n' 1 ?] 194-201
Observations XXXI & XXXII 202
Exercises XLIII & XL1V [on what are sometimes called
< Doublv-Irregular Verbs'] 203-207
Observations XXXI II-L 208-212
Exercise XLV [on Verbs with Pron-Affs.] 213-215
Psaim XXIII 215, 216
Exercises XL VI-L [General Exercises] , 217-220
Appendix , 221-382
(I.) A few brief remarks on the significations of Voice-forms 221
(II.) Certain Tense-forms, and Apocopated forms, used with
1 Con vers., and with /$ Deprecative, and in the expres-
sion of a Positive wish 222
Xll CONTENTS.
PAGE
QIL) Analysis op Verb-forms in Gen. i.-iii. and xii 22G-266
Preliminary Note : A. few remarks on the sometimes given to
ordinary Prefixes 1 and ^23. 223-225
Note on Gen. i. 5 227
Note on Gen. i. 11 228
Obs. (i)-(iii) on Gen. i. 14 229
Note on the use of the Root fcO)3 in Gen. i. (viz. only in vss. 1,
21, and 27) 230
Note on Gen. i. 24 231,232
Obs. (a) & (j8) on " day one" and " second," " third" "fourth"
"fifth," but " the sixth," in Gen. i 234-236
Note on Gen. ii. 3 (lit. " He created to make") 236, 237
[For another rendering which is possible see Note (H) on
pp. 380-382].
Preliminary Note on Gen. ii. 4 etc , 237
Note on Gen. ii. 5 (the use of DID) 238,239
Note on Gen. iii. 6 (the signification of *P$\fftjf) 246, 247
Note on Gen. iii. 22 (the passage rendered in the E.V. "Behold
the man has become as one of us to know good and evil") 252-259
(IY.) List of forms of what are sometimes called ' Doubly
Irregular Verbs,' or, rather, Verbs belonging to
more than one of the Seven Classes in 186 (p. 124) 267-314
The following may be selected* as being more or
less important, viz. :-
m 267
* :... 268
niK and rbtt 269
ASK 270
WW 271
N13 272-275
SVfl 276-278
rrn 278-280
ra* 281
nv (i.) 281
iTT(IL) ... 281,282
^ , 282
TW 283
JIB* 283,284
K^ 284-286
NT 286-288
m* 288,289
CONTENTS. Xlll
PAGE
J-SK3 290, 291
K3J 291
TU 292
ni3 (forms given from this E. by some, but from fl^ by
others) 294
RW 296
HDJ 297
tS$ 298, 299
HD3 .. 300
Mfift 302-304
NKO 305
HEW 305, 306
my 309
JUS 309,310
Hip 311,312
l\ r ote on HithpI-el forms
(I.) Transposition of 1 st Et-letter of Verbs whose 1 st Et-
letter is ^, fe>, D, or * 315
[For n T 3t?Di^nn (Jer. xlix. 3) see 246, p. 162].
The replacing of the H by V after V 315
(II.) The dropping of the H of fify and the insertion of
Dagesh
(a) in a 1 st Et-letter 1 or B or H 316
(/3) sometimes in the case of a 1 st Et-letter T or 3
or J or V 316-318
(7) also in some * Mixed Voice' forms 318
(V.) Further Eemabes on Vebr-eorms
(1) Some Infin. Absolute forms 319
(2) Some Infin. Constr. forms 320-324
(3) Some Past-Tense-forms 324-326
(4) SomePartic. forms 326-330
(5) Some Imper. & Future forms 330-337
(6) Some Niph-al forms 338-341
(7) Some Tl-el forms 342-347
(8) Some Tu-al forms 347,348
(9) Some Hiph-il forms 348-355
(10) Some Hoph-al forms 355-357
(11) Some Hithpa-el forms 357-360
XIV CONTENTS.
PAfiR
(V.) Fuethee Eemaees on Veeb-foems (continued)
The word tmijtfp Prov. xxvii. 15 360-364
Note (A) on the Yoice-forms tys & )tfk 365-368
Note (B) on some Verb-forms with N or H or n or V as
2 d Et-letter 368,369
Note (C) on some Verb-forms with H or H or V as
3 d Et-letter 370-374
Note (D) a remark on 230 & 231 374
Note (E) remarks on 236 (7) & 237 374-378
Note (F) on some forms of Pron-Affs. to Verbs 378, 379
Note (G) Objective Pron-Affs. may be used Relatively 380
Note (H) on Gen. ii. 3 380-382
Vocaeulaey , 383-388
FIRST PART
EXERCISE-BOOK
Corrections of the Exercises.
Page 91, 1. 5 of Exercise, for & , read $ .
93, 1. 3, for 2d & 3d words, read ty jrp .
94, 1. 3 of Exercise, for to, read to 17 .
94, Note 13, for Note f Obs. 1, read Note .
94, Note 15, for #W , read BS^U /
95, Note 32, oft Tab. X. 5.
108, 1. 4, /or to Moses, read to 43 Moses.
108, 1. 5, for that I, read that 44 1.
108, add to Notes, 43 h$ . 44 *3 .
127, 11. 12, 14 & 15, for on, read on 28 .
127, 1. 1 of Notes, for lta lM , read lta ntf Fut. ( ).
127, 1. 4 of Notes, for (i.e. etc.) rearf (For the construct
form see p. 84, Note *).
132, 1. 1 of Notes, for 5 Stf, read 5 PtW
167, 1. 12, for The Lord, read The Lord God.
188, 1. 12, after lift up, add (as in Tab. XXII, the 3 not
dropped) .
200, 1. 11, for the spoil of, read spoil to the.
[The Hebrew for ' the spoil of heathen- nations '
would be Di5 ??].
201, 1. 10, add an (*) # the end of And thou shalt be.
205, last line, for to-give-thanks, read to give-thanks.
HF.RRTT.W TCYT?.Pf!TT? PAAF
The Student is advised to limit his attention at first to
the following and pages of the Exercise-book, viz. :
1-59 (with a-8 on p. 38), 65-67, 70-73, 75-98 (with
N.B.), 115-137, 138 A. i (omitting ii-v), 138 B. i (omitting
ii-v), 139-141 7, 142-144 0, 145, Note I on pp. 89 & 89*,
Observations I-XI on p. 93,
148-159, 161, 164-167. ii. a, pp. 113* & 113**,
pp. 114-130** (omitting iv), pp. 133-222. The rest may be
reserved till the Student is at work on The Hebrew Bible.
All the Exercises should be done of course.
* Also, even, that, though, whereas, etc. There is also a 1 followed by
Dagesh, which is prefixed to certain Verb-forms only. This need not be dealt
with at present.
* For J before a letter bearing an Accented vowel, see hereafter , Obs. XVI
(p. 179).
B
HEBREW EXERCISE BOOK.
[The Student is supposed to be familiar with Part I of the Grammar, which
is referred to in the following pages thus Pt. I.
N.B. Many Footnotes on the following pages need not be bead at present.
They will be found very useful hereafter when the Student is reading the Bible ]
SECTION I
Certain Prefixes.
1. The Student should be familiarized as soon as possible
with the use of the following Prefixes :
(i.) 1, (ii.) h'3 ft (i-) 0, (iv.) H.
2. As regards the Punctuation of these Prefixes,
(i.) The ) takes [see also 3 {b d)],
(ii.) The 3, the 3, and the 7, also take -r [ 4] ;
(iii.) The fo takes followed by Dagesh [ 5].
(iv.) Of the prefixes ft, there is
one which takes followed by Dagesh [ 6],
and one which takes ^7 [ 7].
In 3 7 we will deal with these one by one in order.
3. (a.) The ) (and*) is prefixed thus,
T a hand, Tit AND a hand.
But some CHANGE MUST be made when the ) is prefixed
to a word which has a Shva under its first letter, because
* Also, even, that, though, whereas, etc. There is also a \ followed by
Dagesh, which is prefixed to certain Verb-forms only. This need not be dealt
with at present.
t For 1 before a letter bearing an Accented vowel, see hereafter , Obs. XVI
(p. 179).
B
2 PREFIXES ) AND b f? 3 3. 3 (6)-4 (5).
N.B. There can never be two Moving Shvas together.
The changes which are made are as follows :
(b.) Before **, the ) takes ; and with this .the * blends
so as to form * t (Long-Khirih), the of the *> being then
dropped; thus,
iTTirV Juda, iTTl!"P , l and Juda.
(c.) (i.) Before any other letter with ) (not )) is prefixed; thus,
?)ft% yesterday, + PlDrvl and yesterday.
[(ii.) Also J) (not 1) is put before 3 and fo and 3 even
when these letters have a Vowel ; thus,
from )*3 & *0 & |g, we have tp# & i & *|gn
(J.) Before any one of the letters J^nnX { with a Compound
Shva, the ) takes
~ before -~, before tt, "7* o before tt ; thus,
*3 s J, *$& and I, and so V^l, f$, 8tj, ^H), etc.
4. (a.) The three 3 *V* or %, 3 as or fo'&ej 7 to or for, are
prefixed thus,
T2 in a 7iantf, Y3 like a feared, *1v to a 7wma\
t : ' t: ' t;
But some change must be made when one of these is to be
prefixed to a word which has a Shva under its first letter, because
there can never be two Moving Shvas together. The changes
which are made are as follows :
(b.) Before *J|, the 2 or 3 or 7 takes . With this the *
blends so as to form ' -r (the of the *> being dropped) ; thus,
from rnin* Juda rrrura, irjlfp?, rn-irv 1 ?.
* But not before The Name [Pt. I. 79 (2)], which may be represented by * f
for which "OIK is read. Before this Name the 1 takes , and the is dropped,
as in J*J (which 'is read as ^'l^l).
t For the removal of Dagesh Lene from the fl see Pt. I. 51 (iv).
X (i.) Before ^'"IK The Lord (and some words from D'OIK, besides), the 1
takes -b~, and the -^ of the N is dropped, as in 'OlkO and The Lord, tfl&tt, &c
(ii.) Before D^7tf God (and some words from it) the 1 takes and
the -vr of the X is dropped, as in d^NI and God.
(in.) Euphonic exceptions are Dp^Pjl, rtfl), Wjl, QQ$]t, -Vm, p. 277 9.
(iv.) Before -^ or -^ when not under one of JJnnX, -1 is put; thus SilT-l.
ie. one of the three , -w>"?rJ pt - * 23t
I! But before The Name J, is given (the being dropped); thus *! etc.
Comp. Note (*) above.
PREFIXES 7 3 2 AND ft. 4 (<>>^5 (6). 3
(c.) Before any other letter with , the 3 or 3 or ^ takes a
' Slight' -yowgX [Pt. I. 56], generally ; thus,
from na fruit,* naa, * *)(&- * na 1 ?.
(J.) Before any one of the letters ^finKf with a Compound
Shva (Pt. I. 23), the prefixes bn take
before , before -^r, o before 77 ; thus,
Di^qa, n$K3, tfatk, *%$, etc.
(e.) For the 732 with followed by Dagesh% (with another
vowel in some cases in which the Dagesh cannot stand), see
below, 8.
Note, (a.) These prefixed particles have some other significations sometimes,
besides those that are given above. "When any instance of this occurs in the
Exercises, due notice will be given.
(j3.) The 733 have sometimes ; comp. Eule II. on p. 225.
(y.) Besides these prefixes ?33, there are also the Prepositions IDS in,
IDS like. )tb to. There is also |D from, as well as the prefix D of (5).]
5. (a) The prefix ft {from) takes followed by Dagesh; thus,
Tft from a hand, ''33?? from weeping.
(b.) But the 5 letters ^Hiltf do not receive this Dagesh. And
* For the removal of Dagesh Lene from the a, see Pt. I.. 51 (iv).
t (i.) Before tflK (and some words from D^'lK besides), the 733 take -*
and the of the K is dropped ; thus, *fi*2, etc. Comp. Note (t, i.) on p. 2.
(ii.) Before D*iJ7fc5 (and some words from it) the 733 take and the-vj- of
the K is dropped ; thus, D^NS, etc. Comp. Note (t, ii.) on p. 2.
(iii.) Euphonic exceptions are nVnS, rVV!$, etc., on p. 276 & 277; & Tk$
p. 278.
t rlFTQilS (Is. xxiv. 2) has '33 irregularly, instead of '33,
In a few cases the Dagesh is omitted, where it would be over a Shva; as
from the 3 of "VV?*?, Jud. viii. 2 (where some have the Dagesh) ; from the J of
Dn-VQJD Ez. xxxii. 30 ; from the ? of Di^Q Gen. xxv. 23. [These instances
are cited by B. D. Kimkhi.]
4 PREFIXES fa AND flL 5 (6) 6 (c).
'Compensation* for the Dagesh' is said to be made by
lengthening the -r of the into ; thus,
Dnap, DYigo, ninp, ^r, H^d, pth&, etc.
(c.) Before * f the ft takes , with which t the * blends so
as to form * (the -r of the * being dropped and the Dagesh
NOT then given after the ft ;) thus,
JTTliV Jwda, flTWnMp fkom Juda.
6. (a.) The prefix H bearing and followed by Dagesh is
the mark for 'the' I; thus,
*1* a 7ia/id, TH the Tiand; ?ip a voice, T^pH the voice.
(b.) The 5 letters ^hHM do not receive the Dagesh. And
'Compensation for the Dagesh' is said to be made by
lengthening the into ; thus,
|{H$ a man, t^Nn the man, and so "T*Jj$j) the city, J?$On the foad.
As a Eule, this Compensation IS MADE before 1 and before
X, and generally before JJ; but
(c.) N.B. The Compensation is not made
(i.) before Jl,
(ii.) before Jf, except in a few instances : thus,
* This ' Compensation for the Dagesh' is sometimes refused, as in D-lili?, and
so in finp; but we find riwnft (Jer. vii. 34). So ^BVVP and SJ|fT Is. xiv. 3,
ifftp 1 Sam. xxiii. 28, (& 2 Sam. xviii. 16,) etc. And before H, as in rifeflQ
1 Ki. ii. 27, DHVnp Hag. ii, 16, 'only when it is with Shva,' as E. D. Kimkhi
remarks, who cites these examples. This case (of the fl) is slightly different from
the others. For, the simple Shva beneath the H [being quiescent (Pt. I. 25)]
shows that the fl is made to end the syllable beginning with the b. [Obs.
Modern editions a,re not always to be relied upon in this, and in some other
matters.]
t But before The Name *, for which ^'"1K is read, the B takes ; thus *&
X The 'Definite Article', as it is called. This Prefix has some other values
also, as will be seen by and by. [For another prefix which sometimes appears
like this, see 7 (&, Note).
"inn the mountain (from in), and so ITVirij and so also Dnn niSHn
Hjnn, from Dn, npn, n|n for which see 9 (a) & 94.
prefixes H. 6 (c) 7 (a). 5
(i.) jn favour, \T\7] the favour; "fin a hole, "linn the Tiote*;
(ii.) 1)T1 majesty, *linn the majesty, etc.
(<) KB. Moreover, this Prefix H (the) takes t
(i.) before words beginning with fl,
thus, 311 a feast, 5nri THE/easi; and so ^H, Dprtn, etc.;
(ii.) before words beginning with UNACCENTED j"J f, or ]}f,
[thus DHH mountains, D^HH the mountains t,
DHJJ cities, D"OJ}n the ciftes;
[(iii.) also, but only rarely, before unaccented tf, as in
T
*ti>$n (Mi. ii. 7), according to some].
(e.) The of the Prefix n (the) is sometimes retained before
y, as in D^TJ^H (Prov. ii. 13) the ones-forsaking (m.). But
this is somewhat rare except in cases of the ' Contraction'
mentioned in 8.]
[(f.) The Dagesh for this Prefix fj (the) is generally not
given to * having Shva; thus l&Vl THE river, *liDV7 the
foundation. But the Dagesh is given sometimes, as in tWVH
the Greeks (Joel iv. 6); and so in TVttffif (Is. xiv. 26)].
7. (a.) The prefix f| having signifies Interrogation ||; thus,
B^ /ier<? is, B^n Is there?, DJ a sea, D^H whether^ a sm?
* So >nn the Ziviw^ (or that liveth), for which there is once VIH Gen. vi. 19.
Comp. D*;nn 2 Chr. xiv. 4 (and xxxiv. 4 & 7) with D^0i? once, Is. xvii. 8.
N.B. The i- here is the Long -7-; not the o, K. Khautuph.
t So in mrthnn 2 K. xv. 16, -UniD Ezra x. 14.
T V T V "TV
The Dagesh F. is sometimes omitted also from t? (thus toVJPV the little
Nu. xxxv. 8, etc.) ; and in the case of a few other letters with -r- the Dagesh is
not given in a few instances.
II Sometimes it serves as a Note of Admiration ! '
% We have no word really in English for this H. Perhaps the word
"Whether?" may temporarily be used for it where an English word may seem
to be necessary. The prefix may sometimes be represented by "whether"
almost without interrogation.
6 ft INTERROG. 7 (b & c). A CONTRACTION 8.
(b.) Before a letter with Shva (Simple or Compound), the
Interrogative ft takes a * Slight '-vowel ; thus,
DJ^pn* WHETHER a little?, TYQ#[} WHETHER frMZ/i?
(c.) The ft Interrogative sometimes takes f before one of
the letters yplfttf (even when having a Vowel) ; thus,
j*X there is not, ]WT\ Is there not?; ity #e, "ityn whether ?/<?2
[Note (i.) This prefix is to be placed before the first word of the Interro-
gative clause.
(ii.) In some instances the context alone t can decide whether the
prefix H is a mark of Interrogation or for the Definite Article.]
8. (a.) A Contraction is often made when a word with the
'Definite Article* is to have one of the prefixes 753, the ft
being left out , and its vowel given to the prefix ; thus,
DJ3 for DH5, D3 for D T rj|, D*^ for DJ&V;
and so, fljj for jnns, ^na for 9pm? } ^:]h for vynb.
(b.) N.B. This Contraction is not made in the case of the
prefixes ) & of 3 & 5. In the case of these, the full form
must always be written ; thus,
D*ni and the sea, D*!"ID from the sea.
(c.) The full forms sometimes occur, with the prefixes 7, 5, 3;
thus DWH3, Di s n3 ? Dnar;
and so TOJb^ ninrfr, Djjn^, ni^nn?, Dpnn?, Yjfttyf. But,
(J.) The contracted forms are the most common, and should
always be written in Composition.
* This word, with the PI thus pointed, is exactly like a word with the
Definite Article ' in Note () on p. 5. By the Context alone can it be known in
this case whether the prefix H is a mark of interrogation or for the ' Definite
Article'. Comp. 'Note (ii.)' above. ,
t And sometimes (before an unaccented Long ) it takes ; thus *lbXPJ
Ez. xxviii. 9, vtfKfl Nu. xi. 12, Job. xxi. 4, nn^HH Joel i. 2, 2&T\n Gen. xxiv. 5.
t The context, however, generally decides without any doubt.
This is but one instance of a not unusual Contraction (as will be seen here-
after). When H would be preceded immediately by a letter bearing Shva, the PI in
several other cases is dropped sometimes, and its vowel given to that preceding
letter.
B All these instances in (c.) are given by K. D. Kimkhi.
[To face p. 6.]
Table of the Prefixes in Section I.
*** The " after a letter stand in place of a word.
(i) The 1, and the 3, 3, 7, are prefixed thus :
(a) '") and -| f -3, ~'h, ordinarily [ 3(a) & 4 (a)].
(5) ~*j and ~*3, "*3, -*>, before * [ 3 {b) & 4 (5)]
(c) i, ) and 3, 3, 7, before any other letter with
[ 3 & 5 (<?)], and
ii. !| also (instead of 1) before 3 and and fi .
!1 and 3, 3, 7, before ;
J and 3, 3,7, before ;
1* and 3* 3* 7* before .
T T > T t r >
[Note. For tflXI, >fl*l t etc., and ttlj&KJ, 6^3, etc.
see Note (J) p. 2 and (f) p. 3.]
(ii) The 6 of 5 is prefixed thus :
(#) '"ti followed by Dagesh,
(b) -g before one of the letters 1J?nnN (Pt. I, 49),
(c) '"* before '"*,
(iii) The H of 6 is prefixed thus :
(a) Jl followed by Dagesh ordinarily,
(b) Jl for ' Compensation,' but
(c) n is retained before M generally (and before Jl some-
times),
(d) Jl is given before H and before unaccented Jl and ]} t
(iv) The Interrogative Jl is prefixed thus :
(a) Jl ordinarily,
(b) n before a letter which has a Shva.
* The here is o.
8
Exercise II.
{To be translated into Hebrew.}
* # * The Hebrew words required are given in a foot-note. Contracted forms
( 8) are to be used here.
Harvest. And harvest. In harvest. The harvest. And
the harvest. In the harvest. And in harvest. And in the
harvest. To harvest. And to harvest. To the harvest. And
to the harvest. From harvest. From the harvest. And from
the harvest. And from harvest. "Whether in harvest ?
Whether like the harvest ?
Fire. 2 The fire. In the fire. As the fire. As fire.
And as the fire. And in the fire. From fire. And from fire.
In fire. "Whether in the fire 1 To the fire. And to the fire.
"Water. 3 And water. And the water. From the water.
Whether to the water? And as the water. And in the water.
Sand. 4 As sand. The sand. As the sand. From sand.
And the sand. And as the sand. In the sand. And in the
sand. And from the sand.
. An ornament. 5 As an ornament. To an ornament. From
an ornament. And an ornament. And to an ornament. And
from an ornament. Whether an ornament ? And in an orna-
ment.
Truth. 6 And truth. In truth. To truth. As the truth.
From truth. Whether truth ? Whether as truth ? Whether
from truth ? And the truth. And in the truth. And to the
truth. And in truth.
A bee. 7 In a bee. And in a bee. As a bee. And as a
bee. And from a bee. The bee. And to the bee. From a
bee. From the bee. Whether a bee ? Whether from the bee ?
And the bee.
*m>* x 2 &b 3 ^n 4 njr n^r ,to 7
SECTION II.
Personal Pronouns. Absolute Forms.
9. (a.) The absolute forms of the Personal Pronouns are given
fully in Table I (at the end of the book). The following are the
leading forms :
I <3 (or $5$), thou [m.) nm, he Mil,.
we -UrnS (or tom), ye (ro.) DflX, they (m.) DH or H^JJj
besides which there are the Feminine forms,
8heWT\* t they(f.)nin f
thou (/.) m, ye (/.) iTjg.
There are also the * Pause '-forms [Pt. I. 41],
i : >jk (: dJk), | fftow (m.) : nm } | t/ww (/.) : m } | * : wr$s (: wrjj).
These may be convenient!)^ arranged in a Tabular form :
>3X
TABLE I.
[N.B. p. stands for Pause-form ', Pt. I. 41.]
SlNGULAK.
thou m. (p. : nnx) nnx
ttott/. (p. : m) &$
(v.:<m ,(p. :<?*)
fc tan
v
Plural.
f ( * ) WS
<7i<?y w. on n^n
tfty/. nan
(ft.) These (except *NVl) are the forms to be used in Com-
position. Those in the Notes on the full Tab. I are given
*' The form K1H occurs in the Pentateuch. It is 'read' K*n [Pt. I. 79 (3)].
10 PERSONAL PRONOUNS 9, 10
in order that the Student may be able to recognise them
when he meets with them in the course of his reading.
(7.) The words by the side of which the u p." is placed,
are forms that occur in " Pause " (Cp. Pt. I., 41). Those
Pronouns for which no ' Pause ' forms are specified retain,
when in * Pause/ the form given in Table I.
(&.) According to a fundamental principle of the Language in
the Bible, what we call ' Third Person ' is reckoned ' First ; '
i.e., He is First not I. The corresponding arrangement of
the personal Pronouns, in an order so contrary to that with
which we are all of us familiar, would appear very strange to
the English Reader. The arrangement of Table I.*, above,
has been devised as a means of introducing the matter gradu-
ally. According to this, the Eeader may take the Pronouns
/, Thou, He, etc., from left to right as he is used to read
English. But he may also take the Hebrew Pronouns there
from right to left, as he will wish to take them when familiar
with the Hebrew order of the Pronouns.
[N.B Since English words must be used in the sense which they usually bear
in English, we must use the English terms * First ' Person for /, Me, We, etc.,
and Third ' Person for He, Him, Them, etc., because this is the English usage.
But the Student must remember that the Hebrew usage is just the reverse, as he
will know for himself by-and-by.]
10. (a.). Only two Genders, Masculine and Feminine, are
recognized in Hebrew.
(.). The ' First Person ' Pronouns (as they are called in
English) are of common gender, i.e., have no different forms
for different genders.
[Note. There being no ' Neuter ' Pronouns in Hebrew, we
may have to place (m.) or (/.) by the side of " it " sometimes,
thus, it (m.), it (/.), in order to point out the gender
of the Hebrew word to which "it" refers.]
* And so in some other Tables below.
PLAN OP THE EXERCISES, 11. 11
[11. N.B. In the Exercises:
(a) The figures 1, 2, 3, etc., attached to words, refer to Notes below the Exer-
cise, in which Notes all necessary assistance is given.
03) In the Hebrew Exercises (to be translated into English) the meaning of
each word is put in the Note so far as it cannot be made out from what has
been previously given.
(y) Wherever a Hebrew word involves something that has not previously been
explained, the full meaning is always given in the Note.
(S) The mark + is put in the earlier Exercises to shew the place of the
logical copula,' or the ' Substantive Verb * (as some call it), in any of the various
forms am, is, was, were, art, etc. [This mark, (necessary, perhaps, at first in
order that the student may know where such words are to be supplied in English)
will gradually be dispensed with.]
() The Hebrew Verb generally precedes its Subject, except where there is
emphasis on the Subject. Hence the order of the words in English must some-
times differ from that of the Hebrew, but no difficulty (it is hoped) will be caused
by this.
() In the English Exercises (to be translated into Hebrew), words in the
Notes stand each of them for that one English word simply to which the figure is
attached. [N.B. All English words connected by hyphens are to be taken as one
word in regard to this.]
(n) The English words are always given in the order in which they are to stand
in the Hebrew rendering. But
(9) The English words, in the order to be observed in the Hebrew rendering, are
sometimes given within ( ), preceded by the word * Hebr.'
(0 So, too, when the form of expression required in Hebrew is different from
the English form ; thus, for example, Thine (m.), (Hebr., to Thee).
(k) English words (when there are more than one), which are to be rendered
according to the form within the ( ), are connected by hyphens.
(X) Words within [ ] are not to be translated into Hebrew.
(jk) In accordance with () The Hebrew Pronouns are to be expressed
except where the English Pronoun is joined to the Verb by a hyphen.
{v) J \ stands for The name, pronounced 'OIK Pt. I. , 79 (2).]
Exercise III.
(To be translated into English.)
I T T j P* v: t T j
1 See (p) above. 2 Dr6 God. 3 riVS [the] counsel of. * shall stand.
5 hast called. to. 7 ^p a king> 8 t hy servant. Tp3 thy son. " who?
12
: r\m + ,3 *3K ,2 ww Mi : &rxn + nna : -saa
T |T T T|: T T - T
dm + ,7 d^m : ma + 16 i-wia* : ,6 wi & + " rw
\ : : |t t : t : - : - t t
22 nhb t + 'ngn f.onta " % a 19 wt nm : w p3
t t:-t t- | vt t
26 *jja 25 vta : unyt + 24 pna : Dna + 23 pkb : + nun
: t \ : |t -: |T" v - I - t
29 :&& + njfiH) : wuk + 28 wa m + 27( nriS tfni?
t - : : : : at t *
; t -: - t
il e*K a man. 12 shall call Me. my Father. M beautiful (/.). 15 O
my love (E. V.). 16 TOfl^ blessed (/). 17 entangled (pi. m.) 18 pX (fr.
ptf) a land. 19 knowest. 20 that. 21 mighty men. 22 f a i r (/.) [E.V., Gen. vi. 2].
23 whence? 24 Haran (with D). 25 as f or all us. 26 sons f, 27 27 one man,
28 true men. 29 My flock. 30 thus. 31 hath said. 32 The Lord. 33 See Pt. L,
79 (2), and ' Vocabulary ' (p. 385).
Exercise IV.
(To be translated into Hebrew.)
I [was] in the way. 1 He said 2 to the king. 3 Who * [art]
thou (fli.) ? Who 4 [art] thou (/.)? They (m.) said 6 to the
man. 6 Like a queen 7 she [was]. As kings 8 [were] they (m.).
It (/.) [is] Jezebel. 9 It (m.) [is] the bread. 10 From Haran "
[were] they (/.). Ye (/.) [are] like queens. 12 And through 13
our -iniquities 14 we-have-been-given/ 5 we and our-kings, 16
into 13 their-hands. 17 Thou [art] our-Father. 18 And we will-
be-joyous 19 in Thy -salvation. 20
1 TJJ 2 1K ^ . * V s Wft 6 &* . * na te . 8 D^^p .
e^ptf, iDn^. np T n. i2nb^p. i a (the prefix), uwnity.
13 toft) . 16 W:>Vo . 17 Dn>T . 18 .13>3 . 19 ,133*53 . 20 ^imttfr (Pause-
form).
[To face p. 12.]
'
Abstract
or Tables II-V1.
(A) Pron.-Affix endings in Tabs.
V (i) & VI (i), i.e. with a
Singular Noun.
(a) Pron.-Affix endings in Tabs. II (i) & III,
i.e. with certain Particles.
s
I"
V-
1
t-
^ - Sing. Masc.
my
% (m.)
his
me
*Aee (w.)
him
*i
V
ft-
T
*__
1-
ft Sing. Fern.
T
my
% (/)
her
me
thee. (J.)
her
*ir-
05-
D-
T
T
D ?~
EJ1 Phi- Masc.
our
your (m.)
MeiV (m.)
US
#ow (w.)
them (m.)
tt^r
I?-
h-
0_
T
15-
Yft Plu. Fern.
our
yowr (/.)
fA*r (/.)
ws
# (/)
them (/.)
(B) Pron.-Affix endings
V (ii) & VI (ii),
Plural Noun.
5 in Tabs.
i.e. with a
() Pron.-Affix endings in Tab. IV, i.e. with
certain Particles.
s_
Tv
V-
T
1
T-
V Sing. Masc.
T
my
% (i.)
his
me
tfAee (m)
him
*i
T-
ft'-
T V
1
T-
|"p Sing. Fern.
T V
my
%(/)
her
me
*Aee (/.)
her
Wtt
DpV
&0V
*-=-
D 5V
DPT Plu. Masc.
our
2/owr (m.)
tfAeiV (w.)
^s
#ow (w.)
them (m.)
\r
15V
I0V
uv
pv
|J-p_ Plu. Fern.
our
yow (/.)
tfAew* (/.)
ws
yow (/.)
them (/.)
Note: (a) For the affix-forms with 3 as or K&^ and 'O from, see Tab. II (ii).
()8) The endings in (a) for Tabs. II (i) and III are seen to agree with those
in (A) for a Sing. Noun in the main.
(7) The endings in (b) for Tab. IV are seen to agree with those in (B) for a
Plu. Noun in the main.
(5) The Pron. -endings with a Dual are the same as with a Plu. Noun.
[To face p. 13.]
[Note.
The Tables referred to in the following pages will be found
at the end of the volume. The remarks on these pages are
introductory to and explanatory of the Tables.
N.B. In using the Tables for the English- Hebrew Ex-
ercises the Student should prefer the form to the right
always, where more forms than one are given, as in some
parts of Tab. II].
13
SECTION III.
Personal Pronouns. Affix-Forms.
12. Besides the 'Absolute' Forms (as they are called) of
the Personal Pronouns, given in 9 above, there are some
Affix-forma consisting of one or more of the letters D^^H
by which the Personal Pronouns are often represented.
13. The Pronoun- Affixes are attached both (a) to Particles*
and Nouns, and (J3) also to Verbs f.
14. (1.) Thus, from 3 in, we have [comp. Tab. II (1)]
1% in me, JJ in thee m. fag fX 12 in him (FI3 in her),
1D2 in us, Dp3 in you m. (|32 /.), DH2 in them m. (\T\2 f.Y
(2.) So from 7 to or fir, we have [comp. Tab. II (2)]*
*7 to me, Tp to thee m. C%f), * to him (rO to her) f
i:J? to us, pgj to you m. (\p!? f), Dn to them m. (!$/.).
(3.) Of to3 (or 5) fl, tike, the forms are [Tab. II (3)]
$! Kfce me, Sjb3 Zifce tfce m. (^b3 /.), *Slb3 Kte Mm (nb3 /.),
b3 Zifte ms, pgb? Wft<3 wow m. (g.b? /.), Dflb? K* Mem ?. (|H3 /.).
with some other forms to be seen in Tab. II.
(4) Of jft (or ft) from, the forms are [Tab. II (4)]
>)B1?from me, ^D/rom thee m. (^.P/.), M from him (ftigp/.),
13JSP /rom ms, D3D from you m. (|3?p /.V DHD /rom tfom m. (jnp fX
with some other forms to be seen in Tab. II.
%* Where more than one form is given in the Table, the Student may take
the eight-hand form.
Obs. These Affixes for me, thee, etc., may stand also for myself, thyself, etc.
* Including Preposition-tetters, as in Table II., and Words such as those
in Tables, III., IV. [The Tables are given at the end of the book, also in a
separate Part by themselves, for Mounting.]
+ Independently of, and sometimes in addition to, the inflexion-forms.
X Also V? {to me) mine, $ {to thee m.) = thine, rP {to him) = his, etc.
. 1G
Exercise V.
(To be translated into English.)
^b 6 na&* :*wtid 4 *nStf : 3 ktk 2 *6 ^ + '*
I : t : t : - t | : - :: t t;
13 ^n :*jte3* u ^ "Dt^S? : ,0 ^w 9 n?^n 8 rn t'^tei
22 ^rn 2 n^ : nn^ + 21 nStya : 20 n^ 19 -^ tod 18b inD*
-; - T | T T ^ .. T T T | . . T '
27 NT onto? r*l*tr **&} DnS + 2t DW :* 23 dS^ Djfe
32 ^ d? + *Wn rona 31 n&!i "nefc 29t 7b Drrfcfc
: w nMin 37 rrcr iS tte 36 nDnK *+t& u h$ j"rty#tek
t ; t v v: v ' r t :
t; t t t t : v
1 See Vocab. p. 385. 2 not. 3 i w m f ear , [j.^. (2 and 3 going together) /
trill not fear]. 4 my God. 8 I have trusted. 6 hath thirsted. 7 my soul. 8 the
prefix 2 of 4 here signifies on.' 9 hath-taken-supporting-hold. 10 Thy
right hand. H[0]Godl l2 who ? 13 darkness. u will obscure, [the not '
of the preceding word goes with this word to express will not obscure'].
15 not [This Negative Particle with the Tense after it, in No. 16 (< Thou wilt
hide'), signifies * Do not hide,' deprecatively]. 16 [see No. 15]. 17 Thy face.
18 it shall be hid. 19 any. 20 thing. 21 Q^y eternity. 22 ye shall make.
23 idols. 24 eyes. 25 $ no t. 26 they will see. 27 shall be. 28 their makers.
29 every one. 30 that. 31 trusteth. 32 ^ God. 33 f or salvation. 34 my God
35 my Rock. 36 j w ju take refuge. 37 counsel. 38 and understanding. 39 my
salvation. 40 D^N gods. *See Pt. I., 12. Here the 3 stands for among.
Exercise VI.
(To be translated into Hebrew.)
To me. To thee (*.). To thee (/.). To him. To her.
To us. To you (m.). To you (/.). To them (m.). To
them (/.).
In me. In thee (m.). In thee (/.). In him. In her.
In us.. In you (m.). In jrott (/.). In them (m.). In
them (/.).
17
Like me. Like thee (m.y Like thee (/.). Like him.
Like her. Like us. Like you (m.). Like you (f.y Like
them (m.y Like them (f.y
From me. From thee (m.y From thee (/.). From him.
From her. From us. From you (m.y From you (/.).
From them (m.y From them (f.y
Thine (m.) (Hebr., to Thee) [am] I. And His (Hebr., to
Him) [are] we. What ! dost-thou-(m.)-here (Hebr., [is there]
to thee here 2 ) 7 . There-is-not 3 one-calling 4 among-them (m.)
(Hebr., in them). Hath-He-not-also-spoken-by-us (Hebr.,
Wliether not 5 also 6 by 7 us hath-He-spoken 8 ) ? There-is-none 3
like it (/.) I-am-as-thou-(m.)-art (Hebr., like me like thee).
Thou- [art] -mightier-than- we (Hebr., thou-art-mighty 9 from
us). No-one-of-us-will-withold-his-sepulchre-from-thee (m.)
(Hebr., any -one 10 from-us his -sepulchre 11 will-not -withold 12
from thee). Thou-(m.)-shalt-not-be-afraid 13 of-them (m.)
(Hebr., from them).
inp. ink *f& 4 K"p. 5 A. 6D|, 73 (the Prefix). 8||S|.
snpv^. 10 ^. "Vm Mn*6. ' isfcwriri!?.
Exebcise VII. [and VIII.].
(To be translated into Hebrew.)
Me. 1 Thee(m.). Thee (/.). Him. Her. Us. You (m.y
You (/.). Them (m.). Them (/.).
With 2 me. With thee (m.). With thee (/.). With him.
With her. With us. With you (m.). With you (/.). With
them (m.y With them (/.).
To 3 me. To thee (m.). To thee (/.). To him. To her.
To us. To you (m.). To you (/.). To them (m.y To
them (/.).
Upon * me. Upon thee (m.). Upon thee (/.). Upon him.
Upon her. Upon us. Upon you (m.y Upon you (/.). Upon
them (m.y Upon them (/.).
I Table III. (1). 2 Tab. III. (2). [Also write these with D Tab. III. (3)]. 3^. 4^.
C
18
Exercise VIII.
Thee 1 (m.) I-brought 2 unto 3 me. It l (/.) I-brought 2 upon 4
him. With 5 thee (m.) [am] I. What 6 [is] with 5 us? And-they-
will-kill 7 me l and thee ! (/.) they-will-keep-alive 8 . He-spake 9
with 5 us roughly, 10 and-set-us-down (Hebr., and-gave n us 1 ) as
spies (E. V.). 12 And-we-said ls unto 3 him true-men " [are] we.
And-he-made-himself-strange 15 unto 3 them. And-the-people-
set (Hebr., and-they-set 16 [viz.] the people 17 ) him 1 over 4
them (m.) for a head 18 and for a chief. " And-he-came 20 to
them (m.). And-he-saw 21 them^m.). And-He-hath-set-thee 22
to 83 [be] king u over * us (m.).
l Table III. (1). 2 *rKjn. 3 V 4 ^. 5 nN [Table III. (2)]. 6 flB.
15 "fc3ftl. tifaripj}, n u]} (Dyn, with the Def/ Art".). wtffch. ispyj?.
20 |gj*f." 21 *, T 22 ^m. 23 ^) (the prefix). 24 ^>d.
Exercise IX.
(To be translated into English.)
*rtpi t-'jp Bhnri s1 ?k **ja :**^p *;: j^tf
t r * sit W-i : t -: t -
^pn b)m 18 ^*i : 17 $n l, %8# s ^p 15 na : 3 ^ip
+
1 Hear Thou. 2 See Vocab. p. 385.
3 ?)p a voice. 4 *V1 a rock. 6 not. [This with the next word, No. 6,
signifies do not be silent.']. 6 See in No. 5. 7 sing ye hymns. 8 See No. 2
above, and p. 2 Note (||). 9 T'pn a saint (pi. D^Tpn). M and give thanks,
n for a remembrance of. i2 KHp holiness [with aff. ^KHfJ my..., etc.]. 1 3 may
He hear. 14 PD^H a palace-temple. 15 The mark for a * Definite object.' This
word J"l$ (or J"IS when unaccented as here) cannot be rendered by any word
in English : it corresponds with the Accusative form ki languages which
have that form. I 6 I heard. 17 }3, ||, a garden. ,8 and he said. 19 viz., Saul.
19
i**## 84 i?>yi 23 ^9 "ttfl *"**& SM 33 10 Jnj
^ gr33 "Tjfol "Tiani f-T&Q 33 D^ 81 &md 30 x:>
: i7 tib 42 rr 4i *nn j "aaete v5-A 38 d* : 37 rrr
- : -t t : v I v - : - tt
+ 50 li^ *3 h ra t^rarn A7 bx 46 im *vja 44 ni 43 x^i
I : T V T T - T-
56 ^n] 55 nto+ 54 n^n3 m dto + 52 0'3lP tlfi h%%
62 Dn^n 61 t 47 W "&$% 59 W? "*$) :nS + w ^
47 Sk + 59 ww 65 p 64 nM?5 61 t 4?1 ?k ^n$# "yji
70 ^nb^n? **& t*#30# **V *&*&% 2 "
: m yrbx 73 ^ ! B OT + n MOT"^ 70 D^ntatfn& +
|t v: I- t t t : :- : w. - : : -
B w 69 *6 : 78 TrtP^ 77 DnTrnb>i 76 tj&k 75 D^a *vm
^r^Ji 83 ^ "* 15 m 81 ^Si 80 ^3 : 79 Dn +
20 this. 21 [0] my son. 22 David. 23 DVU bone [pi. D^Vltf. 24 *lb| flesh [with
aff. 'W? Ais..., etc.]. ?5 and thou shait gather. 26 |J^ ' corn pf, with Affixes].
27 fcrrfn new wine. 28 -jny> ojl. 29 i e t me drink. T T 30 I 1)r ay. 31 a i ittle>
32 water. 33 *13 a pitcher. 34 an( i s h e hasted. 35 and she let down. 36 upon.
37 T a hand. 38 a i so . 39^ a camel [pi. D^|]. 40 j Wlll Qraw# 41 *Jft a
friend. 4 2 went down. 43 an d he came. 44 vi^. Noah [came]. 45 QV)2 sons#
46 fix with [w. aff. *fiK with me, etc.]. 47 to, into. 48 the ark. 49 [the] ways of.
50 Zion. 51 mourning. 62 |rp a priest [pi. D^nj]. 53 sighing. 54 n^lfia a
virgin. 55 afflicted. 56 and as for her, 5 7 bitterness. 58 behold. ^ ^g
eyes of [dual DJ^g eye*]. 60 servants. 61 hand of. 62 D^'lX (pi *form of f\*K<)
a master. 63 a woman-seryant. 64 rTVljl a mistress [also J"TQ!, with aff. ^JTH?!
my..., etc.]. 65 so . 66 D^K God [a p/wraJ form]. 67 until. "68 that He pity us.
69 fcO not. 70 nigiyg a thought [y, with Affixes]. 71 your ( m .) ways<
72 DOT! ways. 73 hath reigned, # 74 an( i they shall be. 75 pig, k mgs [shall be].
76 D^pK nursing-fathers. 77 j-\*yp a princess. 78 ilj^D a nursing-mother.
79 "V)'a rock. 80 bless thou (/,) 81 [O] my soul. 82 T ( wi th. 83) an d forget not
[Cp. No. 5, above]. 84 a n, 85 ^B| a benefit.
Note, fc> (not) may be remembered now.
* A ' Plural of excellence,' as some call it, may be used of one. So, in
Ex. XXI. 4 & 6, "his master" has the Plural form.
so
Exercise X.
(To be translated into Hebrew.)
His horse. 1 Thy (m.) horse. My horse. Their (m.) horse.
Your (m.) horse. Our horse. His horses. Thy (m.) horses.
My horses. Their (m.) horses. Your (m.) horses. Our
horses.
My friend 2 [is] mine (Heb., to 3 me). In thy (m.) friend.
Like thy (/.) friend. To his friend. From her friend. And
from our friend. And to your (m.) friend. And like your (/.)
friend. And to their (m.) friend. And in their (/.) friend.
And my friends. "Whether thy (m.) friends? Thy (f.) friends.
His friends. Her friends. Our friends [are] your (m.)
friends. Among 4 your (/.) friends [are] their (m.) friends
and their (/.) friends.
His bride. 5 My bride [is] like her. Like thy (m.)
bride [is] she. The brides. Their (m.) brides. Your (m.)
brides and our brides.
My riddle. 6 Her riddles. Thy (/.) riddles. Their (/.)
riddles. Your (m.) riddle. Our riddle. Their (m.) riddle.
And in his riddle.
Her lamp. 7 From her lamps. To my lamps. In thy (/.)
lamps. And like your (m.) lamps. Their (/.) lamps.
"Whether 8 his lamps ? Whether like our lamps [are] thy (f.)
lamps ?
His eye. 9 In his eyes. Like their (/.) eyes. In our eyes.
And in her eyes. Thy (m.) eye. His eyes. Thy (/.) eyes.
Her eye. Your (m.) eyes.
1 DID (Plur. D^D-ID horses). 2 Vn (Plur. D*lV* friends). 3^ (the Prefix).
4| (the Prefix). n)? (Plur. rife brides). 6 nTn (Plur. DH^n riddles).
7 TJ (Plur. nnp. lamps). 8 q (the Interrogative Prefix). 9 ]* (w. aff. *$$ my
eye, etc.; Dual DJ3^ eyes, w. &S. W% my eyes, etc., Table VII.).
21
SECTION IV.
The Relative Pronoun 1#tf.
23. The word Igfof stands for the Kelatire Pronouns who,
which, that; and is the same in form for all Persons, Genders,
and Numbers; thus,
K3 "ItiW #Wfi the man who came.
t v -: t
HX3 ")EW H&Wl ^e woman who came.
T T -: T T
^1X3 *)$&* D^KH ^Ac mm who came.
t v -: t -;t
^3 TEte DtSfcH ^e women who came.
T v -: T -
JVJO *)$tf ^T? ^ &**& WHICH ( or that) thou sawest.
WiO "T^ 0^51^ ^ *A%s which (or that) / saw.
24. The Oblique forms in whom (or which), to whom (or
which), from whom (or which), are expressed by *^K followed
by a Personal Pronoun attached to a Particle; thus, for instance,
[Is. xlix. 3] " O Israel, in whom F|5 ")gW, lit., who in-
thee (m.)] I will be glorified;" [Deut. iv. 8] "A nation to
which [P ")$tf, lit., which to it (m.)] there-are-statutes
and judgments," etc.; [Ps. xcv. 5] "To whom [17 I^K,
lit, who to-Him (belongs)] the sea," etc.
[Note (a.) This is the full expression. The "IKW is sometimes omitted.
See 31.
(6.) The word involving the Personal Pronoun is separated from the "ttJ>K very
often. See more, below ( 29). N.B. This separation should always take place
in Composition, except where there is Emphasis on the Person.]
25. The full Table for In whom* (for all Persons, Genders
and Numbers) is obtained by simply placing *)>&$ before the
several expressions in Table II. (i.), as follows,
Or, which.
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 25 7.
1 pers.
2 pers.
3 pers.
(a.) In whom
Ij
*3 ^
(m.) (p. :^3) ^ X>*K
(to.) 13 *f^
(/) *3 ift
(or which)
S 1
IT -J
(to.) D33 *1B>K
(to.) D3,DH3T^
(/.) tpa. B)-ft
Similarly, full Tables may be formed (7?) for to wAom (or
which), (y) for 7i&6 whom (or which), and (8) for /row wAom
(or which), by placing *1B^$ before the several expressions
in Table II. (2), (S), and (4), respectively. And so, too, in
the case of Tables III. and IV.
26. Similarly, Table V. with *1fcJW gives the several forms
for whose song, and whose songs; and so for any other Noun ;
thus, [Job v. 5, (E.V.)] "whose harvest [h^j? ^f (lit., who
his harvest)];' 9 [Deutviii.9] "Aland whose stones [0*3?^? *$&,
lit., which her stones']?' etc.; [Jer. xxxii. 19] "Thou
whose eyes Pp^J? *1KW, lit., who Thine eyes] are-open on
all-the-ways-of the-children-of men." So [Ps. xcv. 4] "In
Whose hand [IT? *\$$, lit> Who in His hand] are-the
secret-depths of earth/' eta
27. Table III. (1), with T^t, gives the Objective Eelative
Pronouns whom (or which), viz.> ifilX *l^tf whom (lit., who
him), fink y&& whom (lit., who her), ^fik *")$ whom (lit.,
who thee, m.), % Jlk *)$? whom (lit., who me)*> etc. [So, for
with whom, on whom, etc.]*
* Thus Gen. xlv. 4, * I am Joseph your brother Whom ye sold [Dtfl^P IP $
*fik, lit., who ye-soW me],'* etc. So, too, when the Personal Pronoun is ex-
pressed by an Affix attached to a Verb ( 13, /3) ; thus* Gen. xxvii. 27, etc. See
more, hereafter.
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 2831. 23
28. These Objective Personal Pronouns are often dropped,
and then the 1BW by itself stands for whom (or which) in
the several Persons, Genders and Numbers ; thus [Gen. xxii. 2]
" Take now thy son, thine only -son, whom [*")t2W] thou
bvest," etc., and [Gen. xiii. 15] "all the land which [f^K]
thou seest," etc.; and many others.
29. In all the cases of 24 27, the word involving the
Personal Pronoun is generally % separated from the "tt?X by a
word or words especially by the Yerb. Thus, for instance,
[Gen. xxi. 23] " the land in which thou-hast-sojourned
[PJ3 WH| *\p$, lit., which thou-hast-sojourned in it];" and
so [Gen. xxviii. 13] " the land on which thou art-lying
[rpStf Z2& HJJW ytfti, lit, which thou art-lying on it],"
and so [Nu. xxii. 30] " Am not I thine ass on which thou-
hast-ridden VwV frill ^X, lit., which thou-hast-ridden on
- t t : - t v -: ' *
me] ;" [Job iv. 19] " waos-E-foundation is-in-the-dust [*I^S
DTID* ^^3, lit., who in-the-dust is-Tnum-faundatton]; 99
[Is. xlix. 23] " I those-waiting-for-whom shall not be
ashamed [*jp $#UJ ? ")fc^& lit, who not-shall-be-ashamed
My-waiters] ."
30. Similarly, (a.) *,>&? frAicfc, followed by BK> Mere, stands for where; thus
[Gen. ii. 11] " ^H-TH D^ "IK'N where (lit., which there) [there is] gold." But
(3.) The y&# and the D$ are generally separated (as in 29) by a word or
words especially by the verb thus [Gen. xix. 27] "the place where he
stood [D^ 1J?y "tt^X, lit., which he stood there]," etc.
(y.) So "lK'tf which before ti&D from there (or thence) stands for whence; thus
[Gen. xxiv. 5] unto the land whence thou-camest -forth [D^D HKV^. *1^$, lit.,
which thou-camest-forth thence],** etc.
(5.) So also T^'X >Aicft, before TllpV? thither, stands for whither; thus,
[Nu. xiv. 24] and I will bring him into the land whither he-came [N3 "1$$
t]12&, lit., which he-came thither].*'
tit' ' J
(s.) The Dfc?*, ni3^, are sometimes omitted ; as, for instance, in Nu. xiii. 27.
31. The "Igte is often omitted, as [Gen. xiii. 28] " What
* Instead of WK T'K.
t Instead of Finfc -,%.
J Except in the case of Emphasis on the Personal Pronoun.
4 THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. NOTES (a.) TO (#.).
is this, God hath done to us?'* instead of "which [*1$N] God
hath done to us?"; [Lam. iii. 1] " I-am the-man hath-seen
affliction," instead of "who flBW] hath-seen," etc * So [Ps.
xviii. 3] " my God, my Strength, in whom I-wiU-trust"(E.Y.)
Da mm, short for to npm x>k]. So h for n "fte
in Ps. xxxii. 1, "to whom [He will not impute iniquity]."
And so [Ps. lxxxiii. 19] " Thou Whose Name P|9& short
for ^tip *)$?], etc.", and many others.
Obs. {Sometimes the word with the Pron.-Affix is omitted too; as "from it'*
in [Isai. li. 1], "the rock ye-were-hewn" [from]. Comp. 29.
[Note (a.) "TK& is often used, like the Conjunction *3, for 'that' (Conjunctive),
'for,' 'because,' etc. Thus [Gen. xi. 7] "that ["IK>N] they may not understand,"
etc.; [Ex. xi. 7] "that pS^K] He will separate," etc.; and many others.
(6.) Conversely *$ is sometimes said to have the value of the Relative ")K>X.
(c.) The prefixes D ? 3 2 1 may stand before T>K ; thus,
(i.) With the Relative-Pronoun value of *"IW> we have "IKWI, cmeZ wfto, etc.,
")^K : 3 (as in Is. lvi. 4, lxv. 12, lxvi. 4), "l^K.3 (as in Job xx'ix.* 25, etc.), yPK?
(as 'in Genesis xliii. 16, etc.), Tg^B (as in Isaiah xlvii. 13, etc.). So Tjfcj jV$
that (Objective) which, and whatsoever (Obj.), whom, whomsoever, etc.
(ii.) With the Conjunctive value of "lC'tf, we have "1$N?3 in ttttf, ")K>X3, lit.,
a* fAa (very frequently for as, according as, and when), T^frO /or /Aa, *1&?'!S0
/rom [the time'] that (= since), etc.
(d.) The prefixes >, and K>,t followed by Dagesh Forte, stand for the Con-
junctive *)&J>X ; and the latter, ^ (followed by Dagesh Forte), often for the Relative
Pronoun.
(e.) When prefixed to a word of which the first letter does not receive Dagesh,
K> becomes K'; but W remains W (no compensation being made for the Dagesh).
(/.) We have also the compound prefixes "^3 (once), and "K>2 like "ti^?, and
"Kb like 1K>K3.
v : v -: -
(g\) The word ?>3 (Eccles. viii. 1 1) is generally supposed to be made up of
W (for "tiJW) followed 'by h to, and preceded by 3 in. So $g>| (Jon. i. 12) is
taken for '$ ng>K3; and *efef (Jon. i. 7) for *D> "IJW{$ (Jon.'i. 8)].
* It will be seen that in the first two examples the "iC'tf understood is that of
23 ; and, in the following examples, that of 24 etc. [In English the Rela-
tive Pronoun is often left out, when, as in the first example f 31), it is the
Object; but not often when, as in the second, it is the Subject.]
+ Supposed by many to be a Contraction for ")K>K.
25
Exercise XI.
{To be translated into English.)
# * For the plan of the Exercise, see 11 (a s).
:#& pNjb tons M rAn ^ "ttw-fca * + % jtf
4 HS5 rf? 'PiftBh 1 ? 7 n&# 6 ni + nm n#tf 4 pan
I v v ; t : : t t t t - -: | v t t
l '*'yhi 4 pK : u DBfc "DTikjj 1 iBta 9 xin+ 6 Dn^
t: -: ) T v t : -: - :
"ban * i3 n^Di &6 iBte 4 pK :nnk i2 ^n^ + 2 Tri^
ywjK igte 4 pK tna i7 Sjd norm *6 u DnVfo3
+ T T -J -: I T - I . T
+ r\m i^k "tfasn t# "ri^mS 26 nnsi 25 dot vrfc +
t - -: | t - t -: - S - T T T T :
+ r\m Tgto 4 pN*n t + wn M Bhp 3 rtn : K v^y 29 n&ty
twfiMK n -rata -Wife** ^naiw **b rvSy "mb>
tt : I : -: t: tv ; v J: t v t
39 n^3 : 38 n^ + zi r\w + wn *\m 36 ^bi tan + 1M
t t - : - t: * -: : t:
45 *nbpn : 44 i^5 43 ]*n + 42 ^n -lBte 4i ^S 40 nb^
rate Bmj& 4 px m- nrb a r\rb nm -wis n
-; "\: | T T T :
1 See Vocabulary, p. 385. 2 0*0*?$ God [a Noun of
the Plural form, see Table V. (ii.)]. 3 [I]-brought-out. 4}>iK a i an d, earth,
(also land of). [With the definite article' pn.] In Pause fix. 6 Egypt.
6 coming. 7 thither. 8 to-possess-it. 9 See Table I., Note 1. 10 Ye-came-out.
11 thence (lit., from there). 12 caring-for. 13 in-poverty. 14 thou-shalt-eat.
15 bread. 16 thou-shalt-lack (with ii?, thou shalt not lack). 17 anything.
18 D33K stones (fr. |3K). 19 iron. 20 Dnnn. mountains ( 31). 21 thou-mayest-
dig. 22* brass (E.V.).' ' 23 blessed-is (lit., O-the-happiness-of !) 24 *fa a nation.
25Dj*(pyn with 'definite article') a people. 26 He-hath-chosen (31). 27f or -
an-inheritance. 28 DlpD a place. 29 standing. 3 ground oft. 31 holiness.
32 lying. 33 1-will-give-it. 34 Israel. 35 I-will-glorify-Myself. 36 and-everything.
37 doing. 38 making-to-prosper. 39 ,-|D3 thus. 40 shall-be-done. 41 t^tt a man.
42 "H:?*? a ^ m S iz delighting. 44 ~\\)) honour, glory, brightness. 45 I-have-
established. 46 My-Covenant. 47 to-give. 48 their-(m.)-sojournings.
* For the , as 'Defective Shurik,' see Pt. I. 14.
+ Ground-of holiness' is a phrase for 'holy ground.''
26
53 *TW 62 ^K t"*to "? *6 18* l " + * tftS "Via
t| " v -: t: -: t t
I v v -: | v t ] : : v t : v -: v n *
-Mp "irrw --br : 6, Dn 60 ^ 59 ^^ *'&% 68 ninps
l "# "aim 23 n#K h * 9 ntt& 2s dot -nata : 65 Dnp
t:w tt : - ttv tt ; - v| v
cmm
T v;
49 they-sojourned. 60 they-shall-be-ashamed (with N? Mey s/iaM not, etc.).
61 those-waiting-for-Me. 62 my God. 53 my Rock. ** I will trust. 65 -jj a
hand. 66 [the] secret-depth s-of. 67 pj a n eye, Dual D?3% * 68 Opened, open.
69 [the] ways of. 60 [the] children-of. 61 Adam, man (generally). 62 remember.
63 HIV a congregation [with Affix \T\*]V his, etc.]. 6* Thou didst own ( 31).
65 of 'old.
* For the T as 'Defective Shurik,' see Pt. I. 14.
t te all, "} as p. 14 (*).
Exercise XII.
(To be translated into Hebrew.)
* # * For the plan of the Exercise, see 11 ( /*)
Thy (m.) sojourner ' who [is] within 2 thy gates. 3 The
thing * which thou (m.) [art] doing. 8 A man 6 in-whom-
there-is-Spirit (Hebr., who Spirit 7 in 2 him). Ye (m.) to*
whom-I-have-given (Hebr., who I-have-given 8 to 9 you) the
land. " I [am] Joseph " whom-ye-sold (Hebr., who ye-sold 12
me 13 ). The land 10 from-which-I-came-forth (Hebr., which L
mme-forth u from 15 it (/.)). A land 10 unto-which-I -will-bring-
you (m.) (Hebr., which 1-will-bring 16 you 13 unto n it (/>)).
A land it (f.) [is] like-which-there-is-not (Hebr. which there-
1 *13. 2 2 prefix. 3 W$fi (Table V. (ii.)). 4 W. 6 nfety. 6 ^
7nn. 8*r)n3. *>h (TaWe n.). i<>n* (n withT Tdef - ar t-') nt iP^-
l2Dn")3D. 13 fable III. (1). W-Wft 15 Table H. (4). 16 ^S. 17 Table IV. (1).
n
is-not 18 like 19 it). E very-one 20 with- whom-it- was found (Hebr.,
who it-was-found 21 with 22 him). The horse 23 upon-which-
he-rode (Hebr., which he-rode 24 upon 25 him). The land 10 upon-
which-thou-art~lying (Hebr., which thou* art-lying 26 upon 25 it).
The servants 27 with-whom-he-was-angry (Hebr., who he-was-
angry 28 upon 25 them (m.)). The man 6 in-whose-hand-the-
cup-was-found (Hebr., who was-found 29 the cup 30 in 2 his
hand 31 ). Thou (m.) in-whose-hand-the-cup-was-found (Hebr.,
who was-found 29 the cup " m 2 ^y ^<md 31 ). I in-whose-hand-
the-cup-was-found (Hebr., who was-found 29 the cup 30 in 2 my
hand 31 ). I-will-comfort-thee 32 [O] Zion 33 in-whom-I-have-
delighted (Hebr., who l-have-delighted 3i in thee (/.))> unto-
whom-shall-come (Hebr., who there-shall-come 3 * unto l7 thee) the-
wealth-of 36 heathen-nations, 37 and within 2 whose borders 38
shall-no-more-come-any-foe 39 ; whose walls 40 they-may-call 4
\ Safety/ 43 whose Saviour 43 I [am], saith 44 thy God 45 .
W |>K. 19 Table II. (3). 20 Vs. 21 K$?J. 22 Table III. (2). 23 WD. 24 im
25 Table IV. (2). 2 33& 2 7 DHJty 28 *|Vi? 29 KP3. 30 IP?J. 31 Tt
32 TO^n. 33 fiy. 34 *J3V&n. 35 ^ n r- 36 ^*0- 3r &?* 38 &v?| ( Table
v. (ii)j. * 39 -ra b ito tftoj"*6. 40 ntoh (Table vi. (ii)). an^. 42 ftp^
43 WiD (The 'Furtive' -r- is dropped when an Affix is added). 44 "l&K-
45 D^rfrg (See Exerc. XI., Note 2).
Masculine.
28
SECTION V.
Demonstrative Pronouns.
32. The Demonstrative Pronouns are
I* PIT this (m.), nXT this (/.), nW these (*.), JTpK
these (/.);
II. WPI ;A<zt (m.), K*H Z/jatf (/.), ilfcn or DH ^ose (m.),
nan ^ose (/.).
Thus: BNgrj n]f <^is [is] Me man; ^KH N-1PI Ma* [] the man;
ntS?$n ftK't fAi5 [is] Me woman; llSHjjHJ K*fl that [is] the woman;
D*TJ|n rmj these [are] the boys; D^n(Dnor)n&n those [are] the boys;
T\Y\Vlh T\f$ Mese [are] Me gtrfe. ' * nVX}3n Hjrj Mose [are] Me gir/s.
[N.B. The Demonstrative Pronouns Aa, tf/wse, are (as
the Reader sees) represented in Hebrew by the 3rd Person-
Pronouns in 9.]
There is an Adjectival use of these Pronouns, which will
be mentioned in Section IX. on Pronouns-Adjective.
33. H| stands sometimes for such, and sometimes for thus.
See more hereafter.
34. ( a .) With the Prefixes 732% we find
(i) nn, n% n^fe
(2) rra (once rp i s. xxi. io), ttirj, nx$,
(3) pits, nxrs, nx?3, nWs, nWs;
(4) htS, ntfk, nx?V, nW?, nW?.
(&). With the Prefix &, we have fil&, JlKp, nWfc.
[Note. No special Exercise need be given on this Section.]
For 'this 1 and 'that' Adjectival see p. 58.
* The less frequent forms HtVn masc. f T7H (also -IT) both masc. and fern.,
and HT (also Vl and -lt^n) fern., for the Singular, and b$ for the Plural,
must be dealt with elsewhere rather than here.
29
SECTION VI.
Interrogative Pronouns.
35. The Interrogative Pronouns are
(i.). *& who ?, (ii.). T\b (also PIB and T\tS) what?*
[These Pronouns are sometimes used non-interrogatively, also.]
36. These words are themselves Indeclinable; but they
may receive prefixes ; thus,
(i.). from >t? we have *tt)t ( 3. c. ii., above), *M, $, &,
(ii.). from H??, TM2 and HD we have
()*(& TO* npj
(A) naa (and na3)t:
(7.)n3(anana3)S;
(S.) 71$ and ngfell (also T$).
[Note. (a.) For expressing Whose?, either
(i.) 7 is prefixed to ^D; thus, [Gen. xxxii. 18] PlftNl *p? w/jose arf Mouf, or
(ii). A word is placed in close structural connection with *D, as, for instance,
|3 in [1 S. xvii. 58] ^D |2 whose son? (lit., son-of whom, see below 52.
(iii.) ifi flK stands for whom? (Objective), as in 1 S. xii. 3 "whom have I
oppressed?"
(p.) nip is often read closely with the next word as in "pTlft Ju. xi. 12
[almost as 'hip, comp. the 2TO in Ex. iv. 2 and Is. iii. 15]. And so np before
K and 1, and HD before n etc., may be said to be as the H & H in 6 (6 d).
But N.B. np. occurs also (as in Ps. iv. 3) before 3, etc.
(7.) No special Exercise need be given on this Section.]
* Also, n stands sometimes for how! as in [Ps. cxxxiii. 1] "Behold, how
good and now pleasant (D^3 PIE-I 2^t3 Hip) is the dwelling of brethren in unity." (p)
f Also W in the phrase *D1 >D (lit., who and who?) Ex. x. 8. Compare
Obs.XVI, p.' 179.
X Used for whereby? (lit., in the what?)
% Used for how much?, how many? (lit., like the what?).
I! Used for why? wherefore? Observe the two different positions of the
Accent. Also HD is sometimes used for why?
30
SECTION VII.
Nouns-Substantive.
37. In regard to ' Gender/ ' Number ' and ' Case,' there
are in Hebrew
(i.). Only the Masculine and Feminine ' Genders ' ( 10) ;
(ii.) The Singular and Plural * Numbers/ also the Dual
for some Nouns-Substantive;
(iii.). No 'Cases/ properly, according to the usual appli-
cation of the Term.
38. Names of men, and words expressing males and
functions of males, are Masculine.
Names of women, and words expressing females and
functions of females, are Feminine.
There is great freedom in regard to the Gender of
Nouns-Substantive expressing inanimate things, there being
really no reason why such should be limited to either one or
the other. The usage of the Language in regard to any
particular word must, of course, be attended to in Composi-
tion. There are, however, certain special Marks for the
Masculine Plural, and for the Feminine Singular and
Plural; as follows,
39. (a-) In the Singular Number there is no distinguish-
ing mark* for the Masculine Gender. But
(/3.) for the Plural Masculine the distinguishing mark is
the termination D* J tnus > (i) (from H*p a song) DH^
songs; (2) (from MuJ a star) D^Di5 stars.
* It may be said that,
(i.) Most Hebrew Nouns, which have no special Feminine form, are Masculine.
But it must be borne in mind that,
(ii.) There are exceptions to (i.).
NOUNS-SUBSTANTIVE. 39 43. 31
(7.) Many words undergo a change of vocalisation on
receiving this termination; thus (1) (from "D'J a word)
Dn.3^ words ; (2) (from *S]/& king) D* J??? A;m^5 / (3) (from
Tfcj a %) d^JW; (4) (from Bhh a month) ttWin.
(S.) Some undergo still further change ; thus, PI at the
end of the word in the Singular is replaced by the D* for
the Plural, as (from njgWD a deed) D\(PgB deeds.
40. There is a special distinguishing mark for the Femi-
nine in the Singular viz., the accented termination Pi ;
thus,
( a .) (from *1H an uncle) TT$fa an aunt; (from *V? a ^ or ^)
(.) Some words undergo a change of vocalisation on
receiving this Pi; thus, (1) (from *13 a bullock) PH9 a cow;
(2) (from ^3 ^ foy) ^tl^ a 9* r ^
(7.) Some undergo still further change ; thus, Pi, at the
end of the Masculine word is replaced by the Pf for the
Feminine as (from PISH a shepherd) PttH a shepherdess.
41. The mark for the Feminine Plural is HI (or
H ), which replaces the PI of the Singular; thus, rt*}3
cows [ 40 (/3, 1)] And some words undergo some change;
thus, (1) (from PlJ)/?? a queen) PH^?? queens; (2) (from PHJ[3
a $r*W) nrJJJ girls.
N.B. There are some other terminations for Feminine
Singular Nouns; as ft-*--^ or T\ -^ (p. JV=--jt), and JV| , ft-?.
42. There are Feminine Nouns which are not formed
from the corresponding Masculine Nouns, and have no dis-
tinguishing mark ; thus, DX a mother (SK a father); ^JH an
ewe ( /)$? a ram).
43. Some Masculine Nouns take the Feminine mark of
Plural ; thus UN a father, plu. rtafcj ; D$ a name, plu.
nto#.
32 NOUNS-SUBSTANTIVE. 44 48.
44. Some Feminine Nouns take the Masculine form of
Plural; thus, H^l^ a bee (also Deborah), plu. D^ilH bees ;
/TH an ewe (also Rachel), plu. DyPH ewes.
45. Some Nouns have both of the Plural forms ; thus,
D^S and ntoS sheaves (from H^Stf a sheaf). So Dn.H*
and J"fl*in (from *\)1 a generation.)
46. The mark for the Dual is D % fin Pause \ W*) t
which is the same for both Genders.
(a.) Some Nouns do not change on receiving this termi-
nation; thus, (i) (from T a hand) DHJ hands; (2) (from p)$
a leg) DJj?)# legs.
(13.) Some undergo a change; thus, (1) (from J*tt an eye)
WW eyes; (2) (from 7^1 a/oo*) UJ?^] feet
(7.) The termination PI (in the Singular) is replaced by
n~ , after which the Dual termination U)~ is added; thus,
(1) (from fti&y a year) U\T\^ two years a couple of years ;
(2) (from PlSb> a lip) DT)3b lips (the upper and lower).
47. The Dual, in Hebrew, is chiefly used as a special
Plural (if one may say so) for things * double ' or ' in pairs,'
as scales-of-a-balance, tongs, ears, eyes, nostrils, hands, wings,
feet, etc. Such generally have no other form for the ex-
pression of 'more than one,' and we find therefore the Dual
form with Numerals other than c two ;' as in " four feet,"
" six wings," "seven eyes," and so in [1 S. ii. 13] three
teeth " (lit,, a triad of the teeth, Dual.).
48. Some Nouns that have a Dual, have a Plural in
another sense; thus, (1) (from \ S V an eye, also a fountain)
WW (Du.) eyes, nfojJJ (Plu.) fountains; ( 2 ) (from hf\ afoot)
P&?1 (Du.) feet, D^H (Plu.) times.
* Only in the phrase tiFfn *\\\ Is. Ii. 8 ; Ps. Ixxii. 5, cii. 25.
nouns, 4952. 33
49. But some few have both Dual and Plural forms ; as
(i)DV a day, Du., DW, Plu., &*Jj ( 2 ) WZ one-time,
once, D^5P5 two-times, twice, D^^3 times ; (3) Twl a door,
DTO* nirta. So, there are the Plurals Tfflg 'and tftf
of (0 in 46 (7).
50. Some Nouns are used in the Singular only, as p^
fine dust, SPIT gold, PH* moow / others only in the Dual,
as DOTXft a balance, scales of a balance: D'ft water; D*np7&
toys, D*5^ heaven; others only in the Plural, as
wyv& and'niSnx /o^, d^t ow-o^, d*t$j yo^A, d\js
face, front, D*prn compassion, TNPftyR lower-parts, etc.
51. Hebrew Nouns are Indeclinable as regards what are
usually called 'Cases.' But
52. Many Nouns undergo a modification of formf when
they are 'In Construction ' (as it is called), t. e., when they
are in close structural connection with what follows. Thus,
(i) from "YXJ a word and ^7& a &my, we have IJ/iD ^3^.
word of a king; and, (2) from npI?V cry, and 73 ^?oor
waw (in Pause 7*5), 7l Hpl? cry of a poor man ; etc., etc.
In these two examples the Genitive ' of ' J is supplied in
English before the Second Noun, but
N.B. The occurrence of the ' Construct form (as it is
* Some give this from n?^[ (i.q. Tw^).
f Many others are unchanged in form when thus in Construction.*
X Since this of (when it can be supplied) is, in Hebrew, involved in the First
of the two Nouns (not the Second) we cannot say that the word so involving the
of ' is in the Genitive ' Case. The Genitive Case of < a word,' a cry,' is not
word of,' * cry of,' but of a word,' * of a cry.' The difference of Idiom de-
mands different nomenclature. Moreover, the Construct State ' (or State of
Construction ') may occur where the of ' cannot be supplied in English. Although
there is Structural connection * where the Genitive * of ' occurs, it does not
follow that the Genitive of ' is always to be used (or can be used) wherever
' structural connection ' thus modifies the form. This consideration will be found
to be of importance hereafter.
34 NOUNS. f I.C./ 53. CHANGES OF FORM, 54. 55.
called) must not be limited to the case in which ' of ' can be
supplied before the Second Noun.
53. The abbreviation ' i. c' is used for ' In Construction '
( 52).
Def. The term ' Absolute-form * is used of a word which
is (i) not 'i. c.,' and (2) without any Affix or Prefix whatso-
ever.
54. The Changes of form which some Nouns undergo,
(1) when ' In Construction/ and (2) when increased in length
by the addition of some termination or -Affix, may to some
extent be classed under these three heads :
I. The shortening of a Long- Vowel into a Short- Vowel;
II. The replacing of a Vowel by Shva Moving ;
III. Shva Quiescent.
The Second head will be found to be one of great im-
portance. But, observe,
55. A Vowel cannot be dropped and replaced by Shva
Moving,
(a-) if followed by a letter having Shva (thus the in
(0 Bgrato, ( 2 ) nnfi^*),
(/3.) if followed by Dagesh Forte, which virtually involves a
Shva [Pt. I. 53], (thus the in |3||),
(7.) if followed by a letter which would have Dagesh
Forte if it could,f (thus T before 1 in Bh, see 60 (*)),
(o\) if the Vowel be one which involves a Quiescent letter
belonging to the word, Cp. Pt. I. 36 Note, (thus the in
ITVin law, the in T\)1) lamps, etc. This will be understood
hereafter).
[Note. Generally, also, a vowel which belongs to a word (or form) is not
dropped. But sometimes it is dropped, as we shall see.]
* The Plurals of Nouns like (2) are from another form ( 66, 67).
t As, one of the five IV n H N which do not receive Dagesh [Pt. I. 49.]
NOUNS IN CONSTRUCTION, 56. 35
56. For words ' i. c.' the following rules may be given :
(Rule i.) The Yowel next before the accented
VOWEL is generally dropped and replaced by Shva-
Moving if that Vowel can be so dropped ( 55) ; as
in TD harvest of from "ftfij harvest, and Spy heel of
from Spy a heel. [Obs. The vowel to be dropped is
the Penultimate when the Accent of the word is on
the last syllable]. Also
(A.) Monosyllables, and words Mi-Vrd [Pt. I. 42],
(Rule ii.) Generally replace Long , in a closed*
final syllable, by ; thus, (i) T hand, of (from
T a hand); (2) [QW] ^HO an wtijicer-of [icood],
i.e. a carpenter, (from BhT|}j (3) SS/ heart of
(from 23?);
(Rule iii.) Sometimes replace in a closed*
final syllable, by ; as in (1) j|l son of (from
J3); more commonly by, as in (2) JPT an elder
of (from }DT) ; f and sometimes (especially in
Monosyllables) retain the unchanged, as in D^
Gen. iv. 17, SpV Gen. xxv. 26;
(Rule iv.) Replace the ending H by l"I ; thus,
(1) Hbty? work of (from H^fitt a work); so (2) TT\W
field of (from )TJ&y): except ^ mouth of, from M3 a
mouth, niH (as well as H^H) friend of, from Hlfl,
and a few others.
(Rule v.). Replace the ending Jl by TU^; thus,
(1) rrflft taw? of (from n^jta) ; (2) n"l^ : company of
(from nn??).
(Rule vi.) Retain a * (except in the last syllable
of the Plural), also a 1 (or), and a *!, unchanged. J
* Pt. 1. 21.
t These two Examples (I) and (2) belong to different classes. See the Section
on Nouns in Pt. II.
X There is sometimes, however, a change owing to the removal of the accent
[Pt. I. 55 (9, b.)] A word * i. c.' ( 53) is often deprived of Tone-accent, and
joined to the following word by Makkeph (") [Pt. I. 37 (2)].
36 nouns < i.e./ 56, 57.
(B.) Of words Mi-Pel, i.e., whose Penultimate is their
Tone-syllable [Pt. I. 42],
(Eule vii.) Those of the form hv%, ^?, or *?$>,
7^5, or 7^9, bVB* or 75?b f (i.e., whose last two
vowels are either , , or , | , or I,
, or ), undergo no change when ( i. c' ( 53).
(Rule viii.) Those of the forms (i) 7)3, and
(2) 7?, are changed in the manner seen in the
following words; (1) ^D midst /"(from *SplJ midst);
and (2) yV eye of (from \\V an eye).
(C.) (Eule ix.) Plurals ending in & , and Duals in 0? ,
always replace these endings by * , when * i. c.' 53 ;
thus, (1) *y& songs of (from D^# songs); (2) *3^3
sto? 0/ (from D\5yi3); (3) jj(f eye* /(from DJ^p);
(4) TJ hands of (from D\T).
57. (a.) As seen in some of the Examples in 56, and those
in 52, there may be two of the changes (above-mentioned)
at once.
(/3.) Example (2) in 52 offers a means of introducing an
important further change that is often necessitated by Rule i.
( 56), as may be seen thus. The removal of the vowel from
the ]} of *"!Dtf, and the replacing it by a Moving Shva [ 56,
Rule i.], necessitates some change that there may not be two
Moving Shvas together (which must not ever be, Pt. I. 22,
Note *). The first of the two Shvas is, in such a case, always
made to adopt a ' Slight- vowel ' form [Pt. I. 56] . And, since
a Moving Shva beneath J? takes a Compound form [Pt. I. 24],
* But t3>p truth (according to the best opinions) Ps. Ix. 6, has DtPp truth of
Pr. xxii. 21 (which is merely a slightly shortened form).
t Thus we may introduce the use of B for First Root-letter,' and V and 7 for
1 Second ' and * Third Root-letters ' respectively ; thus, "Dl is said to be of the
form bjJB, T)j?10 of the form ?VB, etc. This will be fully explained by-and-by.
nouns, 5759. 37
the particular form for the ' Slight-vowel ' here, is determined
by the following general Rule :
N.B. A 'Slight-vowel 9 before a Compound Shva mostly
agrees with this latter in form.
Here, the beneath the J? in T\^V)i being replaced by ,
the ' Slight- vowel ' to be given (instead of the beneath the
) is ; and so we obtain the form npl? given in 52 (the Pi
being changed into JV-j in accordance with Rule v. 56).
(7.) Similarly, from the Plural DH51 words 39 GO* we
have the Construct form **}% For, the removal of the Penul-
timate vowel (viz., the beneath the 3), by Rule i. of 56,
necessitates the appearance of a * Slight- vowel ' form for the
beneath the 1, in order that there may not be two Moving
Shvas together [Pt. I. 22, Note(*),and 56],
[Obs. A -7 (Short- Kherik) may be considered as the common form for a
Slight-vowel,' and as the form to be given when there is no reason for adopting
some other Short-vowel. See also Pt. I. 56, Note (f).]
58. The Classification of Nouns, for the changes of form
which many of them undergo when receiving Affixed additions,
is a somewhat long and difficult subject with which it is unad-
visable to trouble the Student at present. Sufficient help will
always be given in the Notes to the Exercises. The general
subject must be dealt with elsewhere. There is, however, one
application of 54 (II.) which is of such very great importance
for understanding vowel-changes in all parts of the Language
that it ought to be mentioned at once, viz. :
59. A word, when increased in length by the appendage of
an additional syllable, generally drops (if it can* drop) and
replaces by Shva Moving that vowel which would else stand
NEXT BUT ONE BEFORE, Or TjHRDf FROM THE ACCENTED
vowel of the word.
* See 55.
t [Reckoning from left to right, and from the Accented Vowel inclusively.]
Obs. If this vowel cannot be dropped ( 55), the preceding vowel is generally
dropped, if there be one, and if it can be dropped. Sometimes the succeeding one.
38 nouns, 59.
This will be more easily understood by an Example or two.
Thus:
(a-) ^5*7 a wor d> on receiving the appendage ti* as the
mark of the Plural, drops the beneath the 1 and takes the
form* E^JJR ( tne ~ beneath the *1 being reckoned First, the
beneath the H is Second, and the beneath the 1, if not
dropped, would be Third). So, as may be seen in the Declen-
sion of this word with Pronoun- Affixes [Table IX.], the form
for 'his word 9 is ljjft (not 1*0*7, ^he of the *n being dropped
as said above). And so all through the Singular of Table IX.
(/?.) The Hebrew forms for 'his words, 9 'her words, 9 etc.,
are from D" r '"0' T T words : and there is no vowel Third before
the Accented vowel. But
(7.) When we come to the Hebrew for * their (m.) words, 9
the analogy of the preceding words might lead us to expect
under the 2. Here, however, the Accent being on the DTI,
the (if it were to appear under the 3) would be ' Third 9
(before the Accented vowel reckoned as First). It is therefore
dropped, as above, and replaced by Shva Moving. But this
necessitates the appearance of a ' Slight-vowel ' instead of the
Moving Shva beneath the ^ [Pt. I. 56} . And is the form
which it adopts [ 57 Obs.] .
(o\) The same holds in the Hebrew forms for * their (/.),'
' your (m.), 9 and ' your (f.) words -f (and for the corresponding
parts of Tables IV. and X. f 1 6) But in the ease of ' our
words, 9 the Accent of the word being on the syllable *% the
of the !3 is retained it does not come under the Rule of
T
59. Thus we have }J*35* ! ! our wora *s. Similarly for the
corresponding forms in Tables IV. and X. (1 6}.
* See 39 (y).
t The Pronoun-Affixes for 3 pi. ih. and /., and 2 fL fh. and /., are by many
called the Heavy Affixes.' The Accent 6f the Word is on these Affixes.
[To face p. 38.]
Summary of 39-59
(a) The mark for Masc. Plu. is D* ; and
(/3) this D* is replaced by * ' in Construction.'
(7) The mark for the Fem. Sing, is Jl-^r ; and
(&) this H is replaced by H in * Construction. ,
(e) The mark for the Fem. Plu. is HI or fi ; and
(? ) this termination is unchanged ' in Construction.'
(77) The mark for the Dual is D* ; and
(0) this D* is replaced by * ' in Construction.'
(c) For changes of form of Nouns ' i.e.' see 56 & 57.
(k) For a Great Rule of ordinary change of form, see 59.
[To face r. 39 ]
Index foe Nouns with Peon.-Affs.
(a) For Nouns which do not change, see Tab. V.
(/3) For Nouns ending in ft which change only the ending, see
Tab. VI.
(7) For Nouns like ^^tt which drop the penult. , see Tab. IX.
(8) For Nouns like (a) StfS & b*J, (b) SlTlS (& ^Mfc) & S^S,
(c) n^S & PDlte, see App* (a), T (b), & (c) to Tab. IX.
(e) For Nouns in , or , or , or in ~. r , or ,
see Tab. X.
() For Nouns in , or , see Tab. XI.
(rj) For Nouns (fern.) corresponding to those (masc.) in Tabs.
X & XI, see Tab. XII ; (cp. 66-69).
(0) For (i) SK, (2) m, (a) T\% (4) J5, ( 5 )rD, (e) fi|), see
Tab. XIII.
(t) For Nouns in p| , see p. 44.
[Note. (i) For HK (or HN) mark of the ' Definite Object/ see
p. 43 (e-h).
(ii) For some words before which the 'Def. Art/ Jl
must not be placed, see 73.]
nouns, GO- 62. 39
60. Some Nouns with , as H3* for example, are not
of the same form as TJKL and must not be declined like it
as they do not drop the of their first letterf [See 55] .
61. (.) The Declensions of Table X. (1 6) are all the
same in character. Such a word as *Tpf2 Table X. (1), and
"HJ Table X. (2), is said to be of < 6-point' form, and
T$! Table X. (%) of < 5-point ' form. $
' (15.) The - of }^J, and the - - of TRJ [Table X. (4 and
5)] , are because of the guttural letter J?. So the in PD? a
sacrifice, and the in Yu2 oppression, because of T\. [But
we may have two Segols, though the word has a guttural,
as in EH/ bread, etc.]
(7.) So JD^ fulness, 3rn breadth, are of the same Declen-
sion as Tw length [Table XI.] : the replacing -^ because
of the guttural letter.
N.B. All words like the Nouns in Tables X., XI., have their
Accent on the penultimate, in the ' Absolute ' Singular.
62. The Declension- vowel ' (as it may be called) is seen
to be (i.) for the < 6-point' Noun in Table X (1), and
(ii.) for the < 6-point ' (as also for the ' 5-point ') Noun in
Table X (). (iii.) Some words, as HjIJ, p7^] (for instance),
have for their < Declension-vowel ' : thus H31 pjfl, faM*
etc., wlj, ffi?Q> 'RW' etc * ^ e terms
<a-Decl.' <e-Decl.' <*-Decl.'
will be found useful as a means of designating these Declen-
sions [viz., those of (i.) (iii ) (ii.), respectively]. Similarly the
Declension of Table XI. (in which the is 6) may be called
an e o-Decl.^
* This is really of the form 1S| ; but as the five letters lynniK do not receive
Dagesh, the is put under the B to 'Compensate for the Dagesh' which belongs
to the "1.
f Any of these that may occur will be duly mentioned, so that no practical
difficulty will arise therefrom.
X The actual terms in use (in Rabbinic works on Grammar) are 'Nouns of 6
points,' Nouns of 5 points,' the dots in the and the being counted.
40 nouns, 6367.
3. The following shew the Declensions of
(a.) (1) B?3^ [p. J^l'n.] Aoney, ^*1 my...;
(2) D3^ [p. : MP] a sftotOeler, *,?& iMP, etc. $
(/3.) (1) ** [p. : TO] Autt, \n.S, ip3, etc., [WJ, M^S], DTO and
Dn'nsi;
(2) $ [p. prfe] a /<*>, 'vr, du. DJ9#, [>;-, ^ v^, rjDjpi^
(3) ^ [p. : HJJ] an ornamenf, 1HJJ, Plu. D^g ;
(4) *jfq [p. : ^vp] Mf. v?n, etc. ,
(y.) (l) ^n [p. J ^h] adbtes* i^n, etc., Plu. bfoj
(2) \?g [p. : *Sf] apctfow, V}J>, etc.
(5.) From ^3 fry y|3 a vessel, etc., ^73 % (m.)..., the Plural is
D$3 [L c. ^3],' 5, Vb.., Oj$| ; " "
64. In 63, the * Construct* Singular is the same as the Absolute.'
65. The ' Slight-vowel ' for the ' Construct State ' of the
Plural ( 57, %), and for the Plural Noun with the Affixes
for the 3 & 2 pi. (m.)& (/.) ( 59% 8), is the same generally as
the 'Declension-vowel* of the Noun. Thus the in *5/5>
the - in DrVj^n, the - inM^TIJ, *$J, etc. See Table X.
66. The Feminine Noun in Table XII. 1, corresponds
with the Masculine Noun in Table X. 1 ; and so the Femi-
nines in Table XII. 2, 3, with the Masculines in X. 2, 5. This
observation is important as helping to understand the forma-
tion of the Feminine Plurals. Thus, from T?p a king, and
M3 /fo a queen (the latter agreeing in form with the Declension-
forms of the Singular in Table X. 1), we have the kindred
Plurals D\5% kings, HpS? queens. So from >32 a lamb
(m.), PlfcO? [and P!fc>53] a lamb (/*.), we have the Plurals
vy^\m.), r\wif(f.).
67. Feminine Nouns of this class that have no correspond-
ing Masculine kindred-form follow (as might be expected) the
law of those that have. Thus, from PlHS^ a woman-servant,
we have the Plural Hin^ (formed after the analogy of an
imaginary Masculine Plural D\H^ from the imaginary Sin-
gular T\gBh<
nouns, 6870. 41
68. Similarly there are some Feminine Nouns (with the
ending Ft- ) corresponding to Masculines of the form Yl-tf
Thus UXJl might (m.) and F!&tt* iw>A* (/.), the latter
agreeing in form with the Decl.-forms of the Singular in
Tab. XI. And so !Tjh drought, aridity, desolation, Fl!!nn f
desolation. The Plural of this latter is nil'lH, the Feminine
form analogous to an imaginary Masculine D^J^n.
69. (,.) The Declension of FlFl# with Pron. AS. is the
same as that of T\*hfo in Tab. XII. 1, with instead of the
under the first letter there ; thus
( nrw
( WW*
, thy(ro.)J
, his
( innQ^ [ujoman -servant].
1 VrfnSty [woman-servants].
etc.
etc.
etc.
(ft) The Declension of a word of the form H^H with
Pron. Affixes is of corresponding form, but with (6, K. Kh.)
instead of the under the ti in Table XII. 1; thus from
riMn wisdom, we have
\r : t *
^511 my wisdom, 'rjnftSfi, thy (m.)..., ^H^?0 ** an< ^
from MtaTp desolations (i. c. rtTTl), VJlhlH &*, O'^IC 1
for.., ^!p5nn % (/.).., Dn^nhnn Vmr (*).. . '
70. Besides the accented ending Ft of 40, there is
an ending Fl unaccented which is not a mark of Feminine
Gender, but merely gives a varying equivalent form for some
words; thus 77 and Twh ?iight, and so FlH^Ft Ps. cxvi. 15
N.B. Sometimes the Declension-form of the Noun is
used in this case, as tTflj&landof, Is. viii. 3 ( = J^N:), and
TVjfljfc earth (Pause form) Job xxxiv. 13, and xxxvii. 1.
* The under the V is o, K. Kh.
f The under the n is seen to be 8, K. Kh. by Pt. I. 55 (5 and 10 a.).
X A. Noun of a-Decl., 62.
42 nouns, 7172.
71. (i.) There is another unaccented ending H which is of
frequent occurrence, signifying to, towards, into ; thus P*]?n
Hebron, 7\Y\2V\ to Hebron, ij) north, POS northwards ;
tT\p east, T\ET\p eastwards.
(ii.) This J"I to, towards, into may be. attached to
(&.) a Noun having the definite T\; thus, JVSPI ^0
house, niVSn eWo ^e house, and
(/5.) a Noun in the State of Construction; thus, 1V3
house o/,njH3 r\WZ into-[the']-house-of Pharaoh.
(iii.) Sometimes the Declension-form of the Noun is
adopted for this, as n^^X * earth-wards (p. ffipij) ; and
so !3j1J [of e-Decl.] south, HS^J southwards ; etc.
72. N.B. There being no < Genitive,' < Dative,' < Accus-
ative ' or < Ablative ' Cases in Hebrew, the < of,' < to,'
* from,' etc., are expressed by other means :
(a.) The ordinary ' of ' of connection is expressed by
the < State of Construction/f 52 ;
(b.) The < to,' of relation, is expressed by the prefix
S of 4;
(c.) < From ' is expressed by the prefix of 5, or by
the full Preposition \ti;
(d.) The context alone can determine when an Indefinite
Noun is used Objectively, as the word man twice in " and he
saw A man, an Egyptian, smiting a man, a Hebrew "
[Ex. ii. 11], where the word fc^tf a man has nothing to mark
it as e Objective ' ; but
(e.) The Particle T\H (or "JlK) is a mark of the < Definite
* Also to or towards land-of, frequently; [from Y^$> V- 41 +] bs. The
context alone can decide, sometimes, between the H of 70 and 71.
t The of =from, out of, is expressed by the Prefix D of 5, or by jD.
[Ju. xiii. 2, 1 S. i. 1, etc.].
nouns. 7273. 43
Object; thus in "and he smote the Egyptian" [Ex.ii. 12]
we have 1 "1V^D"^^ tht Egyptian (Accus., or < Objective'). So
in God created [DVjBfo HK] t* heavens, [pNH HKV] awe?
^e earth" [Gen. i. 1], we have HN before "the heavens"
and before " the earth" marking them as < Objective.'
(f.) This mar 7c of the < Definite Object ' is not always
expressed, and then the context alone can determine whether
the Definite Noun is c Objective' or not; thus, "And they
spoiled [TJ?n] the city" [Gen. xxxiv. 27].
(g.) This DNI (or "HNI) may stand before a Definite < Ob-
jective' word (i.) which has the ' Definite Article' [ 6];
(ii.) the < Proper Name ' of a person or place, as Noah, Job,
Ruth, Athaliah, Makheda, Babylon, etc. ; (iii.) in Construc-
tion, as in " and he took [*3PJ - nX] [the] elders of the city,
and he taught [^3X HNI] [the] men of Succoth " [Jud. viii.
16]; (iv.) having a Pron. Affix attached to it, as in "they
took [DJKXTlK] their flock," etc. [Gen. xxxiv. 28].
(h.) This Htt (or "JIN) may also stand before *")$&$ used
Objectively for < that which* or e him, thee, them (etc.), who'*,
and in a few other cases to be mentioned elsewhere.
73. Obs. The H for the < Def. Art.' must never be placed
before
(1) a Noun <i. c.',f
(2) a Noun with a <Pron. Aff.',f
(3) "lEW who, whom, or which ;
[Note. Nor before Proper Names, as a Rule. There are
some exceptions (to be mentioned elsewhere), especially the
names of some Places and Rivers.
* Thus, pK>N nKV] and that-which [was] in the city, ["IPK'nKl] and that
which [was] in the field, they took" [Gen. xxxiv. 28].
t A few instances may be cited to the contrary (which must be mentioned
elsewhere), but this great Rule of 73 must always be observed in Compo-
sition.
44
NOUNS, 74, notes (a.) TO (d.).
74. More must be said on the Nouns elsewhere [Pt. II.].
but the following Notes may be added here.
Note (a.) It need scarcely be said that a Noun, such
as HVl spirit, for instance, having Furtive-Pathahh to its
last letter, must drop the Furtive-Pathahh on receiving any
Affix; thus, fiiPlVl (Plu.), and so IPIVI his spirit, ^HVl my...,
etc.
(5.) Nouns ending in Pi drop the PI on receiving Affixes;
thus from TH& afield (i. c. TXip) the Declension is
my
,. (("OTIS'
his vrifeM
V T field.
her ptom
VTT /
Nouns ending in Pi generally take the Affix form *lPU- for
<te,' as in ^THW his field, ^PljjygD, his work.
[The Plural &1W of this Noun does not occur, but the
Construct form ^G? occurs. The usual Plural is T\)!& fields
(i. c. nVlfcO, with' Affixes Wmk>, tSgtM^, etc.]
From H^fiS <* wor (i. c. Plb>$)D), Plu. D\^5 (i. c. *W&),
we have the Plural Declension
my
wa
our OTO
thy
your
c/o TITO
l(/o B1TO
his
her
1TO
vt -;-
rrfewa
their 1
) works.
(i.c.\i
(<?.) Besides the ending PT , for the Feminine, there are
some others (to be mentioned elsewhere). The most im-
portant, perhaps, of these is the ending D (p. H ),
as in rn^J? lead (the T\ being part of the ending).
(d.) This remark (c.) will be found to be of great use
hereafter when we shall have to give the forms of Participles.
These have simple Noun- forms, and for the Feminine Sin-
gular they have the ending T\ as well as PL- j thus,
NOUNS, 74, NOTES (e.) TO (/.). 45
from *")& one (m.) saying, we have both 5"ntf and J"nkK
one (/.) saying.
(e.) Some Nouns have both endings, viz., Jl and fi ~;
thus, (l) from ^3 a fon, we have both PH^? an( l ^"331
a lady, a mistress, So we have (2) both mXSft and rHXStt
9* ' \ / itt ; vvv :
beauty, glory; etc.
(f.) The * Singular ' Declension (including the < Construct
State') of such Nouns as those in (e.) is, generally, only
that of the T\ form : thus we have fTOH (the Construct'
form), and Wftil, Plgf!}?, etc. (Cp. Tab. X. (2)), and so
nnKSn (the 'Construct' form), and WNSfi, ^Bl,
irnfiJ?, etc. (Cp. Tab. X. (1)), fTf?! and HJX&n are
Indeclinable.
(g.) This is so even in certain Nouns of which the
f Absolute ' form in H does not occur, as 7)j?foti a kinq-
dom, ?D&t2 dominion, H!33^ a chariot Of these the Con-
* ITT i V > * UTliV,
struct' forms are rD%, TtyPfifo, HM^D, respectively, and
the Declension-forms are ifippft??, StT>Wfofo, 1fiM*]ft, etc.
(h.) The Plurals of such Nouns are from the H form ;
thus, from H/jri/P and fi&p ?9 W( f> ^ aii ^ e (of which the
Declension is of the form of Ifi&ri/ft), the only Plural is
V T J
(*.) No separate Table is needed for Nouns ending in H
which drop the Penult, vowel of their Absolute form ; thus,
iT$* an assembly, i. c. ]T# ( 56, i.), w. affs. *p^ Jfl"^ etc.
(&.) Table XIII. (1 6) gives the Declensions of some
special Nouns, viz.,
[1] 1$ a father, [2] fiK a brother, [3] IV| tes<?,
[4] J5 a son, [5] H? # daughter, [6] J13 a mouth.
(/.) The Noun Bfyjl # man (also each-one, etc.) is declined
* Obs. P.iy a testimony, retains its 7
46 NOUNS, 74, NOTES (/.) TO (.).
in the Singular like V& [Tab. V.]. The Plural D^t &
used, but not generally. The ordinary word for < men 9 is
S^JN, which is declined like D^l 4 [Tab. X. (6)].
(m.) The Noun Plfc^tf woman, a wife, is not declined.
But there is a Declension of the corresponding Noun T\$8
(which occurs in the < Absolute,' Deut. xxi. 11, 1 S. xxviii. 7,
Ps. lviii. 9, and frequently <i. c.'). This is declined Vj^tt,
yftm, W$, etc., like TJJ [Tab. X. (2)\ as if it were an
ordinary < 5-point ' Noun ( 62), but only in the Singular.
For the Plural f women ' or < wives ' the word is D'2t3 (i. c. *j0)
which is declined thus,
my #J
our tt'03
V" T
thy (m.) ^)
your (m.) D^J
his WJ
VT T
. } wives,
their (m.) fiH^J
(n.) The Vocative 1 ' is sometimes marked by the Prefix H followed by
Dagesh Forte, the same as for the Def. Art.' ( 6); thus, [1 S. xvii. 55] As
thy soul liveth ft?13n] king!", [1 S. xxiii. 20] "According to all the desire
of thy soul [TO?] king!", etc.
(o.) The Rules of 6 (&.), C c -)i etc - apply to this Prefix PI for the Vocative
0!', as well as to that for the 'Def. Art.'; thus in [Is. xlii. 18] [D^inn] <0
deaf men, hear ye 1, and [D'")\Jjn] blind men, look ye ! that ye may see," etc.
{p.) This H for the Vocative <01' may stand before a word i. c.' ( 53);
thus [Lament, ii. 13] What-thing shall I liken to thee [n2H] daughter -of
Jerusalem 1 " etc.
(q.) In Table V. (i.) the words D*^ and J*VK> may be considered to be contracted
from DHW and \jp& With these latter the Plural words DrPW and fJP3ft?
in Tab. V. (ii.) correspond, as DD^TK* and j^T^ {your m., and your f. songs)
in Tab. V. (ii.) correspond with DDT^ and \yy>V) (your m., and your f., song) in
Tab. V. (i.). This being so, the analogy between the Affix-forms in Tab. V. (i.)
and those in Tab. V. (ii.) i. e., for the Sing, and the Plu. Noun respectively,
is seen to be complete.
(r.) Similarly \n Tab. VI. (i.), the words DTVVlJ"! and jJVJft may be considered
to be contracted from DniYYlfl and jnrnip).
(s.) The before the Affixes D2" and j!T in the Tables is, of course, Shva
gloving, because there is no Dagesh Lene in the 3, Pt. J. 55 (4).
(t.) N.B. There is before the D3 and the }5t instead of in the corres-
ponding places of the other words in these Tables (and in D?T your rm.) hand,
from T a hand, w. Affixes 1*1* his.., etc.). Owing to the stress and emphasis on
these Affixes, the earlier parts of the words having them are shortened as much
as possible. The Short-vowel followed by the Shva Moving admits of rapid moving
NOUNS, 74, NOTES (t.) TO (W.). 47
on to the final syllable, on which the stress and emphasis is laid. There could
not be Shva in the place of this Short vowel, because of the Shva following it.
So,. too, in the DHrnjn and fgJTTto, from which Dniin and JlTVin may be
considered to be contracted, Tab. VI.' (i.), and in DiT^ and \\p^\ from which
D"^ and pll may be considered to be contracted, Tab. IX. (i.).
(w.) There is a not unfrequent contraction of the forms DiTlTnin and jrVflVTin
into Dn'lTin and jn'VTlR This is for the sake of shortness.
{w.) The form Bgfe? is i c' the same (viz. tD&2^), Plu. D*pB*K> (i.e. H9&&).
Exercise XIII.
(To he translated into English.)
6 rnv * t 5 rtsnan 2 ^8 t 4 a*?)^ 3 $)* : 2 ai^a + ;
: |avt : : -; t t : t
:**rtef? TtoSBto M * 25 N3 24 nn 17, a 23 nirrt i 22 Ti:nW?
.... - | v t : t: t : : t :
33 hx "hri S2 r\ym) n% m "*mbti :**&* "Triad?
- : - t t t at t : : - : t t J v : :
39 *3 : 5 pxn 38 w 3j1 ?:d l " 36 na "^3 t 34 Tnny
I v t t : - t t: v I : - J v
mim^n 44 ni!)S;b& "rrfatf "TrfiM wn : 4i ta 40 Di^n
t-: t : : - - -:- t : ^ :: t t -:-
+ *BTrtwa :*ehn 13V r 4 wi*& t 47 btt 46 Hny 37 b r
v tj - t t : -: - v i~ t
: 55 rtpSn 54 T&b> : 83 D^ + 52 rvin3 n^j : 50 J^ 48 ^
1 See p, 385. * Table X. (1). 3 D*J days. 4 n)B> year. 5 pK earth
a land, a country (see page 25 (Note 4), Plu. ni^HK). 6 rn# a company.
7 T2K a strong one. T\\T$2 pits. 9 slime. 10 Zion.' 11 not. 12 let them
be slack. 13 -p a hand (Dual ti\T). u &1?3 a wing (Dual D*M3). 15 a dove#
16 Tab. IX. 17 Tab. XIII. (6) M a wise' man. 19 a lamp. 26 ^|J a foot (Dual
0&}lJ. 21 and light. 22 nyn? a path. 23 H113 a free-will offering. 24 be
pleased with, accept. 25 I pray. 26 tDQ^D a judgment. 27 teach Thou me.
28 HIV'P a commandment. 29 I have longed, had a great desire. 30 I thought
on. 31 ip^i a way. 32 and I made to return. 33 to. 34 j-j-jy a testimony
(the of this word cannot be dropped). 35 Seek ye. 36 See Exerc. IX. Note 15.
37 >3 all (73 when unaccented). 38 )ty a meek one. 39 for, because. 40 jiy
iniquity. 41 they have gone into captivity. 42 and they shall know. 43 m'ny
service. 44 fOPDD a kingdom. 4 5 they shall be ashamed. 46 12V a worshipper.
47 a graven image. 48 nt^JJD a work. 49 a workman, smith. 50 nothingness.
W a grave, sepulchre. 52 opened. 53 jHH a throat. 54 D*nEK> lips. 55 smooth-
* 56 (i. & ix.). + 59. t 74 (*.). 56 (ix, 4).
48
t - | v: v t : -t - :
70 n^ :"tid\ 68 ^fc# 67 tsn nj :"*tt# ^^ l7 Drv$
t]&h M T * 74 \vn|fl ! 73 m ni^n , n ^?wp w ffi
: 81 ^nj5 "Dg^ w% l?K3j?3 78 ^T! n fl*J 87i ?2 76 W?rni
87 ^a 1 * + *p* t 84 ^^ rtrj&t? 83 Dnfc "^||?i
69 -n5b "^ "fe W ^S? * 48 vfe^& 37 ^5 "Tpni ryt*
ffcfil 9, d^x 86 n# cr6 "|tfa + nps}
ness, flattery. 66 Esau. 57 (with the preceding word) < do nof gather* 58 qj;
with. 69 sinners. 60 B^J a soul. 61 74 Note (/.). 62 blood. 63 Qn life
(a Plural form). 64 wickedness. 65 hath spoken. 66 vanity. 67 incline Thou.
68 DV?^ heavens (Dual form). 69 an d rnayest Thou come down. 70 send forth.
71 niN 'light. 72 n truth (with afif. WDX. his.., etc.). 73 sna ll guide me.
74 .nQ a ransomed one. 75 shall return. 76 an d 1 w ill have mercy upon.
77 See T Tab. Xin. (3). " i sra el. 79 an a I wiU be jealous, so D> a name,
(the same 'i.e.'). Obs. 'The-Name-oj '-My -holiness' here = My Holy Name.
81 BHp holiness. 82 And I will collect. 83 Tab. III. (1). 84 yjfa an enemy.
85 Righteous. 86 an d Gracious. 87 ]*% an eye (Dual D^jg). 88 Tab. IV. (1).
89 look with hope. 90 giving. 91 pafc food. y2 i n its season.
Exercise XIV.
(To be translated into Hebrew.)
* # * For the plan of the Exercise see 11 ( ju).
Accor ding-to 1 the word 2 of Elijah. 8 The man* with-
whom-is-My-word (Hebr., who My word 2 with 5 him). And-
I-will-put 6 My words 2 in his mouth. 7 The words 2 of wise-
men 8 and their riddles. 9 As 1 the flesh 10 of our brethren 11
[is] our flesh. 10 Thy (m.) bone 12 and thy flesh 10 [are] we.
Your (m.) bone 12 and your flesh 10 [am] I. And-as-for-me
1 3 the Prefix. 2 -^ a WO rd. W$$ * V% 6 fiK Tab. III. 2. 6 1$^.
? Tab. XIII. 6. e D pn (s.) T . riTn (.). w -1^3 Tab. IX. Tab. XIII. 2. M D$>
49
(Hebr., and I) my prayer 13 [is] to your (m.) God " according-
to l your words. 2 For 15 great-is-His-Mercy-towards-us (Hebr.,
mighty -hath-been over n us His Mercy). Thy (m.) Counte-
nance 19 make-Thou-to-sbine 20 upon 21 Thy servant. 22 Many 23
[are] my persecutors 24 and my enemies. 25 Let-my-supplication-
come-before-Thee (Hebr., let-come 26 my supplication* 7 to Thy
Presence 1 *). I-will -extol- thee, 28 my God, M O* King 29 ; and-
I-will-bless 30 Thy Name 31 for-ever-and-ever. 32 His praise 33
shall-speak 34 [viz.] my mouth 7 ; and-shall-bless 35 [viz.] all-
flesh 36 His-Holy-Name (Hebr., the Name of His Holiness* 7 )
for-ever-and-ever. 32
Tab. X. (1). 13 n^Sn. W &>r6x (a Noun of Plural form). 15 *3. 16 m
17 $g. 18 1DH Tab". X. (1). 19 Q^f (a Noun of Plural form). 20 -^n. 21 3
the Prefix of' 4. 22 iny Tab. X. T (l). 23 Q^n. MQ^lH 25 T -|tf (*.).
26 KnR 27 n|np). 28 ^pphX. 29 rtw 30 nyja^. 31 Q> (i. c. the same),
with affix to# Vw... f etc* ' 32 Tjj bjw?. 33 n^nri. ' 34 i^t. 35 fQ%
36 -)g>f i>|. 37 jjfrjk Tab. XI. l.ll 1* See 74 T (w.). ' '
+ See Tab. XIH, Note (, a).
50
SECTION VIII.
Nouns-Adjective.
75. There being no < Cases' in Hebrew, and no Gender-
forms for other than Masculine and Feminine, we have only
four forms to consider, viz., those for the Masculine and the
Feminine in (1) the Singular, and (2) the Plural.*
N.B. Adjectives should agree with their Substantives in
Gender and Number.
76. The forms referred to in 75 are the usual Noun-
forms, having the termination D* for the Masc. Plural
( 39. 08), and H_ for the Fern. Sing. ( 40), and Ph- (or
rC-) for the Fern. Plu. ( 41). Thus, for instance,
TB
beautiful.
(iii.)
(ii.)
fem.
%i we
masc.
'9K
little.
masc.
fern.
It #!|
l : el
great.
00
fem.
IT
, 31tp Sing.
tmno ,DniD piu.
good.
77. Adjectives may be used { i. c.'; thus, [Dan. i. 4]
" Children.. .[*31tD] good-of appearance;" [Gen. xxiv. 16]
" the damsel was [Mb] goodly -of appearance ;" and so || yi?
(Sing, m.) great-of, T\^\ (Siug. m.) and T\%\ (Sing. /.)
beautiful-of, etc^T
78. The proper place for the Hebrew Adjective is after
* There are no Dual forms for Adjectives proper.
f For the two forms 1 and 2- for the same vowel, see Pt. I. 13.
t For the removal of the vowel that would be Third before the Accented vowel
(reckoned as First), see 59.
The last of \Q\) is replaced by followed by Dagesh Forte, on the 3's
receiving a vowel. Cp. Tab. IX. (/3). [Of the more common word jb,? little, there
is no other form except only \0\> (i. c.) 2 Chr. xxi. 17.]
|| And "bnil (when followed by Makkeph, Pt. I. 37), in which word the - is 8.
This, in Pr. xix. 19, is Kri for b"\i Kthiv [Pt. I. 74. 3]. In Na.i. 3, Ps. cxlv. 8,
the ) of ?1"l J there * written * is superfluous.*
IT There are also the following forms (Masculine),
123 'i. c' IJf, pi. D*J3} 4. C gj|j so, fr. Xfa DJ}$| i c. $; etc.
ADJECTIVES, 7881. 51
its Noun-Subst.*; thus, !$9 #W a good man (lit., a man
good), PITH} PlfeSW a great woman, D y^Jl D*D? #rajtf tfi$v,
rtfij flV^n? beautiful virgins.
79. Sometimes Participles are used as Adjectives ; as in
ntDS DJ? a confident (or careless) people, "\TT\^2 $X # burning
fire, DH5?5 E^}*$ burning men, fiiHIfcpS flfajl careless
daughters.%
80. With Dual Nouns-Subst., Adjectives (and Participles
used as such) take Plural forms ; thus D^HH D*5$ ^^^
heavens, ThEl D*T &?#& hands, U^uTl DJHS&y flaming lips,
ribfS WT\i failing knees.
81. If the Noun-Subst. is 'Definite' either (1) having
the * Def. Art./ or (2) having not that Prefix because it is
< i. c' (| 73), or (3) having a Pron. Affix, the Ad-
jective follows the Subst., and receives also the < Def. Art. ;
* (i.) There may be more than one Noun Subst. referred to by one Adjective ;
thus, u good statutes and judgments," would be D^ID D^S^E-1 D^jpn (lit. sta-
tutes and judgments good ").
(ii.) In a few instances, an Adjective before a Subst. is supposed to qualify that
Subst.: this must not be in Composition.
t This is a not unfrequent form of the Feminine Participle instead of JT1JJ3;
see hereafter.
X (i.) There may be several Adjectives (or Participles used as such) one after
another, following the Subst. ; thus, [Gen. xli. 23] " ears withered, thin, and
blasted," etc.
(ii.) In a few instances two Adjectives of different Gender refer to the same
Subst. ; thus, [1 K. xix. 11] pT.ni PITHS 11-11 a wind great (/.) and strong (m.),
the < wind,' being without life, cannot be said to have any * Gender ' really.
(i.) There may be more Adjectives than one so following the 'Definite' Sub-
stantive, and having each of them the Prefix il for the Definite Article'; thus,
" the high and fenced walls," would atand thus, the walls the high-ones and
the fenced-ones." So " the high and fenced walls of a city " would stand thus,
walls of a city the high-ones and the fenced ones ;" and so, thy high and
fenced walls " is thy walls the high-ones and the fenced-ones " (Deut. xxviii. 52).
(ii.) A few instances might be cited in which an Adjective not having the Pref.
n is rendered by many as an Adjective qualifying a 'Definite' Substantive.
Suffice it to say here, that such a form of expression must never be used in
Composition.
52 ADJECTIVES, 81 82.
thus, %)tein ^?^ THE 9d wor d Q^-t the word the good),
DTWSO *TH **S?^ THE ^ *wfo 0/ i)flCT'(/ (lit., words-of
David the last-ones), PlTHiin *tt!p my e/Jer daughter (lit., my
daughter the great-one), D^Pl DPP3T3 tfter Sac? ways (lit.,
^eer ways the bad).
N.B. When the Adjective after a < Definite ' Suhstantive
has not the Prefix H for the f Definite Article,' the Adjective
generally serves as a f Predicate.' See below 83, etc.
82. Hebrew Adjectives have no (1) * Comparative ' or
(2) ' Superlative forms. An Adjective of ordinary form
(i.) followed by JJ? (or by Q, the Prefix of 5) serves in
the place of the 'Comparative,' and
(ii.) with the Prefix T\ for the < Definite Article,' and
followed by S (the Prefix of 4), serves in the place of the
f Superlative ;' thus,
(i.) nfcpn PP^Kn | ito better than the dead lion (lit.,
good from, or more than, the dead lion), and ^3&p Dto better
than he, Wy^P P^? sweeter than honey,
(ii.) D\*Jjy.3 /H^l) the greatest of the Anahim (lit.,
the great one in, or among, the AnaJcim) ; and so ilJSOM /-H
the weakest of Manasseh ; *DK H*35 *VJ?*n the least of
the house of my father.
N.B. These expressions for (i.) the < Comparative ' and
(ii.) the < Superlative' are often used < Predicatively; 9 thus,
[Ps. lxiii. 4] D*.rj9 TpTDn ito Thy Grace [w] better than
life, and [Judg. vi. 15] " My thousand [is ...3 7IPQ the
weakest in Manasseh, and I [am] the least " etc.
* If, instead of " David," we had the expression a great king" [yfaj ^/P],
we should have for the last words of a great king," D^inxn V'nS ^D ^lin
(lit., words-of a king great the-last-ones) ; and if, instead of David," we had the
expression the great king," we should have for the last words of the great
king," D*pnrj i'n|n sfesn nni. (lit., words-of the king the great-one the-last-
ones). _T
ADJECTIVES, 8386. 53
83. Hebrew Adjectives are often used ( Predicatively,'*
and then some form of the so-called i Substantive Verb ' (or
'logical Copula') is to be supplied; thus, 5S& "H?? 39?
and the gold of the land [is] good, *lbti? v\lX ^NHI and the
man [was] great exceedingly, Sl2!$ y\~\% Great [is] His Name,
^DH y\0 good [is] Thy Mercy; and so PlfiN p^ Righteous
[art] Thou, HJTJ Hlb goodly they (/.) [were], ttnj&t fi^PT]
/<zr awwy [are] we, etc. etc.
N.B. The Adjective when used ' Predicatively,' often
precedes its Subject as in the last five examples; it is then
generally emphatic.
84. An Adjective which precedes the Substantive or Pro-
noun to which it belongs, generally serves as a < Predicate 9
thereto; thus, [1 S. xxvi. 13] DipftH !T) great [was] the space
[between them] ; [Job v. 25] ^[O !H great (or abundant)
thy seed [shall be], etc. : as, also, in the last five examples
in 83.
85. So, also, after a ( Definite ' Subject an Adjective that
has not the Prefix H for the < Def. Art.' is generally used
< Predicatively ;'f thus, [Judg. vii. 4] 2H Dl^H the people [is]
great (or numerous), whereas " the numerous people " would
be 2^1 DOT, as [Is. xvi. 14] ^Vl {lOTH the great multitude,
[Obs. y\ D5? (or y[ Dtt) means " a numerous people"]
86. There are not very many adjectives J in Hebrew. But
no want of them is particularly felt because there is, in com-
mon use, another mode of defining, describing, and qualifying
Substantives, viz., by placing them in Construction with a
* In which case the Adjective need not agree with the Subst. in Gender or
Number.
A Noun-Subst. may also be used Predicatively ' of another Noun-Subst. or a
Pronoun.
t A few instances may be cited in which this seems not attended to. It must
always be attended to in Composition.
+ i.e. Strictly such. Participles are often used Adjectively.
54 ADJECTIVES, 8690.
word for expression 87, 2) which denotes the qualification, or
the describing or defining thing or quality; thus, [Pr. xv. 6]
D$i *!?X pleasant words (lit., words-of pleasantness); [1 K.
xx. 31] IDH 075 merciful kings (lit., kings-of mercy), etc.
Moreover,
87. The second of two words so connected may have a
Pron. Affix referring to the former one ; thus, (1) [Ps. cxix. 6]
?}j|TO *&&&f2J Thy righteous judgments (E.V.), and so (2)
[Is.' lxiv.' *10] tiJyiKgill tighjjj JV3 owr My arcJ beautiful
house (lit., the-house of our holiness and our beauty), etc.
88. A less common idiom is the following: A Noun f in
Construction' with a word after it sometimes qualifies or
describes this second xoord, in an Adjectival manner;* thus,
[Gen. xvi. 12] D*1K K*1S a wild man (lit., a wild-ass-of man),
and so [Deut. xxxii. 41) ^inH p^5 My flashing sword (lit.,
the-lightning-of My sword, i.e., My lightning sicord).
In accordance with this, D^H HlSSirfl (lit., and the-might-
of mountains, Ps. xcv. 4) seems best understood as equivalent
to "and mighty mountains ," we have then the whole verse
running thus ;
" In Whose hand [are] the-secret-depths-of earth,
w And His [are] the mighty mountains."
89. Some Adjectives, Chiefly Gentilic and Patronymic,f have the ending * for
the Masculine, and II* or IV for the Feminine, in the Singular. These take
& (or W\ ) for the Plural Masc. and rfl for the Plural Fem. ; thus nnjJ
Hebrew (Sing, m.), n$3# (Sing. /.), Dnij/ [D\1?J> Ex. iii. 18] (Plur. m\),
rripDj; (Plu. /.) ; and' *Vy Egyptian (Sing. m.j| JVJVD (Sing. /.), DnyB
(Plu.'m.), rtpV9 (Plu./.)-' '
90. It seems hardly necessary to say that Comparison,* in the way of Likeness
and Similitude is expressed by the Prefix 3 of 4 (or the word 103, 4 Note y);
thus, D*yi?K3 |bn sfrowg- as Me oafcs; ^*1D3 Dpn*! J123 intelligent and wise as
thou; 13$ to p-lV* 12^ Ais Aear/ [is] firm as a stone.
* Somewhat as we say a giant of a man (for a gigantic man), a fool of a man
(for a foolish man).
t There are some others, as *"IT3tf cruel, and so vySn Gen. xlix. 12.
ADJECTIVES, 9193. 55
91. The 3 of Comparison is sometimes used with two words in succession, to
express just so much as," or as much the one as the other ; " thus, in
[Is. xxiv. 2] "Ob? flip? so with the buyer as with the seller ; so 1D3 in the well-
known passage* [Ps. lviii. 10] jiin 1D3 *n IDS as much quick as on fire.
92. (a.) Adjectives (and Participles used as such) may be used concretely ;
thus, p^V righteous (m.) for a righteous [man], and HID good (m.) for a good
[man or thing] ; [often so
(/3.) when Predicative,' and then they need not agree in Gender and Number
with the word to which they refer; thus, [Ps. lxxiii. 28] 2)Q $ D*n7g T\Y)p the
nearness of God to me [] good (or a good thing); [Ps. lxvi. 3] ^^V.ip &013 '"ID
how awful [are] Thy works! etc.];
(y) So [Nu. xxii. 18] to do Httte or great [rk)l\ S& Tl}QQ, lit. a little [thing']
or a great [thing]], and so some give [Pr. viii. 6] 'l will speak excellent -things"
(5) Especially the Fern. Plu.; thus, (1) JYlTia great [things] Ps. xii. 4, lxxi. 19,
etc., (2) niN7l3 fem&te [tilings] Ps. xlv. 5, cvi. 22, etc.:
(e) And Adverbially, as niK-fa fearfully, Ps. cxxxix. 14, etc.
93. Besides the forms of Expressing the 'Comparative' and 'Superlative,'
which were mentioned in 82, there are some others which need not be mentioned
in a Section on Adjectives.
Exercise XV.
(To he translated into English)
' * # * For the plan of the Exercise, see 1 1 (a e).
:- t^:t: t t - t
12 dv 4 nto rnten 3 hrn n bbb io nn 8 n:n 9 ^i 8 k^
~ t: TV XT T
1 hath uttered. 2 mv heart. 3 1IH a word^(with Affix ^S^. my word, etc.).
4 niO good (m.), n^B (/.). See Exercise IX. Note 2. ^for ever. 7 IDp
mercy (with Affix ,,J |pn my mercy, etc.). 8 not. 9 hath fallen. 10 one.
11 *?3 all, "^3 when ' unaccented, [Pt. I. 37, 55 (9, &.)]. 12 a day.
* Perhaps best known in the rendering, " So let indignation vex him even as a
thing that is raw." The words *n alive and ])*\ri hot, or on fire, refer to *Tt3X a
thorn or a briar ; the Psalmist seems to express the wish that there may
suddenly and utterly fail all the force and fire required for bringing to maturity
the plot which his foes are concocting; and this he expresses in figurative language
which refers to a storm-blast's sweeping away a fire of thorn-twigs partly quick
(i.e., with the sap yet in them) but partly kindled. -
f Also a promise; and a matter, a thing.
56
20 art)- 4 mten 19 pan : 4 nten n^n n -b ,8 D^Sy
I - T T - I V T T - XT- T V -:
*nrta ^ona 25 ^d^ 24 n 2j n^ 22 D^n . tojfe
v tt : t : tt I" vx
nm -n*m : 82 -)SD& 8l *n& : 30 m& ?*se : 28 i&K
xt x x ; x : ; v x ;
: 4o^l, wvjjp -on^ 37 ^^ 4 nto 36, ?jk t 85 iniD3
<7 w "nft tfcftn w mni] ** pun rnfjjrji) "tongi 4il ?Kn
: w n^n3 rra- -, nsQfa # nr t*o^a # nwi : 48 Dinxi
x-- tt xxs- tx t - xt- t:
t^ixn fi8 ifc# -r *Ki "tor 65 -na 6 " -^ 8 *6
x : ; . vx:
t>D^if 68 D^Ety 6, n^ 60 grit? DDm # 69 ^^i
"*$3 64 ^a : 4 ste>n 3 n 55 nx 18 d;>^9 6M nbpni
t: :
13 in Thy courts. 14 S)*>K a thousand [p. t *)!?]. 15 f or . 16 D>?n life. 17 there
hath come. 18 ^y upon. 19 pK earth/ land (p^H when the 'Definite
Article* is prefixed). 20 He gave. 21 a son. 22 w ise- 23 will gladden. 24 a
father. 25 $>p3*a fool. 26 ma n, a man. 27 despises. 28 his mother. 29 n-inj
a fly. 30 death. 31 Q^p men. 32 number. 33 an d it shall be. 34 oy a
people (DVH when the Definite Article* is prefixed). 35 jnb a priest. 36 verily.
37 to IsraeV 38 God. 39 12 pure (Sing, m.) 40 heart. 41 ^ God. * Wj
great. 43 KTI3 awful, to be feared. 44 gracious. 45 an d merciful. 46 mv
beloved. 47 white (E.V.). 48 an d ru ddy. 49 HQJ beautiful (/.). 50 DW women.
51 rm^> moon. 52 bright. 53 j-jftn sun. 64 wiH forsake. 55 (See Exerc. IX.,
No. 15). 56 His people. 57 Decause D f. 58 His Name. 59 ana " j w jh redeem.
60 )h\ an arm (/.). 61 stretched out (/.). 62 tfVZf judgments. 63 an d I
will establish. 64 Blessed (m.). 65 He that cometh. 66 in [the] Name of.
Exercise XVI.
{To he translated into Hebrew.)
[N.B. The H for the Definite Article* must not be put before a word i.c.'
Is, " are," and am," here, are not to be expressed in Hebrew.]
* # * For the plan of the Exercise, see 11 ( p).
A great ' city. * The great ! city. 2 The city 2 is great. '
Great l cities. 8 The great ' cities. 2 The cities 2 are great. '
1^113 76 (ii.). n^ a feminine Noun (Plur. DnjJ/.).
* The same 'in Construction.'
57
Great ' and goodly 3 cities. 2 The great x and goodly 8 cities. *
The cities 2 are great * and goodly. 3 The great l and good 3
prophet. 4 The prophet 4 is good 3 and great. 1 A good 3 and
great * prophet 4 he is. The great x and good 3 prophets.
A great 1 crown-of 5 gold. 6 Is-not (Hebr., Whether*' not 8 ) her
little 9 sister 10 better 11 than she? What 12 is sweeter 13 than
honey, 14 and what is stronger 15 than a lion. 16 The greatest
of the Anakim. 18 My thousand 19 is the weakest 20 of Manasseh/ 1
and I am the least 22 of the house 23 of my father. 24 The
most-beautiful 25 [one] of the women. 26 Thy (/) high 27 and
fenced 28 walls. 29 The Glorious 30 and Awful 31 Name. 32
3 n*n 76 a.). 4 twj} (m.). 5 ittij? (/.) 6 nnr. 7 7. s 16 9 ^p T
76 (iii.). 10 Tab. XIII. f (a). Comparative ' of (3). See 82 (i.). 12 ft.
13 piriD sweet. U&2% 15 TJ? strong. 16 n. 17 .Superlative' of (1). See
82 (iL). 18 D*j?$g. 1 9 f(?X Tab. X. (i.) (m).20 ? weak. ft jjfy?. 22 "vy*.
23n>3 Tab. XIlT. (3). '2-iTab. XIII. (i.) 25 r\p) (/.) Q1BJ mj. *D*$)
( 74, m.). 27 nb5 high (Sing, m.) 28 -).^3 fenced (Sing, m.) * 29 n^in a* wall.
30 n -133. 3l&rii:. T 32 DgT
Note (a). The phrase ' 'flies of death" (p. 56, No. 29 & 30) stands for "dead
flies."
\h). The phrase "men of number" (p. 56, No. 31 & 32) stands for
"a few men."
58
SECTION IX.
Pronouns- Adjective.
94 The Pronouns of Section V. (see p. 28), viz.
(I.) lit this (m.), TINT this (/.), n|tf these (m. &/.); (II.) N-in tftat (m.), R*l f/taf (/.),
etc., may be used Adjectively thus,
this man il-TH E>Wn
fAt* woman flN-TH nK'Xn
ttae %* * rhxn Dnyan
these girls nVi/nnjiin
that man fK-inn ^NH
^a/ woman wpo'ntfitri
</wse 602/s tn^nn or tonYi nnj/an
in /Aos<? woris H^HH or DHH DH2^3
.e., these Pronouns-Adjective follow the Eule of 81 (p. 51)
respecting Adjectives with f Definite 9 J Nouns-Subst.
Obs. The 'Definite' Noun-Substantive may be i. c.' as in [1 S. xvii. 11]
DpXn 'Fl^pSn *TErt Mese words 0/ Me Philistine (lit., words 0/ fAe Philistine the
these) ; and with a Pron. Aff., thus H-TH ^\1pV_ this Thy people.
95. If the ( Definite' Noun-Substantive has an Adjective
belonging to it, besides one of these Pronouns used Adjec-
tively, the proper place for this Pronoun is after the Ad-
jective ; thus, [Nu. xx. 5] iTtn JHPl Dip^n this had place
(lit., the place the lad the this); [Nu. xvi. 26] DWNPl
rfp^tn D^^nn these wicked men (lit., the men the wicked the
these); and so [Deut.i. 19] MHPI fcOttrn TFlSTl ^J?*] that
great and terrible wilderness (lit., the wilderness the great and
the terrible the that) f etc.
96. (i.) The Pronouns HT (ra.), and flKt (/.), (especially the latter) are sometimes
used for this [thing]"; and HpSl is sometimes used for these [things']." So, also,
(ii.) (a) The 3 s. (m. and /.) and 3 pi. (m. and /.) Pers. Pronouns of Tables I.,
* 7Xn, sometimes ; thus, [Gen. xix. 8] 7NPJ D*K>JN7 to these men.
fFor the H in N-inn, K\"in, and the H in Diin, etc., see 6 (c, ii.) and
Note.
J The Nouns to which the this or * Aese,' Maf ' or Mose ' refer being
Definite.' But the H is sometimes omitted, thus fcMH n???2 in Ma* nig-M,
i"l?tf ^l^ Mese my words.
There are some instances in which this Rule is not attended to. It must
always be observed in Composition.
PRONOUNS ADJECTIVE, 96 98. 59
III. (1) (and in other forms), are sometimes used Neutrally as in Is not it*
[K*n] written etc.", Josh. x. 13, It * [in'N] 1 must observe to speak," Nu. xxiii.
12, etc., etc.
03) N.B. Pronouns of the Third Pers. (Tab. I.), stand sometimes where no
corresponding Pronoun is required in English, as in These are [DH n?K, lit. these
they (are)] the sons of Ishmael," Gen. xxv. 16; Knowest thou not what are
these [HpK niOn T\0, lit. what they these]?" Zech. iv. 5.
97. By reason of an Ellipsis of the 'Relative* Pronoun after 'this,' PIT and 1T
stand sometimes where a Relative Pronoun is required in English ; thus, [Ps. civ. 8]
unto the place [n{] which (E.V.) Thou hast appointed for them."
98. The Prefix .1 of 6, as Defining/ or Marking,'
or e Pointing out/ that one who, or those who, or that which,
and the like, stands sometimes where the Relative Pronoun
is required in English ; thus, [Gen. xxiv. 43] " the damsel
[nX*n] who cometh out (lit., the-one-coming-ouf) and to whom
I shall say, etc." Cp. Gen. xix. 15, Deut. viii. 14 16,
Josh. x. 24, etc.
[N.B. Henceforth the following words need not be given in the Notes to the
Exercises:
?X not (generally deprecatively).
DK (fflK), see Exercise IX. 15. J
te (t^f) all.
\h not.
V For n -t, H*fy *($% used 'Absolutely,' see p. 28.
Exercise XVII.
{To be translated into English.)
* # * For the plan of the Exercise see 11 (a ).
1 in'H a word, thing. 2 the covenant. 3 and spake. 4 Moses. e 7
(this varies slightly from the Bible). thou wilt observe. * to do. * the Law.
* Cp. 10.
f The Makkepk is generally not given in the Exercises.
X The Student is supposed to be familiar with the rest of Tables I IV.
60
12 to& ^5 ifcte nrim "Tttffis tn-n io isd!i "D^Mn
/ ; - : t v -: - t : - v - ...... . %< . -
"*$ :wn "njtfrn nSi ^p Kin "JiM&f) *6 "Dfti
2i j?^n *tet njn "frtTjg tj'u "flft)lj : 17 D;ro5n wn
26 ^k nr t 25ta ibx^ wr\r\ "-tfi -spa 1 ? "mim unba
..... .. _ j . . . T . _ . . T
Nm : "^rfenp tan t*^ "yax N^n NiSn i^nuai
: 8r nxr "^3 :Dnn 19 D*V^n 35 DT^m "nhton :nWi
*njn nxr : 8: n^x3 89 nan *a 87 nt5 "ya^ a
T T V T T T T W - T
: | t : - t v -; - ; t * : -
hK "WiSa 48 " 47 ^i t DM i, r i i "D^i** 45 ^^
| v v: t: - t : - t -: t t -; t :
no 53 nw*nn j 82 *^ "&md B T4I5 "^n 49 dw
t T t : - : | vt t -
nftnn 67 D^!i : M nn nr fGftKfc u t& nr *fc jnan
t t t- v v: " TV* T
23 jm n^n 45 W^ % 23 ^n "^n* 48 " 69 d*o arm 68 nr^
64 n*3 na 63 nh5x igta s nn:nn nxr i6fc 3 t 2 *mi *TTf&v s
66 *np % irate nn. "irwi* 65 y^Ji am "W&'a t*f?Nnfe
t] : v -: v : t : ^ - t t t - t :
t^ara * n*?
| : t: t
9 1-1 n!3 written (See 98.) 10 in the Book. n the commandment.
12 commanding thee (m.). 13 to-day. 14 (with the following) too hard for.
15 far off. 16 for. l^nDDII wisdom (the to the fl is 0). 18 has there been?
Vftj great ( 76 (ii.)) * 20* r. 21 has there been heard? 22 an d thou shalt
tell. T 23 Tab. XIII. (4). 24 tfyi a day. 25 say ing. 26 (?g God. 27 an d I w m
glorify Him. 28 Tab. XIII. (1). 29 Who owneth thee {i.e., Whose thou art).
30 nfnjj praise. 31 See Exerc. IX. 66. 32 h a th done. 33 92 (fl, 2). 34 nitf a
sign T (Plu. h"inV). 35 flS'lD a wonder. 36 on account of. 37 96. 38 h a th heard.
39 hath seen. 40 njJ counsel (/.). 41 pjjj counselled (.). For the force of the
H here, see 98. 42 and according to what (or, and as). 43 1 have counselled.
44 shall stand. 45 Israel. 46 Table X. 6. 47 ana - He will expel (or, pluck away).
48 See Exerc. IX. 2. 49 the nations. 50 94(*). 61 Q^S a face (a Noun of Plu.
form.) 52 t^D toyp [by] little [and] little. 53 the former things (/.). 54 coming
(Sing. m.). T 55 DHS Edom. 56 in a friend. &? EN?} Plu. of 24. 58 fig time.
59 saith (E.V.). 60 they shall come. 61 Judah. 62 together. 63 I will make (lit.,
cut). 64 house of. 65 shall be saved. 6e one shall call. (This word, with the
to her ' following, signifies she shall be called "). 67 p*l righteousness.
61
Exercise XVIII.
{To be translated into Hebrew.)
* # * For the plan of the Exercise see 11 ( /z).
[Obs. Is and < are,' here, are not to be expressed in Hebrew.]
This house. 1 This is the house. In this house. Is-this
(Hebr. Whether 2 this f) the house ? That is the house. These
are the houses. ' These houses. Those houses. This great 3
house. That great city. 4 In this city. In this great city.
This is the great city. These cities. * Those cities. In these
cities. From those cities. Who* are these men 5 with 6 thee
(m.)? "What* is this (m.) in thy (m.) hand 7 ?, and -he-said, 8
A rod. 9 This (/.) we- will-do 10 to 11 them (m.). Hear-ye 12
this (/. ) 13 priests. u What is this (/.) thou-(/.)-hast-done ,5 ?
Is this (/.) Naomi 16 ? Whose-son (Hebr. son of 17 whom *) is
this ? Whose daughter 18 is this ? That is the man 19 from whom
we-heard 20 these good 21 words. 22 At 23 that time. 2 * In those
days 25 1-will-pour-out 26 My Spirit. 27 On 23 that day 28 shall-be-
sung 29 this song 30 in the land 31 of Judah. 32
l TV3 (m.), Plu. M3. 2 The prefix of 7. 3 Exerc. XVII. 19. 4 TJ) (/.), Plu.
Dnjtf. ' 6D^3K. 6Q T ^. T*n, *!&). 9H^D. i<>nbjtt. 11? prefix.
I2.1lijp^. I374(n.). '^D^rfe. isjvby. lenpjtt. 17 ja; fo n? (the same
i.c.'j. 19^. 20 .l^yjD^. *2lnb76. i. 22 Exerc. XVII. 1. 23 2 pre fix.
24 nv. (/) 25D^p; Wtjtegfc. 27n-n. n\\ rngv. Mitf*. 31 pa
( 56"vii.). 32 n*l-iri! * See page 29.
62
SECTION X.
Numerals.
99. The Cardinal Numbers from 1 to 20 are
Fern.
Masc.
Notation.
Construct.
Absolute.
Construct.
Absolute.
ftp**
tnnx
nrtK
i
IT V
.K
i.
W
*5#
WW?
.3
2.
v v :
it :
.5
3.
WT
m*
. w^
rwa-wi
vt t : -
.1
4.
#pn
Man
V* T
wan
v I- -:
it -:
71
5.
$$
WW
I"
nw
It
.1
6.
v#
n&
nw^
.t :
.T
7.
7\ti?
iv :
njb^
.n
8.
JJgto
W$
to
9.
V IV
V IV
viv -:
mfew
Itt -:
T
10.
rrrte wy o
x t .. . v .. . -
onwnrw
o^?^*oo *i&yim
JP
11.
cnjns w oo nib's; D*lg$
f^W *$ o
*fay &p
It t * ;
J3
12.
n^y b6^
IT T T * ;
.^
13.
rrjjfif yaha
ir t t T ; -
*n
14.
npfe'v Eton
it t t -:
.
15.
l": v
ipy rww m
IT T T
orV
16.
n$^ y?^
it 7 t :
.r
17.
-
l" : v v ;
it t t :
jrr
18.
n* y&rh
.T T Ti '
.*
19.
(w
1*1
j
20.
fin
pause i TiflX.
*
Some few times inK.
NUMERALS. 100103.
63
100. The expressions for the Cardinal Numbers from 21
to 29 inclusive, are formed by placing the Cardinal Numbers
1 9 (in their Absolute forms, m. & /.) either before or
after D^^y twenty, with 1 prefixed to the Second of the
two Numbers; thus,
[(nmw) *\m) an&W or] t tPijfl) Op?)
[(D W) tf^ft tfnEW or]
[(^fp r^p^i Dn&yy or]
Qmjp nr nxi trtw or]
p^np ngtoni D*ife>y or]
p^'p n^] Dnfyy or ]
[<p^p njneh on^y or ]
[o^bffy ni^ Dn^y or]
BWfej) na^ni tHto or]
101. If we replace the D
(m.)
inx
IT V
XD
IT V
* : v : * it :
: v : v *
ntr^
.id
it ;
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Hfe? in 100, ( a .) by D\tfW 30,
(/?.) by D^pX 40, (7.) by tfgWt 50, (8.) by D\B& 60,
(e.) by WVlp' 70, (C) by D$3# 80, (77.) by D^fi^O, we
get the Card. Numbers, ( a .) for 3139, (A) for 4149.
(7.) for 5159, (S.) for 6169, (e.) for 7179, () for
8189, (?.) for 9199
102. The word for 100 is HX& (<i. c.,' HX&), Plu. niX
hundreds. The Dual D$X (p. : DlX) expresses 200.
By placing the Construct Feminine forms [ 99] for 3, 4,.. 9,
before T\S&&, we have 300, 400,.. 900 ; thus,
nixa &6# 300, nix?? yrjx 400, rtaa #ft 500, nix?? #a>
600, nix?? & 700, nix?? njbtf 800, rtKaygto 900"
103. The word for 1000 is S|?K (< i. c* the same), Plu.
B$pK thousands (*L c.' ^X). The. Dual D^X (p. JD;)Sx)
expresses 2000, By placing the Construct Masculine forms
64 NUMERALS. 103105.
[ 99] for S, 4, 5,.. 10, before D^?X (or <i. c., J *|fcx), we
have 3000, 4000, 5000,... 10,000; thus,
D*{fc n&>V 3000, d*|>x iwu? 4000, d^Sx ngton
5000,.. tf7K h^9 10,000,for which, viz. 10,000, we have
also HM*! myriad (<i. c.' I"DT!), Plu. ni^S 1 "! myriads,
(i. c/niiyi), [and trt|T, iri, piu. ntt*$T, nixH & nisi;
Dual DTll-H, Ps. lxviii. 18].
104. For intermediate Numbers to those in 102, 103,
we have
' (i.) T^ft HX?? 110 tPjftft H$? 120 Tand also
HX?tt D^M], nX2H &$hf 120,' hffl D^an 150, and so
[DV] nxtt) D^ T 180 [days],
onxtfi cfl&fcrj 250, ty&$\ nix?? Bffjp 360,
Dn^yi nix?? y!nx 420, D*Bwn nix?? ya^x 450,' h s yff&
rtxb #arp 530, nixa tfarri D$bn 550 ;
(ii.) HK DHfc^j JP' 127, ttB^I D*3# &TIX& 232
nix? #?& Tftf nib^ sis, ##} Dw nix?? tf# 666
Dty^fl | AjO rt5 tit? 675, eta., *|?X1 nBton 1005
PIKBI V|7 T 1100, t^X} N?? #^ &$$! n f?5 1^65
nix?? y?i^ ^x 1400,' nix?? jteT^o;^** 4ooI etc.
[Note. As may be seen in the above, there is variety in
the order of the several Numerals which make up a Com-
posite Number. Still further variety exists; but notice of
it, and of some other matters relating to Numerals, must be
deferred at present.]
105. We may mention, as examples of the form of higher
Numbers,
BjriKM tfa$ Wffaft 0^0 32,200,
Q*Btoro nix?? BtaTi d^Wnf&aft tfa$ nix?? titi 603,550.
This last Example offers an illustration of both the follow-
ing Rules ;
NUMERALS. 106 108. 65
106. (i.) After the Numerals 3, 4, 5,... 10, a Noun is
properly put in the Plural; but
(ii.) After a Number higher than 10 it may be (and com-
monly is) in the Singular.
Thus, after >&' six, we see (in the last Example) HIKf? hundreds (Plu.) ; but
after the 600 we see P)^X a thousand (Sing.): after the 3 we see D^K thousands
(Plu.) ; and after the 5 we see niXlO hundreds (Plu.).
The same may be seen in the Examples of the following 107, and in many
others.
N.B. There are, however, several examples of Numbers
higher than 10 followed by Nouns in the Plural,
107. In expressing time, the Numerals are often divided,
as m-
njtf Wfyfrl rW niX JJ^fi 930 years [lit., 900 year,
and 30 year] Gen. v. 5,
T\)& HXttl b*)B> #?n 105 years [lit., 5 years, ^ 100
Q i. a') ymr] ib. 6,
fljtf niX mb^l d*J0 J0 807 y<wr* [lit., 7 year*, aw^
800 year] ib. 7,
n}B! riXtfl flj^ U S W) JJ3# 187 years [lit., 7 awo* 80
year, a^J 100 year] ib. 25,
rW niK J?3^l Hjtf B^ttA BJ?fJ 782 years [lit., 2 am*
80 year, and 700 year] ib. 26,
n;# nix? petoi njtf D'gfeh yarn 969 ym [lit., 9 <m</
60 year, and 900 year] #. 27.
108. The above are Nouns. Some of them are used
sometimes in the same way as Adjectives in 78, 81. This
is very frequently the case with "inX and HHX one (m. & f.) ;
thus, *inX DlpO one place, Gen. i. 9, MPIX H3^ owe /ep (or
language) Gen. xi. 6, ^nXH EHpH the one board, Ex. xxvi. 16,
nnxn W^ri *Ae owe curtain, Ex. xxvi. 2, etc. [Cp. 78, 81].
From *inX [one] the same, we have the Plural DHPjtf the
same (as in Gen. xi. 1), also a few (as in Gen. xxix. 20).
66 NUMERALS. 109112.
109. The Ordinals are
Plural.
Singular.
Fern.
Masc.
.Fem.
Masc.
rtyttn
ttjfefco
IT
$0&O First
ma
v$
\# Second
rTgBK
T )n^^
*g%> Third
&T31
*F?\ Fourth
f*^ttj Fifth
W Sixth
<f3# Seventh
y^ Eighth
VBta Ninth
v :
J n^y. Tenth.
110. These Ordinals are Nouns- Adjective. The Femi-
nines of some of them may be used to express Fractional
parts; thus, TVptyfl a third [part], T\^T]\\ a fourth
[part], etc.
111. For a half, however, we have
IT??} (p. * ^p) Masc, and rarely **?W| (<i. c 9 mn) Fern.
112. * One of is expressed either by (1) 1HX m., fifi?*/.,
followed by the prefix 12 of 5 (or JD from, of), Cp.
* The b with Defective Long Kherik, see Pt.I. 12. So in 1?Wp Sing, m.,
and n^^n (nK'^^n D. xxvi. 12) Sing. /. [The Sing. /. T$fi$ is rare.]
f Also TOq l [tnd ^0, as in Note (*)].
% Also JViten [and JVgton, as in Note (*)].
Or fpffy t or n^Tf [whence fin^lrt?, Ez. xxi. 19, the-third-time (E.V).].
qi^I^ gft&g [g-enera^'orw].
1 if Also P?J and V3'"l. D^?3"/wrtft [#eneraftW].
| i. c' the same. There is also rrij half -of, only used with Tw'h night,
lo express * midnight*
** More often JVVDP a na tf> onlv used ' u c ' and witn Pron Affixes.
NUMERALS. 112114. NOTE (). 67
Lev. vii. 14, xxv. 48, 2 K. iv. 22 (fir*$|0 |& 1HK one of the
youths); or by
(2) nn m., rinX/., followed by the prefix ft of 5 (or
{? /rom, of), as Lev. xiii. 2, VJSDnriK one of his sons,
Cp. Lev. iv. 13; or by
(S) *irW m., Xin^t /., in direct Construction with the word
following, as in D^VlPl *inX one of the mountains [Gen. xxii.
[Note. "intf is found as the Absolute form some few times, as Gen. xlviii. 22,
2 S. xvii. 22, etc.].
113. There is a Noun "flfcty which stands for :
(1) ten, as a decad [of days, or months']; also an instru-
ment^/ '-ten -strings ;
(2) tenth, as tenth day [of a month].
[Note. For several other words connected with the Numerals, as n3>D
double, (*8$BJP friptecZ, JttlT and *y2"U?, etc., foursquare), etc., see Pt. II.].
114. The letters of the Alphabet are used to mark
Chapters and Verses [and for the c reckonings' at the end
of certain Books] in the ordinary Editions of the Hebrew
Bible ; but they are not so used in the Text itself.
[Note. (a.) As seen in 99, (a.) the first ten letters in Alphabetical order
from K to * stand for the Numbers from 1 to 10 ; and, (/3.) for those from 11 to
19, K to D stand to the left of *; thus, 80 {i.e., 10 and 1) for 11, n* for 12,
J* for 13, "P for 14, but tIB {i.e., 9 and 6) for 15. V (or TtS) for 16, t* for 17,
IV for 18, W for 19. 3, the eleventh letter, stands for 20; the next letter b
for 30J; and so for 40, 3 for 50, D for 60, V for 70, Q for 80, V for 90, p for
100, "1 for 200, W for 300, f\ for 400 [see the Table of the Alphabet in Pt. I.].
* Each of these is a Participle-form, as we shall see. There are some other
Ferft-forms.
t For, rV are letters of The Name [Pt. I., 79 (2)].
X For the Intermediate Numbers 21 to 29, the letters X to 13 are placed to the
left of D ; thus, fcO 21, 2D 22, 3D 23,... TO 25,... DD 29. So for the Numbers
between 30 and 40, 40 and 50, 50 and 60, 60 and 70, 70 and 80, 80 and 90,
90 and 100, the letters K to B are placed to the left of b 30, O 40, 3 50,...
V 90. Similarly the Numbers between 100 and 200 are expressed by p with the
letters for 1 to 99 [in descending order of magnitude from right to left ; thus
TDp 167. And so the Numbers between 200 and 300, 300 and 400, etc., etc.
68 NUMERALS. NOTES (b.) TO (d.).
(b) For 500, 600, etc., to 900, either two or more letters (together making up
the sums) are used, or the Final Letters *| for 500, D for 600, | for 700, P| for
800, f for 900. Then (beginning again) X with some mark (thus, 'tf) was used
for 1000.
(c.) Since the 22 letters of the Alphabet, with the 5 final letters, together
give Twenty-seven forms of figures, we have three groups of 9 letters each,
X to D for units, * to V for tens, p to f for hundreds. [This is mentioned in the
Masoreth ha-Masoreth of Elias Levita ; see Dr. Ginsburg's ed., with Translation
and Notes, p. 136],
(d.) There is a very common mode of expressing Numbers by means of a word
or expression, of which the letters (or certain selected letters) make up the Num-
ber. For instance, in a certain well known place, the letters of the word j^PI
(i.e., PI 5 + J 50 + Y 900) stand for 955 ; those of the word Jn (i.e., 8 + 3)
for 11; those of the word W (i.e., 10 + 3 + 10 -f 4) for 27, etc.; and those
dotted in D$W YDS KDD (i.e., V 6 + 1 4 + M0 + 3 50 + n 8 + * 10
+ i> 30 + D 40) stand for 158.
Obs. The Final letters do not always stand for hundreds: thus D in the last
example stands for 40, not 600.]
*** ^ special Exercise need be given on this Section.
69
SECTION XI.
Verbs. (I.) Voices.
115. The Hebrew Verb has Seven Voices. The Outline
fobms of these may easily be remembered by means of Seven
well-devised names for them which we will try to explain :
116. (.) Most Hebrew words are reducible to three
' Root'-letters (as they are called), and
(A) Def. These three letters, in their proper order, stand
for what is called the Root ' of the word :
(y.) Thus, (1) of Onyi [words], the Root is the set of letters "OT, (2) of
n3 bw? [to the queen] the Root is *| ?D ; etc.
117. The Verb being contemplated as expressing Action,
Past, Present, or Future, the Hebrew name for it is 7SB
from the Root T^D (which expresses acting, working, etc.).
These three letters /JJS are used as representatives of
Root-letters generally, 5 for 'First Root-letter,' JJ for
6 Second Root-letter/ and 7 for < Third Root-letter.'
Thus in ll**, 1 is the B, 3 is the V* ^ is the 7 ; so in iWD, the B is the 3,
the b is the jf, the *] is the h.*]
118. The < 3 s. m.' of the Past Tense, in all the Seven
Voices of the Fullf Verb, has no letters besides those
which either belong to the Root or are Characteristic
of the Voice. Hence these < S s. m.' forms of the Past Tense
in the several Voices, when expressed in the general form by
the letters 7 J? 3, may be said to give the general Outline
* As in Note t to Rule vii., 56 (p. 36, above) n3?D is of the form TVV.$;
D3i?D (having a B Preformative) is of the form 7^SD. So the two Nouns in
74 (e) (a), are of the forms rhySfi, T^llpR; and the three in 74 (e.) (i) are
of the forms 7^3, H?^S, nVjJS, respectively.
t The term Full ' is here used of a Verb which, in all its forms, has its Three
Root-letters each of them in Full Consonantal value, and so has its whole
Root folly brought out always. [We should prefer the term Complete,' if
we might use it in this sense]. The term * Regular Verb ' is often used for this.
70
VERBS. VOICES. 118119.
forms of the several Voices. For instance, of the Koot *tpfi,
the Seven forms of the Past Tense 3 s. m. are :
(D) Reflexive.
>3nn(vii.)
(C) Causative.
Tpan (v.)
npfjn (vi.)
(B) Intensive.
TJ53 (iii.)
,153 (iv.)
(A.) Simple.
*1j2D (i.), Active )
"lpJ (ii.), Passive
jco
119. (i.) This will perhaps he more clear if we put 1, ,
and 3, for the First, Second, and Third Koot-letters ; thus,
3 .?i^ ( vii
3*21H (v.) 321 (Hi.) ,321 (i.)
m
fir.)
321H (vi.) /321 (i v# ) ,3213 (ii.) J
(ii.) Or, with , J?, and 7, instead of 1, 2, and 3,
1 ?\ y$&i (vi.) ?yD(iv.) pm (ii.)
or, in descending order,
[Pau-dl 7tf (i.) np3 Ae t*sW
J Niph-al 7?33 (ii.) np^J he was visited
{ Pl-il htt$ (iii.) *Jj?3 Ae diligently visited
[Pu-al 7^3 (iv.) IDS he was ... visited
[ Hiph-il 7 -V^D (v.) "Pf?Sn ^e cawse^ fe visit
^ Hbph-al SW) (vi.) nj7$n Ae was....
Hithp&M 7J?gnn (vii.) "Tj?rtn Ae etttta? himself
[Obs. Here diligently ' is used for expressing the Intensity of signification
of the Pi-el Voice. Other means of expressing this may be required for other
Roots. Other forms of rendering may be required also for other Voices. Some
Roots require different English Verbs for their different Voices ; thus (from
1Kb) nc6 he learned, llph he taught, (fr. V2V) V*f} he sware, ^3fn he
adjured. Further remarks on the meaning of the Voices are reserved at present.]
( 8
VERBS. VOICES. 120. (i.) TO (vii.). 71
120. (i.) The First Voice is not generally called Pau-al but
Kal (7j5 light, i.e. not burdened), because this Voice has no
prefix belonging to it, and no Doubling Dagesh [Pt. I. 49];
for,
N.B. The dot in the First Root-letter 5 is merely Dagesh Lene [Pt. I. 47],
and cannot stand when the Verb does not begin with one of the
T\ 3 3 1 ] 3, as, for instance, in "sJ^'D he drew, IT?E> he sent.
But, excepting the First one, the words to the left of the
column of Numerals in (p) give the Names by which the
Voices are known; thus,
(ii.) The Second Voice is called Niph-til (/V$?), because
5 is prefixed, the First Eoot-letter has , the Second has ;
(iii.) The Third Voice is called Pi-el (yV$), because the
First Root-letter has and the Second one ;
[N.B. A Dagesh Forte belongs to this Voice and the next one, in the
Second Root-letter.]
(iv.) The Fourth Voice is called Pu-dl ( /1^3), because the
First Hoot-letter has and the Second one }
(v.) The Fifth Voice is called Hiph-il (TUSH), because II
is prefixed, the First Eoot-letter has and the Second one
has **75
(vi.) The Sixth Voice is called Hoph-dl fy$T\), because
H with (o) is prefixed, the first Eoot-letter having and
the Second one ;
(vii.) The Seventh Voice is called Hithpd-el ty&Pft), be-
cause HP! is prefixed, the First Eoot-letter having and the
Second one .
[N.B. A Dagesh Forte belongs to this Voice, in the Second Root-letter.]
121. There are a few other names and forms, which belong to modifications
72 VERBS. (I.) VOICES. (II.) TENSES. 121124.
of some of the above rather than to special Voices. It is best to reserve the
mention of these at present, with the exception of one, viz.:
Some Verbs take (w) instead of (#) in the Sixth Voice, giving thus the
form PjJSH Huph-al, instead of ?JJQn HQph-al. But, as there is no need of a
special name for so slight a variation, it is usual to include both sets of forms
under the one name H8ph-al.
122. For practice, the Student may name the several
Voices of the following :
isvyifn '^?0< 4) '^D (3) 'tf^?( 2 > 'T^ (1)
, ijgtoj (io) , *tiD (9) , y$r\ (8) , ngpj (?) , rhw (6)
iwm ^n(i3) #an3(i2) trqamoi)
The Student may now compare the several Persons of the
Tense-forms in the different Voices, as follows;
(II.) Tenses.
123. The Hebrew Verb has forms for expressing Past,
Present, and Future Action ; but only two Tenses or
Time-forms viz., Past and Future,
124. Present Action is expressed in Hebrew by means
of a Participle, as in the English expressions I [am] writing,
thou [art] writing, he [is] writing; but, the tarn/ 'art, 'is, 9
etc., not being expressed in Hebrew, those three English
expressions without the words within [ ] give the form of the
corresponding Hebrew expressions for Present Action, thus,
' I writing, 9 'thou writing, 9 'he writing, 9 [see 140],
VERBS. (II.) TENSES. 125127.
73
125. The distinguishing Person-forms of the Past Tense
are the same for all Voices*; so that when once these are
known well for one Voice, they are known for all the others.
The same is true of the Future.
(i.) Past Tense.
126. The Past Tense Kal ( 120, i.) of 1j53 he visited, is
Singular.
visited.
[Obs. Ia Past Tenses, the 3 pi. and 1 s. & pi. are common to both Genders.]
127. From this it is seen that in place of the 1 , in *IPD
he visited, we have for the other Persons,
in the Singular, the endings
m-
i wpa
( m - Tip-?
thou 1
Plural.
he fljp.?
she mps
kt\: t
we T1jJQ
(m. DgnpSj
ye 1/ m&
Wt
rn-
and in the Plural, the endings
Dm-
l* :
m-
VT-
128. If we put these several endings in place of the *7
* Except the 3 s. /. and the 3 pi. m. &/. in the Hiph-il (see 130).
f For the forms ^3 and 7jty t see below 138.
t N.B. In the 2 Plu. m. & /. of the Past Kal the First Root-letter is seen to
have . Its Vowel is dropped in accordance with 59. This is so only in the
Kal; in other Voices, something in 55 interferes. But, in all Voices, the
Second Persons Plu. (Past) m. & /. have the Accent on the syllable DJH w., and
KM
74 VOICES. (II.) TENSES. 1^7 131.
in *"fp$) he was visited, we get the several Persons of the
Past of the ii. Voice Niph-dl [see Tab. XIV.].
129. So, by putting those endings in place of the "T in
Tjp3 he visited diligently, and of the *T in "IjpjS he was dili-
gently visited, the "I in ^M^ ^ e was cause ^ t ^ e visited,
and the *7 in 1j5nn he visited himself, we get the several
Persons of the Past Tenses of the iii. Voice Pi-el, the iv.
Ptt-oil, the vi. H6ph-al, and the vii. Hithpa-el, respectively
[see Tab. XIV J.
130. The same is seen to hold for the v. Voice, Hiph-il,
excepting only the 3 s. f. flTpfl and the 3 plu. m. & f.
VTOSTI. In these two forms the * of this Voice appears
with the Second Root-letter in place of the in all the other
Voices*
131. For practice, the Student may parse* the following :
;iwhti $&$ ,rnK p$y? ptnd? f mh /n&S
fyp) ,d?5j ;whv} whp$ fti??? tfyfc /tytyn
f rNp fitthp ,vn^!on ;rb^ ,nS-u ,*#3j3 ,^3p
;^fpm ,D5^nn ,DflBhp /o?hj?n ,}#**ji ;$vhpn
n-iswnn aototi ,*hjtfn /o^n /roSarn ftj^n
* In this manner: |rni53nn is 2 pi./. Past Hithpa-el [or (as some prefer)
thus, Hi%a el, Past, Plu.', 2 /.], of the Root IpD.
a cr a -s
O CD n S
J3 rC < S
i 5 .'3 s ' S .^ .-.* ..***
'jj
a3
s
r3
a
3
td
02
+
5
iH-
U
A,
nil
r^
ni^
r
r h
n
n
Jv
cih m* m* m- *a- &*
riL m nil m i^l m
'S *n- #~i. *-v ri- *n- *-v o* O* *""
g I m m 1*1 JET- Jto J J; 1
a .g f>_ t^ rii ri^ riL jq^. i3i m n
* l r r- r r r r r r r
gt -I ^ & k" " E:
*? g ci- m. m- in- in- m- m- m- m-
r a &L f^ iiil liii. jul ji^ mi i2ll ru
w & r r- r r r r r r r
p 3 n j^ iv iv " iv a z?
O
n
n
A\
ai.
l-il
iL
r
r
i Z. 1 r r* r~ r- r r~ r r r
I |
1 <3 J j-- f~. |-. |- |~. j~. |-.
r> n- n- n-
^ j ^j.
/I: m flL rn
r r r r
* m= J^: ^!
a
I 2 1 ^ c g c g g g g ^
"2 E r m> in- ' m- m> c- m- m> in'
w | r r p r r r r r r:
4
w
"2
r>
n-
n-
n-
n-
8
HI-
in-
S-
iii
iii-
o
-
m
i^i
nL
nL
I^L
w
09
3
r
r*
C
r
r
T
n
&
G
^
a &i
2 JO
A
S s J^-
r
o> o
jv jv
r r J-
S 4H
r
*
r
i
Of
n
r
Jv
r
n
r
g I Si
6* 5 ^
m- Q- m>
r r r
25 =
HI-
r
r
Jv Jv
r r
riL
r
/n>
r
a
f 9
n _ t
g jv m
V m- n\>
r r j-
JUL m
r r
i
r
I : l?v
t>- 5&S *
Jv Jv Jv
1 1 :
r r r
fit' fil -
JUL JHlL
f j-
n
Jv
rr
r
| w I r
k 1
Jv Jv Jv
in hi hi-
n^ rii m
r J=
Jv jv
J^L J^L
n
fT, T
** fi>-
r r
ph * fir
o j g
jv j-^ jv
nL m. 13;
J" r r
r '
m^
e^
&
iil
ia
m
ru.
i^i
m
r
r
r
6 1
81
r
> 6
r
C e E
C C Jv
i;V /ill /H'
JUL JUL im
r r r
r 5r
j"
j-
VERBS FUTURE TENSE. 132, 133.
75
(ii.) Future Tense.
132. The Future Tense of the First Voice Kal has two
forms the one with j_ or ') as ih&l or l)pp] he will visit (etc.)
fr. *7p5, the other with as B>|f?] he will clothe (etc) fr. ^7.
N.B. (a.) Verbs that have the (-l)-form may be called
Verbs Fut. (-1)/ and
(13.) Verbs that have the ( )-form may be called
Verbs Fut. (-).'
[The (J-)-form of Fut. K.J
**ipp) he will visit
tripsin she will
flpfifl thou (m.) wilt ,
^$%T\ thou (/.) wilt .
nj>BK I will
np)) they (m.) will .
+ npg$F\ they (/.) will .
+ nnlppn ?/<? (/.) wui .
*i\>$) we will
[The ( )-form of Fut. K.~]
tfatp he will clothe"-
v":
t/iow (m.) wilt ....
tfaw (/.) wilt ...
I will
*W*b) they {mjwill ...
{nj^n ^ {/.) wui ...
I^Pl 2/e (m.) will ...
+ n3^n ye {f.) will ...
[Obs. In Fut. Tenses, only the First Persons (Sing, and
Plu.) have forms COMMON to both Genders.]
133. Here, (a.) the only added terminations are
* for the 2 s./,
5 for the 3 & 2 pi. m.,
fO for the 3 & 2 pi./;
but, (J3.) there are Four prefixed letters JJT& viz,
v for the 3 m., s. & pi.,
X for the 1 s., and 3 for the 1 pi.,
^1 for all the other forms.
Or ^P), and so ligSJfl etc., with ') instead of . a Or, put on clothes.
\ See 134 (e, 1). I See 134 (c, 2).
76 VERBS, (II.) TENSES. 134135.
134. As may be seen by one glance at the Futures in
Tab. XIV.,
(a-) What has just been stated ( 133) holds for all the
Voices; but
(&) the prefix-letters j T\ s tf have the following Vowel-
points in the several Voices
(1.) in Kal, Niph-al, Rithpa-el each one of the three
JJV has , X has ,
N.B. (2) in Pl-el 9 and Pii-dl, the J H * have , N has -,
(3) in Hiph-il all the four J T\ s X have , and
(4) in Hdph-al, all the four JfPK have (o), [or
(u) sometimes] ;
(7.) in Niph-al, the 3 (Characteristic of the Voice) is
dropped, and instead of it Dagesh Forte is put in the
First Root-letter, as in *tj?V [for Tj?SJ!] Cp. Pt. I.
53. So too in *!}&?! Infin., & lmper. 2 s.???., etc.
(8.) in Hiph-il*, there is (instead of *) in 3 & 2 pi. /.
Also
N.B. there is often instead of * in other Per-
sons, as in ^3*1^ Ps. xlvii. 4 [instead of "V2H*] ,
S^nObad. 12 [instead ofV^JQL etc.;
(e.) in all the Voices the forms are the same for
(i.) the 3 s. /. & 2 s. m. (marked f in 132),
(ii.) the 3 &2pl. /. (marked $ m 132).
135. For practice, the Student may parse the following
(with the help of Tab. XIV.) :
psnn }narm ,rsnj ,risn) ,nr?ft ;tr\2i pgnx
,nh3K pton r 3py. pT ^njnawi p?n? ,DJjha^
* N.B. The H of Hiph. is generally dropped in Future and Partie. forms ,
as in Tj?E & Yj?9 (instead of V&QQ\ & n^DHp), etc. So also the H of
HithpH-el. For instances of the H of Hiph. standing see 201. Karely the
H of Hoph. appears, as in Dty V|?n?D Hoph. Partie. pi. /. fr. JJVp.
verbs. infin. 13o--137 (1) (a d.). 77
f rr$< $3 ,t-: $bb\ $i$ fihti* $&$
tshfi si 1 ???} $#% '^i??? >i$fo sfthfn *yh&
TIL Arrangement of the Table of the Full Verb.
136. In Table XIV. the Seven Voices stand in seven
columns beginning with (i.) Kal on the right, so that all
the corresponding forms in the several Voices may be read
from Right to Left in horizontal lines. The order in the
columns is as follows :
(1) Infinitive, (2) Past Tense, (3) Participle, (4) Impera-
tive, (5) Future.
137. The Infinitive forms are (1) 'Absolute,' (2) 'Con-
struct,' (3) 'With the Prefixes ^3 3,' (4) 'With Pronoun-
Affixes.'
(1). (a.) The ' Inf. Abs.' forms* of Hp3 have the following
values in the Seven Voices: (i.) Kal, [to] visit; (ii.) Niph-al,
[to] be visited; (iii.) Pi-e"l, [to] visit (Intens.) ; (iv.) Pu-al,
[to] be visited (Intens.); (v.) Hiph-il, [to] cause to visit;
(vi.) Hoph-al, [to] be caused to visit ; (vii.) Hithpa-el, [to]
visit oneself.
(b.) Besides the 7^3 form of the Inf. Abs. Kal, there is
also the 7$?3 form, as TH5 to be great.
(c.) The Inf. Abs. Niph. is sometimes of the form /J?$J
(with Past Tenses Niph.), as in ^K^ V^^J 1 S. xx. 6.
Tab. XIV., Note d.
(d.) The Inf. Abs. Hiph. has sometimes * , as in Tft^TI
Am. ix. 8.
j [Obs. The Inf. Abs. is often used for expressing abstractly the 'Action* of
the Verb. Thus
* For the Hebrew words, see Table XIV.
G
78 verbs infin. 137 (1) [Obs. a &].
(a.) Hos. iv. 2, [There is] r6tf curnn*, ^1131 and tying, TUT)) (Pt. L, 60)
and murdering, 2331 awi stealing, S|fcai ani adultery." So Job xv. 35, ^DJJ niH
conceiving- trouble, ])JA iV) and bearing mischief." And where an Inf. may be
required in English, as, Is. vii. 15, D1KD to re/use the evil, "liniM and to cnoose
the good." Also,
(/3.) before* a 'kindred' Tense, for Emphasis, as in "ip^Dfl 1pft, 1 S. xxiv. 21,
thou shalt surely reign (lit., to mgn Mow s/ia/f mgTi) ; *JFIBHJ?n B^jPn, Ju. xvii. 3,
/ had wholly dedicated (E.V.), etc.; and
(y.) Without the kindred ' Tense, for brevity, a short Emphatic expression
where the context conveys and supplies the Tense-value ; thus, "1113, 1 S. ii. 28
[in "irn-1 and did I choose? E.V.] after an Emphatic expression in ver. 27. So,
Nu. xv. 35, The man shall surely be put to death ; D3T stone him with stones
[shall] all the assembly." And, without any preceding Emphatic form, as,
Gen. xli. 43, " And he made him ride in the chariot of the viceroy [nJfc'DH, lit.,
the second} which he had; and they cried before him, Bow the knee (E.V.):
PJ131 and he fully set him over all the land of Egypt." And so, Deut. xiv. 21,
Ye shall not eat any carcase; to the sojourner who is in thy gates shouldst
thou give it, he would indeed eat it (i.e., although, if thou shouldst give it to him,
he would not mind eating it), or [which] "DO thou couldst sell even to the
foreigner (i.e., which he would not mind even buying from thee: but thou shalt
not eat it ), for a holy people art thou, etc." t
(d.) Sometimes there are two Infinitives, 1Jl?n to go, and another, in certain
phrases for going on continually, either (i.) with a 'kindred' Tense and Inf., as in
Gen. xii. 9, And he journeyed to go and to journey (i.e., he went on continually
journeying);" Gen. viii. 3, "And the waters returned to go and to return (i.e.,
went on continually returning)"; also, Gen. xxvi. 13, "And he went to go and
to be great ; or, (ii.) without any kindred Tense, as in Gen. viii. 5, " And the
waters were to go and to decrease (i.e., went on continually decreasing)." The
Student cannot parse the Tenses in these four examples, at present.] "\
* (i.) And sometimes after the Tense, as in t^B^ DS^*j Gen. xix. 9, etc.
Also,
(ii.) after a kindred ' Imperative, as in $085* WW (Pt- U 60), Is. vi.
9,- and after a 'kindred' Participle, as in I'lDtf DHP'K, Jer. xxiii. 17.
N.B. (1) The term 'kindred' is used here for 'from the same Root*; (2) the
Voice is sometimes not the same, as in 7$&* VlpD, Ex. xxi. 28, JVlpp ")BJ2,
1 S. ii. 16. (Pt. I., 12 The f is added, f 145.)'
t These are usually said to be instances of * The Inf. for a Finite part of the
Verb ' (i.e., for a part limited to Time, or Person, or both). The Student should
not confuse this usage with what may, at first sight, seem like it in English ; as
in Jer. xxxii. 44, They shall buy fields for money, and write (3W31) in the
book, and seal (D)r\H)), etc.;" where the English write" and seal" correspond
with the buy," all of them being governed by the auxiliary shall." There is
no such correspondence in the Hebrew.
78*
[To face page 78.]
[Our purpose being to familiarize the Student with the Subject gradually by
means of the carefully chosen illustbations given in the Exercises, we re-
commend him to hasten on now as quickly as possible to the Exercises on
pp. 9096.
Every Verb in the Hebrew Exercises should be carefully parsed, except
when the full Meaning is given in the Notes.
The following Index for pp. 77 89 may be useful, for reference.
Index for pages 77 89.
137. Infinitive forms, pp. 77 81; viz.
(1) Infin. (1) Absol., pp, 77 & 78, (2) Constr., p. 79,
(3) Infin. w. prefixes 0^33, pp. 79 & 80 [Tab. XIV. ' App . (A) '].
(4) (i.) Infin. w. Pron-Affs., p. 80 & Tab. XV,
(ii.) May have the prefixes D?33, p. (80) ;
(iii.) Infin. w. PI (& T\ ) at the end, p. 80,
[(iv.) Various vowels of 1 st Et-letter, pp. 80 & 81.]
138 (A). Three forms of Past Kal, and designations, p. 81, viz.
(i.) The 7JJ5) form, as IpJS he visited,
(ii.) The 7J$B form, as ^gn he had pleasure,
(iii.) The ?yS3 form, as ?b' he was able.
138 (B). n sometimes at the end of Past 2 s. m. (and other forms), p. 82.
[Also n sometimes at end of Past 3 s./., (ii. 7), p. 82,
K sometimes (& {) at end of Past 3 pi., (iv. a & /3), p. 82.]
139. Participles, pp. 8285.
(a) Significations (p. 82), (/3) Tab. of forms (p. 83);*
(7) Partic (1) & Partic (2) Kal, p. 83.
(5) The (i.) ^JJS and (ii.) ^3 forms of Partic. K., p. 84.
(e) * ending sometimes of Sing. Partic. p. 84.
140. (a & /3) Partic. used for (not limited to) Present Tense, p. 84,
(5 ) Some other usages of Participles, pp. 84 & 85.
141. (a) The {) & (--) forms of Imper. & Fut. Kal, p. 85.
(7) The PI -7- ending sometimes of Imper. 2 s. m., p. 86.
142. The Imper. and Fut. are connected, p. 87.
143. The J ending sometimes of Fut. 3 & 2 pi. /. , p. 87.
144. The H ending sometimes of Fut. 1 s. & 1 plu., p. 88.
145. Future-form endings j-1 (& J ), and ? , pp. 88 & 89.
Note I. The H of Hithpd-el sometimes transposed, changed, or dropped, p. 89.
II. Kemarks on Tab. XV, p. 89 (**).
verbs. infin. 137 (2) (3, c). 79
(2). The < Construct ' form of the Inf. [*Ylp9 or IpS
(of 1p3) in Kal, etc.] is used when it is in close structural
connection with what follows (cp. 52); thus, [Gen. v. 1]
" In the day of [0*rPK K*T3] God's creating (lit., creating-of
God)'' so fcb$ [the] judging-of [the judges], Kuth i. 1, etc.
(3). (a.) The Inf. with the prefixes & 7 3 3 has the
'Construct' form; thus, with the 7,
^ ("pP?)to visit, ox for visiting, or for [the] visit-
(ii.) Niph-al "Tp^rrpt to be visited, or for being visited,
or for [the] being visited of;
(iii.) Pi-eL, ^07 (Intens.) to visit, or for visiting,
or for [the] visiting of;
(iv.) Pu-AL, T^x? (I ntens ) t be visited, or,- for
being visited, or, for [the] being
visited of;
(v.) Hiph-il, YpJpPlpf to cause to visit, or, for causing
to v.. or, for [the] causing to visit of;
[iWipt D. xxvi. 12];
(vi.) Hoph-al, npfiH/ to be caused to visit, or, for being
caused to visit, ox, for [the] being
caused to visit of;
(vii.) Hithpa-l, H^fTl? to visit oneself, or, for visiting
oneself, ox, for [the].,., etc. X
(b.) So with the 3, and the 3, we have for the Kal,
Ylp$? (or *7p$?) in visiting, (T ) YpP? as, or like, visit-
ing, (or, visiting of, in each case).
(c.) But the 12 has either followed by Dagesh [as in
* -, as in 33K> 2 K. xiv. 22, is rare. So 33S^> [p. J 33fcj6].
m ~: - : Lr it : J .
t The n is sometimes dropped and its vowel given to the Prefix 3, or 3, or ? ;
thus, P)t?y3 (for S)t?yn3, Niph., cp. p. 6, Note J ; the instead of because the
y cannot have Dagesh), Lam. ii. 11; b$)b) (for bs}r6-1, Hiph., Nu. v. 22),
ip#J (for V>Wrb, Hiph., Is. xxiii. 11), VJSyh (for ^b^rft, Hiph., Ps. xxvi. 7).
For'the , see Pt.I., 12 ; and for the V, see Pt. I., 60."
+ Other renderings of these are sometimes required, as we shall see.
80 verbs. INFIN. 137 (4) (i. iv.)
DM?, Ps. cxviii. 8, than to trust (lit., from trusting), 13^2?,
Ex. xxxiv. 33, from speaking], or for compensation (Cp. 5).
(d.) (i.) For other Voices, see Appendix {A) to Tab. XIV.
(ii.) For the Inf. with endings T\ , T\~ , see (4, iii.).
(4). (i.) In the forms of the * Inf. with Pronoun Affixes/
mentioned in Tab. XIV., and more fully given in Tab. XV.,
the Pronouns involved are the Possessive * my, thy, his, etc.
(ii.) These Infinitive forms may have the prefixes &7-3 2;
thus, to/53 w* ( or on ) h reigning, ^[33^3 & ( or on) thy (m.)
lying down, * Pi 7^3 * (pv on) my sending, DJ^3V? * ( or on )
your (m.) passing over, ^"tpTS * (or on) our remembering,
^[5.5^3 i n (or on) thy (m.) hearing, etc. ; Dttp&J>3 at their (?n.)
hearing, 1j?7 to (or with reference to) his reigning, i^^DI
and from His keeping, etc.
So in other Voices: thus, 1t0^n3 (Niph.) on his being
judged, W^3 (for WJH21, Niph., comp. p. 6, Note $);
PH?*!?, ^5^5*^5 1 (Pi-el) on her speaking, on your (m.)... ;
n^^riB (Hiph.) on His..., DD3^Pl!3 on your (m.)..., etc.
(iii.) The Infinitive has sometimes the accented termination
M , like a Feminine Noun, as in ("DIP? to draw near,
ripDH/ (iv., below) to have compassion, rOHN/ to love,
i"I{Sn v to fear. This H is replaced by ft in ' direct Con-
struction,' as in Q3n^ M n3>l^??+ because the lord loved you
(E.V.) D. vii. 8, [lit., from loving of, etc.]; and by H T when
the word has a Pron. Affix, as in DTD^P3 * (or) o^ ^ew* (m.)
approaching, Ex. xl. 32, Lev. xvi. 1. So 1HX irQ(lX3 through
his loving him, 1 S. xviii. 3; and so 11150*9 2 S. iii. 11.
[(iv.) The to the first Root-letter is 6 in Tab. XV (i.).
There is also , as in the Pause-form * TOM, and in
* The Affixes for Objective Pronouns, me, thee, him, etc., will be mentioned
hereafter.
t The of (3) is a Slight '-vowel ; see Note * # *, p. 89.
% Here the is because of the fl, and the under X is because of the ~.
VERBS. PAST TENSE, 138 (A). 81
DJIVp^ Lev. xxiii. 22. There is also -, as in tt??$S* on
her lying down, s T)Tfe& on my opening, Dtfp? their (m.) cleaving;
and -, as in ^D,' ^jtH, Ez. xxv. 6, D&ntf 31, xxiii. 39.]
N.B. The forms in (ii.), (iii.), (iv-)> here, are those of Tab. XV. with Prefixes,
rather than those of (3), p. 79, with Pron. Affixes. The reason for this remark
will be seen hereafter. Suffice it here to state, merely, that the under the
first Root-letter after the ?, as in 3 (a, i.), is generally Quiescent.
138 (A), (i.) The Past Tense Kal, in the first column of
Tab. XIV., is of the bV$ form. There are two other forms
of it, viz., the 7$?3 and the 7j?3.
(ii.) The full Past Tense of the ?#> form need not be given; all the Person-
forms are the same as those in the first column (i.e., those of the ?V& form),
except only that the 2 d Root-letter has in 3 s. m., and in the Pause-forms of
3 s. /. and 3 pi. ; thus JpJ T t he was old, and J PD^, t V}f,i the Pause-forms of
nZHp she drew near, ^12% they were mighty.
(iii.) The VjJS form of the Past Tense is printed in smaller type in the second
column of the Kal Voice. As may be seen there, the j_ of the Second Root-letter
is retained in the 2 s. m. & /., and the 1 s. & pi. (in place of in the ?yQ
forms) ; but this i_ is shortened into (tf) in 2 pi. m. & /., in accordance with
Pt. I. 55 (9, 6.). The _L appears also in the Pause-forms of 3 s. /. and 3 pi.
See Tab. XIV., Note f (3. The ordinary 3 s. /. and 3 pi. are the same as in the
first column.
(iv.) The terms * Verba Med. A,' <Med. E,' 'Med. 0* (used by some for Verbs
of the three Classes in i., ii., iii.), are rather awkward ; and Verbs Middle A,'
Middle E,' < Middle 0,' (given by others), are not better. Taking V as general
representative of the Second Root-letter' ( 117), we may say
( 1 ) Verbs ])J for the Verbs in (i.), of which the 2 d Root-letter has
here ;
(2) 'Verbs V' for those in (ii.), of which the 2 d Root-letter has ;
(3) Verbs V' for those in (iii.), of which the 2 d Root-letter has _ 1 _.
(v.) Rarely the 2 d Root-letter has , as in tDQ ; he judged, 1 Sam. vii. 17.
* As well as (C) in top^'3. It may be observed that, in the above Examples,
the Short vowel of the first Root-letter is generally a Slight'-vowel, wherever the
following it can be Moving. But where this (being followed by another )
must be Quiescent, the < Slight '-vowel is made to become a real Short-vowel.
t The ?J?5> form being the same for the Kal 3 s. m. Past, and the s. m.
Participle, the context alone decides which of these a word is. Some Verbs
have the ?y> form as well as the /i?S). [In a few instances the Inf. Abs. K. has
this form, as *?1| Gen. xxvi. 13, 1^ 2 S. xviii. 25].
X The 3 s. m. Past, of each of these Verbs, is of 7^9 form; viz., 2~p he drew
near, "123 he was mighty.
82 VERBS PAST TENSE, 138 (B). PARTIC. 139 (<*.)
138 (B.) (i.) At the end of the 2 s. m. Past, there is some-
times an additional Pi, as in HW^ri 2 S. xiv. 13, nfi$D?J
Gen. xxxi. 30, HMK Ps. Ixxx."l6, Jim^M Ps. xxxi." 8
(for the ^11 see 178 (ii.)), etc.
(ii.) (o.) Rarely at the end of the 3 s. m., as in fnBB' Am. i. 11 (about
which, however, opinions differ) ; and
(/3.) at the end of the 3 s. /. (the H of which is then replaced by 1*1), as
in nOKTfiJ (from nt^SJ) 2 S. i. 26, HnX3nn (from il&Oann, for
t r : : v ,t : : / m::v v t , : v '
the H see 178), Josh. vi. 17.
(y.) The 3 s. /. has sometimes T\ in place of the usual H, as in nV|X
D. xxxii. 36 (for rA?K).
(hi.) Also we find njgtf^H, Am. iv. 3 (for jPir6f n).
(iv.) (a.) Rarely the 3 pi. Past has K at the end ; thus, X-13?n Josh. x. 24
[with n who prefixed there, 98 and 6 (d., ii.)]; and
03.) sometimes ], as in }WT, D. viii. 3, 16 (for tyl]).
(v.) (a.) In such a word as *1P^, 1 S. xiii. 19, the ~ is for Shurik [Pt. I.,
14], the full Shurik cannot be given because there is no 1, the
Kthiv being ")Dtf, so that the ~ is the only means of marking the u
of the Kri which is ni?K [Pt. L, 76]. So in H3S^, Ps. Ixxiii. 2,
the ~ marks the Shurik of the Kri t which is O^, the Kthiv
being tO&. So D. xxi. 7, PDBBP Kthiv, OB5P Kri. ''
03.) So in such a word as QJHJ, Ps. cxl. 13, the [Pt. I., 12] is the
only means of marking the i of the Kri ^FIJJT upon the Kthiv njn\
(y.) is < superfluous ' in Tl12"I 2 s. /. [Jer. iii. 5], etc. In Jer. xxxi.
21 (or 20) *nD^n is Kthiv for rp^H Kri, etc. In Ruth iv. 5 >JVJp
is Kthiv for JTJi? tfrf (2 s. m. Past^, Tab. XXIII.).
139. (.) Of the Participles the Sing. m. forms only are
given in Tab. XIV. The Sing. /. and the Plu. m. & f. are
seen in the following list of the Participles signifying :
<One 9 (or 'more 9 ) (i.) (1) visiting, (2) visited;
(ii ) being visited;
(iii.) visiting (Intens.);
(iv.) visited (Intens.) ;
(v.) causing to visit;
(vi.) caused to visit;
(vii.) visiting himself, or herself, or them-
selves.
VERBS. PARTICIPLES. 139 (.) (7, IV.).
(). Participles
[Tab. XIV., App. B.]
Plu. /.
Plu. m.
Sing. /.
Sing. m.
nVijpiB*
(>np*1Q i.e.) D^plQ*
(trn$s* or) rnpi3*
lpiB*0) )
(i.) So*.
T1p v 3(2)j'
nVppj
(H-1p3 i.e.) DH-ipS
(njip3 i.e.) rn-ips
rt^w
(HpB3 i.e.) D*nj5B3
(nnija? or) rnpw
IjJB? (ii.) M^A.
nnpsp
(npDP i.e.) DnpfiJD
QTJIJ&B or) nnpsp
np (iii.) Pi-il
n'HgBD
(HpDp i.e.) D^gBP
(mj53p or) nip T sp
JlpBD (iv.) Pfi-a/.
niTpap
PTpBp i.e.) D^TpBp
(rnjJDp or) HTpDD
YjJBD (v.) Htph.
nhpao
Ot : t
(npDD i.e.) DHJ53D
nip 3D or) mps
1j5BO (vi.) #ty>A.
nnpaipp
(npSniO i.e.) D^pB^p
(irjyijtp or) nnpnp
1j53np (vii.) tfi%a.
[N.B. In the above, (l) the of any Sing. m. form is seen to be dropped
(and replaced by ) in one form of the Sing. /., and in the Plural forms ;
(2) forms ending in *1 , or T , are unchanged i. c-,' 53; (3) those ending
in 1 have 1 * i. c' ; (4) those ending in J*| have J1 (and those in !T1
have rn) 1 i. c' ; without further change.]
(7.) There are two Participles in Kal, viz., (1) "Tj?lS which
is of the form hy')&, and (2) *ttp|) which is of the form 7ty3.||
The First expresses Action in progress, and refers to an
Agent (71^3), and is therefore sometimes called the Active
Participle Kal. The Second expresses Action wrought ( /lyS)
and refers to an Object acted on, and is therefore sometimes
called the Passive^ Participle Kal.
Obs. (i.) For the -1 of (2) there is often [Pt. 1., 14], as in "1^1 m.,
tiffag /., m.^ /. (i.e.), D*PTjf pi. m., etc.
(ii.) The Construct form of ^)JJ3 is ^WB or b)3B, as in DJV^ Nu. xxiv. 3.
(iii.) Participles of the Passive Voices (II., IV., VI.) generally retain the of
the 2 d Root-letter (except when i.e.,' and in the form), as in {.).
(iv.) The Hiph. Partic. sometimes drops the * See Sect. XIII.
* Or with _l. for S. This need not be noticed hereafter.
t In Pause, sometimes the same (thus, I T\XM t n?B3); and sometimes J T\
as in : T\2fV, i fiTD^.
X Also, some few times without the D ; thus, ^3K, Ex. iii. 2, Hj??; 2 K. ii. 10.
Also D instead of 12 (#).
II These % are often called (1) Po-el, and (2) Pa-ul, from (1) V$B, (2) 7IJJB.
J The term 'Perfect Participle' is perhaps not unsuitable to it as expressing
Finished Action. The Niph-Sl Particip. is, rather, a Present Passive Participle.
84 VERBS. PARTICIPLES, 139 140.
(S.) (i.) The Participle bh^ able (Sing, m.) given in Tab. XIV., is the Participle
Kal of &3 form/ [rhb\ Sing. /., D^b* Plu. m., hftbj Plu. /.],
whence
(u.) ( i. c.') !^a s. m., [r^| s. /., ^m P i. m., nVya P i. /.].
(iii.) There is also the Participle Kal of 7tf3 form, as Tl|) Tieavy
(Sing, m.), [nj$f Sing./., D$gB PI. ro., nfty.B PI./.], whence
(iv.) (i. c .') tbya s. m', [*n^s s./., *^j?3 pi. *., rt$i pi./.].
(c) The Singular Participle sometimes receives an added * \ as in 'HDtf
binding (Sing, m.) [from "lpfc], Gen. xlix. 11; so in BB>n [from !?*B&b]
Ps. cxiii. 6; VWpfc [from hank] Hos. x. 11, and $? [from JTInS&a Constr.
form of fl&6p (^iii.)] Is. i. 21;* J^3| [from 11133 (for fOWj Pt. l/ 14) Constr.
form of nn-li|] Gen. xxxi. 39.
["140. (.) The Present Tense, I am visiting. Thou art
visiting, He is visiting, etc., is expressed by the Pronouns
/, Thou, He, etc., with the Participle ; thus,
Singular.
mpte r ton she [is]
or ) fiK Thou/, [art]
lYpte / OhJ or >3 I /. [am]
Wn He [is]
T\m Thou n. [art]
*}$K or ^K I m. [am]
Plural.
HUH They
Ttnpbi nan Ye I./,
k T " - ( [are]
n3K We
DH or nH They
DfiK Ye ( r m *
) '' ~ I [are]
!
[N.B. Third-Person Pronouns are often not expressed. Cp. (d.) below.]
(/3.) Similarly for other Participles.
(y.) The Hebrew expressions in (a) are, of course, the same whatever be the
form of the so-called Substantive Verb ' or * logical Copula * to be supplied
such as, was, may be, might be, etc. Hence the above may not be called, the
Present Tense in Hebrew. It is a means of expressing Present Action, and
may stand for the [strictly] Present Tense in English; but it may stand for
much more also, and therefore must not be limited to Present Tense.'
(o\) The Participles are often used
(i.) With Nouns Substantive : as in IttS T\*\tiy IH^V
His Righteousness [is] remaining for- ever, D^3DJ& D'IPijl the
heavens [are] telling, 15J7 **|/9D the king was standing, etc. :
(ii.) with Prefix H, cp. 98, as in MDH &OP1, Gen. ii. 11,
* Also [ 56 (i.)] n*n s./. & W?. pi. m., (fr. KT); so nVi? fr< "$1?.
T- The 3 is often without its Dagesn Lene, in accordance with Pt. I., 48.
X And tya, thus *$3 when the 3* Et-letter is S, as fcO* fr. &OJ.
VERBS, PARTIC. 140. IMPER. AND FUT. 141. 85
lit., it [is] the [one] compassing, i.e. (as in E.V.) that [is] it
which compasseth, DHkj?n DH, Nu. vii. 2, lit., they [were] the
[ones] standing, i.e., they [were] those who [were] standing;
so itiyn D. i. 38, xvii. 12; D?jp0& Josh. vi. 22, 2S; etc.;
(iii.) as Nouns;* thus, *15&? one keeping, watching, for a
keeper, a watchman, ^$ one helping, for a helper, etc. ;
(iv.) < i. c.' ; thus, "tiX [the] keeper of, ^ftS? [the] keepers
of, etc.;
(v.) as Adjectives, 79, etc.
(e.) Often a Hebrew Participle is used as a Noun where
the corresponding Noun does not exist in English, as ^12$
one standing, where we cannot say, "a stander," fi^pn the
[one] cutting, where we cannot say, " the cutter, "f So
Ps, 1. 5, *!VP THS (Utj cutters-of My Covenant) those thai
made a Covenant with ME.
(?.) Participles may receive Pron. Affixes as Nouns ; thus,
*5*fc my enemy, etc., from ^kt (Panic. Kal of ^N), etc.].
141. (a-) Two forms of the Imperative and Future,
Kal, are given in Tab. XIV. (I.), one with % to the 2 d
Root-letter in lh$ (or "fp& ) ew& ^ow (m.), Tjafe* (or ^pfP)
^<? ?*# cwt^y (ii.) one with to the 2 d Root-letter in
^3/ P u t thou (m.) on (as clothing), fc^?7! ^ ^^ i^ on ) etc -
Some Verbs have the one, and some the other. Some few
have both forms, as we shall see.
[Note. Sometimes the 2 d Root-letter has (i) [ 167], as in njJD (Imper.)
Ju. xix. 5, rby\ (Fut.) Ez. xvii. 15; .(2) -I, as in Bif* (Fut.) Ex. xvi'ii. 26].
* An interesting example of the double use of a Participle, P*"Hpfe\ (1) as a Noun
watchers," and (2) as a Present-Tense-Participle are watching," or < do watch,"
occurs in Ps. cxxx. 6, which may be rendered " My soul [looks with watching] to
The Lord pj?2? D^bfeJ ^\>p? D^TOtPp] more than watchers for the morning
do-watch for the morning. So in the former Grammar, Vol. It. p. 72.
t The word 'feller' is, however, admissible in Is. xiv. 8 (E.V.).
X Verbs of this class are called, by some, Verbs Fut.-(O).' Better, Fut. (_!)'.
Verbs of this class are called, by some, * Verbs Fut.-(^4).' Better, Fut. ( )*.
86 VERBS. IMPETt. AND FUT. 141.
(A) In the Imperative there are only Second-Person
forms, viz. for thou (m. & f.) and ye (m. & /.). The 2 s. f.
and 2 pi. m. & f. have the added terminations *, ), H^L
[cp. 133 (.)] attached to the fundamental lp$ or Bb?
for the Kal. So for other Voices. But, in the Kal,
[Obs. : the Vowel of the 2 d Root-letter is dropped and
replaced by on the addition of the * (2 s. /.) and of the
} (2 pi. m.); the of the 1 st Root-letter must then be
changed into a < Slight- Vowel' (Pt. I., 56). This 'Slight-
Vowel' is generally -, as in nj?3, nj?3, $$ Wlh, (Cp.
57, Obs.); but sometimes another short-vowel is adopted,
as in nriK (or VHX) and in (S.) below.]
(7.) The Imper 2 s. m. often has an additional fi ; thus,
| (l) n^W (fr. ibtT) keep thou (m.), T\T)p T (fr. Tip) approach
! thou (m.), (2) PHM (fr. *\bfc) sell thou (m.), T\VW (fr. J?f
Aear Aow (m.),* etc. Sometimes, also, in other Voices; thus,
(3) Niph. ni?3^n swear thou (m.) ; (4) Pi-el TV^O relate
thou (m.); (5) Hiph. PD^j?!? hearken thou (m.), etc.
(5.) Sometimes the Imper. Kal has ~ (5) to the 1 st Root-letter in the 2 s. /.,
and 2 pi. m. ; thus, Vpte, Ju. ix. 10. [This is also Kri, in v. 12,
for 'mta X#fe. So,' in v. 8, PD^D (2 s. w.) is n, for rOlta
Mfo.]t So -n")n, Jer. ii. 12, and' OPD, Ez. xxxii. 20, as well as
IDK'D, Ex. xii. 21. Cp. (y. 1), and see more hereafter.
(.) ]yp^, Gen. iv. 23, is an instance of the H of 2 pi. /. Imper. being
dropped. The word stands for i"13yipK\ The of the JJ is given to
aid the enunciation of the \V.
(.) Sometimes, we find the 3 rd Root-letter with Dag. Lene, as in ''SDtf,
Jer. x. 17, *SK>n, Is. xlvii. 2 ; the vowel beneath the 1 st Root-letter
is then a Real Short- vowel, having the -7- after it Quiescent. [Each
of these is 2 s. /. Imper. Kal.~]
(n). (i.) In nJDVT, Nu. xxiii. 7, Imper. Kal 2 s. m. [with H, see (y)], the
l 8t Root-letter has the Long Vowel .
(ii.) In n>? (i.e. "to, Imper. Kal, 2 s. m., with J1) Ps. cxli. 3, the
Dagesh in V is Euphonic. Pt. I., App. C.
(0.) For rHJJD-l, nXQ-l, and man, r\tiWB, nti-l, see Index.
* And with -, as in ilDp^, HD^.
t Cp. ^D,'with 1 superfluous,' 1 S. xxviii. 8, for *DDj3 [Pt. I, App. D.].
VERBS. IMPER. AND FUT. 14& "143. 87
14. The Future is connected with the Imperative. Thus,
( a .) In Kal, (i.) the forms Hp$fi thou (/.) wilt visit,
HpSfi ye (m.) will visit, PljnpfJtt ye (/.) (or they (/.)) will
visit, consist of fl and Hfpj$, 1$$ nyipfi.
[Obs. In the Imperative forms Hp3, VlpS, the T of the
3 is of course replaced by a f Slight'-vowel, in order that there
may not be two Moving Shvas together ; but in the Future
the stands after the formative H, after which the may
be (and is) Quiescent.]
(ii.) So in the case of Hf$ (Fut.) and HpS (Imp.).
(iii). The remaining Fut. Tense forms, viz., *1pfi* 3 s. m.,
npSp 3 s. /. (& 2 s. m.), 1p|)N 1 s., and Hp?? 1 pi., all
correspond with the fundamental *lp3.
(iv.) Similarly in the case of the Verbs Fut. ( )' [p. 85].
(y.) The Imper. has generally -Mn Verbs 'Fut.( )\ &{-^) in Verbs 'Fut.(^)'.
(0.) In Niph. the Future forms Hp? thou (/.) totft be
visited, HpSH ye (m.).. and HpS* A<?y, (m.).., n^D3Jlye (/.)
or ^y (/.).., correspond respectively with the Imper. forms
npzri 2 s. /, npsn 2 P i. m., rrjnpgn 2 P i. /., and the
other Persons of the Future Tense, viz., *lp%\ 3 s. m., ^P^fi
3 s. /. (& 2 s. m.), npfi 1 s., and IpM 1 pi., with the
fundamental HpSPl : the H being extruded between the prefix
letters J T\ * X and the first Koot-letter.
(7.) Similarly in the case of the other Voices; thus, the
Fut. 2 s. /., Hipn Pi-g, *Tp3fi HipK, * m 0hP\ Hithp.,
correspond with the Imper. 2 s. /. Hjp P2-e, ^TpSPl
#^., Hpgn? Hithp.
(o\) In Pw-d/ and Hoph-al, which have no Imper.,* there is
the corresponding analogy with imaginary Imperative forms.
143. The D of the i"0, in pi. /. Fut., is sometimes
* We find, however, once [Ez. xxxii. 19] ni3K>n, Imper. Hoph., 2 s. m., be
thou laid (lit., caused to lie); and [Jer. xlix. 8] -liDH, Imper. Hoph. 2 pi. m. be ye
made to turn, from HJQi see hereafter.
88 VERBS. FUTURE, 143 146.
dropped, and the given to J, as in j*"j3$J? ? Ez. iii. 20,
xxxiii. 13, they (f.) shall not be remembered. So J^?/H (as
given by many) 2 S. xiii. 18, for Hj^5/^ which is found in
several editions; etc.
144. A H T is often found at the end of the 1 s. and 1 pi.
of the Future ; thus,
(a.) First Person Sing. : iVJbBte (fr. ib^tf) Ps. xxxix.2,
niim (fr. 3#K) Ps. Ivii. 5, H^ftf (fr. HMX) Ex. xiv. 4,
etc.i ' rin^TK l (fr.' n\3TX) p s . xiv! T i8, rb^nk' (fr. 9?gntf)
Dan. ix. 4; and
(A) First Person Plu.:nSnB0 (fr. l^feO) Gen. xi. 3, etc.,
njpsnnj (f r . D$hri)) Ex. L 10,' etc.
(y.) Rarely at the end of the 3 s. m. as *n^'p) Is. v. 19 fl8*TP Tab. XX.],
and 3 s. /.f as nnajJfl Ez. xxiii. 16 (Kri), & 20; also, perhaps, 2 s. m. il&VJjJ
[51-nm Tab. XX.] Job xi. 17 ;
(5.) And with before it, as in TtijpV. Ps. xx. 4.
(.) In (a.), (/3.), etc., above, the vowel of the 2 nd Root-letter is seen to be
dropped when the additional H appears. [Cp. for the Imper. 141 (y.)]. But
(.) it will be found hereafter [ 166 (ii.)] that, in Pause, the vowel which
was so dropped is either (i) restored if it be Long, or (2) replaced (if it be Short)
by the corresponding Long Vowel.
(q.) Sometimes the Moving Shva of the 2 nd Root-letter [in cases of (e.)]
has the form j as in (1) nD1|5J>tf [DpW] Is. xviii. 4, where the ) is noted
as superfluous'; (2) njjbfiX [JJJPjpN] Is. xxvii. 4; and
(0.) sometimes the form ; as in (3) n?j?BW [?J52W] Jer. xxxii. 9, etc.
See Pt. I., App. D.
145. An additional J is often found after those Future
forms which end in \ t viz., the 3 & 2 pi. m. ; thus, [HD/*
d. iv. 10, |rj?Bto d. vi. it. So pntpjr 1 s. ii. 15/ i<3,
* For limp* Kthiv Lev. xxi. 5, VTp* is Kri (whence the of MVp^ cp. p.
85, v.).
t Some give as 3 s. /., with H3 added, WPh&Fl Ju. v. 26 ; (also 2 s. m.,
Obad. 13).
VERBS. 145147, AND NOTE ' (I). 89
D. iv. 16, etc. (the standing for the >t of the
j^S-tf, Part I, 12). And so }tt&\ 1 S. ii. 22, \g&f
Ex. xxii. 8, (the standing for !), Ft. I, 14).
146. Also J is found some few times after the 2 s./ Future.
Thus the 2 s./ Fut. Kal. Hj?Sfi would, with this J, be }Hj?5fi.
So we find Pjjnfi* Ruth ii. 8 (& 21) [for *j?7ft]. So the
2 s. /. Fut. Hithpa-el p3Wfi 1 S. i. 14 [for nMBfa, the
Pause-form of n^Wfl comp. Note (h, a) on Tab. XIV and
%* below there].
147. The I of 145 & 146, as also of 138 (B) (iv, ), is called by some
'I Pakagogic'. So the PI of 144, and that of 138 (B), is called by some
* H Pakagogic'; and so the X of 138 (B) (iv, a), and the of 139 (e). Some
however consider that * to be a mark of Connection the '* > Compaginis? as
they call it, Comp. p. 232 (lines 610).
Note I.
(i.) As in the last example cited in 146, viz. V^feWPi for
^Wft Pause-form of n^fiBfa [instead of nDEWl] fr. tm O0
the 1 st Et-letter and the ft of the JV1 of Hithpa-31 change places
when the 1 st Rt-letter is either f $, or &, or D ; thus we have
* For the -7" the Student may refer to 141 ' Note ' ; but he will understand
the matter better hereafter [ 167 (ii) & 166 ()].
t With one exception viz. njjptpi^nn Jer. xlix. 3. For this word see 246
(p. 162). It belongs to a Class of Verbs to be dealt with hereafter.
89(*)
^Wn Infin. Hithp&tl fr. *JfiB^
TJDfifettD Partic. s. m. HithjpMl fr. *Dfef
SaftD* Fut. 3 s. m. Hithpa-el fr. ^D.
(ii.) When the l 8fc Rt-letter is *, not only does the change
places with the ft of the 'ft/H, but moreover this ft is replaced
by tD; thus, from T we have ^TtMWl Past Hithpa-fl 1 pi.
[instead of tfTVftH], and so fr. |TTC we have j?|M8 Fut.
Hithpa-til 1 pi. Pause-form [instead of OTttfiJ],
(iii.) When the l 8t Rt-letter is % or fc3, or ft, the ft of the
TH is dropped, and Dagesh F. is put into the 1 st Rt-letter to
represent it.
This matter is briefly mentioned and illustrated in l Notes on
Tab. XIV ' (%*) [p. xv of the Tables]. The whole matter will
be dealt with a little more fully hereafter, as soon as we shall
have gone through all the Great Classes of Verb-forms [see
'Note' on pages 315318].
Note (II).
In Tab. XV (Infinitives with Pron-Affs.) it may be seen that, except in the
Hiph. forms,
(a) When the 3 d Et-letter- has a Vowel, the 2 d Bt-Letter has Shva;
(p) When the 3 d Et-letter has Shva, the 2 d Et-letter has
(a) sometimes [necessarily Quiescent, Pt. I, 55 (13, a)],
(b) sometimes a ' Slight' -vowel.
Obs. The Slight-Vowel in (b) generally agrees with the Vowel which
the 2 d Et-letter has dropped ; thus we have
(1) the d of the Kal forms SfljJB f DDnj?3, |31|3S, Tab. XV
Notes (*) & (I), -where the Vowel which the 2 d Et-letter
has dropped is the of IpQ ;
(2) the -f of the Nijph-al forms ^jlpSH etc., from HpSH
and of the Pi-el forms ^*lj9Sl etc., from ta IJ?S j and of the
Hithpa-il forms "?nj5Snn etc., from IjpSnrij where
the Vowel which the 2 d Et-letter has dropped is ;
(S) the of the Pu-al forms Tlj?2 etc., from *lj?S ? and of
the Hoph-&l forms "^H^SH etc., where the Vowel which
the 2 d Et-letter has dropped is .
(7) Instead of the -7- of D51j?3 (Comp. /3, b, 2), there is sometimes
as in DS^nayi Is. i. 15 from Bn.3 (Infin. Pi, like 1$% t but with
Compensation for the Dagesh which the 1 cannot receive).
(6) In place of the ' Slight '-Vowel, a Long real Vowel is sometimes given
to the 2 d Et-letter before a Guttural 3 d Et-letter, as in TjnWa D. xv. 18
from ffaf, [For the ' Furtive' -^-, see Pt. I ( 60)].
90
Exercise XIX.
{To be translated into English.)
For the plan of the Exercise, see 11 (a t).
n ^39 : ,0 niy 6 diSn 9 w?Sn 8 n-n tvty 7 ^n 7 ^n*
n% :^nn "^p 4 nr^^ p "Yjnj 'nssib -wid
- -: - | t : - t I t I v v v : - :
i*rft^ 84 ^n3 -itg :vSk 8M x^t
39 nui6 38 wik "by vh\ t*p*mrh wri 1 x h'y tfh\
-:- tv :t : j .. - . . . j.. T .
tv : t v : ~ : v -
:tax
f*y5 mp* 46 -^'x;& t*tt*tt "Eras 31 " w *6
- : t :|-t v -: J - vv t: :-
: 57 ^n3 4 ybm M ito "^pi ^.Dffl
1 Israel. 2 3HN to love. 3 Joseph. *$D2? to hear. 5 now, or I pray. 8 JDvQ
a dream. 7 & to reign. 8 behold. 9 Qpn to dream. 10 again. H "DD to
sellT 12 *13V. a slave. 13 IpQ to visit (Hiph. to-make-visitor, to-appoint-as-
officer). M JV2 a house, Tab. XIII. (3). 1 5 >TU to possess (Hoph. to be made-
to-possess, to have-as-one's lot). 16 for myself. W months of. *8 vanity. 19 and I.
20 "IDK to say. 2 l tan to be-in-haste. 22 pj t o cut off. 2 3 from before.
2 * |^y an eye, Tab. XIII. (3, /3). 25 but. 26 voice, voice of. 27 my supplications.
28 jis? Pf. to cry. 29 }BIL ( 56, vii.) a womb, ftgut**. a hidden depth. 30 Sh'ol,
pit, grave, hell. 31 Exerc. IX. (2). 32 ^p to call. 33 j-j-|| to rise (as the sun).
34 qK'n darkness. 35 light. 36 fo to be able ( 138 A, iii.). 37 pgg mthp, to
restrain oneself. 38 Tab. XIII. (2). 39 to answer. 40 nfe to send. 41 hither.
42 -q-j pr. to speak. 43 3JT| to hunger. 44 mxx \ t S0X1 \ f, 45 a righteous-one.
46 since. 47 -|p> to be precious. 48 ^33 Niph. to be honoured. 49 -^3^ to
break. 50 iV"1p a city. 51 emptiness. 52 for. 63 yp^ to cleave (Niph. to be
let break forth). 54 m the wilderness. 55 water. 66 the turtle-dove. 57 ^"IjSl a
land, Tab. X. (1) * See 137 (1, Obs. j3.). t See 137 (4, i., ii.;.
91
[N.B. Henceforth the following, and words marked in the Notes with *, need
not be given in Notes to the Exercises:
1. D*ri!?5$ God, a Noun
of Plu.'form Tab.V.(ii.).
2. DX if. Also Interrog.,
and = or? after H
(7).
3. n>3 (m.), Tab. XIII. 3.
4. HICA Tab. XIII. 5.
5. ^S (m.) a nation, pi.
D'iS nations, Gentiles,
heathen.
6. DJ ateo, et>en.
VOCABULARY I.
7. "Dl (m.) a ?oni,
thing, Tab. IX.
8. Kin Tab. I. (1), &
32(11.), 94.
9. g Exerc. XI. (i).
10. ^ for, because, that.
11. D^D (m.) water, a
Noun of Dual form.
12. DHJ Mtt[E.V.], lit.,
[is] sazrf o/.
13. SI? wailing.
14. DJJ (m.) a p eople (Ex.
XV., No. 34), w. aff.
\y_, etc., pi. bnp8
15. IpD <o vml.
16. BHp (rn.)holiness, Tab.
XI. 1 & t
17. Tip (m.) a roice ( 43),
i c. the same.
18. D ; (m.) a name, Tab.
XIII. (Note , a.),
and 43.
19. ti&there, nMPthither."}
Exercise XX.
(2b fo translated into English.)
%* The Vocabulary on pp. 383388 may be referred to, if necessary.
: t : t - : - t t v t -: -
J - : t : : t v v I
d * dm npaa xb n^t 'Sun : M W ri*J ,M a
t: \ : | : f v " t:
2o ni|n 2o nn|n- : 19 ^ fflpjn *6 ,7 nj3 ^ fy|
24 " 23 TJK *** :155,:!1 2l ^Tl? J N^inn 19 &%i
1 ?JJ by. on on account of. 2 rivers of (fr. "lHp). 3 Babylon.* 4 ^gh to sit,
dwell. 6 we wept. 6 "IDT K. to remember, HipA. to mention. ?Zion.* 8 [with a]
breach, breaking. 9 great (m.). 10 ~Q & to break. 11 virgin of (88).
12 woe! 13-nfcjJ Pi-H to devastate [Tab. XIV. Note (t, Obs. 1)]. 14 ^3
to deal treacherously. 15 2 against. 16 Israel.* 17 34. 18 Qpj Hithp. to
avenge one-self. 19 ^BJ* (/.) soul Tab. X- 1, PI. ]Ylfc>D3 Tab. XII. 1.
20 n-0 to cat, cut off. 2i TtD to rebel. 22 Alas ! 23 o Lord.* T 24 p t . I., 79 (2).
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given in the Notes again,
t See 137 (1, Obs. 0).
92
"T&tfn+K 1 ? t u httr\& 26 nnx# ^ rag n&K "jvnBton
... .. T . . . .. . T v T _ . . _ _.
3l wntaK ni^ "*ifK| &'$ j 28 spring nx ^w
36 xWn :^?^ van : 35 dh^? *f4?$k 33 ^ ^ "^P
41 W3* 40,> !i :"DM*n 38 nw S 37 ^sn mot "d
: 44 nb3 D;iii3 32 nso i* "rita| <2 S^ : ^ $> wo
*fi*$&3 3i wni:i : 48 np^3 47 ^i^ *3 nriK ?p*#
bi xm * 3 *f\y$ 52 :nK 6i n^ t^Tt^W 50 ^Wn *6
d*| 6o ms^3 59 bhx ... 58 ^in n 5 67 CW3 ^^^ "pk^
4 nn^n ^iwfem 68 wn hkt : 67 d\w 66 n^in 65 nn
v v - t - t t |- - t : -: t -
j 75 ^; M }^*rtp^ : 72 Dh 64 n5 "TfjftB "Jpf J 70 ^? 1 ?
80 orni&j n D^nbii 4 ? 79 jjn : jj 78 yhj 77 ?y 7G ^s 1 ?
25 rifT^ Hip/i. to destroy. 26 remnant, remnant of. 27 *jftJ #ipA. to destroy (with
perdition). 28 j aC0D .* 29 Tab. VII. 30 y^ to hear. 31 Tab. XIII. 1. 32 -|D Pi. to
tell, recount. 33 a wor k. 34 ^yn to work. 35 49 (^ 36 j^q jVipA. to be
wonderful (p-60, No. 14), Partic. a wondrous work. 37 look ye. 38 a rock* [supply
from which"]. 39 a^n Pi. to hew. 40 by myself. U-V2WN. to swear.
42 *&0 Pi. to tell, speak of. 43 fryaj might.* 44 His glory. 45 ^n Pi. to
praise, Hithp. to glory [Dagesh Forte often dropped from the /]. 46 Righteous.
47 "1X^ Niph. to remain, to be left. 48 a remnant (that escapes). 49 j n
Egypt. 60 ^y& Hiph. to regard. 51 -|fcx to say. 52 3^ t o be hostile.
Partic. an enemy. 53 P|Tl to pursue. 54 1 will overtake. 55 p?n Pi. to divide,
66 spoil. 57 s\w: to blow. 58 nn Spirit (also wind).* 59^ to sink [t> for h,
Pt. I. 72 Q3.)]. 60 like the lead [ 6 (e.), 8 (a.)]. 61 gran d (pi. m .j.
62 the mighty one (m.). 63 py^ to cry out (in pain). 64 Tab. XIII. 5.
65 Rabbah. 66 -)jn to gird on. 67 sackloth.* 68 the city (/.). 69 the joyous
(/.) 70 securely. 71 pj; iniquity ( 43). 72 Edom.* 73 an( i the booty of.
74 a terrible one (m.). * 75 ^q jv. to be delivered. 76 fc^ to put on
(as clothing). 77 strength. 78 Q arm of. 79 i 1 80 *}&Q t o se n #
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given in the Notes again.
+ See 137 (1, Obs. /3).
t See Tab. xin. (Note , a).
i*^ .o^^l, w ^ n jt^ w D^yfi 86 ^xii MJK *
: t II v : t w " -; t t:
siyK'S* (m.) a trespass, Tab. X. 2. 82 n 1 ?^ to send, put forth, Pi. to send
away. 83 y0U r (m.) mother (DN). 84 >-)*! to seek, search for. 85 tf^D to find.
86 ?iO to redeem, Partic. Redeemer. 87 from everlasting. 88 ^Sl to heal, Parlic.
Healer. 89 heart. fnJ to give. 91 and power- 9 2 *|"D . & Pi. to bless.
Obs. I. The Negative Particles fcO not, and 7>fc$ wo?, precede the Tense which
is Negatively affected.
Obs. II. k? with a Tense expresses an ordinary Negative ; thus lipV &0 he
stood not, or did not stand, or Aas no stood, etc. ; also,
Obs. III. i$7 is used with a Future to express Prohibition as in ^H X?
thou shalt not steal, 7CT9J K; /ie sAaW nof rwte, etc. ; but
Obs. IV. 7 X with a Future expresses the deprecative * do not* * let him
not,' as "I3"1P) ?X (Is. xxxvi. 11) do no* speak, "12"]^ ?K (Ex. xx. 19) let him not
speak, etc.
Obs. V. Never use a Hebrew Imperative with a Negative Particle (cp. IV.).
Obs. VI. The prefix ? is to be used generally for to, unless ?X, or some
other word, be given, in these Exercises. Also,
Obs. VII. Personal Pronouns are to be expressed in the Hebrew, if not con-
nected by (") with the next word in the English.
Obs. VIII. The Interrogative H ( 7) is to be prefixed to the first word of the
Interrogative sentence, as in ^P^H fcs?H spake I not [to thee, saying, etc.?]
Nu. xxiii. 26 ; IpBfc? fc6 ?$$ *?Vtj for these things shall I not visit ? Jer. v. 29.
Obs. IX. For expressing what has been and still is going on, use the Past
i Tense.
Obs. X.-^For expressing what is not only going on now but also is expected
to go on, use the Future Tense.
Obs. XI. Let him do," Let her do, etc., are expressed by the Future,
He, she, etc., shall (or will, do)."
* Words marked (*) need not be given in the Notes again.
91
Exercise XXI.
[* # * See * Glossary,' for words not in the Notes.]
(To be translated into Hebrew. 11, /*.)
Ye (m.) observed. 1 Thou (/.) hast-observed. 1 They (/.)
have-observed. 1 We observed. 1 Observe-ye (/.). She shall
observe. 2 They (m.) will-observe. 2 Ye (/) will-observe.
Observe-thou (/.) this-thing (/.) [ 96 (i.)]. Thou (/.)-
shalt not observe 2 [Obs. III. above]. Did-she-not-observe
[Heb., Whetlier-not observed x -she~\ the matter 3 ? If [Vocab. I.
(2)] ye (m.)-have not observed, observe-ye now. 4
Thou (m.) hast not kept the covenant s of thy God.
They (m.) kept 1 His testimonies. 8 Keep-ye (m.) My com-
mandments. 7 We Will-keep Thy (m.) commandments. 7 I
kept Thy (m.) ordinances. 8 In-order-that 9 I-might-keep *
Thy (m.) word. 8 The Preserver 10 of Israel. 11 Thy (m.)
visitation n hath-preserved x my spirit. 13 The-LoRD M is thy
(w.) Preserver. 10 HE-will-preserve 2 thy (m.) soul. 1 *
Exercise XXII.
(To be translated into Hebrciv. 11, f /*.)
Thou (m.) shalt not come-near 16 [Obs. III., p. 93] to 17
them (m.). And a stranger 18 shall not come-near 6 [Obs. II.]
unto 17 you (m.). Come-ye (m.)-near 16 to Me. Fearers 19 of
The -Lord, 14 trust-ye 20 (m.) in The -Lord. 14 Who among 21
you (rn.) is a fearer 19 of The -Lord?, ... let-him-trust 20
iPast Kal of TStf. 2 Fut. Kal of *W < Fut. (j_) [p. 85 ft)]. iW
*nny. srna. p. 45 (*). mvp, pi. nivp. 8 Dn^jpa (pi.)- 9 ]VJP%
10 Partic. (1) of "10^ [ 140 (., iv)* and 139 '(/3., N.B. 2)]. p. 91 (16).
12 rnpQ. I 3 74 (a). H [Thus the E.V. for The NAME given in Pt. I. 79 (2).
16 K>sY comp. Tab. X. 1 (for the Sing.). 16 21p Fut. () [141 (o, )]. 17 "?tf.
is ! ' w v (i. c. N'T s. m. & >SO> pi. m.). 20 riBl Fut. (^). 21 3.
95
[Obs. XI.] in The Name 22 of The-Lord 14 and lean 23 on 21 his
God. Cast-ye 24 (m.) him into 17 this pit. 25 Only 26 [as regards]
the throne 27 will-I-be-greater-than-thou (Hebr., Will-I-be-
greatf* from thee (m.), cp. 82. i.). His little 29 brother 30 [ 81
(3)] shall-be-greater than-he. Over 31 Edom will-
I-fling 24 my shoe. 32 They (m.)- shall-fling 24 each-one 33 his
stone. 34 Thou (m.)-hast-been flung 35 from thy grave. 26 Upon 31
Thee (m.) have-I-been-flung. 35 Into 21 Thy (m.) Hand [ 46
(a-> i)l will-I-commend 37 my spirit. 13
Exercise XXIII.
(To be translated into Hebrew. 11, ?r~/*.)
My God be-not-far 38 [Obs. IV.] from me. I-am-weary 39
[Obs. IX.] in my groaning. 40 How-long* 1 wilt-Thou-hide 42 Thy
face 43 from me? Hear-Thou 44 my prayer. 45 All 46 the day 47
my disgrace 48 is before 48 me. Fallen-hath 60 the crown 51 of our
head. 52 Many-and-mighty-are 53 [Obs. IX.] my destroyers, 54
my enemies 55 for-nanght (Hebr., a lie"}. Thou-hast-made-
men-to-ride (Hebr., Thou-hast-caased-to-ride* weak-man 58 )
over (7) our head. 52
Athirst-is 89 [Obs. IX.] my soul 1 * for God, For 80 Thou
[art] the God of my-Might, 61 ...; why 62 in-mourning-garb 63
should-I-have-so-to-go 64 amid 21 an enemy's 55 oppression? 65 Thou-
wilt-destroy 66 the talkers 67 of falsehood. 68 Vanity 69 they (m.)-
22 Voc. I. 18. 23 jJJB? Niph. 24 -fatf Hiph. 25 1^ fay 26 p-|. 27 tfD?.
28 ^J Fut. ( ). 29 }bj?. 30 Tab. XIII. (2). 31 ^. 32 ^ 33 &$.
34 pN Tab. X. (1). 35 <$& Hoph. 36 -Qfp Tab. X. (2). 37 n p 2 H iph.
38 pn'-i Fut ( ). 39 jh*. 40 nnp w . aff. inmK ( 59). 41 ,rm iv. 42 ino #^.
43 Exerc. XIV (19). 44 y^ put. ( ). V 45 ' n^BR ;("7JJ)" 47 q'v.
n^>5. 49133 62 (iii.). 5o^ D3> 51 rnpy T (/.). tiiAh mdsji. 54 riD
Partic. * Hiph. ' ' W Exerc. XX (52). se'^. 57 yyy Hiph. & l&g.
59 NOV Past K. 60 >3. 61 *flj, 62 n^. V]*p. 64 Fut. #i%. of sj^S.
65 y^. 13KP*-& 67 pi. to. 'i.C* Of 1^1 ( 139, (3.). 68 3J3. 69fcOB\
96
will-be-speaking, 70 each-one 33 with 71 his fellow. 72 Thou-hast-
destroyed 66 a-wicked-one. 73 And [as for] transgressors 74 they
(m.)-have-perished 75 together. 76 For 00 not 77 a God 78 taking-
pleasure-in 79 wickedness 80 [art] Thou. And they-sh all-trust 80
(*n.) in Thee, that-know 81 Thy Name ; 22 for 60 THOu-hast not
forsaken 82 [Obs. II.] those -that-seek-to-Thee 83 [O] Lord.
For-ever 8 * shall-they (m.) -sing-gladly 85 [Table XIV. Note (c.)].
Of 21 The Name 22 of our God we-will-make-mention. 88 For 60
exalted 87 (m.) [is] His Name 22 alone. 88 And [to be] praised 89
exceedingly. 90 [Who] maketh-great 91 the salvation 92 [Plu.] of
His King. 93 Blessed 94 [is] the man 95 who will-trust 20 in The-
Lord. For 60 Thou [expressed] wilt-bless 96 a righteous-one. 97
[As for] those (m.) -planted 98 in the house of the -Lord, in
the courts 99 of our God shall-they-fiourish. 100 As a tree 101
planted 98 by 102 rivers 103 of water,
I-will-hyrnn 101 Thy Name, 22 [0 Thou] Most-High. 105 Sing-
ye (m.)-hymns 104 to The -Lord [Who] dwell eth 106 -in Zion.
We-will-sing-gladly 85 [w. n, 144 (0.)] through 21 Thy salvation 92 ;
yea (V) in The Name 22 of our God will-we-triumph. 107 In
The -Lord my-soul-shall-glory (Hebr., shall-glory 109 my^soul).
(2) * (1)
Hallelujah. 109 [0] my soul praise-thou 110 The-LoRD.
70 -on PUl. 71 Tab- III. (2). 72 j w . the aff. -in Tab. VIII. [See also 74
(a)]. 73j>h. 74y^Q Panic. (1) Kal, pi. m. [ 139 (y, 1)]. 75 -j^ Niph .
76 yyj*, T 77 T ^. 78 >, 79 j 2n p ar tic. of the form mentioned in 139 (5., iii.).
soy^n. 81 y-j> Partic. (1) K., pi. m. i. c' 82 -^jj. 83 *f*ft. 84 0^!?.
85 p-|P*-#. 86-, DT Hiph. & 2M Niph. 88 \^J?. 89 Wr\ ' Partic. Pti-k.
90 IXp. 91 *?1JI Partic. Hiph. 92 HW>. 93 Tab. X. (1). 94 -p n p ar tic. (2)
Kal ['l39 (y., 2)]. 95 -153, 96 -pi Pi-e'l. (Compensation to be made for the
Dagesh F.). 7 pn^- ' ' 98 hnV Partic. (2) Kal. 99 n'mn [the dropped
i. c.,' 56 (i.)]. 10 ma Hiph. 101 yy ( m .). 102 ^ 103 >| a river [Tab. X.
(1)]. 104 -,fcf pr-e^. 105 jv^. 106 3^ partic. (i) #. "i07 ^j Fut. (^_). 108 ^ n
Hithpa-el. m W preceded by 2 pi. m. Imp. of (). "o ft>n PS-eZ [p. 92 (45)].
* (1) (2) are put to mark the order in the Hebrew.
97
SECTION XIT.
Verbs {continued). Certain Usages.
148. As said above ( 123), there are only two Tenses in
Hebrew. These two are the only Tense-forms for expressing
such various modifications as "had," or "may" or "might"
or " should" or " would" or " may have" might have" etc.
Also there are no 'Auxiliary' Verbs. From among the
somewhat multitudinous forms of modern expression by which
one of these old Tenses may be rendered, very great care
is sometimes required for selecting that particular one which
is the one for bringing out (so far as may be possible) the
sense of the original passage. Through neglecting to observe
the underlying thought of such a passage, a wrong Mood,
or a wrong Auxiliary Verb, may give a wrong turn and
lead to an altogether wrong view of the passage. And care-
ful attention to the f Mood of Thought' (if one may say so)
not seldom furnishes a very useful clue, by the help of which
the intricacies of some very difficult passages may be safely
tracked.
149. Again, the Subordination of Time and Mode of
Action is sometimes marked with great accuracy and nicety
by the use of different Tense-forms.
[Through neglecting to attend to this, or through mistakes respecting it, some
Moderns have succeeded in introducing much strange confusion and misappre-
hension with regard to the usage of the Hebrew Tenses^ The leading principle
has often been quite lost sight of. Some have fixed their attention on one set of
the usages of a Tense, some on another ; and so one-and-the-same Tense has been
called by some a Present,* by others an Imperfect' by others an Aorist' etc.
It is amusing to see how happy some appear to be when, not content with an
Indefinite ' name, they succeed in giving an indefinite rendering. To be sure,
this seems to betoken too often the absence of definite notions about any Mean-
ing to be conveyed by such a rendering.
Controversy, however, would be out of place here. This only shall be said
now : ]
98 USAGE OF TENSES. 150, 151.
150. (1) It is surely not unreasonable that in a Language
which has but two Tenses, these two should have reference
to the two Main divisions of Time. We say main divi-
sions ; for, such the Future and the Past ' are : the
1 Present ' is (strictly) but an everchanging instant a con-
necting link between 'the Future' and 'the Past.'*
() Such is not at all unlikely to be the case in the
language of a people who were looking forwards from a
great Past of Wonders to a Future (in store, reserved,
prepared) of Good and of Glory such as " eye hath not
seen, nor ear heard," and who recognised their 'Present'
as transitory.
(3) Moreover, the usage of the Language is found to bt,
in accordance with this ; as we hope to shew in the proper
place.
151. This, too, ought not to be lost sight of, viz. that
There is a mode of reckoning Past and Future, which is
differentf from that which may perhaps seem to us to be the
only natural one, so long as we refer all to ourselves as if
each one were the Centre of all Time and Space. Familiarity
with that which is strange to us quite foreign, even, to our
modes of thought, can only be acquired after some time,
and from much experience of the usage which is thus
strange. It would be unwise, therefore, to attempt to enter
further into this matter just now. Perhaps we have antici-
pated too much in venturing to allude to it as we have
done.
* What is often called the Present Time " consists really of an undefined
portion of Past and Future Time, gathered about the instant Present. Some
interesting remarks on the 'Tenses' will appear in Dr. Chance's 'Notes on Job,'
pp. 543 & 544.
t Consequent, to some extent, on what was said at the opening of 9 (.)
USAGE OF TENSES. 15 (I. a. III. /3.) 99
152. Speaking generally, it may be said that, in Hebrew,
(I.) ( a .) the Past Tense and the Future Tense,
respectively, are used with reference to Ac-
tion before, and after, some implied Point
of Time, which is
(/3.) to be looked out for, and may be recognised
by means of due consideration of what is
being spoken about, but
(7.) which may or may not be the ' Present ' of
a speaker, or narrator;
(II.) (a.) such modifications of PAST-Action (and
Contingent-Past Action) as we can express
by means of did, was, were, have, had, may
have, might have, would have, etc., are all
expressed by the Hebrew Past-Tense;
(fi.) such modifications of Future- Action (and
. Subsequent, and Conditional, and Dependent
Future- Action) as we can express by means
of will, shall, and may, might, should,
would, etc., are all expressed by the He-
brew Future-Tense;
(III.) (.) that which has been, and is still going on,
is expressed by the Hebrew Past-Tense ;
and
(#.) that which is now going on, and is expected
to go on in future, is expressed by the He-
brew Future Tense.
[Obs. An Indefinite Tense, or Mode of Expression, in a
Modern Language, may (by reason of its indefiniteness) be often*
used perhaps in rendering a Tense of an ancient Language. It
does not follow that the Tense of an ancient Language is Inde-
finite.]
* But also, very often, such an indefinite expression cannot fairly be used for
the Hebrew Tense without great loss of meaning ; and sometimes could not be
used at all.
100 USAGE OF TENSES. 152 (IV.) 154.
(IV.) The Sequence and Con-sequence of Actions
and Events is sometimes marked by a simple use
of the Hebrew Past and Future Tenses, where
we (in English) require a different mode of ex-
pression. But in order to bring out the point
of the Hebrew expression, so far as this is at all
possible sometimes in English, either some Par-
ticle must be introduced, or a Periphrasis must
be adopted, which contrasts unfavourably with
the terse, simple elegance of the Original.
[Obs. (.) Some may prefer to regard this as
a deduction from (I.), as is
(ft.), the use of a Hebrew Future-Tense
sometimes after certain Particles of
Time, to be mentioned hereafter.]
153. The Principles thus stated will receive illustration
as we proceed. We must be content with the bare statement
of them at present, and now pass on to the following im-
portant Rules.
154. Rule I. A PAST-Tense, with the prefix \* of 3,
often occurs where the most natural English rendering is by
means of a Future or some oblique form of expression.
This is said to be a < Past with \ Conversive.' Thus, for
example, from jfO he gave, we have jrOI and he shall give
[or make, as in E.V.] Ez. xxvi. 8 ; from ^|3^ he poured-out,
^\W) and he shall pour-out, [or cast, as in E.V. (ib.)~\, and,
he shall even pour-out, Lev. xvii. 13. So ^DSfc^l and they
shall pour-out, Lev. xiv. 41, etc.
* In any one of its many values and, even, that, etc. This ) is, of course,
subject to the same changes of punctuation here as in 3. [See more in 155.]
TENSES W. 1 PREF. 154, RULE II. 155 (<?). 101
Rule II. This 'prefix ) before a FuTURE-Tense is simply
Conjunctive, as in 3, the Future-Tense being unaffected
by it; e.g., *t&&?\ and he shall (or will) visit, S^pHI and she
shall (or will) approach, etc. But,
Rule III. a FuTURE-Tense with the prefix ) followed by
Dagesh F., is rendered as a Past, with and (or some other
value of the 1 of 3), and is said to be a * Future with )
Conversive.' Thus, for example, from *1\&W\ he will pour-
out, ^[3^*1 and he poured-out, 2 S. xx. 10. So, from Slptt
she shall draw near, il&ffl and she drew near, Esth. v. 2;
etc. But,
Obs. (1) the K, of 1 Sing. Fut., requires this 1 to have
(instead of the ), in order to compensate for the Dag.
F. which X does not receive [cp. 6 (b.)]. Thus, from
Hp3Nt / will visit, *1pSXl and I visited, etc.
(2) The Dag. F., belonging to this prefix, is not given
to * (i.e. a % which has ). Thus, *12lT.l and he spake,
^yjj) and they (m.) spake, etc.
155. As need scarcely be said,
(a) the prefix ) of Rules I. & II. (in 154) is subject to
the same changes of punctuation as in 3 ; viz.,
(b) before a word which (when without the prefix) begins
with \, we have s ), as in Dtt5&? ,v ! and ye (m.) shall dwell,
Lev. xxv. 18 (from QW\ Rule I.) ; !&) and He will
teach, Ps. xxv. 9 (from 1fe/\ He will teach, Rule II.) ; etc.
(c) i. before any other letter with , we have ^ as in
DttHpTI and ye (m.) shall take, DJT?5t?^ and ye (m.)
shah dip, Ex. xii. 22 (from DArtf)*?, titb^);
EHHJftl and Thou wilt renew, Ps. civ. 30 (from
#&}} etc.
ii. also ^ (not \) before 5, or D, or JD, even when
having a Vowel; thus, fc^N^ and it [viz., the river]
shall stink, Ex. vii. 18; T*DD1 and he shall smite
Nu.xxiv. 17; 1T)^ and he shall fear, Is. xix. 16; etc.
(d) before any one of the letters $7 Jl H X with a Compound
102 USAGES OF TENSES. 155 (d) 157 (%).
Shva, the ) takes a 'Slight '-vowel agreeing therewith; as in
DJVttin and ye Qn.) shall serve, Ex. xxiii. 25; DFpriiO and
ye (m.) shall lone, D. x. 19; ^JHX} and I will speak, Ez. ii. 1,
etc.
[156. Our avowed endeavour being to familiarise the student with facts and
usages of the Language, rather than with speculations regarding them, we hardly
venture to say what may, however, be allowed perhaps just in passing, viz. that
(1) careful attention to the Sequence of Events and Actions spoken of (or
merely understood, it may be) in connection with a Past with ), as in Rule I.,
enables us sometimes to perceive what may be termed a Relative Past and
Future," which accounts (possibly) for some Past-Tense forms so employed. Some
of the instances above cited may be so explained, we think, in accordance with
principles stated in 151, 152. But, of course, one may easily deceive oneself
in such Speculations. We ought to add, that
(2) sometimes a Future form of expression is not wanted in English, the due
Subordination of clauses being marked by means of some introduced Conjunc-
tions, etc. And, moreover, that
(Z) there are instances of ) before a Past Tense which do not fall under Rule I.,
inasmuch as the most natural rendering is by means of a Pasf-Tense rather than
a Future. In several of such instances a possible rendering (although not, super
ficially, the most natural one) might be offered, in accordance with what was said
abuve in (1), which would favour the extension of Rule I., so as to embrace these
instances also. For practical purposes, the Student had better take the prefix )
before a Past Tense to be Conversive, generally. The matter must be treated of
more fully in the Syntax.
(4) We have a theory with regard to the prefix of Rule HI. But this, too,
had better be deferred at present.}
157. It will be found practically useful to have the follow-
ing brief statement of some of the above and other Usages,
to which we may refer as occasion may arise;
(a-) the * Pluperfect* "had" is expressed in Hebrew by
the ordinary Past Tense ( 148);
(/3.) the Hebrew Past is used also for expressing (l) "/
would have done so and so," (2) Had I done so and
so, then...," and such like; [see also 152].
(7.) The Future is sometimes used for (i) " l should, or
would, etc., do; 99 (2) "Should I do so and so, then...,"
and such like; [see also Ob&. X., XL, p. 93];
USAGES OF TENSES. 157 (S.J 159 (3). 103
(o\) also, sometimes, where we must say " then so and so
, took place," or some such an expression, Cp.
151.
(e.) The Future, with the prefix 1 followed by Dagesh F.,
is used, just like a Past,* in any of the senses of the
Past; and
(?.) the Past with the prefix of 3 [i.e. ), etc.] may prac-
tically be used as a Future,* in any of the senses of
the Future. Further,
158. there being only Second Persons in the Hebrew
Imperative, the 3 rd and 1 st Person Imperative [as sometimes
reckoned, i.e., "Let him do so and so," "Let me..."~\ are
expressed in Hebrew by the 3 rd and 1 st Persons Future.
Moreover
159. the Negative Imperative is in Hebrew expressed by
a Future preceded by a Negative Particle ; thus, rpfc^tt 7K
Put not forth [thy hand], Gen. xxii. 12. So, ty$ft %\f
and hearken ye not, 2 K. xviii. 32; W\fo&\ 7&] and let them
(m.) not rejoice, Ps. xxxv. 24. See also Obs. IV., p. 93. And,
N.B. the Hebrew Imperative must never be used with
a Negative Particle. Also
[(1) The "thou shalt not," such as in Exod. xx. 13 17, has K? rather than
btt. (Cp. Obs. III., p. 93.) And so, of course, Ye shall not;" as in -MVpO fc6
JVn ye (m.) shall not make a covenant Ju. ii. 2, etc.;
(2) the Particles ?K and fcs? are not limited to the uses here mentioned.
Other uses of them will be found elsewhere.
(3) The Hebrew Imperative is sometimes used where we want an Indicative in
English.]
* With and, even, that, or some other value of X. See Examples in Exercise
XXIV., etc.
t ^ttt may be rendered sometimes neither (or nor) as in E.V. of *w 7X1
f\V 13TFI neither remember iniquity for ever, Is. lxiv. 8, where the position of
I}} 1 ? marks emphasis on the for ever, and do not for ever remember iniquity."
104 USAGES OF TENSES. 160 162 (c).
160. When a Past-Tense form which has the Accent on the Penultima receives
the prefix ), the Accent (if not a Pause-Accent) is generally thrown forwards to
the final syllable ; thus, JJOJOK* 2 s. m. gives K]13&) [and so Fp^, M^B-I],
*#38| i s. gives *p2TQl, ^V^W 3 s - / {H%ph.) gives* n^-nam, etc/' But/
(1) except the I Plu. ; in this the Accent remains on the Penultima, as in
i:njp_^ ; also,
(2) except, sometimes, cases such as in 46. of Pt. I.; thus, P13 filial
D. xxvi. 1; and
(3) except some Verbs of the Classes in Sects. XIX., XX., and a few others to
be mentioned hereafter.
161. Obs. (I) the Past with its ) Convers., and (2) the Future with its )
Convers., always precede their Subject (when this is expressed in direct connec-
tion therewith); thus, DHVP WVJ. and [the] Egyptians shall know Ex. vii. 5,
lY*} *]pp\)* and David reviewed (lit., visited) the people that were with him 2 S.
xviii. 1,'nn Tlkm and David sent-forth (ib. 2), nm T)f$ ^VRlt and a certain
woman cast Ju. ix. 53, etc. Also (3) the Object may come between the Verb and
the Subject; thus, i"IB>!D Dnfc "IJ3*1 and Moses reviewed them Nu. iii. 16.
162. Besides the few usages referred to in the Section above, there are many
others which must be reserved at present. The following may be added here in
Notes.
(a.) Verbs <Fut.( )' are often said to be < Intransitive,'}: and most of them
are so ; thus, ^i) he will be great, 22$\ he will lie down, etc. Also,
(b.) some Roots have both the Fut.(_L_)' and Fut.( )' forms, (i.) sometimes
in the same sense [thus, *lJ2, to deal treacherously, has the Fut.(_i_V form three
times and the Fut.( )' form only once; T)2W, to rest, stop, cease, has the
Fut.(_i_)' form nine times and the Fut.( )' form twice]; and (ii.) sometimes in
different senses [thus, *")p> in the sense of < harvesting,' etc., has the Fut.(_^) '
form ten times, and in the sense of 'being short,' has the <Fut.( )' form six
times and the Fut.(_L.)' form once; 2"in in the sense of being dry,' 'lying
waste,' has the ( ) form ten times in the Fut. and once in Imper., and in the
sense of 'laying waste,' || has the (_i.) form once in Imper.]. And,
(c.) the Fut.( )' form sometimes has an Object; as E^S*] 1 S. xix. 24,
and he stripped-off [his clothes (E.V.].f ** But,
N.B. some of the forms referred to in (&.), (c), cannot be understood by the
Student at present.
* See 162 (e, i.). t See 162 (e, ii.).
Z Also the Verbs V.' and Verbs J?' [ 138 (A) (iv. 2, 3)].
The Imper. has generally _!_ for Verbs Fut.(_i_),' and for Verbs Fut ).'
Cp. 142.
|| This may be supposed to be a Transitive ' sense corresponding to the other.
f The (-L.) form in the same sense occurs in Ez. xxvi. 16 [tOtPE^, see 165
(II., 1)].
** The (_J_) form in Is. ix. 19 (in the sense of 'cutting,' E.V. margin, v. 20)
has not an Object expressed, but only implied, as in 1 K. iii. 26.
USAGES OF TENSES. 162 (d, e). 105
(d.) (i.) A Tense generally precedes its Subject (when this is expressed in
direct connection with it, cp. (e.) of 1 1), unless
(ii.) there be some Emphasis on the Subject ; thus, t^Nil vN "13"! H3
thus spake the man unto me, Gen. xxiv. 30, and the place "IS* 5 ! "l^N.
D^X UW iflN where ( 30) GOD spake with him," Gen. xxxv. 15,
but, YiJHiJa "fifl D^^j GOD hath spoken in His Holiness, Ps. lx. 8.
Cp. also ihp.p l"^ SJT an o# knoweth his owner, with the K? P&Otf''.
JH* JsraeJ do/A no* Anow, etc., Is. i. 3, where for Antithesis there is
Emphasis on Israel," and so on < My people " following it. Also
cp. Is. xvi. 13, 14 ; xx. 2; xxvii. 12, etc., with Is. i. 2, 20; xxi. 17;
xxiv. 3 ; xl. 5, etc. But,
(iii.) the Interrogative ^p whof always precedes its Verb,
(e.) It is the Rule to have [see also, more fully, p. 222.]
(i.) the -i_ (rather than 1) for the Fut. Kal, (a.) when with the prefix )
Conversive, (/3.) when with the Deprecative ?N, (y.) in the expression
of a positive wish (i.e., as in * IpQ? Lef Me LORD, God of the
spirits of all flesh, set, etc. (Nu. xxvii. 16); also
(ii.) the (rather than *^-) for the Fut. Hiph. in the same three cases ;
thus, (a.) 1\)&) and he appointed, 1 K. xi. 28 ; (J3.) Sp3B ^RDfi ^K1.
and /w<2e no/ 7% Face, Ps. lxix. 18; (v.) IpQll, and let him appoint,
Gen. xli. 34 ; but
(iii.) NB- except the 1 s. Fut. Hiph., in which either (Pt. I., 12) or
* is generally found; thus, IjJ^fcfl D. ix. 21, *p^N1 1 S. xii. 1,
nrDW Zech. xi. 8, )%fcl ib. 13.
i- : - t $ : - t
(iv.) Some speak of the Future forms with n (144) as the 'Optative,
because the Future is often used Optatively ' with that H- But, (1) it
is unwise so to limit the Future with H ' ; for, (2) the fi is used some-
times where there is no Optative ' force ; and, (3) the Future is
sometimes used Optatively ' where there is no n See more of this
in the Syntax.
1. TK then.
2. p {nothing), ]*>$ there
is not, Tab. XIII,
Note ft, t.).
3. KK a man, 74 (/.).
106
VOCABULARY II.
4. |3 a son, Tab. XIII. 4.
5. Xn.T(m.) seed, Tab. X..1.
6- \\V. \f)an eye, i.e. j k #,
- with aff. \y>%, etc..
Dual. D^PI"
7. D^S (pi. Noun) a /ace,
countenance.
8. *lb a prince, Plu.
Exercise XXIV.
( To be translated into English )
* # * For the plan of the Exercise see 11 (a )
N.B. The ... below are put where a sentence is incomplete.
Sk lh isn : 5ta ifa^ 4 ^d 8ta ra 2 wd ^x * lta im
v - - - : v v t; - : -
... 8 oSn '-y&rtji ex : ...oiSk 6 m&Ki Sa^fe* $3
"dmtn : 13 byntte "Dra^i u ystih "tfiftrb 9 bibix)
: : : t t -: I : t: v : v
"rtaah m rrm\ 26 nn n 25 d:q "wfetfni : 23 d:m
t : : v t - i t :-;: v : \
1 13*1 Pi. to speak. 2 Moses* 3 in the mountain of. 4 Sinai. 6 saying.
6 p. 92, No. 51. 7 i n My statutes. 8 ye (m.) shall go. 9 }3K to eat (Pt. I., 24).
Here ) = tken. 10 Dr6 (m.) bread, Tab. X. (1). abundantly. 12 p. 91, No. 4.
13 H&* P- 47 No - 5 Tabs - X ! X1L * 14 P- 92 No - 53 ' 15 P- S2 No - 52 -
I 6 five. (This is the 'Subject' of the sentence, here.) i7 a hundred (the 'Object').
18 "pn K., Pi., Hithp. to go, walk. l 9 in your (m.) midst (i.e., in the midst of
you), fr. *q?n Tab. XIII. (J, .). 20 p . 90 , No. 4. 21 p. 91, No. 10. 22 the
pride of. 23 your (m.) strength. M n?2*> .HipA. to cause to send, to send.
25 2 against. 26 the beast of. 27 74 (&.). 28 fcjg pj. to bereave. 29 ^yD i?i p A.
to make few. 30 p. 92, No. 47. 3l (For this and the next word, see p. 56, Nos.
Words marked (*) need not be given again in the Notes.
107
vb t DWte *&$$ wjsm : ...*os 38 n^DK 38, u?Dn ^jsi
*to?j nis^jn 'btf na "wwi i?*hi "^nat
**wii n 'nbuo itrnc dv^k ^ *vym rtotf
: v : v t t v: : : - J v :
80 9j?KI : V: "^V i? "*^1 ti^Sta? **5}30l 46 **?
**raj3 "itegri r*i^(H^ 53 ^d 9$ toil 5i nSri
t- t -: t : t : |-t t : *t
?-ihp 62 mSx5... : 40 inn!i n$ Dt&g "nip : 61 pid?)
42 mn ^k t' m tij$$ "Dp} -n^a M ^? l ?*i fr^Ofc
t: f -i l t : - : : | : : t:-
31, 32). 32 they forsook ME. 33 y$p pf., to offer incense. 34 to gods (p. 3,
Note f). 35 "intf another* (m.). 36 yyfl pi, t to profane, break (a covenant).
37 p. 92, No. 41. 38 -^D Hiph., to hide. 39 w ith a rod. **JV*T$ (/.) a cove-
nant. 41 6^1p Pi., to sanctify. ** p. 91, No. 6. 43 Jp;i pj #> to seek, enquire.
[Dagesh Forte is often dropped from the p]. 44 EHl to search. 45 behold I.
46 [am] coming. 47 p> to dwell. 48 ^-|p to call [often * governs ' a >]. 49 a
city, city of. &0 p3* to suck. 51 the milk of. 52 ^2D to bear. fi 3 q^q p^ t o
deliver. &4 "jwj to be short. 65 1} (/.) a hand, i.e., T with aff. IT, etc., Dual
D^T, i.e. *T.* 56 that it cannot redeem," E.V., {lit, from redemption)
57 npB to open (eyes). fi 8 blind (men). 59 jfcl Pi -> to lea P- 60 like the hart.
61 a lame (man). 62 p . 93# No. 86 [ 140 (S., iii.)]. 63 The Holy ONE of.
64 p. 92, No. 76. 65 the garments of. 66 vengeance. 67 [as] clothing. 68 former
things (/.). 69 p-j^ to be righteous. 70 p. 92, No. 45.
* Words marked (*) need not be given again in the Notes.
t by [them thai are] not.
X Vocab. I (1).
p. 60 (19).
II From IJjn, see No. 19.
108
Exercise XXV.
{To be translated into Hebrew, 11, f /*.).
And God heard* 1 their groaning, 9 and God remembered*'
His Covenant. 4 Why 5 will the bush 7 not burn 6 ? And
Moses hid* 8 his face. 9 And Aaron 10 spake* 11 all 12 the words"
which The Lord spake 11 to Moses. And I will takef 14 you
(m.) to Me for a people, 15 and ye-shall-knowf 16 that I The
Lord [am] your God.
And Moses wrote* 17 this Law. 18 In-order-that 19 they (m.)-
may-hear 1 [Future Tense]^ an( j in-order-that 19 they (m.)-may-
learn 20 C Future Tense l, and-that 2 ' they-may-fearf 2 ... and-that 21
they-may-observef 23 to-do 24 all 12 the words 13 of this Law. 18
And Jeshurun 25 waxed-fat,* 26 and kicked.* 27 And they (m.)-
forgat* 28 His doings, 29 And they (m.)-spake* 11 against 30 God.
And HE-rained* 31 upon them (m.) Manna. 82
Hear-thou 1 (m.) l>- Ti, 141 (y, s)]^ My people, and I-will
speak. 11 And I-will dwellf 33 in the midst 34 of Jerusalem, 35
and Jerusalem 35 shall-be-calledf 36 the city 87 of the truth. 38 Let
your (m.) hands 39 (f.) be-strong. 40 And proclaim-ye (Hebr.
cause-ye (m.) to hear 1 ) the sound 41 of His Praise. 42
i vnv (Fut. -r-). 2 nfm 3 <-fri (Fut. _q. 4 nna. gn. e -^
(Fut. ). Verb to precede Noun. 7 flip. 8 ^q Hiph. 9 O'OQ, a Noun of Plural
form. 10 pHK. " ^ Pi. 12 ^3. 13 Tab. IX. 14 n j T 15 q]>. 16 jft*.
17 nro Fut. (j_). is nnin. w#b7. 2 no^. 21 v 22 NT ; 23 -o?
(Fut. _!-). 24riiby?. 25|.n^>. 26 ^ ( Fu t. ). 27 ^3 (Fut. ). 28 nap*.
29 flfc^f. 30 3 prefix. 31 -,b Hiph. 32 }. 33 pfc\ 34 -qjpi Tab. XIII. ft, (.).
85D^n')(/.) 36 N -,p iVijoA. 37 TV- 38nD^ : . 39 -p, Du. DH\ [See 59 (5.)].
40 pin (Fut. ). The n has and the prefixes have in the Fut. Kal of this
Verb; thus, pTjT, ptJIFl, etc. See more in next Section. 4i Tip (i.e., the same)
42 ff?nri * Fut. with 1 Convers. t Past with ) Convers.
End of the First Part of the Exercise Book.
SECOND PART
EXERCISE-BOOK.
109
SECTION XIII.
Verbs. Variations.
163. For Variations from Tab. XIV. in regard to some
additional endings, see 147; for J instead of T\X see 143.
T
There are some other important Variations :
I. Pause Forms.
164. Changes of Vocalization [in some forms] occur in Pause,
i.e. at the end of a Verse, a Sentence, or a Clause, where a Stop
is made.
(a.) As said in Pt. 1. 49, Silluk (fr) and Ethnakh (~r) are
especially the 'Pause' -Accents; but
(ft.) Pause-forms are found sometimes with other Accents
also [see 167].
(7.) The 2 pi. m. &/. of all Past Tenses are unchanged in
Pause.
(8.) The Pause-forms of ' Infs. w. Pron. AnV are given in
Tab. XV. [The only change is with the 2 s. m. Aff.].
(e.) The Pause-forms of Participles are given in Appendix
(B) to Tab. XIV. [The only change is in the s. /.
form n~~ w, which sometimes becomes \T)~ ~ in Pause.
Cp.139(/3,f).]
KB. All words in Tab. XIV (except the Past 2 pi. m. &/.
and Infs. w. Pron.-Affs.) have the ordinary Tone-accent on that
syllable in which the 2 a Rt-letter is involved : whether this
2 d Rt-letter
(I.) bears a vowel as in *lp3 or
(II.) has Moving as in nnp3.
110 PAUSE- FORMS 164, 165.
The Rules for the 'Pause '-forms of words in Tab XIY (and the
like) may be given in regard to these two great Classes (I.) and
(II.) as follows :
165. (I.) When the 2 d Rt-letter bears a Vowel,
(a.) if that Yowel be Long, as in ^bl?*, PD*7pStt, etc., the
word is generally unchanged in Pause ;
(/?.) if that Yowel be Short, as HpS, W&\ etc., this Short
Yowel is generally lengthened* into the corresponding
LongVowel,f as in 6:>K(fr. |&K), JlTWfr. W) etc.
But
(7.) the "=" of a Niph. Future (Tab. XIY.) remains in Pause,
as in tW^tf), PlJDft'ltt, etc.; and, more generally, it
may be said that
(S.) [the simple utterance , which is given sometimes for
Euphony and Ease of pronunciation, instead of the
more precise , is found (not seldom) in Pause ; thus
H58BJ Imper. ffiph. 2 s. m., Ps. lxix. 24, for 1VJ?T\ f
etc.].
* (rt). This great General Rule holds also in the forms irfatf, IjfciK, ^flV? T N,
8Tj3$, and so tgqgfe np$, ^n,^,_:^n, ^;-~*9?fej, ^?,
*3^!j-4^n, Vf$n [Sect. xv.]j :^>nan [Sect, xvi.], i^ T i?^];
jrip^njpn, rrpWjrin, etc.
(b). But the is often retained [see (8)] not only
(i.) in such forms, thus FHD* Ps. cii. 26, *li0jj. Gr. xxvii. 2, etc. ; and so in other
Voices as ;nn"?3_p 2 s. m. Past P*. [ 138 (0), i.] Ps. lxxxix. 45, *fljnB> Ps. lxxxviii.
14, H&V1 1 pi.' Past i\RpA. (Jer. vii. 10), tijjpfj 1 pi. Past 2fr>A. (1 S. xxx. 22) of
b?) [Sect. XVI.], etc. ; but also
(ii.) in Fut. forms ending in (H3 **.) as Jnn^pfi 3 pi./. Fut. JT. (Is. xxxii. 3),
and so inpKpnn 3 pi./. Fut. K. Tab. XVI (1) [Mi. vii. 16], etc. ; and
(iii.) some others.
f For the great Leading Rules, seS Pt. I. 19.
PAUSE-FORMS 165, 166. Ill
II. When the 2 a Et-letter has Shva, a Towel is given* to it
in Pause. This Vowel is generally the same as either
(i) the Yowel which the 2 d Et-letter has in the first word
of the Tense or set [see examples below] ; or
(ii) the Yowel which the 2 a Et-letter takes in Pause m the
first word of the Tense or set. Thus,
(i.) (a) The Pause-form of *Hp\ 3 pi. m. Fut. K. is *-HpB* ; i.e. the Pause- vowel
for the 2 d Et-letter is , this heing the Vowel of the 2 d Et-letter in the
first word of the Tense (or set) viz. ~\psP 3 s. m. ;
% b) So in Niph. Fut., the Pause-form of ?]$ 3 pi. m, is 8ij>J|*, the first
word of the set being 1j?B 3 s. w. So, in Ft., ^1j5B 3 pi. m., p. WW?..
(c) So, for the 1 s. & 1 pi. Fut. w. the n of 144, the forms are
Kai rnj??)K i s., p. ittiffi, & nips? 1 pi., pirr^i? ; [also ii(0] ;
m^h. rnpss 1 ., P . &$$}$, & nr$H * p l > p- W ;
etc., etc.
(ii.) (a) The Pause-form of Vlj?9 3 pi. Past XZ is tf 1jJB, the Pause-vowel being
y because the 2 d Et-letter takes for its Pause-vowel in the first
word of the set {viz. *Jpj3 3 s. m., p. Hp T S) ;
6) So in the Fut. Kal of the ( ) -form, the Pause-form of W2ih\ 3 pi. in. is
ltm& , because tP3?* 3 s. m. (the first word of the set) has the Pause-form
&3&>* So in the 1 s. and 1 pi. w.theH of 144, thus 71&&& p. tPlB^K.
N.B. (iii.) Sometimes we find the of the b}}B form of Past Tense [ 188 (A)],
instead of the -7- for the -e. of the ?ys form in ii (a) ; thus J-lTin , Pause-form of
1^*1 n 3 pi. Past Kal of Tin, has the tt [of the unused 3 s. m. Past ^"111] instead of
for the of Tin.
166. (a.) Often no further change is made by the Pause. But
(b.) If a Slight- vowel precedes the Shva which is to be re-
placed by a Yowel in Pause, that Slight- vowel disappears (there
being no longer any need of it) when this Shva has given place
* Except (i.) Infinitives with Affs. ; (ii.) Participles, see 164 (5) & (e) ; and (iii.)
a few words the regular Pause-form of which is not adopted in Pause.
112 PAUSE-FORMS 166.
to a Vowel. The Shva (Simple, or Compound), which had given
place to the Slight- vowel, then returns ; thus,
(i.) of ftj^fi Imper. K. 2 pi. m. (fr. nj) the Pause-form is
Wlffc and ofVTDJ (fr. "ty.) the Pause-form is tVlfay.*
So
(ii.) of ^JW' (fr. VW f p . tJW) we have t^. And so
(iii.) the Pause-forms of '"O?^, ^"Jj^, [Imper. 2s.w.w.n,
141 (7)3, would be tfT^# f r . 4$, Qljj fr. 3$
(P. : ^j?), and
(iv.) the Pause-form of flaWR [see 171 (i.)] is tV^fi (fr.
W; and, of mir [s 171 (ii)], aw (fr. tw),
(c). The Pause-forms of the Hithp. Past,f Imper., & Fut., have
T to the 2 d Et-letter, thus ^HH 3 s. m. Past, ^V^&T\
Mi. i. 10 (/fn) Imper. 2 s. /., $?&$ 1 s . Fut., &&$$
3 pi. m. Fut., etc. ; and consequently, [since
N.B. generally ~ is given before M for Euphony],}
(d). when the 2 d Rt-letter is ft, the 1 st Et-letter has ~in these
Eithp. Pause-forms; thus *??! 3 s. w. Fut., f&$W? 2 pi. a*.
Fut., etc. ; and so, with 2 d Rt-letter Pi, we have jmEDPT) 3 pi.
Past w. 1 Conv. (of TltD).
(e). The ] of 145 is often found at the end of Pause-forms
also ; * thus, in v. 28 of Ps. civ. |^p^. (of ! ^?.* fr. fyfe So c. 22
i]KW (of ^ fr. HT p. *HT), m r.'sO j*^. (p>%|!,
fr. )Tt|^ & so ??. 29 P?3?!i A 22 pDN; [J to compensate for the
* This Pause-form occurs Na. ii. 9 with the Accent T merely. Cp. 167 (ii, a).
t Except, of course, the 2 pi. m. &/. Past.
% As in 6 (d) ; and so Vp fr. D*nK Tab. XIII. 2, etc.
Observe, the Accent is brought then upon the last syllable.
PAUSE-FORMS 167. 113
-Bag. F. of Mpkl; v. 26p^(of^n^fr.^ ; ) ; so ?. 27
fra^etc. So also in 146.
167. (i.) The Pause-form of a word is generally (but not
necessarily always)* adopted in Pause.
(ii.) In some Pause-forms a more sonorous pronunciation is
given to words. And, as there seems to be no reason why the
more sonorous pronunciation should be limited to a place of
Pause, so we find in the Bible several instances of suchf
(a), with other Disjunctive Accents {i.e. where there is a
stop less than that of a Pause) ; also, sometimes,
(/3). with Conjunctive Accents (i.e. where there is no stop
at all, but the contrary).
Thus, for example, 0)~with jl as ttSB^ G. xix. 4,( 2 ) w. - (very
often) as j# Is. xv. 5, *$$$ 2 K. xvii. 15 ; (3) with
T (often) as \T Is. xiv. 27, Ttgi ix. 9, ff* xxvii. 10,
Sfff* kv. 13 ; ( 4 ) w. i. as V^ Ez. xliv. 5, JfflB* Is.
vi. 10 ; W w. (Pashta) as $# Is. xxxiii. 20, \rbtt
Is. Ii. 6, W Dan. ix. 19 [fr. TWgf % 141 (7, 2)],
etc. ; and ( 6 ) with Conjunctives, as tt&? 1 S. vii. 17,
ffi? Ju. xix. 5, th^n Ez. xvii. 15.J
* Thus ^H^y Thy servant Ps. cxix. 65 (instead of TPV as in Ps. cxvi. 16, w. -jl).
So -ny : b [Sect. XV.] Ps. xlviii. 5, and-1K|T. Ps. xciv.'s. But &$\~Ps. xlv. 6 may
hardly be reckoned here ; because the verse has -- in it [Pt. I. 68], and in that
case not seldom occurs without Pause-form (though often also with the Pause-
form, as in *lty$ Ps. i. 1, etc.
f For expressing energy, or for energy of expression, or for emphasis, or for
rhythmic force, etc.)
X The three last forms were just mentioned in 138 (A, y), 141 (a, Note). The
bare mention of them was all that could well be made then.
113* PRACTICE ON PAUSE-FORMS t
The Student may now, for Practice,' parse the following
Pause-forms. It will be advisable also to write out the simple
words of which these are the pause-forms :
Practice on Pause-forms,
%* The references (I) & (II) are to the mam divisions of 165^
h&ti) rti fbstt ,[L ft Note (*)] pm& ,(i, n
it t :itt ' : :att - t : a t t ' s ' nx
wib* fiT&ffi fb) ,n&p t (i, jyn^ /ima ttj>&#
: at : it ; ' t : at : it : v * N ' I it : ' : at t : at t
hwf ,*cfcnm wenpni
it- : : it - : : at|: s
nafe? .[n. i (*)j *vt& ,*y$fi *0&h .tP-it*)] tribe*
:n^ ,i*tas rtit ,taE> (ii i.) in**?! ttrte^ ,:&
I- i" - I- - ' a" t i" - I i - : ' i" - :
,[II. i, & 138 (A) (iii.)] thh\ AT\T\\}_ AT$X tT&fl
!?m|K ,[n. i o)] t^^b^ ,[ii. i, & 138 (A) (ii.)] a%fgn
[p. 89(*), (ii.)] rtijBxn .[ii. ii. (*)] tnyiiii itrns^i trn&m
[ii.iiW] aaac* 'ttrah ,ibrh Arbs* &&(*)! atjb
/"- N# it:* it:*: it t : titt itt
/i-t' \ j )T - . . ' a*'t t it : v it : it : pit:*
tisfetnn
it - :
,:rnb0 ,[ 166. j (ii.)] nrbw .rfctf ,ai66.i(i)3 tv^j
.tiWttnfc .tpr^ftn* [ iee. b (it,)] m ,[ iee. &(iiL)j map
* n ; ' i i t. ! i-. - tit.
it v; w
113<
[The Student may now pass on to the Exercises on pp. 125-127, after looking at
the intervening pages sufficiently for him to he ahle to refer thereto for information
which he may require respecting the forms of certain Verhs in the Exercises.
Eeferences to these pages will he rendered more easy hy the following Index.]
Index fob, pages 113-124.
167 (i.) Pause-forms generally (not always) used in Pause .... p. 113
(ii.) Pause-forms used also, sometimes, when not in Pause . . . p. 113
168 (i.) A Long- Vowel, followed hy Quiescent Shva, shortened at the
end of a word (o) if followed hy (~) MaMeph, Q3) when the
Accent is 'turned hack' [Pt. 1, 46] p 114
(ii.) Furtive' to he under H, and under n or V at the end of
a word, after any Long-vowel except p. 114
(iii. ). Tahle of 'Compensation '-vowels for an omitted Dagesh . p, 115
(iv.) Moving Shva takes a Compound form under any one of the
four letters V fl n K p. 116
(v.) A ' Slight '-vowel, and a Eeal Short-vowel, preceding such a
Compound Shva, adopt a corresponding form . . . . p. 115
169-179. Verhs having [K], i"l, n, or JJ, for i* Et-letter . .'"/. pp. 115-120
180. Verbs having K,H,n, or tf, for 2 d Et-letter p. 120
[& App* pp. 321 & 322, 368 & 369]
181. Verhs having rJ,n, or r, for 3d Et-letter p. 120
[& App* pp. 370 to 374]
$ 182. Verhs having *l in the Eoot p. 121
183. Verhs having J, or H, for 3 d Et-letter . . . . '. pp. 121 & 122
184. Verhs having one of the six letters n D D *7 3 2 in the
Eoot pp. 122-124
185. Verh-forms may have Pron-AfFs. attached to them . . . pp.124
186. Table of Seven important Classes of Variations . , . . pp.124
114 CERTAIN NECESSARY VARIATIONS 168.
II. Certain necessary Variations.
168. The Student knows already from Pt. I. that
(i.) A Long- vowel, followed by Quiescent -r, is generally
shortened if the Accent be removed from it [Pt. I.
55 (9, 8)] ;
(a), for some examples of this Shortening* when
Makkeph (") follows the word,f see * [Note] ' in
the 'Notes on Tab. XIV.'
(/3). As examples of this Shortening when the Accent
is 'turned back' [Pt. I. 46] J we have D&> TBTh
T V JT :
for [the workers of mischief] to be hid there (Job
xxxiv. 22, Inf. iV. for ^DDriS), and 8h Tt&h*
V T ; ' 7 IT | JT '
he shall not be visited by evil (Prov. xix. 23,
3 s. m. Put. JV. for !$&)> etc.
(ii.) Beneath p\ (i.e. Pi with Mappek), and beneath )1 & J? at
the end of a word, *- must be put after any Long- vowel
except -^ ; and this is called ' Furtive Pathakh/ and
is pronounced before the letter beneath which it stands ;
Op. Pt. I. 60.
[Obs. We need not say"' at the end of a word* (and so
vowelless) in the case of Ft ; for the dot stands in
the T\ to show that it is not Quiescent, and it is
only when f at the end of a word' that Jl is ever
Quiescent] :
(iii.) (a). There must be variation from Tab. XI Y. by the
omission of Dag. F. where it would have to stand in one
* For the Vowel to be chosen, in each case, see the great Leading Eules in Pt. I.
$ 19.
t Thus (fr. bbafl) Pia-^ri Zech. ix. 2. But ^jlrttejj Josh, xviii. 20, in which
\ is not shortened ; and so B^K"l5a* Ex. xxi. 37.
X But DJJ3 DTI?] Is. xli. 7, in some Bibles ;DJ?3 D^ifi in some.
And therefore at the end of a syllable, and so vowelless.
FIRST RT.-LETTER GUTTURAL 169. 115.
of the five letters ^HFlX which do not receive Dagesh
[Pt. I. 49] ; and, by reason of this,
(ft). * Compensation ' (as it is called), for an omitted Dag. F.,
is often made
I into ~\
t. & ~ into > Cp. Pt. I. 19 :
_ (o) & _ into J
(iv.) A Moving Shva beneath any one of the four letters
yPinX takes a Compound form [Pt. I. 24] ; and
(v.) (a). A ' Slight '-vowel, and (ft) A Real Short- vowel, pre-
ceding such a Compound-Shva, generally adopts the
form which agrees with that Compound-Shva [Cp.
3(d), 4 (<*),& 169 (a, ii)]. .
[Note. There are some further Variations in the case of Verbs haying in the Root
one of the four letters JJnntf mentioned in (iv.) above.]
III. First Root-letter H, ft, or ty
169. [Note, (a.) Verbs having X as 1 st Rt-letter (i.e. tf'S) agree
in many parts with those having M, T\, or J^ as 1 st Rt-
letter ; but, (.) there are some so important differences
between the two sets of Verbs that it is best to give a
special Section (XIV.) to the Verbs N'&, and to pro-
ceed now with the others only, to 179],
Verbs having T\, H, or }?, as l 8t Rt-letter have
(a). A Compound Shva under the 1 st Rt-letter not only
(i.) where there is Shva Moving in Tab. XIV. ; thus,
BlJflfiSj like ^^^IP?, etc - 5 Dut a ^ so
(ii.) sometimes where Shva is Quiescent in Tab. XIV ;
thus *l?- corresponding to *ffi. t and so ^S?* to
B*2 7*. -, prefix-letters generally taking -^ before -yr,
116 FIRST RT-LETTER GUTTURAL 169, 170.
and before ^-, and (o) before - ?r . See Tab.
XVI (1); also
(/S). simple t Quiescent, sometimes, under the 1 st Rt-letter,
with a or -=- to the prefix-letter as in (a, ii.) ;
thus, for example,
(i.) $&h t ipnS, zWrb, titoh, etc., (inf. k. w. h),*
and
[(ii.) dlbrn Is. xlvii. 14, for which see 137 (2, Note*)
&i64(/3).]
(iii*.) 1JBP and IF?! 3 s ' m ' Fut * K > **$$ 3 s * m * Past
andD^Wf s. m. Partic. ffiph. [Cp. Tab.
XYI (1 j], etc.
[Note. The simple y- often occurs under H as 1 st Rt-
letter].
170. The Fut. K. (except the 1 s.) has one or other of the four
forms nb, ^V!, 2TS, JW; and it may be said that, as in
these four words, the prefixes JfV take
(i.) generally *% when the 2 d Rt-letter bears , and
(ii.) generally when the 2 d Rt-letter bears -=- . But
(iii.) when, in derived forms, the vowel is removed from 2 d
Rt-letter, there is sometimes an interchange of these
vowels for the |H^, as in (i) JlPHlbrti (ft. "fbH^ w . a
iin^r him, Sect. XXII.), (2) ?tfV <fc 7$p4
I iv.) N.B. The prefix X takes ^ as in Tab. XIY, and the
1 st Rt-letter takes sometimes -:-, sometimes .^ ; thus
* (a) But we have also tfjtfjfe, ijrfe, KbfjS, *$$?, etc., like Tab. XVI (1).
Also {b) with a we have "1TJ$ 1 Chr. xv. 26.
t For *T^$2 Feci, v. 8, some have the anomalous ^V). .
t "With a few exceptions, as tfctR Pr-x- 3, t|fe> Ps.xxix. 9, J-IQ^n^l Ez.xxxiv.21.
The form qbn.fi (3 s./. Fut. K. of ^H) Ex. ix. 23, Ps. lxxiii. 9, is rare.
I So n^ClK K. Fut. 1 s. (^K)i w. the PI of 144.
FIRST IIT.-LETTER GUTTURAL 170, 171. 117
(i) item, ibr\x t eo h'mx rnvm 168 (i. )],
id, b&$, (3) nh$H*, ihsn*, nbys, etc.
[Note, (a) Some Yerbs have different senses, or shades of
sense, in the two forms of (i.) and (ii.) above; thus
EH!"!* he will plough, EHfV he will be deaf (also he will be
silent).
(b) Y%T\ has the form YkW ordinarily, but the other form
ff&V in Pause. So ffiHg, Wffif!!, & fbntf,_but
tjWin, trasrr sjttfFP, & *%&$.
171. A Compound-Shva is always Moving.* Therefore it can
never stand when the following letter is to have Shva, but
(unless it gives place to a simple Quiescent) f it must always be
replaced by a Slight- vowel. Thus (i.) from Tfajp 3 s. m. Fut. K.,
we have [Tab. XVI (i)] VW_ 3 pi. m. y and so HE8B? 2 s./.,
^IJbyn 2 pi. m. ; the being generally replaced by as Slight-
vowel.
(ii.) So, from iy\ we have tt^J, fr. TjT, STim, etc. ;
the ^r being generally replaced by as Slight-vowel.
And
[(iii.) so is replaced by - before Shva, in Eoph. 179].
(iv.) So, for 1 s. Fut. K. w. the H of 144, we have T\2j$$
(fr. StejO,' H^t (fr. $|K), rg^ (fr. "PJ^);J [and,
so HTinft (fr. Tintf )]. But observe, for the 1 s. Fut.,
it : v v r v: v
(v.) forms in which simple Quiescent occurs under the 1 st
Rt-letter, as PnStyM (fr. "QJ?), are the same as PHMK* (fr- IpS)
* It is only a Moving Shva that takes a compound form.
t As in tyfyfc Ps. v. 12 (-1^ Ps. xxv. 2, lxviii. 4), ^JTj Ez. xxvi. 18 j^T^!}
in five other places), etc.
t The form HlnnK G. xxvii. 41, with is rare.
118 FIRST RT. -LETTER GUTTURAL 17174.
(vi.) So the 1 pi. Fiit. K. with the H of 144, has the forms (i)
?Tt3M, T\ljpT\), with a Slight- vowel under the l sb Rt-letter ; and
00 niSM, Vl^Srii, with the Quiescent.
172. It does not follow from 171 that a Slight-vowel occurs
only in such cases. On the contrary, the help of the Slight-
vowel is sometimes given in a derived form, although the simple
word has Quiescent. Thus, *"W#* occurs only with Quies-
cent, but we have (w. Aff. \T\- 'him, Sect. XXII.) STTK1P1
2 Kings xvii. 4.
173. In the Imper. K. 2 s. /. & 2 pi. m. these Yerbs generally
agree with Tab. XIV, i.e. the Slight- vowel for the 1 st Bt-
letter is generally , as in **l87, ^*18!?. [But we find ^^H
Is. xlvii. 2, where the is a real Short-vowel, (the Quies-
cent being followed by Dag. L.)].
174. In all the instances mentioned in 171-173, the
' Slight '-vowel is no longer needed when, the word being in
Pause, the 2 d Et-letter has a vowel. The Compound Shva then
returns to the 1 st Et-letter ; thus,
(a.) tf W (Pause-form of HBJP), tWl* (of mTP), etc. ;
v ' i -;- x \ : -- itv:v x v : v v
(/3.) tni^K (of nfcmy, trrtaa (of rtm% etc.
N ' ' t i %: v x vr : v v ' t i -: - vr : - -
(7.) And so in the Imperative, t^lty (Pause-form of ^^ft^),
xro (of w).* t
* A Pause -form sometimes occurs of a word which itself nowhere occurs ; thus,
^"in Is. xliv. 27, for ^fl which does not occur anywhere.
[Obs. (1) The (in this word *515) * s Pause-vowel for . The Imper. 2 s. m. of
mn to he dry, would be 2TI (like 2"$$., 2"infi). The only 2 s. m. Imper. of 2*in
which occurs is 21T\ lay waste, Jer. 1. 21.
(2) The (of the f"l) may be supposed to belong to the same class as the o of j?
in Hl^p. See more in ' Appendix.'
t So ifrE} Pause-form of &p ( 173) fr. ^Jtj 2 s - m - And so we snould have
tn^rix for rtjftf^ (p. ne, Note ||), and tniim for nrinN ($ 171, !)
FIRST RT. -LETTER GUTTURAL 175.-78. 119
175. Two examples from the Niph. Yoice were adduced in
169 (/3, iii.). Here we may add that
In Niph. (i) the prefix 3 (Past and Partic.) has generally *
but (2) the prefix Pi (in the Inf. and Imp.), and the prefixes j)TX
(in the Fut.) have -f ; see Tab. XVI (1). Moreover
176. (i.) the 1 st Et-letter has (a) sometimes , as in SJM ;
and (/3) sometimes r , as in TBM [Cp. 169 (ft iii.)].
(ii.) When, however, the 2 d Et-letter has T , the l 8t Et-letter
cannot ever have . It must then have either (i) a Slight-vowel,
as in )&1$X )yTjX ^SJli or (2) a Quiescent T , as in ttKTO,
!fitt But
[N.B. the ' Slight '-vowel of (ii, l) is not needed in Pause,
because then the 2 d Et-letter has a vowel ; thus, we have $rn$J3
3 s. /. Past Niph. in Pause, and so fltfJM and ttaBTti 3 pi.
w " iriif it : v *
Past].
177. In PL, Pu., and Hithp., these Yerbs agree with Tab.
XIY.
178. In Hiph. the 1 st Et-letter has (i.) sometimes -r (pre-
ceded by in Past, and by in other parts), as in i|p*fityPl,
pVTO?, P^!V-*^ e ^ c * ' ^ut ^*) more ft en ~ preceded by -7- in
Past, J as in TSyjl, W^Pt, etc., and (iii.) preceded by
in Inf., Partic, Imp., & Fut. [Tab. XVI (1)] ; also (iv.) some-
times -z: preceded by in the Past, especially
N.B. in the 2 & 1 sing, and 2 pi. when with the pref. ) ; thus
wjawTj, wjapi (but wtjjn). ajfiinrji (but b$3*inn), etc.;
* Also -r- (i) rarely in the Past, as in riN2n2 2 s. m. (for the N see Sect. XIX.) ;
and (ii) sometimes in Partic. forms, as in Sect. XX., and so Y^X Ps. lxxxix. 8, and
ntonni as well as TlTim and DHOm, etc., and so TM&V), etc'
t To compensate for the Dag. F., which cannot stand in the letters JJnntf.
X A preceded by tt, as in JVQyn (2 s. .) Josh. vii. 7, is rare.
120 A ROOT-LETTER GUTTURAL 178-81.
but also *fipTnni 1 S. xvii. 35 (where the Accent is not thrown
forward, 160).
[Note (a). From some Roots, only forms occur. So those
in (i) and WgjfJ Fut. K. And so,
(b) TO (Neh. x. 39) Inf. JELiph. w. 3, as in Deut. xxvi. 12
*W? w. h (see p. 79, Note t) ; and Ifryi Fut. JT.]
179. In Soph, the 1 st Rt-letter has generally* agreeing
with the (o) of the Yoice, and this is replaced by (#, as
a * Slight'-vowel) when the 2 d Rt-letter has -^-. Tab. XYI (1).
[N.B. The * Slight '-vowel is not needed in Pause, because
then the 2 d Rt-letter has a vowel; thus, we have jrQ^nn 3 s./.
T IT t; T
Past Hoph. in Pause.]
IY. Second Root- letter tf , M, H, or JJ.
180. For the purposes of this Exercise-book, the Yariations
when the 2 d Rt-letter is K, ft, ft, or y, are sufficiently given in
Tab. XYI (2). Some additional remarks shall be given in an
Appendix.
V. Third Root-letter PI, H, or J^.
181. The Yariations when the 3 d Rt-letter is Pi, H, or y, are
sufficiently given in Tab. XYI (3), with the following addi-
tions :
(1.) (a) The Furtive under rT, PI, or , at the end of a
word, after any Long-Yowel (other than ), is dropped
when, by any addition being made to the word, the
3 d Rt-letter is no longer at the end. Thus, fr. Inf.
Constr. rb& (Abs. fW or HW), we have TO my
- k : s -VT -vt . v:t
sending, etc ; and fr. the Partic. VOW s. m., we have
vrbw pi. m. ; & fr. nbw s. ., nmS# or nrb$
s./., etc.
But we have also ; thus Tjgm Job xxx. 15, which is just like 1j2pn.
182, 183. 121
(/3) The dot of Fl is no longer wanted when, by any addi-
tion being made to the word, the 3 d Rt-letter is no
longer at the end. The dot (Mappek) is always
dropped then ; thus, fr. ft%% 3 s. m. Past, tf rQ3 Ez.
* x - t vr ; t
xxxi. 5 (for Pinsa) 3 s. /., fifOH 2 s. m., etc.
x vt : t t : v- t
Further remarks will be given in the Appendix.
VI. Verbs with *1 in the Root.
182. (i.) Verbs whose 1 st Rt-letter is 1 agree with Tab. XIV
except that, in the N<$., the prefixes H and JJVtf have
(instead of followed by Dag. F.) ; thus, ^>T\T\
Inf. iVty., N&nK 1 s. Fut., Wtfr 3 pi. m. Fut., etc. "
i v t" v : t"
(ii.) Verbs whose 2 d Rt-letter is *) agree with Tab. XIV
except that, in Pi, Pu, & HO.,
(a) the Dag. F., for those three Voices,
cannot appear; and
(/3) compensation is made by lengthening
-=r into , into , into H, in
accordance with Pt. I, 19 ;
[for these Verbs in (ii), see " Appendix to Tab. XVI (2)."]
(iii.) Verbs whose 3 d Rt-letter is *i agree generally with
Tab. XIV ; but sometimes occurs (instead of some
other vowel) before the "1, as in t^ 3 s. m. Past Pi.,
and sometimes as in ^SH 3 s. m. Past PL often.
But this is not limited to these Verbs ; see Tab. XIV
Note 0).
VII. Verbs whose Third Root-letter is J or H.
183. When in the process of word-forming, a letter would
occur twice together and the first one would have ~ Quiescent,
this letter with Quiescent is dropped ; and Dag. F. (as imply-
K
122 183, 184.
ing a letter with Quiescent, before it) is then given* to the
next letter. For example,
(a) !|3M is 1 pi. Past K. of \ftif [for tt($Bi like tirTj^],
^i 1 pi. Past iV0. of jjj0 [like tfjgjp}]. Similarly,
(/3) with 3 d Rt-letter n, U^E Pause-form of |5ft3 [for
fi{n)5| like jyiggj, ^TO [like'wjp_)],ri^ [like^jp^];
so fr. 7W, Ijn^, B$ffP, [like m3 DrngS,-- see
Tab. XYI (2) (a, 3)], Wj#h [like W^Tj; so'fr. $30,
METI, "tfotin DTI3B71; etc. >!
(7) So n|MSin ^ ^ v * ^, * 8, xxx "- 9 [given by some with K,
and by some with Ptt__ instead of PI3 (see Note *"|.
T " T -J
VIII. Verbs having any of the Six JTK3T1*Q in the Root.
184. The Root *Tp has two of these in it. There are reasons
for preferring this for Tab. XIV, or it might have been well to
choose a Root such as ^lfD to write (of which all the Rt-letters
are of those six). For, as the Student knows already [Pt. 1, 47],
those six letters have Dag. Lene
(i) at beginning of a word (except as in 48, Pt. I),
(ii) after a Quiescent .
And [N.B.] the Dag. L. cannot stand after augLt
else than Quiescent -r.
Hence the presence of these letters is useful to the Student as
shewing him at once where a preceding one of them is
* This Dag. F. is sometimes not put in 3; thus lT\tf}$$ Is. lx. 4 [for .TU(;))EXri
165 (I, ?)], n::VB Ru. i. 13 [for rUQ)Jgfl like nr]3n] ; lip Ps. Ixxf. 28;
[for M3(J)3in like njlj53J^]. So Jro'S^fi given in the margins of several Bibles for
inisyn [i.e.' nitybyn like nrij:>?n] e z . xvii. 23.
f For the forms of this Irregular Yerb, see Notes on Tab. XIX.'
ANY OF nMTQ IN THE ROOT 184. 123
Quiescent or Moving. This, so far as regards the 1 st & 3 d Rt-
letters, is sufficiently shewn to him by Tab. XIY. "We have
therefore to deal here with those Yerbs only which have one of
those six letters as Second Rt-letter. See below, (a)-(S). [In (a),
the is seen to be (1) sometimes Moving, but also once or twice
Quiescent, after the prefixes 3 & 2 ; and (2) mostly Quiescent,
but also sometimes Moving, after the prefix 7.]
(a) Inf. K. (i) w. i^hM, hka, riirfi [Tab. XXIII],
hw$ EccL xii - 4 [P- 79 > Note *] > but also
(ii) w. 3,-nh^, ffi& hbft, wfeinips,
MB>3 (cp. p. 79, Note *) ; but also IJDtt :
(iii) w. b,l$h t ihpS twice, ^kl 1 ? four
times, and so at least forty others ; but also
yh& & tffth, (each thrice), *twh, and
tihlb [followed by fcOtf Nu. iv. 23,
v : t t t
viii. 24], but N!ft? Is. xxxi. 4.
[Note. When the 1 st Rt-letter is P! or J^, these generally
have as in Tab. XYI (1). So a 1 st Rt-letter ft has
often , but also often -7- [see 169 (/?, i)]. Simple -7
under )1 is followed by Dag. L. in one of these six
letters [(Pt. I, 25].]
(/9) Fut. K. hk?^ llkal-i, etc., with Dag. L. in 2 a Rt-letter,
as in the 1 of wkp], tijfcfo, etc., in Tab. XIY; and
so others :
( 7 ) jty. [of *in0] Past *$i rran (p. ttfWi), etc.
Partic. 138W etc. ; and so others :
(8) ^. [of Bfr*?] Inf. fc^P! (AbsO, ^^^(withSpref.),
Past srsSn. ntfrsbn. htfaSn. etc., Partic. b^d.
124 185, 186.
(the Imper. would be B^Sil, *^jfy etc.), Fut. &$
(JBfihty, W^jbti (t^0) $ etc. ; and so others.
IX. Further Variations.
185. (i) Yerb-forms of the Yoices Kal, Pi-l, Hiph-il, may
have Objective Pronouns in the form of Affixes. For these, and
any consequent changes of the Verb- form, see pp. 208-212.
(ii) Pronoun-forms so attached as Affixes to Verbs may serve
not only Objectively, but also sometimes where in English we
require some Preposition (or other word) after the Verb, and
so they occur a few times with Verb-forms of a Passive or
Reflexive Voice, and with Intransitive Verbs.
186. There are some important 'Variations' in the case of
some Verbs of the following Classes :
(1) having l 8t Rt-letter K, K'S, as hhti to eat.
(2) \ *% as
2B* to sit.
T"
Sb* to be good.
(3) X }% as hb] to fall.
(4) 2* Rt-letter I j $ *? ^P t( > rise.
V ' ( (or*, *)}, as tffe> to put.)
(5) 2 d & 3 d Rt-letters the same, Q v^lM as MD to go round.
(6) 3 d Rt-letter K, tfS, as fc&ft to find.
(7) H, H7, as TO^ to reveal.
These are dealt with in the following Sections XIV to XX.
[The above is adopted as the least artificial arrangement. "We might, however,
pat the 3'S first. There are some advantages in so doing. But the arrangement
adopted above appears to be the simplest and best.]
125
1. |$* (/.) an ear, Tab.
VII.
2. in Pi, to speak.
3. jp/J (. & /.) a way,
Tab. X (1).
VOCABULARY III.
4. feB Tab. IV (2), cm,
count of, against, etc.
5. JJKH a wicked man,
Tab. IX.
6. t*fo^ (m.&f.)Sun.
N.B. Tne abbreviations iVty., ify., iT0., are used below for Nipli-al, Hiph-il,
Hithpa-el.
Exercise XXYI
[To be translated into English, 11 (a-e).]
*tn& rnrfw 6 DW"> Ttt 'W* t'Tfetnn 2 ro t 1 *
: t t t : I v v - t - : * | T t t:
**a* x"wn ll D^bn fctei '* 9 trn& 8ta w& t v Q
t t | : - - : t -i v v : j t : * : t t
: - 1 | - : v : - : I t - : t : t I ivi
87 TiJb Z6 iv t'fflftti *6 "^wi 23 n*ni vm 22ta viD 21 W?
- T - ( T T I V T : - - : v " T
*vhri> 30 i:n 29 n^ t**fep 'tfflh *wto 26 ny * 6 dwi
-:- : t t : - t t : - T - n t :
: 35 w^' m t^ybw tihn j?& u ytssrt w wi; 32 dwi
:S*n^ "tfftp dk "mi t 3 np^3 "'toom *rta *nrap"
t : . I; v - : J .... t - ; t - : - - t
1 ^E to reign. * [with] strength. s *1TK to gird. * why ? 6 JJEh a wicked
one (m.).* rfctf to prosper [ 165 (II)]. ' Exerc. XX (u). 1^ a city. > men.
10 pKJ to groan. ^n a wounded one (m.). 12 JttGJ> Pi. to cry out. *?Vp to
kill [ 168 (i, o)]. u a miserable one. 15 and a needy one. Ie round about. 17 ~pn
m to walk. I* T^J a young one (m.) [Tab. X. 1]. " *lp"l J>?. to dance. 2 And
they have said. 21 to God. 22 depart. 23 and [the] knowledge of. 2 * IpW a way*
[Tab. X. 1], 25 }*2n to delight in, to take pleasure. 2 * until. 2 ? when [26 with 27 =
" how long ? "] 28 T?V to exult, to triumph. 29 widow. 30 and sojourner. 31 UTI
to slay.f 38 d'in> an orphan. 33 n^"l IT. & Pi. to murder. 34 #133 to plant [ 140
(S, iv), ()]. 36 $>> to hear [For $^ see 165 (II, iii)]. 3 * rtitf to forget.
87 FUM to trust, ss lg$ falsehood. 39 ffcO JP*. to despise. [The] Holy One of.
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given in the Notes again, -f Pu. to be slain.
126
.. T . T . -_ . ^- .. T . .._. t"t t : - v J :
*n*B3 46 fcn*tfn 45 nawi : 44 &rra 43 mfc> tot
tv- t : _.._.. .. T .. v T i
57 ^w) 56! ip^ ^Trt** 54 ^ * tt f$1 52 ^ 5l ^V5
39 raw 62te ra 61 ^n^ D-rfca n vti* 26 ny t 60 ^* ?irbK 66 |^
I t : t | v jt v: - t - : t : t I
31 ^in tj "Epp 63 yis mkt - > tti t^rmS ^ 63 nix
: 70 npm]D^K 51 ^p : 69 nn?t? 68 jx^ 67 m^'m 66 Di*ri ^
Bflbi tto# 74 nix^ * ra d?a& : 72 nipmi wyh w nfe>sro
v v : : t : t: -: t| : - : t i t ; : -
lool ?:n i m? 80 ^5 tv "m?* $> D*tfi ronton 76 Dnn
T ._ . . . __ . _ r- T . T . T
\ si ^t? 1 ? 54 svg& 83 o*Ti^ri j 78 Warn t 83 $$ : 78 frt!
^ 89 wp; : 88 p^ 87 dnityfc ^Wi "fibbji ^W? *#!#
: v v: t t t I v v : - tt : - : v t : : - : -:
97 Tt 96 wnra i^rhrti nxn 95 rt*p : 94 d>& ma
: 99! kW inn d*^ in 98 nr;nnni
41 and in their abominations. 42 |Vt^ N$. to lean. 43 [as] a field. 44 EHI! to plough.
46 V& Ed. to breathe out [groans]. 46 BHQ Pe. to spread out. 47 her hands. 48 i?3N to
mourn [ 139 (, iii)]. 49 TOK iV>. to sigh. 60 her people. 61 tp&Np. to swoon [ 137
(3,f)]. 52 babe, 53 and suckling. 64 3N^toroar. 56 Thy foes. 5 * pitf to hiss, pin
to gnash. 68 a tooth. 69 "IDK to say. 60 y?2 to swallow up. 61 Ppn P. to blaspheme
[ 1 68 (i, 0)1. 62 an adversary. 63 Exerc. XX (52). 64 f or ever# cs 13 j to remember
[ 168, (i, o)]. 66 the day. 67 2&n to think, to reckon. 68 as sheep of (or for).
69 slaughter. 70 pJJ to cry out (in pain). 71 BPBn to search. " "Ipn to enquire
into. 73 p. 93 (No. 86). 74 [God of] hosts. 75 before that. 76 mountains. "JDDJT.to
sink, Ho. to be founded. 78 "DJJ to pass, pass over, to transgress.* 79 His command-
ment (lit. mouth). 80 a bound. 8l Thou hast placed. * 2 WW Pu. to be troubled
(E.V.). 83 the young lions. 84 for the prey. Exerc. XIX. (33). ee SpK to gather,
gather away. 87 T\ptp a dwelling (here " a den"). 88 y21 to crouch down. 89 6?p*
to lay a snare. 9 <> lib to take. 91 JJT to know. 92 Wl to shake. 93 mn to
tremble. 94 from sea, from [the] West. 95 [the] ends of. 96 #!> Nij>. to swear.*
87 liveth. 98 -pn K. & Pe. to bless, HO. to bless oneself. 99 Ex. XX. (45). 1( not.
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given in the Notes again, f Cp. 176 (ii, 1),
127
Exercise XXYIL
(To be translated into Hebrew, 11, -/*)
And Abram^passed-over* 1 into 2 the land. 3 And he-moved* 4
thence 5 towards 6 the mountain. 7 Before 8 The Lord's destroy-
ing f 9 Sodom 10 and Gomorra. 11 And God remembered * 12
Abraham, u and sent-away * 13 Lot u from the midst 15 of the
overthrow, 16 on 2 overthrowing f 17 the cities 18 in which Lot 14
dwelt. 19
He- will-bless 20 the fearers 21 of The Lord. The generation 22
of upright-ones 23 (#.) shall be blessed. 20 He-that-blesseth-him-
self 20 [HO. Partic] in the earth 24 shall-bless-himself 20 in The
God of Truth. 25 For as-heaven-is-high (Hebr. as being-high-
oft 26 heavens 27 ) above 28 the earth, 24 mighty-hath-been 29 His
Mercy 30 on those-that-fear-Him (Hebr. His fearers 21 m.). As-
a-father-is-merciful (Hebr. as being-merciful-off 31 a father 32 ) to
(Hebr. on) children, 33 Merciful-hath-been 31 The Lord to (Hebr.
on) those-that-fear-Him. And I-will-be-merciful-to H 31 whom 34
I-will-be-merciful-to. 31 In Thee an orphan 35 shall-find- Mercy
(Hebr. shall be compassionated 31 ). Look-forth 36 from Thy-holy-
habitation (Hebr. from the habitation 37 of Thy holiness 38 ) from 39
the heaven, 27 and bless 20 Thy people 40 Israel. For Thou,
O-Lord, hast-blessed, 20 and [one is] blessed 41 (m.) for-ever. 42
1 iny. 2 3 the prefix. 3 p. 47 (). 4 pT\V t B<p. 5 Q^p # 71. 7 1H, w. <def.
art.' inn. 8 \ipb. Q nr\&Pi lo d'id. rnbg. 12 "or (Fut. j_). i3 rbwp?.
14 tib. 15 p. 108(34). ri2$Q m Vy&% 18 p. 56(a). "165^. "fttJPli
to bless, Pu. to be bletsed, HB. to bless oneself. 21 Q^TJ (i.e., p. 84, Note *). 22 ifo
3 Qv^fc 24 p> 47 ( 5 ) # 25 jg 26 nn.1 (the n is consonantal). " 6#$. 28 ^.
29 "03 . 30 ion Tab. X. (I). 31 Dm Pi. to be merciful, to be merciful to* Pu. to be
compassionated. 32 nK. 33 Tab. XIII (4). 31 ^njf. ti\T\\. 36 S)pB> E<p.
(Imper. 2 s. ., w. H). 37 JtyO ( 56, i). 38 BHp. 39 |D. 4 DV (p. 91, 1*).
41 r#. Partic. rh\]h> 43 d-qk. 44 Dnnnx. '
t: t : - t t : -
* Fut. w. 1 Conv. t Infinitive Constr. + 178 (i).
'Compensation' is not made in PI. & Pa., comp. Tab. XVI (2) (#, iii). The
Pi. Past 3 s. m. takes as in Note (e) on Tab. XIV. g Past w. ) Conv.
128
SECTION XIV.
Verbs tf'jS, i.e. whose First Boot-letter is X [Tab. XVII].
187. Many forms are like those of Verbs whose 1 st Rt-letter
is n, n, or y.
188. (a) The Chief Variations from Tab. XVI (1) arise from
some prefixes taking , as in the Fut. K. forms
(i) *ft& etc., fr. T2K, hl& etc., fr. hlX, TOP etc., fr.
*\ti$ etc., ; and forms used in Pause, such as H!M<*
f1!3Rft, etc.,* which are of the following Class (ii) riz.
(ii) XT\W f Tnfcift etc., fr. ttltf; for some other instances of
which ( ) form see Tab. XVII.
[(iii) For a few forms of N$. and H$. see 190 ().]
(ft) Some other Variations from Tab. XVI (1) in the Kal, are
but slight. Thus, (i) in place of , see Tab. XVII ; and (ii)
some contractions, as w\F\ Jer. ii. 36 (2 s. f. Fut. K. of ?tX),
TOtt GK xxxii. 5 (1 s. Fut. K. of TlK, for TOtK which does not
v- t v- v: v
occur), and so in Pause iJlX Pr. viii. 17, etc.
%* The Student's attention may be specially called to the
Great Rule in the following (189), Variations in accordance
with which will be found to occur in some other Classes of Verbs
as we proceed.
189. These Verbs (X 3) offer us the first opportunity of bring-
ing forward the following very important
Rule : The ) Convers. of the Fut. has the power of drawing
back the Accent from the last to the penult, syllable, as in
* The ( ) form also occurs in Pause ; thus 5;>3N*1 G. iii. 6, etc. But,
N.B. The ( ) form of the Fut. is always adopted when (as in 165, II) a -r has
to be replaced by a Vowel in Pause ; thus VE2J& fr. ^?N*, etc.
FIRST ROOT-LETTER K 189-190. 129
*tm*) 2 S. vi. 6, fr. lh^ (and so *pt$) v. 9, fr. the unused
TBK* *\fcXft\ 2 K. xix. 23, fr. ttfi) 5 but
v * v - v *
Obs. (i) not so in 1 Sing. ; thus n&fifl G. xx. 13, etc. ; also \
(ii) not if there be a Shvaf between the last two Vowels
[thus, IpS^ and |^ remain unchanged] j and
(iii) not if the Accent be a Pause- Accent?? and
(iv) sometimes also not, if the Accent be less than the
'Pause '-Accents, in a case of 164 (/3).
Note. 0) The Accent is generally not drawn back if there be
more than one vowel between the ) Convers. and the last syllable
[thus we have IgSJJ and t|DN*Y]> but .
(b) it is sometimes drawn back in such iV$. forms, as in *JDN*3
G. xxv. 8, etc.
190. (a) The form ^b^H of Inf. Abs. N<j>. was mentioned in
'Notes on Tab. XIV (tf)/ (So ^DKP) 2 S. xvii. 11). The N<f>.
forms generally are as in 175, 176 ; and those of other Voices
as in the following the two just now cited.
(/3) There are a few instances of N<j>. and Efr forms having
X Quiescent in (thus N"), or lost in ) or ; thus
(i) N<j>. Past 3 pi. Wjift Jos. xxii. 9, ttnXJI w. 1 Conv.
Nu. xxxii. 30 (fr. fllK) ;
(ii) H$. Fut. 1 s. S^K Hos. xi. 4 (fr. ^DN), nTSfc w. H
Jer. xlvi. 8 (fr. !*$).
* N.B. When, as here, the last letter of the word has Shva (which is Quiescent,
heing at the end of a word), a long vowel in the last syllable is shortened on the
removal of the Accent from that syllable [Pt. I, 55 (9, 6)]. So we have the here
instead of the in Tl"IK\ in accordance with Pt. I, 6 19.
t Even if it is merely implied by Dag. Forte, as we shall see.
X Except iTON*i in Job iii. 2, xl. 3, and v. 1 of Job iv, vi, viii, ix, xi, xii, xv,
xvi, xviii-xxiii, xxv-xxvii, xxix, xxxiv-xxxvi, xxxviii, xl, & xlii; but not in xxxii. 6,
nor in Chapters i & ii.
130 FIRST ROOT-LETTER tf 191-192.
191. The tf is sometimes dropped in Pi, as in ^Sp^ Job
xxxv. 11 for ^?Xp Partic. s. m., w. Pron. Aff. for 1 pi. ; and in
H<j>.y as in |*TK Job. xxxii. 11 for |*|NK, and pjg Pr. xvii. 4 for
p&flb. See more in Appendix.
192. "With the exception of (i)the special ( )-form of the
Fut. K. f viz. rttfr in Pause,* and (a) the retaining of the -r
unchanged in the *\fo& form when this is used in Pause,
the Pause-forms of these Verbs K3 agree generally with
165-167.
[Note. In the above, with Tab. XVII, enough is given for our present purpose.
It is unnecessary to give here in detail forms which, as said in 187, are like some or
other of those in 169-179.
For the efpgj form of Fut. K, see Tab. XVII (2, e, i).J
See Tab. XVII (2, y) for Pause-forms of the Fut. KaL
Additional Note.
The form hlX (or ^J) K. Fut. 1 s. takes the PI of 144
thus rtafc (p. trtatf). So, with this H, the 1 pi. Fut. would
be rfe*ft (p. ffbztto).
APPENDIX ON VERBS tf'S. 130*
Appendix on Verbs Kg.
As said in 187, many forms are like those of Yerbs whose
1 st Et-letter is ft, n, or J?. But
(i) The Infin. K. has not only the forms 7btf ?bX3 and so
"IftX (with o on account of the removal of the Accent), but
also with K ThK3 nbXS Tb&O, *a?W?.
v: i v: v > I v: v > v v: v > l v: v *
Note (a) Sometimes the ^ has -r as in "lfafrs?
(/3) The common word *lbX7 (generally rendered
My%') is Infin. JT. fr. T&K [for *&h oribaV]
(ii) In the Imper. K.,
(a) The K has - as in Sbtf, ifaK, and arjK j ^fiK (p. t j>&K) ;
(/3) The Slight- vowel, which the K takes in the 2 s./.
and 2 pi. m., is generally as in *1/SK & 'VStf :
(7) But before -^ the tf takes the Slight- vowel , as in
i|THK and toHK . The Pause-forms of these are
1 v: v v v: v
afng and tang [ iee (&, i & ii].
(S) With the T) of 141 (7) we have the 2 s. m. Imper. .ST.
forms (1) rtatf like m&# f and (2) nSDK with X
.t : t it : t > it : v ...
Note (1). In T|K 2 s./. Imper. JT., Ruth iii. 15, the -^r refers to the of Thtf,
Some however give there *{pK like the 2 pi. m. -ITHNf.
(2). For -linN 2 pi. m. Imper. X, Ps. xxxi. 24, some give -"DnK.
(3). For the rare form BDK 2 s./. Imper. JT., comp. 141 (Q.
* For this some give ihtf? in Eccl. iii. 8. From the Root 3HK we have often the
form with n , thus HinXp. The form !"DnX gives, in direct Construction, the form
nnqK_in nnn^?, T tygSfjEf, niy$. Comp. 137 (4, iii) p. 80. And the same
form with Pron-Affixes gives insnXB, etc., see 137 (4, iii).
The form DinK? Hos. ix. 10 (Infin. K., fr. liltf, w. 3 pref. and Aff. their m.)
has {o), as in Tab. XV, and the H has . - in agreement with the u of the X.
130** APPENDIX ON VERBS &fi.
(iii) (a) The Yerbs which regularly take to the prefixes
of the Future, as in 188 (i & ii) are *T)2M t o perish, JDJS to hold,
yittjo eat, and ^X to say, together with the Yerbs PQX and
PlSK, for which see pp. 267 & 270*
(/3) Several Yerbs tf have Fut. If, forms such as
0) nh^^hx^etc.;
(b) *tN (as well as **$*), and so nk$ Lev. viii. 7;
(0 y&v fr. pa, Sgasn fr. tym, etc. ;
W DBW DBW) *&B^ 3 pi. m!, M&Q 1 pi., fr. D^K ;
and so *W0 3 s./. fr. Ifctf, tfem fr. fcpK.
(*) ^DK'' 3 pi. m. r etc. So some forms with Affixes have .
(7) Some Yerbs have more than one of the Future forms :
thus,
(a) From S]DK the usual Future K. forms are *]bfcO , *fpxn . etc. ; but we find
also once 5)ph 3 s. m. (with 1 Convers.) for P]DN*1 , and once fjDfl 2 s. m.
for f]DXh , which are of the forms Vtffa % TnKFl.
(6) So from 3HK we have not only the usual Fut. K. forms HpN* SnKFl, and so
OnK (contracted, and in Pause, for 2n$N 1 s.), etc. ; but also Diftf (like
Vd'N), once in 3p&1 1 s. w. 1 Convers. and three times w. Pron.-AfFs. [ 185].
(c) And so, conversely, from IflX we have as Fut. K. forms not only
(0 TpK* 3 s - w -> tptfn 3 s - / ( and ID- 2 s - xx - 9 for ^0^ 3 s - /
with 1 Convers.), trf 1 s. (and, with ii, Njtjfo), \\T$fr 3 pi. *.
(p.WpK*; and, with), Jj-'ITnW), but also
(2) TnKJ 3 s. m. with 1 Convers., and Tngfl 2 s. m., like 3hgJ andlhn.
(a} There may be i in place of J thus, njOIK 1 s. Fut. X. w. P! , fr. *TDX, etc.
(iv) Besides the contracted forms mentioned in 191, we may
mention here the following :
(1) tytff Infin - E< P- ( Ez - *** 33 )> ^Ppostd by some to be for ^Knb
(2) >$$ Fut. E<t>. 3 s. m. (Nu. xi. 25), for *?$&*1 or hy#t\ ;
(3) 3TIJX Fut. Ity. 3 s. w. (1 S. xv. 5), supposed by some to be for 2Hfc^ ;
(4) ?!]! (Is- xiii. 20), which is taken (a) by some as Ify. Fut. 3 s. m. for
/*QHj (Job xxv. 5), and (6) by others as Pi. Fut. 3 s. m. for
7fliO which last is possible if we may assume a Pi-el Voice of
the Root 7HK . The Pi. of ?I*IN occurs nowhere in the Bible.
131
Exercise XXVIIL
(To he translated into English y 11. a-e.)
i M jig fc& lta i&fc) n^s 4 n&n nib 3 )?vt t 2 ^n ^ ,h ii}fcl l j
8 rrin &m 7 Di*5 l Qiy#afl : ...^ba 1 ? *^Qr$$4| \) "Q^ nj
*$ : B D^ ; aoijj ^8 n : " 0335*? *ftt*|?| 9 )pp : J^?
3 n^s "D^j/p "t&kto : ^! na a 3Tk) : "sna **Rjit
: n y?ij a pi$ rcna 20 ^ : 19 na w 3pV3 "Jp# t "ivp}
p T ^p 32 n^ : ^p D!ito ! mj8 n-ns \s "*&p$
i *n^S9 " nsofc * M ^ sjjg! 33 ^pm 33 fpa : "%5$n
Ss v s rJ n ^5S : "tfjn *^3$ * 37 ty3^1 "0*1}!? by&
1 nfttf to say. * whether not ? 3 JH> to know. * 96 (ii, jB). |ftK a lord.
6 Zerubbabel. 7 Dr (m.) a day. 8 render ye thankful acknowledgments, give thanks.
9 pTPI to-be strong. yK to be firm. " nn^. (*.) a heart. 12 nnK to love. 13 He
will correct. u for ever. 15 I shall be. 16 a lady ( for in Pause). 17 TflX to
take hold. 18 Spy a heel. 19 a snare. 20 and throughout all. 2l p3K to groan.
22 a wounded one (m.). 23 7DK to eat. 24 thy (/.) oppressors, those that afflict thee.
25 -j'^3 flesh. 2e -j2&$ to perish. 27 my place of refuge, my trust. 28 and my fortress.
29 thy (/.) salvation. 3 {BM fff. to believe. 31 *]hft to be king, as [ t h e ] g00 a f.
33 f)DS to gather. * the whole of thee. 35 her that halteth. 36 meek ones (m.),
37 JQb to have enough, to be satisfied. 88 ^T a companion, a friend. 33 Tpn a pious
one (w.), a saint.
* A Verb in Hiph. has sometimes two Objects expressed. So here, Nos. 24 & 25,
the first Object those caused to eat, the second Object that which they shall eat.
132
Exercise XXIX,
(To be translated into Hebrew, % 11. #-/*.)
N.B. All Verbs K'S in this Exercise have the Fut. K. as in \ 188 (a, i). For Pause-forms, see
Tab. XVII. (2, 7) and 1 192.
Wicked-ones 1 (m.) will-perish 2 [ 162 (d, i)]. By 3 the breath 4
of God 5 they (m.)- will-perish 2 [Pause-form 6 ]. All 7 my bones 8
shall say 9 , Lord, who 10 [is] like n Thee P And Zion (/.) hath-
said,* 9 The Lord hath-forsaken-me 12 [ 162, (d, i)]. Say-
thou 9 (m.). to 13 the house 14 of Israel, So 15 have-ye-said 9 (m.) f
saying, 16 . . . What shall- we-say ? 9
Tell-ye 9 (m.) a righteous-one 17 (m.) that 18 [there is] good, 19
for 18 the fruit 20 of their (m.) deeds 21 they- shall- enjoy 22 [Pause-
form 6 ]. Comfort-ye 23 (m.), comfort-ye 23 My people, 24 your (m.)
God 24 will say 9 [ 162 (d, i)]. And He-said,* 9 Yerily 25 My
people 24 [are] they (m.). I will say 9 to the North, 26 Give-up. 27
And I-have-said : * 9 " my Father ! 28 shalt-thou (/.) call 29 Me
(Hebr. to Me). And we- will not say 9 any-more 30 "our God ! " 24
to the work 31 of our hands. 32 The Glory 33 of Thy Kingdom 34
they (m.) shall tell 9 [Pause-form 6 ].
I Exerc. XXVI (). "llK. s b prefix. * n^J, 56 (i & v). b$.
188 (Note , N.B.). ' !?>. 8 ntoljf (/.) Tab. XII. 1 (pi.). 9 *1K. 10 .
" 3 prefix. " .^3$. 13 b$. u Tab. XIII (a). . 15 % Inf. X, w. b, of 1K.
17 p^ # is ^ 19 nitD. 2 v-j^ i.e. the same. 21 t$$Q. 22 ^DX. 23 Dm Ft,
Tab.XVI (2) [j3, iii]. 24 Vocab. I. * *}& flS* (/.). 2 ? jg| 28 | 29 j^p, 30 -,ty.
81 H^O. 32 nj a hand. "faa. 34 jvd^q (y # ) #
* Fut. w. 1 Convers,
133
SECTION XV.
Verbs *'iD, i.e. whose First Root-letter is i [Tab. XVIII].
193. Some forms agree entirely with those in Tab. XIV ; thus
(i) the Inf. Abs. and the Past* Tense & Participles K. y (ii) a few
forms of particular Verbs, (iii) the Pi.f, Pu. } and H6.% forms.
The special Variations are the following :
194. The * is dropped in (a) the Inf. Constr. K., and (/3) the
Imper. K. ; thus, from '2^ s i
I
(a) Inf. K ffctf, Tfl&\ Ktitfc, Ttiti t but Tflth w. h ;
v w > v w : J v w : * v v.v i v ur t
andw.Pron.Affs. I&fitf 30 *MB> etc.;
03) Impee. K. f 3E> W etc. j see Tab. XVIII.
* Thus (fr. ?TV) tJJk nni), fl*^, etc. pj, Ju. xix. 11, is giyen by many as
3 s. m. Past K. of TV " by aphoeresis." But this is somewhat doubtful.]
f Except in some instances of the loss of the * by Contraction, as in -Hll Lam. iii. 53
(for W!|i like $J}1 of TO, cp. Tab. XXIII), and a few other words.
+ (a) Thus n-V^H, JSjfc!}*, l^fi (n^nniEx.ii.4, is irreg.3s./.with1Convers.),
*j$!JJ*, and so *$!$! (V) 3 pi. m. Fut. w. 1 [of "ft$ and ISJgJjg fr. fT;
(ft) But, in some, * is replaced by 1 ; as in JTHrin? Inf. Constr. (w. 2) of JJT,
jnglJJ* 3 s. m. Fut. of rD % , and VJOg 1 s. Fut. of JH> (Pause-form).
() In Pause Utojf.
(ft) From sn*, n$ ( P . :nj?^), njj?, nj$.
!1 (a) But [fr. "$) to^, etc., forms like those in 62 (iii). And,
(ft) from JTP, '^H, etc - forms like those in Tab x C 1 )*
v (a) w. n, nnif . So (fr. ^), ^ -^, nj 1 ? (p. :hdS). Also,
(3) from VIS V% ^f, Wl. And,
(c) from 2HS 3H give thou (m.) [HSH ('.<?. DH w. n) is used as an Interjection
for " Come ! " " Come on !" or such like], 'OH give thou (/.), -"DPI give ye (m.).
134 FIRST ROOT-LETTER * 195-96.
195. The * is (a) sometimes Quiescent in * [see \ 197] as in
Fut. K. 3&* 3J3*!?, g^ etc. (or ag> etc., Pt. I, 12) ;
(yS) sometimes Quiescent in *-- as in the
jffft. forms 3b*n *Wl S*B" etc., Tab.
XVIII. ;
(7) sometimes lost in as in the forms
Fut. K. 1W 3#fi l 38^ etc. [seeuos]
(5) sometimes replaced by )*, either
(i) Consonantal, as in the iV 7 ^. Inf., Imper.,
& Fut., see Tab. XVIII ; and in some
mthpa-il forms [ 193, Note (& *)] J
(ii) Quiescent in S f, as in the iV<. Past &
Partic, and in the H$. lW)7) f y&tt,
ZMfr etc. ; or
(iii) Quiescent in i|J, in the Hoph~al;
(e) sometimes dropped, and Dag. F. placed in the
2 d Rt-letter [thus, for instance, in some
forms of p2C\ as jEfl* & -ptfK Is. xliv. 3
(1 s. Fut. JT.), WO I K. vii. 16 (Partic.
J7<9/?^. s. m. t ' i.e.') ; so, from i^ H^^
(p. tni) 3 s. /. Past ##, ysn 3 ^
Past -Efy., SJ& s. m. Partic. .fl&.].
196. These Verbs may be dealt with in the three following
Classes :
I. those that retain the s as in 195 (a) ;
II. those that lose the * as in 195 (7) ;
III. those that drop the 1 st Rt-letter, and take Dag. F. in
the 2 d Et-letter, as in 195 (e). [But
N.B. a Verb has sometimes forms belonging to more than one of these Classes, and
like those in Tab. XIV.]
* Some imagine Roots 1's for forms having 1 thus.
f For which there is -- some few times.
% For which there may be [Pt. I, $ 14] as in nhjj Ez. xxi. 21.
FIRST ROOT-LETTER * 197 (a-%). 135
197. Class L (a) The forms Sfc* B>S" (or StD^ KSP Pt. I,
12), etc., are really the same as &y?\ etc., in Tab. XI Y.
[But the 1 st Rt-letter i becoming Quiescent in the preceding , the is not
required beneath it Pt. I, 29.]
There are a few varying forms which will be given in the
Appendix.
(/3) In Pause the 2 d Rt-letter has -, as in tBfS^, tB^I,
trbu rtffi" (or a^s* pt. i, 12).
IT t IT IT >
(7) With 1 Convers. the Fiit. form SfcD** retains its Accent on
the ft*** syllable ; thus StD*1, and so StD*FH, etc. But,
(3) fr. TW we have once |Wf1 GK ix. 24. j^1 > however,
occurs four times, and Ypr 1 ] twice (* Vp*} once, 1 K. iii. 15). So
fr. 15ft t Tpjl GK ii. 7, and f W * 19.
(e) The 1 s. & 1 pi., w. H ( 144), drop as usual the vowel of
the 2 d Rt-letter ; thus, (fr. fJP) fttJJHg 1 s., and (fr. th}
tl$y} 1 pi. But, in Pause, these would become SiTCSW,
VT : * ' * T IT 7
tnghft [ 165, II, ii. s]. Thus, nXhkl Ps. iii. 6, 1 s. Fut.
t it *- * ' - ' T it ' r
K. w. 1 Convers.
(?) Some of these Yerbs retain the * in the H<j>. also; J thus,
the Ecf). forms fr. ^ in Tab. XVIII, and so (fr. j) p\^H,
fW&S, pyjl, pWl (or p^fi, Pt.I, 12), etc. ; and so styll 2 s./.
Imper. 2Z$, fr. T?\ [But the usual ZZ<. forms from ^ are
like S^n WPP etc., in Tab. XYIII.] So also, fr. 9?\
* This form belongs to Class III.
f In the Bible, the Accent here is -3- which stands over the last letter of the word.
That is the place for the Accent -i- . But it affects the penult, syllable here.
X The 1 st Rt-letter * belonging to these forms is (i) sometimes dropped, as in
iri|W (D. xxxii. 13) 3 s. m. Fut. Sf, of p$ w. Aff. -Iii him [Sect. XXII], and
(ii) sometimes retained consonantally, as in 2*t??* (Job xxiv. 21) 3 s. m. Fut. H<{>.
Partic. s. m. } np T ^ & HttPg s. /., etc. [The latter, w. Pron. Affs., has the
t-Decl. ( 62, ii), thus tap^t?, and [J, i] iFl[?3D 2 K. XL 2 & nnjpjjp G. xxiy. 59.]
1J In the form cited in Note ( j, i ).
136 FIRST ROOT-LETTER 197 (^~0^ t$& (ctr-8).
y^TI (for hhTfi 3 s. m. Past, tym Imper. 2 s. m. and *^PJ
2 a./. & ^H 2 pi. >., r^fK 1 s. Fat. w. n. But
(17) In some ff<j>. Fut. forms of 77* the s is retained con-
sonantatty [cp. page 135, Note ($,ii)], thus 7*7?. 3 s - w - '^!*$
1 s., hh\ 3 pi. m., &^fi 2 pi. m. [For ^-^t see 201.]
(0) When the Fut. JT</>. of form y&V| has 1 Convers., the
Accent is generally drawn back ; and the Long Yowel of the
last syllable is then shortened* Thus, MD^I 3 s. m., !3tDW
3 s./.; and so pytfj fr. p^, etc.
(Y) But most Yerbs of this Class (I) have H(f>. forms like
those of *2W\ in Column Y. of Tab. XYIII. For such forms of
Fut. H& see 198 (e, etc.).
193. Class II. (a) In the forms Sgf*, %&$, *ytfft t etc., the
l 8t Rt-letter 1 is not written, but is understood and implied in
the -^- of the Prefix-letter.
(/3) In Pause, is given to the 2 a Rt-letter of Fut.f forms
which have -r- in Tab. XYIII; thus, >$?p\ 2 s./. Fut. K. of
T?* is in Pause ^j?^, an ^ so ^7\ gives OT?* ^?J? gives
W&$ etc. Cp. 165 (II).
(7) So fr. JHD 1 ?^ & hgfe, the 1 s. & 1 pi. w. D ( 144), we
have in Pause iPoStf & JH^
T I" '* T I" *
(8) With 1 Convers. (1) the Accent of 2# , ^5, 3#3
is drawn back; and so we have [cp. 189(*)] 2g^ 3 s. m.,
iB^I 3 s./. & 2 s. i., 3^ 1 pi. [see also ()]. But (2) the
Cp. 189 (Note ) [on p. 129].
f So also in the Imper. K. ; thus, fr. *p we have J >p^> for ^b 2 a./, and : *):&
for -ID 1 ? 2 pi. m., as PD<> 2 s. m. Imper. JT., w. H , is in Pause irch. [ 194 (j8, Note II)].
t HD^, Mi. i. 8, with the l*t Rt-letter * standing.
FIRST ROOT-LETTER * 198 (e-0), 199 (a-ry). 137
1 Sing, remains unchanged, thus SKWl. Also (3) in Pause we
have OBfjj; etc., cp. 189 Obs. i & iii. See also (6) below. So
(e) the Fut. #<. (S*B>>, etc.) w. 1 Convers. is SJ'tt 3 s. m. y
1W)F\) 3 s. /. & 2 s. m., aW1+ ("*M^ftj 1 pi.
(5) With J1, 144, the *-.- remains ; as in t&hteil 1 s. Fut. R4>.
fr. ^, and so fi*Tfa 1 pi. fr. JTP. So HSDK 2 S. xii. 8,
with for ') and for * .
(77) The forms ^., etc., of the K., and l^V, etc., of the
R<p , have the Long-Yowel of the closed Final syllable short-
ened into whenever the Accent is removed from the last
syllable [as in (8) and (e)]. Thus, KJIB* GK xliv. 33,
38 Job xxii. 8 ; so ^ ^ 1 s. (Song. iv. 6), and so
\H$. Fut. of tjD % ] ifij? 1 ? tjrtj Pr. ix. 9, J tjbM*$ Ex. x. 28
(0) The 2 d Et-letter has sometimes in the Fut. K. and
ff(j}., especially in Pause ; thus (from T?*) T?J1 Job xxvii. 21,
tlm a. xxiv. 61, etc., Fut. K. ; and ^J Lam. iii. 2, Fut. #<.
and so (fr. fcp) t*jrtfl "^K Job. xl. 32.
199. When the 3 d Et-letter is Guttural,
(a) the Fut.1 iT. has instead of to the 2 d Et-letter ;
thus jrr 3 s. m., ynn 3 s./. & 2 s. m., jrt 1 s., jh:i 1 pi.,
[(0) of these, the Pause-forms are iVT|| tSHft tSHN 8T0i
L X ' * IT" J |T " > * IT " * IT"
(7) also, in Pause, replaces the of 2 d Et-letter in 2 s. /.,
Once 16^1*1 G. xlvii. 11, a Pause-form not in Pause.
t The \ (for the of the Eoot) is implied in the *. . So in ^}\ 2 K. vi. 19, etc.,
as well as ^Vl Ex. xiv. 21. See also (0) .
% For which we find once *$&"? Pr. xxx. 6.
(a) For the Inf. Constr. K. njH, etc., see 194, Note (, b). And,
(b) for the Imper. K. 2 s. m. JJJ, see 194, Note (If, b).
[| For which, once, tjn.V. Ps. cxxxviii. 6.
138 FIRST ROOT-LETTER * 199 (8-0), '200, 201.
and 3 & 2 pi. m. Fut. ; thus, flPlfi Pause-form of TO and
* ' IT p - J
rtjnn of win ; and so
(8) the 1 s. & 1 pi. w. H, e&. Wltf and PISH? are in Pause
:mn and ittq. c P . 165 cnT&)].
T IT * T IT"
(e) In the H<f>. Imper. 2 s. m. the 2 d Rt-letter ha3 as in
jnin fr. jrr, n^in fc rw, yj^'in fr. y#\ But,
(J) w. n, 144, the V appears as in T\y$\T\ (Jl&fiPI) 2 s. w,
(97) In the -ff^. Fut. the 2 d Rt-letter has (1) sometimes *-r as
in tJHV Y\ s y\ s especially in Pause; but also (2) sometimes -=-
as in BTI Nu. xvi. 5, tV#) Job xvi. 21, &B&1 Pr. xx. 22,
(3) especially thus, in the expression of a wish, or with 7K
Deprecative, or with 1 Convers. (as in JH^ Ttfpi J^*J & }^) #
(0) The Rules in Tab. XVI (3) may be referred to, as for
several of the above, so also for other forms not mentioned
here.
200. The Partic. forms are sufficiently given in Tab. XYIII.
The s./. and pi. m. & /. endings agree with those in 139 (/3).
But when the 3 d Rt-letter is Guttural, the s. /. form is )%
instead of ]%- - [Op. Tab. XVI (3)]. Thus, rBH* Kal, and
twyfc m^ of yy ; and so nrgp mph. of ro\ (in P . :rw *)
201. The n of the H<f>. Voice sometimes appears, as in
VtfW (1 S. xvii. 47 & Ps. cxvi. 6) 3 s. m. Fut. H<f>. fr. tytfr ;
and so in Ps. lxxxi. 6 IteWSj wnere W-ft<T * s f r ^Sjh s Joseph
(the same in form as 3 s. m. Fut. H(j>. fr. &D*). So in t|Vlin*
(Ps. xlv. 18) 3 pi. m. Fut. H<j>. fr. PIT [Sect. XXI] with Aff. for
thee (*.).. So too in fahfi] (Is. Hi. 5) 3 pi. m. Fut. J7#. fr. ^
for i?v*2 [The forms 7v" , etc., were mentioned in 197 (17)].
FIRST ROOT-LETTER * 202, 203. OBS. XII-XV. 139
202. Class III. The forms in which the 1 st Et-letter is
dropped and implied by Dag. F. in the 2 d Et-letter, as in
195 (e), agree with those in the next Section (XYI). Compare
212.
203. Such forms as KJl (G. viii. 17 Krt) 2 s. m. Imp. &<fa
fr. JW [and so ^Vl (Ps. v. 9 Kri\ w. for -^ because of
the % fr. t^] agree with Tab. XIY. So bw) (G. viii. 12,
3 s. m. Fut. N<b.) is like "Tp3*1 fc.e. Hp^ with the Accent drawn
back by ) Convers. And so some others, which need not be given,
as they are not Variations from the forms of the Yerb as given
in Sect. XL
OBSERVATIONS XII-XV.
Obs. XII. The prefix ) (and) has sometimes before a letter bearing an Accentci
Vowel, especially if the Accent be Disjunctive ; thus, PJJ and wine
G. xiv. 18. The Rule shall be given in the Appendix.
Ota. XIII. The Interrogative H has sometimes -=- followed by Dag. especially where
it could not be mistaken for the ' Def. Art.' Thus, fiSESH
(Is. xxvi. 7) "Whether according-to the stroke of [0315] ?
Obs. XIV. Personal-Pronoun forms are sometimes used with a Verb Reflexively, as
in D3? -13? go for yourselves (i.e. betake yourselves) f TO 2WF\\ and
she sat for herself (i.e. and she sat her down).
Obs. XV. The expression "A son of so-many years" is used for "A person so
many years old ; " thus, D\?K> JD$ ]% son-of seven years (i.e. seven
years old) [was Jehoash at-his-becoming-king (*1D?D2)] 2 3L xii. 1.
N.B. (i) In Niph. of *'B Verbs, the I st Rt-letter * (which is but rarely retained
as in the Fut. form iT)** p. 288) is mostly replaced by 1 which is
(a) sometimes Consonantal, as in the Infin. and Impes. 2B>-1 H etc.,
and Fut. 2WV etc. ;
(/3) sometimes Quiescent, as in the Past 2IM3 etc., and Partic. 2lpJ etc.
(ii) In Hiph. the 1 is
(o) sometimes kself Quiescent, as in It^H (Infin. Abs., and Imper.
2 s. m.) etc.* and
(#) sometimes replaced by \ Quiescent, as in 2K>*in etc. [Tab. XVIII] ;
(iii) In Hoph. the * is replaced by ) Quiescent, as in D^H etc. ;
(iv) For theHiTHpXr^L se 193, and Note (J), on p. 133.
140
1. 3 a father, Tab.
XIII (1).
2. flK a brother, Tab.
XIII (2).
3. flJCE together.
4. DPI 1 ? (m.) ra?e? ; Tab.
X(l).
VOCABULARY IV.
5. ^aw<7,Tab.X(l).
6. Iiy (m.) a servant,
Tab. X (6).
7. 1*^ J^w.
8. nb ;*m?.
9. |3 fotf, that not.
10. iijn PA<woA.
11. n-n (/.) spirit
(Exerc. xxiv. ss).
12. 7QN$ the pit, or grave.
5
Exercise XXX.
(To he translated into English, 11. a-e.)
nyns 'rg 1 ? 1 ? z m*\ : ^j^e 2 ^ -^
: 10 vyD^ 1 *^3 : 9 n^n r BT^ : 8 n&n 'ttj^vrja
*3 13 infl 13 $ni t 12 J?:i dd 1 ? 8 K*#n d 1 ?^ $$ **p$*^
19 r\$ 18 n5 l7 {^ri J^nnb *& j%? ^i? l5 rw 14ta a
dv nb ^ds 1 ? 24 tt# 23 ny:j % 22 wrOK ^^i : 20 n^:
^kpi ay '^JEj t 27 nb 27 ny 'jyfoj *T?} *J8i 26 ^torjn
M^tjp 29 nrjK x n^Sfil t. 1 '-^* [ 28 ^p?1] 21 ^xni njn
njj pm\ *j n$*3 ayi58 ^ tj^f 3f#! "Hs^
1 npS^l 32 PWpj DPS] 21 n^.: 31 ^v 9 n^x so ^_n jyjbg
: 31 D&y TTJ? *f?B h$ : tfj! 34 M8J> * S^ * S3 *f$^? ' n? 1 ?^
1 1 1 ?* to go. 2 for thee (*.) [Obs. XIV, p. 139]. 3 K* to go forth, to go out. [This
Verb must be given in Sect. XXI ; the form here agrees with Tab. XVIIL] * flN
71 (ii). 6 Canaan.* 6 *1"1 K. to go down, go down to, E<p. to bring down, bring
down to. Abram.* &nv Egypt.* 9 2W K. to be good, B<p. to do good, to
deal well, also to adorn. 10 for {or on) his journeyings. u And Melchizedech [king
of Salem]. > 2 |* wine [Obs. XII]. 13 JJT K. to know, to take notice, H<p. to make
known. u a sojourner. 15 shall be. 16 theirs, [belonging] to them (m.). n |2t a son
[Ob. XIII]. a hundred. 19 a year [ 106 (ii)]. 20 n^ K. to bear a child, N<p.
141
38 ^D'ri * tn^n 36 jgx ($ w 37 n7n t ZG ]&"x) 35 rcfiflfe
dv 24 ywrh : 39 S$n %^ 6 into * t 8 n$T$? 6 ttfi
i4 ^5 1 43 n^ 42 t&m *$#$ hjr 4 7|Tn t 40 D^ni
^S 45 W)j?1 ^Wn : f#U n) ^39 n$ 24 ^'in pxn
rtjrjS ns 21t i^ni : 48 i^d na $ 47 p:rn) 47 npy& 46 n^
... 49 gj^ Q*^ 13 J^ . . . J-,.,-, 48 ^ ft 1 |y^j . 1 ^
: 55 D^] x ttbo $ * * {ti^S 5i '3 53 rrro : 52 |V3S 5l pjn 50 n>&
57 DW? 13; )jrfn t 56 w# i 1 ? 49 njrt?nn : g 13 j?nii
60 ^.D3 *6 : 59 injtt 5 13 snin :n? 13 nyn^ t 58 voV?y
49 ygnn i*0 wn 62 ^n n$ * *j$#n* wjrjsi
1 49 nv^ T 3) sp$ 63 ^D : i^fh^ f$l
to be born. 21 1DK to say.* 22 Abraham.* 23 ^} a youth, a young-man
(Tab. X. 5). 24 3B* to sit, to sit down, also to dwelL 25 0bs.XIV. 26 TtaQ an ass.
27 n'3 iy so far, to yonder place. Rebekah.* 29 after. * Inf. J^.'of (9).
31 Tab. III. 32 let us take our journey. 33 before thee (m.). 34 two.* 35 D3E> to lie
down. 36 )&* to sleep. 37 lighten Thou. 38 Pjp'^ Joseph.* 39 and He hath brought up.
40 princes. 41 yp^ to awake. 42 D?n to dream. 43 a second time. 44 in the best of.
45 and shall I call ? 46 a woman. 47 p3"> K. to suck, H$. to suckle, nurse [a child].
*8 i^J a child (m.). 49 yK H$. to save. 5 -p a hand, i.e. T 51 a strong one (m.).
62 a needy one. e3 and it shall be. 64 that when. 55 empty. 56 pp* a right-hand (/.).
67 among the peoples. 58 His doings. 69 ny-lti'^ Salvation. 60 2*in a sword. 61 JVJn
a spear. 62 crushed ones of. 63 shew Thou the Light of. 64 Thy countenance.
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given in the Notes again,
t [In] death ; or, as some give, ' [the sleep of] death.'
% 145. N<p. to be saved. ** Pt. I, 12,
142
Exercise XXXI.
(To be translated into Hebrew, 11. -/*.)
And the thing 1 was-good* 2 in the eyes 3 of Pharaoh. For-
asmuch-as-GoD-hath-shewed-thee (Hebr. after* causing -to-know-
of 5 God thee m.) all this, 6 there-is-none 7 [so] prudent 8 and
wise 9 as-thou.f And the brethren 10 of Joseph went-down.* n
By this 6 I-shall-know 12 that true- men 13 ye [are]. . . . The lad 14
will-not be-able 15 to leave 16 his father. If your (rn.) little 17
brother 10 shall not come-down, 11 ye-shall-no-more-see (Hebr. ye.
shalUnot add 18 to-see 19 ) my face. 20 And-we-said S9 to our father,
we-shall not be-able 15 to go-down. 11 If thou (m.)-art-not
[Tab. XIII (t, 8)] sending, 21 we-will not go-down. 11 Could-we-
certainly-know (Hebr. whether to-know 22 could-we-know) that he-
would-say [Fut.], bring-down 23 your (m.) brother ?
And-offspring- was-born * 24 to Joseph. And his bow 25 abode * 26
in strength. 27 Come-down-thou (/.) and sit 26 on 28 dust. 29
Who [is] like, the wise 9 [One] ? and who knoweth 30 the inter-
pretation 81 of a thing ? * And He-hath-brought-down * 23 the
might 32 of her confidence. 33 Save, 34 Loup, Thy people 35
O-now, 36 Lord, save-Thou, 37 we-pray ! 38
i T*fl m. 2 ntt* (Class I, 197). 3 Vocab. II (6). * nqs. 6 Inf. Hiph. of
jn\ riNt. 7 pg. 8 pi3. 9 ddii. l0 Tab. xiii (2). rr> (Class if), i 2 jjt
199. 13 D^3. w nj?3. M Fut. Soph, of fe*. 16 3flfc " |bg. " Fut. Hiph.
of S\& (like that of 265"). 19 rriK">. 20 Vocab. II (7). 21 nW Ti. 22 Inf. Abs.
of (12) [followed by the Fut. of (12)]. 23 Hiph. of (11). 24 Mph. of 1^.
26 riEft (/) decl - Uke Tab - x C 1 )- 26 ?& 27 !$*& " ^?. 29 w 30 Partic * w
ZaZ of* (12). 31 X>B. 32 TV- 33 nOn. (N.B. Put before the n when it has -?-
under it.) M Hiph. of SB* ( 199, e)'. 35 Vocab. I (H). 36 N3K. 3 ? 199, 38 K3.
39 TDK, $ 188 (a).
* Fut. w. 1 Conv. f Hebr. like thee (.), Tab. II. J 198, p. 136.
143
SECTION XYI.
Variations in the case of Verbs 3*3, i.e. whose First Root-
letter is 3 [Tab. XIX].
204. Some forms are like those in Tab. XIV, viz. the Inf.
Abs., the Past Tense, and Participles Kal, the Infin., Imper.,
and Fut. JST^. and the whole of the Pi, Pu. f & Hd.
205. The chief Variations are the following :
(i) the disappearance* of the 1 st Rt-letter 3 (a) in the Infinitive
Constr. Kal [thus, rt| fr. B&Q, the T\ being added as in the
<jj Verbs, 194 (a)], and 09) in the Imper. JTaJ, see Tab. XIX ;
(ii) the dropping of the 3 (when it would have -- Quiesccnt)f
and the placing Dag. F. in the 2 d Rt-letter,J as in B&J for
#!(?)!, ^|J? for #*$&, etc - This is seen t Tab - XIX 3 t0 be
the case in Fut. K., in the Past & Partic. iV<., and in the
Hiph. & Hoph. Voices. Also,
N.B. these Verbs have usually the (or Huph-aT) form of
the Sixth Voice. Cp. 121. Thus, PSH 3 s. m. Past Hoph.
for fcj(3)Pl corresponding to ^\>^} f etc.
206. When the 2 d Rt-letter Guttural,
() instead of then-??- Inf. form, as in T\W% we have
n as in Wvh Inf. K. of JflM w. ^ [See also Kote (a) on
Tab. XIX.]
(b) It scarcely need be said that the Rules of Tab. XVI (3)
[cp. 181] hold for these Verbs also.
* Only in the case of some of the Verbs which take to the 2 d Rt-letter in the
Fut. [Cp. 207]. See also 'Notes on Tab. XIX.'
f Forms in which the 3 is not dropped agree with Tab. XIV, and therefore do
not fall under this head, viz. of ' Variations.'
I The Dag. F. is sometimes dropped when the 2 d Rt-letter has -f ; thus, from
VD3, tyD? [instead of WD* for Hjti#% and so -lyplH, etc.
So' also instead of the Ht in s./. Partic. forms. Cp. Tab. XVI (3) (I)).
144 Verbs j'fi 207-211.
207. Some Verbs ^'fi have the (^) form of Fut. K. ; thus
$N etc., as in 205 (ii). And, of these, some drop the 3 in the
Infin. Constr. and Imper. 2 s. m. K.> as said in 205 (i). But
208. other Verbs 3Tfi have the ( ) form of Fut. If.
These do not take the fi form of Inf. K., and do not drop
the 3 in the Imper. K. [ 205, i] ; thus, fr. bfiS (of which the
Fut. K. is Sb v etc.) we have the Inf. K. forms *33 ^J3 Sfe&
and the Imper. *D3 2 pi. m. ; and so \ff\t$i 2 s. nt. Imper. K.
of Jjto (of which' the Fut. is B^ etc.) ; etc.
209. Before a Guttural 2 d Ht-letter, the % is generally not
dropped. But
(a) it is so dropped, and Compensation (for the Dag.) is made,
in the K. Fut. T\V? T\T\T\ and
(ft) it is so dropped, and Compensation is not made, in the
jfy. Past Dm ft&m dft&m, and Partic. Dm of Dm ; and
v.- ) ' : v.- > vv : - * vr >
so in the N<b. Past !|nm of TT&
210. (a) Some Verbs have forms like those in Tab. XIV,
besides corresponding forms like those in Tab. XIX ;. thus,
fr. ntO^ "to* and ^bfi also *))>?
(/3) Also some have both the ( ) and the (^-) form of the
Fut. K. ; thus, fr. Ttt both ifr* TIM T!fl and also TM
211. The 1 s. and 1 pi. Fut. K. y w. the H of 144, drop the
Vowel of the 2 d Et-letter (except when the word is in Pause).
Thus, JlVD} * & TODJ t 1 pi. Fut. K. ; D^X (in Pause ff&M)
1 s., & ri7^5 (which would be in Pause tri/bi) 1 pi. ; etc.
* In Pause the D would have -r-, thus }nVD3
* T IT
t See Pt. I, 72 (Note *, <?) for (i) the help given to the pronunciation by dropping
the Dag. F., as in 205, Note J, and (ii) the additional help sometimes given by
a Compound Shva [as in T]\)W$ f fr. pKO, 1 K. xix. 20].
Verbs } 212-214. 145
Similarly, in other Yoices, except the H(f>., in which the Kherih
remains as usual (thus, JTVlltf HTi3 fr. *1^).
212. As said in 202, some Verbs whose 1 st Rt-letter is *
drop their 1 st Rt-letter and take Dag. F. in the 2 d Rt-letter,
and so have forms like those of the Verbs ^ 3 in Tab. XIX.
Thus, from
aft N4>. Past rata; aaa etc. Partic. ae etc. ;
#<. Inf. (w. h) S^H 1 ?, Past n^^ etc., Fut. Sftg
(n^_, -a^), etc/;
#d. Partic. afc. So, from
JK\ Hcf>. Inf. &}, Past JPK1 etc., Fut. J< (*), etc,
JZo. Fut. iij (p. ^-). V So, from
Jftft J?$. fut ;-gS. # etc.
J/d. Fut. Jft\ So, from
rov* jr. Fut. [nir], ran, etc. ;
JS& Past W etc., Fut. &FBF Is. xxxiii. 12 (for ttfTK^
the being resolved into -=- followed by Bag.) ;
ZT<. Past ft*n WH etc. ; Fut. [f^J, tWV etc.
213. So n^ t is given by some authorities as a Boot which
drops its * and takes Dag. F. in the 2 d Rt-letter in H<\>. and iZd. ;
thus, H<f>. Inf. h^H 1 ? (w. h), Past ITjn (& H-in) etc., Fut.
m* (& TW) etc. ; Ho. H|b, Partic rtWH (Zech. v. 11) 3 s./.
Past, is partly iifapA. and partly Hiph.
214. Besides the above, there are some occasional forms of
Verbs * fi which are like forms of Verbs 3'fi in Tab. XIX.
* As given by some authorities.
f Some, however, discard this Root, and suppose that there are two forms of the
E<p. & Ro. of ITP, with different significations.
146 Verbs 3*fi 215, 217
215. The Verb Hp7 to take drops its 7 as the 3 is dropped
[ 205, i & ii] in the Verbs jfe. Also,
N.B. on account of the T\, this Verb has H in the Inf. K.
instead of the H of the form nfi& fr. Bftj. Cp. 206.
[For this Verb Tfijh see ' Notes on Tab. XIX,' Column (A).]
216. The Verb |]"0 to give, as seen in 'Notes on Tab. XIX'
Column (B), also drops its 3 d Rt-letter Nun before D, and
before 3 ; and Dagesh F. is then placed in the following letter
(except in the case of T\ft* Inf. Constr.). Thus we have the
Infin. toil his giving [instead of SPtiPi like ift^il], and ^ftfi thy
(m.) giving, 'TTttft thy (/.) giving, *ftft my giving , etc. ; and so in
the Past-Tense we have ftl"\3 [instead of FDrOl, fifi} *F\D}
T K- T ** T I V- T J : V- T > .- T >
DftH^ JttrO. In all these the 3 d Rt-letter 3 is dropped before
fi. So in the 1 pi. Past il-tft} [instead of ^)Q)fO] it is dropped
before the 3 of the termination U .
217. For the Pause-forms of the Verbs }'B, it is sufficient to
refer to 165 & 166.
* This word has ~ instead of a Short- Vowel followed by Dag. P.
147
VOCABULARY V.
1. *te| a mighty one (m.). | 3. 'ftSJ (.) ^ry, i.c. 1^2 I 5. JJJ (Vocab. II. 6) is
2. ^D* (m.)produce,increase. 4. DM (w.) vengeance. rarely masc.
' (i.c. the same).
Exercise XXXII.
(To he translated into English, % 11, a-.)
5 nop 1 ? t 6 *#$ 5 npi ^3 4 M# $9 3 *^ 2 nMH ! ^PO
6V t?8 5 npfi dk t n n^v 10 &W$b 'TO 1 ? : 8 ^n 7 no^
: nyjto ^ spyifl ^ *"$? '*? 9 T fi 16 *p^ *&
*^^.iife : 'i 3 ^! 21 YW^ 20ri * : 10i|t ^- wn ^?^1l
29 sits M np*? : 27 nj)b ^s& 25 npi^ 24 y&?n "tirtfik
19 to^n : nyft D3 1 ? 3l nyga 30 nan t 7 *#& 5 ttf i D5 1 ? 9 pbj
: fap 9 jO! * "fa? DJ^ 1'h 9i W * tJp^tJ BCH5 ^
S4 n3?i 33 ^v ^ 19 ^5* 82n J ^1 : ^: n $ 9 |fifl rfflR
1 mercy. 2 niOK truth. 3 1^3 to keep, preserve. 4 S7DK> to hear. 6 lip? to take, to
receive ; iVty. & Ho. to be taken. 6 D^IBN sayings. 7 ")D-1D instruction. 8 wisdom,
intelligence. 9 |J"0 to give, to set, to give forth or utter [one's voice]. 10 to simple ones.
" subtlety. 12 rU-infi understanding. 13 * to go. 14 securely. 15 ^*1 (/.) a foot,
Tab.X (i),2)w. D^H.* 16 *PJ to stumble [(so E.V. here) ; lit. to strike, dash, smite].
17 J? (m.) a heart, w. aff. \& t etc., pi. JYiaS.* 18 straight forwards. 19 D23 Ify.to
look,' to behold. 20 and knowledge. 21 ti$? a lip, Dm. DjnB^.* 22 hy H<p.
to profit, to avail. 23 treasures of. 24 wickedness. 25 and righteousness. 26 ^>J
Ifcf>. to deliver. 27 from death. 28 doctrine. 29 good * [Adject, m., 76 (i)].
80 behold! 31 5D3 Ity. to pour out, to utter. 32 this one, such a one (m.).
33 a humble one (m.). 34 and one (w.) stricken of, (or contrite, as E.V.).
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given again in the Notes.
148
38 $ $ ^8 * 7 m) v$^$n) x ^1! W -W\ 35 p*K : wn
vw 61 t : * cao *Sk 31 r\mJ7 "tehm 39 :ny 38 nt 33 wn
Qjjj : 43 rn:i ft$$ 43 rrr. 42 ^^ tf 'rtb#jb *wfa\ t ajsjj$
t 78 # 444 ^ 44 ^5 ^ j ngj TlttJ ^ Bj : *nj5M
: *| ihps Sx 47 ^Hj? W1) : 46 ^n 3 iim a&t 45 nns;b
57 rtp 8 rr#$l | bn^Pj 56 ^ ^ >i n 9 rqfW T
: pa w ntahi ^5 59 J?3*n nm * *rrp$ #y$i t s rjh$
48 n : M * *jp* m tit^ *tfc i 62 ipnv awn 61 mn
&b#$ 69 nn^ ^ 68 im 5 njp$ 67 *s j 66 uwri 65 D^ipi
70
p pV to pour ( 212). 36 and I will bring him near. 37 B>M K. & i\>.
to approach. 38 who is this [that] ? (cp. 96, ii. 0, and 97). 39 hath
engaged, or pledged. 40 3>n to think, devise. 41 devices. 42 in order
that not. 43 ITS to banish, expel. ^ 44 lit. master of my suit, i.e. one in
controversy with me. 45 from fear of. 46 D\*n {m.) life (a Noun of plural form).*
47 Vocab. I (16). 48 yJ3 to touch, happen (as an evil accident) [with 2 before the
person or thing affected]. 49 evil (m). 60 ?D3 to fall. 61 beside thee (tn.).
52 a thousand, Tab. X (1). 53 and thou shalt be. 54 pS Hoph. to be firm. 55 thou
shalt fear. 56 The Lord. * [the] commandments [of]. 58 D*j?n statutes. 59 2T E<p.
to place, to establish. 60 [the] borders [of]. 61 133 H<p. to declare. 63 p"T (w.) righteous-
ness*, Tab. X (2). 63 D'V (m.) a day, pi. WW 'i.e.' . w a saying. 65 1H (.)
a mountain, 'i.e.' "in, pi. D v ")n ' i.e.' *$$** 66 I^V to smoke. 67 when. 68 appointed-
time. 69 rightly. 70 DS> to judge.
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given in the Notes again.
149
Exercise XXXIII.
(To be translated into Hebrew, 11. -/*.)
And Jacob vowed* 1 a vow. 2 And Jacob told # 3 to Rachel 4
that 16 the brother of her father he [was]. Tell- thou 5 (m.) to
me what 6 [shall be] thy reward. 7 Better 8 [ 82, L] is my-
giving 9 her to thee (m.) than my-giving9 her to another 10
man 11 : abide 12 with- me. 22 And. it- was- told* 14 to Laban 15
that 16 Jacob had-fled 17 [ 152]. And he-took* 18 his brethren
with 13 him. Recognize 19 for- thyself 20 (m.) what 21 [is thine]
with-me, 22 and take 18 [it] to thee. And he-took* 18 of 23
that-which-came-to-hand (Hebr. the-coming 24 into 25 his hand)
a present 26 for Esau his brother. And-he-bowed-himself 27
earthwards 28 seven 29 times 30 until 31 his-approaching 32 unto 31
his brother. And the women-servants 33 approached * 32 . . . .
And Leah 34 also approached* 32 . . . . And afterwards 35 there-
approached 36 Joseph and Rachel. 4 And they (m.) -journeyed* 37
from Beth-el. 38 And Jacob placed * 39 a pillar 40 over 41 her grave. 43
And Israel journeyed* 37 . And HE-conducted * 43 , like the
sheep, 44 His people. 45 And a new 46 spirit 47 1- will- give 48 within-
you. 49 And I- will give f 48 in Zion Salvation 50 for Israel My
glory. 51
That-which thou (m.)-shalt-vow, 52 pay-thou. 53
i TO Flit. U). [See 210 (j8).] 2 TO. 3 1$ H4>. 4 ^jfj. 6 Imper.
s<t>. of im, w. n. 6 n. 7 niptyfi, *. aff. irrabo, etc. 8 nto. 9 inf. k. of
JJB, w. aff. for my. 10 nn. &% 12 Imper. K. of 2W\ w. H. 13 Tab. Ill (3).
UH8ph.0t(2). 15 |lS. " VT) # 17 mi. 18 n pt, e 19 T& E< p t 20 <$ 21 ^
22 H^ # 23 |p # 24 Kan. 2. 26 nmp. 27 .infill. 28 fjjf 71 (iii). 29 JD\
30 D^pys. 81 *y. 32 ito 33 pi. of nnpp. * n$?. * nna. 36 3 s. m. Past
^. of mi. 87 vdi 3 8 ba rva. 39 n> jj<f ( 212). 4 nn$. 41 ^
nilp. 43 -Sty of (37). u |N. 45 Vocab. I (14). UTm (m.). See 59.
47 n-n (/.). 48 ins. D3fii?3. 60 rqjtt% 5l ivik?>]-i ( 74, /.). 62 to
Fut. (- 1 -). [See also No. 1.]. 53 th& Pi.
* Fut. w. 1 Convers. f Past w. 1 Convers,
150
SECTION XVII.
Variations in the case of Yerbs 1 ]}, and Verbs * y
[Tab. XX].
218. There are two great Classes of Yerbs whose 2 d Rt-letter
is ) or *, viz. those
(I) in which the 1 (or the *) is Consonantal,
(II) in which the ) (or the *) is Quiescent
219. The forms of the First Class agree with those of ordinary
Yerbs,* and therefore do not require detailed mention here. But
220. Important Variations take place when the 2 d Rt-letter
is ) (or * f) Quiescent
j (i) The ) is sometimes Quiescent in ^ ; as in [see Tab. XX]
(a) Kal, Infin., Partic (2), Imper. and Fut.,
08) JV$., Past 2 s. & pi. (m. &/,), and 1 s. & pi. But
(N.B.) the defective form - r may occur for \, as in
D^D Ps. xii. 9 for bfg Inf. K. w. 3 (fr. hVi),
and so ^fop for ytfip 2 pi. m. Imper. K. y DpfcO for
BlpKI 1 s?Fut. K. w. 1 Conv., 3p* for''^)p*
3 pi. m. Fut. JT., etc.
* Thu3, (a) when the 2 d Et-letter is j Consonantal, we have (1) fr. nil, I1V1
3 s. m. Past K., T\T\\ 3 s. m. Fut. JT., D^np pi. m. Partic. P; (2) fr. TYM,
W1W in Pause for -111] V? 3 pi. m. Fut. K. ; so (3) fr. Tin, W1)j(JJ 3 pi. m. Fut. X
in Pause; (4) fr. Via,' tie Inf. K. $)& w.% Past JflJ 3s.m., :Jjj}i 3 pi. (in Pause
for Wll), -IJ^H 1 pi., also the Partic. Jjjj s. j., and Fut. |$ 3 s. at, etc.; (5) fr.
TO, P?. Inf/rnj; 1 ? w. ^>, Fut. n-lg* 3 s. m., etc. So, also,
(b) when the 2* Rt-letter is Consonantal, (6) fr. 3% ^IIKI 1 s. Past iT. j
(7) fr. D*p, the P?. Inf. D >j?V W. !?, Past Dij? 3 e. w., g 3 pi., Fut. Jnj281 Pause-
form of n?W 1 s. (with H, and with 1 Convers.), etc. ; (8) the EQ. forms tT]JP|9
1 pi. Past of T*, and -IVtDV*! 3 pi. in. Fut. (in Pause) of TO. [For the trans-
position of the V and the n of fin, and for the change of the D to D, cp. 'Notes
on Tab. XIV (***)].
t See 225-228.
Verbs Vtf 220 (ii-v). 151
(ii) The 1 is sometimes Quiescent in Khoulem; as in
{a) theInf.Abs.7iT. Dip,
(J3) some other Inf. K. forms, as T\)ti* f rt&3, fflfc-?,
(and so KIT? hut fltty^jj and with Pron. Affs.,
irt^* his dying, etc., from JlID fo die,
(ry) some Fut. if. forms, as JB* ifc^ etc., besides
the more usual U^P* ^lfc^tt etc. ; and
(8) throughout the iV<., except. the forms in (i, /3).
(iii) The 1 is sometimes dropped f as in the K. Past [Dp
3 s. m., PlftD 3 s. /., Jjjpp 2 s. w, etc.], and
Partic (1) [Dp s. m., fttjp s. /., etc.], etc. ; see
Tab. XX.
(iv) The ) is sometimes replaced by % , either
(a) written, as in D^pPP Inf. -H"^. with 7, and Dp PI
Past 3 s. m., etc., or
(/?) understood, as in the Inf. Abs. H(f>. J DDtl and
the Fut. forms Dp 1 * Dp ft etc. ; and
(<y) the Long Yowel is sometimes shortened into as
we shall see.
(v) The Hoph-al Voice of these Verbs has the same form as
in the Verbs *'fi [see Tab. XVIII]
* This, and the like words fr. nift, may however be (as some take them to be)
Declension-forms of the Noun H)D death, with Pron. Affs. as in Tab. XIII (J, e).
There are also TMD my dying, PIH-ID her . . , -liH-ID (& -IJn.D) our . . , and jfip
their (/.) . . , like the forms from Dip.
f For which a Quiescent-letter is understood, generally. But sometimes such a
letter appears, as the X in Dfc?j5 (= Dj? 3 s. m Past E.) Hos. x. 14, etc. So, for fifi
3 s. m. Fut. JSty. of ftt, we find J^QJ EccL xii. 5 (See, also, p. 295).
J Once D^PiJ, Jer. xliv. 25.
These forms are used (rather than the hr forms) in the three cases mentioned
in 162 (e, ii).
M
152 Verbs ft 220 (vi)-222.
(vi) Instead of Pz-el, Pu-dl, Hithpa-M forms, these Verba
have y?te, hh)b f SSiSnn forms, i.e. the 2 a Et-
letter is Quiescent (and therefore cannot be
doubled by Dag. F.), but the 3 d Rt-letter is
repeated. See Tab. XX.
221. The Past Tense forms in the second column of the Kal
in Tab. XX, fift ?\T\ft *lfift and the Partic. T\fo correspond to
the S^fi forms of Past-Tense and Partic. K. in the 'FulT Verb
T
[see 138 (a)]. But,
Obs. (i) the which, in the 3 s./. and 3 pi. Past of the S?3
form of 'Full' Verbs, appears in the Pause-forms
only, stands regularly in the forms JlHlb 3 s./.,
V\2D 3 pi. ; also
(ii) the Partic (1) K. s./. and pi. m. and/, are T\Y\fo * D^fl/b
[nin&> But
(iii) the Imper. and Fut. of fil/b are like those of Dip.
[(iv) The Verb T\)f2 having H for its 3 d Rt-letter drops this
H on receiving an additional syllable beginning with
H, and this latter receives Dag. F. ; thus, ftjb for
$(]$?, J"lfi for *?($>, **$ for ^(H)5, tS*6 $
for Dg(^ etc. Cp. 183 08)].
222. The Past-Tense forms in the third column of the Kal
in Tab. XX, viz, #$ Plfc^ etc., and the Partic (1)&% correspond
to the Sj?S form of the Past-Tense and Partic. in the ' Full '
Verbs [see 138 (a)]. But,
* Thus D*J? Neh. xiii. 21, pi. m., iv. )1? or |v. (The corresponding s. m, wouH
be |J>, like ")JJ Song. v. 2, fr. Ity.)
Verbs XV 222 (i)-224. 153
Obs. (i) the 1L which in the 3 s. /. & 3 pi. Past of the ^6
form of ' Full ' Verbs appears in Pause-forma only,
stands regularly in the forms fl$9 3 s. /. and ^51
3 pi.
(ii) The Partic (1) K. s. /. and pi. m. & /. are [fig^],
(iii) In the Imper. (the form E?Jj corresponds to the
form "lps with ). The stands regularly in the
forms *$3 2 s. /. and $ff% 2 pi. m. ; but it appears in
the corresponding Pause-forms, merely, in the case of
'Full' Verbs. So also
- (iv) in the Fut. forms *#hft 2 s./., fety 3 pi. m., WZft
2 pi. !., and in Jl^bX 1 s. w. Jl ; for
(v) the Fut. forms $1* >bft etc., correspond to the (-^-)
forms "1h&* # H|b5fi, etc., of the 'Full' Verb, the
-r of the prefix-letters being lengthened into in
order to avoid the occurrence of the Short-vowel in
an open syllable.
223. Some Verbs have here and there forms such as in 221
or 222, as well as others like those fr. dip in Tab. XX.
224. Some Verbs have (cp. 220, ii, 7) Fut. K. forms such as
D'rV (fr. Din)Ps.lxxii.l3, U\T\T\ Ez. v. 11, as weU as others
such as wnv wnn.
The forms in Tab. XX, of which the chief features are sketched
above, will be sufficient for this Exercise book with the follow-
ing additions [ 225-248].
154 Verbs *>'$ 225-227.
225. Some few Yerbs have * (being s '$ therefore) where
the i| occurs in the Kal of dip [Tab. XX] ; thus
(i) Infix. pS (Absol) of Boot p, D^ (Constr.) of Root
D^=BlbO. So n^ and (w.h) T&h t and (w. Aft"
*-my) W [=W>, Pt.I,12] of Eoot n^(=n^),
etc.;
(ii) Imper. D*fe> 2 s. m. (and w. H, nfc^)> W 2 s. /. (and
*&b> Jer. xxxi. 21), ^fcf 2 pi. *. (also }&&>) ;
V v >
(iii) Fut. D^ 3 s. m. (also DB* and DGT), *D^m, etc.
226. Such Yerbs have other forms like those in 220 (iii) ;
[thus, fr. 0& in Kal,f
(i) Past DE> 3 s. m., TM& 3 s./., fifc^ 2 s. m., fljbfef 2 s./,
etc. ;
(ii) Partic (1) Db> s. m., H]&> s./., etc. Also
(iii) there are sometimes 1 ty as ra# as H tf forms having the
same 1 st and 3 d Et-letters ; thus, tfifc> Inf. (Abs.) and Mfe^ D^T?,
etc., besides ftty in 225 (i); and so Q^^ Ex. iv. 11, besides
the more usual D^J, etc., in 225 (iii). So tftfc#* Is. xxxv. 1
(3 pi. m. Fut. K with Aff. D them m., Sect. XXII) from fc^jf,
although the usual Imper. and Fut. forms are from fe^G?]. But
227. there are also a few forms, as nil^ (Job xxxiii. 13)
2 s. m. Past, WS (Dan. ix. 2) 1 s. Past, and Wl (in tD^Tl
Jer. xvi. 16, 3 pi. m. Past with Aff. D them m.), which are
like Hiph-il forms withoujb the H +.
* Sometimes occurs as in j7Jjl Job xvii. 2 (3 s. /., fr. \h) ; and, in Pause,
:)j?ri b$ Ju. xix. 20 (2 s. m.). But also f^J 3 s. m., f^fi 3 s./. & 2 s. m., \b$ 1 s.,
1^; 1 pi.; and |b1, fl & 2 S. xvii. 16, cp. 232 (iv).
t They agree generally with Tab. XX in other parts also.
t The full H<p. forms would be nbnn., *$*?!{, and DMHitt fr. Mng w. Aff. D
(Sect. XXII).
Verbs ty and fjf 228-230. 155
[Note. Some have supposed that these forms, and also thue
in 225 (i & ii), are really H<f>. forms without the PI. This
may fairly be doubted, especially in regard to the forms in
225 (i & ii)].
228. The Fut. K. forms of D*fe>, viz. B*fc* D^H etc., being
exactly the same as the H<f>. forms Dp* d^p^l, etc., the 3 & 2
pi. /. would be TM&m like rflbpfi. So we find * H^ttl 3 pi./.
Fut. K from ^J of which the Fut. K. forms are 70* ^ft etc.
VT> V T J
[Note. As in 220 (iv, /5), the * of these forms is often
replaced by -^ ; thus Elfe* for D*fe* etc. Cp. Note () on 220
(iv. .]
229. Some few Yerbs have forms like f tH 1 3 s. m., dhft 3 s. m.,
ST VT
from D*! 1 !, as well as the more usual forms DW D^HH . So i'*
V.T > V T N. T
fr. $% as well as the more usual 3^, etc. [cp. 220 (ii,?)].
And so ftf} Gen. vi. 3, fr. JH, but the more usual Fut. is (fr. OT)
PT , pfi , etc.
230. Of the 3 & 2 pi. /. Fut. K. two. forms are given in
Tab. XX. The first of these two, viz. Pljj&bjrl, corresponds with
the Imper. 2 pi. /. Ptifcb as rffTpfift with PllHbiS. And so we
have, (i) fr. !)&, HElVn (in fl8?tf| 1 8. vii. 14 ; cp.
x ' t:v.t* t:vt- x
Ez. xxxv. 9 Kri, and pfc^ft twice in Ez. xvi. 55). Similarly
(2) fr. *m, nr&m (m itnfcro jth for rtnro jb^i*, i s.
N/ t:vt^ t;t-
* Like n)5J?? 3 pi./. Fut. #<|>. of l^j and so rU^.P) in Tab. XX.
t Sometimes such forms are used where there is a positive or negative Wish. But
it is unsafe to limit the usage to that case. If we might assume such forms from
Boots which have them not, we might say that the - T - (#) of Dp*! ( 232) is obtained
from the -*- of ti\) s [which does not occur] instead of the -1 of D-1p\ But no
advantage is gained by the assumption, and some objections might be raised.
156 Verbs fy 231-232 (i).
xiv. 27). And (s) fr. 11, njKlttl* (and once httttM 9 once
jxnn). But
T
231. several of the 3 pi./. Fut. K. forms which occur are like
ftJWpl-l, the second form given in Tab. XX. Thus (i) fr. tffei
WtattR. (2) fr. tjiy, WttpA'; (3) fr. p&, fh^fift; and so
(Ofrom^, tffijfa once (Ez. xvi. 55) ; (5) fr. HO, m*fctefi
t vv \ : t vt :
occurs once, and PO^i^ft once; but the form in 230 (3) occurs
about a dozen times.
232. The drawing back of the Accent by the ) Convers. of
the Fut. produces, in the Kal and Hijph., some remarkable
changes in these Yerbs. Thus,
(i) in Kal, tflp* has [in accordance with Pt. I, 55 (9, b)]
the Accent on the last syllable. But the ) Convers.,
as in 189, draws away the Accent to the Penult,
syllable. Consequently the Long- Vowel } would then (if
left) be unaccented and yet followed by Shva Quiescent
understood with the D . To avoid such a breach of the
great Rule in Pt. I, 55 (8), the 5| is shortened into
-7- (0) [Pt. I, 19], and so we have the form J Dp* 1.
Similarly tftpft gives DPJjl, So, fr. 3ft MB^J gives
IW*) eto.8 And so
T KT-t "
* The k being Quiescent, there is no Shva beneath it. For the Verb SOt see
pp. 272-275.
t Also n31Blp Zech. i. 17, njptiMjl Ez. xiii. 19.
X In Pause, the Accent returning to the last syllable then, we have instead of
the-T-(3). Thus (for S)j;l) {*jj$ from Spy, aud (for flty JfVI from fn ;
and so (for DV^l) DW*1, fr. D1, etc. For Pause-forms not in Pause, such as
nb>l Nu. xxxv. 16, Jbni Am. ix. 5, cp. 164 (0).
So n-I^J 1 pi. Fut. X gives n^31, which appears in the form ZIVQ (with 1
' superfluous') in Neh. iv. 9. Cp. 2 S. xiii. 8.
Verbs fy 232 (ii)-234. 157
(n) in Hiph. QW gives dp*1 with in the place of the * *
of D*| Similarly tfj3fl gives Qpfil. So, fr. S1#,
S^ gives ^*1 and ym 1 pi. gives 1^1 etc.
V T V VT-J V T ; V \J-}
[N.B. The Pause-forms of HJJ, etc., are tDDJJ, etc.]
(iii) The Fat. forms in 225, viz. DHS^ etc., are treated like
those in (ii) here. Thus El*fc* gives Db^l etc.
\ / V T V VT->
(iv) Similarly when from any other cause the Accent is
removed from the last syllable of ttpj, BW, and
such like, the forms are as above in (i)-(iii). Thus
^h B1 Job xxii. 28, K)-aB^ 2 S. xix. 38,'te rVf
Ju. vi. 32, jS^'fl ^tf 1 K. ii. 20.
233. In the case of the 1 s. Fut., the Accent is not drawn
back by the 1 Convers. ; and so QpR and Wp# remain un-
changed in ttjatt Kal and D^fcO E$-
234. When the 3 d Et-letter is H or J?, the 2 d Rt-letter takes
instead of (o) in the Kal, and also instead of in the
Hiph. Thus, fr. fitt fo m, the Fut. X. fitfj 3 s. m. gives m jj
and he rested, and the Fut. Hd>. JT3* 3 s. m. gives TO*1 tfftG? Ae
caused to rest (or awe? A# 0W mtf) ; so that, the two forms being
exactly the same, the context alone can enable us to know
whether Fl3*1 in any place is Kal or Hiph.%
* If we might say that D* 1 ^ would have the * replaced by * on receiving the 1
Convers., and in the other two cases mentioned in 162 (<?, ii), then it would be the <r
of DR.^ which is shortened into in Dj? s T 1. [But, as in 189 (i), the * itself
remains in D*pK1; and so in D^btfl, etc. "We have, however, iy.N1 as well as
YJW, etc.]
f So too the Imper. B<p. DIH 2 s. m. becomes D^H when the Accent is removed
from the last syllable. See 2 K. vi. 7.
X The Accent is not always drawn back so after 7X we find also 2&F\ ?N.
Also fr. an, we find inn h& (W) Pr. iii. 30 [aVtfi KMv.\
\ An Accented also appears sometimes, as in Tab. XVI (3) (B, ) ; thus n*V
for pn\ etc. So M* (for VV) in B3J ^ 2 K. xxiii. 18.
158 Yerbs fy 235, 236.
Similarly J$*5 fr. J?1} may be (so far as form is concerned)
either Fut. K., fr. Jfi or Fut. #<., fr. . and the context
alone can decide which of the two it is. So, also,
235. when the 3 d Et-letter is *1 , sometimes is chosen instead
of (6) in the Kal, and instead of in the ffiph. Thus, fr.
^llD to turn aside (In trans.) the Fut. K. ta fiD ,> 3 s. m. gives *)D*5
and he turned aside [to see, etc.] Ju. xiv. 8, and the Fut. H(j>.
"VD" 1 3 s. m. gives ^D* 1 ) and he turned aside [i.e. removed the
ashes from his face] 1 K. xx. 41.
So too when the Accent is removed from any other cause, as
in ""ISP 1 K. viii. 37, *\)F\ 7K D. ii. 9, but these may, perhaps,
not be from ^Vftf.
236. (a) The Fut. 1 s. and 1 pi., with M, are unchanged.
Thus n&Sfc 1 s., Jl^W 1 pL, of the Kal; and so
the Eiph. rty^ 1 s. (of j), nynj 1 P i. (of yr,
etc.* And so,
(/3) the #<. Imper. 2 s. m. with H ; thus M/b^Pl (DVl)
from D11, etc.
(7) The K. Imper. 2 s. m. with H has not only the Accent
Penultimate as in T\J2)p from Dip ; but also some-
times the Accent is on the last syllable as in
PlJWp which is exactly the same in appearance
as the s. /. Partic (2) K. [The context alone
enables us to distinguish, then, between the two
words.]
For n^pj, 3 s. m. with, ft, see 144 (7).
Verbs fy 237, 238 (ii). 159
237. The corresponding variation in regard to the position
of the Accent is found also in the 2 s. /. Imper. K. ( % Wp *), and
sometimes in the 3 s./. Past K. (ilffljt) ; and more often in the
3 pi. Past K. (3j5),
[Further remarks on the forms in 23G (7) and 237 will be
given in the Appendix.]
Notes.
238. (i) In the Past K. of the Yerb fcfll the 3 takes ~ in
the place of as in Tfi& (& FUJKSl) 2 s. m., *JlX!l 1 s., etc.
This is because the K (being Quiescent in these forms) has not
Quiescent Shva, as the ft has in ft/ftp *fiitip etc.; and therefore,
the syllable being now an 'open* one, the Short Yowel is
lengthened into . Many other instances of this will be found
to occur. Comp. Obs. XXIII., p. 185 [For the Yerb KQ see
pp. 272-275.]
(ii) We find (instead of -*-) in D{3#M 2 pi. m. Past K.
from B^lS with \ pref. This, as also the in DfifeSH* 2 pi. m.
Past K. of Eh* and the - in QftWe* 2 pi. m. Past of &#,$
are supposed by some to be obtained from the of the 7^3
form of Past Tense K. This is possible ; and thus the would
be in analogy with the -7- (0) of the 2 pi. m. & /. of the ?J?3
form of Past Tense. But the statement of 138 (A) (ii) should
* *D-1p (with the Accent on the last syllahle) might he, instead, the Infin. Kal
with Pron. Aff. my. The context alone can decide hetween the two, when the
Imper. 2 s./. is so accented.
f flftp (with the Accent on the last syllahle) might he, instead, the Partic (1)
K. s. /. ; and the context alone can decide hetween the two, when the 3 s. /. Past is so
accented.
% The rr occurs also, sometimes, instead of the usual , in some forms with
Pronom. Affs., as will he seen in Sect. XXII,
160 Verbs fy 238 (iii)-240.
be borne in mind by the Student. This matter must be dealt
with by and by.
(iii) The position of the Accent on the last syllable of some
Past-Tense forms, instead of the last but one as in Tab. XX,
must be dealt with hereafter, as said above. But, moreover,
N.B. the Accent is on the last syllable sometimes, not always,
in accordance with 160.
(iv) It need scarcely be said that i)-J7 (in ^*p) Ju. xix. 13) is
1 pi. Past K. for VQ)2 fr - f 7 C P* ^ 3 (a) ' "
(v) The form T\^A Zech. v. 4 is 3 s. /. Past K. fr. \h, with
in the place of .
239. In accordance with the great General Rule of 59, the
of ^in^ disappears when the Accent is on the last syllable
(by reason of the J of 145) as in V\T\)ti H 3 pi. m. K, with j (or
fttjb^ Pt. I 14). So pn&Jjl (or priori) 2 pi. m. So also in
the Hiph.\ thus pjbW 3 pi. m. Fut. ff<j>. (with {) Job iv. 4.
240. In Niph., (a) when the 1 st Et-letter cannot receive
Dagesh, we find Compensation made in the Infin. ^11^7 (for
^iXn 1 ?) Job xxxiii. 30 fr. "fitf, and so in the Fut. *ftP Jer.
vi. 22, etc., fr. *ty *
(/3) Instead of the *| of tDHJ^p} 2 pi. m. Past, we have in
Dni^bi Ez. xi. 17, anbM Ez. xx. 43.
(7) Instead of the ) in the Partic. N<f>. we have, also, Shurik ;
thus Mfi3 pi. m. Ex. xiv. 3 (Pt. I, 14).
* This form is adopted, in the word ^V)., Zech. ii. 17, for the Past Niph. 3 s. m.
Once, also, we find HD} 3 s. m. Past ity., in Pause, for -|3 (as if fr. Tlfc, Sect.
XVIII).
241, 242. SOME ' BORROWED ' FORMS 243, 244. 161
241. Instead of Pi in the Hiph. Past we find (a) sometimes
n as in nirOPl Ps. xliv. 8, *m\Tl Ps. cxxxix. 18; also (/3)
v: t . v: v | v:
before a Guttural, as in ^rnyH Jer. xi. 7.
242. Besides the long forms of the 2 s. & pi. and 1 s. & pi. of
the Past R(j>. in Tab. XX, there are also a few forms which are
more like to nipSH, Wigjpl; etc., in Tab. XIY. Thus fiSjn
2 s. m. fr. m Ex. xx. 25, etc. ; $&$} 1 s. fr. SttD Jer. xvi. 13.
Similarly, fromjl^, H^H 2 s. m. with Jl, ^ftfi 1 s., *DfifcPl
2 pi. m., *Jppn 2 pi. /.; and, from {*&, ti31 1 pi. (2 Chr.
xxix. 19) [cp. 183].
243. 'Borrowed* forms. Some words, belonging to Boots
)']} in sense, agree in form with those of Tab. XX (}'). Thus,
(i) in the ITf. Past, tpMSfi 3 pi. with Aff. ^ t thee (m.) [instead
of TpiTpH (or 'n), fr. JYID] Jer. xxxviii. 22; and so (2) in the
H<f>. Partic. fVDD s. m. y and D^plbJ or D3vft J pi. ^. [instead of
D^^/bfr. llS]; W in the JEty. Fut. ^%| 3 pi. w., 0%*J
2 pi. m., [instead of tf^, wStt] ; (4) the JffbpA. Past DJ5J1
3 s. m. [2 S. xxiii. 1, instead of DpjlH fr. Dip] ; etc.
244. As other instances of 'Borrowed* forms we may mention
here (1) fi^H 3 s. m. Past JT<., H^H 3 s./., fi^liPl 2 s. m.,
.^liPI 3 pi., when used in the sense of 'being ashamed*
which belongs to the Boot'S^H, but the forms belong to the
Boot $y to be dry (Hos. xiii. 15). So, on the other hand,
tyXl* 1 in the sense " he or it will be dry*' This sense belongs
to the Boot B^\ but the form ^3J belongs to the Boot thU.
,
* Observe tlie here, instead of . Further remarks on these, and some other
forms, will be given hereafter,
f See Tab. XXV. J In the sense murmuring.
162 SOME ' BORROWED ' FORMS 245-248.
Many other instances of 'borrowed* forms will be found to
occur. Under this head may be classed the forms referred to in
212, 214. Also the usual Eoph-al forms of the Yerb fjf are
'borrowed* from the *fi [cp. 220 (v)].
So, too, we find forms 'borrowed' from the Yerbs dealt with
in the next Section (XYIII) ; as TS (for TS he despised) Zech.
iv. 10, and so fltD Is. xliv. 18 in the sense of JltO Lev. xiv. 42.
245. The main Rules for Pause-forms [ 165] hold in the
Yerbs l'jj. And, as in 166 (c), we have the in such H9.
Pause-forms as jtflSJVl 3 s. m. Past, t%)A3hri 3 plu. Past, etc.,
t^tfnnn 2 s./. imper., njjtfv 3 s . m. Fut., etc.
246. The rare form MJtOtOi^nn Jer. xlix. 3, may be men-
tioned here. It is the 2 pi. /. Imper. H6. from tSl^, the $ being
not transposed with the T\ of ftPl probably to avoid having the
Sft immediately before the JlJtOtD as would be the case if the
form PttfcDfcDilWn were adopted.
[Obs. The of the b here is in accordance with the ( j-)) form
in Tab. XIY (vn)].
247. The following Participle-forms with Pron. Affs. will be
recognized at once from Tab. XX ; viz. *jbp Partic (1) K. those
rising up against me (lit. my risers up). So ^D/bi'l/b Partic. PL
one raising me on high (lit. my raiser on high), *l2lti)pT)!b one
raising himself up against me (lit. my opponent), etc. And so
*VT)ti thy (m.) dead ones, from DTlft plu. of fift etc. But
248. as these Yerbs differ so much from the ' Full \ Yerbs, it
may be well to give here the following
163
Table of Participle-forms.
Plu. /.
i.e.
Plu. w.
i.e.
Sing./.
i.c. Sing. m.
ntop
* ,
V"
vat
>V
nap
Dp T *W(i)v
rn
tMQte
v
npe
*p w / (i)
rt^te
W)2
Bfa (7) \ Kal -
ntop
Wttp
rV
^
D^t (2)'
ritotej
* 1 :
>
V"
Dtttytt
v
"W
^tfMtW^i
ntortpa
v : J :
1
D^Jbipa
n^ip|
TO#pS)
Daip^(m)^.
rtoipfc
D^jSJ
<V &$pS(lV)P2.
rts^a
V"
b^jao
it J- :
D^(v)^A.
ntop^
*Bt
fi^a
D ^ Dj^5(Vl)5qpA.
ntokipna
V i
a*&bipn&
v : J :
nfc&ipijbj
Dpipn)bil(vn)^%.
n&5
* (a) As in Note (f) on 220, iii, so also an K stands in DtSNKJ pi. m., and
nitOX^ pi. /., (which are like D^Dj? and r\)D\) in i (1, a), above); and so
in ntofcO Pr, xxiv. 7.
(J) The Noun D*y| (2 Chron. ii. 16), is of the form D*pD in i(l,jB); but with
* standing after the . (We find * in ^ft ,| j? Job xxii. 20, owr adversary
according to some.)
(c) Instead of D^D pi. m., we find once D^ttlp (2 K xvi. 7) like D^*13 in i (1, 7).
(d) As Partic (1) forms with -1 (or -r- ) some have taken PH-ID (Is. xlix. 21), and
others such, as pgjgf Mi. ii. 8, D^n Nu. xxxii. 17. But these seem to
belong rather to 1 (2).
t With ^ for -1 (Pt. I, 14) we find D>te Josh. v. 5. The word H^T Is. fix. 5,
for rn-1T s./., has for -7- ; cp. 238 (v)
% (a) n#BJ occurs as s./. in 2 S. xviii. 8 (mVBJ Kthtv.),
(b) For D*J3} see 240 (7).
For IVDD see 243(a).
164
1. WX The lord, Lord.
2. P]{< (m.) anger, w. Aff.
'"ISX his , , , etc.
VOCABULARY VI.
3. yn (/.) earth, a land,
country. In Pause
*T^. See also Exerc.
XIII. 5. [See Tab.
X (1) for the Sing.,
and Tab. XII (1) for
the Pin.]
4. ]W (/.) a right hand
[ 56 and 59].
5. lib (m.) strength
[74()].
6. fcO now, I pray, we pray.
7. n?Dn (/.) prayer.
Exercise XXXIY.
{To be translated into English, 11. a-.)
9 pfe> 8 tw?) 7 Dirt 6 rx& 5 ^D5 4 jin; : 3 sp3^ 2 WW V. ' ^p
15 nna : *i$p "*$$& 7 ^jghB t 7 B#ta& 12 *)K u S^b : 10 iy
: 5 teM l9 tDfiBfe 1 ? 4 d$ : 18 w i&y " nrw t 16 vthh 7 Dnta
: . T . . - ).. . T - : v :
: 25ta )inK *v&\ '*& : tfyah **ia# : *tt*tt 20 d^ wm
: 28 w v6x r Sfi : n W hy *"?it ^ 26i i^ W ^
: v: t; ) vt 1 | :t t t t
31 Dmn l mm nnx : w 7 dv^ dm 1 ? "rnto 2 29 nm?
- : | t t - I v : t y t t t: t
1 Dip K. to arise, rise ; Ed. Tartic. one raising himself up against another,
an opponent. 2 pS K. to be scattered, H(p. to scatter. 3 Exerc. XX (52).
4 }1D Pi. to establish, also to prepare ; iVty. & Pu. to be established. 6 ND3 a throne
(w. Aff.iKpS, etc.). 6 from of old. D11 iT. to be high, exalted; Pi. to exalt,
extol ; IT<p. to make to be high (and so to exalt, raise on high), Soph, to be taken
away. 8 KBO (iV</>. Partic.) lofty. 9 pB> to inhabit. 10 eternity. !?SE> .Sty. to
make low. l2 also. 13 *iyK> a gate (Tab. X, 5). " death. 15 my Glory. " &J>*a
a head (w. Aff. 1W1, etc. Plu. D^&O).* and the reproach of. " Tl D X. to
turn aside, depart; H$. to cause to turn aside, to remove. 19 for the judgment.
20 0)2 to tread down. 21 IV a foe, pi. DTflf. 22 2)W to go back, turn back, turn
away, return, repent. 83 ^)2 to be ashamed. 24 J1D iV<J>. to be turned, turned
back. 25 backwards. 26 for them (*w.) [Obs. XIV, p. 139]. 27 Exerc. XXIV (se).
as jflg* salvation. 29 TVK> to put, place, appoint. 30 fear. [To " put fear to
one" = to "put one in fear"]. 31 Dm Pi. to compassionate, have mercy on.
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given again in the Notes.
165
T " ' :J- T K T T T T I
'tttfpngib t "torts *Hj3 7 dti i ??$$ 36 ^ 8 TT J*
t toy 1 ? *np 7 dti : 40 Dn^' 89 ^ : ">?5*w
li Lijv vr^ tt: t :- :
"nan 44 nna : nzb 7 dti tt ttDfe> j 42 nm s#h 41 nrtoft
T T T T
: iaS tt w t 60 iiht 49h t>si 48 D^ 47 Dnx3 "riiWiBfa
tt:I* : tt t: ttt -;-:
t*ftteha 22 s# *& I 63 Sw 62 x^ Was 61h v&n ei
69 rrrirv n du * *t&ki t "B*1W 57 WJ : "vWa *na 65ta iD*i
T . ... - t : : T T t - T -
6M fiWii t Wib m ^n'tpn 62ta i^x : 3 6l ^s 6o ^ 18 td#
65 wot 65 ^D 64 ^VT : **| H^ W--"B5h
7 D^n 1 68 trite 67 &na tsni : "d?*! 18 vt> : M*rtoa
- t P t t - T v -: -
60 hv^ *taa t 73 ^n 72 win : n wrb 70 rip : m t&fh
-t"': :- *t -- J T -T-
: 83 nfca 23 a#a : 82 <f$$!j 81 ttVtfiSf 29 nn# : 16 Ml W Dja 80 $
32 hath come. 33 an appointed time. 34 \lf) a horn (Tab. X, 1). p to judge.
36 the ends of. 37 His Anointed. 38 Thou wilt defend me. 39 D1J to slumber, sleep.
40 their sleep. 4l T\)12 K. to die,* Pi. to kill, H<p. to cause to die, {and so to kill). 42 evil.
43 5Dfe> to be satisfied, satiated, to be full. 44 V)K to curse. 45 13 J a man {properly,
a mighty man). 46 ntD3 to trust. 47 in man. 48 WW to put, make. 49 flesh. 50 his
arm. 51 lift E<\>. to change. 62 for [that which] not. 63 ?JP M<p. to profit, be of use.
ygn wickedness* (Tab. X, 4). 55 x. of No. 18. 56 from him. 57 $& to wander.
68 blind (pi. m.). 59 Judah.* 60 by from {lit. from upon). "My Face, Presence.
62 as. 63 ?1D Hiph. to fling, cast ; Soph, to be cast, cast away. 64 JJT to know.*
65 V$ H<p. to testify (followed by 3 against). * 6 ty to go, go away. 67 Tab. III.
68 among the heathen. 69 the continual [sacrifice]. 70 \>Y to pour out [ 138 (B),
iv, j8]. 71 a prayer (E.V.). 72 we have conceived. 73 Tin (or ^Tl) to be in pain.
74 UVZE<p. to strip. 75 the crown of. 76 \T\H a priest.* 77 |J5T an elder.* ' 8 T# a city.
19 yiH to expire. 80 P)1 to flow. 81 our iniquities. 82 before Thee. 83 exceedingly.
* "Words marked thus (*) need not be given again in the Notes.
166
t~rt^j3ti|? "aojfl 88 ^isnn t "&m$ 66 d^ "ni^i
t t t t -: t : I v : J t t t
.... 48 Q^ 93 ^ 4 |ggi 93 ^ j ... ^
&& : m^k 22 n^*o hit 22i in^ : * Sx "irawtt) "t^?
-: t t : - t : v t t : :
: 98 wtaaa 97 rtjcsrh 96 ana* 95 bwi : 4l n&n 4i rtoa H rhm
tv : ^ t : - : t *t v - : J : v
*6 ^ 101 *rf& Sx 1 100 D^rv M pip 99 nntynn "n.'iiynn
: lw a; ^Vpn; 4i dw *6 t ^iwa 4l m?& jj :. 23 ^inn
io7 nS^x t *s io6 bt>x i05 b>ib> : 105 nn^ 104 nh^ ^x M nkp
t'tt- ; : -:-: ' : J"
: 63 Stpv xS"-: 4 ^M 45ta in^ 108v "!^? $3 * 28 W *H*ag
fi t to 112 ^n tfrc n : 110 pirns 109 *snb 88 nw!i
r-. T :- "'t-: t:- | t~ : t:-
j 114 nm Mat 'n&fcfaa : wnSa * 'S#i 1 fwi ^ *h
t : - : t : : v : t : : ) v t t t t -
|t t- t : t " :J - : t vt-t:
t :
84 verily, but. 85 as Adam, or man. 86 great. 87 and small. 88 ^2 K. & H<p.
to understand, Ed. to consider. 89 Kip to call*. *> |1p P*. to mourn. 91 K13
to come [see 230 (s)]. 92 these two [things] (/.) 93 iy until [that]. * yzn to
take delight. 95 the mountains. 96 B^B to depart (E.V.). OT and the hills. 98 D-1D
X. to be moved. " niy #0. to rouse oneself. 10 Jerusalem.* 101 &TP to fear.
102 and maketh-alive (E.V.). 103 Exerc. XX (45). nHD to open. 105 for my
Love. 106 bib or WW to rejoice. 107 h^ to be glad. "8 the steps of. 109 my
thought. uo afar off. 1U 1H to contend, plead. ll2 2*1 a contention, cause.
113 yn B<p. to shout, make a -joyful cry. "* together. 115 God. ll6 "IW Jfy. to
give light. m and former things. 118 now. U9 Iah.
* Words marked thus (*) need not be given again in the Notes.
t Go to ! , come !
167
Exercise XXXV.
{To be translated into Hebrew, 11, %-fJ)
** All Verbs l'jj here are to be Conjugated as in Tab. XX; and Verbs *'jj as in
225-228.
God 1 will-arise,* 2 His enemies 3 will-be-scattered.* 4 "When-
GoD-shall-arise-for-the-judgment (Hebr. on 5 arising-of 2 /or 6 the
judgment 1 God x ) . Earth 8 shall-greatly-reel * 9 like the drunkard, 10
and shall-shake^ 11 like the night-lodge. 12 Spare-Thou, J 13 0-
Lord, Thy (Hebr. over n Thy) people. 15 Raise-high 16 Thy (m.)
foot-steppings. 17 They-have-made 18 their (m.) banners 19 tokens. 19
I-made- to- turn- away 20 from a burden 21 his shoulder. 22 And
Mine eye 23 spared* 13 them (Hebr. over u them (m.)). And I- will-
make f 18 all My mountains 24 the- way (Hebr. /or 6 the way 25 ),
and My high- ways 26 shall-be-exalted (w.). 1<3
My steps 17 make -Thou (m.)-firm. 27 I -have -placed 28 in
The-LoRD my trust. 29 My heart 30 was-glad,* 31 and my glory 32
rejoiced.* 33 After-Thee 3i we - will - run.J 35 Awake (/.), 36
awake, 36 put- on 37 strength, 38 0- arm 39 of The -Lord ! . . . Art-
1 D\n% * Dip. 3 Exerc. XX (52). * pa K. to be scattered. 6 3 (prefixed to
tbe Infin. K.). ^ (the prefix). 7 DSK>B. 8 f# (/.) 9 JN3 [the "greatly" to
be expressed by tbe Infin. Absol. before tbe Tense, 137 (1, d, jB)]. I0 TDfc?.
llta 113 H6. l2 Hi-vD (used bere for a "lodgement" slung up to a tree, or trees).
13 Din. u by. 15 hy ()V his . . . , etc.). 16 DTI K. to be high (or exalted),
JEty. to make (or raise) bigb. D^Sl Tab. X (). 18 D# or D^\ 19 DJK, pi. lYiriK.
20 -no S<p. 21 *?nD. 22 D2# Tab. X (2) 23 pj} Tab. XIII (3) 24 ^ Exerc. XXXII (e).
25 "^i 26 Pi- of '^P?. 27 113 J5f* 28 1W. 29 HDHD. so gjj Exerc. XXXII (17).
"nbb\ 32 Vocab. v ( 3 ). 33( ?^. 34 *nnK. 35 pi". 36 niy. B>a^. 38 w.
* Verb to precede its Noun, or Nouns. f Past w. 1 Convers.
% With H at tbe end. With | at the end.
N
368
not thou (/.) the-same 40 that 41 made 18 [3 s. /. Past] the sea-
depths (Hebr. deptlis-of 42 a sea 43 ) a way 25 for-redeemed-ones-
to-pass-over (Hebr. for 6 passing-over-of** redeemed-ones ib (m.)) ?
And the-ransomed-of 46 The Lord shall return 47 and shall-come-
tof 48 Zion amid 49 glad- sin ging, 50 ... ; rejoicing 51 and joy 52
shall-they-attain-to 53 ^ sorrow 54 and sighing 55 [shall] have-fled-
away (pi.).* 56
39 yy-|T. 40 &T\. 41 The Prefix H as in 6. Cp. 98. & D*j?g. DJ. 4 * *Q$
Infin. IT. ^KJL 46 V.-n?. 47 21K>. Ktt. 3 (the prefix). *> Ttfl flfe^.
82 nrw. wafeoity. 64 jw. 55 nn:K. 66 du.
f See Notes on p. 167,
The Student may write out for Practice :
(1) the Fut. JT., and the Fut. H<f>., of Dl") to be high;
(2) the same two Futures with 1 Conversive.
169
Note.
[Those who are eager to begin to read The Bible itself may proceed to do so now
by help of the following Outline-sketch of the remaining Classes of Verbs and by
continual reference to the corresponding Tables.
But we strongly advise the Student not to do so, but, instead, to work carefully
through not only these pp. 169-178 but also the Observations XVI-L (on pp. 179,
etc.) and the additional Exercises XXXYI-L. It is scarcely possible to get the
requisite familiarity with some of the remaining Yerb-forms without carefully working
through the Exercises upon them. "Wise Students will find themselves well rewarded
for this additional toil.]
(I.) Section XYIII has to deal with ' Variations from Tab. XI Y
when the 2 d and 3 d Rt-letters are the same.' [As, for
instance, in Yerbs from the Roots MD, *Ttt .] But
(a) in many forms from such Roots there is no 'Varia-
tion ' from Tab. XI Y ; and
(/3) for the 'Variations' we may refer to Tab. XXL
[See also Obs. XVI,-XXII, & Exerc. XXXVI & XXXVII, pp. 179-184.]
(II ) Section XIX has to deal with 'Variations from Tab. XIV
when the 3 d Rt-letter is X .' The chief 'Variations from
Tab. XIV are:
(a) the 2 d Rt-letter has followed by tf Quiescent,
(i) instead of followed by a letter with Shva-
Quiescent [see Tab. XXII], and
(ii) in a few instances, in 3 s. /. Past forms, as
JthB (instead of TJ^P), and so fflbh
Gr. xxxiii. 11 (instead of HX^jl like Jl/bplPl) ;
(/3) in the 7^3 form of Past K., the is retained in the
2 d and 1 st Persons, as in T\WV 2 s. m., etc. ;
T l"T
(7) The K form is the common one in the other Voices.
Obs. Some words, which belong in signification to
Roots K/, have forms that are 'borrowed* from
Roots nS, for which see Tab. XXIII.
[See also Obs. XXIII-XXV, & Exerc. XXXVIII & XXXIX. pp 185-189.]
170 Verbs p6.
[See also Obs. XXVI-XXX, & Exerc. XL-XLII, pp. 190-201.]
(III.) Section XX has to deal with 'Variations from Tab. XIV
when the 3 d Bt-letter is Jl Quiescent.' These ' Variations'
are many and great, as seen in Tab. XXIII. The Student
may observe
(a) the Inf. Constr. endings in Ml, (we have also
ni^") as Inf. Abs. K., Is. xlii. 20 Kri } T\h^ Inf.
Abs. irf, 2S. vi. 20);
() the endings rV f W , etc., (sometimes fi /H
etc.), in Past Tenses;
(7) the endings Ht7> and Pi , in certain other parts;
(S) especially, the Imperative and Future forms with-
out the 3 d Rt-letter PI, thus
(i) Imperatives 2 s. m., as 7H for PIT3 Pi.,
tfin for r\B^n h$. (& ^jn- fr, nbjtt,
bnnn (p.6nnn) for pfennn m
(ii) Futures 3 s. m. &/., 2 s. w., and 1 s. & pi., as
(3 s. m.) ipy jr., 1 Sa; 2ty., 1 ^ PI., 1 g //<.,
^JUV JE?59., etc.
N.B. Such are often called 'Apocopated forms.'*
(<?) There are several varying forms, of which the follow-
ing may be mentioned here : (1) J?$* K. fr. PIJ7&?,
(2) in* JT. and *T\< fi$. fr. PDPl, (3) 1H* JT. fr.
PHPl (corresponding to 3#*fr.rQ# ), (4) W (p. t W)
* These forms are often used with 1 Convers. But see also p. 171, Note (J).
Verbs ft%. 171
K. fr. ri*l* and so ^ (p. t*jjgj fr. fi^H*. () Also
the K forms ^J 3 s. m. fr. flS^, ftDfl 3 s./. fr.
nn^, and so ^T\T\ fr. MJ^n, etc. ; and (e) tt* 3 s. m.
Put. .3$. fr. nn&, etc. [(e) For forms from rb^,
iwjf, and others such, see ().]
(J) The Fut. K. forms rfop* 3 s. m., h^ 3 s. /. &
2 s. m., TwV^ 1 pL, and their apocopated forms
v$ H 7^H /M are the same as those of the Fut.
Also the 1 s. Fut. K ?byX and the 1 s. Fut. H6.
. vw:v
n^l?^ have, both of them, the same apocop. form
The 2fA forms ffij^ etc., and so nfetf* 1 HEW
VVT '> W T "t VV T " i
etc., merely lose the H when apocopated. Thus
feWl 3 s. /. (w. ) pref.), and so *n* KTl fr.
rn* of n*n.
(77) The 3 s. m. Fut. E. flH*l* #0 *# $00, and the 3 s. m.
Fut. ^0. JlN^V ^ will cause to see, (or will shew) i
have, both of them, the same shortened form K1* 1 )
with ) Convers.J
N.B. It is only the 3 s. m, which has this shortened
form from Jltfl. But we have also pfc^ni 3 s./.
Fut. H<f>. fr. np#.
* From rTn to ie the 2 pi. w. Past K. DJ)Vn w. 1 pref. becomes DJpJfTfc
So the 2 pi. w. Imper. JT. -Vi! becomes l*nV
But the 2 s. m. Imper. JT. HVl becomes T&Si,
Similarly fr. i"Pn to live we have Dfl^m, Vm, but n*m.
f Once n'^n Ex. xxv. 31 (with * instead of ).
J Sometimes forms occur, with 1 Convers., not shortened ; thus, ilX'VV HN^I,
etc.
172 Verbs fi'b.
(0) A * Consonantal appears in some forms. Thus,
(i) rVDH 3 s./. Past K. and VDfi 3 pi. from nDfi;
and so (2) Jptt? and VftK 2 pi. m. Imper. jff". ;
(3) HWJK 1 s. Fut. JT. (with H also) ; (4) $&
3 pi. m. Fut. JT., and (with J, 145) |W JV|^,
$$& etc.; (5) JV&lfl, 2 pi. i. Fut. Pi., etc.
Obs. Such forms may be said to belong to Roots * 7 ;
but more must be said on this, elsewhere.
(1) A 1 Consonantal stands in some forms, from a few
Roots. Thus ififap 1 s. Past K. fr. rb&; V H1&&
: v.- t %,* -: - :
P2. Partic. pi. m. (i.e.) ; etc. ; which may be said to
belong to Roots ) 7. For the forms fr. HPI^, with
) introduced at the end, see Tab. XXIII, Notes f to If.
(k) The ending V in VDfcn Josh. xiv. 8 is Arama3an,
cp. Dan. v. 4.
(A) The ending PI occurs sometimes where the more
usual H is given in Tab. XXIII; and (rarely)
ri-^r instead of H-^- in the Table.
(/x) No difficulty will be caused by the appearance of
for in Pause, or by the ending tMH for
nn in 3 s./. Past forms. Cp. also 167 (iii).
In Lev. xxv. 21, we find the contracted form
Witt for PinfeW 3 b./ Past K. with \ pref.
vt T : vt : t : " *
(v) The Partic. forms will be sufficiently understood
from the following addition to Tab. XXIII :
Verbs ft 7.
173
Pin. (/.)
sniSii
V
i.e. Plu. (w.)
i.e. Sing, (m.)
V *nSi^ (i) a) tfo*
* *
*
i.c. Sing.(/.)
* it :
% ft
In other Yoices the only change from the s. m. forms
given in Tab. XXIII, is in the endings which are
Plu. (/.) I i.c. Plu. (*.) I i.e. Sing. (/.) | i.c. Sing, (m.)
ni- I *? dv r ,jv n? I ^ rv
Obs. (i) The Plu. (/.) Partic.-forms are the same in Constr.
(ii) The Partic.-forms K. *>T\ (p. tTl) living s. m., n*Pt s./.,
* * V- X IT VT -
D^n pi. m., rt*n pl./> are "borrowed" from a Boot
"n(=rm), being like nD s. m., H3D s./.,etc.,fr.MD.
(iii) Also the Past K. form *h (p. i^fl) 3 s. m. is "borrowed"
from "n (=T)"!), being like>2D 3 s. k Past JT. of
MD. But
(iv) nVn Partic. K. pi. /., Ex. i. 19, is like rtfifcf from
D^(226); and so PlTj Past K. 3 s./., Ex. L1&
(() To the forms in (6) above we may add here (1) D^Fl^D
Is. xxv. 6 P#. Partic. pi. m. of VJ = nnD in the sense
of Finft (some, however, give the ordinary sense of
nitb) ; (2) {Vift Job xix. 2, which is 2 pi. m. Fut. Zty.
of nr [cp. 195 (8, ii) and Sect. XXI (p, 174, iv, a)]
with the J of 145.
(0) The word !|M Ps. lxxx. 11 and Pr. xxiv. 31, is 3 pi.
Past Pit, of HDD with (0) instead of .
(it) There is sometimes K instead of PI : thus fctt&) 3 s. w.
Fut. K. of rO# etc.
* "With K standing for the H, K$3 s. m. 1 S. xxii. 2; DWJ Neh. v. 7 has K
; superfluous.'
t irp'y fr. may, rroia fr. nan, etc.; cp. (e) above. ins g. xiix. 22.
% ni s nfc, is. xii. 23, fr. nnK.
\ Wf in ton Job xli. 25 ( 6, tf. ii). In Job xv. 22 -1By is ZW for 1BV JftAto.
N.B. As in Pt. I, 14, we may have for } .
174 TWO-FOLD VARIATIONS.
[See also Obs. XXXI & XXXII, & Exerc. XLIII & XLIV, pp. 202-207.]
(IY.) Section XXI is to deal with Yerbs belonging to more
than one of the Seven Classes in Sects. XIY-XX. The
following few examples will sufficiently illustrate this.
(<x) From p|3* to be beautiful, which is both *' (Sect.
XY), and rh (Sect. XX), the 3 s. m. Fut. K.
would be n^ * This with ) Convers. becomes
W) Ez. xxxi. 7 and he was beautiful.
{P) From iTEfl, which is both j'a (Sect. XYI) and
IT? (Sect. XX), the 3 s. in. Fut. K. is H^Vf This
gives the apocopated form tD* in ]^\ Zeph. ii. 13,
etc. And so from ntSFl 3 s. /., & 2 s. m., we
have fjft.
(7) Similarly the 3 s. m. Fut. H<p. of Plttf is h&] which
gives fcp in tD*1 ; and so H^ft gives tOft and ntStt
gives tDK (p. 5BK). And so P15J 3 s. m. Fut. H<j>.
of rDJ gives V HSri gives ffi and H3X gives *HX.
(S) Similarly also for other parts of the Yerb ; thus,
(i) jnisn inf. Hcj>. of pfti, and (ii) { n|n 3 s. m.
Past #<., (iii) JM|^ Partic. s. *., (iv) jn3n
Imper. 2 s. m. ; etc.
[Other forms and Yerbs must be reserved at present.]
* The V agreeing with that of 30**, etc., in Tab. XVIII, and the H with
that of rhi\ etc., in Tab. XXIII.
t The Dag. F. of the D standing instead of the 1* Rt-letter, as in Wfi Tab. XIX;
and the H-^. being as in Tab. XXIII,
% Compare Tab. XXIII.
TRON.-AFFS. OTHER VOICE-FORMS. 175
(Y.) Section XXII is to deal with the Verh-forms having
Pronom.-Affixes. These will he sufficiently understood
from Tahles XXIY-XXX, with the help of Observations
XXXIII-L which are given in connection with Exercises
XLY-L [pp. 208-220].
It is not necessary to trouble the Student with any more
Exercises. The remaining pages, including the Appendix,
are intended to supply him with some useful help while
he is reading The Bible.
(YI.) Section XXIII is to deal with some other Yoice-forms :
In 220 (vi) the Yoice-forms ^713, 9?to, and tylBtfo,
were mentioned. There are some other varying forms
of Pi-el, P&-&1, and ffithpd-Sl, chiefly in the case of
Yerbs such as those in Tabs. XX & XXI, but also in a
few forms of other Yerbs.
(a) The l 8t and the 3 d Rt-letters are sometimes both of
them repeated, as in
(1) the Infin.-W?? fr. ^O, the Past W?3 3 s. m.
(whence the Yoice-form is called 7373) rt?373
- 8 * ' tri s
3 s. /., 17373 2 s. m. t etc., the Partic. bsblti
T :r:- . . i- : - :
s. m., and the Fut. 7373* 3 s. m., etc. ;
(2) the Passive 7373 ( > #), corresponding to 7373
as Pu-dl to Pi-el, thus the Past 73p3 whence
v : : t *
(3) the Reflexive 7373)11^ corresponding to 7373
as Hithpd-el to Pl-tt, thus hXwT\T^\ whence
the Fut. W*Wrt 3 s./. w. 1 Convers.
176 OTHER VOICE-FORMS.
(j3) Sometimes also such forms occur from Yerbs having
the 2 d and 3 d Rt-letters the same. For these
Yerbs, having the 2 d Rt-letter (the % 117)
repeated as 3 d Rt-letter {i.e. as 7, 117), the
designation 'Yerbs J7JJ3' is appropriate.* Such
forms as those in (a), from these Roots which have
the < y in the place also of the < h ' ( 117), are J^B
(or $&&) ywB (-,*), jf^f&m (or ysysnn).t '
(7) A form $7Jsy from the Root H^ occurs in Ps. xlv. 3,
viz. fW* Past 2 s. m.
t \e t : t
(S) In. the case of 'Full' Yerbs also, sometimes
(a) the 3 d Rt-letter is repeated in forms (1) 77^3
(or y? or 'j, or '|fc), and (2) ^J^;
(6) both the 2 d and 3 d Rt-letters are repeated in the
forms (1) hyhVb and (2) hyhyb of which the
(as under the H in } ta lJb'T]bn 3 ph Past) corresponds
to the or (0) of P&-til x
(e) There are a few instances of other Yoice- forms ; thus,
(a) Vtfb (instead of Pi- el) in tDSfefo 1 ? Job ix. 15,
Partic. s. m., w. 7 pref. and Aff. * for 1 s., fr. bfeff,
(J) *?5b (instead of P*-#) in #$) Is. xv. 5, Fut.
3 pi. m. fr. ^,
(c) j/#3 (instead of Pu-al) in DSpJlp Ex. xvi. 14,
Partic. s. m. fr. |Dh,
* " y'y" is bad. It means, rather, ' having V as Second Rt-letter.'
f W~e have also (1) J?J>3 forms in J)J^ Past 3 s. m. and IWg^ 1 s. (in
Pause, (also tyyVV] Fut. 3 pi. .)i (2) yagB in Myg^^Jp Fut. 2 pi. w.(in Pause) ;
and (3) JJBJJBflb in $|fefltf^l (pi. #_). And so the'lmper. 2 pi. m. ty^yfi^n,
Is. xxix. 9, may be Imper. 2 pi. ffl. of this form fr. yjJE5\ [Or it may, perhaps, be of a
ysygnn form fr. nv^J.
OTHER VOICE-FORMS. 177
(d) htyEft (instead of Hiph-U) in ^rfantt Hos. xi. 3,
Past i s. fr. S:n.
(e) Some Mixed- Yoice forms, as (i) 7^53 (-V<. and
p#), (2) 7?sna yrf and m.) t ( 3 ) Sitenn
(JET0. and Hd.) } belong to Sect. XXIY.
() The J! of H(j>., as also that of H0., is some few times
replaced by K an Aramaism; thus, ^tt?^^
(for *rta0H, & in Pause) Is. lxiii. 3, ^PinK
(for 'nn) 2 Chr. xx. 35, $Mp&$ (for 'WT})
Ps. lxxvi. 6. The word ^rTOTNP! Is. xix. 6 may be
said to belong to Section XXIY, being mixed up
of the two forms in^tn and 'ft*.
v t : v
(rj) There are words in which more than three Et-letters
appear ; thus, W\B Job xxvi. 9, Past 3 s. m.
fr. ThS ; and WB&) Job xxxiii. 25, Past 3 s. m,
fr. Bfcblj Wttfc 1 Chr. xv. 27, Partic. s. m.
fr. h*TO ; PI3WD* Ps. lxxx. 14, Fut. 3 s. m. with
Aff. 113 it (/.) fr. DD*l!D ; etc. Some take such
Roots as ' QuadriliteraV Others consider them as
either ' reducible to 3 letters/ or as Composite.'
(VII.) Section XXIV is to deal with forms which may be
said to be 'Compounded' of two Ordinary forms 'mixed up*
together. Some instances of ' Compound ' or ' Mixed ' Voices were
noticed in (e, e) above. The following is a translation of 260 in
the 5th edition of the Hebrew Grammar [nity $tih Tl&Sfl] by
"Sometimes there occurs a single word compounded of
two Voice-forms ; as (i) Pftl\ Ps. vii. 6, which is compounded of
178 'compound* or ' MIXED* forms.
|Bprt| K. and fc|TV Pi. ; (0 *&J Is. lix. 3, compounded of
&S^ N& and hx* PH. ; (3) **\%m D. xxi. 8, j\ty. and JI0. ;
(4) *D53H Lev. xiii. 55 & 56, JTHJSE81 D. xxiv. 4, compounded
of Hoph. and Hithp. ; or perhaps they are of Hothpd-el form
(the H sometimes having (d) and sometimes as in Hqph-dl);
and [in the last word] the fi.[of HPl] is swallowed up inDagesh
before tD , and its signification is that * another was caused
to do the action involved in it' (she has let herself be defiled).^
And so there is [sometimes] a word which is compounded of
two Tenses, asfiT?h G. xvi. 11, J which is compounded of Past
and Present [or Participle (for Present)] ; and so (?) DrWJlWb
Ez.viii.16. And so there is [sometimes] a word which is compounded
of two Gender-forms ; as r?3*T^*5 * # v ** * 2 > ^ e beginning f
which is m. t and its end /., so that it is a word partly of one
Gender and partly of another (DIJWftiK). There are also
many such-like abnormal forms; but this is not the place to
treat of them at length."
This will suffice for the present.
* The n of DM is dropped here, and Dag. F. is then put in the 3.
f Sie hat sich verunreinigen lassen.
X The word occurs also in Ju. xiii. 6, 7.
i.e. compounded of PTb\ Past 2 1. /. and Tn$ Partic, s. /. There are also
some other opinions, somewhat different from this,
End op the Second Part 6r the Exehcise Booc#
CONCLUDING PORTION
EXERCISE-BOOK.
179
OBSERVATIONS XVI-XXII.
Obs. XVI. The statement of Obs. XII on p. 139 is a general one, viz. that
"The prefix 1 has sometimes before a letter bearing as
Accented Vowel, especially if the Accent be Disjunctive." The
cases that come under this statement may be divided into three
great Classes, as follows :
(1) Simple cases of Obs. XII, as f^) Is. xxvi. 19, and so -iriDI
(with Gen. xxxiii. 13, and with -^- Deut. xxii. 24), etc.; and
with a Conjunctive Accent as in \fff?\ Is. xxx. 6 ; but this last
word, being the second of the 'Couple' B^?J N^, belongs
rather to (2) ;
(2) Cases of the second of two words (or first word of the second
group of two groups of words) forming a "Couple"; thus in
DK1 DX {father and mother) Ez. xxii. 7, See more on this
particular head in Rule I on pp. 223-225 ;
(3) Cases of the third of three words taken together ; thus in
IV) nfeOI i)W (ox and sheep and goat) Lev. vii. 23, D"1\ 21) !#1|
(great and numerous and tall) Deut. ii. 21, etc.
This is more fully illustrated in Pt. II, 94.
Obs. XVII. Verbs which have the same letter for their 2 d & 3 d Root- letter are
sometimes called D V-1S3 geminata, because their 2 d Rt-letter or
V ( 117) is repeated in the place of the 3 d Rt-letter or h ( 117),
so that
Obs. XVIII. They might be said to have the Root-form JJJJB, instead of 7JJD, and
Obs. XIX. These verbs might therefore be called ' Verbs y'j? S .'
[Obs. XX. The expression 'Verbs y'jj,' by which some designate these Verbs,
is not a good designation for them because,
As the expression 'Verbs )']}' stands for 'Verbs having ) for
their Second Rt-letter,'
and the expression 'Verbs * # JT stands for Verbs having * for
their Second Rt-letter,'
so the expression 'Verbs JJ V would stand rather for 'Verbs
having JJ for their Second Rt-letter' (such as DJD , "lyj ,
DJ?D, etc.), which is an utterly different set of Verbs.]
180
Obs. XXI. (1) From these Boots (having the 2 d & 3 d Rt-letters the same) there
are often forms in which there is no 'Variation' from Tab. XIV ;
thus, from 33D we have the forms 33D 3 s. m. and -133D
T : t
3 pi., Past Kal, agreeing with Tab. XIV, besides the special
forms *rfl3p (or $) 1 s., and -ISD 3 pi. (in >>13D and ^3D,
with Aff. me), and DH'SD 2 pi. m. (all of which are Past Kal,
as in Tab. XXI).
(2} As the ' Special Variation ' for this set of Verbs we may mention
(o) the dropping of the 2 d Rt-letter, and
(0) the occurrence of Dagesh: F. in the 3 d Rt-letter (to
imply the omitted 2 d Rt-letter), as in i3D } ^30, etc.,
the Infin. K. with Pron.-Affs., and so in the Past-
Tense forms (except the 3 s. m.) and in the Imper-
forms "lb 2 s./., etc., of Tab. XXI. But
N.B. "When the 3 d Rt-letter stands at the end of the word,
without a Vowel (and therefore with Shva Quiescent),
that Dagesh is omitted ; and so we have the Infin. 3D,
the Past 3 s. m. 3D, the Imper. 2 s. m. 3D, and the
Fut. forms 3DJ , 3'DJr), DDK, 3D3 and so in other
Voices.
Obs. XXII. The forms for PI, Pu., and He., are the same in Tab. XX (ity)
as they are in Tab. XXI $fyfi or D^-123 Geminata).
[Note. For particular forms in the Exercise, the Notes there given and Tab. XXI,
will it is hoped be sufficient.]
181
Exercise XXXYI [on Verbs whose 2 a & 3 d Et-letters are the
same (jfyS) Table XXI].
(To be translated into English, 11. a-e).
: 9 ttw 8 S| 7 nte^n : 6 i&? 5 ny 4 *rtn^ \ 3v tc *h 'nb *
15 win : 14 D^iy 13 nn:n 12 nsn*:: u ^ 1 10 pxn * 7 n^
^ .. .. j W . .. . I ... T T T T - T
^'tfim : Dn& 20 ^ 1M rtoti : 18 ^pn 17 dki "sk
v - : v - t -:- |t |- t t
24 tti^ : 26 sp^_ 25 niM 24 St : 23 d^ 23 deh 22 nnxn ^s+Ssb
n^y 29ta Dty 8l A 28 ti!in 28 Ti:npii 10 pxn 27 pi:nfi 27 pi!in : 6 n&?
34 n^^ : 33 Dnnbn D|& 32 ^rn:*i : 31 n^mn 30 ^n 30 ^h : 7 db.
4 ran 1 4( wn b ^mfefoi 38 onWs w *rfta 1 36 w 85 n^
-j Jt V T T T .. ; - T
: 42 D^:ix 4i sn
t -;
1 how? 2 211 to be many. 3 "1 a foe. 4 nnJ> to bow down, to be depressed,
Ed. to bow oneself down. 5 unto. 6 exceedingly (N.B. 5 and 6 together signify
"very exceedingly*''), 7 DD2> J5T. to be waste or desolate, N<p. to be wasted or
desolated (also to be astonied), E<f>. to waste or make desolate. 8 73 all, 7| when
unaccented. 9 PttJJ an assembly. 10 f}^ land or earth. M for. 12 TlD #</>. to
break, break off. 13 a covenant (the same 'in Construction'). 14 eternity.
[Cp. 86.] 15 JttH E<p. to do badly (and, with D following, "to do worse than").
16 n a father, Table XIII, 1. 17 DK a mother (For the J see Obs. XVI, p. 179).
18 bbp K. to be of light esteem, to be vile, E<f>. to make light of. 19 22D K. to go
round or about, to turn, E$. to make to go round or turn away. 20 D>3S a face (a
Plural Noun). 21 lS a heart (the same 'in Construction,' with Affs. 12?, etc.).
22 the lion. 23 DDID N<j>. to be melted. 24 ??1 to be weak, low, become low. 25 the
glory of. 26 Jacob. 37 ppl iV<|>. to be emptied. 28 TT2 iV<. to be spoiled, plundered.
29 *Dy to pass. 30 a sword. 3l IT Eoph. to be sharpened. 32 TO to purge out
or away. 33 the rebels. 34 and [with] destruction. M OHD Eoph. to be smitten,
pounded. 36 a gate. 37 TIB to measure. 38 their work. 39 first. 40 tbeir bosom.
41 loftiness. 42 men. 43 DJJB to be few, to become few. 44 JJK>3 trespass.
182
46 hv "dw w 1 44 Dn^a *\T\ m 1M 2 : ^rth 43 ww
: "tf^m "Tfc i9 i& : 7 ^n ^ma ajap nx 47 ^ t nar
i an/ho ? ^ffW : iS ^Vinnm * ^ 61 Di^
v -; t : I t t - ; : t : v
68 ^dw 12ta isn : 57 ^mn i9 sbm : -ari 66 ^ 55 ^k ^rttrt
J : - - t -:-: : t - : :
. . . m^ uvfa uyjL eo nOT ..^ . tt j,^y
: I : ; t
60 ^ 68^ . 67^^ 66 ^^...65^ ^Hif^ * 4 fl^
rniWm "maS 74 ni:nn 73 tofl 72 ^in : fl8 *jfti 71 ^rrc : 19 fn
t - - v t t t: - t t -: - I
t |- ) v :| t - T t : :
23 d&pi:d : *n*e> "-tei 83 nvnS 76 Snn ^n j "Via* 82 Dnni^
.... | v t t : - \ v
9;i *os b "pai :- M DTh 87 rft^ 86 e>k M ^sjb 84 :ot
t; t | - t: . t : : " :
j 45 Dwn "i "&} 45 &wn
45 D* 1 ^ heavens (m.). 46 at. 47 73X to eat, devour. 48 n*l3 a habitation. $
- T ' * V T
40 2{^> t gjt. so solitary. 61 DD1 to be silent, to be quiet, to look-in-silent- j
resignation. 62 7in JS6. to hope, to look-with-hope. 53 pn to be gracious. 64 see I
Thou. 65 my enemies. 66 for, or that. 57 mayest Thou comfort me. 58 DJ73 anger,
vexation, Tab. X, 5. 59 DJJ with. 60 be like. b> to or for [Obs. XIV, p. 139].
62 my beloved (E.V.). 63 *n a roe (E.V.) " why ? my soul. 66 ^>IT H<p. to wait,
look-with-waiting. 67 Dv6tf God. 68 J3"l to sing aloud. 69 Tab. XIII. 5 (Note ||).
70 Zion. 7l 7HV to shout joyously. 72 enemy. 73 DDH to come utterly to an end.
74 destructions. 75 for ever. 76 7?T\ E<p. to begin. 77 ?D3 to fall. 78 before him.
79 by K. & Soph, to be able (with h, to prevail over). 80 DHP to put, make.
81 "lip a grave, Tab. X, 2. 82 ^23 (or 123) mighty w., a mighty one. 83 to be.
84 wax. 85 from the presence of. 86 fire. 87 *"DK to perish. 88 wicked ones.
89 pptt N<j>. to be dissolved. 90 the host of. 91 ^?3 K. to roll up, Nip. to be rolled
up. 92 1DD a scroll.
183
Exercise XXXVII [Table XXI],
(To be translated into Hebrew, 11. -/*.)
* Sinners 1 (m.) shall be destroyed* 2 . Unto 3 their (m.)-coming-
utterly-to-an-end. 4 And ye (w.)-shall-be-consumed-away f 5
through 6 your (m.) iniquities. 7 They-have- come-utterly- to-an-
end 8 by-reason-of 9 terrors. 10 When- once 11 I-have-sharpened 18
My-lightning-sword (Hebr. the-lightning-of lz My sword 14 ).
And-all-manVcourage-shall-fail (Hebr. and all 15 the heart 16 of
man 11 shall-be-melted 18 ). And they-shall-be-astonied f 19 one-
with-another (Hebr. each-one 20 and his brother 21 ). And I- will-
desolate f 22 earth 23 and all- that-is-therein (Hebr. its f fulness 2 *).
Gird-y ourselves 25 and be-ye-in-consternation. 26 The stars 27 of
the heavens 28 and their (m.) constellations 29 shall-not-make-to-
shine 30 their (m.) light. 31
And be-not thou(m.)-in-consternation,J 26 O-Israel. 32 *The
heathens 33 will-be-in- consternation. 26 They (m.)-have-been-in-
consternation 26 and have-been-ashamed. 34 And-I- will-protect f 35
this-city (Hebr. over 36 this city 31 ). If 11 ye(m.)-shall-break 38
My covenant 39 [with] the day, 40 and My covenant 39 [with] the
i mn a sinner. 2 DOD N<p. 3 If. * Infin. K. of DDfl with Pron-Aff.
sppftlfcp. 6 3 the prefix. 'fy/pL.'hSty 6 DDI1H 9 jp. irVir&3. " DK.
h \)W Kal. 13 pna [ 56 (A/i. & ii. 3 j]. " n^p Tab. X, 1. bkfy when
unaccented). 16 SlS [ 56 (A, i. & ii. s)]. pfoK. 18 DDD J\>. " DD> JV>.,
i the (-) -form. 20 &$. 21 PIS Tab. XIII, 2. 22 "DDK> 2fy>. ft. 2 * $6)0.
25 1T SB- 26 nnn JTa?. KB. (i) The Imper. JK1 is like 3D, *$>, etc., in the
Table, (ii) The Fut. K. is like 3D*, 3pn, etc. ; but Compensation is made for the
\ Dagesh which the n cannot receive. 27 3313 a star [ 56 (ix)]. " D W heavens.
D^p? constellations. 30 hhn E<f>. (Fut. like 3D}, 3DH, etc.). si 7)K.
32 ^p g 33 tj^j b 34 J^Q i n Tab. XX. 35 |3J| Z; (Fut. like 3bj, etc.). 36 ^
37 ^ /. 33 -j-, a ^fy. (Fut. like 3D*, 3DFI, etc.) 39 nn3/. 40 DK tkfe,
* The Tense before the Noun, 162 (<?, i). f Past with 1 prefixed.
J Obs. IV, p. 93.
184
night 41 . . . [then] also 42 My * covenant 39 may-be-broken 43 with
David 44 My servant. 45 The-LoRD [God of] Hosts 46 will-protect 35
them (Hebr. over them m.).
And I-will-be-gracious-to f 4T whomsoever 48 I-will-be-gracious-
to
di. tiq Hoph. -in. nnv Tab. X 6. nto?. * 7 un (the Kai
Fut. is like ifr, lbfl, etc.). 48 1f : T1K.
* The Tense before the Noun, 162 (d, i). i Past with 1 prefixed.
185
OBSERVATIONS XXII1-XXV.
Ot. XXIII. A Long Vowel in an open syllable often takes the place of a
Short Vowel in a closed syllable ; thus, we have the K in
Km nV flSm etc., of Tab. XXII, corresponding to the
T T> T T T> T T> * * *
*l_ or 1- of 1pZ } jp*JJ2B, )p3, etc., of Tab. XIV.
N.B. A syllable which ends in a Quiescent letter is 'open'
[Pt. I, 21 (3), for there is no Shva Quiescent, either
expressed or understood, under a * Quiescent ' letter
[Pt. I, 29 (3).]
Obs. XXIV. The Fut. K. forms Km?, ^9$, et c-, in Tab. XXII, correspond
to the forms ^3^, B^&, etc *> "* Tab " XIV *
Obs. XXV. There is an important 'Variation' in the case of the ?}J3 forms of the
Past Kal of Verbs K? . In ordinary Verbs, the 2 d & 1 st Persons,
both Sing. & Plu., are the same as the 7SJ3 forms [comp.
138 (A), ii] ; thus, from ^Stl he was willing, we have
nV?n, &9V?n :J i-UVSn Pause-form of m%n. But,
N.B. ^3 forms of Verbs X'b retain the -^- in the 2<* & l^t
Persons both Sing. & Plu. ; thus, from K^fef he hated, we
have rifcOb>, HfctfB>, *W& DflN^, comp. the Past K.
forms K"l* , n&TV , etc., in Tab. XXII.
"T ) T "T i '
Note. The 3 s. /. Past of the Verbs tf'? has sometimes the termination JIN , as in
(o) Kal n&Oi? instead of flKT?, and s0 3 ) Ni P h > b*A instead of HN^S}, and
so in the Soph. HKltl instead of PIN^H (or HNfin) p. 275, 1. 17.
186
Exercise XXXVIII [On Verbs tfS, Table XXII.]
(To be translated into English, 11. a-e.)
t : - | v t t : - t - v: t t
t t : t t t t : - : t t t v v:
16 W nati :* i5 *wi hx u nnaa : l3 m 12 ^b 8 Sjd u m*>
t v : t - t : - t I v t -; t t t
2i rw& na 2o nn^ w tv iB rbtib I8 nan n^ 17 tk i ll wofe>
- : v - j | :t - : t -t J t
"narifi 17 y^ 24 nip T ink + 23 |v^ ^H^! 22 Kt?i
31 kstp **b : 29 &sE>b 28 >nxS& : 22 rMb& 27 nw iek "T^JS
t : t : -:: t t v -: | - ;
1 at first. 2 K*D to create. 3 Vocab. I (1). 4 the heavens. 6 the earth.
6 D*1K man, Adam. 7 D^ image, Tab. X (1). 8 bb all (^3 when unaccented).
9 |2a son, Tab. XIII (4). ' 10 see No. 6. ll td& to hate [Past Kal like that of KT
in Tab. XXII]. l2 hV2> to work [Partic (1) Kal = " a worker."] 13 Vanity, mischief.
14 TDK to say. ITV to fear [the Past Kal is given in Tab. XXII; the Future Kal
is like KD*, K^DF!, etc., in Tab. XXII, but the 1 st Rt-letter combines with
the of the prefs. |JVK, and so we have K"V* 3 s. m. f XTPI 3 s./. and 2 s. m., etc.],
16 Esau. W how ? l8 n 1 ?^ to put forth. 19 ^ a hand. 20 nriE> Pi. & E<p. to
destroy. 21 IWD an anointed one [$ 56 (A, i)]. 22 KDti iT. to be unclean, 2V>. to
be defiled, Pt. to defile, pollute. 23 KD to find [also to come upon), N<p. to be
found. 24 evils (pi./.). 25 D^>-1;>2 idols. 26 ^pp a sanctuary. thou /. didst
make. 28 one (/.) full of [this word is for nsSp the Construct form of ntibft s. /. from
VQ12 K. Partic. s. m. ( 139, 8, iii), with added (comp. 139, e) ; this * is by some
called the ** Compaginis,' for an example or two of which see p. 232, lines 8-10.
29 judgment. 30 who? 31 K2TI to heal, give healing. 32 Jff2 to take up.
* A List of forms from this Root is given on pp. 286-288 below. But this form
will be understood sufficiently from what is said in No. 15 here,
t For the 1 see 143.
187
"*03K aim "awv a a-in : *rwp itho *wten >. -h
t v v : : v v t | I - t : t : J t
t*ara9 ^"di^pm : "fnb 4M nnp : 41ta isb 23 ^n^D
v t ; v : |- : . ..j. ... . T T
"Tmrr *ntom t "nyrtii&b 46 nsnK i i5 t&h **rwtti
(t J - i v " t t i v v t ,::
"nanp : s d^k h 'ana 52ta iin& W J? : 50 ^p * TpSx
t| t v: t : t t| : v t : J v
61 wfcfc : vi t ?K + " r\m *a si? "una w an 6i nS 8 Sm
: v: t: t - | t t t : t :
33 a lamentation. a sword. &03 -5"<f>. to Bring; 36 Kfe K to be full of (also,
sometimes, to Jill), Ft. to fill, to fulfil. 37 131 a word.. 38 [see No. 36, and Note (1, 6)
on Tab. XXII]. 39 seventy. 40 a year [see 106, ii], 4l a ransom. 43 fcOp P. to
be jealous. 43 p> Zion. ** Bfp3 Pj. to seek. of you (ft*, to you m.). 46 KS1
to heal [comp. Note (7) on Tab. XXII]. 47 your m. backslidings. 48 and the sin3
of. 49 Judah. 60 Kip to call. 51 lb a heart, w. Affs. fcfc- ^l6, etc. 62 clean.
63 behold us. 54 [instead of &ty$ from KHK to come, see Note (2) on Tab. XXII].
65 |D to hide, treasure up. 56 Thy word. 57 in order that. 58 KtDII to sin [for
the -vr compare the forms 21.1P, etc., in Tab. XVI (1)]. 59 against Thee. co see
No. 15 above.
* See Note (*) on page 186*
188
Exebcisb XXXIX [Table XXII.]
(To be translated into Hebrew, 11. f-^t.)
O-Lord, I-have-heard 1 the-report-of-Thee (Hebr. Thy report), 2
I-was-afraid. 3 And as-for-me (Hebr. I), [I have] not been-called 4
to-come-in 5 unto 6 tbe King.' Call 8 -ye (/.) not [Obs. V, p. 93]
me (Hebr. to me) Naomi, 9 call 8 -ye (/.) me (Hebr. to me) Mara 10 ;
for 11 bitterly-hath-dealt 12 The- Almighty 13 with-me (Hebr. to
me) exceedingly. 14 I-have-adjured 15 you,* O-daughters 16 of
Jerusalem, 17 if 18 ye-shall-find* 19 my Love, 20 what 81 ye-shall-tell* 22
Him (Hebr. to Sim) I- will-call 8 to God 23 Most-High. 24
Lo 25 Thou-hast-been-indignant 26 seeing-that 27 we-have-sinned-f 28
We-have-sinned, 28 we-have-done- wickedly. 29 Unto 6 Thee have-
I-lifted-up 30 my eyes. 31 I-have-called-on 8 Thy Name, 33 O-Lord.
O-God, 33 lift-up 30 Thy Hand. 34 Thou-didst-go-forth 35 (m.) for
the salvation 36 of Thy people. 37 Thy (m.) Right-hand 38 shall-
find-out 19 them-that-hate-Thee (Hebr. Thy haters). Thou (m.)-
hast-loved 40 righteousness, 41 and hast-hatedf 42 wickedness. 43
My-soul 44 went-fbrth 35 at (^) His speaking. 45
{continued.)
1 VOV. 2 VW {declined, with Pron.-Affs., like fl) Tab. X, 4). 3 g-p ( see the
Past Kal of this in Tab. XXII). * N$. Past 1 s. of Kip. 5 I&& 6 ^ * ^D.
Kip. 9 n?g. WJTJD. u >3. 12 11D E<p. Past. 13 >1K\ " IKD. 1DP H<p.
16 n3 a daughter, TabVxiII, 5. Q^'f H* (p. D_). DK. 19 KSD. 20 1H.
21 .ID. 1J3 J5T^. Tab. XIX. 23 D^$g. 2* fgfe 25 jn. 26 ppp. 27 ^ the
prefix; 28 NDf! [in the Fut. JTa? of this the prefixes jlVK take and the 1st
Et-letter n takes -, as in nig, ll^fi, etc., Tab. XVI (1)]. 29 pth, 30 NW.
31 |>y an eye (Dual D*J*S). * 32 DB>"w. Affs. fc etc., comp. Tab. XIII, 4.
83 <-,. 34 ^ a hand# 35 a*\ 36 pg q 56> ' vii ^ 37 D y w . Affs. teg, etc.
88 P9J/ (! 59). 9 K& Partic. (1) JT. plu. w. 40 3p|K. 41 pi*. 42 K3& 43 VBH.
* Bfejje [Tab. X, 1]. im Ft. Inf., w. Aff. for 3 s. m. M3. 1K.
The masculine form to used here* f Future with 1 Convert.
189
Thus 46 hath-said 47 The-LoRD, I-have-given-healing 48 to these
I waters. 49 And the waters 49 shall-be-healed.* 50 And thou (/.)-
shalt-go-forth* 35 amid (1) the dancing 51 of those-that-make-
merry. 52 And thy (/.) daughters 16 on (7tf) shoulder 53 shall-be-
borne. 54 Morning 56 hath-come 55 [ 162 (d, i).] Thou-hast-been-
taken, 57 O-Babylon 58 (/), and thou-thyself 59 didst-not (*6)
know, 60 thou-hast-been-found-out 61 and also 62 hast-been-caught. 63
FromThe-LoRDhath-been 64 this (/.), it (/.) hath-been- wondrous 65
in our eyes. 31
* 8 KM Pi. [Note (5) on Tab. XXII]. 4ft DJO. w KSH ity. [The K to be
'elided' here, as in Note (3) on Tab. XXII.] h)r\ft ( 56, i).
pnb Pi. Partic. pi. m. t[#$. * MM iV^. KT1K K. Past 3 s. m. 1g3.
64 nn>n. 65 fc6& iVfy. Past 3 s./.f
* Past with \ Convers, t As *& * Nora' on page 185.
190
OBSERVATIONS XXVI-XXX.
At the risk of some repetition of what has already heen said in Note (III)
[pp. 170-173] we may perhaps add here the following remarks :
Obs. XXVI. In the case of Verbs which have for their 3 d Rt-letter a
non-Consonantal {i.e. Quiescent) H, there are certain forms which are liable
to lose this* n by * Apocopation.'
The forms that are thus liable to * Apocopation' are
(o) Imperative 2 s. m. in the following Voices:
Ft-el, ffipk-il, Bithpa-el,
(j8) Future 3 s. m. &/., 2 s. m., 1 s., and 1 pi., in
Kal & Niph-al, Fi-il [& Pu-al], Hiph-il [& Ropk-al], and Hithpa-tt.
Obs. XXVII. (a) The ' Apocopated ' Imperative forms are
Pi. fbi for rk>2 } and so bn for H^H fr. St>n,
K<p. J^jn for n^n and so *pn for nj^ffl fr. HD1,
He. t?l$3 for n^aipri, and so t^n^ri for n^nnn,
'fr. n^n. *
()S) The ' Apocopated ' Future forms are
Kal (a) ^ 3 s. ., bjfi (or |Sjft) 3 s. /. & 2 s. .,
||^K Is., 11^3 1 pi.,' also
{b) ffi for tt$\ fr. fUB>, and
(c) ^ for H55*. fc.lM, *|3fl for H3?n,
fl^K for nfi5f>K fr. PiriK' ;
ity. V|* 3 s. m., b|n 3 s./. & 2 s. m., etc. [see Tab. XXIII] ;
Pi. U ^ 3 s. *., ^J-l 3 s./. & 2 s. w., etc. [see Tab. XXIII] ;
* N.B. It is only a T\ Quiescent that is thus dropped. When the 3 d Et-letter is
H Consonantal, this is not dropped ; but we have the forms
Kal Past rDS 3 s. m., fin5| 2 s. m. t etc., Fut. F133J 3 s. m. } etc.,
Hiph. Fut. g2ia 3 s. m., etc.,
and so others.
f There may be in Pause, instead of the .
t For a 'Variation' when the 1st Rt-letter is Guttural,' see Obs. XXVIII (0).
Comp. Tab. XXIII & Obs. XXVIII.
| This is merely a Form- word, as also are some few others of the words here
given for illustration.
IT The may be lengthened into in a Pause-form [comp. 167 (i) & (ii)].
191
M<p. (a) 5JJ 3 s. m., h}$ 3 s. /. & 2 s. m.> etc. [see
Table XXIII, also Note (J), p. 190],
(6) flB* for nn^ fr. nri3, and so H$| for fli5$J fr.
npK>, p^n for np^n, etc. ;
E6. *b*n\ 3 s. m., *^ir>n 3 s. /. & 2 s. w., etc. [see
Table XXIII].
Note (i) PINT to see has (with ) Conversive) N"}*} for both
rtk"JJJ JT. & flNT^ #<., in the 3 s. w., besides the Kal forms
HJ 3 s. m., NIPI (& $:)$)) 3 s./. & 2 s. w., fcHK (& BTV$\) 1 s.
Note (ii) nn$ J5T0. to bow oneself, to worship, has the following
Apocopated Future Forms:
*-inri^> for mqri^ 3 s. m. t *-inri^ for mqri^rj 3 s./.,
comp. Note (tj on Tab. XXIII.
N.B. -Iiqri^^ Gen. xxvii. 29 is Ert for \T\T\m Kthtv. The x (which
the Student may see under the 1 in inCl^.1 there) is put as
a Defective Shurih, Pt. I, 14. This is unavoidable, because the
Full Shurik (-1) could not be written without the 1 .
Obs. XXVIII. When the 1* Rt-letter is PI, or 11, or J?, there are some
'Variations' from Tab. XXIII (corresponding to the 'Variations' in Tab. XVI (1)),
as might be expected ; thus ;
(a) From Thy, the Fut. K. forms f are fl^P, r6#5, $J9, H^VX 1 s., etc.,
n^y : 3 1 pi.,
and so from PliPl, the Fut. K. forms are run*, rttn.fy etc., JTjm 1 pi.,
like nb3, nbVPI, etc., in Tab. XVI (1) ;
(0) From Mm, the Fut. K. forms are njnj., HTpn, \tnri, HtpK 1 s., etc.,
njro i pi.,
and so from ni"l, the Fut. K. forms are nftW, npHfy ^Dnty HIDnN 1 s.,
etc., nnr$ 1 pi.,
Hke 3JJJ^ rnim, etc., in Tab. XVI (1),
( 7 ) From H3H, the Fut. K. is nift, nanri, etc., Hke jgtyj & -|DIT in Note (*)
on Tab. XVI (1), and so, fr. finn, Hnn>, etc.
Note. From rVTI to be & ?Vn to live the Fut. K. forms are njPl* & W^,
etc., see pages 277 & 279.
* The may be lengthened into t in a Pause-form [comp. 167 (i) & (ii).
f For the apocopated forms, see () below.
X For - before n in apocopated forms, see (f, b) below.
192
(5) "WTien the 2 d Et-letter is H, or n, or V, the only 'Variations' (besides the
Compound form adopted by any Moving Shva under one of those letters)
are in the Apocopated forms ; thus,
in the K. Fut. 3 s. m., we have JJB& for nvp\ (fr. WW), and so
n^for nnpi (fr. nnD),-corresponding to T^ for rtJJJ (fr. HT1), but
(e) when, by reason of Apocopation, the 2 d Et-letter J7 is made to stand at the end
of the word, and without a Vowel after it, this Jl has Mappek [Pt. I, 31],
because it is not a Quiescent but a Consonantal H ; thus,
in the K. Fut. 3 s./., we have
FP8! and n^ni (fr. nrD and nm),
Note. The forms FDfl and Flzfl correspond to the forms 6H* K*lfc
etc., in Tab. XXIII, and these correspond to such forms as
5#t", ^5, etc., for rbv\ } rbwn 7 etc. (fr. rW).
() When the forms in (o), (#), (7), lose by Apocopation their 3 d Et-letter
(H Quiescent*), then their 1 st Et-letter takes -= and the prefixes }TVK take
(a) sometimes as in
ty_ t 3 s. *., ^F) t 3 a./. & 2 s. m., ^ f 1 s., by) f 1 pi.,-
and so ^IT in b^ 3 s. m. Fut. JT. of n!?n,
trip 3 s./. Fut. Z". of Pim, etc., and
"inn in inni 3 s./. Fut. K. of mn, -and
(6) sometimes -7- (before H for the 1 st Et-letter), as in
ID! fr. mn, jtft fr. nvn, to* fr. mn.
Note. The apocop. form "HIT (3 s. m. Fut. K. of mn) belongs to the same
Class as %V?\ for JT}# (fr. nifc>), the n taking for Euphony
as in the 2 s./. Past forms JjingV, JJ*R$ etc., Tab. XVI (3) (C).
(r/) In the ff<j>. also there are Variations ' like those in Tab. XVI (1) ; thus,
Infin. rby.n, (Absoi.), nftyn, rii^n?, etc.,
Past n^il 3 s. m., T}ty$ (or^>) 2 s. m. y why* 1 s., tyn 3 pi., etc.,
and
np^D! 3 s. /., n^OI (or ^>) 2 s. m., etc., with 1, comp.
Note (t) on Tab." XVI (lj.
partic. rim (i.e. tfbsp) w., etc.,
Imper. rbyp 2 s. m., 4?D 2 s./., etc.,
Fut. n^g* 3 s. w., n^fi 3 s. /. or 2 s. w., ^JJJ-1 2 s. /., n^JJK 1 s.,etc.,
* It is only the Quiescent II that is dropped, not n Consonantal.
t The prefixes tH^K may have in Pause-forms.
193
(0) (a) The apocopated form of TQVT\ &<(> Imper. 2 s. m. is 7Jjn (corresponding to
tpn in Tab. XXIII, for ria^D, fr. riED), and
(b) The apocopated forms of the I<p. Fut. (corresponding to 7|*i etc., in
Tab. XXIII) are
^! 3 s. m., hy_fi 3 s./. or 2 s. m. y 7#K 1 s., h$ 1 pi.,
and the Pause-forms of these are
!?J 3 s. m., :^n 3 s./. & 2 s. m. y tyx 1 s., 6yj 1 pi.
N.B. These forms of the Fut. M<p. in (0, 6) are the same as the forms
of the Fut. K. in ( a).
(t) In the iVty. the Past forms are with -yr -=- (rather than with the % -7- in
Tab. XVI (1)) ; thus,
from 7\W$, frfcfj 3 s. w., (but nnfe^J 3 s./, p. JnrfgJJJ), VS5^3 3 pi. ; and
so from my, MV^ls.;
but, from Ty>T\ , we have *JV.?p?. 1 s., -17113 3 pi., (with the Partic.-forms
rbn\ & rhni s. /., nftm pi. /. ; also, from nan we have nero
Partic. s./., and from mn* we have D^IID pi. w.).
Note. For the ity. of n\n see p. 278.
(k) The only iZopA. forms of PPJJ which occur are irregular, viz.,
rby'n 3 I. m.. tnrhv'n 3 s./. in Pause ;
but, from i"l?n, we have ^Hvpn 1 s. with (o) under the H as in
Tab. XXIII.
Obs. XXIX. For the Participles it is sufficient to refer to p. 173. But we
may append here the following general remark :
Obs. XXX. A word may occur in the Construct form before a Preposition, as in
11 ''Din ?3 all that-trust in Sim (Ps. ii. 12), where ^pin is Kal Partic. pi. m.
'i.e.' fr. HDn , etc. Comp. 52, N.B.
* From mn we have also the N<p. Past 3 pi. 'nru .
194
Exercise XL [On Verbs hV, Table XXIII.]
( To be translated into English, with the help of the Glossary at the
end of the booh)
irnw 3 nrfet : ^Nwj *m 3 rta : warn * J n^
t; t;t t : t tt t - : t : :
t 6 nn^n nana rta t'D&S 6 nn*n rt3*T&a M mb>
ttt t : I -t t:t : - t t
1 tltn JT. to see,, Aty. to be seen, to appear, E<p. to cause to see, to shew.
2 DID Zfy. to behold [ 141, y ()]. 8 n^J iT. to depart, go captive, N<p. to be
revealed, to be uncovered, Pi. to reveal, to uncover, H<p. to cause to go captive, to
take captive, ffoph. to be made to go captive, to be taken captive. 4 fTTJ^ (with
'added' *, k JVTb) a princess. 6 H3H9 a province. 6 IWlf 2T. to be, also some-
times 'to become,* comp. p. 254 (4, b), especially when followed by 7, for an
example or two of which see the Footnote on p. 255, N<p. to be done (also to be
done for, or destroyed), to be brought to pass. " DD tribute (DD? IVi! fo iywwtf
tributary. For the 7 comp. Rule II on p. 225). 8 time. 9 fill to weep. 10 by
day. " and [by] night. l \T)V a couch, Tab. X, 1. " HDD E<p. to dissolve,
make to melt. 14 HSV Pi. to watch, look eagerly. 15 what. 16 111 Pi. to speak.
[For the * comp. Pt. I, 70, and for the t comp. 168, i.] in my case [or,
perhaps, "against me," "unto me" (E.V. " in me," in the margin)]. 18 H73
K. to come to an end, to fail (when used of the eyes), Pi. to finish. 19 ]))} (/.) an eye.
20 HlOnt to make a noise, to roar. 21 I'l a bear (root 11*1). 22 7b all, every, the
whole (?3 when unaccented), with Affs. i?l the whole of him, etc., as in Tab. Ill, 2.
23 and like the doves. 24 X\1X\ f to make a murmuring or moaning noise, to moan.
25 mS? to take captive, JV<p. to be taken captive. 26 fly iniquity (pi. TlMl 4 ).
* The forms from this Root are given on pp. 276-278.
t See Obs. XXVIII (0), p. 191.
195
: Ffiiisi 29 rtntfh 22 Sb| hy&hwzb w ti : 3 ta 26 DSis
j^innin 3i ]Vbh txyh* 33 \&\ : $ho dviSk nx 32 mi 31 ^
: bnba * ci 39 w 1 38 ^n 37 ni^ S*nb *ffl *n?h
t;':t:|- -- w m t -:~ " * * :
37 ^V!1 1 WaD * 3 w 42 nvt> ^ribfa| 40 nteao "W
: nasi 6 *rv 45 mrw : tea ^ 39te im : 16ta i!n "wxs
}vtt t : : t -: - - -t - v -. -
i*ritim 46 n^nm i thtevx hta&v 37 nn^ "nafiro
t i v: v t t v: v 'it - t : : t : v v r * ;
"rbstb M *& 6 ntfwa : 49 nsw 48 i-wan mw nna 27 jng
T . T . . TV ... T*-:- t -s - t : -: vv-
v -; t : - v v: v vt - t :
T t : : - t : I - t - : - : - |vv
t hiih 3 &in t **i$$pte 3 rhyn t ma^n 3 hx)_ : 59 nm&3
27 Jin JT. to be many or great, H<p. to multiply or make many (or great). 28 ?JJD,
followed by the Noun ty ft perfidy, 'to act very perfidiously' (compare the Note
within the [ ] on p. 228, v. 11 there). N.B. ' to-multiply to-act-very -perfidiously'' =
' to act over-and-over -again very -perfidiously] or some other such strong expression.
For the (o) comp. 168, i, the 1 is here ' superfluous.' 29 HlVh an abomination.
30 Bym nations, heathen. 31 fiDJ Pi. to try, tempt. 32 PHD Ify. to provoke, rebel
against. 33 POS to turn (followed by 7fc? , " to turn to" =" to regard "). 34 because of.
35 His * covenant. 36 ^0"* H<p. to add (used sometimes with a Verb following it
to express "doing so again," thus "to add to do evil" =" to do evil again."
37 nbjJ* E. to do, make, act, iVty. to be done, made, also to be executed (as punish-
ment). 38 the evil, or that which was evil. 39 Hin t E. to burn or be kindled (used
of anger), H<f>. to make to burn, to kindle [wrath] transitively. 40 provocations (E.V.).
4 great, pi. /. 42 No. 32 [comp. 137 (3), Note (+)]. 43 No. 19, a * is
dropped here. 44 as. 45 a horrible thing (/.) 46 decreed-punishment. 47 T\2, a
daughter (the same ' i.e.'). 48 lamentation. 49 and mourning. 60 |K sheep, a flock
(a plur./. Verb may be used with this as Subject). 61 for food. 52 beast of, beasts
of. 53 my | H<p. to pervert. 54 1\y$ a way (Tab. X, 1). rbv* E. to go up,
H<p. to cause to go up, take up, bring up. 56 Chaldees (with a * ' superfluous ' here).
67 the covering of. 68 H733 /. a carcase. 69 torn (E.V.), " like the dung" (others).
60 Nebuchadnezzar. 61 HtOi to stretch out, extend, incline, to slip (of the feet).
See Obs. XXVIII, p. 191, etc. t ((, b) p. 192. X Se p. 309.
196
"i v" - t-:t t .t: t ; t f J
^ip 1 ? **$n *Hs 68 hit6 6 m x m 67 bM& 66 ;wn : 9 n^b
I t t -., z v i : - - - - - T .
x H r\)wr\ ftmy."n$ip r m fr*$p_t en 'SSfife 69 ^h oy
Hggtt 'Wririyfti x *W$f* 76 DTiW? 75i iinwi
wan : ?$i$*0 "ini&tt 81 ^3 1 80 wtoni a h 79 *ta
t : : t : v : : ..... . .
t \ t - : - t t t t v: V T J T I : -
r*wasi mkx *trpm x *mk*l 88 w^ w rani
t t v: v j v: t : : v v t : - : "? - -
- t t : ^ : v : v t t .._... v .
: mr\ tm **wp Sa 33 rsn ^ : D\ifo **^ l flK3&a "Ktaa
v - t t |: v I v - v: : v t ; T
101 n : 100 *pfi Sa t^ 1w w * *V& *hk b Ti* 6 wi
I vv - | vt -: - |v : - I ;t . :
62 fH? Pi. to scatter. 6S in the lands. 64 on acconnt of. 65 these things. 66 nH3
to be weak, to fail (used of the eyes). 67 by reason of vexation. 68 73,$ mourning.
69 iiyn to err, wander (Partic. pi. m. 'i.e.' = erring of). 70 heart. fl VIBJp E<p. to
harden. 72 t\ty neck, back of the neck (Tab. XI, 1). 73 mN ZT0. to lust. 7 * [with]
lust. N.B. to lust [with] lust=to lust greatly. 75 nflE^ i/0. to bow oneself, to
worship [Tab. XXIII, Notes f to If]. 76 to gods. 77 other (pi. m.). 7 * K. to be
low, Pi. to humble, to bring down, Ed. to humble oneself, to become low. 79 woe !
80 HDT JST<t>. to be cut off. 81 like a shadow. 82 ^H N<(>. to be gone. 83 severity,
hardship, hard-things (E.V.). 84 HDV* E<p. to cause to cover as with clothing (and,
when followed by ?JJ , " to clothe one with "). 85 shame. 86 like the unclean thing.
87 HDD Ft. to cover, to hide, HO. to cover oneself. 88 bv over. 89 with the
shadow of death. w "IDT to remember. 91 JIDPl Pi. to wait for. 82 2K a
father. 93 (#) for (nth) why ? 94 T\W K. to be veiled [p. 173, Note (f)].
95 when ? 96 shall I come ? 97 before. 98 the obduracy of. 99 Thy Eight-hand.
ioo nD"1 K. to be weak or slack, E<p. to make slack, to stay (also to let-go-one 's-hold-of,
* See Obs. XXVIII, p. 191, etc.
197
105 pwyj dk : sp; ,00 *f}n lo4 nw wjjh : ^ 103 nijflfcr
: l07 vnx 106 w io5 v^
Exercise XLI [Second Exercise on Verbs H 7,- Table XXIII.]
(To be translated into English, icith the help of the Glossary
at the end of the booh)
to&B ttrifw 18 hy) x 4 *wj nix 6 W D^nSx 108ta i)bxn
r im 1 109 nb*n 101 nra nyi e w 108 ^x win 1 37 nb>y nate
:-- -j"" t v- - t t t v -;
t -: - : | t t t v - v:
nib : nHDPpfc "Wi t inma htn bin bx * *W\
: |.|- - .- T . . v . ...... v t: + - -
: 37 nsw p tfrfcK ink 101 nw ** Sb3 m 37 sw : 37 nw
t T I v: t v i : - t T
116 two 6 wi i,5 d# liMl ?nx3 ii, pBh m ns^ cwfo* 1H n^
I - - : t: t : I : : vv : v: : : -
"7\ttto7\ 1 117 nnK *$ran#1 i vwtt hx * wi i toS nny
- * t : r -:- t:- vt: t"- t v v
&&&? $rt ll9 nSni_ lw wii : 37 nbty jn igto dh^^ *ik
: yntf nasi 122h i!inM M ynro pmi m ^ni : i *vwh p
na m p^MVD* nam ^irwa : 9 ^ni nSb rw I33 kew
and so to forsake). 101 H1VP?. to command, Pu. to be commanded. 102 salvation of
(plu. /.). 103 it is enough. 104 now. 105 JIJD to inquire [page 172 (0)].
106 nitJ> to return. 107 nrK (page 271). 108 TOK to say. ^y to stand, stand
fast. 110 rW to look, have regard (or respect). 1U nnB B+* to give enlargement,
112 to Japheth. 1I3 pB> to dwell. 114 briti a tent. * 15 Shem. n e Canaan. " 71.
pi mn* to conceive. U9 "lb* to hear (a child). 120 at the time of his old-age.
121 $* to go. 1M in the wilderness of. 123 MM 1 to lift, lift up. Hpt? E<p. to
* See Ohs. XXVIII C (), P- 192.
t The 1st Et-letter 3 is dropped in the Fut. K., as in Tab. XIX, thus
tityl (for t$>3*), etc. For the forms from this Hoot see pp. 302-304.
198
129 Tpfii cnpni] m 7r\m\ : *tifoi l26,, i^ as 125 nipn i *3?i
-:- |t: - : - - - t : t "| : - - t -
133 &mn 133 npwi : n 1 ? 131 nKfi#& tfwn : 130 npk>n Sk ?ra
I T - |- ' - T " T : T |V V T -
rsHte 1 tih i w w n& : ^ 37 nfcw nnt hta : w rarom
t |t v -; - t t t : -
na ifcv 137 n'i : b$\ prw hx on^ix f* 'fciffl : l36 *ip
t v - | -: - v : I t : v t t : - v t t t J
141 win : i4o n*o& v:w 13B ppdwi tiw p ^ e wi i*rrian
... T .. |^ ...... | T . . ||.. T . ... t : -
37 nswx n& Nte 147 n:ta : 6 nw 146 ^i| Q| : ^ ^| ^S
149 tnn^i nun U8 rtn^'n Mi tBtowi t 9 wi ftp *# 123 n^ ? *53
T
: ^ni *fca "nutf : nka ^48jHh Dyn 27 :m t w pn^ni
-_ j --_f v v - t : : - - - t t v - !.-:-:-
153 rhi i53 nVi wvnfe **&*j t ftai 61 m ui tate3 wi
tt t -: v J TT " t:- tt -:-;-
"Uttt niton b Whn*. 1M w j ja&n na m pBh vh
: $fc? Jinjaa zm b|f^i 156 cin^ t n^nap i55 yD?i
: |^|n ft* 65 ^_
give-drink-to, to water. 125 Hip K. to happen, to occur, Htp. to cause things to
occur, to direct events. 126 before me. 127 to-day. 128 "VJD Pi. to hasten. 129 mjJ
P. to pour out. 13 the drinking-trough. 131 HttP* HO. to be amazed in oneself.
132 T\\h to take, Tab. XIX (A). 133 the veil. * HS^* X. to be beautiful, He. to
beautify oneself. [For the Dagesh after HD comp. Pt. I, 70.] 135 W\2 to be
ashamed, Tab. XX. 135 mp E. & Pi. to wait, wait for, look with waiting for [the
JT. Partic (1), in the Plu., with Pron*-Aff. signifies "those waiting for so and so."]
137 nn to despise. l38 the birthright. 139 HUD to be dim, or dull. * PIKI to see
[the pref. B here signifies " so as not" or " so as not to"]. U1 t03 K. to approach,
H<j>. to cause to approach, to bring near. U2 ?DX to eat. U3 and he brought.
144 nn^ to drink. U5 H1H to be (p. 276). 146 blessed (sing.w.). 147 and for thee (.).
us nna^ a woman-servant ($ 67). 149 lV a child (m.), Tab. X, 1. ,50 DVJJ to be
numerous, to be mighty. 151 almost, nearly. 152 Dip to arise. 153 TV1 to draw-
water. 154 mn to rejoice. 155 VDJ to journey. 156 Ur6 N<p. to fight. 157 tQ& to
* In the Fut. IT., HQ^, HB*J3, etc -> tne lst Rt-letter * becomes Quiescent in ,
as in 3* 3D>fy etc.,' in Tab. XVIII (1).
199
wki j Mi w ^3 a 37 bwi i Wife* *& n w
;.t .. v -: - I - - t t : :
55 hvn hx m *\bx nm : "jtfna 75 Dn^nwni : ^ ttw#r!
^spta : *& 160 oynhaj->p Dana "ivfjjjni t ni dot na
t "B(wn dm wi *?wai Dana
...... v t - t : v : v
: 165 d*#n3 3 wi ^mJb 37 rt^ iM ip*i * li8 *Tp i ? nm ffts
\ : * - - t -: -: r | - : - ... T T
: 13M swi *wS : nfob ifcfta l34 wn -spai am 16fl *wni
- : : t - ,, ., f y . - | ' '' t t t :
*in : *b>m 129 nyn -h& 169 WDn ^a m mwsf ^rfam %
*?$ t'fwa; nib : "pw trta; *rtana D*an d^h $aq
ib> n a 1 ? m rw i7i ^n n8 wi : Sx l *pwfl
: 176 ^ Dab : lw spank i74 ^M 173 nn^v ltt ninpn
: :- t : | t -: t : T t : : t vl : .
w nirin^ s b m wp : i36 iipS "+ai& t & ny da * $, m
i yrbx **? ^ 173 j?wri % i 136 wp 136 rrip t vh^_ thnh
t *jr>*a j^p w |w; : 169 pw "f^Jsa t &> 169 nw ^a
nixsn^^iKa
take captive [this, followed by ^p (p. ^2$) captivity, stands for " to tafo? a body
of captives"]. idols. 159 afar off. 160 ni"Oj? graves. 161 fltt to give. 16 2 JT*f| to
live. l63 to my Beloved. 164 grapes. 165 bad-grapes. 166 my* to put on as an
ornament, to adorn oneself with. 167 TOT\ to be sick, or ill. 168 })12M? to bear.
169 nDn* to trust. o I1D1 Ft to liken. 17i stubble. m 133 JT</>. to tell.
173 iiySJ' 5 9. to look at oneself {also to become afraid). m TOW to prosper.
175 nnx to love. 176 m*l if. to bave dominion, to subdue, E<p. to cause to subdue.
" T HI") to be abundantly satisfied. 178 Pflba field. 179 ilKWB work (p. 44). 18 f)p Cain.
* See Obs. XXVIII, p. 191, etc.
200
Exercise XLII [Table XXII].
( To be translated into Hebrew, 11, -/*.)
Look- with- waiting 1 (s. m.) to (7tf ) The-LoRD. I-have-looked-
with-waiting-for 1 The-LoRD, my soul* 2 hath-looked-with-wait-
ing, 1 and for (7) His word I-have-hoped. 3 Well 4 hast-Thou-
dealt 5 with (Dtf) Thy servant, 6 O-Lord, according-to (3) Thy
word. Make-distinguished 7 Thy loving- kindnesses. 8 In (^)
Thy doing 9 tremendous-things 10 [which] we-could-not-look-for
(Hebr. not we-could-look-for 11 ).
If 12 The-LoRD shall-not build 13 a house, 14 in- vain 15 [will] its
builders* 17 have-laboured 16 in (5) it. A-spreading-place-of 18
nets 19 she-shall-be 20 in the midst 21 of the sea. 22 And-she-shall-
become (Hebr. and-she-shall-bef 20 for) the spoil 23 of heathen-
nations. 24 She-shall-not-be-built 25 any-more. 26 Thy (/.) builders 27
had-perfected 28 thy beauty. 29 Thy (/.) shame* 31 shall-be-dis-
covered, 30 yea 32 thy disgrace* 34 shall -be- seen. 33 Despised 35 [art]
thou (m.) exceedingly. 36 According-as 37 thou-hast-done 38 (m.)
shall-be-done 38 (m.) to thee. Heaven* 40 shall-disclose 39 (plu.)
his iniquity. 41 The increase* 43 of his house 14 shall-go-away. 42
1 Hip PI 2 Bfeg (/.) Tab. X, 1. 3 bn> B<p. * litD . 5 Ffoy . 6 -D}> Tab. X, 6.
' rhQ H<p. 8 npH loving-kindness, Tab. X, 1. 9 Infin, K. of No. 5. ' w rttSOto.
M Fut. Pi. of No. 1. 12 DK. 13 HJ2. u TVS (ro.), Tab. XIII, 3. 16 tfW.
16 tey. " Partic (1) of No. 13 (with Pron.-Aff. his), is flD^O. 19 D^lpnq.
Mnn. 2i^;n,i.c. ^in. ** bj. 23 ta. 2 *d?'u. 25 ify. of "no. 13. 26 niy
Partic (1) of No. 13. 28 W?3 Past K. % 29 ^ (w. Affs. *VS>, etc.). 3 rfa A>.
Fit. apocop. 31 nny. *DJ. 33 nan. ^ns^n. 35 ma x. Partic (2).
a "!&. 7 ^$3. 38 ?TO JT. to do, N<f>. to be done. 39 rt?S Pi. 40 &W
)iV. 42 r6j JT. Fut. apocop. ^i; m. " BK. ay ( W . Affs. toy, etc.).
* The Verb to precede the Noun. t Past with 1 prefixed.
t As in Tab. XIV.
201
L
Each-one 44 to (?K) his people 45 they-shall-turn 46 (m.). And
I-will-give-drink-to* 47 the land 48 of thy (m.) inundation 49 from
thy blood. 50 And I-will-cover* 51 . . , heaven. 40 [As-for] that
night 52 . . . let-it-not rejoice- 53 among the days 54 of a year 55 : . . .
let it-look 56 for (7) light 57 and there-be-none, 58 and let-it-not-
behold (Hebr. not let-it- look 59 at 60 ) the eyelids 61 of a morning-
dawn. 62
And they-shall-build* 13 the- old- waste-places (Hebr. the
desolations 63 of old-time^). For-Zion's-sake (Hebr. because of 55
Zion m ) I-will-not-be-silent. 67 And thou-shalt-be 20 (/.) a crown 68
of beautiful- glory 69 in the hand 70 of The-LoitD.
O-come 71 let-us- worship 72 and fall-down f 73 ; let-us-kneelf 74
before 75 The-LonD our Maker. 76
46 fttD. 47 7\pW Hep. 48 Y'lJA. 49 nay (w. Affs. ^n&, etc.). 50 D^ w. Affs.
tef, etc.). 5l HDD Pi. 52 ilW (m.). 63 .Tin K. Fut. apocop. [p. 170 (e, 3)].
54 Di> (see Vocab.). 53 T&#. h nip Pi. Fut. apocop. *> 7 "litf. 58 f*K. 69 HX"I
K. Fut. (full form). 60 3 the prefix. 61 D?BJJD^ . 62 "in^. 68 Dinn. [see 69 (0)].
64 D^V. 65 )y^. 66 |VV. 67 H^n [the Fut. K. has the ( ^')-form; thus,
n^n^,etc.]. esnntpy. rnKsn. ,0 i)(i.c.T). a&. 72 nn&> m. Fut.
[see 'Note' on page 315]. 73 JTD Fut. (-7-), Pause-form. n ~\12. 75 *Jffl^
76 nb>V X. Partic (1).
* Past with 1 prefixed. t With the fl of 144.
202
' OBSERVATIONS XXXI & XXXII.
0><. XXXI. A List of Verbs belonging to more than one of the Seven Classes
mentioned in 186 sometimes called 'Doubly Irregular' Verbs,
is given on pages 267, etc., below.
Obs. XXXII, A few examples of two-fold 'Variations,' in some remarkable
instances, are given in Note IV (page 174).
203
Exercise XLIII.
{To be translated into English, with the help of the Glossary at the
end of the book).
D^ttt? p$? ^v n 2 n*tt?in *\m wrbx 'Jfta rm
3 an bx t *rfcfifl ysh 5 *<to? : 4 *5^ *$? '?$ 3 ^^
b&> wi ^asn 8 nan t 'fttiftt *#sj * ^ : tftfr *$a
t : t : t -: - : T " : t v : - t : \ v I .; I - :
Van t nm *'irtj ll nm : io *hr& *pb# 3 ton * 9 *ni*ton
t t - t t - ' : j v t t : t
t - : t -
: nsflw w p^ft puk 20 ny : b*k rsa 19 nyi tata i8 rw kS p
art* 22 npn : niy w fi n& 23l ?y : Dyjsi na "iyan *kj
nnKi 1 7 to *wtfa 1 7 n^S nty * 25 bv *6i 1 24 >n nVi
t-: : ... : . .. r w r . _ . T .
: <ts Sk 4) 22 nax ^n wi : tp Sx sp "Tft 27 Kn-m Dna p
... - -: - ; |t v | - | - : t t t I v
1 Lord. a XV* K. to go out, Hq>. to bring out. 3 HD3 K. to incline, to extend,
H<p. to cause to incline or extend, to bow, to bow down, also to make to turn away
(or send away, dismiss). 4 XJDK* K. to hear, Zfy. to proclaim. 5 K13 to come,
S<p. to cause to come, to bring. 6 before Thee. 7 KBO X. to lift up, to bear, to
raise, also to forgive (followed by ?). 8 HfcH to see.f 9 my sins. 10 IT to come
down, go down. n As for Thee. 12 KT K. to fear, N<p. to be feared. 13 Hip Pi.
to wait, wait for. u RSQ (the H Consonantal) to shine, to be bright, TT<f>. to make
bright, to lighten. 15 my darkness. 16 M3K to be willing. 17 ?DS to eat, to enjoy.
18 PI3y P*. to afflict. rWp.281 to grieve. 20 TJJ unto. This together with the
next word J13K " when ?" = " how long ?" 21 in vain. 22 H3J S<p. to strike, to smite,
Soph, to be smitten. 23 on, upon. This followed by the word HD (what) = " why ?"
"wherefore?" comp. Nil. xxii. 24 H^n to be sick, to be ill. 25 te* JT. & jffi>pA.
to be able. 26 n&6 K. & Nf. to be weary. * K23 N<p. to prophesy.
For the see Pt. I, 72. t Also " to look," followed by 2 "<&.
204
fW) 23 nn3n : *?! *t na toKi : 28 D^sk 22 n5n
. T T . \ I * - T ' T V - T -: T \
r ' ; Vsb V tanfc^ 22 T> * "NHnfew Shri 22 *3&+ 29 Dfi^h2
V T | V V T | - " T T S - V V " \ V "
--.-'r&ftt 3M n^ i 1 ? "nntfarfi 33 n:my 32 ^W "mam
r * fcga g*n 38 jmW n 37 wk n?n t Z6 phx) Z5 hhw
"D^sdb n-inv 37 w swim "nan 40 W?Jb 2 *n
t : t \ " : - -:-: v-- t: | - : - -
ip^gi eta f^-n # 3 nt^ *i : 42 d*hd
, I t : t .. t : - : t v - t -
d^j ^rirfi ^^ ^ "da cjiuj 'wiiVaib 2 ^
12 *m* tib t W *b* *a l2 amn Sk t "^hxri vt ny 5 t3naa
T T | : T v: T V T
: ay rtaaik
*&**>! f$ S>aa ^|tap 47 ^ t jnt afW3 M nKtfni
88 {i^p *rw t nfa^ t^a p*v 49 rt^? '*?*?? * n: r^ : 2 ^
6 *naa 1% 5 *naan w 51 tx *a t '^tan mak: to* 50 nVa
T T T T ... . T | T ; . . . T -
64 nw ^ Dia *?a : M roia ^nx 5 Dnm 52 ttrrpnn : ab
t T v -: t - t - t :| - : - :
69 rrnK : M svto inba *fi : "tfut 56 t:^ 55 w-ifi&n B *ta*
: non D^tyS *a ato a ^ 69 rrin 1 60 *6a 54 nw 5 wa#
: t w , ; t - v v t t I :
28 Ephraim. 29 their young men. 3 in the battle, or war. 31 IDS to be heavy,
Hip. to make heavy. 32 7JJ a yoke, w. Affs. ') 7$ etc. * luxurious one (/.). 34 two (/.).
This with the next word=" these two things" 35 bereavement. 86 and widowhood.
37 Assyria. 38 fa j? Lebanon. 39 !*1D* to be beautiful. 40 the angel of. 41 corpses.
42 H)D to die, Tab. XX. 43 ITO to come to naught, to be consumed. 44 *]^ to go,
or to come. 45 HTJ to live. 46 the Amorite. 47 *TJJ to move away. 48 Chaldeans.
49 H3 a daughter. 60 a bride. 5l the calamity of. 52 Wlp Ed. to sanctify oneself.
63 at the sacrifice. 54 T\Vfy to make, to do, to act. 55 T\T\$ H6. to worship (followed
by b). 56 before Thee. 57 Lord. 58 ST* JB>. to teach. 59 PIT #<. to praise, to
render thankful acknowledgments. a wonder, a wondrous thing.
205
EXERCISE XLIV.
{To be translated into Hebrew, 11. ? ft.)
I- will-lift-up 1 my eyes 2 to (7tf) the mountains 3 :
From-whence 4 shall-come 5 my help 6 ?
My help [is] from The-LoRD,
The Maker 7 of heaven 8 and earth 9 .
Many* 11 shall-see 10 , and shall-fearf 12 ,
And-shall-put-their-trust 13 in The-LoRD.
To-be-feared | 12 [is] He above fy) all 14 [that are called] God 18 .
[It is] time 16 to seek 17 The-LoRD,
Until-that 18 He-come 5 and rain 19 righteousness 20 unto rfl you.
THOU-hast-brought 21 [the] day 22 Thou-hast-called-for 28 .
Sit-thou 24 (/) still 25 and enter 5 into (3) the darkness 26 .
And there-shall-come 5 (3 s./) upon thee (/.) suddenly 27
Destruction 28 [which] thou-shalt-not know-of 29 .
[It is] good 30 to-give-thanks 31 to The-LoRD.
1 b3, pp. 302304. 2 j$ Tab. XIII (J, ft. 3 D*Tr. * $. * P PP-
272275. 6 njy m. [ 62 (iii)]. 7 TO Partic. (1) K. ' i. c' 8 DW. 9 f ^
Tab. X (1). 10 iJfK: u 0$& 12 K"l\ pp. 286-288. 1S nan. u ^3 (^3).
u C^j. 16 ny. ehrc. l8 ifi 19 m? ify, pp. 288 & 289. 20 pj$ ai H<p.
of No. 5. M D'V. 23 1p. 24 1W Tab. XVIII. 2S DBH. " tpffl B DfcflB.
28 n^ /. JH* Tab. XVIII, Note (3). 30 li&. 31 FIT ff<p. pp. 281 & 282.
* The Tense before the Noun. t Pause-form.
$ N<f>. Partic. Future tense.
206
Whexi-Israel-went-forth (Hebr. in going -forth- of \\ Z2 Israel 33 )
from Egypt 34 ,
And He-smote 35 all 14 [the] firstborn 36 in their (m.) land 9 ,
Egypt was-glad 37 at (1) their (m.) departing || 32 ;
And He-brought-out 32 Israel 33 from among-them (Hebr. their
m. midst**),
And there-went-forth 32 from trouble 89 a righteous-one 40 (ra.);
Lightnings* 42 gave-light-to 41 the-world 43 ,
And He-bowed 44 heavens 8 and-came-down 45 .
We-will-not fear 12 though-the-earth-be-moved (Hebr. in One's-
removing 46 earth 9 ).
Let-us-lift-up 47 our heart 43 .
Hear 49 -thou, [0] daughter 50 , and see 10 , and incline 51 thine ear 52 ;
Forget 53 also 54 thy people 55 and the house 56 of thy father 57 :
And the King* 59 shall-delight-Himself-in 58 thy beauty 60 :
For 61 He [is] thy Lord 62 , and worship 63 -thou Him (Hebr. to Him).
Open^-ye (m.) to me the gates 65 of righteousness 20 ,
I- will-enter 5 by (3) them, I-will-give-thanks-to 31 The-LoRD 66 .
32 Ktf pp. 284286. 83 bttiW. 34 D^VP (w.). 8J HDi H<p. Fut. apocop., pp.
298 & 299. 36 lb|. 37 Hfib K. Past 3s.m. IJtt) w. Affs. bin, etc.,-comp.
Tab. XIII, Note (t, e). 89 TTX. " PI*. * "&* W * 2 plu. of pn2, Tab. IX.
43 i?3fi. " HD3 ". Fut. apocop., p. 297. * Tf [with -^ to the 3 d Et-letter, as in
165 (I. 5)]. tlO H0. Infin. * 7 -ET. Fut. 1 pi. of No. 1. lib, w. Affs. b^
etc. yDB>. 60 H3. S1 Ify. of No. 44. 52 |&, w. Affs. toj$; etc., Tab. XI. 1.
63 PDB? " 1 (to be prefixed to the word "Forget")- " D^, w. Affs. )BV etc.
w n?2 Tab. XIII. 3. S1 2$ Tab. XIII. 1. 58 RIM Bd. Fut. apocop., p. 267.
69 T^ID. eo >>;, w. Affs. ^J etc, (Comp. 63. 7 ). 61 \?. M |VlK pi. nr\W H0.
|j Infin. J. * The tense before the Noun.
207
We-give-thanks sl [Obs. IX, p. 93] unto (*?) Thee, [0] God 67 , we-
give-thanks 31 [Past];
Yea 68 now 69 , our God 67 , giving-thanks 81 [Partic] we [are] unto
6) Thee;
And Thy Name 70 for-ever 71 we-will-celebrate 31 . Sela 72 .
And heavens* 8 shall-celebrate 31 Thy wonders (Hebr. wonder 73 ),
[0] Lokd.
I-will-praise 81 The-LoRD with ft) all 14 my heart 74 .
Come 5 -ye before-Him 75 amid (2) glad-singing 76 .
[0] give-thanks 81 unto (^) The-LORD, for 61 [He is] good 77 ,
For 61 for-ever 71 [endureth] His Mercy 78 .
see Note () on Tab. XXIII. " nnS. " TV (m.), Tab. X. 5. jqv
87 Vocab. I. 1. 68 1 the prefix. 69 HW. 70 DE>, Tab. Xin, Note . 7l D^.
n^D. ^|, Tab. X. 2. 7 * a!?, w. Affs. ')& etc. 75 1*J$. 78 Pl#} " 3to
78 T^J, Tab. X. 1.
* Tense before Noun.
208
OBSEKVATIONS XXXIH L.
Obs. XXXIII. The following is a List of the Tables of Verb-forms with Pron-
Affixes :
Tab. XXIV. Infinitives.
Tab. XXV. Past-Tense Kal.
Tab. XXVI. Participles.
Tab. XXVII. Imperative Kal.
Tab. XXVHI. Future- Tense Kal.
Tab. XXIX. Some Pl-el and Hiph-il forms.
Tab. XXX. Forms of Verbs 7\'h.
A few changes of foem adopted by Verbs on receiving Pron-Affs. may be
mentioned here :
Obs. XXXIV.. In accordance with the Great Eule of 59, "the vowel which
would stand next but one before, or third from the
accented vowel is generally dropped" (if it can be dropped)
and is replaced by Shva : thus,
(a) the of HpQ is dropped and replaced by Shva in
Vlj3B, etc., and so in other Past K. forms, see
Tab. XXV, [for the of the p, see Obs. XXXVIH];
() the ~ of such forms as fc*j? etc., Tab. XX, is thus
dropped in such forms as 13p. ,, p? and fl1p*R and
feg^J, etc. But
Obs. XXXV. The vowel which would be thus dropped cannot be dropped if
it is followed either
(a) by Shva, as in *1pE5* etc., ih^, etc., or
(j8) by Dagesh F., as in 1j9B etc., *Tj?3 etc., 1j3g* etc.;
(7) but in order to shorten the word the next vowel
is then dropped (if it can be dropped) ; and so we
have tbe forms,
13npB>, etc., Tab. XXVEII; and 17ffp>, WJQP&,
etc., in which the of jh|1* Jhrjfy is replaced
by the Slight-vowel [Pt. I, 56]; and so
in;nn^ etc, with , from JhpK;
VljpB, etc., Tab. XXIX, and -I.TlpS, etc., and
UJgti*, etc., Tab. XXIX (II, a).
(5) For 'Fut. ( )' forms such as -13^2^, etc., see
Obs. XXXIX below.
Obs. XXXVI. Sometimes no vowel can be dropped, and so we have the H<f,
forms ITppn, etc., and -ISTpB!, etc., of Tab. XXIX (I, )8)
and (II, p).
209
Obs. XXXVII. In H<p. forms of some Boots there is no Shva after the first
Vowel, and this Vowel can then be dropped; as in such
forms as to^H, etc., from D^H, (Tab. XX), and so in
Obs. XXXIV (P) above.
Obs. XXXVIII. The of the 'closed' syllable in 1J33, etc., is lengthened into
when the syllable in which it is becomes ' open ' [comp.
Obs. XXIII, p. 185]. Thus we have from "IpB such forms as
hp3 etc., Tab. XXV.
Obs. XXXIX. Verbs 'Fut. ( )', instead of dropping the (as the of 1p3>
etc., is dropped in Tab. XXVIII), generally lengthen the
into as in Obs. XXXVIII; thus,
from Kb 1 ?, W^! with Aff. me, Dfff^ with Aff.
them (m).
Obs. XL. The - in such forms as ^TpZ % etc., is the T of Obs. XXXVIII
in an 'open' syllable, being derived from the of "Jp3.
Obs. XLI. The of the hy& form (of Past K.) remains with Affs. ; thus
(a) From inK, bnK^ JJ^ etc., and
(P) In such forms as ^-"DH^ they (m.) have loved thee (m.),
the of 1HX is given to the 2 d Bt-letter in the form
for the 3 pi. (-13nX) when with the Affix as here.
[See also Notes (a) and (/3) on Tab. XXVII, and Notes (a) and (p) on Tab.
XXVIII.]
Obs. XLII. In some instances Verb-forms w. Affs. occur with the of the
?y& form of Past K. , although the 3 s. m. Past K. in use is
of the 7JJ3 form; thus,
from BH* the 3 s. m. Past K. in use is KHJ, but we have also
of the 75J3 form in
T\Wy\ K. Past 3 pi. with 1 Pref. and Aff. her,
y&n K. Past 3 pi. with 1 Pref. and Aff. thee m.,
and from this *- it is possible that the of the following forms
may be obtained, viz.
FincrM K. Past 2 s. ro. with 1 Pref. and Aff. her,
t : > '
Dflt^-p. K. Past. 2 s. m. with 1 Pref. and Aff. them m.
Note (i.) The occurs also in
t6QpT\ K. Past 2 pi. m., with 1 Pref., [comp. Tab.
XXV, Notes (a) and (/3)],
but the other parts of the K. Past (from this Boot K>*V) which
occur agree with the forms from IpQ in Tab. XTV; thus,
?*2 (P- I JJfJ) 2 s. m., -UKh; 1 pi. (and w. Aff. her
(ii.) There are other instances of Boots from which both 7#3 and 7JJ3
forms occur.
210
Note (iii.) The -^- of a ?y3 form, when followed by Quiescent, is shortened
into 6 on the addition of an Affix removing the Accent from the syllable which
contains that --; thus tfl^bj gives V^3*. K. Past 1 s. w. Aft him, fr. ?D*.
This is done in order to get rid of the unaccented Long Vowel before the
Quiescent Shva under the 7 [Comp. Pt. I, 55 (8)].
Obs. XLIII. The Pron. Affs. for the 2 s. m., and the 2 pi. m. and 2 pi. /., viz.,
^ (or PD ), and DD and p ,
require a Shva under the last letter of the word to which
they are affixed, therefore any Moving Shva under the pre-
ceding letter must be replaced by a Slight-vowel (but a
Quiescent Shva may of course stand). The Slight Vowel
generally agrees with the Vowel that was dropped; thus
(i.) from iptfl we have Tfflf., &$&., 878$ i in
Tab. XXVIII, etc., where the p has the
Slight-vowel (o) corresponding to the
which is dropped in -IjnpQI, etc. ; and so,
(ii.) from 1&B we have f]$S (Tab. XXIX, I. a), etc.,
and
from 1$Z\ we have Tpf?^ (Tab. XXIX, H. o), etc.,
where the p has the Slight-vowel corresponding
to the -77- which is dropped in nj?S etc., and
*$& etc.
(iii.) Instead of the in (ii.) there is sometimes ,
as in DSyBK*? (fr. fmfy Job xvi. 5. Comp.
Note II (7) on p. 89.
Obs. XLIV. Before a Guttural letter, as ft, the of the Pi-el is generally
not dbopped except in Pause. Thus we have
tJO^X I will send thee (m.) away, from 0/?BW> etc.
But in Pause the is dropped as in ^n?K% .
Note. A as Slight-vowel, before under a Guttural, requires no remark ;
as that is what the Student would expect of course.
Obs. XLV. The Pause-form of the Aff. ^ thee (m.) is not only J ^ 15-, but
also I JJ -P7 , as seen in the la3t-cited example. Comp. Note e
(ii.) on Tab. XXVIII.
Obs. XL VI. This is often so in the case of Verbs PI"? with this Aff. in Pause ;
as in : 3jjf^ Pause-form of TflVK (Put. PI 1 s., fr. m*),
And so in the forms J ^.ifl an< * S$^ on P* ^82.
Note. But the form I ^ -5 (without the Dagesh) also occurs, as in J *PlV on
p. 282.
211
Obs. XL VII. Verbs having for their 3 d Kt-letter H Quiescent drop this H on
receiving Pron. Affs. , as seen above and in Tab. XXX.
Obs. XLVIII. By reason of the loss of a syllable thus there is no room for the
operation of the great Kule of 59 [comp. Obs. XXXIV, above],
and therefore such forms as Vfgf t ITU^, etc. [Tab. XXX],
retain the vowel of their 1 st Bt-letter instead of its being
dropped as in )*($$ *nJTIj3, etc., Tab. XXV.
Obs. XLIX. For other forms we may refer to the Tables and the Notes
thereon.
Note (i.) Verbs T\"h in the 3 s. m. Past take the full Affix -1H him, rather
than ') ; thus,
inb'JJ he made him (fr. T\ty}j he made) Ps. xcv. 5,
1i"tfj5 he bought it m. (fr. HJj? he bought) Lev. xxvii. 24.
(ii.) The 3d Kt-letter H is dropped even with an Affix having Shva
before it ; thus,
* Tjby He made thee m. (fr. nfe^) Deut. xxxii. 6,
*|PU1 and He will guide thee m. (fr. nnj he guided,
with 1 pref. ) Is. lviii. 11.
(iii.) Special attention may be called to the 3 s. /. Past forms with
Affixes, such as
inn't^ and t-W}>, tnfibjj, etc., in Tab. XXX; and
so in
$n& (3 s. /. Past K., with Aff. me, Pause-
form) Job xxxiii. 4,
DrD#n (3 s. /. Past H<f>., with Aff. them m.)
Josh. ii. 6.
The student will see at once the similarity between the form of the Verb in
these words and the shortened form of the 3 s. /. Past viz. tty&t instead of
nn'^j; (Uke nrhi).
* ^3j3 Deut. xxxii. 6, is the Pause-form for ^, 167 (ii. a).
t And so in Ifijp'! Pi. Past 3 s./. (nn^3), with 1 pref. and Aff. him, Zech. v. 4,
and nn-lV -PS- Past 3 s. /. (fin*.*), with Aff. her, Kuth iii. 6.
t This shortened form was just mentioned in Note III. fi (p. 172). It is not
limited to the Kal; for not only do the Pi-el words in the preceding Note (f)
seem to refer to it, but we have also the
H<t>. Past 3 s. /. T\T\T\\ (fr. T\T)), with 1 pref. Lev. xxvi. 34, and mhn
(fr. fifcA), with for as in H^H 3 s. m. Tab. XXII, Ez. xxiv. 12,
and
Hoph. Past 3 s./. n?!in twice in Jer. xiii. 19.
These examples are cited by B. D. Kimkhi in the Michlol.
212
Obs. L. The Kule of 162 (e, ii.), viz. that "the rather than the * -r-
form" of the Fut. H<p. is used in certain cases, must not be
supposed to hold when Pron-Affs. are attached. In this
case the the Long-Khirik is preferred, and is either
(a) Defective (Pt. I, 13), as in such forms as
tff3&g$ Dlip^l, *5T8$85, etc., or
() Full, as in such forms as
inTi??^, Di^n, -inTparii, etc.
Note. Defective Long-Khirik and Defective Shurik* [Pt. 1, 14] occur often
in long Verb-forms especially when there would otherwise be more than one
Quiescent letter in the word. Perhaps it may be said that
(i.) This is a matter of ITD [Pt. I, 74], and
(ii.) The Student had best use the Full spelling always.
* As in Hn^bfB Ex. i. 22, DD^f H Josh. x. 27, tiyftfl Is. xliii. 9, etc.
213
EXERCISE XLV.
{To be translated into English, with the help of the Glossary at
the end of the booh.)
. . - _ . . ; . . T ;
T . i,v- - tt 2 ; : : - * t * : -
i *<mr\ *3 M i*npK *rra ova
. ..c. - rl v t| ; v x t :
1 IDT to remember. 2 ?p to try (as silver and gold, by melting). 8 See
the preceding Note. (The word being unaccented here, the t (d) stands instead
of the - of 5pV? ; comp. 168 (i).) * TOK to say. s 3W to forsake. 6 rD6?
to forget. [The Past K. is found with the of the 703 form in the following :
(a) the 3 s. m. with Aff. me in Pause, (j8) the 3 s. /. in Pause (i"inpK>, Prov. ii.
17), and (y) the 3 pi. with Affs. me O^fO? and *%&$> an <* thee f. Oq-IIW);
Comp. Tab. XXV, Note (a)]. 7 pty to adorn (as with a chain, or necklace).
8 flM Pi. to cover. 9 P|SK to encompass. 10 21D J5T. to come round, to go
about, Pi. to take about, lead about. " TVE* to put, place [comp. 226, and
183 (]3)]. 12 lit. places-below, i.e. low-depths. (This word, with the ifa before
it, is an expression for "a pit of low-depths" = "a vsry deep dungeon pit."
18 K11 to come, to come upon (p. 272). M Kip to call, to call upon. M M3V to
answer. 16 H3& a wound, Tab. VI. " KB1 to heal. 18 [with] love of, see
86. 19 nnN to love. 20 ppn to engrave. 21 H32 K. to build, N<p. to be
built. 22 3p Pi to collect. 23 from the recesses of. 2 * "p 1 K. to go, Hip.
214
n&G "w : ivty *njh3 "Vt&b^ "asap* *nfe>* *m
I vv : - t : :"v "v t: v : |- : t : T .
: iw *ttefyo mrra* mtfb* nnirQb " nno
IMS *wnna : niy mtwfc lta bt : *&Jfra "D^nsfcn
; I : - : w " i : v r t : -
: aritaefc *pto "titfti kW* m "Wfi : pnto
V : I V V T T :^K V T; I T I V V ;
: ; v : * s - t v : I: ** tIv ; :t t t|t t-
:tt: t -; - t : * f : : . t -; -
t| v \ | v t t t : t I v : : : t : I : v t : * t :
a 1 ? 08B>n d^ : *Tp&# j) : "i[|rn "^jarign 19 ^n^
to cause to go, to conduct. u mt Pi. to scatter. " TOW to keep, to guard.
27 Djn to act as a shepherd. N.B. The K. Partic(l) s. m. is used for a shep-
herd. 28 ND to find. 29 pi or }*1 tf. to understand, Pi. to instruct. 30 1V3
to preserve. M as the pupil of. 32 VKM K. to be glad, Pi. to gladden. 33 j'W
sorrow. 3 * Til to choose. 35 "W H<f>. to rouse up. 38 "pi K.f and Pi to
bless. 87 jn3 to give. 38 f# a tooth (DuaZ. D^B 5 ). 89 ^n P*. to deliver.
40 DD"I to trample. il IDDH hot anger, wrath. 42 HT3 to be sprinkled, p. 296.
43 nJ used here for life-blood, strength; -Tab. X. 2. ** TDD to uphold. pn
to be gracious to. Htt (see p. 293). * 7 DD K. to be high, Pi. to exalt, to
extol. See No. 8, and Tab. XXX [Note p (8)]. * HT H<p. to praise, etc.,
pp. 281 & 282. 60 JHM to plant. 11K K. to shine, JET0. to make to shine.
88 HIT K. to be many, IT0. to make to be many, to multiply. 53 in the day-
* For the prefix &? who, which, that, see the latter part of Note (d) on p. 24.
t N.B. The Kal in this sense is used only in the Partic (2) of 139 (7), & Infin.
215
-t :-: t t |:t;t: t : t - - "t: t v -
nm hx : 49 ^nin n^^tt : W war : pal
t - v -; ... I t ; tt : t : I v tt
: wnSa d^N "am* : dka w&jj *&# q^Sk d^j;
j vmbi * , ff& tf*J M&2? *^n^
**fw nm t **j0 yrn *ara ^171 * *tf#i
: "rjaarai
t : - ;
PSALM XXIII.
(To be translated into English, with the help of the Glossary at
the end of the book).
t : v * t :
tow "nhttfc ^ ^3;
sate* *#*d
top* 71 |j;to l ?
time. ** HD3 Ify. to smite, to strike, pp. 298 & 299. ? 7711 Pi. to praise
(Dagesh F. is often dropped from the b). 56 KT to fear, p. 287. " tW to be
becoming, fitting, suitable, p. 280. * "10 T PL to hymn. ? m* H<t>. to teach,
point out to, pp. 288 & 289. eo Mrti K. and i70. to guide, lead, (p. 296).
91 right, rectitude see 86. 62 "Ift to help. 6S Dm Pi. to comfort. "01 to
lack. 65 in pastures of, see 86. 66 }*l"l JBT. to lie down, H<p. to cause to he
down. 67 rest {lit. rests). 68 bilJ Pi. to lead gently. 69 3155? X". to return,
Pi. to restore, and to refresh. 70 in the paths of. 71 for the sake of. n "p* to go.
216
V T : - ; J
T ** T - r T T
r5 mv te
t : v v
*#tfi f$te 76 n^
tt ;
B *ww? noni ate ^k
: : v v t | -
*n ^a
" T ~ "J T
n^a "as?)
w with me. 7 * *py to set in order, array, prepare. 7B Vl to distress, to be an
enemy to. 76 jKH Pt. to anoint-richly. 77 fulness; [a cup of] fulness = the
[cup that] "runneth over" of the E. V. 78 Pp"l to pursue, to follow.
* There are various opinions respecting this word :
The translation "my abiding, or dwelling, [shall be] in the etc.", corre-
sponds to the word nfyf (K. Infin., r\2f } with Aff. 1 s.) from 2&> Tab. XVHI,
instead of ^2^. Some suppose that the Boot 2M0 to return is used here in
the sense of the Boot 2&fa to abide or dwell. And some suppose that the word
should stand thus ^jO&*1 {K- Past 1 s., with 1, from 2K") and I will abide or
dwell. The strict sense of ^D2^1 as it stands is and I will return.
217
V The following Exercises are partly taken from the Exercises in the former Grammar,
Note (i.) Help required for rendering the English into Hebrew is here given undee the
several words,
(ii.) Words connected by hyphens are all comprehended in the Hebrew which
stands under them,
(iii.) Some additional help required is occasionally given in Footnotes.
EXERCISE XLVI.
( To be translated into Hebreiu.)
And he-returned into the house and took the child and restored him*
y& (71) n# nphf i^\ nw*.H
to his mother. And he-turned this-way-and-that and saw that
btt DK (see vocab.) njfi rb\ H3 nfeO *3
there-was-no man, and he-killed him* and hid him* in the sand.
And the kingt said 'Fetch-ye (m.) me a sword and cut him* into two and
give the half to one (/.) and the half to the-other.' And
|ru >vn nnx *VH nn 99, Note (t).
I-cried-out and said, 'In-no-wise-kill-him' (Hebr. to kill kill-ye m.
pJW t "10K Infin. Abs. T))12 H<f>.
him* not), and they (m.)-gave him* to me. And she-took the child
(Obs. iv. P . 93.) jrw np!? 1*
and kissed him*, and she-lif ted-up her voice and wept.
pV) t Tab. XIX. KBO b)p rm (Apocop.)
EXERCISE XLVII.
And I-asked him* saying 'What mayest-thou-be-seeking? ,
bx& t Tab. XVII, Note (f, ii). Vp2 PS; Fut.
* Affix. f Fut. ( -^). t Tense before Noun. Fut. (-J-).
218
and he answered me* that his brethren he [was] seeking. And
Hjy >3 m Tab. Xin. Vp2 PI. Partic.
they-said to-each -other (Hebr. a man to his brother), 'Come-ye and
1DK WK !? m & Tab. XVIII.
let-us-slay him*, and let-us-cast-him* into one-of the pits, and-we-will-say
mt ~\h&H<p. 3 im nra Pastw. ipref.
An evil beast hath- devoured him*.' But Eeubent delivered him* from
nv*3 n;n/. bm i $&?] bmH<t>.
their hand and said * We-will-not smite him * mortally, cast-ye
7} 1DK P0J fl"0. (p. 299) B>B3 ^ H#.
him into this pit,' in-order to-deliver him from their hand to restore
b& ite W& b)UH<p. 2)&H<t>.
him* to his father. And they-stripped him* as-regards his coat
^ 3K Tab. XIII. tt^S H<j>. Dl W3 1|
and they- took him* and cast him into the pit. And Judat said 'Let-us- sell
npb* 71 irpn; "DDt
him*, and our hand let-it-not be upon him.' And they-sold him* to
T r f. obs.iv.p.93. rrn by b
the Ishmaelites, and they-took-him*-down to Egypt. A kingt sent
vfyvsgyfl TVfty. 71 Dnyp $n rhv
and loosed him *.
nnj >. Tab. XIX.
EXEECISE XLVIII.
And he-finished charging- them (Hebr. to ^charge them*), and he-expired
rhiPt. **m*Pi. **jmh
and died. My father adjured me* saying In my
HID 2K V2&H<p. Tab. XVII, Note (f, ii).
grave which I-dug for me in the land of Canaan, there (Heb. thither)
-Qg Tab. X. 2. FTO t pN JJtt| HS^
* Affix. f (Fut. ( ). t Tense before Noun. Infin. w. b prefixed.
1 Fut. (-^).
The 1 is Consonantal here.
219
shalt-thou-(m.)-bury me*.' Go-up and bury-thou (m.) thy father as
opt rhv ifm
he-adjured thee*. , All that I-shall-command thee* (m.), thou-shalt-
% TJ^ m*PU
certainly-do (Hebr. to-do thou-shalt-do) it* (m.); and I- will-bless thee*,
Infin, Abs. nfetf *p2 Pt
and I- will-preserve thee* in all thy ways. Jah hath-indeed-
wt tn Tab. x. i. n>
VV T
corrected (Hebr. to-correct, He-hath-corrected) me*; but to the death
JP*.Infin.,(-^)form. 1D> Ft. 1 tm
. He-hath-not given me*. And I-tookll them (m.) and I-passed-them-over
(Hebr. and I-caused-them* -to-pass-over) the brook; and I-was-left
-ay i?0. ^nj in* N<p. (Tab. xvni),
by-myself, and there-wrestled one with me until the-going-up-of the dawn.
And- when he-said 'Let-me-go (Heb. Send-away -thou m. me*) for the dawn
hath-gone-up,' then I-answered-him* 'I- will-not let-thee*-go except thou-
rby i roy rhw PL dk v$
hast-blessed me*.'
"I-O Pi.
EXERCISE XLIX.
And these words which I [am] commanding thee (m.) to-day (Hebr.
the-day) shall-be^T on thy heart. And thou-shalt-impress IT them* upon
wn nnS? ]iwpi. (Tab. xrv).
(Hebr. to) thy sons. And-thou-shalt-writelT them* on the posts of
|3 Tab. XHI. arD flj-1?l?
thy house, and at p) thy gates. I will-bring you (m.) * into the land of
the nations which (Hebr. which it*) I-have-given to you to possess it*.
d)ij|(m.) \TU ^Tab.XVHI.
And I-will-give1T-them*-up before-you, and ye-sh all- smite 1T them.
}H3 D^fl w. h pref., & Aff. fc& K<f>.
* Affix. f Fut. ( ). t The 1 is Consonantal here.
Tense before Noun. || Note (A) on Tab. XIX. 1 Past with 1.
220
The king! of Jericho sought the men whom* Joshua sent. And
T^p inn* \fipaPi. p. 46(1.) p0n; rhv
the woman I said, Pursue-ye (m.) quickly after-them that ye-may-overtake
nfx ifh nn Dgnqx >s aba #0., Tab. xix.
them*. And she had-taken-them *-up to the roof; and she-hid
expressed rfcjJ ty. 71. ii. (a) 33 }DL5
them*, and the mischief! did-not come-upon them*. Ye (m.) have-
preserved-my*-life. Flames of fire have-devoured them (m.)*.
rpn H<t>. nark (/.) ?>$ b*
EXERCISE L.
Draw-Thou me*, after-Thee we-will-run. The king! hath-
^D T1DK fn (w. n at the end.) ^g
brought-me*-into His chambers. Let-me*-see thy (/.) countenance, let-me*-
wa h<i>. tpjj om pi. of n*n
hear thy (/.) voice. I-have-taken-hold-upon Him*, and I- will-not let-
ynw H<f>. tn
Him* -go.
nsn H<t>.
The watchmen found! me*...; they-smote me* they- wounded
Partic. (1) K. of ->&B> KSD HD3 H0. y*B
me*.... Whither turned thy (/.) Love? for we-will-seek Him * with thee.
H3K H3D 1)1 (ro.) 1 tfpi Pi DV
Daughters! saw her*, and they (w.) called-her *-happy. Many
na Tab. xiii. n*n nba Ft,
waters shall-not be-able to-quench Love II, and floods shall-not
d^d hyffiph. msp*. nana (/.) nhn: (m.)
overwhelm it*. Lol The-Lobd thy God! hath-loved thee (m.)*:
fttatys ns.n Dr6g nn (the form.)
be-strong, yea (1) be-strong.
ptn (^- form.)
Affix. t Past with 1 prefixed. t Tense before Noun.
5 Fut. ( ). II With the Def. Art.' and n&
APPENDIX.
,
221
APPENDIX.
Significations of the Voice-forms.
We may give here a few instances of what was mentioned
briefly at the foot of page 70, viz that other English ' forms of
rendering* more or less different from the main significations
of the Voices in general are sometimes required. Thus,
(a) In Gen. i. 4, the Hiph-il 7^p*1 (Fut. 3 s. m.) may fairly
be rendered "and He divided" (or by some such expression, as
" and He made separation"). The expression " and He caused to
separate" is not English, and English expressions must of
course be used in an English rendering.
08) So, in Gen. i. 11 NgH ptffi ti&Hfr is fairly rendered
"let the earth bring -forth grass." The Hebrew expression
K$"5 fct&Hfi in which the Verb is from the same Root NJH as
the Noun, cannot be rendered exactly in English. Similarly in
the case of JHT ty^T/b in the same verse, some such expression
as "producing seed" or "yielding seed" must be given.
(7) In the case of some Roots, as observed at the foot of
page 70, altogether different English Verbs are required for
their several Voices.
(8) We must be content, at present, to refer the Student to
his Lexicon for the renderings of the several Voices of various
Roots.
(e) Also the Lexicon must be referred to as a means of finding
what Voices of particular Roots are used. For
N.B. (i) Verbs are not necessarily used in all the Voices ; but,
on the contrary,
(ii) most Verbs are used in certain Voices only, and not
in others.
222
(II). Certain Tense-forms, and Apocopated forms.
(1) As said in 162 (e), it is the Rule to have, in the Future
Kal, the (rather than the )) form, i.e. "Tpi^ rather
than Tlp^, in the following three cases :
(a) with ) Convers., thus *"Jp*1 and he visited,
(ft) with 7X Deprecative, thus lb& ?K let him not visit,
(7) in a positive wish, thus *lp^ let him visit.
(2) So also it is the Rule to have in Hiph-il the (rather
than the * ) form, i.e. Ipp 1 rather than Tp* in the
same three cases, thus
(a) with 1 Convers., Ip*?) and he caused to visit,
(/3) with 7K Deprecative, HpS* /X let him not cause to visit,
(7) in a positive wish, 1p& let him cause to visit.
(3) The same holds for other than 'Full' Verbs ; and, further,
(4) Verbs n 7 generally* have the 'Apocopated' forms in
these same three cases, thus :
(a) with ) Conversive,_7y , l from POT (Kal),
hm from nW (Pl),J?X\ from t6t_ (Ufa), etc. ;
and so VT1 from njn\_OT from HW, etc.;
and so in other Persons, as *HFfi from PPflM
ym\ from WWn, etc. ;
03) with ^ Deprecative,_J^fi yft from ffefi (Pi.),
}&fi ^fromn^C^aO,-^^ ^Xand^nri Wrom
nW and r\r\ft f etc. ;
* (7) in a positive wish, 7^ & ft m. go captive, from !"I?^
W & Y ?w. fo (or let there be), from PlW , etc.
[Further remarks on Verb-forms had better be reserved for
a subsequent Section of this Appendix. Now we may not delay
any longer to give the following]
* Not always, see the Note (J) on p. 171.
223
(III). Analysis op some Yerb-forms.
When the Student first attempts to read the Hebrew Bible,
he is likely to find his progress somewhat slow and perhaps
wearisome by reason of his inability to analyze at once the
Yerb-forms with which in such great variety he will meet at
every step. It is therefore advisable to offer him some little
help, at first, to enable him to recognize more easily the various
forms, and to familiarize him (by references) with the several
Tables and Sections in which such forms are classified and
spoken of. To some extent the Exercises will have already
familiarized him with these, class by class. A very little help
now will enable him to combine them all. * The following
Analysis of the Yerbs found in the first three, and the twelfth,
chapters of the Book of Genesis, will doubtless be amply suffi-
cient for him. "With the Prefixes and Affixes to Nouns, etc.,
he will be sufficiently familiarized already by the Exercises ;
he will need no help for these now, with the exception of a
word or two, here and there, perhaps. It may however be well
to give now the following Rules :
Rule I. When the Conjunctive ) stands between words, or
groups of words, which form a Couple, if the second word
of the Couple, or the first word of the second group, is either
(1) Monosyllabic, or
(2) Dissyllabic with the Accent on the Penultima,
the 1 generally takes ,
[N.B. unless the first letter has , in the word to which
the 1 is prefixed] ; thus,
224 RULE FOR THE PREFIX 1 WITH -7-,
(i) in Gen. viii. 22 we have
'w rbb\ tfh *phi }* ja tarn "ipi -fs^j jrg ***
fr'we fltwc? harvest, and cold and heat, and summer and winter, and
day and night, etc.
Here the Nouns are arranged in couples, two and two. And
(a) *Vpl JHT seed-time and harvest, the first Couple, has for
its second word the Dissyllabic *Vp which is accented on the
last syllable (not on the Penultima) in accordance with Pt. I,
55 (8, ii) and (9, a). Hence this word does not fall under
Bule I above. For the Accents Tlisha and -& Pdzer, see
Pt. I, 66 (15 & 13). As said in Note {%) there, the Accent A
stands " always over the first consonant of its word." It affects
the last syllable here.
ifi) DPlI *1p cold and heat, the second Couple, has for its second
word the Monosyllabic Dh ; before which the 1 takes in
accordance with Pule I above. For the Accents Geresh and
A Kadma, see Pt. I, 66 (16) & 67 (3).
(7) tpPfi Y s p_ summer and winter, the third Couple, has for its
second word the Dissyllabic tph accented on the Penultima ;
before which the 1 takes as above. For the Accents T'vir
and Dargd, see Pt. I, 66 (11) and 67 (4).
(S) So also Twh\ tfl* day and night, the fourth Couple, has
for its second word the Dissyllabic TV? v accented on the
Penultima ; before which the ) takes as above. For the
Accents Tiphkhd and Me-r'khd, see Pt. I, 66(6) and 67 (6).
But (ii) it is not necessary that the Couple should consist
of two words only. We have, for instance, in Gen. iii. 22
* TMs 131 signifies " etc." It stands for 1?31 and the whole of it.
RULE FOR THE PREFIX 1 WITH . 225
tuiV/ s tD TON1 and cat and live for ever. Here the Couple
,T : *~ T " T: i I . I
consists of two parts (1) ?3&0 and eat, and (2) D/y? *ffi tfw( &ee
/or ever ; and the first word of this second part has to the \
prefixed to the accented Monosyllable *ff. For the Accents
(: ) Silluk Soph-pdsuk, Me-r'khd, and Tiphkhd, see Pt. I,
66 (1), 67 (6), and 66 (6).
This great Rule is not indeed always attended to ; but it is so
much attended to in the Bible, especially in the case of two
Words so c coupled ' together, that it is best to observe the Rule
in Composition in this case of a couple of two words.
This Rule was stated in a very concise form in Obs. XII
on p. 139. There the Rule itself, with even the few examples
given above, would have been out of place. In a Couple con-
sisting of two words, the second word will mostly have a Dis-
junctive Accent by reason of the Stop (greater or less) made at
the end of the ' Couple.' It was necessary, as seen in (ii),
not to limit the occurrence to the case of the Accent being
Disjunctive.
[This Rule will be found more fully stated and illustrated in
Pt. II, 94.]
Rule II. The prefixes /32 also sometimes take before an
Accented Yowel, as seen in Pt. II, 95 ; thus we have tU s u7
instead of D^7 at the end of Gen. i, 6 ; and so ififcb at the
t ; i" t
end of Deut. xiv. 1 ; etc.
226
Analysis of Verbs in Gen. i-iii.
Gen. i. 1. tf^ft* He created. Kal Past 3 s. m. from K*l!2.
Tab. XXII.
v. 2. filVn t U f. teas (or existed in a state of). Kal
Past 3 s./. from nVt. Tab. XXIII.
nipn^ft [was] % moving (al. brooding). Cp. Deut.
xxxii. 11. Pi-el Partic. Sing. /. from Pirn .
For the Partic. forms see App x B to Tab.
XIV, and for the retained before T\ see
Tab. XVI(2) [fi, iii- page xx.].
v. 3. ^p^) and He said. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with ) Con-
versive, from l&tf . Tab. XVII (2, 8).
W &tf ^ere fo. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated for
7iW, from rWl. Tab. XXIII (Note 3),
also page 170 (e, 4).
W1 wc? ^Aere was. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated
with 1 Conversive, from JlTi (see the pre-
ceding word W). Cp. p. 222 (4).
v* 4. K1**l and He saw. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated,
from nX"l. Tab. XXIII, also page 171 (rf).
Tjyj fl-wrf -2^ divided (or mofe separation) . Hiph-Il
Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from 7*12 .
Tab. XIV. [For the see 162 (e, ii)
p. 105, and p. 222(2).]
* The Tense here precedes its subject. Cp. 162 (d, i), p. 105. This need not be
mentioned after this page.
f The Tense here follows its Subject. This marks Emphasis on the Subject, as
stated in 162 (d, ii). The Emphasis here might perhaps be brought out in English
somewhat thus : " Now [as for] the earth, it was a confused and formless mass ....
And God said, etc."
X The 'logical Copula' was is to be supplied in the English. Cp. 124. This
need not be mentioned again.
See 161 (2), page 104.
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 5-7. 227
r. 5. W\&) * and He called, Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Con-
versive, from Kip . Tab. XXII.
K-ljP He called. Kal Past 3 s. m. from Kip . Tab. XXII.
WJ *. See the third Yerb in v. 3.
[Note. The literal rendering of the last six words in v. 5 is,
as the Student will see at once, " And there was evening, and
there was morning, one day." This literal rendering seems
plain and clear enough. It tells that, after that great moment,
when
" God said ' Let there be light, and there was light,"
time went on ; and, in due course of time, the light of the day-
time declined towards departure, "and there was evening."
And time went on still continually ; and, in due course of
time, day dawned " and there was morning." And so there
was "one day": viz. from the first breaking forth of the light
"offspring of heaven firstborn," to the time when there was
light again at the breaking forth of the light of the morning.
Obs. Some give "the first day" for 1I"IN DV. For this see
'Note' at the end of v. 31.]
v. 6. *)&K*Y*. See the first Yerb in v. 3.
W . See the second Yerb in v. 3.
W\ and lei it be. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. (W) with
1 Conjunctive prefixed [ 3 (5)], from PPP1.
Tab. XXIII. See also v. 3.
Tll?^ one m. dividing (or making separation). Hiph-il
Partic. Sing. m. from ^Hl. Tab. XI Y.
v. 7. fe#*1 and He made. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with ) Conversive,
from WJ?. See p. 171 (), and Supp' to Tab.
XXIII.
See 161 (2) page 104.
228 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 7-11.
v. 7 (contin.) 71^*1. See the second Verb in v. 4.
WJ. See the third Yerb in p. 3.
0. 8. fcnp*1 . See the first Yerb in v. 5.
t| : --
W. See the third Yerb in v. 3.
p. 9. TftH. See the first Yerb in v. 3.
Jfij3* & Am be gathered together. Niph-al
Put. 3 pi. m. from mp. Tab. XXIII.
n^lH^ and let it/, be seen. Niph-al Fut. 3 s./.
with 1 Conjunctive, from HX^l. Tab.
XXIII. The is instead of followed
by Dagesh, as in 182 (i).
Wj . See the third Yerb in v. 3.
v. 10. &ni*1 See the first Yerb in v. 5.
t| : --
tf ^)p . See the second Yerb in v. 5.
&H*1 . See the first Yerb in v. 5.
e. 11. *t?N*l. See *>. 3.
[Ktffl KBHfi fe< # /. bring-forth [grass], Hiph-Il
Fut. 3 s. /. from KBH. 162 feii),
p. 105; & p. 222(2).
[Note. This use of a Yerb and Noun together, from the same
Root, is often found especially where the repetition of the
Root implies abundance, multitude, greatness, or emphasizes that
which the Root expresses. Cp. HH3 ^HPIS Ps. xiv. 5 they were
greatly afraid (lit. they feared a fear), etc. ; and so],
5T)T SHT& yielding seed. Hiph-il Partic. Sing. m.
fromjnt.
7\Vty yielding (or producing, lit. making). Kal
Partic. Sing. m. from HW. Tab. XXIII.
Wl Seee>. 3.
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 12-15. 229
i\ 12. N^tal and it f brought forth. Hiph-Il Fut. 3 s. /.
with ) Conversive, from N\ This Yerb is both
'fi like W in Tab. XVIII, and tfS like NVfc
in Tab. XXI. The instead of * is in
accordance with 162 (e, ii), and p. 222 (2).
JTflfi . See \ 11. T\m . See v. 11. XT) . See f>. 4.
.I3.WV, See^.3.
v. 14. I^l . See v. 3. \T. See v. 3.
[Obs. (i). The Yerb W is in the Singular, but jfitO %Afr
in the Plural, i This is often the case when the Yerb comes
first, especially when the Yerb is used as here in a somewhat
Impersonal manner. Cp. RlD3 ^H-3 Wl 1 Kings xiii. 33
that there-might-be priests of high-places. So in Gen. x. 25
D^S *y& i?* ""Q?^ aw ^ t -fiber there-were-born two sons } cp.
Gen. xli. 50.
N.B. A Singular Yerb may occur with a Plural Noun in
certain other cases also, to be mentioned elsewhere.
Obs. (ii). The Plural of the Masculine Noun *\)#fo has the
Feminine form. Cp. 43.
Obs. (iii). The word ^YlKD signifies a light, i.e. a light-giver
^(oarrjp (LXX). In vv. 3-5 the word is ^itf (<&? LXX).]
7^^117 to divide (or make separation). Hiph-U Infin.
with 7 prefix, from 7*D .
VPfi and they shall be (or let them be). Kal Past
3 plu. with 1 prefixed, from H*Tl . Tab. XXIII.
v. 15. VPT). See v. 14.
t :
^VXPD to give light (lit. to cause light). Hiph-U Infin.
with h prefixed, from "fitf . Tab. XX.
W. See * 3.
230 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 16-21.
ft 16. bj$. See ft 7.
[JlS^pD/ is a Noun with bfor prefixed, "for the govern-
ance of."]
ft 17. Jfi*1 ffw ^ sff* S6 ^ (lik ^^) Kal Fut. ^ s &*. with 1
Conversive, from jrO . Tab. XIX (B).
yxrh. See ft 15.
ft 18. bfetoSl tfwrf fo rtl&i Kal Infin. with 7 prefix, from
hwft. Tab. XIY.
ft 19. VW. See ft 3.
ft SO. TOtfi See ft 3.
['Pi' J p$] ^yfi^ W them bring-forth-abundantly [moving creature
that hath life], lit. let them swarm-wit h [a .
swarm of creatures that have life]. Kal Fut.
3 pi. m. from pp. Tab. XIY.
ft&ty* [that] may j% (E.V.) Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m. from
t|iy. Tab. XX. Cp. 31.
[Note. Many prefer to render thus: "And let fowl fly."
The word "Fowl" should then be read with emphasis, because
it precedes its Yerb.]
ft 21. fc01*1 and He created. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Con-
versive, from &TO . Tab. XXII.
[Note. The Boot JUKI has not occurred since ft 1, " In the
beginning (or at first) God created the heavens and the earth."
It occurs again now in ft 21, at the introduction of ' animal
life' ; it does not occur again till ft 27, "And God created
D^tfn Htf etc." which is subsequent to the " Let us make (or
We will make) UT$ t etc." in ft 20. The making of man in
the image of God is an act of Creation.]
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 21-24. 231
r, 21 (contin.) ipfcfchT] that moveth. Kal Partic. Sing./. (App x
B to Tab. XIV) from fcyjtfl, with the H
of 6 & 98.
WF0 brought forth abundantly (or swarmed with).
Kal Past 3 pi. from pp . Tab. XIV.
ICjjJ, See t\4.
p. 22. "TtM awe? .He fttewrf. Pi-el Fut. 3 s. w. with
1 Convers., from Tft . [ App x to Tab.
XYI(2)]. The is for the , because
the Accent is removed from the last
syllable. Cp. Pt. I, 55 (9, b).
1)l2tfb saying. Kal Infin. with 7, from *)&*.
Tab. XYII [Note f (ii)].
IJ13 be ye fruitful. Kal Imper. 2 pi. m. from
PITS. Tab. XXIII.
!Tfi and multiply. Kal Imper. 2 pi. w. with
1 pref., from Wl. Tab. XXIII.
^ixS/bl <?w^ ///. Kal Imper. 2 pi. w. with
1 pref., from rc?/b belonging to Tab.
XXII (but the same here as in Tab.
XIY).
i"? te multiply. Kal Fut. 3 s. *w. apocop.
from na% Tab. XXIII.
0. 23. W1. See*. 3.
W.24.-ID6H. See*?; 3.
fcttrtft fe* fl (/.) Wuflr /ortfA. HiPH-iL Fut.
3 s. /. from N* which is a Yerb both
*a and aS. c P . ^^in 1 ) m 1. 12.
("The word iJVPl is for JVH which is the Constr. form of "|*n
232 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 25-27.
as in THXH fi*H in the next verse (25). Some speak of the form
in*h as an Archaic form. Discussion of this matter must be
deferred at present. We may just mention (1) the similar
tSflb SW& in Ps. cxiv. 8 for % $, and SjD fal Nu. xxiv. 3 & 15
(in which last, however, some have thought that the Bt- letter fi
comes out in the 1) ; and (2) likewise the additional * which
is attached sometimes to a word (this > is termed by some
* * Compaginis ') as in fpf TO Melchizedech Gen. xiv. 18,
instead of [FTC ^]7 #m# o/" righteousness ; and so fahX ^3 ^0
co# (lit. son) of his ass Gen. xlix. 11, instead of faftN {3, etc.]
t;. 24(contin.)W. See v. 3.
* 25. fcW. See * 7. &TO. See f. 4.
P. 26.nftK*V See & 3.
HW3 &$ ws ma^e (or JFe fotT? make). Kal Fut.
1 pi. from n>y. See p. 171 (Q, and
Supp* to Tab. XXIII.
TW <ww? & tffom 7^#e dominion (or awe? ^ey s^//
have dominion). Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1
Conjunctive, from TTT\. Tab. XXIII.
[Note. The word fl^S cons i sts ol fOT ^0 /sA 0/ (Construct
form of POT ,/feA collectively) and the prefix S otv?r. Since there
may never be two Moving Shvas together, the -r of the 3 has
to become a ' Slight- Vowel/ Pt. I, 56. Cp. 4 (0) of the
Exercise-book. The Dag. L. is removed from the S here in
accordance with Pt. I, 48.]
WtilT\ that creepeth (E.Y.) [Cp. Ttothft in v. 11.]
Kal Partic. Sing. m. from Wfol, with the
P!of6&98.
v. 27. RW . See * 21. *Tl!l. See * 1.
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 28-30. 233
r. 28. ^nyy. See v. 22. 1&8*V. See v. 2.
IM^EM W^Sf; See t>.22.
n^Ifi wc? subdue it. Kal Imper. 2 pi. m. with
prefix 1 and Aff. H ft (/.), from B>M.
Tab. XXYII.
JlT'to awe? Aa?e dominion. Kal Imper. 2 pi. >w. with
1 pref., from TPti. Tab. XXIII.
ntohn , See v. 21.
V V T
ft. 29. 1&g*1 . See * 3.
*)jro I have given. Kal Past 1 s. from Ifi},
Tab. XIX (B).
[JHT] Jp}T bearing (lit. seeding) [seed"]. Kal Partic. s. w.
fromJTlT. Tab. XIY.
[Note. JH? (a little later in this verse) is merely the Pause-
form of JTlT. Cp. Tab. X, Note (*).]
TV7\\ it shall be. Kal Past 3 s. m. from DTI.
Tab. XXIII.
[Note. Tw^^s? for food is best taken to be a Noun of the same
form as Jl^Dll wisdom, with 7. (The in the first syllable is 6).
Some however take PI /pre? to be the ' Kal Infin. of ^DN with PI
added* as in 137 (4, iii) [p. 80] ; its meaning then would be
1 to eat. 9 ']
v. 30. Wtin [/3 every] creeping [thing]. Kal Partic.
Sing. m. y from W&\. Tab. XIY. Cp. v. 26.
[Note (i). SfcW p*V /3 W <*# g ree n herb (lit. 0# greenness-of
herb). Cp. 88.
(ii). The f I have given' of v. 29 is carried on in thought
to ' govern* also the words in (i).]
rbltih. See v. 29. Wl . See t>. 2.
234 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. I. 61.
v. 31. *n*1_. Seev. 4.
nfetf #e made. Kal Past 3 s. m. from H^J?. Tab. XXIII.
T T
WV. See t>. 3.
[Note. * WW fi DV lit. a day {which was] the sixth.
Obs. (a) The ' Def. Art/ H has not appeared thus in the case
of the preceding " days." The Numerals in connection with
DV day in vv. 5, 8, 13, 19, and 23, are respectively "one"
"second" (or "a second"), "third" (or "a third"), "fourth"
(or "a fourth"), "fifth" (or " a fifth"). Whereas in v. 31 we
have " day the sixth," literally.
(/3) Many suppose that HHX DV in 0. 5 may be rendered, and
is to be rendered, "the first day" although the Numeral is
not the word for "first" (viz. jtoftH) but the word for "one"
(viz. *miS0. They suppose that the word may so be rendered
because the expression 1HK T?? one king in Is. xxiii. 15 has
been rendered by some " the first king." But this last rendering
is, to say the least, not certainly admissible. Consequently we
are not thereby convinced that the preceding supposition is
correct. A little more support for that supposition may be
claimed from the phrase KHh/ HHXS which occurs several times
(as Gen. viii. 5 & 13, etc.), and which stands short for
BHJT? *lfttf DVS in day one to the month, literally (Ezra
x. 16 & 17, etc.). But we must bear in mind that it is usual
to employ the Cardinal Numbers with the day of the month,
and Ordinals for the number of the month itself, as in
Gen. viii. 13 With nHXS ])W8^ in the first [month] in [day]
one to the month. So we have the Ordinal *TB5ty3 in the
tenth [month] Gen. viii. 5 ; but the Cardinal *])&$$ in [day]
ten (not +$&$% in the tenth) in Lev. xvi. 29 ty^BTI VftTfc
NOTE. OBS. Q8) continued. 235
BNlfe *^fe3 w tfi *e*tfwta month in the [day] ten to the
V - T V
month, etc. Such a use of the Cardinal Numbers is not quite
the same as this of "one" and then "a second" "a third"
"a fourth" "a fifth" and "the sixth" in Gen. i.
Nor is this quite the same even as the "year-of * one" (lit.), in
Dan. i. 21 (& ix. 1, 2, etc.), which last is in accordance with the
"year-of three" in Dan. i. 1, and "the year-of four" in
1 K. xxii. 41, and so the "year-of two" in 1 K. xv. 25, etc.
Nor is it the same even as the " year-of the fourth (fi^H^ri)"
Jer. li. 59, the " year-of the seventh (If^IjBTJy* Ezra vii. 8,
and the "year-of the ninth (JVy^firi)" 2 K. xxv. l.f
It has indeed been said that " the first " is properly repre-
sented by " one," and then " second," " third," etc., follow as
bearing reference to the first mentioned, and some have
thought that "first" could not be said when as yet there was
no other.
Perhaps it may be well to have just mentioned here that the
word actually employed in Gen. i. 5 is not the ordinary word
for "first" (viz. ftfaft).
It may, however, be thought to be beyond the limits of our
proper business here to mention thus the few facts stated above.
And we ought perhaps to add that the amount of 'authority*
which may be claimed, from the opinions of * learned* men,
for rendering the words 111^ D1 v (Gen. i. 5) "the first day" is
* Perhaps we may be allowed the use of this expression here, for a moment,
although it is not an English expression. We give "year-of" as an equivalent of
the Hebrew word H^ in order to call the Header's attention to the fact of this
word being in the Construct form.
f The 'English' for these would be "the/>\s, third, fourth, etc., year**
236 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 1-3.
simply overwhelming. But, nevertheless, these facts remain : -
(i) the words HPIX DV strictly signify " one day,"
(ii) the ordinary Hebrew for " the first day " is a very
different expression.]
Gen. ii. 1. i?3*1 and they were finished. Pu-al Fut. 3 pi. .,
with 1 Conversive, from Pi 7D . Tab. XXIII.
V* 2. /y) and He ended [or had ended, or finished,
% 157 (a) & (e)]. Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m. apoco-
pated, with ) Conversive, from P17D [like
jjgj in Tab. XXIII].
Plbty iZe had made. Kal Past 3 s. m, from H^.
Tab. XXIII.
r)b^*1 and He rested (or stopped, 'ceased'). Kal
Fut. 3s.m, with 1 Conversive, from fQ?.
Tab. XIV.
[Note. It need scarcely be said that the word ' Sabbath (jPStfify
is from this Root. But the word is used also in the Bible for
other than 'Sabbath'-cessation, sometimes.]
*'&' :, JBM. Seech, i. 22.
BhjD*1 and He sanctified (or hallowed). Pi-el Fut.
3 s. w. with 1 Conversive, from Hp.
Tab. XIY.
rQfc^' He had rested (or ceased). Kal Past 3 s. m.
See v. 2.
X13 He created. See ch. i. 1.
T\\Wr> to make. Kal Infin. with 7 pref. See
Supp* to Tab. XXIII, and 169 (a).
[Note. The literal rendering of these last two words is given
here. There is some rather needless controversy about the
sense of them. We may not enter into that here. The literal
NOTE. 237
rendering seems to bear a sufficiently clear and simple sense.
Another rendering is however possible,- as will be seen a little
further on in this Appendix (vi. 2, /-i).]
v. 4. [Note. A slightly different arrangement in the printing
of the Analysis may perhaps be admitted now, as a means of
marking more distinctly what many suppose to be the com-
mencement of a new sub-division of the Book. It will be
seen that the Name of The Almighty (for which the E.Y.
gives generally "the Lord," cp. Pt. I, 79(2)) occurs for the
first time in this verse. And it is followed immediately by
D^ri/X , throughout this chapt. ii. and in vv. 1, 8-24, of chapt. iii.
Some Moderns have made what is really a serious mistake in
imagining both these alike to be merely Appellative Nouns.
The word D^rpK may be so termed. But the other is the
Name the ' Proper-NAME,' if the expression may be used.
Here, however, we may but just state what has been said above,
and add a caution to the Eeader against adopting too hastily
certain plausible theories. The thoughtful and unbiassed
Student, who can afford to think for himself and to delay
his adhesion to other people's theories until he has sufficient
education in the subject to be able to form a fair opinion
about it, will find too many instances of modern theories
resting on a fundamental misconception, which are nevertheless
accepted by some as 'latest results of Biblical Criticism.* We
would urge the Student to labour for a knowledge of the
facts and usages of the language, and we say to him boldly :
"Work your work honestly and carefully and thoughtfully,
and resolve to know for yourself the truth of the matter, so far
as in you lies, by thorough Work."]
238 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 4, 5.
v. 4 (contin.) DNlSniH when they were created (lit. on their
being created). Niph-al Infin. with 3 pref. and Pron.-Aff. Q
their (m.) } from &TQ. Tab. XV.
rtW [the] making of. Kal Infin. Constr. from figf. Tab.
XXIII and Pt. I, 24. This word is here 'in Construction with*
the Name m (which is followed by the epithet D^PPK), and the
'Object' of it is WXft pK .
v - 5 - w d? be f re ] u was - Kal Fut - 3 s - m - fr m n%
Tab. XXIII.
nD* [D*Tb before] it grew. Kal Fut. 3 s. w. from T\ly (like
#3^ Tab. XIV), in Pause, 165 (I, 0).
[Note. When the word D*ltD has a Tense after it, this Tense
is generally the Future in Hebrew ; probably because the time
of the event referred to in the Tense is later than (and therefore
yet future with regard to) the time to which attention is directed
by the word Ulfo before, or before- that. But in English, events
are regarded as Past or Future from the point of view of the
writer or speaker rather than from consideration of relative
order. Hence we have sometimes a Future Tense in Hebrew
even where some form of Past is generally given in English,
as in the case of the two Verbs above (and so in PW* v. 6),
which may best be read on in connection with v. 5 thus,
"and [before that] a mist went up etc." So in Gen. xix. 4
^5^ D^tO before they lay down } and Josh. ii. 8, etc.
t : v v
N.B. (i) A Hebrew Future after D*ltD may of course be also
rendered sometimes, in other places, by a Future in English, as
in Is. lxv. 24 ^W DltO before they shall call; and
(ii) A Past occurs a few times after D*ljb ; it may be rendered
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 5, 6. 239
by the Pluperfect form 'had' (as well as, sometimes, by an
ordinary Past) ; thus, Gfen. xxiv. 15 iT?3 Wp before-that he had
finished* for which the man in his own account says, v. 45,
"as-for-me [it was] before I finished (PTOK)t> tnat behold, etc."
See also 1 S. iii. 7 JJT DtD [it was] before-that he had known,
followed by "and before-that it-was-revealed or manifested (Fut.)^"
And so also with E?Tfc33 as in Ps. xc. 2 " before-that mountains
had -been -brought -forth (VT9* Pu-al Past 3 pi., in Pause),
Prov. viii. 25 " before-that mountains had-been-founded (^StDil
Hoph-al Past 3 pi., in Pause).
(iii) In some instances the Future with dltp may (perhaps) be
rendered in English by means of the Auxiliary (t could" ; thus,
Gen. ii. 5 "before it-could-be" and "before it-could-grow,"
and so in Gen. xxiv. 45 " before I-could-finish," etc. But in
some instances a direct Past form of rendering seems to be the
most natural in English.
(iv) Gesenius' treatment of the word DltO is unsatisfactory.]
v. 5 (contin.) ^VtDftH He had caused rain. Hiph-il Past 3 s. m.,
from USB. Tab. XI Y.
ibtih to till. Kal Infin. with h pref., from "Dp. Tab.
XVI (1).
v. 6. thy it went up. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. from nSj?, p. 171 (f).
[Note. This verse seems to be best taken in connection with
* The Narrative treats his "finishing to speak" as a Past event.
f He marks his " finishing" as subsequent to the act of her coming out.
% The "Bevelation of the Word of The Lord to him" is marked as subsequent to
the child's having-knowledge-of The Lord. That Revelation implying an advance
in knowledge, the first ' knowing ' is expressed in the Past form, and the ' being
revealed ' in the Future.
240 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 6-9.
v. 5, as remarked above. So the emphatic position of the
word HX mist, before its Yerb, is allowed for in the rendering.]
v. 6 (contin.) Plp^ni and watered. Hiph-il Past 3 s. m. with
1 pref., from Ptpfc?. Tab. XXIII. See the Note on * 5 above.
v. 7. 1*1 and Reformed. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with ) Con vers.,
froml^. See 197 (8).
JlS^ and He breathed, Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive,
fromnSi. Tab. XIX.
VT} . See ch. i. 3.
[Note. The Yerb HTl with 7 after it, as here, is often used
for to become.']
v. 8. Jft3*1 and Replanted. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Convers.,
fromj;&3. Tab. XIX.
Efe*1 and He put. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from
(ft?. See 225 (iii) and 232 (iii).
[Note. Some consider such words to be forms of the Hiph-U
Future from the corresponding 1 y Root, ti)& here. Perhaps
the Student's safest plan will be to give, when asked, both of
these two : thus, Kal Fut. from D^, or Hiph. Fut. from D1C
We prefer the former.]
*l* He had formed. Kal Past 3 s. m. from IX* , in Pause.
165 T (/3).
#. 9. fttePI and He caused to groic. Hiph-il Fut. 3 s. m.
with 1 Conversive, from ftbtf. [Tab. XYI (3) (B, /3), p. xxn.]
*ltin pleasant (E.Y.). Niph-al Partic. s. m. from H/SH (to
covet), like \h$\ in 169 (/3, iii).
ny^n the knowing. Kal Infin. HW (Tab. XVIII, Note 1)
with <Def. Art.' H prefixed, from JTT. This strictly Infin.
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 10-15. 241
form is often used for the Noun " knowledge.'' 1 Here it governs
the Object JH) IID.
v. 10. tf^ [was] going out. Kal Partic. s. m. from fc$* (like
Iph in Tab. XI Y).
nip^'n 7 to water. Hifh-il Infin. with 7 pref., from i"lp&?.
Tab. XXIII.
yy& it was parted. Niph-al Fut. 3 s. m. from T^B . Tab. XI Y*
[Note. The Future Tense here marks that the "being parted"
was subsequent to the " going out." Cp. 152 (I). So also in
the case of the next word.]
"/ PPPfi and it became. Kal Past 3 s. m. with 1 pref., from
t t : *
mil. Tab. XXIII. Op. the Note at the end of v. 7.
v. 11. MDPl that which compasseth (lit. the one-compassing).
Kal Partic. s. m. (like *7pb in Tab. XIY) with PI prefixed as in
98, from US .
v. 13. n?iDH . The same as 11B71 in v. 11.
v. 14. "Sbhll it-which goeth (lit. the one-going). Kal Partic.
s. m. (like TDfi in Tab. XIY) with H prefixed, as in 98.
?. 15. np*1 and He took. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive,
fromHpV. Tab. XIX (A).
^inn^l and He put him (with ' Defective ' Zo^-Kherik,
Pt. I, 12). This word consists of fi*|J Hiph-il Fut. 3 s. m.
with 1 Conversive and the Objective Affix ^D him.
[Note. There is a difference of opinion as regards the Root of
this word, as said in 213 and Note (f ) there. If the Root is
fly, the * is dropped as in 212 ; and so we have forms from
this Root like those in Tab. XIX. But Moderns generally take
242 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 15-17.
the Root to be M13 and suppose the of IT3* is resolved into
followed "by Dagesh so as to give Pl^ , and similarly in other
forms thus ITSri Infin. (for JT}n), n^H Past 3 s. m. (for n^H),
nun=n$n imper. 2 s. m. (for n^n^rori). ^^ s ma y ^ e * -But
so may the other, which the Student will we think find reason
hereafter for preferring. And we think also that he will easily
see that the objections which some urge have not much weight.]
v. 15 (contin.) Fn!iy7 to dress it (or till it, as in v. 5). Kal
Infin. with 7 prefix and Objective Affix PI # /> from H2}?.
Tab. XXI Y (p. xxxv).
PntpB^ and to keep it. The same as the preceding word in
form, with 1 prefix, from *Tfc?.
v. 16. i?V] 15T1 an d & e . commanded (or laid-a-charge upon).
Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated, with 1 Conversive, from ?\)) (like
b? in Tab. XXIII).
*btb. Seech, i. 22.
/btf to eat. Kal Infin. Absolute from 73tf, as in Tab. XI Y.
73NF1 thou may est eat. Kal Put. 2 s. m. from 73& . Tab.
XVII (2, 7 ).
[Note. The Infin. Abs. is here used before the Tense to give
emphasis, " thou mayest freely eat" as in E.Y. See 137
(1, Obs. /3).]
v. 17. nynri . See v. 9.
7?Xn [K7] thou shalt [not] eat. The Dag. L. is removed from
ft here, (see Pt. I, 48). Kal Fut. 2 s. m. from hlX.
Tab. XYII (2, a).
\?5$ ^% *##. Kal Infin. with Pron. Aff. ^\ thy m, from
hlX. Tab. XY, Note (*).
ANALYSTS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 17-21. 243
i
v. 17 (contin.) HID to die. Kal Infin. Absolute from rTlft.
Tab. XX.
rflftfi thou shalt die. Kal Fut. 2 s. m. from niJS. Tab. XX.
T
[Note. The Infin. Abs. is here used before the Tense to give
emphasis, " thou shalt (or wilt) surely die," or " terribly die."
See 137 (1, Obs. ).]
9. 18. nDK ! "). See ch. i. 3.
[D1KPI] HVn that the man should be (lit. the-being-of the man).
Kal Infin. Constr. from PlTl (like rt 1 ?^ in Tab. XXIII, the
Moving Shva of the H taking the Compound form ).
rfejfejl / will make. Kal Fut. 1 s. from H^ (like M^N in
Tab. XXIII, the JJ having - as in Tab. XYI (1).
v. 19. T5W awa? 2Zd formed (with ' Defective ' Long-Kherik,
Pt. I, 12). Kal Fut. 3 s. w. with *) Conversive, from '"&,
See 197 (8). Cp. . 7.
X!l*5 >wtf -He brought (lit. <ma? //<? caused-to-come). Hiph-Il
Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from XIS (like Dp* in Tab. XX).
Thwbtosee. Kal Infin. with Spref., from n^. Tab. XXIII.
N't)* fo iwtfW <w//. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. from Kip. Tab. XXII.
v. 20. fcOWl flw ^ ^ e called. The same as the preceding, with )
Conversive.
X/b [?] ^^ was [wo^] /oemd (lit. A# /otW wotf). Kal
Past 3 s. m. from X. Tab. XXII.
9. 21. 73*1 #wc? ZTe mwsec? to fall. Hiph-il Fut. 3 s. m. with )
Conversive, from ^ . Tab. XIX. [ 162 (*, ii).]
ffi^*1 awe? ^e slept. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from
j^. See 197 (a & /3).
np*). See a. 15.
244 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. II. 21-25.
v. 21 (contin.) *]$CF\ and He closed. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with *|
Conversive, from ^D Tab. XIY.
v. 22. Y2*\ and He made (lit. built). Kal Fut. 3 s. m. apoco-
pated with 1 Conversive, from TN2. [like ?}* in Tab. XXIII.]
fip7 iZe had taken. Kal Past 3 s. m, from HpA Tab. XIV.
nX^*) and He brought her (with 'Defective' Xow^-Kherik,
Pt. I, 12). Hiph-il Fut. 3 s. m. with ) Conversive, from tfQ.
[Ip^ being like DW Tab. XX.]
| 23. "lDtf*}. See ch. i. 3.
fcOp* it shall be called. Niph-al Fut. 3 s. m. from tf*)p.
Tab. XXII.
nnp? she was taken. Pu-al Past 3 s./. from P!p7 [like TXlp^
Tab. XIV, To help the pronunciation the Dag. Forte is dropped
from the p, and (corresponding to the preceding , see
Pt. I, 22 end) is also given. Cp. Pt. I, 72, Note (*, *).].
v. 24. yffl (6) he shall leave. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. from Sty,
like ihW Tab. XVI (1) but with (d) instead of because the
Accent is removed from the word (and therefore Makkeph
follows in the Bible). See Pt. I, 37 (2) & 55 (9, b).
pyy\ and he shall cleave, Kal Past 3 s. m. with 1 prefix, from
ttrii Tab. XIV. [This Verb is often followed by 3 as here,
where we want "to" in English.]
VPfi and they shall be (or, with the following 7, and they shall
become^ see the Note at the end of v. 7). This word is the
same as VPfi and let them be (or and they shall be) in ch. i. 15
where the rendering may also very well be ' * and let them be-
come" (or "and they shall become.")
v. 25. Vn*1 and they ivere. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with ) Con-
versive, from rvn. Tab. XXIII.
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 1-5. 245
v, 25 (contin.) )&&*IT\\ [K/fl and the V were l not ~\ shamed.
Hithpa-el Put. 3 pL m. from B>n [like tttySfr in Tab. XX].
For the in Pause, see 245. The Future Tense here marks
'Sequence' or ' Con-sequence.'
Gen. iii. 1. PPPI he was. Kal Past 3 s. m. from Ml . Tab. XXIII.
T T
rtW He had made. Kal Past 3 s. m. from T\WV. Tab. XXIII.
T T '
*Tfifc$*1 and he said. See ch. i. 3.
*tbK A hath said. Kal Past 3 s. m. from nftN . Tab, XIY.
hl#T\ $h\ ye shall [not] eat. Kal Fut. 2 pi. m. from ?DK .
Tab. XVII (2, a). [Pt. I, 48.]
v. 2. ^fttfttl and she said. Kal Fut. 3 s./. with 1 Conversive,
fromn&K. Tab. XVII (2, 8).
^DXi we may eat. Kal Fut. 1 pi. from S^X . Tab. XVII (7).
v. 3. ^ . See v. 1. taxn [$] See r. 1.
ty%T\ [K /1J dw^ ye s^a// [not] touch. Kal Fut. 2 pi. m. from
jfc. Tab. XIX. [Pt. I, 48.] Note. This Verb generally
* governs' a 21 as here.
pnfttt ye die. Kal Fut. 2 pi. m. from rYlJb; i-e. \TWElF\ with
the J of 145 (see 239).
[Note. The Future here marks the 'Subjunctive' after " lest."]
v. 4. 1t$fr\. See v. 1.
rttt. See ch. ii. 17 and the Note there.
pnbrU See v. 3.
v. 5. y*V efo^ know (lit. s knowing). Kal Partic. s. tt*. from
Jff . Tab. XVI (3) [A].
ID57DX your. eating. Kal Infin. with Pron. Aff. D3 your (rn.)
Tab. XV, Note (J).
^Plp^l then they shall be opened. Niph-al Past 3 pi. with )
prefix, from RMS . Tab. XIV.
246 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 5, 6.
v, 5 (con tin.) DH^Pl 1 ! and ye shall oe. Kal Past 2 pi. m. with
) prefix, from fi\l. See p. 171, Note (*).
s Wl i ' knowing (lit. knowers of). Kal Partic. pi. m. 'i.e.*
[i.e. the Constr. form of D^ttT, like s< lph from DHpb
(App* C to Tab. XIV).]
v. 6. K^DY and-when she saw. Kal Fut. 3 s. /. apocopated,
with 1 Conversive, from PINT Tab. XXIII.
HybP!}*) . The same as *JftPl3 in ch. ii. 9, with 1 pref.
T3BPT1 / to make wise (E.V.). Hiph-il Infin. with 7 pref.,
from^. .Tab. XIY.
[Note. Some give "to contemplate," or "look at," "adspicere"
for this. And they may claim the support of some ancient
Versions. But we may perhaps observe that the Root occurs
nowhere else in this sense throughout the Bible. The Hiph-il
occurs indeed in the sense of "considering," "applying the
s2& (thought, intellect)" but not in the sense of "looking."
Also this sense is somewhat unsuitable here, the " looking at "
being already expressed by the D^ff Byes. There are three
members of the statement, viz. that the tree was
(a) good for food,
(/3) an-object-of-desire to the eyes,
and( 7 ) ^^nSijbm.
If there were no (a), then indeed (/3) and (7) might be sup-
posed to be alike, if there were no other objection. But,
with (a) for the first of the three, "delightful to look at" would
not add much to IM^JP? PlINPl of (). And, moreover, "to
give understanding" is a strictly admissible signification of
V^t^n?. It is not often wanted as here, but it occurs in
ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 6. 247
^ v*St/K J *# <7W0 ^^e TOS^ {understanding) Ps. xxxii. 8, and
in the sense "to instruct" elsewhere. And of the (a), (#), (7),
above, this is the only one that expresses the effect of the
seductive promise of v. 5 upon the woman, vis,
" ye shall be as God, knowing good and evil."
If the meaning " to look at " be assigned to (7), then there is
nothing in all the three members (a), (ft), (7), to express the
effect upon her of this tempting promise of v. 5. The above-
given strictly admissible signification of the word connects v. 6
with v. 5 ; and the signification objected to, and which seems
to us really inadmissible,* and of which there is no other
instance throughout the Bible, deprives v. 6 of any connection
with what appears to be put forward as a main article of per-
suasion in v. 5.
We are therefore unable to adopt what we nevertheless know
very well to be a widely accepted and indeed very fashionable
opinion.]
v. 6 (contin.) HjpW and she took. Kal Fut. 3 s. /. with 1 Con-
versive, from hpb. Tab. XIX (A).
TOfctol and she ate. Kal Fut. 3 s. /. with ) Conversive, from
hlX. See 188 (a, i, Note *).
{ftM and she gave. Kal Fut. 3 s./. with ) Conversive, from
jnj. Tab. XIX (B).
73tt*5 and he ate. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from
hZM- See 188 (a, i, Note *).
* "We are quite aware that Gesenius gives this as the fundamental sense of the
Root. And so some others also.
S
248 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 7-10.
v. 7. rDnpSfil and they (/.) were opened. Niph-al Fut. 3 pi./,
with 1 Conversive, from Plp3 . [Like rO*Tp^ in Tab. XI V.]
^JH* 1 ! and they knew, Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Conversive,
from JTT. Tab. XVIII.
Vl&W and they seiced. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Conversive,
from Tan. Tab. XIV.
!)b^ and they made. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with ^ Conversive,
from ilfcyy. [Like fejj in Tab. XXIII, but with j because of
they, comp. Tab. XVI (1).]
0. 8. 5fib$3 and they heard. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Con-
versive, from JflDP. Tab. XIV.
T?nn walking (or #om#) . Hithpa-el Partic. s. w. from *ppl .
Tab. XIV.
K^nn* 1 ) and he hid himself. Hithpa-el Fut. 3 s. m. with 1
Conversive, from fcOfi.
v. 9. *np*1. See ch. i. 8. *tB&i1. See ch. i. 3.
t|:--
rri3*X where art thou ? consists of the Particle n*K where and
^ TV " " -
the Pron. Aff. H5 2 s. m. [Pause-form of PD_- (="?[_-); see
Tab. VIII.]
f>. 10. *HbK*| . See ch. i. 3.
W&B* I ^ard. Kal Past 1 s. from Jfibfr Tab. XIV.
fcOW and I was afraid (or and I feared). Kal Fut. 1 s.
T T
with 1 Conversive, from &D* . [This word has *X like Sfc^X
in Tab. XVIII by reason of the 1 st Et-letter , and tf like
NfcN in Tab. XXII by reason of the 3 d Et-letter K.]
Xin^l and I ivas hid. Niph-al Fut. 1 s. with ) Conversive,
T " T
from $3h [like KftX in Tab. XXII, but with X to compensate
for the Dagesh which the 11 cannot receive.]
ANALYSTS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 11-14. 249
r. 11. *&&*. See ch. i. 3.
Tftl he told. Hiph-Il Past 3 s. m. from ttf . Tab. XIX.
TrMV / commanded thee. Pi-el Past 1 s. with Objective
Affix 7| thee m. [WS is like *T$pj in Tab. XXIII.]
^K( o) to eat Kal Infin. from *EDK, for *?btf, the
being shortened into (6) because the accent is removed from
the word (and therefore Makkeph follows in the Bible). See
Pt. I, 37(2) and 55(9, b).
ft S^N hast thou eaten. Kal Past 2 s. m. t in Pause [for JTOtf
t:tt " t ; - t *
like JV!p3 m Tab. XIV]. Op. 165 (I, /3),
-12.*]blh. Seech, i. 3.
nnn^ 7%ot* gavest. Kal Past 2 s. m. from ffl . Tab. XIX (B),
and 138 (B).
rtfni she gave. Kal Past 3 s. /. from {fti . Tab. XIX (B).
75XI #^ / #&. Kal Fut. 1 s. with 1 Conversive. Tab.
XVII (2, 7).
f. 13. ^XV See ch. i. 3.
T\ s 'm thou (f.) hast done. KALPast2 s./.ofJl^J?. Tab.XXIII.
n&Xn'). See v.2.
*}tV&T) he beguiled me. Hiph-il Past 3 s. m. with Objective
Aff. ^_ me, from KtA. [The word *Wn fo fegwtferf is like
B^TI. Tab. XIX.]
^Difl. See v. 12.
T
t?. 14. n&^1. See ch. i. 3.
JVfc>JJ Mow to* tfowa. Kal Past 2 s. W. from TWp. Tab. XXIII.
*tntf cwrs^. Kal Partic. s. m. [like l)p% (2) in App x B to
Tab. XIV, see 139 (7) on p. 83] from TW.
250 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 14-17.
v. 14 (contin.) wtfii thou shatt go. Kal Fut. 2 s. m. from T?*
[like Wft in Tab. XVIII.]
hsXft. Seech, ii. 17.
v. 15. JVB>K I will put. Kal Fut. 1 s. from tV$, see 225 ;
or Hiph-il Fut., as some say, from J"\1fe^. Comp. the Note on
nm in ch. ii. 8.
V T-
^^ it shall bruise thee. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with Objective
Affix TJ thee m., from M0. Tab. XX.
[Note. The of &#* (like ffjp* in the Table) is removed
when the Affix is put on ; cp. 59.]
^DS^ft thou shalt bruise him. Kal Fut. 2 s. m. with Objective
Affix to him, from SpB>. Tab. XX.
[Note. The - oflp^ (like tftpfa in the Table) is removed
when the Affix is put on ; cp. 59.]
t>. 16. TibK. Seee\l.
fiSIPl to multiply. Hiph-il Iniin. Absolute from )"Q*1 . Tab.
XXIII. This is an unusual form of the Infinitive. It is
given in column V of the Table. The Infin. Abs. is here used
before the Tense to give Emphasis: "I will greatly multiply,"
as in the E.Y.
T^y^ I will multiply. Hiph 1l Fut. 1 s. from T\T\ . Tab. XXIII.
!?% thou shalt hrin( J f orth - Kal Fut - 2 s - / from *^-
Tab. XVIII.
h&& (o) he shall rule. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. from ^Vfo, like
1p& in Tab. XIV but with 6 instead of because the Accent
is removed from the word. See Pt. I, 37 (2) & 55 (9, b).
v. 17. IbN . See v. 3.
- T
FW&B? thou hast hearkened. Kal Past 2 s. m. from ytiW,
like PT0B in Tab. XIV.
t :|- t
ANALYSIS OF VEKUS IN GEN. III. 17, 18. 251
r. 17 (contin.) 73X1^ and thou hast eaten. Kal Fut. 2 s. m.
with 1 Conversive, from hl8 . Tab. XYII (2, a).
WVW I commanded thee. Pi-el Past 1 s. with Objective
Affix T[ *Aee m., from m*. [WW being like W^ in Tab.
XXIII.]
*btib. See ch. i. 22.
^Xnft* 1 ?]. Seech, ii. 17.
PH^tf cursed. Kal Partic. s.f, of the Masc. ^filK in 0. 14.
t -: t
nJTOKtt thou shalt eat [of] it. Kal Fut. 2 s. m. with Objective
Affix Hi iJ /., from 7D^. [Without the Affix, the form is
TOKtt which has occurred already. For the 'Compound Suva'
see Pt. I, 72 : the -^ here may be said to allude to the of
?DXtt . In Ezek. iv. 12 some copies have PlilTO^fl (in which
word of v. 12, and ^l-PD^fi once in #. 9 & twice in v. 10, some
copies have D other copies have D).]
v. 18. PPDXFl it shall bring forth (lit. shall cause to grow).
HiPH-iL Fut. 3 s. /. from Ht. Tab. XYI (3) (A).
[Note. This word is generally taken thus as 3 s. f. H it shall
cause to grow." There is an old difficulty, as some know, with
regard to the word tO to thee or for thee (or thyself) ; it has
been urged that "it would have been enough to say merely
fV/pVJV' without the HO, But, as every one must always have
seen, this word n % Mfi may also be 2 s. m. " thou shalt cause to
grow." The Tp with this would signify his being himself the
cause of hindrances and troubles to himself: and so the two
Verbs in v. 18 would each have the same Subject " thou (m.)"
This however is not necessary, as there are many instances of
change of Subject. Also the rendering " Thorns and thistles
252 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 18-22.
thou shalt (or wilt) cause-to-grow {or bring-forth, as in E.V.)
for thyself," although in itself possible, seems unnatural, and
has not the support of Authorities, but it ought perhaps to be
mentioned in passing.]
v. 18 (contin.) FH?^ and thou shalt eat. Kal Past 2 s. m.
with 1 pref., from ^N. Tab. XIY.
>. 19. ^Nfi. Seech, ii. 17.
^OW lit. thy returning. Kal Infin. with Pron. Aff. ^ thy m.,
from W. [M0 being like D in Tab. XX.]
nnj-57 ^ow tes^ tafow. Pu-al Past 2 s. m. from np7, in
Pause. % [ 165 (I, ).]
l^n thou shalt return. Kal Fut. 2 s. m. from S1E>. Tab. XX.
T
v. 20. m See ch. i. 5. nrVPl. See ch. i. 1.
t| : .- t:t
*H /wwgr one. Kal Partic. s. m. (in Pause) from *Tl = PlTl.
See p. 173, Obs. ii.
&2Lkm. Seech, i. 7.
d$3y*1 and He clothed them (for * Defective * Long Kherik,
see Pt. I, 12). Hiph-il Fut. 3 s. m. with ) Conversive, and
Objective Aff. D- them m., from BW t&5fa being like W
in Tab. XIY.]
ft 22. Tfcbfa. See ch. i. 3. HTI. See r. 1.
V T T
[Note. (1) From the fulness of meaning of Hebrew words
it follows that, in the use of a translation (however good it may-
be), we should be continually on our guard against a possible
limitation of the sense of the Original by a rendering which
gives but one view of the passage. The greatest care and skill
are often required for selecting a form of rendering from among
several forms by which the Original might be rendered. We
NOTE. 253
have here an instance of this. A great difference will be at
once perceived between two such renderings as
(a) "Behold! the man has become as one of us, with-regard-
to-knowing, etc.," and
(J3) "Behold! the man was as one of us, with-regard-to-
knotving, etc."
"Without adopting either the one or the other of these two
possible renderings, we may perhaps use this passage in
illustration of what was just now stated.
(2) The word HTI (Kal Past 3 s. m. from TfT\ to be) is
rendered in the English Authorized Version by several forms
of expression. We find
(i) "he (or it) was," in Gen. iii. 1, and in many other
places;*
(ii) "he (or it) hath been," in Gen. xxxi. 5, etc. ;
(iii) " he (or it) had been," in Gen. xiii. 3, xxxi. 42, etc. ;
(iv) " he (or it) is," in JSTu. ix. 13, Ps. xxii. 14 (Hebr. v. 15) f,
Ps. lxxxix. 41 (Hebr. v. 42), Is. xxxiii. 9,f etc. ;
(v) " he (or it) is become," in Gen. iii. 22. This sense
agrees with (iv).
There are also some other renderings of PPPl , with which,
however, we need not trouble the Reader just now. And with
regard to the renderings in (i) (v), it is enough perhaps here
to observe that
* When followed by D, too; as in 2 S. iv. 10 (margin), 1 K. iii. 12, etc. [See
Note (*) on page 254.]
f In this passage the TPft is followed by D . But of course the D merely expresses
the Comparison,' and does not at all affect the sense of the Verb as to whether the
Comparison is spoken of as (a) ' having been, in the Past,' or (b) as ' having been, and
still continuing,' or (c) as 'yet to be.'
254 NOTE.
(3) as the word *?p3 (from *]p to visit) may signify, either
(a) "he visited" (or "he has visited,"* i.e. the Past of
'Finished Action/ or "he had visited" or "he
might have visited" etc.), as in 152 (II, a), or
(b) " he has visited and is still visiting" as in
152 (III, a) ;-
(4) so the word PPPI (from PlTl to be) may signify, either
(a) "he was" (or "he has been" or "he had been" or
" he might have been" etc.), as in 152 (II, a), or
(b) "he hath (or is) become" as in 152 (III, a).
(5) Hence we see that, of the renderings in (2),
(a) those in (i) and (ii) and (iii) are included under
152 (II, a) ; and
(b) those in (iv) and (v) are included under 152 (III, a).
(6) It may therefore be said that each of the two renderings
(a) and (/3), in (1) above, is admissible so far as the word HT!
in itself is concerned.* But as far as each of them is admissible,
* Some have fancied that the i"Pn here is to be rendered " is (or has) become,"
because it is followed by S . But 'D IV H must not be so limited. There are passages
in which that expression stands for "was as ... ," not " has become as...." For
instance, in 2 S. iv. 10 David says that the man who told him ' Saul is dead ! '
V^JJS *)K>3PD H^H was as one-telling-good-tidings in-his-own-eyes ; he was so no
longer as soon as he heard the king's warrant for his execution. There are indeed
several passages in which the Past of ATI is used as above [in 1 (iv and v)], when
followed by 3 . But the Student may be warned here of the mistake which some
seem anxious to make of tying down a Hebrew expression too much. Even if there
were as much of the phrase-value "to become" in 'd iTH as there is in '? HTl, yet
it would be incorrect to limit the former expression to any such phrase-value. There
is certainly much less of this phrase-value in '"2 PlTl than there is in ? fTT! . Even
the English Reader may to some extent perceive this by observing that in D HTl
"to become as so and so," the 3 of 'Comparison' retains its full value "as";
whereas when S HTJ is used for " to become so and so" (lit. " to be to or for or into
bo and so"), the ? is swallowed up and lost in the English phrase. Thus,
NOTE. 255
so far the adoption of the other (to the exclusion of that one)
may involve the loss of an admissible rendering. This should
not be lost sight of. As we are not concerned here to advocate
either of them, we need not trouble ourselves to argue at all
about them from the context or from general considerations.
But we may just observe, in passing, that man's being said to
have been made and created in " the image" and "likeness" of
God (Gen. i. 26 & 27) may to some not unreasonably appear to
correspond with the rendering (/3) rather than with (a) in (1).
And, further, that the rendering
" Behold ! the man was as one of its, with regard to knowing
good and bad ; whereas now " he was not to take
of the Tree of Life,
may to some appear consonant with the warning (ii. 17)
" thou shalt surely die"
(7) We may perhaps add that advocates of (a) cannot surely
intend their rendering to signify (what it certainly seems to
signify) that Man became in some way, or in some sense, or in
some regard like God, through his disobedience and experience
of evil !
Djto^ nrVni. G. xvii. 16 and she shall become nations, HbQD *$f} *JV)ri G. xxxii. 11
(E.V. v. 10) I am (or have) become two bands, etc. But although we must fully allow
this phrase-value of ? DTI to become, yet we would also warn the Student most
emphatically against supposing for a moment that the expression is limited at all to
that phrase- value. ' 7 HTl may have other values : for instance " to be to so and so,"
as in Gen. xxx. 30 " It was little that TQ iTn was to thee (or thou hadst)," and
"to be to" in the sense of " happening" as in 1 S. vi. 9 "An accident it [was that]
\h nTI was to us (or happened to us)," and "to be for" in the sense "to be on
T TT ,
one's side," as in G. xxxi. 42 " Unless the God of my father ... *? ft*rj had been for
me (i.e. had been on my side)... " etc. "We cannot too strongly urge the Student to
be on his guard against attempts to limit the sense where it ought not to be so limited.
256 NOTE.
Also we cannot suppose any one to argue seriously that the
false tempter's promise "ye shall be as God (E.Y. gods)" in
Gen. iii. 5, must needs be true in this instance.
We are aware however that Dr. Kalisch says on this : " The
serpent was degraded, the human pair was ennobled by the
glory of intelligence ; the former was pressed down nearer to
the earth, it was condemned to go upon the belly ; the latter
rose heavenward on the youthful wings of the mind ; the one
eats dust, the other became capable of imbibing the dew of
eternal truth. Thus man has made a gigantic step beyond
the limited sphere of his primitive existence." This is a
grandiloquent account of what must have been therefore (if Dr.
Kalisch is right) a "Kise"* rather than the "Fall." The
Narrative seems to us to be not quite in agreement with it.
It cleverly mixes up the opinion expressed by the LXX in
'ISov 'A8afi ry&yovev f a>? eU ef rjfjiiov rov yivcbcrfceiv /caXbv teal
7TOV7]p6v fCCll VVV K.T.\. }
with some such a one as that expressed by Maimonides J in
h r\n\i w pa j$ci dSijd tit rm dtk hw ht p p
'i ii pan turn n& bo nenjn jnm
* As some fancy.
f The following words of Fagius :
" Ironia est ... Vide quam vera promiserit serpens, quam factus sis par Deo
sciens bonum et malum. Imo nihil minus es,"
may commend themselves to some; but to others they may perhaps seem rather
forced, or even (to some extent) evidence of an effort to escape from something that
he could not approve of.
t See Tad khflzdkd (Hi-Vkhoth Tshuvd, v. I). See also Dr. Bernard's Selections,
pp. 55 & 262.
The word UISQ (G. iii. 22) may mean either "from us' 1 or "from him." Cp.
Tab. II. 4.
J For 'im see Note (*) on p. 224.
NOTE. 257
" Lo ! this race (lit. kind) of man has become unique in the
world, and there is not any other race (lit. kind) like to it in this
regard, viz. that it is, of itself, by its own mind and by its own
thought, knowing the good and the bad, and doing all that it
likes, etc."
This latter is supposed by many to derive authority from the
Targum of Onkelos, viz. :
B>*2i as jrv&S rtm mhjfa rm rm tnx xn
which is taken to mean " Lo / man has-become unique in the
world, from himself to know good and bad"', in which, we may
observe, there is nothing whatever about "doing" or "doing
all that he likes," and no mention of " his mind " and " his
thought " (which may, however, be supposed to be implied).
We may also mention that there are some objections to such a
rendering of the Original passage, as was pointed out long ago
by Aben Ezra. We may not here dwell on this.
(8) But it is only fair to mention that there is some ' Hebrew
authority for understanding the PlVl of Gen. iii. 22 in the sense
"he was" Thus, in the Midrash Rabba, "R. Berechiah" in the
name of R. Khanina said
tmh n#i wr\ vb ht vp ma d^d qj vb h n& iw*aa
" ' like Elijah' * What is this [Elijah]?'' He tasted not the
taste of death :' also this [Adam] was not by-rights to have
tasted the taste of death" . . . " All the time that man was,
he was as etc." *
* We are merely giving a few evidences of the word rVH having been understood
in the sense "was" in Gen. iii. 22 rather than in the sense "has become,'* We
may omit aught which we do not want for our immediate purpose.
258 NOTE.
On which we read in the Commentary Pl^PD J"V)3nft " When
man was wlff complete [i.e. in the state in which he was
created], he was by-rights to have remained alive, as one who
died not, like Elijah ; etc."
And similarly a little earlier in the Midrash Rabba we find
... mi hw injn "fix *f?m m'pn bw injn mw
u Might which The Holy One, Blessed be He, imparted to the
first man was-to- have-been for ever and ever : when he left the
Mind of The. Holy One, Blessed be He, and went after the mind
of the serpent " [then the latter half of the verse Job xiv. 20
expresses what resulted to him]. On the " w as-to-have-been for
ever," we read in rtfirD MI^Hb " By-rights he was to have
been so for ever, etc." And a little earlier still in the Midrash
we read " When He sent him away He began lamenting over
him [in the words of Gen. iii. 22]," on which we read in the
Commentary EW3S& "\TX2l " It means that He said, by way
of lamentation and bewailing, "Ah! how he 'was' from the
first ' like one of us ' in the highest attainment : whereas now he
hath-gone-backward * in-regard-to-knowing good and bad/ and
he is expelled from his high-estate, for [it is said] ' lest he put
forth his hand and take also of the Tree of Life/ etc. Therefore
[it is added] ' and The Lord sent him forth from the garden of
Eden/ "
(9) We may add that there are several interpretations given
of the words H3t3 111^5 ; and that, as a possible rendering * of
* Some may think that The "Ifltf " referred to in the Midrash, and by E. Juda
b. Simon in tbty *W 1THTO, points' to the -13DD im? as taken together thus;
though others dissever the two words.
'ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 22-24. 259
the words, some might perhaps choose such an English expres-
sion as "like Tke*-Q]XE from-Himself" "Behold! man was
like The-ONE from-Himself {i.e. The Self- Originated One) in-
regard-to-knowing good and bad; whereas, now, etc." Cp.
Gen. i. 26 & 27. What was said in (2-8) above is seen to be
quite independent of this remark in (9).
But we must return to the f Analysis of Verb-forms.']
v. 22. (contin.) HSTn to know (or for knotting, ivith-regard- to-
knowing). Kal Infin. with h pref., from JH\ Tab. XVIII
(Note 1).
rfa&\ he put forth. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. from ffe# [like Ift^ in
Tab. XIV.]
np/1 and take. Kal Past 3 s. m. with 1 prefix, from Mp7.
vOK*l and eat. Kal Past 3 s. m. with ) prefix, from 7Dtf .
*h1 and Ike. Kal Past 3 s. m. with ) prefix [p. 173, Obs. iii.]
The 1 has before the ' Accented Syllable to which it is pre-
fixed, see p. 225.
f. 23. ^nnW^ and Re sent him forth. Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m.
with ) Conversive, and Objective Affix ^iPl him, from ffaVjfc
Tab. XXIX (II, a) [p. xlii.]
nhtih. See ch. ii. 5.
np7 he was taken. Pu-al Past 3 s. m. from HpA Tab. XIV.
v. 24. tn^l and Re drove out. Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m. with 1
Conversive, from &*& [like #* in App x to Tab. XVI (2), but
* The Construct ' form marks that the word *iriN3 is to he taken in close con-
nection with the following word -ISED. As it is in ' Construction,' it may not have
the ii for the ' Def. Art.' "We may therefore supply " the" in English, if this he
wanted, hefore the English word which stands for it.
260 ANALYSIS OF VERBS IN GEN. III. 24 AND XII. 1.
with for the because the Accent is removed from the last
Byllable, cp. Pt. I, 55 (9, b)].
v. 24 (contin.) V2$*\ and Se placed (lit. caused to dwell).
HiPH-iL Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from pgf. Tab. XIY.
FDSnnEin w ^ c ^ turned every way (E.Y., lit. which was turn-
ing-itself). Hithpa-el Partic. s. /. with the Pi of 98 (or merely
that of 6), from "J&Pl [like tF$BF& in App* B to Tab. XIY].
*i$h to keep. Kal Infin. with h pref ., from *#&* Tab. XIY.
Analysis of Yerb-forms in Gen, xii.
Gen. xii. 1. I&K**. See ch. i. 3.
T? go thou. Kal Imper. 2 s. m. from *fp . [Like 3^ in
Tab. XYIII, but with for because the Accent is removed
as signified by the ( - ) in the Bible. Cp. Pt. I, 55 (9, b).]
[Note. The word Tp here is the word signifying to thee (m.) in
Tab. II, and it is used, here Reflexively as in Obs. XIY (p. 139).]
^Kltf I will shew thee (lit. I will cause thee to see). Hiph-il
Fut. 1 s. from PttO. [The full form of the Hiph. Fut. 1 s. is
Htf *1X . This, on receiving the Pron.-Aff. would give regularly
^^HK (the 3 d Rt-letter PI being dropped when the Affix is put
on). For this latter we have here J^KIX in Pause. For the
:^]_ see Tab. XXYIH, Note (e, ii) on p. xl, and cp. ;Gf$&rt
Gen. xxvi. 3 and I will bless thee (which is Pi-el Fut. 1 s. with 1
Conjunctive and Objective Affix thee m. f in Pause, from ^]1'2) ;
and Htf^tf 2 Kings iii. 14 I would see thee (which i3 Kal Fut.
1 s. with Objective Affix thee m.). The Hiph. ^Nltf occurs in
Zech. i. 9 with the Accent merely, a Pause-form not in
Pause, cp. 167 (ii, a).]
ANALYSIS OF VERB-FORMS IN GEN. XII. 2, 3. 261
v. 2. WWfl and I will make thee. Kal Fut. 1 s. (JlTOl)
with 1 Conjunctive and Objective Affix TJ tfto m., from Jl^.
Tab. XXX.
"SpTlMfl and I will bless thee. Pi-el Fut. 1 s. Ofiflto App* to
Tab. XYI (2)) with 1 Conjunctive and Objective Affix TJ thee (m.),
from ^1 like ^lj9lDK in Tab. XXIX (II, a), but with before
the 5| to compensate for the Dag. F. which the *) cannot receive.
[Obs. This word has the simple form for which the Pause-
form is ^"DXI (mentioned just now in v. 1). But in our word
the *1 has whereas in the Pause-form the *) has . The *1 of
our word agrees with the p of ^Hj3SK in Tab. XXIX (II, a).
In each, the is a Slight-vowel (Pt. I, 56) masking the
Moving- Shva which the 2 d Rt-letter would have but cannot
have when the 3 d Rt-letter also has . (The adopted here
as the Slight- vowel agrees with the of the 2 d Rt-letter in the
form *Tj?tf without the Affix). But in Pause, the 3 d Rt-letter
receiving then a vowel, and there being no need then for the
Slight- vowel, the Shva drops its mask ( ) ; and thus the
2 d Rt-letter has as seen in v. 1, and so in ^Dl^tf Ps. cxlv. 2.1
n?^ifl and I will make great. Pi-el Fut. 1 s. with 1 Con-
junctive and the H of 144, from 7*tt.
PPil) and thou shalt be (lit. be thou). Kal Imper. 2 s. m. with
1 pref., from PPPI . See p. 171, Note (*).
v. 3. hJFttKI and I will bless. Pi-el Fut. 1 s. with 1 Con-
junctive and the H of 144, from T>JJ .
SjWljE those blessing thee (lit. thy blessers). Pi-el Partic.
pi. m. with Pron.-Affix ^ thy (m.), from "pi. [This, with-
out the Affix, would be DW^b pi. m. of W3& in App x to
Tab. XYI (2). For the ^ see Pt. I, 72.]
262 ANALYSTS OF VERB-FORMS IN GEN. XII. 3-5.
v, 3 (contin.) ^WV\)J2) and him that curseth thee (or, thy
reviler*). Pi-el Partic. s. m. with ) pref. and Pron. -Affix T|
thy (m.), from 77p- [The form without the Affix is TJpffB like
np^/b in Tab. XIY. The beneath the 7 is a Slight-vowel,
Pt. I, 56.]
^IKK I will curse. Kal Fut. 1 s. from TlK [like SDK in
Tab. XXI].
tt^&31 and they shall be blessed. Niph-Al Past 3 pi. with
1 pref. from "pS [like 5|np^ in Tab. XIY].
v. 4. *T|7*1 so he departed (lit. and he went). Kal Fut. 3 s. m.
with ) Conversive, from T?* . See 198 (S)'.
*)y\ Re had spoken. Pi-el Past 3 s. m. from^T. [For
the -ir see Note (e) on p. xv back of Tab. XIY.]
inXM when he departed out (lit. on his going-out or forth).
Kal Infin. with 3 pref. and Pron. -Affix ') his, from K\
[Note. Instead of T\W like n^^ from W, Tab. XYIII, the
Inf. Oonstr. of tf^ has the contracted form ftX which takes
Pron.-Affs. thus : iflN his going out, *?]ftK thy (m.) going out,
etc.]
v. 5. fij^V See ch. ii. 15.
$5b*1 they had gathered (or acquired). Kal Past 3 pi. in
Pause, from W51.
WQ they had gotten (lit. made). Kal Past 3 pi. from ?\W$
[like * in Tab. XXIII].
^V!l flW ^ ^2/ went forth. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Conversive,
from Xr [like fcj# in Tab. XYIII].
* Even this word is a little stronger than the origiual, which might be rendered
"any one speaking -lighlly-of thee."
ANALYSIS OF VERB-FORMS IN GEN. XIT. 5-7. 263
v. 5 (contin.) J"077 to go. Kal Infin. with 7 pref., from T?*
[like n?#S in Tab. XVIII].
^y) and they came. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with ) Conversive,
from Kin.
[Note. The Kal of this Yerb has the following forms with
Khoulem, [see more on pp. 272 & 273] :
(a) Infin. (Absol. & Constr.) #; and (with fc^M) KlM,
^^^(XilSi.c.),^^;
Or with -, thus $3, xnn, ifeil, &h (X!lS Lc), X3p,
08) Imper. tfin or tf* (and, with H, ilKS) s. f., W3 or
^3s./, S|K3pl. m.
(7) Fut. lb* 3 s. m., fctol 3 s./. &2 s. m., **bfi 2 s./., KnK 1 s.,
v " T T T T
^y 3 P i. w., rtfaort QKnn or nyrinro, 3 P i. /.,
^nfi 2 pi. m., XD^ 1 pi.
Obs. These may have \ in the place of the ; thus,
Kfct*, andsoKbn,etc.
T T
(S) So, with the n of 144 we have both nxntf & fitting 1 s.,
and nan} & nainj 1 pi.]
T T T T * - 1
0. 6. ^ihy^ #w^ he passed over (followed by n wfo). Kal Fut.
3 s. m. with 1 Conversive, from "Dp. Tab. XYI (1).
v. 7. SW and He appeared* Niph-al Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated
from HXI [like 7H* in Tab. XXIII ; but with to compensate
for Dag. F., and with tf instead of 7^-, cp. p. 169 (II, a)].
"TDK*!- See ch. i. 3.
\m I will give. Kal Fut. 1 s. from jrti . Tab. XIX (B).
p*1 #w<# he built. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated from Jl^n
[like W in Tab. XXIII]. The fuU form of the 3 s. m. Fut. jff.,
fr.n^iisnir.
* From ?"IK"1 to see ; the iVty. to be seen is used for " to appear"
T
264 ANALYSIS OF VERB-FORMS IN GEN. XII. 7-11.
v. 7 (con tin .) HIK^ri Who appeared (lit. The One appearing or
seen). Niph-al Partic. s. m from PIK1. Tab. XXIII.
v. 8. pW*1 and he removed (or moved). Hiph-il Fut. 3 s. m.
with 1 Conversive, from pVij}. This is like *lpp s in Tab. XIY.
Cp. 178 (i).
[Note. This expresses a Transitive " removing" or " moving"
viz. his goods and things. The English Reader will find no
difficulty in this, because the English Yerb to move is often used
for ' to move one's goods and chattels/]
tD*1 and he pitched (lit. and he extended). Kal Fut. 3 s. m.
apocopated, with ) Conversive, from PJtD3 . The form fltD^ (like
rbx in Tab. XXIII) becomes H&\ cp. 205 (ii), and this by
apocopation becomes tS**
jyi. See v. 7. &T0: See ch. i. 5.
v. 9. JJD*^ and he journeyed. Kal Fut. 3 s. w. with ) Con-
versive, from J7D3 . Tab. XIX.
IjiSn to go. Kal Infin. Absol. from *)Sn . Tab. XIY.
yiWl #wrf fo journey. Kal Infin. Absol. with 1 prefix, from
?M. ^ab. XYI (3) (A).
[Note. The phrase V)Dy\ ^7/1 J?D*1> Kt. and he journeyed to go
and to journey, stands for and he went on continually journeying,
cp. 137(1), Obs. (S).]
v. 10. W. Seech, i. 4.
Tftl awe? Ae irew^ efoww. Kal Fut. 3 s. w. with ) Conversive,
from TV. Op. 198(3).
Tj? to sojourn. Kal Infin. with 7, from *f&. Tab. XX.
v. 11. WJ. See ch. i. 3.
i^pil he drew near. Hiph-il Past d s. m. Irom 2TO . Tab. XIY.
ANALYSIS OF VERB-FORMS IN GEN. XII. 11-15. 265
v. 11 (contin.) &1D to come. Kal Infin. with % from Nil.
[See Note (a) on 1*0*1 in v. 5.]
&&ft. See ch. i. 3.
Wf I know. Kal Past 1 s. from JTP . Tab. XIY.
v. 12. /THI therefore it-shatt-come-to-pass (E.Y.). Kal Past
t t :
3 s. m. with 1 pref., from PPPI .
WV *% *>to# s^. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. from TIN") [like &# in
Tab. XXIII],
11ftN1 Mtftf tf/^?/ s/^// say. Kal Past 3 pi. with 1 pref.,
from 1N .
13TI1 tf^ ^^y t# Ml. Kal Past 3 pi. with 1 pref., from HTl .
: t :
1W ^ey rc7/ save alive (E.Y.). Pi-el Fut. 3 pi. m. from JTH
[like feF in Tab. XXIII].
p; 13. 'HfcN y ^ow. Kal Imper. 2 s. /. from 1&N [like
n&fi in Tab. XIY].
2fiD* ft moy fo? **& Kal Fut. 3 s. m. from 3D* [Tab. XYIII].
PirVHll and it shall live. Kal Past 3 s. /. with 1 pref., from
nTl [like nrta in Tab. XXIII].
v. 14. W1 awe? it came to pass (E.Y.). See ch. i. 5.
XI 13 ow ^e coming of. Kal Infin. Constr. with 3 pref., from
Nil. [See f>.5, Note (a).]
1fcO*1 ^a /^y beheld. Kal Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Conversive,
from JINY
t?. 15. 1*0*1 and they saw. See v. 14.
i|77PM w^ ^2/ commended. Pi-el Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Con-
versive, from 77)1 The Dagesh F. is often dropped from the 7 .
For the comp. Pt. I, 72 (Note (*, <?)).
Hlpni and she was taken. Hoph-al Fut. 3 s./. with 1 Con-
versive, from Hp7. [Note (A) on Tab. XIX (7, vi).]
266 ANALYSIS OF VERB-FORMS IN GEN. XII. 16-20
0. 16. i^n he did good. Hiph-il Past 3 s. m. from !3fc*
[Tab. XVIII].
W1 and there were. See ch. i. 5.
v. 17. JJ-O^ <m<# He plagued. Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Con-
versive, from J$j [like rfctf* Tab. XYI (3) (B, )].
v. 18. fcOp*1 wc? >fo called. Kal Fut. 3 s. m. with 1 Convers.,
from K^p .
4ft. See ch. i. 3. mW. See ch. iii. 14.
V T T
FHiin thou didst tell. Hiph-il Past 2 s. m. from "713 [like
T\mr\ in Tab. XIX].
#.19. FH/5K thou saidst. Kal Past 2 s. m. from 'Ifttf .
ftp&O so I might have taken (E.V.) [or, lit., and I took']. Kal
Fut. 1 s. with 1 Convers., from HpS [Note (A) on Tab. XIX].
np take thou. Kal Imper. 2 a. m t from Pip 7 [Note (A) on
Tab. XIX].
T?1 ff<* go. Kal Imper. 2 s. m. with 1 pref., from W [like
SE> in Tab. XYIII. For the - see p. 225].
0. 20. W rce? he commanded. Pi-el Fut. 3 s. m. apocopated,
with 1 Convers., from htt [like *?# in Tab. XXIII].
fffw*1 #wd they sent away. Pi-el Fut. 3 pi. m. with 1 Con-
versive, from H/fe^.
267
IY. List of Verbs belonging to more than one of the
Seven Classes mentioned in 186 [sometimes galled
'Doubly Irregular' Yerbs]
[The Student will perhaps have some little difficulty, at first,
in analyzing some of the Yerb-forms from Roots belonging
simultaneously to more than one of the Seven Classes mentioned
in 186. Many of such forms may be recognized without
much difficulty, by allowing for each set of Yariations ' sepa-
rately. But in some of them there are special Yariations, and
some few of them are irregular, and some apocopated forms
may well seem strange to him. It will, without doubt, be use-
ful to him to have these Yerbs all collected together. We
therefore give him here the following List, in the Alphabetical
order of Roots, with the Yerb-forms which occur in the Bible.]
|"QX used only in Kal [to be willing).
Kal
Past and Partic (1) like those of tkl Tab. XXIII, but for
XtoX (Is. xxviii. 12)--3 pi. Past cp. 138 (B) iv,a.
Fut. TO& 3 s. m., HSXfi 3 s. /. & 2 s. m. (once XSfi
Prov. i. 10), toX* 3 pi. m., JQXft 2 pi. m.
HIX used only in Pi and H0. (to desire, lust). The 1 is Con-
sonantal always in Yerb-forms from this Root.
Pl-EL
Past rVIX 3 s. m., nrVlX 3 s./., WX 1 s. ;
t t : ...
Fut. [nix; 3 s. .], njxn 3 s./.
HlTHPA-EL
Past PttXnn 3 s. m., WXITI 1 s., MXIV! 3 pi. ;
Partic. PfiXnp s. m., D^Xfiib pi. m. ;
Fut. rttXJV 3 s. m. (apocop. 1XJV), PttXntt 3 s. /.
(apocop. ixnty, mr\\ 3 pi. m.
268
|1K C or J^) used onl y in tne *W- (^ complain). Partic. D^fcnD
pi. 0k, and Fut. J^ltflV 3 s.m
"ptf used only in the Past and Participle (1) of Kal (to haste),
and Fut. Hep. (to cause to haste, to urge) The forms
are like those of Dip in Tab. XX.
^Vltf used only in Kal, to be light, iV<. to be lightened, bright,
glorious, HO. to make light or bright, make to shine.
Past ^ 3 s. m., rk 3 pi. (like #to, 1^5, cp. Tab. XX).
Partic. ^YlK s. m. ;
Imper. niX 2 s./. (like #&) ;
FuT.nri^ 3 pi./. (likeH^pri in Tab. XX). See230(i).
NlPH-AL
Infin. i) tib Job xxxiii. 30 (for ^rh , cp. 137 (3) Note t) ;
Partic. "flfcO s. m. ;
Fut. 1^ 3 s. m. (or Fut. K. like ^1^.).
HlPH-lL
Infin. y$rh',
Past Vm 3 s. m., JTTXn 3 s./ ^^H 3 pi. ;"
Partic. yM2 s. m., ft*VRb Ps. xix. 9 (Constr. form of
n7^s./.),nh^pi./.;
Imper. ^tfpl s. m. and with PI added m^NPl ;
" T
Fut. *1W and TO* 3 s. m. (with 1 Gonvers. TO**) *N*m
3 s./. & 2 s. m., WKJ 3 pi. m., WXft 2 pi. m.
KTO (or (ft?**) only in the J3T0. ^^XnH Imper. 2 pi. m. in Pause,
Is. xivi. 8 " shew yourselves men"
rbtt-rm 269
filtf used only in the Future Kal {to consent)'.
Kal
fut. ri\w 3 s. m. } nix? i pi. (and nrri*o with n>
[Note. The forms which are thus like $i!2* etc. in
Tab. XX, are by some taken rather as N$>. forms
U. like Dip* or ^ etc. in Tab. XX.]
l^X JT, to be an enemy, or hostile to, only used in *M*K 1 s.
Past, and in the Partic (1) forms, viz. HmH or
D*& s. m. (<w enemy), with Affs. (/ms) ii^tf,
(% m.) Tj^tf, etc.,-D^K (or 'fc) pi. m.,
i.e. jrtt (or 'i), with Affs. (his) V^k, etc.
*W& an enemy (Mi. vii. 8 & 10) is the Sing. fern,
form najfc with \ like V$p$l in 139 (e>
J"Htf used only in K. to swear, etc., H<f>. to adjure,
Kal
Infin. Abs. rfrtf and niSx ;
T T
Past n^2s./.;
Imper. ^K 2 s./.
HlPH-lL
Infin. ti&Nnf? (in ih^nS, with Pron.-Aff. i him) ;
Fut. ^ (in h&\ 1 S. xiv. 24). [This is usually taken
thus, as Hiph. ; but the form might very well be
Fut. Kal apocop., the being like the in *TJbX*1 .
The Di?n HX following must however be allowed
for, of course.]
270 TW-rtiK
H^tf (I.) to mourn, used only in Kal ^X1 Past 3 pi. w. 1 ; and
(II.) to occasion, in Pi. H!JX Past 3 s. m., Pu. (to be occa-
sioned, to happen), H!JX^ & HilKFl Fut. 3 s. m. &/.,
and Hithp. Partic. PlDXnp (one making occasion, or
seeking occasion) s. m. These forms agree with
Tab. XXIIL
pK (see pK).
Pl^tf used only in Kal (to bake), iV$. (to be baked)
Kal
Past H&K 3 s. m M*SK 2 s. m., W6K 1 s., &N 3 pi t
t T T T T T *
Partic. PlStf s. m. (whence DPltf, with Pron.-Aft DPI their,
y
Hos. vii. 6), D^K pi. m., niK pi./ ;
Imper. &$ (Ex. xvi. 23) 2 pi. m., instead of & ;
Tut. SfiTghl (1 S. xxviii. 24) 3 s./. w. 1 Conv. and Aft Ak
or /or A/m instead of infiXftl,
fo& 3 pi. m., ifiKTl 2 pi. m. ;
NlPH-AL
fut. nsxri 3 s./, nyfiKri 3 P i./
Pl3K only in /f/ (to compass) }iDtf Past 3 pi., like *!*?&& in
Tab. XIV, and w. Aft me as in Tab. XXY.
niX only in Kal (to pluck) Past *fi*"W 1 s., TIN 3 pi. (in PlVKfl
with 1 pref. & Objective Aft. H it (/.), Ps. Ixxx. 13).
UK to curse, used only in K, N$, Pi., and Hoph
Kal
Infin. Abs. "ihtf ;
nntf-TiK 271
Past rthK 1 s. (also f^tthlj with Objective Aff. fi her) ;
Partic (1) *TJfc pi. m. (i.c.), fT!** P 1 - m - w - Aff - % !
[For the - see Pt. I, 72 ().]
Partic (2; TfTK s. m. t TT\pA s./., frTfit* pi. m. ;
Imper. [IX] 2 s. m. 1TTK with H . (The of the X is 6,
there being no Accent on the word, Pt. I, 37),
ink and rtN 2 pi. m. ;
Fut. "ixn 2 s. m., nax 1 s.
T
KlPH-AL
Partic. D'HfcO pi. m. Mai. iii. 9.
T " *
Pl-EL
Past [*nK] in PJTlK 3 s. m. with Objective Aff. PT- T - fcf
Gen. v. 29. For the comp. Pt. I, 72.
Partic. D^VlXlb pi. m.
HOPH-AL
Fut. nV 3 s. m. (in Pause, for TfcW).
PlfiX (or NHX) fo cowe, used only in Kal and in Imperative JET<.
Kal
Past rtflK (and KHX Is. xxi. 12), SflTlK 1 pi. from KHX ;
TT V TT ' T T *
Partic ni*nXpl./.;
Imper. VHX 2 pi. m. ;
Fut. r\n& 3 s. m. (KTft Deut. xxxiii. 21, n*1 Is.xli. 25,
and with Aff. ^ we, WBW Job iii. 25),
... T v:v _ /
nnxn 3 ./. (Mi. iv. 8),
HTIKJ 3 pi. m. (]Vn*5 Is. xli. 5), with j, and
1 Conversive ;
Hiph-il
Imper. VHPI 2 pi. m.
272 Ktt
frOS used only in Kal (to come, come upon, enter, etc.), H$. (to
cause to come, to bring), and Hoph. (to be brought).
Kal
Infin. *fci & tfte (*X1Z, & HNM 1 K. xiv. 12 with n,
N!l3, KT? N17 * n ^ w ^ construction, frfoft) .
with Affs. INS ftKS, ^KS & PDK3 with ft, etc.
Past K!3 3 s. *., MX| 3 s./. (w. Aff. ws BTWS Ps. xliv. 18),
n| & nn*ft 2 s. m., fiStt 2 s./. (For n|, in
mi) 2 S. xiv. 3, see Pt. I, 29, Note (f)).
*nx!i 1 s.,
T
^a 3 pi. (also "hK3, perhaps twice),
Dnxa 2 pi. m.,
ttK3 1 pi. (tiSl 1 S.xxv. 8, with theNote 'lacking tf') ;
Partic. XS s. m., nX3 s. /.,
T T T
D^!l pi. m. (i.e. ^21), w. Aff. ^r H^!l,_niX| pi./. ;
Imper. K2 (or Xi!l, and fifcto with M) 2 s. m
*KS (or ^jte) 2 s./., && 2 pi. m. ;
Fut. +K1^ (with 1 Conv. +xm, 1^1 1 K. xii. 12 KtMv for
fefcjl JTW, 1K1*| 1 K. xii. 3 JT^fe for |fcjj 2Trl),
for the 3 s. m. ' w. Affs/ see %* next page,
* There may be \ in the place of , as in Kb?, Kfo|, Nb^ & Khb, N12D
(& W2?D from the entering of), 1&02 Mis coming Mai. iii. 2, ^22^ etc., and so
|K2 and i11)N?2 (also HDXb) their f. coming.
t -1N3 Jer. xxvii. 18 is generally taken as Past 3 pi., like -1>2 in Tab. XX.
Some propose to read -1N2J (Fut. 3 pi. m.). But the Infin., not the Future, is mostly
used after "W27 . The Future is rare. The Past is also rare, but it occurs in
Jer. xxiii. 14 (-12K> "'fl'???). [If any must emend, they had better propose to read
K2 omitting the }. They would thus have the Infin. K2 after ^72^ as usual.]
Some have taken -1K2 Jer. 1. 5 also as Past 3 pi.
\ There may be 1 in place of here.
m 273
**fafi 3 s. /. (this with n would be nsfafi, from
T " N T T
which is fPlJlKStt Deut. xxxiii. 16 with a re-
T T
duplicated PI , and "Slfitfiifi Job xxii. 21 with Aff. *?T
thee m.),
*itM Conv. **hft V-
for 3 s. /. 'w. Affs.' see \* below,
**faft 2 s. m. 9 ^fi 2 s. /. See also Note (f) for
1 S. xxv. 34 (and Ez. xxii. 4),
**h 1 s. (and, with n,*nxn), with 1 Conv.*ttnN1
T X T T T T>
fc&* 3 pi. m. (and, with J, 239, fttfcP),
jrusnn 3 P i./., also }*bri & *nrNhn, 231 (>
fctan 2 pi. m.,
KIJ 1 pi. (and, with n, *H^i), with 1 Conv. N^}.
*** With Pron.-Affs. the forms are :
3 s. m. 'titti) w. Aff. to, IjgifclJ w. Aff. me;
3 s. /. *WfaR & KIKtaft with Aff. to,
t^tan [p. for ^tfafc] w. Aff. thee m., also
^nXiin, see under K^fi 3 s. /. above, ^ftjfaTl
. w. Aff. W26 ;
3 pi. m. >$&$] w. Aff. me (also ^X^l with 1 pref.).
HlPH-lL
Infin. Xnn Absol., #j1 (^nV K^S Jer. xxxix. 7,
T T T : > T *
comp. Note f on p. 79) ;
* There may be \ in place of the here.
t A similar form to this, viz. Tlttim Kri (*riK3ni Kthtv), 1 S. xxv. 34, is 2 s./.
Flit. K. fr. XII w. 1 Conv. "We also find KUni as 2 s. /. Fut. K. w. 1 Conv.
(Ez. xxii. 4). Each of these is irregular for ""iOPlI .
X And rtyRlFl with * l superfluous,' 1 S. x. 7. Also, with 1 Convers., Esth. iv. 4.
274 W3
[Kiph-Il contin.]
Past K^H 3 s. m. w. Affs. (to) tt^Sn, Or) fiN^H,
H^nn 3 s./.;
T "
n*on 2 s. m. (nbn 2 k. ix. 2, and rtwcn m
T N T ' T -:
wiran, drtran, unxon u. 2 s . w. w. Affs.
me, &# m., ^s ; but there are also, fr. fifcttPl, the
forms intfSn nnxnn UrW^n i.e. 2 s. m, with
Affs. to, ^r, ws) ;
Win 1 s. (^X^nNu.xiv.31,--and^nil in
rr*wn & mttMj, ffitean, ffn^art,
e.e. 1 s. w. Affs. him, thee m., them m.), also
Vn^^n (Song iii. 4) 1 s. w. Aff. him.
ikqrj 3 P i. w. Affs. (Mm) wwnn, (#<*/.) fwsn,
(them m.) D^^H & D Pt. I, 14 ;
Dn*qn 2 P i. m. (DJnx^n 1 s. xvi. 17) ;
W^5H in EMfcran 1 pi. w. Aff. *A*m f., Nu. xxxii. 17.
Partic. X^D s. to. (OD -EVAiu for X^/S iTW four times,
and tfOOnffihtv for H*2BQKri once),
D^M pi. *. (& D*KiD, i.c *K2D) ;
Imper. fcOPl 2 s. to. (once tf^Pl 1 S. xx. 40, and
frOiPl Jer. xvii. 18, which may however be Infin.,
also ntfan with J1) ; .
T T '
wan 2 s./., wandpL*.;
Fut. &W 3 s. to. (& 60) Pt. I, 12), with 1 Conv. KS*^
and once KW Ez. xl. 3,
T-
With Affs., (him) mW t & *?*, (her) Hf*f 2*4
nwy, (Mee wo !?j*py & ^y, etc.,
nn-Ka 275
&5ti 3 s./. & 2 s. m., with \ Conv. KAly*-
T I " T -
With Affs., (him) K*3Fl etc., (them m.) DHTCtfl
& toXnn Ex. xv. 17,
Jtfttt 1 s. (^ JBAfo for N^K Kri 1 K xxi. 29,
3K 'lacking K' Mi. i. 15, with 1 Conv. K*3W
T T T
(& K3Kft n^K1 JBSfc for K^tfl #H Josh.
T T I T T
xxiv. 8; with Affs., (him) *3K*ifct, etc.;
*#a; 3 P i. m. (& a* pb^aj with j 239), with
1 Conv. fcMPl (and Jfctt*)),-.
T~ T-
With Affs., (him) *h|J3 & ilHXy, (me) % )ttft,
wtfari 2 pi. tit.;
Wti 1 pi., w. Aff. (them m.) DN^}.
HoPH-AL
Past XDTl 3 s. m.,
T
n^n 3 s./. Gen. xxxiii. 11, and nn&On (with n)
Ez. xi. 4 [for nxninj,
^Q1 3 pi. ;
Partic. K3fc s. *., QWMfi pi. m., rfK2fi8 pi./. ;
T T T * W - '
Fut. XnV 3 s. m. y SfcftV Jer. xxvii. 22 Pause-form (not
in Pause) for ^KStfi 3 pi., comp. 167 (ii).
[Note. The 2 d Rt-letter is Consonantal in Verb-
forms from the next five roots except in the
case of certain contracted and apocopated forms
which the Student will easily recognize] : *
HI"! only in ftftSl (Lev. xii. 2, her being weak or faint), Infin.
Kal w. Aff. her [like firfal from ffe* of rfa].
276 irn-tfin
KfJTl (?) used only in K. (to be).
Kal
Imper. &OPI 2 s. m. ;
Fut. fcttPl* 3 s. ^. (a shortened form, Eccles. xi. 3),
perhaps for fc$W with !| in the place of ) i.e. " the
1 Quiescent as the 1 in tflfii"" for rfiWlfe* (as
R. D. Kimkhi says), or for HIPP or j"flpl* from TV\T\
as *Tf short for PlW from JTPI (so the Mendels-
sohnian Bi-ur hammilloth). According to this
latter view the X might be ' added* as in N^QX for
toK and tf JD7PI for ^D?)! (so Aben Ezra, who takes
t : t : t *
fcttrV to be plural, as R. D. K. did at first).
Both of the two words above might have been given
under the next Root Pfin , as R. D. K. gives them.
Jlin used only in K. (to be).
Kal
Partic (1) nil"! s. ni. ;
Imper. Jllfl 2 s. m., ^Pl 2 s./.
[Note. The form X)p| Imper. 2 s. m. with tf in the
place of the Quiescent PI, and ttflPl* short for
rYliT or HIPP Fut. 3 s. m. with K added, were
given under N1P1 see there].
PPPI used only in K. (to be), and JYcf>. (to be done, etc.).
Kal
Infin. Vn & PPPl (Absol.), nVn (Constr.) and, with
prefixes,. tfalS, nVPl 1 ?, nVPlfc (or with -
thus, n s H3, JVPl 1 ?, h^tfc) , and with Pron.-Affs.
(Ma) inVH, (her) ttrtVl, etc.,
fm 277
folVrilSl (at his being, i.e. when he was), ^JVPi?1 {and
for thy m. being, i.e. and that thou mightest be), etc. ;
Past rtfi 3 s. m., TINT] (p. iTWn) 3 s. /. and (with fi
TT T;t X TUT' *
Interrogative nHTlPl) comp. 7, c, Note (f ),
H M n (also HTl once, and PirY*n once) 2 s. w.,
T T T T T T
JV*H 2 s. /. (VWI with * superfluous/ Ez. xvi. 31.
For rWTl 2 S. xiv. 2, see Pt. I, 29, Note f),
wm i s.,
T
dn^n (& DJVn Deut. xxxi. 27) 2 pi. m., and
v it v v: ' *
with 1 pref. QIWl
U"nipl.;
Partic (1) PTifi s./. (Ex. ix. 3) ;
IitPSS. n^n 2 s. m. (with 1 pref., H^W, W 2 s./.,
Ml 2 pi. w. (with 1 pref., VH]).
Fut. HW 3 s. m. apocop. W (p t?H^)j ano ^ with 1 Con-
vers. ^ (p. t^,
JTPltt 3 s./. & 2 s. ; apocop. Vlft, & with 1 Con-
vers. S T\T\\
SS T\T\ 2 s./. with 1 Convers. ^iTPft, (also apocop. *flft
Nah. iii. 11, & with 1 Convers. WllEzek. xvi. 34),
PlVlX 1 s. apocop. *nX, & with 1 Convers. VlfcO,
VPP 3 pi. m. with 1 Convers. VH*],
WWl or ppltt 3 & 2 pi. /. (also, twice, fWffl in
niWjH with 1 Convers. WW) or |*WT|
jTTfl 1 pi. with 1 Convers. \H-fi & fTtetfl.
v : * : - v : -
278 rrn-rrn
NlPH.
Past JTrti 3 s. m. witli M Interrog. TfT\T\
t : u t : ; -:
nnw 3 s./. ( P . jnrom
t : : " * t it : ; _
nWti 2 s. m. }
. wro i s. ;
partic. rvro s./.
Hill used only in P2. (fo tell, declare, 8hew),
Pi-l
Infin. fihn in ft^HO with pref. & J
Fut. nyT 3 s. at., n?n 1 s. & w. AS. (thee m.) ^
n^n used in 7T. (fo /we), PL (fo toj? alive, let live, sustain,
cherish, enliven, quicken), and H$. {to cause to live,
to keep alive, etc.).
Kal
Infin. iTH & VH(AbsoL), n^H (Constr.) in D^Hw.Aff.
their m. and fl^ri/ w. pref. 7 ;
Past HTl 3 s. w., the forms *Pl 3 s. m. (p. :^h), and
IT T - IT
with 1 pref. *rfi (p. tTll), are ' borrowed ' from a
Root *TI ;
nn-H 3 s./, the form H^H 3 s./. (in HTrt Ex.i. 16)
t:t TVT , IT
from "h is like T\1? from tW 226 (i) ;
T VT
fVn 2 s. w., and with T\ at the end in TtiVTW
T T T T i
Jer. xxxviii. 17 ;
vn 3 pL,
tSW 2 pi. m. in Dn^Ptl with 1 pref.
wn 279
Partic (1) [borrowed from a Root ^H] *Fl s. m. (p. X*T%
rm s. /., en pi. ., ni*n pi./., the form nvrt
pl./. (Ex. i. 19) is like nto^ from BV 226 (ii) ;
Tmper. tfjfi 2 s. m. in FflTI with 1 pref. (Gen. xx. 7, etc.),
^fi2s./. (Ez. xvi. 6),
Vn 2 pl. m., Wtj with 1 pref. ;
Fut. JlW 3 s. w. apocop. W (with 1 Conjunctive
W & p. tltjj, with 1 Convers. W & p. *W),
Jl^nri 3 s. /. or 2 s. m. apocop. *TXF\ (with 1 Con-
junctive Tlfti, with \ Convers. ^T}Pi\),
m 2 s./.,
njTK 1 s. (with n Interrogative ftTtttfJ),
*W 3 pl. m., with 1 Convers. WW,
ria^jrt? 3 pl./., & with H Interrogative W1W|,
vnr\ 2 P i. m., & with j ( 145) pnrt ,
rrro 1 pi.
Pl-EL
Infix. fiVn? with pref. 7, & w. Affs. (to) ifi*)!?
(gtem m.) DrmS, (ws) nft&;
Past n*n 3 s. m
T
*^n*n Ps. cxix. 50, 3 s. /. w. Aff. me in Pause,
: t
Wjj 2 s. m. with Aff. we (p. :^_),
#1 3 pl.,
DH^n 2 pl. m. in DH^lin , with J! Interrogative ;
Partic. PPPllb s. m* ;
Imper. [rTTl 2 s. w.] w. Affs. (it m.) tfTJjJ, (we) *JJTt;
u
280 aa*-rph
Fut. rtft 3 s. m., with Affs. (him) JfTWI* in %fff{ with
1 Conjunctive, (her) r^Jf in IjWI with ) Convcrs.,
(us) &**
iWn 3 s. /. or 2 s. arc.,
w. Affs. (me) *%$%, (us) WWl,
W^nn in Ps. lxxi. 20 is Ethiv for Wgjfi iTr* ;
JtTlK 1 s. & with 1 Conjunctive rWfcfl ,
^*D! ^ P** m -> an( * w ^ ta ^ Interrogative i|*fi*n
withAff. (us) WFT,
^Wl [3 &] 2 pi./, & {*&$ with 1 Convers.,
Vnri 2 pi. m. in pWI with J ( 145),
nm i pi.
v - : *
HlPH.
infin. nwj (Absoi.), [ni^nnconstr.in] n^rinS & rfnn 1 ?
with 7 pref., and w. Aff. him irVPtn?;
Past iTJin 3 s. w.,
rvrin 2 s . . in arWh 2 s. m. w. Aff. &
t v: v t v: v
WjlTJ 1 s.,
^nri2pi. m .\
Imper. n^nn 2 s. w. in *yjni1 2 s. w. w. Aff. me,
Wl 2 pi. m.
KtiD (or NN&) used only in the Pilpel Past 1 s. OnK&NtD) with
Objective Aff. H Aer, in JVflKtoKp'j Is. xiv. 23.
PlttD to $wi, only in tt (Ex. xxxv. 25, 26) K. Past 3 pi.
HN* only in T\T\^ ( Jer. x. 7) JT. Past 3 s./. [in Pause, for POlK*].
* IATT T -: T J
jty only in M^ ^ u * v * ^ an ^ s ^ e me ^ ou ^ ^ s * f % ^ u *' ^'
with 1 Convers.
iTV-rW 281
Tltf used only in N<f>. (to be afflicted). Pi. and H<j>. (to afflict).
Niph-al
Partic, with i| in place of the usual '), *|fl pi. m, in
Constr. [from MM], TfOfo pi./. ;
Pi-l
Fut. fljfl 3 s. w. with 1 Conversive, Lam. iii. 33, for
rw (c P . m for r#i) ;
HlPH-lL
Past T\$\T\ 3 s. *. (?ttfcl, with Aff. ft- Aer) ;
Partic. d^jb pi. m. in ^$8 Is. li. 23, with An . ^__.
Fut. JV^h 2 pi. m. with {, Job xix. 2, (instead of tofe).
[Note, ftth 2 S. xx. 13 has a form borrowed from this
Root, but in signification it belongs to n^Pl to
remove (Is. xxvii. 8, Prov. xxv. 4). This ftth may-
be Hiph. Past 3 s. m. of TCP (according to form),
"one caused to remove \him]" =" he was caused to be
removed" It might perhaps be supposed to be for
nUiin Soph. Past 3 s. m. of Jl^fl, or, possibly, for
n^n with for !j as some take JHIPl Lev. iv. 23 to
be Hoph. Past 3 s. m. from JFl\]
' PIT (I) (to put forth or a&wy, PL to cast the lot) used only in
Kal Imper. * 2 pi. m. Jer. 1. 14, and Pi. Infin.
rtM? Zech. ii. 4 & Fut. W for W 3 pi. m. in
ftJJ Lam. iii. 53. (But W in Joel iv. 3, Obad. 0. 11,
Na. iii. 10, may be supposed to be 'borrowed' fr.
a Root T!*, like top Past J5T. 3 pi. fr. MD.)
rft* (II) (to render acknowledgment, confess, praise), used
only in 5^. and Ed.
282 f^-TTt
HlPH-lL
Infin. nnin, nninS, (or with - as in rhto ninnS);
PAs T rrin3pi., wnini P i. ;
Partic. Pflto s. m.y DHto pi. *. ;
Imper. ^n)T\ 2 pi. m. ;
Fut. HIV 3 s. m. (once rrtt Neh. xi. 17), w. Aff.
(thee m.) Tfl* & TlV Pause-form Is. xxxviii. 19,
HTlft 3 s./. in ^|T|fl Pause-form, w. Aff. thee m.,
nniKls. (once minX in ^TlUX-with Aff. U- Aim
Ps. xxviii. 7), also w. Affs. (him) !)-nitf
(a^m.)T[nix(p.^nix),
^ 3 pi. m. (once VTirP in TjrrirV Ps. xlv. 18),
also w. Aff. thee m. ^rtV (& fti* Ps. xlix. 19),
pitq i pi.
HlTHPA-EL
Infin. nninn in in^n^---with prefixes 3 and 1, and
Aff. i his ;
Past H Wft 3 s. m., WB1 3 pi. ;
Partic. HWlD s. m. f D^fift pi. m. ;
Fut. minK 1 s., W 3 pi. m.
v- v
*?V used only in H$. (to howl, utter a loud cry of lamentation).
Hiph-il
Past ^H (for hhrX) 3 s. m. ;
Imper. HfT\ 2 s. m. f V#J 2 s./., btyft 2 pi. m. (^H
Jer. xlviii. 20 is Kthiv for b^Tl Kri) ;
Fut. hh? t 3 s. m., ^K (& Thfeto with H) 1 s.,
khw (& W^) 3 pi. m. f ihbfr 2 pi. m.
n&-rw 283
Piy used only in Kal and H<f>. (to oppress).
Kal
Partic. PDV s./. (in TCffil, with the PI of 6, Me oppress-
ing one/., Jer. xxv. 38, etc.) ;
Fut. DM 1 pi. with Aff. D- fol m. [for d , cp. fffll
and Note (e, vii, 2) on p. xl] according to some.
Others take this to be the Noun JM) progeny with
d their m. Ps. lxxiv. 8. ;
Hiph-Il
Infin. titffh (in dnbin?, with Aff. D them m.) ;
Past Ptfin 3 s. ., JQfel 3 pi. ;
Partic. d^1D (in ^tols.xlix.26 with Aff. **_ %/);
Fut. niV 3 s. m., prfifi 2 s. m. (w* Aff. Aim tijfe),
ttV 3 pi. *., tita 2 pi. ro,
ny^ used only in njTI (Is. xxviii. 17) K. Past 3 s. m. with 1,
w and it shall sweep away " (E. Y.)
T\& used only in Kal (to be beautiful), and in Pi. (to beautify)
once, and once in $8$% [comp. p. 176 (7)] (to be very
beautiful), and once in H9. (to beautify oneself).
Kal
Past [M6J 3 s. m.], f\W 2 s. /. (like flJjJ in Tab. XXIII),
^3pl.;
Fut. Sp 3 s. m. apocopated for H3^ (in ft**'! Ez. xxxi. 7),
WPl 2 s./. (in >tm Ez. xvi. 13).
284 *w-n&*
Pl-^L
Fut. T\&\ 3 s. m. in T\&\ (with Aff. \T\ Mm) ;
Past fWV 2 s. w., Ps. xlv. 3. :
t t : T
HlTHPA-^L
Fut. >BWl 2 8./.
&W (to go out, go out from) used only in Kal, Hj>. t and Hoph,
Kal
Infin. * NIT Aba., DK Constr. (fl&fiS HKM. ntt&
but H^V? i n actual construction J"lXp ; and
with Affs. inXV, ^KV, etc.);
Past *W 3 s. *., rW 3 s. /. (p. :p|&W) rttBT 2 s. w.,
T T T : T X T ITT'J T T T
JTK 1 s. (once *H, Job i. 21, 'lacking ')/
*I*W 3 pi. (p. mv\ w. Aff. me ^W Jer. x. 20),
Dna^ 2 pi. ., w i pi. ;
Partic. *K#e. m., * n&W 8 - / (H3rt*J1 Deut. xxviii. 57,
with the Note "lacking tf ," comp. 98) ***$,
Eccl. x. 1, is for 7M&& Partic. JT. s. /. with
pref. $ (p. 24, latter part of Note d),
d*kx* pi. i. (i.c. **tf) ***?* p 1 -/- ;
* There may be 1 in the place of here.
N> 285
Imper. K| 2 s. m. (& JH^, with PI, in Pause), ^ 2 s./.,
!)K 2 P 1 - ., p. **tt 0*W, Jer. 1. 8, is iftto for
^V^0>n^2 P i./. ;
Put. $$l 3 s. m., tftp\ 3 s. /. & 2 s. w., etc. (like 3t f
etc., in Tab. XVIII, but)
ftiKXfe 3 & 2 pi./, (and JXtt) 3 pi. /., Ex. xv. 20).
T
With *| Oonversive the of X remains, thus
X*% Km etc.
HlPH-lL
Infin. KTffr^ N^nS, etc., and, with Affs.,
(my bringing out) WiPl (this is Kri, for N*in
Kthiv, in Jer. vii. 22), etc.,
(fo >nw# Am out) ^T[W\7w> etc. ;
Past K^in 3 s. m. (& Nin Deut. xxii. 14),-^with Affs.,
{thee m.) ^^IH & ^H, (we) $?!#!,
(Mew i.) DSMrtil, (its) ux^n;
natf n 2 s. i. w. Affs. (Af) inarm, etc.,
r^ttrtn 2 s. /., (for n&qrim 2 s./. 1 k. xvii. 13,
see Pt. I, 29, Note f),
*nKin 1 s., w. Affs. (to m.) D^nx^n, etc.
w0i 3 pi., ciriMrtn 2 pi. m. ;
Partic. X^to s. w. (& K^lD once, Ps. cxxxv.7), w. Affs.,
ferete, etc., (^X^Pl 1%* Owe 5r%% Mee c-w*,
Deut. viii. 14 & xiii. 11),
dw^to pi. ., & D^atej i.c. ^xte;
283 KT-fcTC*
iMrER. $y\n 2 s. mi (and T$&$n with H) , also &Wtfrl
Is. xliii. 8 (which may however be Infin.) ;
*N^n Gen. viii. 17 is Krz for (^j KtMv,w. Affs.,
(#/.) fcK^n, (me) ^Wl, (*ta m.) DX^n,
Wtfn 2 s./., ttO#P| 2 pi. m., and, with Affs.,
(to) t^ri, (her) n^^H;
Fut. KW 3 s. m. (& tftf Job xxviii. 11), fltgh, (*tth
Ju. xix. 25, also XVV^),
w. Affs., (#/.) PlX^, etc.,
N^iD 3 s. /. & 2 s. m, (and tXh),
w.Affs.,(^)^^ta, (us) UXWl,
ttttfr 3 pi. m. (also >lXtf)
w. Affs., (him) fiin^ (& }nX?V^w EfcK^\
HoPH-AL
Past [tfftn 3 s. m.], nxtflH 3 s./. in Pause for T\^T] ;
Partic. [X^D s. m.], HN^D s. /., tftflffc pi. m. t
nix^ib pi./.
NT used in Kal (to fear), iV<. (to be feared), and PL (to put
in fear),
Kal
Infin. Constr. XT Josh. xxii. 25, like *|p ; also PIXT7
with n, cp. 137 (4, iii), and XT? 1 S. xviii. 29,
1HXTD 2 S. iii. 11 from his fearing;
* This form is like ^SH. Similarly, in Ps. v. 9, -0)T\ Kri for nPIPI i^/dj;
(with hefore the 1 for Euphony).
t There may he \ in place of the here.
K1* 287
Past fcf* 3 s. m., T\XV 3 s. /. (p. tflfcW,
"T T :t U T l"T
my 2 s. m., *n*n* 1 s.,
T "T "T
fcOJ 3 pi. (Vfltff with Aff. to,
SpKT* w. Aff. *A** m. t *$NTf w. Aff. we),
Dn*0;. 2 pi. m. (DHX^ Josh. iv. 24),
wt i pi.
Partic. Wt s. m. (i.c. IfJJ^ tWf t Constr. form of ltHT) s./.,
D^jnn p 1 - m - ( Lc - v* and with Affs - *& T );
Imper. &T? 2 s. m., %Tf 2 pi. m. ;
t: :
Put. tfri 3 s. m.
T
(with 1 Convers. K^l and sometimes K*Tft)*
w. Affs. (aee w.) ^JK'V Jer. x. 7, (we) ^*0*\
arffi 3 s. /. & 2 s. m.,
*^n;ri 2 s./. ( P . tnrw?),
NTK 1 s., w. Aff. Aim tifctt*K,
T V T
fcTf* (& %W Pt. I, 44) 3 pi. w. (p. fl*h!J & !**
also tflfcn* with J),
w. Aff. *to m. 'fltiViP & flN^,
pTVPl 3 pi./. Ex. i. 17,
wrfFi 2 P i. m. (p. myn, & tfn*i with p,
w. Aff. them m. ttlK^fi and DK^n,
N75 1 pi.
KlPH-AL
Partic. Nlto s. w., n*Hfo s. /, rflKlfa pi. /. (w. Aff.
T T T T * . <
thy m. yr$\$r\)), Ps. cxlv. 6) ;
Fut. X^tt 2 s. m., Ps. cxxx. 4.
* ^tjfl 2 s./. Is. lx. 5, but ^Fl in some Bibles.
288 m*-*o
Pl-EL
Infin. $y (in *3fcOv to put me in fear, d^^7 to frighten
them) ;
Past & 3 pi. (in JK'V they frightened me) ;
Partic. D*&*fi& pi. ^.
JT)! 1 used in ifo/, c#s (fo place stones for a pillar, also to
shoot, shoot at, also to water), iV<. to be shot,
H<j). to shoot (also to teach, to point, and to cast),
Kal
Infin. rfV AbsoL, Jlh^ (and once fctffb 2 Chr. xxvi. 15);
Past m* 3 s. m., WV 1 a. ;
TT * 'T
Partic. jfrtl* & TFf s. m., D^V & D^ pi. m.;
Imper. T\y 2 s. m t ;
Fut. JVV3 1 pi. in Vf% #w^ we s/wtf a ^em, Nil. xxi. 30.
Niph-al
Fut. TW* 3 s. m. /?e s^tf// fo shot Ex. xix. 13.
VT"
HlPH-lL
Infin. rniPlv, w. AfF. them m. DIVAm?;
Past HTl (in WTH fo fotf^Atf him, s yir\ he hath cast me),
fPfln 2 s. m. in ^rnin thou hast taught me (
for in Pause),
KHti Is. (and WH in SpTA Prov. iv. 11 (J Aae*
taught thee). .
* This Participle is used as a Noun for tho " early rain" in Deut. xi. 14, Jer. v. 24.
Nli' 1 Prov. xi. 25 is taken by some as Eoph. Fut. 3 s. m. from nil (Nlfi* for
nVg, _8), and by others as Eoph. Fut. 3 s. m. from flT (*}> for JW and this for
iTTfl* "as jniil for SH-in," which is somewhat questionable, Lev.iv. 23 & 28). It
may perhaps be for the iTYP "early rain" above, this being taken figuratively for a
"refreshing beneficent one."
Partic. rnti s. m., D^iD pi. m. (BHHa 2 S. xi. 24,
w. tf 'superfluous'), w. Affs. T*liD thy m. teachers,
t**to my teachers (in Pause) ;
Imper. n*Yin 2 s. m. (in ^T\)T\ & "0T1 fetfc^ me),
Vrtn 2 pi. m. (in Urtn te^ me) ;
Fut. T\iV 3 s. m, OV1 <wm* A* s^o* 2 K. xiii. 17), w. Affs.,
(him) !)>HV & m*, (me) arjS (tftem m.) ffV,
JTliM 3 s. /. & 2 s. m. (in Jpift, p. t^ph, U /. *#
&c^ ^te, D^ift thou m. we7 s/*ew them),
rnitf 1 s. (w. AfF. thee ^'iXI #?^ / will instruct thee
Ps. xxxii. 8),
Vfi* 3 pi. m. Aey s^// fe#cA (Vr ^ey shall shoot,
and once ^Hl* 2 S. xi. 24 with tf superfluous,
^iTi* Ps. lxiv. 5 they will shoot at him), t|V1V ^ey
sAa# teacA thee m.
TW (the n being consonantal) is a Root supposed by some for
the word ^T^T} Is. xliv. 8, which would then be
K. Fut. 2 pi. m. for ^rn^ft of which they suppose
the meaning to be ne stupeatis, A Metheg might
have been expected under the fi then, thus ]) .
Others (as R. D. Kimkhi, and so Fiirst) take the
word to be from a Root T\T\1 in the sense of
" fearing."
JTD used only in JVcj). (to be burned).
Niph.
Fut. m3n 2 s. m., rWDfi 3 pi./.
V T T V T * "
290 nati-riV?
HI/ used in K. (to stick to, abide icitJi, once, Eccl. viii. 15,
elsewhere to borrow), iV</>. (to be joined to, united with),
H<\>. (to lend, lend to),
Kal
Past wh 1 pi.
Partic. Mp s. m.
Tut. rrf? in ^h\ 3 s. m. w. Aff. hint,
nhn 2 s. m.
NlPH.
Past pflfa 3 s. w. (nf?3Pl with the H of 98, Is. lvi. 3),
srf 3 pi. ;
Partic. p*r2| pi. ^- ?
Fut. H 1 !^ 3 a. w., ^ 3 pi. m*
V T T *
HlPH.
Past tyfon 2 s. w. ;
Partic. nf?J& s. w. ;
Fut. Tth in ^^ 3 s. m. w. Aff. Ifa* w.,
PflSfi in ti^fo 2 s. m. w. Aff. to.
HfcO to be beautiful, becoming (or suitable), used as a Yerb only in
PllfcO, Ps. xciii. 5,, Past 3 s. ft. (as some say), and
XMQ Is. Hi. 7 & Song i. 10, Past 3 pi.
These words some have taken to be Kal, others Pl-Sl,
others Pilel [the ) being supposed to stand for the
repeated 3 d Rt-letter t\, and so in Pfinfi^n in
Tab. XXIII, Note (t)]. The first one has also been
supposed to be JYiph. Past 3 s. m. of H1X .*
* So R. D. K. in his Lexicon ; hut in his Commentary he connects the word with
flfcO , merely mentioning the other as possible.
2tf-833 291
"We might perhaps suppose tf\ffl to be ' compounded '
of the two forms }fcti and VD (fr. Htt) 'mixed* up
together. And PPIX3 may be a Noun " leauty" or
"that which is becoming" of the same form as
man from n^.
t -: -
Obs. PllfcO s. ;w., and *ni&0 s./., are Adjectives.
V T T T
KS3 N$. and E6. to prophesy (HO. also to offer oneself for
prophesying),
Niph-al
infin. ann in manS tofcans (w. M *, also tirtora
.. T . .. T . ; > . T . . ; t :
Zech. xiii. 4), VQ}!1g (w. Aff. my) ;
Past K3J 3 s. m., n*C3 2 s. m. (JV33 Jer. xxvi. 9),
^K?? 1 s., fcqfl 3 pi. (p. t|3) ;
Partic. Si s. w., CPKlnl and D*K3J (i.e. *t&S} ;
Imper. X!l-in 2 s. m. ;
" T
Fut. ^n^ 3 s. m., KSDft 2 s. ro.,
.. T . T
*? 3 pl. ., ^rn2pl.w.;
HlTHPA-EL
Infin. rt^HH, with ft prefixed 1 S. x. 13 ;
Past h*3OTl 2 s. w., 1 S. x. 6,
TlXItin 1 s. (for ^nn) Ezek. xxxvii. 10,
i|K!l3n 3 pi. (for 'JIT!) Jer. xxiii. 13 ;
Partic. K|jn& s. w., D^^Hp pi. m HiX^nib pi./. ;
Fut. fcOJJV 3 s. w., Jfc&SV 3 pi. m.
U used only in K. Partic (2) Mtf s. m. "hollow," i.e. 2fo3J,
* For which we find PHJ, in iVl3n Jer. vi. 2.
tt' tt -
t Some give this as Hithpa-el, i.e. '33 H for iniN|3Ij)n.
292 iTti-ntt
H^ used only in K. (to shine), and H$. (to cause to shine, to
lighten),
Kal
Past H33 3 s. m. ;
- T
Fut. flip 3 s. m. - 7
Hiph.
Fut. ?\W 3 s. m,
Ttt JTa/ to mow, mow aziay, also ft? fo driven wwy, as in Pit,
& JETop^. ; H4>. to drive aivay ; HO. to move oneself,
move oneself away,
Kal
Infin. 'Vti ;
Past fiTti 3 s./., mj 3 pi. (p. rtTW) ;
T : T ; T * * 11 t'
partic -ni (or Ttfh) s. m., rrnti s./., onnb pi. m. ;
Fut. TIT 3 s. m. Na. iii. 7*T?J? 3 s./. G. xxxi. 40,
frfsp 3 pi. m. (with }) Ps. ixviii. 13.
Pu-al Tfta 3 s. m. Tab. XXI (IY).
Hiph- a il FB) 3 pi. m. in W (with Aff. $1 /m).
HOPH-AL
Partic. "tift (al. Dti fr. I'D) s. m. 2 S. xxiii. 6 ;
Fut. TP 3 s. m.
Hithpa-^l
PASTnn^nn3s./. ;
Fut. munri 2 s. m. (in pause, cp. 166 (c)), PfftJfV 3 pi. m.
JTT3 used only in PL fo remove as unclean,
Partic. D^ft pi. m. (& D^B with Aff. D3 2 pi. m.>
* Comp. $ 210 (0).
rm-nru 293
riHi used only in Kal and N$. to lament,
Kal
Past JlPO 3 s. m. ;
T T
Imper. T]T}} 2 s. m.
Niph-al
Fut. ^nU*[ 3 pi. m* 1 S. vii. 2, where some give the Chald.
sense to be congregated,
fc03 used only in 27$. to hold back, to refuse ; also (in E.V.) to
discourage, and ft? break, to disallow, to make of none
effect.
Hiph.
Past X^H 3 s. m. ;
Fut. IPJ* 3 s. m. (\T Ps. cxli. 5),
f!feW 3 pi. m., pX^n 2 pi. m. (with {) ZW for
{WWl JRWr Nu. xxxii. 7.
^1^ used only in K. (to flourish, groic, abound, abound with,) and
PL {to make to flourish E.Y. to make cheerful or
grow, Zech. ix. 17), like Dip in Tab. XX.
H13 to move about, etc., used only in Kal, H$. & HO., like Dip
in Tab. XX. For lift (Jer. xvi. 5) 2 s. m. Fut. JT.,
comp. 224.
PVO used only in Kal (to remain at home) and H<f>. (to prepare a
home, or to glorify, fitt=i"!&0, Ex. xv. 2),
Kal
Fut. niy 3 s. m,
Hifh-1l
Fut. mjK in tiTDK 1 s. with Aff. Vl-s- to.
294 Dtt-rro
nii to rest used only in Kal, H$. & Hoph. (like Qlp in
Tab. XX, but comp. also 234).
[Note. Some give as from this Root the following
forms (which are given as from fi^ by others, see
213 and the Note there) T<. to place, allow, leave,
let alone, etc., and Hoph, to be placed, to be left :
ITiph.
Infin. ITDn?
Past ITSI 3 s. m. (& fi^H 1 K viii. 9),
nron 2 s. m., wan 1 s.,
iin^n 3 pi., Dnmn 2 P i. *. ;
Partic. n^tt s. m. ;
Imper. nan 2 s. m. (& nrrari with n),
jjn^n 2 P i. . (& Jipi?ri) ;
fut. ni* 3 s. m. (n^_),
with Affs. (Atw) unrj*y & iiw, (^ .) &rw ,
n$fi 3 s./. & 2 s. m. (short for hfi|R) f
with Affs. {me) W$l?, (f) tiQMl*-*
n*5 1 s. in W|K# (Eccles. ii. 18) with pref. $ that
and Aff. him,
W 3 pi. m., and, with Affs.,
(JM)llttV. (them m.) tfirW & DW.
IIOPH-AL
Partic. H5D s. . (For MTWl, see 213 end).]
T \ T \
tD\3 only in tMft i&J Fut. 3 s. /. it will be moved.
D3 to slumber : used only in Kal [like Dip in Tab. XXI.
J13 only in }i^ (Kri Ps. lxxil. 17, it shall be continued E.Y.,
for p* Kthiv)N<f>. Fut. 3 s. m. like tflp* in Tab. XX.
D13 to flee : used only in Kal and S(j>,* like Dip in Tab. XX.
}fl3 fo wjow to and fro : used only in Kal, AT(f>. and .//<., like
DID in Tab. XX, but comp. also 234.
ftl} used in Kal (only 'A&3 Prov. vii. 17, J have sprinkled),
Pi. (only ft^ Is. x. 32, he shall shake), and H(f>. to
wave, sift, move backwards and foricards, like Dip in
Tab. XX ; but besides the regular Infin. H<f>, Mil s
we find also Jl^Jl / Is. xxx. 28 with 7 prefixed
and H at ^ ne en< ^ The H<f>. Past 2 s. m. is T\%T\
( 242). The 1 s. however is TVlS'On Job xxxi. 21.
Soph, Past Win 3 s. m. # hath been %caved t
V1^ only in H$. to blossom,
Hiph-il
Past 3?J 3 pi. ; .
Fut. pW (Eccles. xii. 5) 3 s. m, [Others take this to be
from pO, H<f). Fut. 3 s. m. for Wtt*, in the sense
of " giving disgust"]
[p13]. 'Borrowed' in form from this Root we find IHp^ftl
Ex. ii. 9ff(j). Fut. 3 s. /. with 1 Convers., -in the
sense of the Root ftj* (7T. fo s^^, J9T<, suckle),
>13 only in M^D&*1 Ps. lxix. 21, and I am full of heaviness,
E.Y.), Kal Fut. 1 s. with 1 Convers. & M at the end.
For a word in Is. lix. 19, and another in Ps. lx. 6, see DD3 rather.
X
206 nro-nn
HT3 used only in K. (to be sprinkled, E.V.) and H<f>. (to sprinkle,
E.Y.) ; Gesenius gives "shall make to jump up"
instead of "shall sprinkle" for T\V in Is. lii. 15.
Fiirst observes: "nil impedit quominus etiam hoc
loco ingenitam verbi significationem retineamus. ,,
Kal
Fut. nr 3 s. m., apocop. V (in V) Is. lxiii. 3), and with
1 Convers. V) 2 K. ix. 33 ;
HlPH.
Past fitfi 3 s. m. r il^ri 2 s. m. 9
Partic. JltJb Constr. form of P8ID s. m.,
Imper. hJPl 2 s. *.,
Fut. i1;P 3 s. m., apocop. (& with ) Convers.) PI.
Jiny used only in Kal and H<p. to guide, lead.
Xal
Past [PirD] 3 s. m. (in ^n!fi wt? Zfe will guide thee m.,
^Hi J?e A^ &c? me, Dn3 He led them), rPftU 2 s. m. ;
- T T T * T T
. Imper. PlPD 2 s. m. (with Aff., OH3 lead me) ; .
IIiph-il
Infin. DTihiH? to lead them~Neh. ix. 19, & DftPti7 Ex. xiii. 21
t : - : t ; -
comp. 137 (3) Note (f).
Past fifOn 3 s. m. (in 01131"! ff* led nie),
IVFOn 2 s. m. (in DJVPDn Thou didst lead them) ;
Fut. TO 3 s. w. (in ffllJ*', w. Aff. to, JOJ w. Aff.
me, DH^ w. Aff. ^<?m m.),
nnpn 3 s./. or 2 s. w.,
w. Affs., (me) OPpfi, (them m.) Drpft,
nma 1 s. (in sinm w. Aff. him, and puma w. Aff.
v : - * " : - t v : -
her),
my 3 pi. m. (in *|JPfc* w. Aff. me).
pita 297
illS) used only in Kal (to incline, extend, pitch tent, etc.), iV<.
(to be extended, etc.), and H(j). to cause to incline, or
decline, etc.).
Infin. rtM Constr., tti&h or Hb^, etc.,
nbji (w. Aff. m^/into^ (W. Aff. hu) ;
Past ntD} 3 s. ., Pint?; 3 s. /., IVt?} 2 s. m., WW 1 s.,
^J 3 pi. (^BJ Pa! lxxiii. 2, EH for *1ttt Kthiv) ;
Partic (1) Htpii s. m. (or Jltpb) and with Aff. ^6w m,
Partic (2) qfcj s. m., PWtD? s. /., TfWb} pi. / J&* for
fiYlffl #& Is. iii. 16 (comp. 1 S. xxv. 18) ;
Imper. !"lt?3 2 s. m. ;
Fut. Plfc^ 3 s. w. (apocop. D\ and "ft) when unaccented),
PltSFl 3 s. /. or 2 s. m. (apocop. tOft),
as; 3 pi. m., m 1 pi.
NlPH-AL
Past ftS} 3 pi. ;
Fut. PltD^ 3 s. m., S99* 3 pi.
V T T
HlPH-lL
Infin. IllKT? or ni&rn, w. Aff. her ffllbrk;
- : " : t - :
Past 7\7\ 3 s. m., w. Aff. Aim JHEfl,
nnt^n in ^n 3 s. /. with Aff. him,.
wan i s., utti 3 pi., oty&n 2 P i. . ;
Partic. T&$ s. at., B13& pi. m. (i.c. ^D) ;
Imper, PltSPl 2 s. w. (apocop. tDH), *ftPI 2 s./., OH 2 pi. m.;
Fut. HI3* 3 s. w. (apocop. t), an( *> w * tn Affs.,
*(^m)^ & W,
(thee m.) ntD* Job xxxvi. 18 (in Pause for "?*),
JltS^ 3 s. /. or 2 s. m. (apocop. fcDFl),
with Aff. him }fT&fl ,
HEX 1 s. (apocop. tD, p. ttDK), *9J 3 pi. m.
298 rDJ-TJ
*n to till only in ^3 Imper. JTtf/ 2 pi. afci
&OJ iV$. to be crushed : only in i|N33 (Job xxx. 8) 3 pi. Past N<f>.
[Some give this from HD3 (iVty. Past 3 pi., for ft})].
PDU used in JH. (fo smite), and 2V<. & P#. & Hoph. {to be
smitten).
NlPH-AL
Past }133 3 s. m.
T
PU-AL
Past ftr\2) 3 s. /. (in Pause for fiftM), 153 3 pi.
HlPH-lL
infin. nan Absoi., (niJDn, rrtana, ntorfe, ntana, and
with Affs. iron & inton nnin, ^nin p. q-,
ran, Drisri) ;
Past fi^H 3 s. w., and, with Affs.,
(h%m) yrn, (^ w.) *j3n, (**) ^an, p. :^-,
(Am w.) D3PI ,
ivsn 2 s. w. (& nmsn with n, 138 b. i.), and,
with Affs., (him) toVSJI, (me) 2&'|Q Nu. xxii. 28
Pause-form of W3TT [comp. 167, ii. (*)],
(w) ttivaii, (them m.) on^n,
W1 1 s., but, with Affs.,
^Pt 3 pi., and, with Affs.,
(him) ^nin, M soj, c^/ w.) mpi,
Dn^n2pl. m.;
Partic. H3 s. w. (i.e. PllDft, and with Affs. ^iPl^ft owe
smiting him, *Z$ti one smiting thee/.),
ftM - 299
Imper. /15M 2 s. w. (apocop. *?tn, and with Aff. \3__ me
Ch 2 pi. . (with Affs. 15TI, KSJ1) ;
Fut. M3* 3 s. ?rc., apocop. "7[\
with 1 Convers. fi|1 and W (p. tT}),
with Affs., (to) iS* & !jn^ (once \y 2 S. xiv. 6,,
(for) n|\ (Om *.) roy, p. th|gi [tb for tj,
comp. Note e (iv) on Tab. XXYIII],
(them m.) D3*,
fl^tt 3 s./. or 2 s. w., apocop. *3ft, w. 1 Convers. ^^
ISDfi (Prov. xxiii. 13 & 14) 2 s. m. w. Aff. 8 him,
M5X 1 s., apocop. *!Jtf ,
with 1 Convers. PI3&0 and ^},~
with Affs. (him) |8 & tflSN, (Am w.) n33K
2 S. ii. 22 Pause-form of T133K with the
t : -
Accent Pashta [PD for TT , comp. Note e (iv)
on Tab. XXVII], '*
}3* 3 pl.w., and w. 1 Convers. tt*J.,
with Affs., (him) ffl& $ (her) ft|3J,
(tfoe iw.) Sp3^ (Mem w.) Efi&^r-
H33 1 pl> with 1 Convers. (apocop.) ^I ,
with Affs., (him) ^33 & JrijB, (Mem i.) D3i;
IIoph-Al
Past P13H 3 s. m. (once Pl^H Ps. cii. 5, cp. Pt. I, 14, N.B.),
nrqn 3 s./., W3n 1 s., ^n 3 P i. $
Partic. ?l3ft s. w. (i.e. riSfc), H3 s. /.,
EfcDb pi. w. (i.e. *|&) ;
Fut. J|3* 3 pi. at., }3fi 2 pi. m.
300 Kj-pfo
!TO only in the E<f>. Infin. *[fi7;l3 on thy ceasing , [for '3PI3,
cp. 137 (3) Note (f).' The Dagesh of the \ is
Euphonic].
P1D3 used only in Pi. to tempt, try, adventure, etc.
Pi-el
Infin. JTlDX th&hs and with Affs. tab}, etc. ;
Past HD3 3 s. m. (with H Interrog. PlDifi Deut. iv. 34 &
Job iv. 2),
withAfF. (hirn))ntt,
nnDi3s./.,
t :
IYD3 2 s. m., in WDJ 2 s. m. w. Aff. himBeut. xxxiii. 8,
Wp} 1 s.,
*ID3 3 pi. in *^DJ with Aff. me Ps. xcv. 9,
DH^D^. pi. m.;
Partic. HMD s. m.,
Imper. Di 2 s. m., and with Aff. me ^D3 ;
Fut. HD3* 3 s. m. in Dp}*} w ^ ta 1 Convers. and Aff. ^m w.,
Dp3tf 1 s., and, with Affs.,
' (Aim) &&5H,
(tfte m.) n^D?^ Eccl. ii. 1 [PD for *, comp.
Note (iv) on Tab. XXVIII]. *
fey 3 pi. m.,
ilD^h 2 pi. m. (and, with J, JlMfe).
DD3 used only in if. Partic (1) Dpi s. m., and in Pi. & IT0.
like SID in Tab. XXI.
N3 to fly away used only in N!l Infin. Absol. Kal, Jer. xlviii. 9,
and perhaps in ftfj (Lam. iv. 15),. 3 pi. Past Kah
This would then be for ftJ as h$ 1 S. vi. 10 for
Wfttt'eto. But
v : v
npy-roa , 301
Pl3 (I) is generally given as the Hoot of that Ifip (Lam. iv. 15),
and by some as the Eoot of K3 Jer. xlviii. 9 (the K
being supposed to stand for the Pi).
Pl3 (II) is used in iV<. & H<f>. to strive (Kal once, Jer, iv. 7,
PIJW1 they /. shall be laid waste, E.Y.) [For
J Lam. iv. 15, see under KM and MM (I).]
NlPH-AL
Partic. D^i pi. w. ;
Fut. S3* 3 pi. m. ;
HlPH-lL
infin. nten in intent & sriknaj
Past 1 3 pi.
T} only in D^i sparkling, Kal Partic. pi. m., Ez. i. 7.
Plp3 used in Kal (only once) fo fo clear or unpunished, in
i\T</>. in the same sense, and to be cut off, and in
Pi. to clear, to hold guiltless.
Kal
Infin. Absol. Pip J Jer. xlix. 12.
Niph^ll
Infin. PlpiJPJ Absol. ;
Past Plj5? 3 s. m., PlHp? 3 s. /. (p. :nnj),
Wj 2 s. *., WJ55 1 s. ;
Imper. ^p5Pl2 s./. ;
Fut. TOP 3 s. m Plp3Ft 2 s. w., KgR 2 pi. w.
Pl-EL
Infin. PlW Absol. ;
Past WjM 1 s. ;
302 KW-HM
Imper. npi 2 s. m. (in *Jj9J with Aff. ^__ w<?) ;
Put. pljaP 3 s. t.,
MjlJIJI 2 s. . (in ?in^n with Aff. Vn-*> him,
^n with Aff. *!_. *),
JlMK 1 s. (in S|j53 with Aff. T[ (fee, in Pause).
KJO used in Kal (to bear, lift up, take away, pardon, etc.),
N$. {to be borne, etc.), Pi. {to lift up, exalt, etc.),
H<f>. {to cause to bear, to bring), and H6. (to lift one-
self, exalt oneself).
Kal
Lsfin. fcdfeO & Kfefl Absol., XifcO & Kfett & nKE> Constr.
t t : : :
(fttffe>3, once Kifc^ Ps. lxxxix. 10, n^,~ with
Affs. \Ttifa $ SmfSfo once in^p Job xli. 17, *nKfc>
once H*fe03 Ps. xxviii. 2) ;
Past tf 3 s. w., and, with Affs.,
{him) tafcO, (0m m.) ^Jftfe}*
HKfcO 3 s./., and with Aff. me rMTNfeO,--
nxbi 2 s. . (& nnKto with n)
TTT ' TTT '
with Aff. {me) ^HNbO,
ftXm 2 s./. (in DTfetfefl Mow/ Aori form? to* w.),
wkbo 1 s.,
T T
*KW 3 pi. (p. iWJ), once ^ 'lacking K'
Ez. xxxix. 26, and once (as some say) fcflfeO
Ps. cxxxix. 20,
with Aff. them m. WKfeO,
v t ; *
KM 303
partic (l) ya s. m. % mm & mwi s. /,
ai&bh pi. w. (i.c. ^3>, hM^i & nfe^ pi./. ;
Partic (2) ftflfeft s. m. (i.c. *WJ & NBA, once ^
Ps. xxxii. 1, a form * borrowed ' from a Root
nS, like *bi in Tab. XXIII),
tfK&l pi. m.i T\Xm pi. /. in DJIlfcJM (with
Aff. yowr m.) Is. xlvi. 1 ;
Imper. K& 2 s. m. (once XEO Ps. x. 12, and once HD3
t t : t ;
Ps. iv. 7),
with Aff. him tftt$P,
W2s./.,
&& 2 pi. w., and with Aff. me Vft^j
Fut. NB 3 s. w., and, with Affs.,
T
(him))T\m\ {her) Hf**?* tWfr, (thee mO.^P,
(me) ^K&?\ (fAaw i.) DKB>*,
S * " T N * " T
KB>fi 3 s./. or 2 s. w. , and, with Affs.,
, (him) V\mn } (me) ^Ktffi, (them m.) DXf fi,
Wn2s./,
XW8 1 s., and w. Aff. him KBW,
T V V T V
**bj 3 pi. m.y and, with Affs.,
(Aiiw) VttJB** (Am m.) ^KB* Ps. xci. 12, comp.
Note (7) on Tab. XXYIII,
(them m.) ffiKB* & DKB>\ () KB*,
* f T . . % T * \ T
DJX^n 3 pi./, (and three times PIJBTl) ' lacking K*,
tt*Btt? 2 pi. m. (p. : Wft and ijWfl),
mwn2pi./.,
TV' *
xm 1 pi.
304 fe&3
NlPH-AL
Infin. xfcfUn in Kfeftna and DKE?!HS (w. Aft. for 3 pi. w.),
t t : t : t : r '*
Past $&} 3 s. m. Oikfe) Zech. v. 7. is Partio. s./.) ;
Partic. fctBO s. w.,
MKBO s./. (& T\Xm instead of &}),
Dwi pi. m.,
nix^pi./.;
Imper. Kfcf3n 2 s. w., MfeVl 2 pi. m. ;
- t : t *
Put. Mb9* 3 s. w., XB>3K 1 s.,
" T " T V
**fe?^ 3 pi. m. (p. flKfc&V-* also Wlfeti* once, Jer. x. 5,
n:^n3pi./.,
ftt&lfi 2 pi. m. in Pause for %&}&.
" t x : t
Pl-EL
Past KBO 3 s. m. and KBO 2 S. v. 12,
T * " '
with Aff. te&ft Ae exalted him ;
Partic. d*tffe>Jp pi. #2. ;
Imper. $m 2 s. m. in dKBtt (with Aff. D Mew m.);
Fut. Ktoj 3 s. m. in SftlKf 3J1 and Dtife JTj,
*IKBW 3 pi. 2. in VRMbV (with Aff. Aim) ;
HlPH-lL
Past !)*WP| 3 pi. ;
Hithpa-el
Inftn. HJrW^kbjITO;
Partic. WPJWP s. #a. ;
Put. KB01V 3 s. m. (in Pause, cp. 166 (c)),
KBON? 3 s./. & fe(|ff& Nu. xxiv 7
*IKfeW 3 pi. w. Dan. xi. 14,
fcdwnfc 2 P i. w.
.... *
fWrt&l 305
fcti/3 (I) used only * in iV<. (to be deceived), and H<f>. (to deceive).
NlPH-AL
Past Wi 3 pi.;
HlPH-lL
Infin. K&TI Absol. ;
Past *WP| 3 s. m., and, with Affs.,
(thee m.) jTrN^P! Obad. v. 3 Pause-form not
in Pause for ^X^'n,
(we) ^X^'H Gen. iii. 13,
nwh 2 s. .,
T
fcWJTl 3 pi. (in ^IfrWH, with Aff. *te m.);
Fut. WW 3 s. w. (& XW Is. xxxvi. 14), and
with Aff. thee m. ^KB>\
IlK^ 3 pi. m., W(S>fi 2 pi. m.
N0 (II) used only in Kal (to be a creditor) & H$. (to act as a
creditor).
Kal
Partic. K$3 s. m., d^K^ pi. m. Neh. v. 7 which might
however be given under HKO (II), as the X here is
1 superfluous ' ;
HlPH-lL
Fut. WW 3 s. m. (WW Kri Ps. lv. 16).
H0 (I) used only in Kal (to for get) , P2. (to make to forget), and
iT</>. (to cause to forget), also (to put out of mind, and
so forget intentionally) .
Kal
Infin. tfKO Absol. (borrowed from Eoot W$} in form) ;
For KbO Kal Infin. Absol. see Xtihi
306 fflM
Past WBfo 1 s. ;
T
NlPH-AL
Fut. n#HJ5J 2 s. in. in ^^H fc& (Mom Ag# no* be for-
V T * " T
grotfot of 3fe, Is. xliv. 21) ;
Pi-l
Past HBO 3 s. m. in *3KJ with Aff. we, Gen. xli. 51,
the } to suit perhaps the 3 in PlES^D there. The
riOTft is strictly the Pi. Partic. s. *t. of rttft,
HlPH-lL
Past HBTI 3 s. m. in fi&T! (with Aff. ft for, Job xxxix. 17) ;
Partic. Pl&^jb only used as a Noun (in the Constr. form
Hgfo, Deut. xv. 2);
Fut. n^ 3 s. w.,
*$ft 2 s. /. Deut. xxxii. 18, borrowed in form from
a non-existing Root PUIS?, perhaps for*P!$Jn, as
some think. Some take the word to be Kal. Fut.
2 s./.
n$3 (II) used only in Kal (to be a creditor), and Hj>. [to lend,
to act as a creditor),
Kal
Past W&ft 1 s '> ^? 3 P L
Partic. T\&) s. m. (or Wfa),
D*M pi. *. and tftffa in ^36 Is. L 1 (from or
of My creditors);
HlPH-lL
Fut. n^ s 3 s. m., H^n 2 s. m.
,, .. v -
[For the Irregular JI"ti, see Note (B) on Tab. XIX [p.xxvi].
KID 307
KID A Root imagined by some (and KND by otters) for the
word JlXDtf DJ3 Is. xxvii. 8. There is, however, the
t : " :
undoubted Hebrew Root HttD, from which the word
has long been taken and is still taken by many.
Thus, for instance, R. D. Kimkhi says that
(1) "possibly it is a Noun, in place of HKD, and in it
the 1 st and 2 d Rt-letters are repeated, and the Pi at
the end is the 3 d Rt-letter" (and as an example of
the repetition of the 1 st and, 2 d Rt-letters he cites
W&& in Ps. xlv. 3) ;
t T : T
(2) that " moreover, one might say that it is an Infinitive
of an Intensive Yoice, and that the 1 st Rt-letter
only is repeated, as in the word tW^T from ft IT,
the first K being the 2 d Rt-letter and the second K
in the place of the 3 d Rt-letter, and the form of
the word therefore Pl?tfS!U >"
t : ; - :
[Obs. (i) The Dagesh in the D of MXpKM brings the word
into more full agreement with the form in (2), by
virtually supplying the Quiescent Shva [implied by
the Dagesh, Pt. I, 53, Note (f)] for the close of
the syllable after ( ), rather than PlNDNDS.
(ii) The termination being an unusual one for an Infinitive
of a Yerb fl / with pref. 3, we prefer R. D. K.'s
first-mentioned opinion, viz. that the word may be a
Noun of reduplicated form.
(iii) Some think that the word is produced by actual
repetition of the Noun PlXD. So Gesenius says
(Thesaurus, p. 932. a) that it is "contracted from
308 KID
n^D'H^DS," which ne supposes to mean " ad
mensuram, i.e. modice" But the sense "moderately"
is rather questionable. And Dr. Ewald, in Note (2)
on p. 182 of his Ausfuhrliches Lehrbuch der Hebr.
Sprache, has a remark on "die ganz verkehrte
ableitung von HND PlXD mass mass." And Fiirst
on p. 750 of the Concordance writes the words
"ejus modi forma composita abhorret a linguae
hebraicse legibus." It is scarcely necessary to warn
the Student against the mistake of supposing that
either the Targum or It. D. Kimkhi or Aben Ezra
or Bashi make any such statement (at least de-
finitely) respecting the form of the word. The
technical term PlVlD "reduplicated" does not
necessarily signify the bodily repetition of a word.
And we see no need for imagining a new Hebrew
Boot (whether fcOD or KXD), from which the word
in Is. xxvii. 8 may be a 7^73 or a J^^3 form
(Infin. w. pref. 2 and An , her, as some say) in the
sense of "agitating" as some suppose, or "frightening
her" as others fancy, or "her expulsion" or "her
foul-dealing" as others imagine. The reduplicated
form from JlXD may fairly stand in some such a
sense as we might express by " in measured-measure "
or "careful measure" or "due measure" But we
may not dwell any longer on this now. A Com-
mentary on the passage would be out of place in
this mere List of Verb-forms.]
ntt-mj? 309
In the following Roots the 2 d Rt- letter 1 is Consonantal, and
the forms correspond therefore with those in Tab. XXIII :
ilty used in K. (to be perverse), i\T<. (to be perverted or perverse,
also to be distorted with pain), Pi. (to pervert, turn,
make crooked), and (H<j>> to make perverse, pervert, act
perversely).
Kal
Past nrm? 3 s./., WW 1 pi. ;
ElPH-AL
Past Wgfl 1 s.,
Partic. Pljfttt s. m. found only in the Constr. form fl)M ;
Pl-^L
Past Ti)V 3 s. m. ;
Hiph.
Infin. T\)yr\ Absol., [rflBPI Constr.] in frftgft$ w. pref. 3
and Aff. his,
Past nWH 3 s. m., WWPI 1 s VW71 3 pi., sOWPl 1 pi.
t : v v: v v: v * M %: v x
i"fi used only in Pi. (to command) and Pu. (to to be commanded).
, Pl-EL
Infin. Jlh^ in inhtf w. Aff. 3 s. m., and w. prefs. tVNfo
rfi&, andin-to;
Past Pft 3 s. m., and, with Affs.,
(him) %tt, (thee m.) ^, in Pause tljjf
(me) W f in Pause j^Jtf,
(^em w.) M?, () *3$,
nWV 3 s./., and with Aff. her TW&r~
mi 2 s. w. & nn^v> and > witn Affs.,
(me) W$ in Pause, () tim*,
?JV 1 s. (& WW), and, with Affs.,
(them in.) DWtf 4BI?,r-
310 nnp-rox
Partic. Pl-ltfJb s. m. (i.e. PI), w. Aff. thee m. VWp, and
in Pause H & tT|_ ,
t| iv | jv *
t - :
Imper. H5V 2 s. w., apocop. IX ^ $ 2 pi. ?w. ?
Fut. Jl^ 3 s. m. (apocop. W, with 1 Con vers. Wj and
twice pffljft, which is also JTrl for VW1 lE$te in
2 K xvi. 15), and, with Affs.,
(him) tfttJF, (A0 m.) ^, (Man i.) B^ f
(tw) *}, '
fffifp 3 s. /. or 2 s. m., and, with Affs.,
VlJXFfi (and she commanded him) with ) Oonvers.,
&$fi #0 w. *Aa# command him,
fW$& 1 s., apocop. tiki with 1 Convers. rVfiftfl and
v - -: - -: V - -; t
once IXtf *! , and, with Affs.,
(Mm) aN, (ttee m.)^*? and inPause H_. & ft
W 3 pi. m.,
ffifJ*! 2 pi. w. in *MP) y<? *fy# command me and
D^H ye * hoM command them m. ;
Pu-al
Past |tK'3 a. m., MX 2 s. w., WW 1 *.j
Fut. itfiP 3 s. m.
v \ :
JTlp only used in K. (of the teeth) to le dull, Hunt, " on edge"
E.Y., and Pi. to be very blunt (Eccles. x. 10).
Kal
Fut. TW7\pT\ 3 pi. /.;
t v|: *
Pl-EL
Past PHD 3 s. m. Eccles. x. 10.
nip-aip 311
Kip used only in K. & H<f>. to spew, speiv out,
Kal
Partic (1) HNp s. /. Lev. xviii. 28. [The Accent being
on the last syllable, this word is properly s.f. Partic.
like HX!l 1 S. xxv. 19 (as E. D. Kimkhi says)
AT T
the s. /. Partic (1) K. of tfD. The rendering in
Lev. xviii. 28 should, in accordance with this, be
" as the land is spewing out . . . ." The word has
however been supposed to be a Past-Tense form.]
Imper. Vp 2 pi. m. "borrowed" in form from an unused
Eoot ftp;
Hiph.
Past infc DPlI 2 s. m. with 1 pref. and Aff. it m. ;
Fut. fc$W 3 s. m., with 1 Con vers. Kp*1., and
with Aff. it m. tiKp?1,
N\pfi 3 s. /. or 2 s. m., with 1 Convers. Npftl
Lev. xviii. 25, and
with Aff. it/, n-i^pn.
t v | :
nip (I.) used only in N<f>. to be gathered or gathered together
(E.V.), and
nip (II.) used in K. (only in Partic. 1) to wait or wait for, and PL
to wait or wait for with an Intensity of signification.
Kal (of II.)
Partic (1) D^lp pi. m. in *)p Constr. form "waiters of"=
" those waiting for," and
with Affs. his, 11p7 (with pref. 7, Lam. iii. 25),
thy m. Tip, my *ta (in Pause, for s 1p)
Is. xlix. 23.
Y
312 rrn-nip
Ntph. (ofl.)
Past WM 3 pi. Jer. iii. 17 ;
Fut. Xig[ 3 pi. m. Gen. i. 9.
Pi-el (of II.)
Infin. H-ip & Pttp Absol. ;
Past nrfl j? 3 s./.,
Wp 1 s., w. Aff. *<?* m. ^n^5, id Wj3 in
Is. viii. 17.
Bj3 3 pi.,
Wfi 1 pi., w. Affs., (him) Tft*$, (thee m.) Sp3^5 ;
Imper. njlp 2 s. m. ;
Fut. /"ftp 1 ' 3 s. w. apocop. )p\ and with 1 Convers W1 ;
HJpK 1 s., njjXtt with 1, and fiptt with 1 Convers.,
J3J 3 pi. m., r*^J 1 pi.
JlVl used in JT. (to fo satisfied with, to be saturated with), Pi. (to
satisfy, satisfy with, saturate), and JZi/>. (to make
satisfied or saturated, to give plenteously).
Kal
Past Wh 3s./;
t : t
Fut. pn; 3 pi. m., fiTti 1 pi.
Pl-EL
Past nn^ 3 s./., WT) 1 s. ;
t : ....
Imper. H^ 2 s. m. ;
Fut. ^VnK 1 s. Fut. w. Aff. theef. (Irregular),
Tp'V 3 pi. m. w. Aff. thee m,
Hiph.
Past HIT! 3 s. m., w. Aff. me ^THI,
t : - :
nTTI 2 s. m, in WTtJ w. Aff. me, in Pause for 0_ f
Wn-lls.;
Partic. n^tt s. m.
ron-ro# m
Tt0 used in K. (to be equal, etc ), Pi. (to set, to level, etc.),
Bcf). (to make equal), and NO. (to be alike), a ' Com-
pound' or 'Mixed* Voice.
Kal
Past TW 3 s. m. ;
T T
Partic(1)!W;
Fut. rWfl 2 s. m.,
mm 1 s.,
W\ 3 pi. m.
P?-l
Past TW0 3 s. m., W# 1 s ;
T * ...
Partic. ?\)Wti s. m. ;
Fut. n^ 3 s. m., rftBfcl 2 s. m.
[Pu-al given by some for Hlt^H Kthlv Job xxx. 22, where
the Noun H 1 ^ is Erf]
HlPH.
Fut. T\)m 1 s., Wft 2 pi. m. ;
NlTHPA-^L
Past n'lftfcJO 3 s., which is in form partly N(j>. and
partly HO*
n*lJl used in Pi. (to mark or make marks, also to mark out bounds
and so SO., in a borrowed form, as is supposed),
and H<j>. to make a mark, also to limit) .
Pl-EL
Fut. MV 3 s. m. apocop. in UV1 1 S. xxi. 14 [for TWfy
^INfitt 2 pi. w. Nu. xxxiv. 7 & 8, 'borrowed* in form
from Pltf H ;
* For the transposition of the D of rjri with the 1 st Rt-Jetter K>, see 'Note' on
page 315. \
314 mn
HlPH.
Past fl W 2 s. m
il'inn 3 pi., Ps. lxxviii. 41, this lias been supposed
to have the sense " they made to grieve, abhor, or
repent," which however is rather doubtful ;
HlTHPA-^L
Past drVWH 2 pi. m., Nu. xxxiv. 10, 'borrowed' in
form from Hltf .
315
!NoTEr
(I .) The Transposition of the H of the Prefix fin (of Sithpd-el)
and the l sx Et-letter in some instances.
(a) When the 1 st Et-letter is (1) # for (2) fc>, or (3) D , or (4) ,
the ft of the ftH in Hithpd-il forms changes places
with that 1 st Et-letter ; and,
(J3) Moreover, when [a (4)] the 1 st Et-letter is , the ft of
ftp) is replaced by tD .
As examples of the above, we may give the following forms :
(1) From ^,_^ri^n, [^r^], ^w'fi,
Fromnn^t^nmmn rnnn^n wnw'n etc,
n^nn^P, [^X 1$*$%, ^*f$,
njryne* (apocop.^inn^, p. arjWBfy, etc.;
(2) From W_p3ft(pr!], ^fc^ [^|?f!, etc.] ;
(3) From ^ftD,_nftftDH], "inriDp, E1BRD3, and
nnriDn(i66,c) ;
(4) From pn,_[p^n,p^t^], :p^V?[ G ' en - xliv - 16
( 166, e)l
and so, from TO formally, J _^TbVl [Josh. ix. 12
(Past 1 pi.)],
and, from Ttf formalIy,_W&?*1 [Josh. ix. 4,
Fut. 3 pi. m., w. 1 Convers. / 166 c)].
* With one exception, see 246.
t From this Root the forms are given also at the foot of Tab. XXIII, in
Notes t to IT.
X We say ' formally,' because the word here belongs in form to the Root T.
N.B. The * is here Consonantal.
316 NOTE.
(II.) The Dropping of the H of the Prefix ftPl (of Hithpti-el),
and the Insertion of Dagesh F. in the 1 st Et-letter,
in some instances.
(a) When the 1 st Et-letter is (1)1, or (2) fi>, or (3)fi, the
H of the fin in Hithpd-el forms is dropped, and
Dagesh F. is put in the 1 st Et-letter to stand for an
implied * letter instead of the T) ; thus,
(1) From W^DWft Tft?, [n?T, etc ], -
(2) From in&,_[Titeni ^ntsn pi. irrm
[Nu. viii. 7 ( 166, rf)], tftTBTI, TH^
HTBH (Imper.), and fTl^l (Fut. w. 1 Convers.);
(3) From Dlbfi,-[DJ?rin, D&nJS, fifclV], and
tDftfifi [Ps. xviii. 26 & 2 S. xxii. 26 ( 166, c)].
(/3) Also the T\ of the prefix T\T) (of Hithpa-el) is dropped,
and Dagesh F. is inserted in the 1 st Et-letter to stand
for an implied letter instead of the T\, sometimes when
the l Bt Et-letter is (1) ?,f (2) D, (3) }, and (4) #;
(1) From POT, once )$fi) Imper. Hd. 2 pi. m.
[Is. i. 16] ;
* In the case of (3), i.e. when the 1 st Et-letter is D , such a form as DftflH (instead
of D$rinn) is in accordance with the general statement of Pt. I, 55 (12). The
occurrence of this form in the case of (1) & (2) may be taken as some evidence of
the likeness in sound of the letters 1, & D, and Fl, in old times.
N.B. This being only c sometimes' so in (#) points to some difference between the
cases of (a) & (), a partial likeness in the sound (it may be), but also an unlikeness
which may not be disregarded.
t Once, Is. i. 16. N.B. In the ' Chaldee,' as it is called, we find 1 (instead of
the n), and transposition of this and the 1 st Et-letter T ; thus 'W| (Dan. ii. 9, Kri),
instead of TflH, comp. the Targum (Onk.) of Lev. xxv. 23, 34, 42, etc.
NOTE. 317
(2) () From HM, once MEdF) Fut. HO. 3 s. /.
[Prov. xxvi. 26],
N.B. The D stands in the following forms from this Eoot HDD , viz.
Partic. nD3np s. m., D^DSHD pi. m.,
Fut. D3JV 3 s. w. & D3HP1 3 s. /. Pause-form
(apocop.forHD3r^& flprjfl), &-1D3^3pl. .,
(4) and so, from J13 (comp Tab. XX), |^3?|
Fut. m 3 s. /. [Nu. xxi. 27], and the
Pause-forms ^iStt 2 s. /. [Is. liv. 14], &
tiitojBpl. m. T [Ps. lix. 5],
N.B. the n stowcfe in ]y\5T)\ 3 s. a. Pause-form [Prov. xxiv. 3].
(3) () From K33,._ % ftK5ari ^6>. Past 1 s. [Ez. xxxvii. 10]
and 5lX!tin Past 3 pi. [Jer. xxiii. 13],
N.B. the 71 stands in the following forms from this Eoot &OJ , viz.
rri23^n H0. Infin. [I S. x. 13] and JVa^n Past 2 s. m.
[1 S. x. 6] hoth of which are ' borrowed' in form
from an unused Root i"D,5,
33ip Partic. s. tn. t DH^JJIJ pi. *., niX|50P pL/i
and
KJJJJ* Fut. 3 s. at., -1X539* 3 pi. m.>
(h) and so, from Dm,_Wl;)n H6. Past 1 s.
Pause-form [Ez. v. 13],
N.B. the n stands in the following forms from this Root DJ13 , viz.
Dnjnr6 Infin., Dmnp Partic. s. m., and Dmn| 3 s. m.
Fut., & Dmn 1 s. Fut. (Pause-forms),
(c) and so, from KbO,_K^n S6. Fut. 3 s. /.
[Nu. xxiv. 7] and ftC^S) Fut. 3 pi. w.
[Dan. xi. 14] ;
N.B. the n stands in the following forms from this Root Kfcfl , rez.
Kg>3flCt Infin., KB>3fl> Partic. s. w., N^3fl! Fut. 3 a.m.
(Pause-form), K&jnfl Fut. 3 s. /., WB^JJJ-l Fut.
2 pi. m.
318 NOTE.
(4) And so, from D^ [comp. Tab. XXI], once
GWn Hd. Fut. 2 s. m. [Eccles. vii. 16],
N.B. tlie D stands in the following forms from this Root UDW t viz.
Uti\nV\ Fut. 3 s. m. and D^DI^K Fut. 1 s.
Note. So, from UD (comp. Tab. XX], some
give DftilK [Is. xxxiii. 10] as H6.
Fut. 1 s. Pause-form, (instead of
DtfnriX), but it may also be a 'Mixed '
N<f>. and Pu. form, Fut. 1 s. ;
KB. the n stands in DhJV Ed. Fut. 3 s. m.
(7) The H is also dropped in some ' Mixed Voice ' forms ; thus,
(1) From ^VJTgJ * Mixed' iV$. & E9. Past 3 pi.
[Ez. xxiii. 48],
(2) From DM, D2GPI ' Mixed' Hoph. & E6. Infin.
[Lev. xiii. 55 & 56],
(3) From Bp^Tjfl) ' Mixed' iV#. & JSTA Past 3 s. w.
[Deut. xxi. 8],
N.B. the n stands in "tgg^ EB. Fut. 3 s. .,
(4) From J"RJ , f8J&? ' Mixed ' 7/0. & PiJL. Partic. s. *t.
[Is. Hi. 5].
FURTHER REMARKS ON VERB-FORMS. 319
[The 'Note' just given on pages 315-318 is a fuller statement
of a matter which, has been already mentioned briefly see
Note (%*) on p. xv of the Tables. It was necessary to give to
the matter this more full treatment, and to bring it thus more
prominently before the Student's attention.
There are also several other 'Verb-forms' on which a few
remarks will be at least useful to the Student in his Bible-
reading. Such we will now give in the following (Yth) Section
of this Appendix.]
(V). Further Remarks on Verb-forms. ' -
Certain Infinitive Forms.
Infinitive Absolute.
(1) The Infin. Absol. Kal has mostly the form ?ty or 7^3.
The ^5?Q form, as TH21* GK xxvi. 13, is comparatively rare. Of
this latter form we have (with ) prefixed) 7gfl Ex. xii. 9
(before the Pu-al Partic. A?3fi, the two words together f
expressing the "or sodden at all" of the E.V.).
[Note. The word ITjMs Hos. x. 4, is supposed by some to be
the Infin. Absol. (corresponding to the Infin. Absol. ffD just
before it). If so, it is short for ITTMt Such shortening takes
place sometimes in the Infin. Constr., See Tab. XVI (3) (B) ;
but it is rare in the Infin. Absolute. Also this word mfl, in
- T
Hos. x. 4, may very well be the Past 3 s. m. with ) prefixed
signifying " and it shall flourish or groiv""]
Camp, 137 (1, b). t Comp. p. 78, (0) [Note (*) N.B. (2)].
320 further remarks on verb-forms.
Infinitive Construct.
(2) (a) The Infinitive Construct Kal has the ( )-form
7^3 or 7J?3 much more frequently than the ( )-form
7^3 (as H$ mentioned in Note (*) on p. 79) . But this
7^3 form, though less common than the other, must
not be lost sight of. [For tifovb see 169 ifi) &
167 (ii).
(/3) The ( )-form of Infin. Constr., with fl at the end
[as in 137 (4, iii)], would in Pause be :PlStf3. And
(7) The ( )-form of Infin. Constr., with Pi at the end
[as in 137 (4, iii)], would in Pause be JPHl^.
Hence, bearing in mind that
($) Pause-forms are not limited to places of Pause, but occur
sometimes with Accents other than Pause- Accents [see
167 (ii) and the examples there given], we see that
(e) PltO^'S and PTlin, inls. xxxii. 11, and so also ?]]$! (ib.\
- ' T : . T " TT :
may so far as form is concerned be Infinitive 'Pause-
forms not in Pause ' ; the former two words like Pi /J?3
in (/?), and the latter one (HEft) like PDtfS in (7).
For the sense in which if so they would stand see
'Note* after (97) below.
() These three words, of Is. xxxii. 11, are however taken
by some to be Imper. K, 2 s. m. with PI at the end.
They must, then also, be 'Pause-forms not in Pause* ;
and we should have the somewhat awkward* construc-
* It seems to us rather awkward to have to say " Shudder -thou (m.), ye (/.)-
confident-ones" for ninpb nTJ"!. The reference is to the "confident daughters"
n'np'2 JYI33 of v. 9, to whom the Feminine Verb rttTJpfi is applied in v. 10.
There is an idiom to which advocates of such a Construction might appeal in support
FURTHER REMARKS ON VERB-FORMS. 321
tion of Singular Masculine forms referring to those
who are addressed as Plural Feminine.
But the three words need not be Imper. 2 s. m. at all.
They may be Infinitive forms,* as seen above.
(77) Similarly the word mjjt (it>.) ma y De Infin. Kal of
*Hjf [like iD in Tab. XXI] with H at the end.
[Note. The Infinitive Construct is often used as a Verbal
Noun. Thus the three words in (e) may stand
for !"lfth "shuddering," Ttid&& "stripping,"
T]*)'yn "girding on"; and so ITW in (rj) for
" baring." The rendering would then be of the
form " [there shall be] shuddering, etc."
(6) Infinitives with 2 d B/t- letter tf or PI or T\ or JJ.
When the 2 d Et-letter is either tf or H or H or JJ, the
Infin. K. with the H of 137 (4, iii), as also
the Infin. with Pron.-Affs., has
(i.) Sometimes under that 2 d Rt-letter, with 6 under
the 1 st Et-letter, as in
"$rh K - Infin - w - ^ pref - fr - ? m ( p n i^ w - n ~'
TEl K. Infin. w. Aff. my, fr. TQ,
V t: t
ODKft & DDDKfc i K. Infin. w. Affs. their Cm.) &
v.t t: t vv : t t
your (m.) fr. DKD, and
of it. But as we think that the Construction is inadmissible here, at least, we need
not dwell longer on it. Moreover we cannot venture to argue that HT 3*1 etc. may be
Sing. m. because ^Ttfjl (in Is. xxxii. 11) is Plu. m. This last word -mn may be
said to refer to the Masculine form D^3, with which "li^Nt^ agrees in Gender.
* Some prefer to consider them as Imper. K. 2 pi./. flTT) for PUT J") the Pause-
form of roTri, and rnpfeto for nj^fcfy rniq for njliq. TT
f If this be taken [as in Note (*)] to be 2 pi./. Imper. if., it must be for Jl3"lV
a form of 2 pi. /. Imper. corresponding to the 3 & 2 pi./. Put. form npDJp given
in Note (5) on Tab. XXI.
X The . is replaced by the Slight-vowel o before the D with Moving Shva.
322 FURTHER REMARKS ON VERB-FORMS.
thyzb K- Infill, w.h pref. and Aff. their m., fr. Sj?,
[comp. Tab. XV (i)] ;
(ii.) Sometimes under the 2 d Rt-letter, with under
the 1 st Rt-letter, as in
rmtf 1 ? K. Infin. w. h pref. fr. HHK OT\i&) with
H-, and so PlftW K. Infin. fr. &W with H-,*
*bvp K. Infin. w. Aff. his fr. SjfiS, etc. ; and
(iii.) Sometimes the 2 d Rt-letter has Quiescent -r, as in
n^n^S JT. Infin. w.h pref. fr. pi (fpn 1 ?) w. D-,
toVI ". Infin. w. Aff. his fr. t]Jft,
^fjw|t JT. Infin. w. 3 pref. & Aff. thy m. fr. njft,
etc.
(t) As a rare form of Infin. Constr. K. we may mention
here rfejij (JSTu. xiv. 16, Dt. ix. 28) fr. *; and so
ftfcty (Gen. viii. 7) fr. |fo*.
Note (i.) |*ptf!3 (Esth. viii. 6) is by some given as
an Infin. Constr. R. with 3 pref. and
J added, and by others as a Noun ' i.e.'
(and this we think it certainly is),
(ii.) ^VTT? (Ezra x. 16) is an anomalous form
for the usual B^TlS. -
* As the Pause-form of such an 'Infin. with H ' some give TOW? Is. vii. 11
[from an imaginary Infin. ?fcj&J, after the form of 33K? in Note (*) on p. 79.]
But this word !"l?Nfc? is properly the Pause-form of the Imper. K. 2 s. m. (?KK>)
with H , and there is no reason why it should not he so in Is. vii. 11. There are
several other instances of two Imperatives together where we want an Infin. in
English for the second Verb. Some prefer to read rb'$$ to agree with the efe $8r]j/
given hy Aquila, Symmachus, and Theodotion.
f This is the correct form in Ju. v. 4 and Ps. lxviii. 8. Some Bibles have an
incorrect form in Ju. v. 4.
FURTHER REMARKS ON VERB-FORMS. 323
(iii.) tmb (Eccl. iii. 18) is K. Infin. w. h pref.
and ML them (m.), fr. YD. The Infin.
form without the prefix and. affix would
be 13, like Yl fr. YT1 and like *J0
fr. *p$ which are given in Note (1, o)
on Tab. XXI.
(k) The ending ft (instead of the ending H for
the Infin. w. PI) is mentioned in 'Appendix (A) to
Tab. XIV (V, 8)*- ^?$?| Ez. xvi. 52 being
from mt [for Plj?TO> K** Infin. w. Pi] with pref. 3,
and Aft % (/.).
That ending is found in H T?Pl Gen. xl. 20 & Ez. xvi. 5,
which is Hoph. Infin. of T?* (instead of PTIPH, w. Pi),
comp. 202, for which we find fYTj^Pl in Ez. xvi. 4,
with !j for JBK&ftwfo as in Pt. I, 14 (KB.).
Note (i.) This (fl )-form is the ordinary form
of the Kal Infinitive Constr. in the case
of Yerbs *> and Yerbs 3 &, when the
l 8t Et-letter is dropped, -see Tabs. XYIII
&XIX.
(ii.) Also the (Pi )-form PlYl occurs in THlft
[Gen. xlvi. 3] K. Infin. w. pref. jb & w. Pi ,
fr. YP> -instead of the ordinary form PH"") .
(iii.) "We find also PJ1H (with -tt) Is. xi. 9 Infinitive
K. fr. JTV with PI, as in P^lS (with pref. h)
Ex. ii. 4.
(iv.) The Infin. Constr. forms ending in fii ,
as ni?H , etc., in Tab. XXIII, are perhaps
contracted, as some have supposed, from
the (H )-form in (t) above.
324 SOME PAST-TENSE FORMS (3) (a) & f/3).
(v.) ronnD cjth for hrrtib Kthw) 2 s. xiv. 11
is H(j>. Infin. Constr. fr. Hll, correspond-
ing to the Infin. Absol. FlSTl [Gen. iii. 16
& xvi. 10 & xxii. 17] which is given in
Column (V) of Tab. XXIII by the side of
the ordinary form ending in Pi,
(vi.) The irregular form WHl^PD 2 K. v. 18
has * introduced in a somewhat Aramaean
manner. It is an Infinitive [JTinWH],
from the Hithpa-el of T\T\Z* f with H pref.
and Aff. my.
Some Past-Tense Forms.
(3) (a) As has already been said [ 138 (A), ii], the of the
7^3 form of Past Kal occurs in the 3 s. m. and in
the PAUSE-forms of the 3 s. /. & 3 pi. ; but
N.B. Ordinarily the Second & First Person-forms
Singular and Plural, of the Past K. 7JJ3, have
to the 2 d Et-letter as in the 7l? forms in
- T
Tab. XIV, viz. flm Wp3 t etc.
t :|-t> :|-t>
t/3) In the case of a few Roots however we find instead
of under the 2 d Rt-letter in such Past K. forms ;
thus in DRBh*1 (Deut. iv. 1, etc.) the K. Past 2 pi. m.
with ) pref., and so in PIWT1 and DttH*1 given in
Obs. XLII on p. 209 ; see also the forms fr. T?* and
fr. hm in Note (0) on Tab. XXY.
Note. It. D. Kimkhi cites also ftWS) Mai. iii. 20,
which word we mentioned above in 238 (ii).
SOME PAST-TENSE FORMS. 325
(7) Very rarely the 2 d Rt-letter has in such a form, as
in DJf/?N> (2 pi. m. Past K.) 1 S. xii. 13 & xxv. 5,
and Job xxi. 29.
[(S) As we remarked in 238 (ii), the and in such
forms as those referred to in (/3) & (7) may have been
obtained from the of the 7!?S form of the Past K.
" T
So some think. And we may add (as before, in 238, ii)
that so this and would be in analogy with the
(0) of titby & \thy the 2 pi. m. & /. Past K. of
the 7J73 form, Tab. XV, as also with the 6 of
Obs. XLII, Note (iii). But we may not omit to
remark also that
(e) Euphony may be said to have had some concern with
the and the in those instances. Also that
(f) If we may say that ' in the forms from T?* in Note (/3)
on Tab. XXV the of the h is a mark of the Stt3
T
form of Past K., 9 we must also admit that it is the
only trace of such a form from this Root. But
although we fully admit that there is no actual 7^3
form from this Root throughout the Bible, but only
7y*D forms, yet we cannot but admit also that possibly
it may be a trace (though the only trace) of such a
form from this Root.]
(rj) We find also , in the place of the more usual ~,
some few times in the Hcf). Past ; thus in
^fiW'n 1 S. i. 28 (H$. Past 1 s., fr. htitf, with
Aff. him),
326 SOME PARTICIPLE FORMS (4).
and in the following forms from rflft, viz,
&^?l! & |$?PI G 5 ^ Past 2 P 1 - m - & /0
WWti 1 S. xvii. 35 (H<f>. Past 1 s. with Aff. Mm),
the * before the ft being as in Pt. I, 12, N.B.,
n % wbr?l Hos - il 5 (ffi^ Past 1 s - with Aff - **)
N.B. But the only form of the 1 s. Past H$. (with-
out an Affix) from HID is ^fiftH with the .
(0) So also in the HO. Past forms W^nni 9^999)
Ez. xxxviii. 23, DJ^DDi?! Lev. xi. 44 & xx. 7, the
2 d Rt-letter has in the place of the more usual .
Note. We have some remarks to offer on the Verb-
forms, with special reference to those in (/3) (0).
But such remarks would be out of place here.
We will but observe that
(i.) The (and the ) of the above-mentioned
forms, in the place of the usual , occur in
unaccented syllables;
(ii.) In (77) the map have a relation to the * of
the 7^311 form ; and
(iii.) In (0) the may have a relation to the of
the SySnn form.
Certain Participle Forms.
(4) Two forms of the Partic (1) Kal are given in Tab. XIY,
viz. the 7^3 form and the 7J7& form. There is also the
7^3 form of Participle mentioned in 'Appendix B to
Tab. XIY' [8 (iii)].
The 7J73 and 7$S forms of Participles differ from the
yQh form in this remarkable particular that
SOME PARTICIPLE FORMS. 327
(a) Whereas in the Sing. /. and the Plu. m. & /. of the Ttih
form the vowel of the l 8t Rt-letter is retained, and the
vowel of the 2 d Rt-letter is dropped thus we have [p. 83]
-,rfhjpfe pi. /. ,DHf?b pi. m. ,&n$a or) nn^b s./. ,npb s. m
(ft) Contrariwise, Participles of the 7J?3 and 7$?3 forms drop
the vowel of the 1 st Rt-letter and retain the vowel of the
2 d Rt-letter in the Sing./, and the Plu. m. &/.; thus
(i.) The yifB forms are [read from right to left]
-:niVya pi./. ;js%6 pi. m. ; n^a s./ }j$% s. m .
(ii.) The 7V3 forms are [read from right to left]
-jni^ys pi./. ,a%i pi. *. ,nSys s./. ^e s. m .
(7) (i.) 'In Construction ' the s. m. form Hpb [in (a)~\
remains unchanged.* Also the s. /. form JYTD3
and the pi. /. JrnpS, remain unchanged in Con-
struction,
(ii.) The Constr. form of THph s./. is JYTpb,
(iii.) The Constr. form of D^TpB pi. m. is Hpb.
(h) So the 7j?3 forms in ft (i) are 'in Construction'
trrt^a pi./. ,<f$j pi. m. ,1^ s./. ,Sys s. *
(e) But the 7^3 forms in ft (ii) are 'in Construction* some-
what various, as follows :
(i.) (a) The Constr. form of the Sing. m. is 7^3 (as in
n?3 fr. n?5, bin fr. ygj. npn fr. npri,
^"W fr. !m JD^ fr. Mb),
(i) We find also -^K fr. hlX, in DK-^XJD
Ps. xxxv. 14. But
* "With the rare exception of in place of the -77- thus *13*tf D. xxxii. 28
perishing of (or 'void of *) the K. Partic (1) 'i.e.' fr. 13K.
328 SOME PARTICIPLE FORMS.
(c) N.B. The Sing. m. Participle of TtfiS form from
Verbs K 7 retains the \ in Construction/ as
in ttCfe fr. Kfcb, NT fr. fcTT tfSfc fr. *6& etc.
... .. T i ... .. T , ... .. T ,
(ii.) The Sing. fern. Constr. form )"fa?3, and the Plu.
masc. Constr. form vj?3, are sometimes shortened
by the removal of their penultimate vowel, in
accordance with 5G (i).
Thus we have not only the forms
() riXDtO (fr. HK&tf)) s./., and ^Q | * ^^
(from D^SK, D^&ll, #$?&?) plu. ft.,
but also such shortened forms as
*) m? (fr. nanp s. /., and ^ *# HM,
*$#, *#f?, '$? ( fr -^V^, W DH5|,
BjQj; Dn^fp, D*ffi|?) pi. m.
(f) (i.) Earely the 7$?b form of Participle has * Quiescent
(a) after -^ thus l^fa (fr. MD) in ^5&Pl 2 K. viii. 21
the-one-compassing, (b) after thus ^pift (fr. *V2T\)
Ps. xvi. 5 One-supporting which some however will
not allow to be a Participle, but which they suppose
to be Fut. H(f>. 2 s. m. fr. an imaginary Boot *"]* .
(ii.) Also rarely with Defective Long-khirik instead of
thus t|DV (fr. t|D*) in tpV |#l Is. xxix. 14 &xxxviii. 5
behold I am adding,
(iii.) Not to be confused herewith is such a as that in
Tjn^ (fr. 2liH, r. y) Ex. xxiii. 4 & 2 S. iv. 8, thy
enemy ( 140, ), and TjSDtf (fr. S|Dfc, r. *|DX)
2 K. xxii. 20 & 2 Chr. xxxiv. 28* One talcing thee
away. Such a -7- as these is merely a 'Slight '-vowel
* ^p'K, as in 1 S. xv. 6, Mf. Fut. 1 s. (fr. t\D*<). Pt. I. $ 44.
SOME PARTICIPLE FORMS. 329
(in place of the Moving Shva which the 2 d Rt-letter
has in fejfte, ri)X, etc., but which the 2 d Et-letter
cannot have when the 3 d Rt-letter also has a Moving
Shva. This is the case when the Affix "?[ is
attached).
N.B. Such a 'Slight 9 - vowel under the 2 d Rt-letter
when the 3 d Rt-letter has a Moving Shva is some-
times as in (iii), sometimes as in *pHi , some-
times as in **pn& .
fiv.) Also before the Affs. Dp & p_ the 2 d Rt-letter
cannot have a Moving Shva, as in (iii).
(v.) In such a form as ^rhb? (fr. ffc&, r. rbw) 1 S. xxi. 3,
the 2 d Rt-letter retains the of Tw& which is
dropped in such a form as *fi7^> *$ wnen the Affix
is such that the 3 d Rt-letter has a Yowel.
(?;) (i.) The rare form TNSft (accented on the penultima)
Hos. vii. 4, is the Sing. Participle of 7^3 form, with
M at the end.
(ii.) The form in (i.) is to be distinguished carefully from
the form TwVb (accented on the last syllable) the
Sing. Fern, of the 7^b Partic. (with in the place
of the more usual under the 2 d Rt-letter). This
form* occurs some few times. Thus we have HaDI X
s. /. in Is. xxix. 6 & xxx. 30 & xxxiii. 14, and so
?V1M s./. in Is. xxxiv. 9 (instead of PHM Is. xxx. 33) .
* The fact of this form occurring several times in a place of Pause hardly allows
us to speak of it as a Tause-iorm. The Accent belongs to the last Syllable
in each instance.
330 SOME IMPERATIVE AND FUTURE FORMS (5) [a).
So also JYm* s. /. in Is. xxi. 3, etc., filt^ s. /. in
Song. i. 6, and r73C s./. Mi. iv. 6 & 7, etc.
(iii.) The Plural also is found thus, with in place of
the more usual , both in the Plu. Masc, as in
*&!))& Lam. i. 16 (and, with the termination f V 1 ,
Vt2bS& Lam. i. 4), and in the Plu. Pern., as in ;
nteSifi Ps. lxviii. 26.
(iv.) The stands sometimes (in place of the more usual )
in other Voices also, thus in the PL Partic. s. /.
Hlp^ Na. iii. 2 jumping, and in the H6. Partic. s./.
H^T-DSHD 1 K. xiv. 5 & 6 one feigning herself to be
another.
(6) We may mention here also that some Participles of Pi. &
Pu. occur without the usual prefix fo; thus some give
n3$ Eccles. iv. 2 as PL Partic. s. m. for ft]3$/b, and so
*tb Zeph. i. 14 for T|jb |M& Ex. vii. 27 etc. for |ftb,_
and so in the PH., hit* Ex. iii. 2 for hstiti HfoS 2 K. ii. 10
forn^D.
Note (i.) For some other Participle forms it may be suffi-
cient to refer to < Appendices (B) & (C) to Tab. XIV.'
(ii.) For Participle-forms with Pron-Affs. seeTab.XX VI.
Some Imperative and Future Forms.
(5) (a) The 6 of the 1 st Rt-letter in the form of H^^
K. Imper. 2 s. m. fr. lb$ (r. n&$) with H [ 141, 7]
is not limited to Verbs which have to the
* From the Root DB> we have also n1B> & V6%C& s. /., and rnoaPpl./.
(i.e. rfO^ " desolate places o/").
t This termination j * is common in Aramaean for the Plural D* .
SOME IMPERATIVE AND FUTURE FORMS. 331
2 d Rt-letter in the Imper. 2 s. m. f and in the Fut.
Thus the Root yip has the Imper. 2 s. m. yip and
the Fut. forms yip* yipft etc. ; but we have 6
under the p of the word PO^p K. Imper. 2 s. i.
fr. Yfcw. n.
(j3) Unnecessary confusion and consequent trouble, which
have been introduced by some, may be avoided by our
bearing in mind that such a 6 may be considered
in direct relation to the of a generally-
underlying* form 7^3, without any 'mediate*
reference to the form of the Imper. 2 s. m.
[N.B. The form 7^3, from several Roots, stands itself
as an Undefined or 'Infinitive* form, when this
is used not Abstractly or 'Absolute'-ly but as a
Component-part of its sentence i.e. 'Con-struct.']
(7) So also the of ^yiTl be thouf. dry (2 s. /. Imper. K.
fr. yT\, in Pause) may be and is best considered in
direct relation to the of a generally -underlying
form corresponding to 7^3 quite independent of
the ( )-form of Imper. 2 s. m. [i*lH, p. t^H] from
which the of the *| in s y^\ is obtained in Pause.
(S) And so the of PH^D 5 ) and refresh or have refreshment
(2 s. m. Imper. K. fr. *7}?D, w. 1 pref. and Pi at the
end, in Pause) 1 IL xiii. 7, as also the of *HWft
V t t:
and cry out f. (Pause-form of 2 s./. Imper. K. fr. pj?,
w. 1 pref.) Jer. xxii. 20 may have direct relation to
* In the case of some Eoots the Khoulem comes out in certain Infinitive forms
only.
332 SOME IMPERATIVE AND FUTURE FORMS.
the of a generally-underlying form corresponding
to ?$? quite independent of the ( )-form of Imper.
2 s. m. OtfD p.n^p fr. "tyD, and p^f p.ipjtt fr -
DJ?) from which the Pause- vowel is obtained in
each case.
[(e) (i.) We ought perhaps to mention the supposition, on the
part of some, that Jliyp^l may be a sort of mixture
of "JTWl and PHBDI (??)," and Wjfl such a
t a t : t : t : I- t t:
mixture of " *p9tf| and ^^) (? ?)." This seems to
us to be unnecessarily clumsy, and not quite satis-
factory, because it does not touch at all upon that
which specially requires consideration, viz. the occur-
rence of a bearing reference to an o- vowel in
these two Imperative forms, whereas (1) the of
the 2 d Rt-letter belongs not to the ( )-form but
distinctly to the ( )-form of the Imperative, and
(2) only the ( )-forms of the Imperative and the
the Future are found from the Root p)})$ *
We do not recognize aught anomalous in the two
words as they stand, because to us the seems to
refer directly to a generally- underlying 7^3 form
[comp. (/3) above]. f
* The K. Imper. 2 s. m. "lyp (Ju. xix. 8) may fairly be claimed by those who
wish to claim it as evidence of the ( )-form of Imper. K. from "WD. But as the
accented word "TJJD [for which see 141, a, Note (1)] occurs just before (Ju. xix. 5),
and as it is at least possible that these two words so near to each other may be the
same, i.e. the in v. 8 the same as that in v. 5, it may be that we have in Ju. xix. 8
an instance of a Long- Vowel (-7-) before MakMph like the two instances of Khoulem
before MakMph in Note (f) on p. 114 [comp. Pt. I, 55 (8, ' Note'). If so, there
are only (-r-) -forms of the Imperative and Future found from the Root *WD.
t Some cut the knot by asserting that the is merely because of the preceding -I,
SOME IMPERATIVE AND FUTURE FORMS. . 333
(ii.) If, instead of assuming an imaginary form involving
the same irregularity as that which they have to
deal with, and then supposing that imaginary
word to be mixed up with the regular form, and so
fancying that they had in any degree accounted for
an Irregular form as they regard it, the advocates
of that mixture had said that
(iii.) 'The may be regarded as a trace (although the
only trace) of a ( )-form of Imper. if., even in a
word which not only involves a mark of the ( )-form
but which belongs to a Boot (as, for instance, p5?)
from which the ( )-form alone certainly occurs,'
they would at least have touched upon the important
point really involved. We could not have con-
tradicted such a statement, even if we had wished
to do so. For]
() We find sometimes in a Future form, where it is
either entirely due to Euphony (Pt. I, 72, 7), or
it is the only trace remaining of a ( )-form. Thus,
from the Root p#3 we find Hj^K (1 s. Fut. K.,
w. H at the end) 1 K. xix. 20 ; but elsewhere the
Future from this Eoot has the ( )-form as in pEP*
pBfrT, etc.* And so from the jj*j Hoots yk> and
and this supposition is better than that of the above-mentioned mixture. But the
assertion cannot be made good. And it does not touch the very similar case of the
word *Xin in which we find the & (in place of -=r) although there is no -1 preceding.
This however is asserted to be because of the following 1 .
Euphony may indeed have been partly concerned in the occurrence. .But we can-
not credit it with the whole concern in these particular instances.
* For some Verbs having both the ( ) and the ( ) forms see 162 (b).
334 SOME IMPERATIVE AND FUTURE FORMS.
JfibB* we find rWSX (1 s. Fut. K. t w. H at the end)
Is. xxvii. 4, and WJb^NI (1 s. Fut. K., w. 1 Convers.)
t t: : v t x '
Dan. viii. 13 in some copies.
In these, some impute the wholly to Euphony,
as also the following.
Note (i.) The occurs some few times in such forms
from Verbs 'Fut. ( )'; thus in the 1 s. Fut.
K. w. n fr. tS0 and fr. hp&, viz. filD'ljSBto
Is. xviii. 4 and rDlDlfttt Ezra viii. 25, where
t |t: : v t
there is in each a "1 superfluous/ from
trip#K and h)pm. But
(ii.) N.B. The Student should never write such
forms,
(iii.) Somewhat less rare is the occurrence of in
some Yerb-forms that have Pron.-AfFs. ; thus
from fc|Tl we find in Nu. xxxv. 20 ^HfijjlT
(i.e. rf^TtJ K. Fut. 3 s. m. with Aff. him),
and in Josh, xxiii. 5 DfiftTP (** tf'fH* iT.
Fut. 3 s. m. with Aff. them m.) ; also
From "ID* we find in Bos. x. 10 MSfctt
[WibK JT. Fut. 1 s. (comp. 195, e
& 212) with 1 pref. and Aff. them .] ;
and a few others which will be given in the
'Analytical Index/
(rj) (i.) The Student will have observed that the * of the
ffiph-U Voice stands in TW$p7\ Imper. 2 s. m>
w. n [ 141 ( 7 , 5)] fr. 3&yp, and in m$M Fut.
1 s. w. H [144 (a)] fr. *)DT ; and so also in
rwio Fut. i pi. w . n fr. n-
SOME IMPERATIVE AND FUTURE FORMS. 335
(ii.) With the exception of such H(j>. forms, and except
also the Pause-forms of other Voices,
When the Yerb-form has at the end of it the
n of 141 (7), or 144, the Towel is dropped from
the 2 d Et-letter in the case of * Full' Verbs, and
of Verbs K 3 and *'fi and i'fi. For 'Full ' Verbs,
see the examples in 141 (7), and in 144 ; and
so in the Imperative forms
i"P^ & fiP^? corresponding to 7btf & S]btf
fr. ha* & *]DK,
rDfc? & Plgfe corresponding to 0& & m (or #|)
fr. '*fc&tiXL;
and similarly in Future forms (1 s. & 1 pi.)
from such Roots, as in
rtak & rbatii &Sa&, ra#K & naeb fr. atf\
vt : vt : vt : vt :
andn^SK&M^fr.^M. But
t : v t :
(iii.) We find the following K 7 Verb-forms,
() ngfi 1 ! (Ps. xli. 5) Imper. K. 2 s. m., w. n at
the end, fr. K5H,
(*) *n$OpX} (1 S, xxviii. 15) Fut. 1 s., w. 1 Con-
vers. & H at the end,
in which the 2 d Rt-letter has , as in the forms
fcttTl and timptt without the H.
* We find sometimes H thus instead of the more usual ii at the end of a word.
So in t\$T t (Ps. xx. 4) Pi. Fut. 3 s. m. fr. JB^T [comp. 144 (7 & 8)]. So also in
rn-ttni. (Is. lix. 5) X. Partic (2) s. m. fr. niT like D-1p in Tah. XX with the pref . 1
and the H of 98. - So too in il^l. (Zech. v. 4) K. Past 3 s. m. fr. )^> ( 226), and in
Hjn (as in some Bibles, but fljffi. in others, w. H , Prov. xxiv. 14) K. Imper. 2 s. m.
fr! jm
[The word Hjn , as it stands in some Bibles in Prov. xxiv. 14, is by some taken as
as a Noun ' i.e.' " knowledge of" as in the E.V.].
336 SOME FUTURE FORMS.
This is very rare. But
Note. In some Noun-forms also the -- is not
dropped before tf ; thus we have D!D*K&F1 from
v t -;
D'Wtpn, instead of a form corresponding to
Dp'oSp from ftafo (the great Eule of 59 even
being broken so as to retain the before K).
So also from D^tOH we have the Oonstruct-form
\ t -;
NKtOPl, in which the penultimate vowel ( ) is
retained,* instead of being dropped as it is in
.^fromD^.
... - . T |
Similarly, [from DWto] we have dHWito and
tVNifc and the Construct form Wflfc; and so
I T T
vrtrcto from nixi&.
T T T
N.B. Such a however is sometimes dropped
in accordance with the Rules of 59 and 56 (i),
as in Vntarifi & &ta from ftStitfm, and in
t : t : T
the Construct form of it viz. jy\W)F\ .
(6) The ?7-form of Fut. K. was just mentioned in the 'Note*
at the end of 141 (a), and as an example there was
given 83tt$?) (Ex. xviii. 26) K. Fut. 3 pi. m. fr. &&?
for which the usual form is of course }t93K^ (p. ! lt33^).
[Obs. In some Bibles the Accent of M^lSfc^ is put
on the penultima (perhaps for the sake of having the
Accent 'drawn back* as in Pt. I, 46). But the
Accent should be on the last syllable, as it is in other
Bibles, and as we have given it above.]
* Sometimes the is retained also before y. Thus in *g$Q [Constr. form of
D\yt3D] in Mi. i. 6. But
N.B. The of D*yip3 is dropped in the Constr. form <gttj Is. xvii. 10 as in
Tab. X, 4.
SOME FUTURE FORMS. 337
So we have in Ruth ii. 8 ^Wft K 2 s./. fr. n^
for which the ordinary form would be ^^fi .
So, with a Pron.-Aff., we have in Prov. xiv. 3
BttB^fl K. Fut, 3 s. /. (some say 2 s. m.) w. AS.
them m. fr. *\t2$.
N.B. The Sj of the 2 a Rt-letter is seen to be
unaccented in all these instances. This is in favour
of the i) being in each instance of somewhat the same
class as the by the side of the in the -^ of
(f, i) above [comp. Pt. I, 22 (latter part), and
14, N.B.].
() Rarely, what is usually the form of the 2 pi. m. of the
Fut. seems to be used for the 3 pi. / Thus in
Ez. xxxvii. 7 rto^y ^Q^pfil* and bones came-near.
So the word ^llltpltt in Jer. xlix. 11 is mostly rendered
as 3 pi. /., let them (/.) trust ; but the word might very
well be rendered literally ye (m.) should trust or must
trust : thus, " Leave thy fatherless-children, I-ivill-pre~
serve alive ; and as for thy widows, ye-must-trust in Me.'*
The other rendering is however more natural, it may be.
* This might perhaps be rendered literally " and y e-came-tog ether ^ bones" \ for
the Noun DVJJ lone (pi. D^V^ and JliD^), though almost always Fern., and so
in this Chapter, yet is sometimes Masc., as in Ez. xxiv. 10, Job xxx. 30. But the
other may certainly be claimed as the more natural rendering.
338 SOME NIPH-AL FORMS.
In this Section V of the Appendix we have hitherto dealt
mainly with Yerb-forms of the Kal Voice, only mentioning a
few others as occasion offered or seemed to require. "We will
conclude this Section with a brief mention of some Verb-forms
of the other Voices, -
Niph-al.
(6) (a) The following are the passages in which we find the
instances of the 7J^} form of Infin. Absol. jV<. which
are given in Note (d) on Tab. XIV.
HMD23 fcpp} thou didst greatly long, Gen. xxxi. 30,
Drta tifhi DK or did he at all fight? Ju. xi. 25,
Tft httW) Stf &^ David earnestly asked, 1 S. xx. 6 & 28,
d^^D Pli/fcJ^I and letters were sent, Esth. iii. 13
t : - : :
[comp. p. 78, Obs. (7)] ;
to which we may now add the following, which is
cited with those above by R. D. Kimkhi,
fctflPl PW W% ^ surely he is quite smitten, Ju. xx. 39.
In these instances the 7]}%} form stands, for
emphasis, before the iV^. Past, with the exception
of the passage from Esther, in which the Infinitive
is used alone (the 'Infinitive' in place of a 'Finite*
part of the Verb, as some say. Comp. Note (f) on
p. 78).
SOME NIPH-AX FORMS. 339
Eote (i.) Similarly tfinrti Esth. viii.8, ^JJ Esth. ix. 1,
and ^linW 1 Chron. v. 20, may be (as some
say) Infin. Absol. Nfr of this form. They
may however be (as others say) forms of the
Past Tense 3 s. m. Nfc, or of the Participle
N(f>. s. m.
There is no valid reason against their being
unusual Participle forms. So R. D. K. in
his Lexicon takes the first one, and so the
second one may very well be. [Perhaps
they are best taken to be one of them
Infin. Absol., another of them the Past 3 s. m.,
and the other one Partic. s. m.]
(ii.) Pl^rD Jer. xlix. 10 is given by R. D. K. as
Infin. "like to the Past" of JSTcj>. (for K|m)
from SO)!.* But it may very well be the
Partic. s. m., the particular form of the
so-called 'Substantive Verb' to be supplied
in English being here the Infin. to be,' so
that the passage may run thus : " and he shall
not be able to be hidden (or a hidden-one). f>
(0) The Niph. * Infin. Absol.' form hVEn is the form also
of the ' Infin. Constr.' and of the 'Infin. with prefixes,'
and it is the form of Infinitive which receives the
Pron.-Affs. But
N.B. This form of 'Infin. Absolute* is not used
with a Past Tense or a Participle for the purpose
of giving Emphasis.
* He gives it also as either 'iVty. Past or Infinitive' of rnn.
340 SOME NIPH-AL FORMS.
(7) So also the Absolute forms jh^H and /btfPl in Note (d)
on Tab. XIV are used before a Future. And so also
RjbMh before C|DKJ in 2 S. xvii. 11, and fcrftKPl (with
X instead of PI, probably, as B. D. K. says, to avoid
having to pronounce H twice consecutively) before
BhftK in Ez. xiv. 3.
* T
Note. The rare form tn^-?' Ps. lxviii. 3, is gene-
rally taken as a form of Infin. Constr. N$. correspond-
ing to the form 7J73P1 . It may have been modified
to suit the form of tPttft following.* It may also be
a 'Compound form' made up of the iV<. Infinitive
and the K. Infinitive (SH^S) mixed together. Comp.
pp. 177 & 178.
(S) We mentioned in Note (f ) on p. 79 the dropping of the
J! of the Infin. N<f>. form /VStl after a prefix some-
times, as in fltpyS for MpyPD Lam. ii. 11. So we
have tV& for jnPtPlS Ez. xxvi. 15 (with before
the unaccented f Pi). And so the PI is dropped in
TO? 1 ? for ftWrb Infin. i\ty. fr. Pity Ex. x. 3, and
rtX^ for rt*m? Infin. iV<. fr. H&O.
(e) Instead of JWg (3 s. m. Past 2Y>, fr. Jftj), some Bibles
have f% with in Jer. 1. 22 a form like TOTO,
"ftM, etc.
* The Dag. Lene of the 1 forbids us to say merely that the form is deduced
directly from P|l|n by dropping the penultimate vowel. But the form fp3 H, or
tflltl, so obtained, may perhaps have been altered into Spill H 3 in order to suit the
subsequent SpIJfl .
t The in the Bible here is reckoned only as a Metheg,$ee Pt. I, 44 (e).
SOME NIPH-AL FORMS. 341
() The of the iV<. Partic. is generally retained in the
Sing. fern, and the Plu. masc. & fern. [<App x (B) to
Tab. XIV ()]. But, as R. D. K. observes, we find
also, with Shva in place of that , 0*83)1 J (Josh. x. 17)
iV^. Partic. pi. m. 9 and ttXtity (Ez. xx. 30 & 31),
and D*K?fc? in D^V^Pl ( Estn - 1 5 > besides 1 S. xiii. 15
and several other passages). But there is also
lyKXMTI (Ezr. viii. 25), and ^KMJJ (Is. xxii. 3),
and PlKttD-lPl and nXtt&an.
t t : - t : -
(rj) The t" is sometimes replaced by, or resolved into,
V followed by Dagesh'; thus in ^S2U Wfr Partic.
pi. m. 'i.e.,' and n*3M5 2V$. Partic. pi. in. w. Aff.
her, but DT333 pl. m. & JlVl3M pl. / Dm2M
pl. m. w. Aff. tfMr (m.).
(0) It is hardly necessary perhaps to call the Student's
attention to the following differences :
(i.) TpW iV</>. Past 3 s. m,} (but, in Pause, each of
*lpS} iV$. Partic. s. w. J them alike is nflfiS).
*7pS3 Constr. form of N(j>. Partic. s. m,
(ii.) iVJSM (p. trinpSi) N$. Past 3 s./.,
JTJpM (in Pause the same) N$. Partic. s./.
* Thus it is in Is. xxiii. 8 & 9. In Prov. viii. 24 "^23^ is given in some Bibles ;
but the word should be either 'H2D3 *$ is given in some (which is irregular), or
"^3?5 as i* is given in others.
342 SOME Pl-EL FORMS.
Pl-EL.
(7) (a) R. D. Kimkhi calls attention to the following forms of
the Infin. Pi., besides the ordinary form TipS, viz.
(i.) nfPfi* (like the Past 3 s. m.), in the fNJ of ftBfcti J*t3
2 S. xii. 14, and j^nf Lev. xiv. 43 ;
(ii.) n^jp3 (.0. the ordinary form HjpiD, with the PIt" of
137, 4, iii.), in rTTJSDT Ps. cxlvii. 1 and TW&h
t : - t : - :
Lev. xxvi. 18 ;
(iii.) *lp3,* in 4^ Ps. cxviii. 18 and X3J5 1 & xix. 14
and J&n Ex. xxi. 19,
(iv.) n(P3,*in theniD^of niD ,, W[fornb l ?]2Chr.xxxi.7.
But, as he adds, this may be the Infin. Kal for
*tivb, like HD^ Is. Ii. 16, the Short-khirik fottoiced
by Bagesh being instead of the Long-khirik. The
Dagesh may however be (as some think) merely a
Euphonic Dagesh [Pt. I, 70 (2)].
* Used here as a ' form,' instead of the proper one fr. ?ys , for reasons too plain
to need mention.
t Some however take this to be Past Ft. 3 s. *., the ordinary form. The
rendering of $>n TOg would then be " after [that] he hath taken away," as in the
E.V., comp. H2in im Jer. xli. 16. But the JTl^n (Infin. H<p. fr. ilp, with H in
place of the usual H), and ITItSn (Infin. N<p. fr. fllD), in the same verse, may be
taken to support R. D. K.'s opinion.
Note (i.) "inx may be followed by the Infin., as well as *}jrjK. So rt?W "intf
Jer. xl. 1, etc.
(ii.) So 13" 5 ! Job xlii. 7, after inX , may be Past FL 3 s. tw. as some give ;
or it may be the Infin. Ft. as above (with in place of ) as some
give it in Ex. vi. 28, D. iv. 15, and Hos. i. 2 ; or it may be the Noun
1H (Jer. v. 13) i.e.,' like ban and 1BJ3 and D^.
J A Contraction somewhat similar to that mentioned in 8 (a). Although the *
is allowed to remain standing here, it has lost its power, and the case is one of Pt. I,
12, N.B. So the Construct Noun nnjp) Gen. xlix. 10 occurs (with the b of 4)
in the contracted form nnpv (f r Orij?!?) *o\. xxx. 17 where some however give
nn|^> badly.
SOME Pl-EL FORMS. 343
(v.) n*lp3 (instead of n*ljp3, see (ii) above) in 1$&3|
already mentioned [p. 323 ()].
Note. It is very unusual for a Yerb whose
3 d Rt-letter is H Quiescent to have an Infin. Constr.
Pi-el of the form nj!)3. But *|T1J (Hos. vi. 9)
is such* an unusual form of the Infin. Constr.
Pz-e/w. 1 {and) & 5 {as) prefixed, fr. fiBl.
(/3) (i.) As was mentioned in Note (e) on Tab. XIY, the
Pi-l Past 3 s. m. has
() sometimes to the 2 d Rt-letter, as in HK
2 K. xxi. 3,f and
(#) sometimes to the 2 a Rt-letter, as in ^fifa
and D^*! often (though f^SH and DM
occur ||), and in *\%3) often.
* The form \3I1 is in principle the same as 11311 (the only difference being that it
has * Quiescent in place of the H Quiescent). And H3I1 agrees in form with "TjpS^
which is the same fob, the Construct as fob the Absolute Infinitive Pi-el.
The usual form is T\'r?l for the Infin. Constr. Ti. of such Verbs Jl'p. R. Abraham
ben Ezra, in his Commentary on Hos. vi. 9, cites as a similar instance (of the *7j5Q form
of the Infin. Pi. from such a Verb n'b) titplb Dan. ix. 24 fr. H^, with K, like
the * here, in place of the Quiescent fl . There is also J1?D p 2 Chron. xxiv. 10.
t (i.) So in 1I1N fr. 1I1K, feng fr. KHK, 1J12 fr. ^11, etc., in which the Com-
pensation is made for the Dagesh of the 2 d Rt-letter ; and
(ii.) So in Dil? fr. DPI?, DI13 fr. DI1J, etc., in which the Compensation is not
made for the Dagesh of the 2 d Rt-letter.
% This form, from the Root 111 , may be said to be only used ' in Pause,' or ' as
a Pause-form not in Pause' ( 167, 2).
Once with the Accent , and once with the Accent -i-.
|| Of this form p|?3) are, of course,
(i.) 1X2 *sp5 [Nu. xxiii. 20, Ps. x. 3], jNft, etc., in which the Compensa-
tion is made for the Dagesh ; and
(ii.) iy3, jn3, 1^3, etc., in which the Compensation is not made for the
Dagesh.
2a
344 SOME Pl-EL FORMS.
(Ii.) Instead of the of the 2 d Et-letter in the form
j
Hp3, "Verbs tf *? have of course * the open
syllable K [comp. Obs. XXIII on p. 185]. So,
as E. D. K cites, Kfe$ (PL Past 3 s. m. fr. K&O)
1 K ix. 11 & Am. iv. 2 and KOT Ps. cxliii. 3 and
K^Jb Jer. Ii. 34.
T
Note. From XfcJO we have also the ordinary form
fctfW (2%. Past 3 s. i.) 2 S. v. 12, and from tfb&
.the form WJti several times. Some Yerbs K7
have only the ordinary ( )-form, as might be
expected.
(iii.) When the 2 d Et-letter is either X or Pi or n or y,
any Moving Shm of the 2 d Et-letter must take a
Compound form ; thus,
() ftttfft, ^Nft, e * c, in which the Compensation
is made for the Dagesh of the 2 d Et-letter,
and
(6) irjftb, tt&tt, )T\r\W f etc., in which the Com-
pensation is not made.
Note. It is but rarely that the 1 st Et-letter takes
^r t before under the 2 d Et-letter, as in TlY\$
(PL Past 3 pi., fr. IfiX) Ju. v. 28, and *3h2^
(Pi. Past 3 s. /., w. AS. me, fr. n^H) Ps. Ii. 7.
(7) For some PL Participle forms which vary from the
ordinary forms see above [4 (77, iv) & (0), p. 330].
SOME Pl-EL FORMS. 345
(8) As in (a, i) so also in the Imper. 2 s. m. Pi- el the
2 d Boot-letter has sometimes [thus *7j33], instead
of the usual form Tgjfi (or *lpt3 when unaccented).
So in J?fi Ps. lv. 10, and so in 3^j9 Ez. xxxvii. 17
and "*1M Job xxxvi. 2.
These forms are represented by the (j5) by the side
of the form "jgjg in Tab. XIY.
(e) So in the Pi. Fut. 3 & 2 pi. /., the forms iTJM&ft
t : - - ;
Is. iii. 16 and m&Kttl Hos. iv 13 & 14 and
ftj^Tft Is. xiii. 18 (with * under the 2 d Et-
letter) are represented by the (p) by the side of
the form nrij3Sfi in Tab. XIY.
Note (i.) The -=- to the 2 d Kt-letter, as in JlJfT^Sn
Job xxxix. 3, etc., is usual before a Guttural
3 d Rt-letter; comp. Tab. XYI (3) 'Note.'
(ii.) The form T&hntb Ez. xiii. 19 (with -
* ' t : v - : - x
under the 2 d Et-letter) is not represented
in Tab. XIY, on account of its rarity.
Ciii.) HSfttt 1 K. xi. 39 is for T\W8\ P*. Fut. 1 s.
fr. T\ty w. 1 pref. The X dropping its
becomes Quiescent in the of the 1, as in
ffcfl (for *tm) etc., p. 2, Note (J). This
is not usual in the case of the Pi. Fut 1 s.
with V
* R. D. K. mentions these as occurring in Pause. They would then come under
165 (I, 5). [Hos. iv. 14 would come under 167 (II, ).]
346 SOME Pl-EL FORMS.
(X) The Dag. F. of the 2 d Kt-letter is often omitted over
Shva, as in pttfttj Pi. Fut. 1 s. (i.e. ^fitf, with H)
etc.;* and the Moving Shva of the 2 d Rt-letter
has sometimes a Compound form, as in ^I^X/ftftl
Fut. Pi. 3 s. /. fr. yhti, w. 1 pref. and Aff. him,
Ju. xvi. 16, comp. Pt. I, 72 [Note (*, *)].
[(77) It has been asserted by some that when the Dagesh F.
(for the Pi. & P&.) is omitted as in (f) from the
2 d Rt-letter, the preceding vowel is moreover some-
times lengthened even when the 2 d Rt-letter is not
one of the five letters ^Hlltf. In theory this
might, very well be true, and we might be glad to
find some sure examples f of it. We do not know of
* So in 1K3J23 Infin. Pi. fr. fcUp, w. 1 pref. and Aff. Ms, Nu. xxv. 11,
IN 1 ?*? Past Pi. 3 pi. fr. *6d, Num. xxxii. 11 & 12,
*>1NJi? Past PH. 3 pi. fr. fcOp, w. Aff. me, Dent, xxxii. 21,
^ap-1 Partic. Pi. Sing. m. fr. tt^S, with 1 pref. and * at the end
( 139, e, and p. 232), 2 S. xxii. 2. The word is there
unaccented ; but in Ps. xviii. 3 the ? has its Dagesh, and the
word is accented),
n|B>F)lfl Fut. Pi. 2 s. m. fr. Ppq, w. Aff. ft (/.), Gen. xxxi. 39, etc. etc.
t As examples of this we might fairly claim ^HH? [for ^fin? Infin. Pi. w. 3 pref.]
and 6j)ri]{l or ApriJJI [for Aj-lPU-) 2 pL m. Fut. Pi.] Job xiii. 9, and so 'foniT or
WpJ [for 6jjn* 3 pi. w. Fut. Pi.] Jer. ix. 4, like bfirj?! 3 s. m. Fut. Pi.,
1 K. xviii. 27, if indeed ?nn be supposed to be the Eoot of all these words. The
Dagesh in the 7 of -iVnnFl and '1?r)rP, as given in good Editions, is then Euphonic.
So too hnn [for hnn 3 s. m. Past Pi.~\ in *3 ^nn Gen. xxxi. 7, and rfcnn [for
ripnn 2 s. m. Past PS.] Ju. xvi. 10 & 13 & 15. But,
If, instead, the Hoot is b^T) (as some say), the H of -I^Jinn and -1?>riiT is the
Ify. pref. H appearing as in 9 (e, i) below. Then the Dagesh belongs of right to the
3 d Rt-letter b , to represent the 2 d Rt-letter. Then also the form b$P 1 K. xviii. 27
may be said to be for ^piT [or 5>JV, like SD> Tab. XXI] the being resolved into
SOME pfr-AL FORMS. 317
any such examples. One example of it there would
be if we could adopt a doubtful reading (mentioned
by R. D. K.) of the word VSDNft Is. lxii. 9.
* t : - :
Another reading of this word (also mentioned by
R. D. K.) would make it of the 7^b form see
Note (A) below].
Pu-AL.
(8) (a) In the Pu-al Yoice the l 8fc Et-letter has sometimes 6
in place of the usual ; thus P. D. K. cites *JT]3
(Ez. xvi. 4) Past Pu. 3 s. m. fr. IVD, tflT!#
(Na. iii. 7) Past Pu. 3 s. /. fr. TIP, ^| (Ps. lxxii. 20)
Past PH. 3 pi. fr. rhl , and similarly ft)3 (Ps. lxxx. 11)
fr. PID3, and a little earlier he cites the Pu.
Participle forms D^Xft s. m. (Na. ii. 4) and D^Jb^Nft
t t : t t :
pl. m. (which last occurs in Ex. xxv. 5 and in four
other places in Exodus).
(ft) To the Pu. Participle forms without the jb, which were
mentioned above [4 (0), p. 330], we may add here
tOlto (Is. xviii. 2 & 7), which is supposed to be such
a Pit. Partic s. m. for tDlto^ from fcOlD . We may
followed by Bagesh. Some may however prefer to say that this latter form is
1 borrowed' from a Root PDH .
Also, if the Root is &H, bpni is the regular Infm. B<p. (like nDH? fr. MD)
with 3 pref., and bpn 3 s. m. Past H<p. (like SDH fr. 33D) ; and fl^D is
" borrowed" in form from an unused Boot [7111].
* For the Dagesh in the *1, comp. Pt. I, 49 [latter part of Note (*)].
t This word occurs once, but ft^nw (with ) occurs three times and the Pause-
form TT]i& once; also VW and WW? 3 pl., and the Pause-form WW 1 pl.
348 SOME HIPH-1L FORMS.
also mention the form T?V in T?Vfi (Ju. xiii. 8)
T . L
which R. D. K. gives as Pit. Partic.* s. m. fr. T7*
with the PI of 98.
[He gives also hwffi (Eccles. ix. 12) as such a
Pic. Partic. pi. m., without the Dag. F. of the
2 d Rt-letter, and THW (Prov. xxv. 19) Partic.
Pit. s./. fr.lJ?D in Pause for rfpflDf in which }
stands for the instead of this being lengthened
into -7- to compensate for the Dagesh.]
(7) R. D. K. cites TWfi (Ps. xciv. 20) as a form of
Fut. Pu. 3 s. m. w. H Interrog. and Aff. thee (m.),
fr. "DPI, shortened from TSlrt* (for ^D?) w ^ an
Affix ( 185, ii). This is a very unusual contraction,
but others also explain the word so,
Hiph-Il, 1
(9) (a) (i.) The Hiph-il Infinitive has generally the form
njSfcn Cort^ftb, 137, 1, d) when Absolute,
Tp^Pl when Construct, and when with one of the
prefixes u?tt, and with Pron.-Affs., and with
H at the end.
* Some give it as a Eoph. Partic. without the D . But so the -1 would be on the
wrong side of the 1 st Bt-letter. For the -1 before Dagesh in iP-l'il , compare Pt. I,
$ 14 (N.B.).
t Somo however have supposed that this is for fliy'lD Kal Partic (1) s./., the
1 being replaced by -1 . Dr. Ewald remarks (Lehrb. der hebr. spr r , p. 440) " dies
kann nicht Part. Qal" (i.e. Kal) "von "TO seyn."
SOME HIPH-1L FORMS. 349
(ii.) In a few instances however the form ^piSH occurs
in Construction, as in D**l 7PI * ta ltW3 at-the-tithing-
of (or taking-tithes by) the Levites, Neh. x. 39,
comp.**1^y? Deut. xxvi. 12 which was cited in
137 (3. a. v.) ; and so 7^(13 Deut. xxxii. 8, etc.
[Note. Very rarely the (* )-form occurs with a
prefix as in *VPl7 Zech. xi. 10].
(iii.) Sometimes the Infin. Absol. ZZ"$. has * - to the
2 d Rt-letter,f in place of the usual . This
occurs chiefly in cases of (iv).
(iv.) Sometimes the prefixed PI of the Infinitive H<f>.
(Absol. or Constr.) has in place of the usual .
Thus E. D. K. cites as Infin. Absol. H$. the 7^Pl
and tD V/&P1 of Is. xxxi. 5 [which may however be
the ordinary Past-Tense forms, as some take them],
and the Verb-forms in "-mt! fW\ JP3TI |J^
Jer. L 34 [each of which he says however may
possibly be a Past Tense], and ft^lin to thresh
* Comp. 178 [Note ($)]. The H of the form ig$$ is dropped here, and its
vowel is given to the prefix, as in pbrb (for p vnn?) Jer. xxxvii. 12 [Pt. I, 12]
DDr/tf-) 1 ? (for DDn'&qrfe, H<t>. Infin. fr.'n&O w. 7 pref. and AfF. your m.), etc.;
comp. Note (f) on p. 79.
t As an instance of this it is qnite fair to cite TQ^ Josh. vii. 7. But we should
observe that as the Infin. there follows the Tense, the Infin. is perhaps not quite so
much cut off from ' Structural Connection' with the rest of the sentence as it is when
it precedes the Tense.
Again, fOPI Josh. iv. 3 is generally taken as Infin. Absol. [so Fiirst, Concord,
p. 549, and others]. But we ought to observe that the Accentuation in Josh. iv. 3 is
against our taking the word |*DH there in the same manner as the Infin. Absol.
P.H in Josh. iii. 17. Perhaps therefore the word )"On has rather some ! Structural
Connection' with what follows it. It is much easier undoubtedly to take it in the
same manner as the word jDJI in Josh. iii. 17.
350 SOME HIPH-1L FORMS.
her* Jer. li. 33, and tF$2$7\\ their (m.) destroying
Josh. xi. 14, and Sj7$7\ J Sis casting 2 K. xxiv. 20 ;
also, under the Yerbs T\ 7, rt^pPl Infin. Constr.
H<f>. fr. Plp which was mentioned in Note (f)
on p. 342.
(v.) Instead of the ft of (iv) there is sometimes ft before
a Guttural 1 st Eoot-letter. As examples of this
E. D. K. cites WHJl My taking-hold Jer. xxxi. 32.
He cites also as Infinitives TUtfPl Gen. xlvii. 21
and *nHtf!TI P rov x i x - H> each of which may very-
well be Past 3 s. m., as others give them,
(vi.) We find K (in place of the usual fi) in D\3$tf
(Jer. xxv. 3) H<f>. Infin. Absol. fr. D3?, for
d*3^n Jer. xliv. 4 and D3$Pl Jer. xxvi. 5.
E. D. .K. cites also the well-known *n*pK of
Gen. xli. 43, and remarks that some say it is
Infin. [Absol. H$. fr. *pH] with 'interchange of
H with K/ but adds that one might say that the
K is the mark of the 1 s. [Fut. JEty.].
(vii.) (a) Instead of the usual Ufa vowel we find under
the 2 d Et-letter in TSBl (1 S. xv. 23) ff<j>.
Infin. fr. "l (used as a Noun). This might
be both because of the Pause, comp. 165, 1 (8),
and for Euphony before the *"] .
* But the rendering " It is time [that] one had threshed her" is quite admissible,
in accordance with which the word would be the ordinary Past ff<p. w. Aff. her.
t Comp. iTtpjpn His destroying Deut. xxviii. 48 and ^IfiWFl thy (m.) destroying
Deut. vii. 24. But there are also YpQ&n Sis destroying Josh, xxiii. 15 and
DTft>n to destroy them (m.) Josh. xi. 20, etc.
% Comp. bpl^n Jer. Hi. 3, where some Bibles however have 'n .
SOME HIPH-1L FORMS. 351
(b) Also in D!n3n Ez. xxi. 29 II<j>. Infin. fr. *DT
w. Aff. your (m.) there is in place of the
if of the form DrTpSPl in Tab. XV (v). This
may be said to be for Euphony before the *1 .
(/3) (i.) The PAST-Tense forms }nW?XETI and DflpPl etc.
(with -r- in place of the more usual ) were
mentioned in 3 (rj) [pp. 325 & 326].
(ii.) The form ni^yn was mentioned in Note (%) on
p. 119. Gomp. the Ej>. Past 3 s. m. rbyft
fr. rby. [R. D. & cites both these.]
(iii.) (a) In 'Full* Verbs the prefix H of the H$. Past
has rarely (in place of the usual ) before a
letter other than one of the four yHPlK [ 178] ;
thus Dtt^n (1 S. xxv. 7) H<t>. Past 1 pi.
fr. tbl w. Aff. them (ro.).
(*) So, with X in place of the PI an Aramaism,
t^rtaOK (Is. lxiii. 3) H(j>. Past 1 s. fr. S*0, in
: it : v N
Pause.
(c) So too, with both H and ^TKPn (Is. xix. 5)
H<\>. Past 3 pi. fr. PI3T w. 1 pref., which is
supposed to be mixed up of the two forms, one
with n and the other with X , " the X after the
manner of the Aramaean tongue and the H after
the manner of the sacred tongue," as It. D. K.
remarks that some say.
352 SOME HIPH-1L FORMS.
(i) But in Yerbs PI 7, the PI of the H</>. Past has
in several instances. Thus from Pi /H we have
not only the ordinary forms
Tim 3 s. m. ghm w. I pref. and Aff.
t : t : : *
them m.) t
Whin 2 * m. y etc., see Tab. XXIII,-
but also PI aIPI 3 s. m. (w. Aff. them m. D/3P1).
t : v t : v *
So from HX^ there are forms with PI and forms
with H, ws.
PINT! 3 s. m. (w. Affs., *A** m. ^Tf 9
me *#hn p. rtari; ^ m. dkti
- : it : v * T : v t
us WHTJ),
HWTI 2 s. m, (with Affs., we WHIP*,
us mXV!),
once WKTl* 1 s. (in WX*T\) w. 1 pref.,
Na. iii. 5), and the 1 s. with Affs.,
f&* m. ^rrtNMTl, ^em m. DWKTl and
omon Pt. i, 12.
From fttfb the only H<f>. Past forms which
occur are the following with Jl viz.
>sSpl 3 s. m. w. Aff. m*, nK^Pl 3 s. /.
(contracted, like TOTt in Tab. XXIII),
and TJVN7PI 1 s. w. Aff. thee m t
So nn!inn Josh. vi. 17 (for HK^PlPl H<t>. Past
r w : t t : v '
3 s./.) has H as in W?5TI 178 (i), and
an additional H [| 138, B (ii, )].
R. D. K. says that it has " two marks of
* This form (with PI) is, as R. D. K. observes, unusual. The may be said to
be a Euphonic irregularity.
some hiph-Il forms. 353
the feminine, and so in Nouns fiflSflB^
t vr :
for TMW and nMB for JTlW" ; and he
t : t v.t : v t : v
adds that the * of HfrOlpriPl vanishes
in order to lighten the word because of
the reduplication.
(7) (i.) The H(j). Participle has mostly the (* )-form, as
YDM? etc., in Appendix (B) to Tab. XIV.'
(ii.) The ( )-form of the s. m. y as %feDj occurs as a
Noun often ; thus GPMlb a mortar (as a means of
' pounding/ fr. WTO to pound), TlPSft a key (as a
means of ' opening/ fr. HHS to open). But *lfiD&
in "TfiDM 1 ! Is. liii. 3 is taken by many to be a
Participle " and as [one] hiding" like *VflD/b in
tnn Is. viii. 17.
(iii.) The * is in some few instances altogether dropped
as in M&/H5 Jer. xxix. 8, instead of D^jb vllJb
(fr. D?ri), in illustration of which R. D. K cites
DnTO 2 Chr. xxviii. 23 (fr. Ity).
(8) (i.) The H<f>. Imper. 2 s. m. has generally the ( )-form
(ii.) The -a- is of course shortened into if the Accent
be removed, as in tfy^VD 2 S. xxiv. 10.
(iii.) In a few instances the 2 d Et-letter has , as in
nmn (Joel iv. ll) H$. Imper. 2 s. m. fr. Jim.
So in "l^n (Kri for ^IM JTMI* Ps. v. 9) i70.
Imper. 2 s. m. fr. *1&\ For the ^- of ^TT\T\
Job xiii. 21, instead of prpft Prov. iv. 24, etc.,
the Student may compare 165 (I, 8) and *l])tin
there cited. So
354 SOME HiPII-lL FORMS.
Note. The ( )-form is common before a Guttural
3 d Rt-letter, as in n?D, Jfl?^i1> etc > comp.
Tab. XYI (3) (B, ).
(iv.) The * is not dropped but stands in the 2 s. m.
Imper. Hcj). with the Jl of 141 (7), as in
JWfcteFl there cited.
t v |: -
(v.) The (> )-form, as TpPl fr. HD5, may be said (as it
is said by some) to stand in a few instances for the
Imper. H<f>. 2 a.m.; thus J^pi Ps. xciv. 1 fr. $&
may be Imper. 2 s. m. (It would thus suit the
Imper. N(j>. at the beginning of the next verse,
better than if it were taken to be the Past
Bp. 3 s. m.)
(e) (i.) The somewhat rare appearance of the PI of H<f>.>
after the ' jHW prefix-letter of the Future-Tense,
as in y^in* fr. 0% and in ^W fr.^V-
was mentioned in 201. So we have also the
forms TX1)T\ S and ^iniPltf and TjyflPP mentioned
on p. 282. And similarly, if fr. 9?H *, &f# (for
}W 3 pi. m. Fut. E6.) Jer. ix. 4 and &W|
(for Sfenpl 2 pi. w. Fut. 23$.) Job xiii. 9. Comp.
Tab. XXI.
(ii.) For the form n?*, in place of ty7^\ or nTtf, when
the 3 d Rt-letter is Guttural,--see Tab. XYI (3)
(B, ). So y- in JJJ for M> & JHft for yifl #
* As some suppose. See Note (t) on p. 346 for a different account of -1?r)r|*
(or -iVftrp., as some give it) and -1?nnn (or 'Prinn, as some give it), as also for
the words ?rjrj? Job xiii. 9, and ?pn (in *% ?Jp Gen. xxxi. 7), and ^PT\t\
Ju. xvi. 10 & 13 & 15.
SOME HOPH-AL FORMS. 355
(iii.) The * of the H(f>. Yoice-form is sometimes
altogether dropped, as in the following instances
cited by R. D. K. M^W Jer. ix. 2, )pTW
1 S. xiv. 22 & xxxi. 2 (and so in 1 Chr. x. 2,
but &2fl in Ju. xviii. 22 & xx. 45), *3$fc
1 S. xvii. 25 (3 s. m. Fut. H<j>. fr. IBty w. iff.
him), and nflBtyfi Ps. lxv. 10 (2 s. m. Fut. $.
w. Aff. it/.). So fr. ftfiD we have in Nu. xiv. 45
tfiftSM -H$. Fut. 3 pi. m. w. 1 pref. and Aff. ^m (m.)
from i|H3*1 as in Deut. i. 44. [Comp. 7 (iii),
p. 353.]
<iv.) IBfyW Zech. xi. 5 is contracted from IBtyKI
(or ^WXI) * s - Fut - s 4>- fr - *^ w - 1 prefixed.
; N.B. This contraction is very unusual in the
case of the 1 s. Fut. w. ) prefix. But there are
instances of other words in which such a Con-
traction takes place as in D^Nbh for d^Xtph, etc.
Hoph-al.
(10) (a) The SySn instead of ^H form of the 5 th Yoice was
mentioned in 121. Such forms are the following
(cited by B. D. K.) : ^Wh Past 3 s. m. fr. *fxf
and HD^'Pl Pause-form of mb&T) Past 3 s. /.,
l^rran Past 2 s. /. fr. |"TO (corresponding to the
form WljSKl in Tab. XIY).
(J3) With this ( )-form corresponds the 0)-form in
Tabs. XVIII, XX, & XXI.
356 SOME HOPH-AL FORMS.
(7) (i.) Instead of the ()) -forms, such as SD^Ifi, 3D&, 3DP
etc., in Tab. XXI, there are some which corre-
spond rather with the Hoph-dl forms in Tab. XIX,
i.e. with Dag. F. in the 1 st Et-letter, as in
tefcTl) Job xxiv. 24 Hoph. Past fr. *pft w. 1 pref.
(on which P. D. K. writes " it ought by rights to
be J&BSn, after the form of 01\ f IfBftf).
The form ttBSl is Hke $&1 fr. # in Tab. XIX,
and so the form might be said to be ' borrowed '
from a Yerb 3 3 .*
So also in the Hoph. Fut. 3 s. m. ft3* fr WD
& ^ fr. *pD, and (with *| as in Pt. I, 14, KB.)
DDV in Pause Is. xxviii. 27 fr. MD & the Pause-
form H^V Hos. x. 14 fr. Tl$; and so in the
2 s. m. Fut. UqpA. T^fl Is. xxxiii. 1 fr. TIB>.
(ii.) With followed by Dagesh we have n)3$n
(Lev. xxvi. 34 & 35 and 2 Chron. xxxvi. 21),
Hoph. Infin. fr. Bb$ w. n , which is said by
B. D. K. to be for T\~ the Affix her. This word
with 3 pref. would be PlW'nS, instead of which
we have n^^HS Lev. xxvi. 43 {Hoph, Infin.
fr. DM*}.
(iii.) In Job xxi. 5, ^^H 1 ) with Dagesh in the V) has
been found in some copies instead of the JtfSBTfi
which is given in the best editions. The Student
must not confuse these two words. %3BT1 would
- T
* Similarly the Fut. K. forms 2b\ etc., and the Fut. H$. forms 3D* etc., in
Tab. XXI, may be said to be " borrowed" from Verbs 3 # S. Comp. 243.
SOME HITHPA-EL FORMS. 357
be Hqph. Imper. 2 pi. m. fr. D$ [comp. Note (*)
on p. 87] ; but in *|ft^p| the is Long Kaumets
(or ' Broad Kaumets,' as R. D. K. calls it), and
this latter word therefore is not a Hoph-dl form
at all. It is best taken to be Imper. 2 pi. m.
Hiph-il fr. dftfc^, in somewhat the same sense as
the H(j>. s. m. Partic. tMb^fi fr. W in Ez. iii. 15.
(iv.) In tfl3* (p. aim) JBTqpA. Fut. 3 pi. m. fr. HW,-
instead of tfDP like J|3DV in Tab. XXI, it might
be supposed that there is a mixture of the ^'3
form with the ordinary $Tj?3 form. But
Note. In some of the above-mentioned instances
it might have been enough to have said merely
that the LoNG-vowel of the ordinary form is
.' resolved' into a Short- vowel and Dagesh.
HlTHPA-EL.
(11) (a) As was mentioned in Note (h y a) on Tab. XIY,
(i.) The 2 a Et-letter often has instead of in the
HO. Past 3 s. m., Imper. 2 s. m., and Fut. 3 s. m.
etc., as is marked in the Table by the (S) given
after the ( )-orms. Examples are given in that
Note.
(ii.) In Pause the 2 d Eoot-letter has -7- in HO.* Past and
Impel?. & Fut. forms (except Past 2 pi. m. & /.).
See examples in Note (h) on Tab. XIV.
(iii.) This of the Pause-forms corresponds with the
() -forms of (i).
* Comp. 166 (c), N.B. and (d). Also 245, and Note (iv) on Tab. XXI.
358 SOME HITHPA-EL FORMS.
(iv.) Some Roots have () -forms, and moreover Pause-
forms corresponding with the () -forms. Thus,
fr.^pPl we have the ( ) -forms T?iW and *7] wlftK
but in Pause we have the of the () -forms,
thus nWw & ttoWiv
I it - : it - :
(/9) The Dag. F. is sometimes omitted from the 2 a Rt-letter
when this letter has Shva, as in WpWI fr. 1 7*
Nu. i. 18, s hhr\m fr. hhr\ Jer. xlix. 4.
(7) As seen in Note (h, /3) on Tab. XIV, the 1 st Rt-letter
has' sometimes (in place of the followed by
Dagesh) as in ^D^fill (3 pi. Past) in place of
Vlj9i3hPl,' and *?p3JY 3 s. m. Fut. in place of HJ23IV,
and VTpfiH* 3 pi. m. Fut. in place of *Hj5fiIV.
Note (i.) Although these three are the only Hithp*
forms which occur from the Root 1p)
(those given in the Table being merely-
general Paradigm-forms), yet we may
perhaps admit that it is allowable to
assume and assert as some do that the
-- [of the forms ^njp^Hn and *1j53JV and
^npSJV (which do not occur)] has been
lengthened into the of ^pSJlPI and
TDBIV and VlpBIV (the forms which
actually occur), the followed by Dagesh
being replaced by this . And,
* There is also a Sothp. form npSnPT (3 pi. Past fr. Ipfi 1 K. xx. 27 and
Eu. i. 47, etc. This is sometimes described as a Mixed Soph, and SO. form.
SOME HITHPA-EL FORMS. 359
(ii.) In support of such an assumption it might
be urged that the H6. forms are generally
connected with Pi-el forms as may be
seen in Table XI Y* ; and similarly in
Tables XX & XXI. But
(iii.) We are bound to admit also that the reverse
may possibly have been the order of the
actual process of formation viz. that the
-r of the Hp3 (or *TS) & *Hp3 forms may
have been resolved into the 'followed
by Dagesh* of the ordinary forms, and
that thus there may have been preserved
in these rare forms a hint which may be
useful in dealing with the general deriva-
tion of Yerb-forms from simple forms of
the First Yoice Kal.
[But we may not indulge ourselves in
thus theorizing here].
(8) The of the 2 d Rt-letter (in place of the usual ) in
some H6 % Past-Tense forms was mentioned under the
head of 'some Past-Tense forms/ 3 (6) above [p. 326].
(e) For some Pause-forms, with before a 2 d Rt-letter H
bearing ^-, and also before Jl, see 166 (d).
(f) The transposition of the T\ of T\T\ and a 1 st Rt-letter
$f or &?, D, & > and moreover the replacing of
* The Pi. Infin. form Tj^S is the generally underlying form in the JET0. But the
Past and Imper. & Fut. HO. have not only the of the Tgjj form, but also the -=-
of a 1|?3 form, whence the of the Pause-forms may be said to be obtained.
t For the word rttBDOTn (fr. WW) Jer. xlix. 3, see 246.
T * 2b
360 THE WORD jnittfc^.
t it :
the M by b after a 1 st Rt-letter , with some other
HO. forms, were considered too important to be
reserved for this late position at nearly the end of
these 'Further remarks on Verb-forms' of which
some are of but rare occurrence. This important
matter was therefore placed in a special Note on
pages 315-318, to which it is sufficient here to refer.
(rj) (i.) The word PlIfiEO Prov. xxvii. 15 is generally said
to be of 'Mixed' N<f>. & HO. form, or Nithpaal, a
Yoice-form which is common in Rabbinic, a kind
of Passive form of H6., or having somewhat the
same relation to HO. that N(f>. has to Kah
(ii.) It is also said by some to be a Past-Tense form 3 s. ;
but some have said that it is Partic. s./. In each
of these last two cases the Accent should be on
the last syllable, and so some copies have it. But
there is high authority in favour of the Accent
being on the Penultima, and also of the word
being taken to be the Third Pers. Sing, of the
Past Tense. In the *ftV 7/U/b the word is said
to be Past 3 s. Masc. (referring to the word Wl\
but there is added " or it may be Partic. s. Fern.,
although the Accent is on the Penult." which
however appears to be at least doubtful.
(iii.) The word is more generally taken to be 3 s. Fern.
Past. But
(iv.) The form is a strange one for the Past 3 s. Fern, of
a Yerb whose 3 d Rt-letter is H Quiescent, and no
THE WORD 'tfffPt&i. 361
t it :
one seems to have thought of explaining how the
word can be such a Past 3 s. Fern. As such,
fr. rW, it ought to be tTtftW^S in Pause for
T IT T :
iUHW#J [for nn^^ if, as is said, the is
oitr' s.t : - :
instead of followed by Bag. as in (7) above].
The shortening of such a form into JPftttfc^ is at
least strange. It may perhaps be illustrated by
the rare form * h$F\T\ 2 S. xxii. 27, for the tSfiSnfi
it - it - :
of the corresponding passage in Ps. xviii. 27. If
we may suppose that in ordinary current speech
the T\ between the 3 and the 7 of ytt^nft became
transposed so as to be pronounced along with the
nfn , and so /iSftft (the regular contraction for such
a word as 7fittnM) was obtained, f similarly it
might be possible for the second T\ of Jjlfiltt^ to
have become transposed so as to be taken with the
previous T\ . But this is not quite satisfactory ;
and it would not account for the Accent being
under the ft in JJWlM, as it is given by high
authority in Prov. xxvii. 15.
(v.) A very easy explanation of the word is possible if
we may suppose that there is merely a transposi-
tion i of the H and the ) of tnfWJ, which would
T t it:
* This is sometimes said to be of the Aramaean form Ittaphal. But from 7D3 we
might expect rather 7FI2FIP) . It might however be supposed to be "borrowed"
from a Eoot ^72 . But the Boot of the word in Ps. xviii. is pDD . The Tense form
of each is 2 s. m. Fut.
f It will be seen that one of the many /-letters in the word is thus got rid of.
% There are several instances of such < Transposition' of letters, or ' Metathesis*
as it is called. Thus we have both b03 and D6P3 a lamb, and both lytity and
362 THE WORD jftWJ.
t it :
be the regular Pause-form of the JV<. Past 3 s. /.
{i.e. nniBO] from 1W. The iV<. of this Root
does not indeed occur. But perhaps it is not
more objectionable to assume an ordinary Niph-al
form with one letter transposed, than it is to
assume an extraordinary Nithpa-al* form one
which as such cannot be satisfactorily explained
except with great difficulty.
(vi.) Let it be observed that it is JPVlftKO with the Accent
v ' t it :
on the Penultima which demands and is so diffi-
cult! of explanation.
(vii.) If the word be of NO. form, the ft stands in the
place of the 1 st Rt-letter W in accordance with
'Note I (a, if on page 315. The word therefore
belongs to that limited class of Verb-forms in
which the Accent is on the syllable to which the
First Rt-letter belongs. The great principle
i"lft>> a robe, etc. So in Hos. x. 9 we have ni?JJ instead of the more usual
rmy wrong; and so we have both niM Is. xxviii. 19 and niy.T Deut. xxviii. 25 &
Ez. xxiii. 46 (and in a few other places Kri). So also we have both TViVFbtt
Ps. lviii. 7 and JWpT\D Job xxix. 17, etc.
Euphony might very well cause the labial 1 of nn^J to be removed from between
the two more kindred letters W and 71 . The word illflKO is much more euphonious
than nniKO . But this is merely offered as just possible ; we own that we have no
authority for the conjecture.
* Or * Mixed' N<p. & Ed. Although this is a common form in Eabbinic, it is
exceedingly rare in Biblical Hebrew. There is a great weight of authority for
taking our word to be of such a NO. or * Mixed' N<p. & HO. form.
f By no means so difficult is JnifiKO with the Accent on the last syllable as some
give the word in Prov. xxvii. 15. This may be NO. Past 3 s. m. fr. 7X\W [for JrWRKOT
referring then to the Noun CM ; or it might be NO. Partic. s. /., referring then
to fiE%f But it is best to adopt the more difficult form i.e. with the Accent
PENULTIMATE.
THE WORD tiflftW. 363
t it :
stated in the case of 'Full* Yerbs on page 109
[see 'N.B/ at the foot of that page] may be
stated now as a General Principle in the
following terms :
N.B. The accent of most Yerb-forms is (where
nothing interferes* with it) on that syl-
lable in which the Second Rt-letter is
involved or implied, or to which that
2 d Rt-letter belongs.
Nothing interferes with this Great Principle in
the case of the 3 s. m. and 3 s./. Past iV^.f, and
therefore we should expect the Second Rt-letter to
be involved in the syllable ft of JPVlJlEO. This
T T IT ;
would require the form to be one which, using Q
and h for 1 st and 3 d Rt-letter ( 117), we might re-
present by jrnSfti. This form tnSfiHi can be
t it : t it :
. explained (as 3 s. /. Past NO. or 'Mixed' N$. &
MO.) only in one or other of the two following
ways :
(a) It might correspond with such a form as tT\tipF\l$
fr. Dip. If so, tiling as 3 s. /. Past would
| t it : v
correspond with a 3 s. m. form Jinfc^J [as
HMjrO , 3 s. /., would correspond with a 3 s. m #
form tDpM], and we should have to suppose that
* For some cases of interference, see Note (t) on p. 375 below.
t If our word be of 'Mixed* N<p. & SB. form, the beginning and end are of
N<p. form with the H9. part in the middle. So in ffTV , Ps. vii. 6, the beginning
and end of the word are of Kal, and the middle of Pi. form.
% This is merely a form. There is no such word.
364 THE WORD JPllftfe^J.
t it :
it is "borrowed" from a ftoot $& the 2 d Ht-letter
of which (i.e. the first 1) is treated like the 1 of
Dip in Tab. XX.* But as we should thus have
to assume for the N<f>. Past the unusual form
Dpi f 3 s. m., instead of the usual form in Tab.
XX, if we must adopt one or other of the two
i.e. either (a) or (b), we should prefer to say that
(b) It might correspond with such a form as JPftfrp}:!:
(Pause-form of PlSttp} J) fr. MD, the ending of
which agrees with that of the usual N$. forms
SM 3 s. m., n|D3 3 s./., in Tab. XX, which in
Pause would be OD} 3 s. m., jrDD3 3 s. /.
IT T T IT T
Thus our word JfiMT:) would stand for tPfoftEO
T IT : T IT ;
Pause-form of ffil T l^, a form "borrowed" from
t v- :
a Eoot Y)$ having each 1 Consonantal. The Root
in ordinary use is Hl^.
"We have dwelt upon this difficult word at some length, not
on account of the interest attached to itself, but for the sake of
the opportunity offered by it for calling the Student's attention
to some matters of general importance.
We must be content with mentioning some other difficult
words more briefly in the Analytical Index, and will now
conclude this Section with the following Notes.
* This might he illustrated hy the form PW1 Past K. 3 s./. (in JHW Ex. i. 16)
which is not obtained directly from the common Eoot HTI but is " borrowed" from
a Root *n the 2 d letter of which (i.e. the first *) must for this form he treated as
being like the * in DMP whence the 3 s. /. Past K. is ntDb? 226 (i). And so
nvn Partic. K. pi./. (Ex. i. 19) must be from "PI, like ri)ti& from D*fc 226 (ii).
t As t^03, which was mentioned in Note (*) on p. 160.
% This is merely a form. There ie no such word.
VOICE FORMS ^S, ETC. 365
Note (A).
Note on the VOICJE-Yomis hvh (or hV)Z) & Syb (or Wte).
(a) (i.) The Yoice-form 7$?b instead of 7^3 is common in Yerbs
which have the same letter for their 2 d & 3 d Rt-letter
(Jj'j, Tab. XXII & Obs. XIX on p. 179). Thus as
K. D. K. observes " fpfbft (whence Tib*} Hab. iii. 6)
is of the form /!tfb\" s.e. of the 7$?b Yoice-form.
(ii.) The h>Vb form of the Yerbs in (i), as ty/ty, Past 3 s. m.
fr. 7 /$> Lam. i. 12, is related to the 713 form as
the ordinary 7^3 is related to the 75J3 form.
(iii.) So, too, the 7l?bnn form of the Yerbs in (i), as
Tviinn? Infin. w. 7 fr. 7 /X Gren. xliii. 18, etc., is
related to the 7^b form as the ordinary ^SUPl form
is related to the 7^3 form. Comp. (ii) on p. 359.
(fi) In the case of Yerbs )')f (Tab. XX), forms such as those in
(a) are " borrowed," in place of 75?3 and 75?3 and T^ftPl
forms. [But, if reckoned as from Yerbs \ JJ, these are 7/b
and 7?b and vvbnH forms the 3 d Rt-letter being re-
duplicated ; thus Dftip etc., and Dftipetc, and dJbipflPl
etc., from Dip.]
(7) In the case of " Full" Verbs also, a few hvh and Wb and
y^brin forms occur. Thus,
(i.) From H$ we have
() The hvh form &p (Past 3 s. m.) he hath taken
root, Is. xl. 24, and
866 VOICE FORMS bVh, ETC.
(b) The hvh form &*&* (Past 3 pi., Pause-form)
they are rooted, Jer. xii. 2.
(ii.) As other instances of this 7tfb form, " according to
the opinion of some of the grammarians," B. D. K.
cites ypfffi 1 S. xxi. 3 (E.Y. v. 2, "I have ap-
pointed"), Past 1 s.fr. JJT, but he adds, "some say-
that the * is instead of the H of the H<f>. VfiHIPl,"
and PlfcDSfe? Ju. iv. 4 she judged Past 3 s. /. (which
may however very well be the Partic (1) K. s./.).
B: D. K. also cites from MB* the hvh Partic. ^gfefe
in ^3^7 Job ix. 15 (Partic. s. m. w. 7 pref. and
Aff. my),
(iii.) D^D^iS Am. v. 11 (Infin. w. Aff. your m.) is given
by some as a 7%}h form from a Root DKD . It is
perhaps better to take it (as others take it) to be
from the Boot 0)1 . If so, the $ is in place of the
first D of the form D^DDIS (Pi. or Po-lel form of
v : - *
Infin. as in Tab. XX w. Aff. your m.). See
B. D. K., and Ben Zev, under the Boot D*D .
(iv.) As an instance of Ttybnn form we may cite ^tfiinn
fr. B$J (Past 3 pi.), in WWmj Jer. xxv. 16
corresponding to the form JtjbhflTfl which follows
* This, so far as form is concerned, might be said to be the usual Pual Pause-form
of Past 3 pi. the being lengthened into to compensate for the Dagesh
which cannot be received by the 1 . But the sense in Jer. xii. 2 requires the word to
be taken as above i.e. as a 7$1 corresponding to the 7JJ3 form, since the 7V3 of
tjh*^ is used in the sense of " uprooting" thus ^KHKh Ps. Hi. 7 and He will uproot
thee, Pi. Past 3 s. m. w. 1 pref. & Aff. thee m. and the 7JJ3 in the sense of " being
uprooted, 1 ' thus J-")fchb>'! Job xxxi. 8 they m. shall be uprooted, Fut. Pu. 3 pi. m. in
Pause, f Past 3 pl.,w. 1 pref., fr. Jfcj*
VOICE FORMS
bvh, etc. 367
it, and, from the same Boot, *&5fr (Fut. 3 pi. m.)
Jer. xlvi. 8 although the ordinary form !05?H1V
occurs just previously, in verse 7.
Note. On j>X3& (Partic. s. m. fr. fiO) Is. lii. 5,
R. D. K. writes (Shor. WO) that "it is properly
f NblTD," ?'.e. of this mthpo-M form. He adds
however " or it is compounded with the Pu-al"
"We prefer this latter. But some object to this,
and prefer to consider the word as of Hithpo-M
form.*
(S) (i.) The of the ytyb form is sometimes shortened into -rd ;
thus we have the s. m. Partic. form *3BT43 fr. {/?
with " 1 superfluous* ' (Ps. ci. 5), and with s at the end
as in ' App* (B) to Tab. XIY " (). So in ^SriKfi t
Job. xx. 26 the is 6, and the word may be (as
E. D. K. gives it) a *#fe form of Fut. (3 s. /. w. Aff.
Mm) fr. tafc
(ii.) Some may perhaps think that the rare form Sp^rV in
Jrl'WlTl Ps. xciv. 20 (which is usually taken as a
shortened form of Pu-cbI Fut., see above, p. 348, 7)
might possibly be a vtyb, or a v^b, form of Fut.
with in place of the . The PI in Ps. xciv. 20
is of course the Interrogative prefix, and the T| at the
end is the Affix for thee m. (comp. 185, ii).
* It should be observed that E. D. K.'s interpretation (which some object to) is
"based on the Ed. part, and is therefore only all the stronger if the Pa. part be
rejected.
t Some may suppose that this woud is connected with the common form tfPpfc&l
(Fut. K. 3 s./. w. Aff. him) y with the - o of the form 'Nfi in place of the of the
form 'fcfl. , Some also may suppose that the converse relation is the true ono.
368 SOME FORMS WITH 2 D RT-LETTER tf, Pi, H, OR $?.
(e) There are some other ?^b forms, ior instance, i^hl *i*Vl
Is. lix. 13 (Infin. Absol. fe, mn and fiJil) and Wi$
Is. x. 13 (Past 1 s., fr. nfc&=T\W). It will be sufficient
to mention such in the ' Analytical Index.'
(f) The word V?^}, which occurs in Is. lix. 3 and Lam. iv. 14,
has been supposed by some to be a Passive of the "tyb
form ?))h% corresponding to vtfh as 7#iD3 to 7^3 or
byp 138 (A). This may be. But, since properly the
7^b form has 7VB for its corresponding Passive, perhaps
it is best to say with others that the word is one of
'Compound' or 'Mixed* Yoice-form. There are several
instances of such. A few of them are mentioned on
pp. 177 & 178 above.
Note (B).
Some Verb-eorms op which the 2 d Rt-letter is tf , ft, pf> or J?.
(a) Of these some Infinitives were mentioned in 2 (6) on
pp. 321 & 322.
09) (i.) The forms tsk/H&f & VfflfelCJB'h were mentioned on
p. 325, and VtbtiW & Wtbttti in Note OS) on
Tab. XXY. ; but, as may be seen there, this occur-
rence of in place of the usual is not limited to
"Verbs of which the 2 d Rt-letter is X.
(ii.) HgfTfrfl (Lev. xv. 31) H<f>. Past 2 pi. m. w. 1 fr. ^Ptt,
is a somewhat rare instance of contraction for
* But VlH in Is. lix. 4 is of the usual 7Vp form.
SOME EORMS "WITH 2 D Et-LETTER tf, M, H, OR }?. 360
(7) (i.) In ffl^jSb (1 S. xvi. 15) i>2. Partic. s. m. fr. fijfr
w. Aff. thee (m.), for ^(J^S [ 183 OS)], the
-T- of the 2 d Et-letter is merely as in Note () on
Tab. XXYI [from the form TVWXb like WTjaSD,
instead of fiTOllft].
(ii.) fin$ (Mai. i. 14) has been supposed to be contracted
for the Hoph. Partic. s./. form MMfiPb fr. Wl^.*
- v- ; t
(S) (i.) For the Imper. forms HTSJtfi, W3ft, see pp. 331 & 332.
(ii.) In TltlW (Job vi. 22) K. Imper. 2 pi. m. the 1 st Et-letter
has (as in VlpS) before the of the H. This
is unusual, since the 'Slight '-vowel in such cases
usually agrees with the Compound Shva following it.
"We have another instance of such NON-agreement in
nhtf (Ruth iii. 15) K. Imper. 2 s. /. fr. ttlK, for
which however some read ^tPltf in which there is
the usual agreement,
(iii.) In nagT (Nu. xxiii. 7) K. Imper. 2 s. m. w. H fr. DJ?T,
the 1 st Et-letter has and the 2 d Et-letter ; this
is a very unusual form instead of flMft or Jl/b^T
vt -: - vt t: t
(e) In i|PlT (Jer. xxiii. 12) Nfa Fut. 3 pi. m. fr. Hhl, there
is before the H instead of the of the form T?*p fr. PI73
because the Fl prefers before it. Owing to this pre-
ference of the n for , the Compensation for Dagesh F.
is thus often not made in the case of H in order that a ~r
may be retained before ijb as the Student already knows.
* There is a similar contraction in Tn&l? (1 K. 1. 15) Pi. Partic. s./. fr. mtJ>
or nrn^D; and so rDnD (Ez. iv. 3) has been supposed to be contracted for the
l<p. Partic". s./. form npJPttD fr. mil.
370 SOME FORMS WITH 3 D RT-LETTER ft, fl, OR Jfm
Note (C).
Some Verb-forms of which the 3 d Rt-letter is M, H, or J
(A) The occurrence of ' Furtive* under H consonantal, or H,
or J7, when at the end of a word after any Long Yowel
other than -, need not be mentioned here.
(B) In many instances the Long Yowel of the 2 a Rt-letter is
replaced by , so that the g Furtive* -*- is unneeded.
(a) This occurs indeed, but only a few times, in the
K. Infin. Constr. as TwW the patting forth of
[finger], instead of the usual form TOW tb$%
hV 1 ?, and so Jftft once (Nu. xx. 3), but gW
in Pause Nu. xvii. 28.
(b) It occurs also, but only a few times, in the K.
Partic (1), as *Jft?3 once in ^Ti Ps. xciv. 9, but
VtDi-n (Jer. xi. 17), and so $ft twice (Is. li. 15
& Jer. xxxi. 35) instead of VTX and Jph three
times (Is. xlii. 5, xliv. 24, & Ps. cxxxvi. 6) instead
oftfgS. But
N.B. (i.) This shorter vocalization is usual fn
(a) The Infin. Constr. of Ify. and PL,
() The Imper. 2 s. m. and the Fut. 3 s. (m. &/.),
2 s. i. f and 1 s. & pl of N$., P*.,f & H<f>.,
(7) The Pi. Past 3 s. m. And
(ii.) It occurs also sometimes in the HO.
It may be observed that hi each of these instances the Partic. form may be taken
to be in Construction/ Comp. p. 85 (5, iv) & (e).
t We have also the full rpT* in Hab. i. 16, and n3]J1 2 K. xvi. 4 & 2 Chr. xxviii.4.
SOME FORMS WITH 3* RT-LETTER ft, H, OR JJ. 371
Examples are given in Tab. XVI (3) which need not be
repeated here.
[Obs. (i.) The ( ) form is usual in Pause; but the
endings Pi and JJ-r- occur even in Pause some-
times. They must by no means be limited to
instances in which there is close connection
with a word following. They occur not only
with Conjunctive Accents, but also with Dis-
junctives and even with Pause- Accents. See
examples in Tab. XVI (3), O)-(S), and Note ().
(ii.) For HO. Pause-forms, see 166 (c) and Note (||)
on Tab. XYI (3).]
(C). In the 2 s. /. Past forms, corresponding to THp& E.,
Pi1p), N<f>., etc., the 3 d Et-letter (when it is one of
those special letters) generally takes a instead of
the of the *1 in the termination-form TH ; thus,
fiPlpS (instead of *fihth), etc., see Tab. XVI (3) (C).
N.B. This may be recognized as not belonging to
the word grammatically (but merely a mark or sign to
help the pronunciation), by the presence of the Da-
gesh L. in the P\ following. This Dagesh L. belongs to
the P\ as preceded by Shva Quiescent, and its presence
shows that the preceding letter is treated as one that
has no Vowel. The therefore is treated as having
no reality there. It is absent, in theory; but the
* Some Bibles have Pinj2?l in 1 K. xiv. 3 ; and so some have JjinDK* in Jer. xiii. 25.
Comp. Note (f ) on Tab*. XVI (3).
372 SOME FORMS WITH 3 D RT-LETTER Pi, ft, OR J?.
Reader adopts it as a help to the pronunciation,
practically.*
(D) Instead of the ft -. forms of Partic. s. /., as JVlpb JT.,
v|vv
THffi iV0., etc., these Terns have H as WW
(p. tTOfc#) K. Partic (1) s./. fr. $;&?, and TP&m N$.
Partic.f s./. fr. m&, etc.
Note. These Yerhs
(i) Generally are "Verbs Fut ( )" [ 132,
N.B. 08)], and
(ii) Generally take to the 2 d Rt-letter in the
2 s. m. & 2 pi./, of the Imper. { IT. and the
3 & 2 pi./. Fut. PL, H<f>. f and HO.
[The above is a re-statement of what is concisely given in
Tab. XVI (3). The following few remarks may be added here.]
(a) A less help than that mentioned in (C) above is some-
times adopted, in place of Shva Quiescent under a
Guttural. There a was seen to be adopted. A -r
* Similarly a is adopted in the place of Shva Quiescent, to aid enunciation of
a Guttural, in $> (Gen. iv. 23) E. Imper. 2 pi./., fr. fUyOK?, p. 86 (e).
t Some take this word in Is. xxiii. 15 as a form of 3 s./. Past N<f>. ending in fl ,-
as rV?T 3 s./. Past E. p. 82 (7). It may perhaps he so. But there is no reason
why it should not he taken (as others take it) for what it strictly is, viz. Partic. N<p.
s.f. " one forgotten [Tyre shall he]." Comp. 140 (7).
% This scarcely needs mention here. It follows from (i) since, as the Student
knows already, the Imperative Eal generally has
the ( )-form in Verhs that are * Fut ( ),' and
the (-7-) -form in Verhs that are ' Fut (-7-).'
As an exception to the usual ( )-form for Verhs whose 3 d Rt-letter is Guttural,
we have in Gen. xliii. 16 the ( )-form nht? E. Imper. 2 s. m. fr. POD in the
expression fllD D^D-I (lit. and kill a killing, for "prepare some meat"). It will
easily he perceived that the form COSH hefore the Noun rOD would have heen
exceedingly inharmonious.
SOME FORMS WITH 3 D RT-LETTER ft, )1, OR J. 373
would be impossible there, because there is no syllable
following. But, where possible, a is sometimes
adopted ; thus, for instance, instead of the Quiescent
Shva under the 3 d Rt-letter J} in
Wi;, and (with Affs.) frfflT, ^HlTV, BgfP,
WY, and (with Affs.) VIWT, HWT, *WT\ etc.,
we find in the following forms
TOJJJT (Hos. viii. 2) and Dtttt JtJ (Is. lix. 12) i.e. the
1 pi. Past K. VXffV with Affs. T[ ^ (w.) and Q them (m.).
JST.B. This help in the case *J? before 3 is found also
in the 1 pi. Past of some few other Roots, and not
only in the Kal, as mB0 (Ps. cxxxii. 6) i.e. ttffib#
with Aff. it (/.), etc., but also in other Yoices as
VKRlfaji (Ps. xxxv. 25) PL Past 1 pi. with Aff. him
fr. JHO, and DtiSJjtfrYl (2 S. xxi. 6) J2$. Past 1 pi.
w. 1 pref. & Aff. ffotn (w.) fr. JffiF .
(J) Rarely is softened and shortened into before a
Guttural 3 d Rt-letter; thus W$3\ (Am. ix. 1) K,
Imper. 2 s. m. fr. Jftto w. ) pref. and Aff. ^m (m.),
instead of B9X3A from JJJp the 2 s. 0*. Imper. [For
the Aff. D^-, see Note (F) (n) p. 378.]
(c) Rarely the characteristic Khirik of the H<j). is replaced
by before a Guttural 3 d Rt-letter having ; thus
* We do not mean to limit the occurrence to this special case. On the contrary,
we are inclined to consider it but one of many instances of help to the pronuncia-
tion by the removal of a Consonant from the end of one syllable to the beginning
of the next, with the use of one of the marks of ' Approximation to Vowel-sound.'
As other instances of this it may be sufficient to refer merely to cases of a Guttural
First Kt-letter made to begin the second syllable of a word instead of ending the
first syllable, as in 169 (a, ii).
374 remarks on 230 & 231, 236 (7) & 237.
tKgBh (Is. xxxv. 4) E<f>. Fut. 3 s. m. fr. $g* w. 1 pref.
and Aff. you (m.) for Daft?*! or BJgBh.
(rf) nnpvl, Gen. xxx. 15, is supposed by some to be instead
of \t>\ ( for $&) Past ^ 2 s -/- fr ' n p^' w - 1 P ref -
It may perhaps be so. But strictly the word is the
Infin. K. (ftftp) with 7 and 1 pref., see Note (A) on
Tab. XIX.
(e) So tnrDlfl, Gen. xx. 16, is supposed by some to be instead
of Wti^ (for t^reM) Past N<f>. 2 s. /. fr. J"D\ in
Pause, w. ) pref. It may be so. But strictly the word
is the Partic. iV^>. s. /. fr. )"D\ in Pause, with ) prefixed.]
Note (D).
A Remark on 230 & 231.
With regard to the two forms of the K. Fut. 3 & 2 pi. /. viz.
nj&jjn ( 230) and njWM? ( 231), it may be sufficient to
remark that the former is the one which most strictly belongs
to the Class of 'Verbs fy. The * of the ending Jl^ does not
belong to this Class of Verbs, but rather may be said to be
borrowed from Verbs of which the 3 d Rt-letter is Quiescent.
Note (E).
Remarks on 236 (7) & 237.
(a) In 236 (7) & 237 we mentioned some Variations in
regard to the position of the Accent in the case of
certain forms of Verbs )'y. The Student should observe
remarks on 236 (?)' & 237. 375
carefully the distinctions there pointed out.* We may-
add here a brief remark on . the Variation in the
position of the Accent which occasions sometimes the
loss of those distinctions. At the risk of some repetition
of what we have said already, we may perhaps call
attention here to the following Great Rules :
Rule I. The Accent of most Yerb-forms is (where
nothing interferesf with it) on that syllable in
which the Second Rt-letter is involved comp.
164 (KB.) and p. 363.
* Thus:
(njj K. Past 3 s./.,
( TXOp r K. Partic (1) s./., the H-f having the Accent as in 139 (0) ;
|ftt>1j? K. Imper. 2 s. m. with H ( 141, 7),
nOrlp IT. Partic (2) s./.:
/n?-1j5 K. Imper. 2 s./.,
( *$*p K. Infin. with Aff. my\
t There are several cases of interference :
"We must of course except
(i.) The 2 pi. m. & /. of all Past Tenses ; the Accent is always on the
DO & ifi (or DH & tn of Tabs. XXII and XXIII) in all Past Tenses
of all Voices of all Verbs ; also
(ii.) All forms in which the syllable involving the 2 d Rt-letter is further
from the end than the Penultima, comp. Pt. I, 42 ; for example,
in ttfbgn or *nb"j?n LT<p. Past 1 s. fr. Dip (Tab. XX) the 2* Kt-letter
is involved in the Long Khtrik (Pt. I, 12) attached to the p. But
the syllable formed by the p and that Khirik being Antepenultimate
cannot bear a Tone-Accent, and so in *ni3p K. Past 1 s. fr. 2DD
(Tab. XXI) the 2* Rt-letter, which is implied by the Dag. F. after the
p, is at the end of the Antepenultimate syllable.
(iii.) Forms ending in a closed syllable with a Long Vowel in it have the
Accent on that final syllable. Comp. Pt. I, 55 (9, a). Thus in such
forms as DDip, DDip^., etc., in Tab. XX, the Accent is on the last
syllable. [continued]
2c
376 remarks on 236 (7) & 237.
In Yerb-forms whose 2 d Et-letter is Quiescent, this
2 d Rt-letter is involved or implied in the vowel of the
First Rt-letter comp. Tab. XX. Hence Rule I. has
the following special form for these special Yerbs :
Rule II. The Accent of most Yerb-forms whose
2 a Rt-letter is Quiescent is (where nothing inter-
feres with it) on that syllable in which the First
Rt-letter is involved or implied.*
(/3) In accordance with Rule II, the Accent is properly (it
may be said) on the Penultima of the 2 s. m. Imper. K.
with the H of 141 (7), thus Pl^p. But, in accordance
Moreover,
(iv.) Analogy rules the position of the Accent in the derived forms Jtttftip
IDD'lp, etc., and in the Passive forms DE'lp, DEflpI, etc.
N.B. It might however be said that the forms Dftip, etc., and Dftip,
etc., and DftipflH, etc., of Tab. XX, are "borrowed" from
a Root JJ'yS , and therefore correspond with forms of Tab. XXI.
But in DID ? nilb, fn^D, etc., the Accent is on the syllable
in which the 2 d Et-letter is involved ; and so in 22D . nilb 1
etc., and Tllinn, etc.
(v.) Some endings, besides those in (i.), always take the Accent; for instance,
the Jl-jr of the Partic. s./., and the Pron-Aff. "TJ when preceded by ,
and some others. For Verb-forms with Pron-Affs, however, the
Student had better refer to the Tables. Such composite words involve
something besides the simple Verb-form, and this in itself often causes
* interference' with the Rule for the simple Verb-form,
(vi.) We must except also some Apocopated forms of the Fut. K. and Ed. and
the Imper. E<p. ; thus, T1J. for HD? fr. HT2, &TP for my. fr. nfcO,
b.for njjj! fr. rb), *fop for H3>T fr. USD, etc.; and such forms as
Dp1 from D-1p\ SD1 from 3D\'nBfa from 1W etc.
TIT- 'lT> T{J- IT V IT C T>
* Many forms also of he Verbs whose 2 d and 3 d Rt -letters are the same (Tab.
XXI.), have the Accent o/ the syllable to which the First Rt-letter belongs ; thus
nSD, '13D, H2D3, n3pn, etc., the 1 st Rt-letter being then also in the syllable in
which the 2 d Rt-letter is inv.ived or implied.
remarks on 236 (7) & 237. 377
with. Rule I, the Accent is on the last syllable* of
the 2 b. m. Imper. K. ofl&fil with H ( 141, 7), thus
#Tjp6 m which the p having Shva Moving belongs to
that last syllable.
Analogy therefore with the corresponding forms of
'Full* Yerbs, and general Analogy (it may be said)
with all other Yerbs, is in favour of the Accent being
on the il when attached to these Kal forms. And it
is perhaps not surprising that, instead of following the
special Rule (II) for the ' Yerbs whose 2 d Rt-letter is
Quiescent,' some forms follow the general Analogy
especially where* Rhythm, or Emphasis, or Euphony,
may be aided by the Accentuation of the last syllable.
Similarly in the case of the 2 s. /. and 2 pi. m. Imper.
K, i*t$p and )ti)p, the Accent may be said to be
properly Penultimate, in accordance with the special
Rule (II) for these Yerbs. But sometimes the Accent
is on the last syllable, as it is in such forms as *Tj3fi
& flOS [Tab. XI Y], in accordance with general
Analogy [Rule I].
(7) So also in the 3 s./. and the 3 pi. Past Kal y Pl/bp and )fcp t
the Accent may be said to be properly Penultimate, in
accordance with the special Rule (II) for these Yerbs.
But sometimes the Accent is on the last syllable, as
* We are dealing here with the ordinary simple forms, not Pause-forms. In
Pause-forms, when the 2 d Kt-letter has a Vowel, this letter and vowel form a syllable
on which the Accent is given (in accordance with Rule I), unless something inter-
feres, as in 166 (e).
t So v^ (comp. 225), which occurs several times, with the Accent on the
Penultima, is once (Zech. ix. 9) noted SH^D i.e. with the Accent on the last syllable.
378 ON SOME FORMS OF PRON-AFFS. TO VERBS.
in such forms as mt)S & FtDB in accordance with
general Analogy.
(S) And so too in Past-Tense forms which have the Accent on
the Penult, properly, and in which with the 1 prefixed
as in 160 the Accent is thrown upon the last syllable,
there is the corresponding Variation : thus, from PD$
K. Past 3 s. /. of HIP, rOBh Is. xxiii. 17, but KMA
vt t : T VT :
Is. vi. 13. So Mjjfl fr. Jtojp. & W)j5] fr. WSgf^ ^1^1
fr. *W3t?\ etc., and so n&fc} fr. fiXS ; but also n*fc*
S V VT T T VT T VT t
andsoV^ttVfr^ma.
VT 'IT
[Note. In $*ftbl Gen. xix. 19 the Accent remains on
*" l-T
the Penult, in accordance with the exception in the case
of Pause- Accents in 160.]
Note (F).
On some forms of Pron-Affs. to Verbs*
I. It is usual to have
(a) "With Past-Tense forms, the Affixes
*}__ me, !)} us, D &sr) them (m.), J them (/.) ;
(/3) With Imper. & Fut. forms, the Affixes
\3_ me, !fl ws, D-jrr Oft ) them(m.), J-^ ^w (/.).
II. But sometimes we find an Affix of the former set, viz. (a),
after an Imper. or a Future form; thus, the unaccented D-r- of
Dy^^ (Am. ix. 1, from the Imper. 2 s. m. ^3) may be sup-
posed to be shortened from the accented D-^r [instead of the
ON SOME FORMS OF PRON-AFFS. TO VERBS. 379
Q in what would be the regular form viz. Kftp^ comp.
Tab. XXVII, Notes (a) & (0)]. -And so we have with a
Future-Tense form sometimes
D instead of D ,
J (rarely J ) instead of J-,
^ (p. t'J ) instead of ^_,
!)J (rarely) instead of }} .
Comp. Tab. XXVIII, Note (e, vi-ix).
Thus B#|f^ (Ex. xxix. 30) K. Fut. 3 s. m. fr. #3^ w. Aff.
them (ro.), instead of DBP3 a which would be the regular form
[Tab. XXVIII, Notes (a) & ()].' So 338&g (Gen. xxix. 32)
K. Fut. 3 s. fit. fr. nPfK w. Aff. roe, instead of WIK* which
v" t v: v
would be the regular form; and so JpS'lfi (Gen. xix. 19)
K. Fut. 3 s./. fr. pan w. Aff. roe. So also WJU (Is. lxiii. 16)
#<. Fut. 3 s. m. fr. ^J w. Aff. us, j0S*\ (Ex. ii. 17) Hcf>.
Fut. 3 s. m. w. Aff. ^m (/.). jJYrT (Hab. ii. 17) H#. Fut. 3 s. ro.
fr. nnri [for jftJV or "borrowed" in form from an unused
Root nin], is a rare form ; for which, so far as the is con-
cerned, it might be sufficient to refer merely to 165 (I, 8).
So fr. run, % 3t ( Ex - xxxiii - 20 ) K ' Fut * 3 s * m ' w ' Aff -
roe, but also *an (2 S. i. 7) ; and '^fiJ^ (Nu. xxii. 33) K.
Fut. 3 s./. w. 1 Convers. & Aff. roe, but also t^SOfi (Job x. 18),
and ^fcOfl (Jer. xii. 3) 2 s. ro.
III. So the Past has the Aff. ^_- of the set (/3) in *JT^
(Is. viii. 11), but the ^_ of (a) in *MBJ (Ps. cxviii. 18) ; etc.
380 note (g). note (h) on GEN. II. 3.
Note (G),
Objective Pron-Affs. used 'Relatively?
(a) A Pronoun represented by an Affix attached to a Yerb
may stand, in connection with *\$tf before the Verb-
form, for a Relative Pronoun in English, as in "A field
M *\Tfo TB& which The-LoRD hath-blessed," lit. which
it (m.) f Gen. xxvii. 27, etc. Comp. 27.
(j3) The Pron- Affix by itself may also be rendered sometimes
by a Relative Pronoun in English, the *1$tf being
omitted as in 31 ; thus, " There be three things . . . ,
yea four (D*filH* re?) which I-know not" Prov. xxx. 18,
lit. I know not them (m.). So DfWy (Is. xlii. 16) may
be rendered " which I-have-done" and Is. xliii. 7 may
stand thus, " Every-one who is called by My Name and
(Vn&03) w ^om-I-have-created for My glory ; (VFH^)
whom-I-have-formed, yea (VTVEW) whom-I-have-made."
Note (H).
As was said on page 237 the literal rendering of the words
niW7 fcOSl [Gen. ii. 3], viz. "He created to make" or for the
purpose of making, seems to bear a sufficiently clear and simple
sense. There is no established phrase-use of the two words
which at all interferes with our rendering the two words
literally.f All that may fairly be said is that another form
* For the see Pt. I, 72.
f The literal rendering must surely be adopted in the somewhat similar expressions
rtfe^2 ddj, riibyjz W^n, rra^ n-jv, nib^. *jv-)y, et <>-
NOTE ON GEN. II. 3. 381
of rendering is possible, as we may try to show in this con-
cluding 'NOTE.'
(a) There are some Hebrew expressions consisting of a Tense-
form and an Infinitive (with or without the prefix 7)
which may be rendered by an English Adverb and
Tense-form, the English Adverb corresponding with
the Hebrew Tense-form, and the English Tense-form with
the Hebrew Infinitive ; thus ^TD %MD*1 [Deut. xx. 8]
and they shall speak again (lit. and they shall add to
speak) ; nty tyfh *|Dk i& [Gen. viii. 21] I will not
again curse any-more (lit. I will not add to curse any-
more), and fii^rn nij? ftDfc N /) and I will not again any-
more smite (lit. and I will not add any -more to smite);
SiD nifcO 1 ? W9 n^n vb [Job vii. 7] my eye shall no
more see good (lit. it shall not return to see) ; T\T\$ 7 M$K K 7
[Hos. xi. 9] i" will not any-more destroy (lit. I will not
return to destroy) ; TVlH T\$2T\} HCfe [Gen. xxxi. 27]
why didst thou flee secretly? (lit. why wert thou concealed
with-regard-to fleeing ?) ; HPD? Tfo*V [Is. lv. 7] He will
abundantly pardon (lit. He will multiply to pardon);
T\)&yh DnjHPt [Jer. xvi. 12] ye have acted evilly (lit. ye
have caused-evil as-regards acting); TWy*> JHttl [1 K. xiv.9]
and thou hast acted evilly, or dealt ill ; etc.
And so, without the prefix 7 before the Infin., Plpft *?tf
fYlfrO [Ex. x. 28] see not again (or see no more, lit. add
not to see); ibty )T?3Dn [Gen. xxxi. 28] thou hast acted
foolishly (lit. thou hast-been-foolish as-regards acting); etc.
382 NOTE) ON GEN. II. 3
(y8) Similarly also in the case of a Participle and Imperative
with an Infinitive; thus fi)Wy? Nv/^ [Ju.xiii. 19] and
[he was] acting wondrously ; J3j? -l*flb [1 S. xvi. 17]
playing well; ^PU7 D*fffi$tofl [Is. xxix. 15] ^o are
hiding deeply; and so VWsh EfiTI [Am. iv. 4] transgress
ye abundantly (lit. multiply ye to transgress) ; etc.*
(7) SortfcW 1 ? *n!3in the expression Mi Wjjh D^K X13 *ffc
Gen. ii. 3 may perhaps be taken to be an instance similar
to those in (a). As a rendering of the whole expression
we might then have " which God creatively made."
But we cannot quite agree with the " produxit faciendo"
adopted by Gesenius [Thesau. p. 236 (a)], nor with the
"He created producing" given by Dr. Kalisch in his
Note on Gen. ii. 3 [Comment, on Genesis, p. 83].
We prefer the literal rendering given on p. 237.
* Sometimes after an Imperative another Imperative is used, as in 2D> 2-1 JJ?
lie-down again (lit. return lie-down) 1 S. iii. 5 & 6 ; etc.
N.B. (i.) This may be said to be but an instance of the not uncommon occurrence
of two similar Verb-forms in Hebrew where a Verb with an Adverb may
seem more natural in English ; thus ^JNtf fiSHX PD-IS^ I will again feed thy flock
(lit. I will return I will feed) Gen. xxx. 31, 1)V W\>2$ ^DIN I will seek it yet
again (lit. I will add I will yet seek it) Prov. xxiii. 35, "''H^nri -l^nF) ?K speak not
so-much (lit. multiply ye not that ye speak) 1 S. ii. 3. And so with 1 Convers.
WW*) 2^*1 and again he sent (lit. and he returned and he sent) 2 K. i. 11,
D^PIEITVI 2-lfc^X I will again compassionate them (lit. I will return and will compas-
sionate them) Jer. xii. 15.
(ii.) The two Verb-forms, in some few instances, are of different Persons ; thus,
we have the 2 s. /. and the 3 pi. m. Future forms in the address to the daughter of
Babylon "l WTj?* ^p'in K? they shall no-more call theef, (lit. thou shalt not add
that they shall call thee) Is, xlvii. 1, etc.
VOCABULARY.
r* # * ^his Vocabulary contains merely a few words, some of which
are not always given in the Notes to the Exercises. The little that is
said about these words here will be sufficient, it is hoped, to enable the
Student to work through the Exercises. Other words, which are
sufficiently given in the Notes to the Exercises, need not be repeated
here.]
n (m.) a father, Tab. XIII. 1.
0*138 Abram.
Orn"f8 Abraham.
0*!K (m.) Adam, man.
D'-IK ( m .) Edom.
>m Lord, The Lord.
Bilg Oh! Alas! n^seep.92(52).
ittt (m.) light.
Ct) T< then
^{f) an ear, Tab. XI;
Dual Egqy, Tab. VII.
m (m.) a brother, Tab.XIII.2
ninx (/.) a sister, Tab. XIII.
Note (f, a).
"ID^ [m.) another.
\% (p. TO nothing, P8 there
is not, Tab. XIII,
Note (J, 8).
B*K (m.) a man, each one, any
one.
i\K but, only.
*?K not, Obs. I & IV, p. 93.
*?$ to, Tab. IV.
*?8 (m.) God, with Aff. ^ my
God.
r&8 A*w (w &/.), p. 28.
D^rpK (m.) God, a plur. Noun,
(also gods), w. Affs. ^n?
fos, etc.
*W ( m < thousand, Tab. X. 1,
Dual DJB^. (DK*y.)
0$ (/.) a >#**, w. Affs.
" fc>K, etc. Plu. niBtf.
UK JRAip, Tab. I. Note 6.
ttfl3*| *, p. ^^, Tab. I.
^/, p. :*?{$,' Tab. I.
^ /.
*]$ also, moreover.
*\# (m.) anger, i.e. the same,
w.Affs.iSK, etc.*
NIBK now.
*Q? (m.) a cedar.
* Also a nose, nostril, Dual D)SK nostrils.
384
VOCABULARY.
P.* (/) earth t land, (p. iy,
and n 5 ?? w. n <def.'),
see Tab. X. 1 for the
Sing., and Tab. XII. 1
for the Plu.
n^X a woman, a wife, pl. B*^ .
*^$ who, which, that.
W thou(f.),ip., Tab. I.
m (& HK KtMv) for T\m f
Tab. I. Note 2.
(-n^)riXTab. III. 1.
(-nN)nTab. III. 2.
*p-rw whom? (Objective).
T\m thou (m.) } p*.*K, Tab. I.
s T\KKtMv for W, Tab. I.
Note 3.
tim ye (m.) Tab. L
jfiK once y* (/.) Tab. I. Note 5.
ye (/.) Tab. I.
"t^ a well, i.e. the same*
V2f Tg| Beersheba (p. fy),
^33 (/.) Babylon.
**l% ( m garment, pi. BH^?.
&? (p. 9l)see*H.
"IIS (w.) a pit, 4.C.' the same.
n?2 (w.) a house, Tab. X. 8.
D.03 (p. 92) see D?D.'
13 (w.) a sow, Tab. XIII. 4.
"p2 PI. fo bless,Pu. tobehle8sed.
N.B. The only part of the
jTtfJ that is used in this
ha
im
#1
D)
M
V - T T
TO
sense is the Partic (2),
viz.
n-1"i| blessed s. m. (i.e. $^3),
0W3 '& D^3 p l. *,
(i.c. *3tt|).
Also the Infin. Absol^'m *
{to bless) occurs once
(Josh. xxiv. 10),
(p. 92) see D^.
Bashan.
(/.) shame.
(/.) a daughter, pl. rri32
i.c. ni^, Tab. XIII. 5.
(/.) pride.
(tn.) mighty, a mighty one.
(/.) might,
(m.) a lord.
(*.) greatness, Tab. XL
(w.) great, etc., 76, ii.
(m.) # nation, pl. D$l
nations, Gentiles, heathen,
a valley, i.c. the same.
?so, even*
although.
(m.) a garden (p. 8|j),
i.c. U, w. Aff. 131, etc.
P2. to speak,
(m.) a word, a thing,
Tab. IX.
(m.&f.)away,Ta\>.X.l.
grass.
* This is perhaps best taken to be a Kal form, like *flp3. Some, however, think
it to be a Pi-el Infin. like lp&, bnt with to compensate for the Dagesh which
the "I cannot receive. '1312/ is Infin. Pi-l (with ? pref. & Aff. him) in 'D*11>1
2 S. viii. 10 & 1 Chr. xyiii. 10 ; and so it is best to take it in 1 S. xiii. 10, but the
omission of Metheg there (in some Bibles) might be claimed by some as supporting
their opinion that the word is Infin. Kal.
VOCABULARY.
385
ffa (m.) fat, rich food, Tab.
X. 2.
7211 (m.) Abel, a breath.
HjfyD the [country'] Bashan.
%} (/) Eagar.
Dip a footstool, 'i.e.' the same.
IHn A*, Tab. I.
K1H *** Tab. I, Note (1).
fcOn^,Tab.I;32(II),94.
n\T tf be, etc., pp. 276-278.
nn,Dn they (.), Tab. I.
flDil (m.)a multitude, i.c.P^D..
n.3n ;n fo/rf/, &/.
W *% (/.), Tab. L
nSH. hither.
pn)"in (w.) <? mountain, i.e. "in,
P l.Dnn,i.c.nn.
tfli
^81
*$
etc.
fiKT *As (/.), p. 28,
rjj *Aw (m.), p. 28.
iriT (m.) #oM, i.e. 3Q|
li?.t (w.) W| # w oZrf man, an
elder, i.e. ID!, pi. &M,
i.c.^PT.
$6} (.) seed, w. Affs. 'WIT,
etc., as in Tab. X. 1.
D*33 (m.) ?{/, a Noun of plural
form.
ion (m.) kindness, mercy, good-
ness, Tab. X. 1.
See ' Analytical Index,'
for references.
rrpn;
Di*
t : -
3 1P (/) *W$ see Tab. X. 1
for Sing. ; pi. rifa^EJ, se e
Tab. XII. 1.
(*.) darkness, Tab. XI. 1.
(m.) good, 76 (i). Also
used as a Noun ' good. 1
(m.) goodness, goods,
prey.
(m.) produce, increase.
(/., also m.) a hand, i.e. *ll,
w. Affs. ft}, etc., Dual
B?5J A<m<&, i.e. *3k, w.
Affs. V^, etc.
fe om;, Tab. XYIII.
Juda.
(m.) a day, pi. D*P), i.e. *).
(or P|p % ) Joseph,
together.
mm stands for The Name,
pronounced * X^. . Comp.
Pt. I, 79(2).'
5* stands for The Name
when pronounced &ip# .
Comp. Pt. I, 79(2)."
\".(y.^ T )(m.)wine, i.e. t^.
DJ (jn.) a sea (p\ when un-
accented), pi. D*tfc.
V, see 6\\
?Q (/.) a right hand.
2$3 /**&
p^n; (p. tD ) Jerusalem.
D^ T (m.) woow.
te^I Israel.
T\T)\ Jethro.
"IK>K3 #$, also when,
TQ3 (7w.)taor,^^ry,i.c.nn3.
13 (m.) a pitcher, w.Affs.ns,
etc.
386
VOCABULARY.
nb thus.
ID 3 (m.) a priest.
D13 a cup.
12$ "Y)3 the furnace of affliction.
. Db (m.) strength ( 74, a).
*?/or, because, that.
?3 all (?| when unaccented),
w.Affs.ib, etc.
13 so.
!M? OmMii (p. !$}?).
^3 (/.) map, Dual D;fi)|.
"TO? (^.) a harp.
)D3 (w.)s7^r(pJ*|D3)Tab.X.
Note (*).
*15 7^^, w. AfFs. iS5, etc.,
Dual DJS3.
D^.3 a vineyard, Tab. X. 1.
&6 wo*, Obs. II & III, p. 93.
EN? (m.) a people, nation, pi.
a!? (.) a **w* f w. Affs. to 1 ?,
etc., pi. nia 1 ?.
a$ (.) jbr^ f w. Affs.bn>,
etc., pi. n'm^.
arf? (at.) flame, pi. B*}$
i.c.^n 1 ?.
run? (/.) }fa*, i. c . raq^,
pi. rrarfe i.e. nbq^.
DnS ( m .) bread, Tab. X. 1
' (Sing.)-
riJ5 (.) m>^ (p. m?3).
15^ therefore.
T\tp? why ? wherefore ?
^h to them (m.), Tab. II. 2.
Ufwffof' ever.
D^S 1 ? fo/or* (i.e. D*3$/<w#, with
pref. ?), i.c. *3?7 fo/on?,
w. Affs. V3Q 1 ? foyi^ fc<w,
etc.
INP exceedingly,
b>3KD (k)jM,
"^HP wilderness, i.c. "1319.
TO'JflJp, Ktywhat?, p. 29.
ngl3 (p.l41)S^.Partic.s./,
fr. JH*, [a thing'] mads
known. ( 92, 7).
J7<^>. cause to die, or
.#?& to death.
H3QO (.} a fos, i.c. n^..
> wAo .*, p. 29.
P.*9 (p. tt8) wifor, wato,
Lc.*.
n ^^K/-)^^,w.Affs.W3^p,
njKTtJ j etc. ; comp. 74 (/.).
^ a king, Tab. X. 1.
*VJP (/) <"* offering.
*V? bitterness, bitterly.
HI^D Moses.
n$$pt? a sfef j w . Affs. &$$?,
etc.
N3 wo^ I pray, we pray.
D$w7A(E.V.), lit. [w]
said-of (or #y).
*t33 before.
*H3 lamentation.
?D3 (#&.)# iroo^, valley.
VB3 comp. p. 172 (0).
1ft a Joy (p. n!).
0$ (/) *>*, Tab. X. 1 (for
the Sing.); Plu. rrietej,
Tab. XII. 2.
Q|53 vengeance.
"inp a hiding-place, secret-place.
"H?? (^0 servant, Tab. X. 5.
VOCABULARY.
387
"toy to pass, pass over, go be-
yond, transgress.
3J an organ.
*W unto, until.
T!3? {m.) a flock, herd, w. Affs.
n% etc.
*1W y, *f77, fowy while,
utiy eternity, ever.
py (m.) iniquity, pi. JlWijJ.
W (/-> rarely w.) aw ^ye
(p. m-Tab. XIII.
Note (J, a & /3).
"*$ (/.) a city, pi. Dny.
<y on, upon, over, etc., Tab.
IY. 2.
\vty (m.) most high.
D# with, Tab. III.
Oy (D{T) a^wpfo, w. Affi.tey f etc.,
pi. &W.
^V (w.) trouble.
^V. (m.) misery (p. ^y), with
" Affs. V)y, etc.
g|8 from T)p T :y r 3 s./. Past ^.,
see Note (7, iv) on
Tab. XXY.
IK () *** V [ - ns % i.c^?.
nny now (p. tnnjj).-
|| lest.
D*JS a /^ (a plural Noun),
i.c. $, w. Affs. n|| ^ etc.
*lpB rmV, etc.
n'VIQ Pharaoh [better, PAtfrao].
y^f trespass, Tab. X. 2.
|K sfo^p, a flock of sheep.
PI? righteousness, Tab. X. 2,
^ shadow.
nj5> *^<?w 0/ death.
^ , /.v >afoe, also distress.
&P (i.) ^/wm, with Affs.
^, etc. Tab. XI.
pel? (m.) ftft&
195 (.) &V&, etc., 76 (iii).
nan fo m^ &ai j 'a nan & ^
atf (p. 204).
WX1 (m.) a head, plu. D^frO.
nil") (/.) ten thousand, amyriad,
pi. ninn-], i.e. nteyi.
Bji (w.) m<my (plu. of 3*1).
ri?31 Eebekah.
yft (/.) 0/00*, Dual D&l.
n-n (w. & /.) tf^w*, also
spirit, wind.
5H & jn w. ( W > w*7, sometimes
" nu J - * ] used Substantively,
*<" ( "m7."
PSh thunder (p. Jt^J).
VKH wickedness, Tab. X. 4
(p.3#3).
tfH a ?wW aw<m, pi. CWH
Jtotj* (. & /) Sh'ol, the pit,
grave, Hades.
'*& JVcf). to be left, H<p. to cause
to remain.
n 'W (/) remnant, i.c. the
same.
B?$ (m.) a sceptre, a rod, also
a tribe. Tab. X. 2.
*5P "a captivity" for a fody
of captives, i.c. the same
. (P- &
JDB> iV0. 1J0 swear, U(j>. to
W see 108> "*? Beersheba.
388
VOCABULARY.
W (m.) a song.
\rhv (m.) a table
nb?^ Solomon.
HD^ for why 9 [p. 24, Notes
(a) & (*)].
D> (w.) a name [Tab. XIII.
Note (a)J.
ME>> thither (sometimes also
rendered there).
ta>, *$, see D#.
DJ^ (m.) heavens, heaven,
( P .:D>_),i.c.W.
^ & ^, &}!?#, &>, see
W (m. & /.) Sun (p. 8*0$).
d?2^ (i.e. ^f ) toft, p. as*- .
nab> % i.e. ns'f , DualDjns'^
(p.^_)i. c .W.
'^^MsacMoth.
rfe jtf-iww, pi. d*1G?, i.c. n&
Dinri (w. &/.) a deep, an abyss,
pi. nbna
*I}P| ifc, i.e. $8, w. Affs.
'Din, etc.
"Tift a m0, sm^s, and so a band
of things, as a string of
beads and such like. Also,
"Ttfi a turtle-dove.
n?QJp (f.) prayer.
W
389
A BRIEF
ENGLISH-HEBREW VOCABULARY.
[Note. This Vocabulary contains only a few words which, are omitted sometime?
in the Notes to the English-Hebrew Exercises.]
AbramD-pK.
Abraham WJH3S.
All fe, see Vocab. p. 386.
And,* 1 prefix ( 3, pp. 1 & 2).
As, 3 prefix ( 4).
As he (or I, thou, etc.) see
Tab. II (3).
see Tab. XIII (2).
Brethren,
Brother,
By, 3 prefix ( 4).
Cast, To, j& Mph.
Command, A, H1VP.
Command, To, m Pi. (the ) being
Consonantal).
Edom D*n (m.).
Esaul^. '
For (Conjunction), *?.
For (Preposition), ? prefix ( 4).
From, prefix ( 5), also tp.
From him (or me, tbee, etc.)
see Tab. II (4).
God, D^Cv^ declined like the Plural
tmrf i n ' Tab. V. For the forms
with prefixes see pp. 2 (Note
t, ii) & 3 (Note f, ii).
Hand *TJ Vocab. p. 385, also
p. 46 (0-
He m\ Tab. I.
House JV3 Tab. XIII (3).
IfDK.
Impress, To, V& PL as in Tab. XIV
In (Prepos.), 3 prefix ( 4).
In him (or me, thee, etc.)
Tab. II (1).
Israel ^rfr..
It (/.)**.
It(m.)K-in.
Jacob npig.
Joseph Plpi\
Like, 3 prefix ( 4).
Like him (or me, thee, etc.),
Tab. II (3).
Many, Much, 2"] (Sing.), D|b
(Plu.).
Mischief mn (/.), [for p. 220,
line 4].
More-than, D pref. ( 5), also ID.
More-than he (or I, thou, etc.)
B Tab. II (4).
Moses ngto.
* N.B. The only means of rendering into; Hebrew an English PAST-Tense
preceded by "and" (as in "And he visited*') is by means of a Hebrew Future
with 1 Conversive (thus 1pD?l) 154 Rule III (p. 101) & 161 (2) (p. 104).
390
No*6.
Not *6.
Not (Deprecative) *?$, Obs. IV
p. 93.
On Vy._ With
Tab. IV (2).
Pron. -Affs. see
Tass, Pass-over, To, ISP (Fut. --).
People, A, Dy Vocab. p. 387.
Pharaoh Wjfi.
Say, To, b K p. 128, etc. Comp.
Tab. XVII.
Saying (**& see Tab. XVII,
Note f, ii).
Sell, To, IDD (Fut. ).
Send, To, nfe : Kal (Fut. ).
Send-away, To, th& Pi.
She N\n Tab. I.
Soul B>BJ Vocab. p. 386.
Take, To, npfc Tab. XIX. Note (A).
Than he {or I, thou, etc.) B (Tab.
II, 4).
That (Conjunction) *? .
That \ (Demonstrative). See 32,
& > p. 28 ; and {Adjectivally -
This ) Demonstrative) 94, p. 58.
They CD (.) & W (/), Tab. I.
Thou 7\m ( OT .) & m (/.), Tab. I.
Thus n'3 .
To, h prefix ( 4>
To him {or me, thee, etc.) Tab.
II (2).
To-day, (Hebrew the day) Di'D.
Two, see p. 62.
Upon, hy w ith Pron.-Affs. Tab.
IV (2).
Voice TIP*
Water D?, Vocab. p. 386.
What? np. 29.
Where? ng.
Where ( 30), p. 23.
Whether? n prefix ( 7).
Who? *9, p. 29.
Who, whom (Relative) 12>$, pp.
21-23.
Whose ? See p. 29.
Whose (Relatively). See pp. 22,
etc.
Word W Tab. IX.
INDEX
OF PASSAGES OF THE HEBREW BIBLE WHICH ARE
CITED IN THE PRECEDING PAGES.
NOTE.
In this 'Index' the Chapters and Verses are those of the 'Hebrew'
Bible. Also
The order in which the Books are arranged here is the order in which
they stand in the 'Hebrew' Bible. It may be well for the Student to
be familiarized with this order. A Table of the 'Order of the Books'
is given on the following page.
2d
392
TABLE
OKDER OF THE BOOKS
m THE HEBREW ' BIBLE.
(I.) Pentateuch.
1 . Genesis.
2. Exodus.
3. Leviticus.
4. Numbers.
5. Deuteronomy.
(II.) Peophets (earlier and later).
6. Joshua.
7. Judges.
8 and 9. Samuel (1 and 2).
10 and 11. Kings (1 and 2).
12. Isaiah.
13. Jeremiah.
14. Ezekiel.
[Minor Prophets (xn)].
15. Hosea.
16. Joel.
17. Amos.
18. Obadiah.
1 9. Jonah.
20. Micah.
21. Mmm.
22. Habakkuk.
23. Zephaniah.
24. Haggai.
25. Zechariah.
26. Malachi.
(III.) Hagiogbapha,
27. Psalms.
28. Proverbs.
29. Job.
30. Song of Songs. \
31. Ruth. J The
32. Lamentations. > five
33. Ecclesiastes. \ Rolls.
34. Esther. /
35. Daniel.
36. Ezra.
37. Nehemiah.
38 and 39. Chronicles (1 and 2).
INDEX.
Genesis
PAGE
Genesis
PAGE
i. i .
.. 43, 226, 23O
ii. 15
.. 24I, 242
i .
.. 226, 230
16 .
.. 242
3
.. 226
17.
.. 242, 243, xviii. (of
4
.. 221, 226
Tables)
5
.. 227, 234, 235 (twice)
18 .
.. 243
6.
.. 225, 227
19 .
135, 243
7
.. 227, 228
20 .
243
8 .
.. 228, 234
21 .
.. 243, 244
9
.. 65, 228, 312
22 .
.. 244
IO .
.. 228
23
.. 244
ii .
.. 221, 228
24
.. 244
12 .
.. 229
25
245
13
.. 229, 234
iii. 1 .
237. 245, 253
14 .
.. 229
2 .
245
15
.. 229
3
245
16 .
.. 230
4
. 245
i7
230
5
. 245, 246, 256, xviii. (of
18 .
230
Tables)
19 .
.. 230, 234
6.
.. 128, 246, 247
20 .
..230 (twice)
7
.. 248
21 .
..230 (twice), 231
8 .
. 237, 248
22 .
.. 231
9
. 248
23
231, 234
10 .
.. 248
24 .
.. 231, 232
11 .
. 249
25
.. 232
12 .
249
26.
232, 255
13-
249 305
27 .
.. 230, 232, 255
14 .
. 249, 250
28 .
233
I"
. 250
29.
233
16 .
. 250, 324
30
233
i7
. 250, 251
. 3i
227, 234
18 .
. 251, 252
11. 1 .
236
19.
.. 252
2 .
.. 236
20 .
.. 252
3
.. 236, 380
21 .
.. 252
4
237, 238
22 .
. 224, 253, 257, 258, 259
5
..238, 239 (twice)
23
. 259
6 .
.. 238, 239, 240
24 .
237. 259, 260
7
i35 240
iv. 23 .
. 86, 122, 372
8 .
.. 240
v. 1 .
.. 79
9
.. 240
5
.65
10 .
.. 241
29 .
. 271
11 .
.. 23*84, 241
vi. 3 .
.- i55
12 .
2 [Note (t, iv)]
.. J 9
5
13
.. 241
vm. 3 .
..78
14.
.. 241
5
.. 78, 234 (twice)
394
Genesis
PAGE
viii. 7 .
.. 322
12 .
139 .
13
.. 234 (twice)
n
.. 139, 286
ii .
..381
ii .
.. 224
ix. i\ .
i35
x. 25 .
. 229
xi. i, 6 .
..65
3
. 88
7
. 24, xxx (of Tabic
xii. i .
. 260
i .
. 261
3
. 261, 161
4
. 161
5
.. 161, 165
6.
. 263
7
. 263, 264
8 .
. 264
9
. 78, 264
IO .
. 264
ii .
. 264, 165
12 .
. 265
13
265
14
. 265
15
. 265, 266
16.
. 266
i7
. 266
18 .
. 266
19 .
. 266
20 .
.266
xiii. 3 .
253
15
23
xiv. 18 .
. 139. 232
xvi. 10 .
324
11 .
.178
12 .
54
xvii. 4, 5 .
.. xii. (of Tables)
16.
255
xix. 4 .
. 1 13. 238
8 .
.58
9-
.78
15
59
19.
378, 379
xx. 7 .
. 279
l k'
. 129
i<5.
374
xxi. 23 .
.23
xxii. 2 .
23, 67
12 .
. 103
i7-
324
xxiii. 6 .
. xxxn (of Tables)
xxiv. 5 .
6, 23
15
239
16 .
5o
30
. 105
43
59
45
. 239 (twice)
59
*35
Genesis
PAGE
xxiv. 61 .
137
xxv. 8 .
.. 129
16.
59
23
3
16.
.. 35
xxvi. 3 .
.. 260
.. T 3
78,81,319
xxvii. 19 .
. xxiii (of Tables)
27 .
.. 22, 380
29.
.. 191
37.
.. rii. (of Tables)
41 .
.. 117
xxviii. 13 .
23
xxix. 20 .
65
32
379
xxx. 15 .
374
30 .
255
31
. 382
xxxi. 5 .
253
7
. 346, 354
27
.381
28 .
38r
30.
. 82, 338
39-
. 84, 346, xvii. (of Tables)
40 .
. 292
.. 4 2
253, 255
xxxii. 1 .
.. iv. (of Tables)
5
. 128
11 .
255
18 .
. 29
20 .
. xviii. (of Tables)
xxxiii. 11 .
. 169, 275
. r 3
. 179
xxxiv. 27 .
43
28 .
43
xxxv. 15 .
105
xxxvii. 33 .
. xxxvi. (of Tables)
xl. 20 .
323
xii. 23 .
5i
34
105
43
78, 35o
50 .
. 229
5i
. 306
56.
. 229
xlii. 28 .
23
xliii. 16 .
24, 372
18 .
365
xliv. 16 .
3^5
33
137
61 .
137
xlvi. 3 ..
323
xlvii. 11 ..
.137, xxiv. (of Tables)
21 .
35o
xlviii. 9 .
. xxxviii. (of Tables)
22 .
.67
xlix. 10 .
342
11 .
. 84, 232, xii and
xvii. (of Tables)
12 .
54
395
Genesis
PAGE
Exodus
PACTS
xlix. 22
173
xxxvi. 1
xl. 32
.. iii. (of Tables)
Exodus
.. 80
i. 10
.. 88
Leviticus
16
173, 278, 364
iv. 13
..67
'7
.. 287
23
.. 281, 288
. x 9
..i73 279, 364
.. xl. (of Tables)
28 .
.. 288
ii- 3
v. 22 .
.. iii. (of Tables)
4
i33 323, xxiv. (f
Tables)
vii. 14 .
..67
. 2 3
.. 179
9
.. 295
XI. 44 .
.. 326
. x ?
379
xii. 2 .
275
iii. 2 .
83, 330, xv. (of Tables),
xiii. 2 .
..67
xvii. (of Tables)
55
.. 178, 318
18 .
54
56.
.. 178,318
iv. n .
154
xiv. 41 .
.. 100
v. 21 .
.. xxvi. (of Tables)
42 .
.. 162
vi. 28 .
.. 342
43
342
vii. 18 .
.. IOJ
xv. 31 .
.368
27 .
330
xvi. 1 .
. 80
ix. 3 .
277
. 2 9
234
23
. 116
xvii. 13 .
. 100
x. 3
340
xviii. 25 .
3"
8 .
29
28.
.311 (twice)
28 .
137, 38i
xx. 7 .
. 326
xii. 9 .
3i9
xxi. 5 .
. 88
21 .
. 86
xxiii. 22 .
. 81
22 .
. 101
xxv. 18 .
. 101
xiii. 21 .
. 296
21 ..
. 172
xiv. 3 .
. 160
48..
.67
4
. 88
xxvi. 18 ..
. 342
21 .
137
34
2ir, 356
XV. 2 .
5
293
. xliii. (of Tables)
35
43
356
356
11 .
17
. iii. (of Tables)
275
Numbers
20 ..
.285
i. 18 ..
.358
xvi. 14 .
. 176
... 47 -
.358
23 ..
. 170
m. 16 ..
. 104
xviii. 26 ..
85, 336
iv. 23 ..
123
xix. 13 ..
. 288
v. 22 ..
79
xx. 13, 17 ..
103
vii. 2 ..
8 *c
19 ..
93
viii. 7 ..
. 3l6
25
. 161
24..
. 123
xxi. 19 ..
342
ix. 13 ..
253
28 ..
78
xi. 12 ..
. 6
37 '.
. 114
15
. i. (of Tables)
xxii. 8 ..
.89
16..
xxiii. (of Tables)
xxiii. 4 ..
328
xiii. 19 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
25
. 102
. 2 l"
.23
xxv. 5 ..
347
xiv. 10 ..
322
31
171
24..
23
xxix. 30 ..
379
3i
. 274
35
. iv. (of Tables)
45
355
xxxiii. 3 ..
xliii. (of Tables)
xv. 35 ..
.78
20 ..
379
xvi. 5 ..
138
xxxiv. 33 ..
80
26..
58
xxxv. 25 ..
280
xvii. 28 ...
370, xxu. (of Tables)
26 ..
. 280, iv. (of Tables)
xx. 3 ..
370
396
Numbers
PAGE
Deuteronomy
PAGE
xx. 5 ..
.58
xiv. 21 ..
225
xxi. 27 .
317
i .
78
30 ..
.288, xliii. (of Tables)
XV. 2 .
36
xxii. 11 .
. xxx. (of Tables)
18 .
.89
12 ..
. iv. (of Tables)
xvii. 12 ..
.85
17
. xxx. (of Tables)
xix. 5 ..
.67
18 ..
55
XX. 2 ..
. xviii. (of Tables)
28 ..
. 298
8 .
.381
30 ..
23
xxi. 7 ..
. 82
33
379
8 ..
178, 318
xxiii. 7 ..
. 86, 369
11 ..
.46
12 ..
59
xxii. 1 .
. xii. (of Tables)
13
. xxxviii. (of Tables)
14 ..
.285
26 ..
93
24 ..
179
xxiv. 3 ..
. 83, xvn. (of Tables)
xxiv. 4 ..
.178
7
304, 317
xxvi. 1 ..
. 104
17 ..
. IOI
12 ..
. 66, 79, 120, 3+9
XXV. II ..
346
xxviii. 25 ..
362
xxvii. 16 ..
105
4 8..
35o
xxxii. 7 ..
293
52 ..
51
11 ..
346
57
. 284
12 ..
346
59
. vi. (of Tables),
17 ..
163, 274
xxxii. (of Tables)
30
. 129
xxxi. 27 ..
277
42 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
xxxii. ..
.211 (twice)
xxxiv. 7 ..
3i3
8 ..
349
8...
3'3
13
135
10 ..
3H
18 ..
. 306
xxxv. 8 ..
5
21 ..
346
16'..
.156
28 ..
327
20 ..
334
36-
. 82
41 ..
54
Deuteronomy
xxxiii. 8 ..
3o
i. 19 ..
58
16..
273
38-
.85
21 ..
.271
44
355
Joshua
ii. 9 ..
. 158
ii. 6 ..
. 211
21 ..
179
8 ..
.238
iv. 1 ..
3*4
13
. xii. (of Tables)
8 ..
. 21
in. 17 ..
349
10 ..
. 88
iv. 3 ..
349
15
342
24 ..
. 287
16..
.89
v. 5
. 163
34
-.3
vi. 17 ..
82, 352
v. 24 ..
. i. (of Tables)
22 ..
.85
vi. 17 ..
. 88
23 "
.85
vii. 8 ..
. 80
vii. 7 ..
ii9 349. 352
24..
35o
ix. 4 ..
3i5
viii. 3 ..
.82
12 ..
.315
9-
. 22
x. 13 ..
59
14 ..
59> 285
17..
. 34i
16 ..
. 59, 82
24 ..
. 59, 82
ix. 19 ..
i*3
xi. 14 ..
35o
21 ..
105
xiv. 8 ..
. 172
28 ..
3"
xviii. 20 ..
114
x. 19 ..
. 102
xxii. 9 ..
129
xi. 14 ..
288
25 ..
286
xiii. 4 ..
xii. (of Tables)
xxiii. 5 ..
334
n ..
.285
15
. iv. (of Tables)
397
Joshua
PAGE
1 Samuel
PAGE
xxiv. 8 ..
275
vii. 17 ..
.81, II 3
10 ..
.384
x. 6 .
291, 317
7
273
Judges
J 3
. 291, 317
ii. i ..
103
xii. 1 ..
105
iii. 16 ..
. xii. (of Tables)
13
325
iv. 4 ..
. 366
xiii. 10 ..
.384
v. 4 ..
322
15
341
8, 12 .
.86
19 ..
. 82
14 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
21 .
. xii. (of Tables)
26 ..
. 88
xiv. 22 .
355
28 .
. 280, 344
24 .
. 269
vi. 15 .
52
27 .
155
32
157
34
. xii. (of Tables)
vii. 4 .
53
xv. 23 .
35o
viii. 2 .
3
xvi. 15 .
369
16.
43
17
274, 382
22 .
. xv. (of Tables)
xvii. 11 .
58
ix. 10 .
. 86
25
355
53
. 104
35
. 120, 326
xi. 25 .
338
35
. 326
xiii. 2 .
42
47
138
6,7.
.178
55
.46
8 .
348
. 58.
29
19 .
382
xviii. 3 .
. 80
xiv. 8 .
. 158
29
. 286
xvi. 10 .
346, 354
xix. 24 .
.. 104
i3 15
346, 354
xx. 6 .
77, 338
16.
346
28 .
338
xvii. 2 .
. i. (of Tables)
40 .
. 227
3
78
xxi. 3 .
329, 366
xviii. 22 .
355
10 .
. 28
xix. 5 .
85, 113, 33*
14 .
3i3
8.
332
xxii. 2 .
173
11 .
133
xxiii, 28 .
.. 4
"3
. 160
20 .
-46
20 .
154
xxiv. 19 .
.. i. (of Tables, twice)
25
. 286
21 .
..78
xx. 39 .
338
xxv. 5 .
325
45
355
7
35i
8 .
.. 272
1 Samuel
18 .
' 2 9? , A . x
i. 1 .
. 42
34
..273 (twice)
14 .
..89
xxvi. 13 .
53
26 .
.. iv. (of Tables)
xxviii. 7 .
..46
28 .
3*5
8 .
..86
ii. 3
382
15
-335
13
3*
24.
.. 270
15
.. 88
XXX. 22 .
.. no
16.
.. 78, 88
xxxi. 2 .
355
22 .
.. 89
28 .
..78
2 Samuel
iii. 5, 6 .
..382
i. 7.
379
7-
.. 239
26.
.. 82
vi. 9 .
255
ii. 22 .
.. 299
10 .
.. 300
iii. 11 .
.. 80, 286
12 .
.. 178
iv. 8 .
.. 328
vii. 2 .
.. 293
*o .
.. 253, 254
14
155
v. 12 .
34, 344
398
i Samuel
PAGE
1 Kings
l'AUIS
vi. i .
.. xxiii. (of Tables)
xix. 14
34*
6, 9 .
.. 129
20
H4 333
20 .
..170
xx. 27
-358
viii. io .
..384
3i
- 54
ad. 24 .
..289 (twioe)
41 .
.. 158
xii. 8 .
- 137
xxi. 29
*75
u .
34*
xxii. 41 .
*35
xiii. 8.
.. 156
18.
.. 88
2 Kings
xiv. a .
.. 277
i. 11 .
.. 38*
I:
.. 272
ii. 10 .
83, 330, xv. (of Tables),
..299
xvii. (of Tables)
ii .
:t?
iii. 14 .
.. 260
.. *3
iv. a .
.. iii. (of Tables)
XVII. II .
.. 129, 340
16 .
.. i. (of Tables)
16 .
.. 154
22 .
..67
22 .
..67
v. 18.
- 3*4
xviii. i .
.. 104
vi. 7.
'57
8 .
.. 163
... I0 -
137
16.
.. 4
vm. 1 .
.. i. (of Tables)
. *5
.. 81
ix. 2 .
.. 274
nx. 38 .
*57
18 .
.. v. (pi Tables)
.. 290
xx. 10 .
.. 101
. 33
. **
.. 281
XI. 2 .
135
xxi. 6 .
373
346
xii. 1 .
" ^ 9
xxii. 2 .
xiii 17 .
. 289
26.
.316
xiv. 22 .
.. 79
27.
.361
xv. 16 .
.. 5
... 4i
.. xxvi. (of Tables)
xvi. 4 .
37o
XXlll. I .
. 161
7
..163
6.
. 292
.. '5
. 310
xxiv. 10 .
353
XVII. 4 .
. 118
1 Kings
15
33
"3
. 103
i. 15 .
369
xviii. 32 .
103
ii. 20 .
i57
xix. 2 .
.274
27 .
4
xxi. 3 ..
343
in. 12 .
*53
xxii. 20 .
.3*8
11:
135
xxiv. 20 .
35o
. 104
xxv. 1 .
*35
vi. 19 ..
vii. 16 ..
. xxvi. (of Tables)
134
Isaiah
viii. 9 ..
. 294
i. 2 .
. 105
. 37-
.158
3
. 105
IX. II ..
344
ii.
. 89**
28..
. 105
16..
.316, xv. (of Tables)
39-
345
20 ..
. 105
xii. 3, 12 ..
. 272
21 ..
. 84, xvii. (of Tables)
xiii. 7 ..
33*
... So-
. v. (of Tables)
, 33
. 229
iu. 6 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
XIV. 2 ..
. i. (of Tables)
.371, xxii. (of Tables)
16 ..
-07,345
3
v. 19 ..
5,6'..
33o
vi. 9 ..
.78
9..
.381
10 ..
"3
12 ..
. 272
.. *3
:H 8
xv. 25 ..
. *35
vii. 9 ..
xvii. 14 ..
. xxvi. (of Tables)
11 ..
. 322
... *3
.285
14 ..
. xxxii. (of Tables)
xviu. 27 ..
.346
15 -
.78
399
Isaiah
PAGE
viii. ii
379
'7
.. 3"
. 2 3
.. 41
ix. 9 .
113
19.
. 104
x. 13
..368
17
.. xii. (of Tables)
32
.. 295
xi. 9 .
323
xiii 18 .
345
xiv. 3 .
4
8 .
-85
23
.. 280
26.
5
27 .
.. 113
xv. 5 .
.. 113, 176
xvi. 13 .
.. 105
14 .
105, 153
xyii. 8 .
5
10 .
336
xviii. 2 .
347
4
88, 334
7
347
xix. 3 .
. xxx. (of Tables)
!
35i
6.
. 177
16 .
. 101
XX. 2 .
. 105
xxi. 3 .
33o
12 .
. 271
17
i5
xxii. 3 .
34i
xxiii. 8 ..
34*
9
34i
11 .
79
15
234, 372
17 ..
378
xxiv. 2 ..
3 55
3
. 105
xxv. 6 ..
173
xxvi. 7 ..
139
19 ..
i79
xxvii. 4 ..
88, 334 (twice)
8 ..
281, 307, 308
10 ..
"3
12 ..
105
xxviii. 12 ..
. 267
17
.283
19 ..
3 62
27 ..
356
xxix. 6 ..
329
9-
. 176
14 ..
. 328
15
. 382
XXX. I ..
. iii. (of Tables)
2 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
6 ..
I79 -
12 ..
. xviii. (of Tables)
28 ..
295
Isaiah
PAGE
xxx. 29 .
.. xv. (of Tables)
30.
329
. 33
329
xxxi. 4 .
.. 123
5
349
xxxii. 2 .
.. 320
3
.. no
9
.. 122
11 .
320
xxxiii. 1 .
356
9
253
10 .
-318
12 .
M5
14 .
.. 329
20 .
.. 113
xxxiv. 9 .
329
XXXV. 1 .
154
4
374
XXXVI. II .
93
... x 4-
305
xxxviii. 5 .
. 328
19.
. 282
xl. 5.
105
24.
365
xli. 5.
.. 271
7
. 114
15
.. xii. (of Tables)
23
173
25
. 271
xlu. 5 .
37o
16.
380
18.
.46
20 .
. 170
xliii. 7 .
.380
8.
. 286 '
xat. J;
134
. 289
18 .
. 162
21 .
3&
24
37o
27 .
. 118
xlvi. 1 ..
33
8 ..
. 268
xlvii. '1 ..
. 382
2 .
. 86, 118
13.
.24
14 ..
. 116
xlix. 3 ..
. 21
21 ..
.163
23
. 23,3"
26 ..
283
1. 1 ..
. 306
Ii. 6..
"3
15
37o
16 ..
342
23
. 281
Hi. 5-
138, 318, 367
7-
. 290
15 ..
. 296
400
Isaiah
PAGE
liii.
3
. 353
9
. xii. (of Tables)
liv.
14 .
.317
lv.
7
.381
lvi.
3
. 290
4
24
Iviii.
9
ii .
. xv. (of Tables)
. 211
lix.
3
. 178, 368
4
.368
5
163, 335
12 .
373
13
.368
19 .
295
lx.
4
. 122
5
. 287
7
. xxxix. (of Tables)
lxiii.
3
*77> 296, 351
16 .
379
lxiv.
8 .
103
10 .
54 '
lxv.
12 .
n
24 .
. 238
lxvi.
4
24
Jeremiah
ii.
12 .
.86
36.
. 128
iii.
5
. 82
17
. 312
iv.
7
301
30
.. i. (of Tables)
v.
17
. iii. (of Tables)
^4
. 288
22 .
.. xxxix., xl. (of Tables
29 .
93
vi.
2 .
. 291 .
22 .
. 160
vii.
10 .
. no
22 .
. 285
34
4
ix.
2 .
355
4
34<5, 354
X.
2 .
.. iii. (of Tables)
5
304
7
. 280, 287
17
. 86, xxiii. (of Tables)
20 .
. 284
xi.
7
. 161
xii.
2 .
. 366 (twice)
3
379
J 5
382
xiii.
19 .
.. 211
25
.371, xxii. (of Tables)
xiv.
16 .
. iii. (of Tables)
xvi.
4
. xii. (of Tables)
12 .
.381
13
. 161
16.
154
Jeremiah
PAGE
xvii. 18 ..
274
xxii. 20 ..
331
24 ..
xl. (of Tables)
xxiii. 12 ..
369
13 -
291, 317
14 ..
. 272
17 ..
.78
xxv. 3 ..
35o
16 ..
. 366, xxx. (of Tables)
38-
.283
xxvi. 5 ..
35o
.. 9-
. 291
xxvii. 18 ..
. 272
22 ..
275
xxix. 8 ..
353
xxxi. 21 ..
82, 154
32
35o
.. 35
37o
xxxii. 9 ..
88
44
.78
xxxvi. 32 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
xxxvii. 12 ..
349
xxxviii. 17 ..
. 278
22 ..
. 161
xxxix. 7 ..
273
xii. 16 ..
342
xlii. 6 ..
. i. (of Tables)
20 ..
. xxiv. (of Tables)
xliv. 4 ..
35o
25
.151, xxviii. (of Tables)
xlvi. 8 ..
129, 367
xlix. 3 ..
.89
4
.358
10 ..
339
1. 5-.
272
8 ..
285
14 ..
281
21 ..
118
22 ..
340
34
349
li. 9 ..
xxxii. (of Tables)
33
35o
Ezekiel
i. 5
iii. (of Tables)
7
301
in. 15 ..
357
20 ..
88
iv. 3
369
12 ..
251
V. II ..
153
13
3i7
viii. 16 ..
178
xi. 17 ..
160
xiii. 18 ..
iii. (of Tables)
19 ..
156, 345
xiv. 3 ..
340, xv. (of Tables)
xvi. 4 ..
323. 347
5;-
323
401
Ezekiel
PAGE
Hosea
PAGE
xvi. 13 .
-283
ii. 5 ..
326
31
.. 277
iv. 2 ..
.78
34
.. 277
i3 14
345
5i
.. xii. (of Tables)
vi. 9 ..
. 343 (twice)
52
.. 323, xii. (of Tables),
viii. 2 ..
373
xvi. (of Tables)
.. iv. (of Tables)
x. 4 ..
3i9
54
9
. 161
55
. 155, xii. (of Tables), 156
to ..
334
61 .
.. xii. (of Tables)
11 ..
. 84, xvii. (of Tables)
xvii. 15 .
85, 113
14 ..
151, 356
23
.. 122
xi. 3 ..
177
xviii. 14 .
.. iii. (of Tables)
4
129
xx. 30, 31 .
34i
. 9 -
381
43
. 160
xru. 15 ..
161
xxi. 19 .
.. 66
21 .
!34
Joel
29 .
35i
i. 2 ..
6
xxii. 4 .
.273 (twice)
iv. 3 ..
6 ..
281
7
179
5
xxiii. 16 .
. 88
11 ..
353
20 .
39-
45
. 88
. 81
Amos
. iv. (of Tables)
i. 11 ..
83
46.
362
ii. 4 ..
xviii. (of Tables)
47
. iv. (of Tables)
iv. 2 ..
344
4 8.
.318
3
82.
xxiv. 12 .
. 211
4
382
xxv. 6 .
. 81
v. 11 ..
366
xxvi. 8 .
. 100
ix. 1 ..
373, 378
15
340
5
156
16.
. 104
8 ..
77
18 .
xxviii. 8 .
"7
. xii. (of Tables)
Obadiah
9
. 6
3
305
14 .
. i. (of Tables)
11 ..
281
xxxi. 5 .
. 121
12 ..
76
7
. 174, 283
13 ...
88
x 4
xxxii. 19 .
. v. (of Tables)
.87
Jonah
20 .
. 86
i. 7, 8, 12 ..
24
30
xxxiii. 13 .
3
. 88
Micah
xxxiv. 21 .
. 116
i. 6 ..
336
3i
. i. (of Tables)
8 ..
136
xxxv. 9 .
i55
10 ..
112
n .
. vi. (of Tables)
15
275
xxxvii. 7 .
337
ii. 7 ..
5^
10 .
. 291, 317
8 ..
163
... x 7
345
* 13 "
xxviii. (of Tables)
xxxvm. 23 .
3 2< 5
iv. 6, 7 ..
330
xxxix. 26 .
3 2
8 ..
271
xl. 3-
274
vii. 8 ..
269
4
275
10 ..
269
xlii. 9 .
. iii. (of Tables)
16..
1*0
xliv. 5 .
"3
Nahum
Hosea
PAGE
i 3 ..
50
i. 2 .
342
ii. 4..
347
ii. 2 .
. xii. (of Tables)
9..
112
402
Nahum
iii. o ..
5
7 -.
IO ..
PAGE
330
35*
292, 347
281
Psalms
xviii. 26 ...
27 ..
xix. 9 ..
14 ..
PAGE
316
361
268
xxx. (of Tables)
ii ..
277
xx. 4 ..
88, 335
xxii. 15 ..
253
Habakkuk
XXV. 2 ..
"7
i. 16 ..
iii. (of Tables)
9
101
ii. 17 ..
379
xxvi. 7 ..
79
iii. 6 ..
365
xxviii. 2 ..
302
7
. 282
Zephaniab.
xxix. 9 ..
xxxi. 8 ..
. 116
i. 14 ..
33
. 82
ii. 13 ..
174
xxxii. 1 ..
8 ..
24, 303
. 247, 289
Haggai
xxxv. 14 ..
327
ii. 16 ..
4
25 ..
373
xxxix. 2 ..
. 88
Zechariah
xli. 5 ..
335 ' t
i 9.
. 260
xiii. 7 ..
. xxx. (of Tables)
. 281 *
. 160
xliv. 8 ..
. 161
ii. 4 .
17
iv. 5
10 .
11 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
' 5 ?
. 102
18 ..
19 ..
. 272
. iii. (of Tables)
v. 4 .
. 160, 211, 335
xlv. 3 ..
. 176, 284
11 .
; 145, iii. (of Tables)
5
55
ix. 2 .
9
17
xi. 5
8 .
10 .
xiii. 4 .
. 114
377
293
355
105
349
. 291
6 .
9
"3
. iii. (of Tables)
18 .
xlvii. 4 .
xlviii. 5 .
16 .
xlix. 19 .
1. 5-
Ii. 6.
. 88, 138, 282
.76
"3
"3
. 282
..85
.. xviii (of Tables)
Malacbi
i. 14 .
- 369
7
344
iii. 2 .
.. 272
Hi. 7 .
..366
9
.. 271
Iv. 10 .
345
20 .
3 2 4
16 .
305, v. (of Tables
lvii. 5 .
.. 88
Psalms
lviii. 7 .
.. 3^2
i. 3 .
.. v. (of Tables)
9-
-46
ii 5
.. v. (of Tables)
10 .
55
12 .
193
lix. 5 .
-357
iii. 6
.. i35
Ix. 6.
36, 295
iv. 7 .
303
8 .
.. 105
v. 9 .
i39 286, 353
lxiii. 4 .
.. 52
12
.. 117, v. (of Tables)
lxiv. 5
.. 289
yi. 4
.. i. (of Tables)
lxv. 10
355
vii. 6
i77 363
lxvi. 3
55
viii. 2
.. xxvi. (of Tables)
lxviii. 3
340
ix. 15
.. vi. (of Tables)
4
.. 117
x. 12
303
8
.. 322
xii. 4
55
13
.. 292
9
.. 15
18
..64
xiv. 5
.. 228
24
.. iii. (of Tables)
xvi. 5
.. 3*8
26
" 33 m ,, X
xviii. 3
.. 24, 346
28
... xliii. (of Tables)
23
...iii. (of Tables)
lxix. 18
... 105
403
Psalms
PAGE
Psalms
PAGE
Ixix. 21 .
295
cxxxiii. 1 .
..29
24 .
. 110
cxxxv. 7 .
..285
lxxi. 19 .
55
cxxxvi. 6 .
370
20 .
. 280
cxxxviii. 6 .
137
n
. 122
cxxxix. 18 .
. l6l
lxxii. 5 .
32
20 .
302
13
153
cxl. 13 .
. 82
17
295
cxli. 3 .
.86
20 .
347
5
293
Ixxiii. 2 .
. 82, 297
8 .
. iii. (of Tables
t:
. 116
cxliii. 3 .
344
55
cxlv. 8 .
. 50
lxxiv. 8 .
. 283, xliii. (of Tables)
cxlvii. 1 ..
342
lxxvi. 6 .
'77
cxlix. 6 ..
. xii. (of Tables)
Ixxviii. 18 .
41 .
. xv. (of Tables)
3H
Proverbs
lxxx. II .
i73> 347
i. 10 .
. 267
13
. 270
28 ..
. xxxix. (of Tables)
14 .
. 177
ii. 13.
5
16 .
. 82
hi. 30 .
157
lxxxi. 6 .
.138
iv. 11 .
. 288
lxxxiii. 19 .
. 24
24 .
353
lxxxviii. 14 .
. no
v. 4 .
. xii. (of Tables)
lxxxix. 8 .
. 119
22 .
. xxxix. (of Tables)
10 .
. 302
vii. 17 .
. 295
42 .
253
viii. 6 .
55
45
. no
i7
. 128
XC. 2 .
239
24 ..
34i
12 .
. xxii. (of Tables)
25.
239
xci. 12 .
303
IX. 9 ..
137
xciii. 5 .
. 290
x. 3 ..
. 116
xciv. 1 .
354
xi. 25 .
. 288
5
113
xiv. 3 .
337
9
. 370, xxii. (of Tables)
xv. 26 .
54
20 .
348, 367 (twice)
xvii. 4 .
. 130 '
xcv. 4 .
22, 54
xix. 11 ..
35o
5
. 21, 211
19.
50
. 9
. 300
23
. 114
ci. 5
. 367
XX. 22 .
138
cii. 5 .
299
xxii. 2i .
.36
25
32
xxiii. 13, 14
.. 299
26 .
. no
35
382
civ. 22, 28 .
. 112
xxiv. 3 .
3i7
26, 27
"3
7
163
29 .
.112, xxiii. (of Tables)
14 .
335 (twice), xxiv. (
30.
. 101, 112
Tables)
cvi. 22 ..
55
3 1
173
cxiii. 6 .
. 84, xvii. (of Tables)
xxv. 4 .
. 281
cxiv. 8 .
59, 232
J9
348
cxvi. 6 .
.138
xxvi. 26 .
3*7
7
. v. (of Tables)
xxvii. 15 .
. 360364
16 .
"3
xxx. 6 .
137
cxviii. 18 .
342, 379
i7
. 342
cxix. 50 .
. 279
>8 .
.380
65.
cxxx. 4 .
"3
. 287
Jbl>
6 .
..85
i. 4 ..
. xii. (of Tables)
cxxxii. 6 .
373
10 .
. i. (of Tables)
12 .
.. vi. (of Tables)
21 .
. 284
404
Job
PAGE
Job
PAGE
iii. 25 ..
. 271
xl. 32 ..
137
iv. 2 ..
. 300
xli. 3 ..
345
4
. 160
17 ..
302
12 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
25 ..
173. ,
19 ..
n
xiii. 5 ..
. xhii. (of Tables)
v. 5 ..
. 22
7
342
25
53
11 ..
xii. (of Tables)
Ti. 16 ..
. v. (of Tables)
Song of Solomon
22 ..
vii. 7 ..
369
381
i. 6..
330
ix. 15 ..
x. 18 ..
xi. 17 ..
. 176, 366
379
. 88
10 ..
iii. 4 ..
iv. 6 ..
290
274
137
20 ..
xiii. 9 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
346, 354
v. 2 ..
viii. 5 ..
152
xxxvi. (of Tables)
21 ..
353
Euth
XV. 22 ..
173
i. 1 ..
79
35
78
13
122
xvi. 5 .
. 210
ii. 8 ..
338
21 .
.138
14 ..
. iii. (of Tables)
xvii. 2 .
. 154 '
21 ..
.89
. 309, xxiii. (of Tables)
xix. 2 .
i73> 2g i
iii. 15 ..
xx. 23 .
. v. (of Tables)
iv. 5 ..
82
26 .
367
xxi. 4 .
.6
Lamentations
5
.356
i. 4 ..
33o
16.
. iii. (of Tables)
12 ..
365
29 .
325
16 ..
33o
xxii. 8 .
. 137
ii. 11 ..
79> 340
20 .
. 163
13
.46
21 .
273
iii. 1 ..
24
23 .
. x. (of Tables)
2 .
i37
28 .
157
6 .
. 211
xxiv. 21 .
i35
25
3"
24 .
356
33
. 281
xxvi. 9 .
. 177
53
133, 281
xxvii. 21 .
l ll
iv. 14 .
368
xxviii. ii .
. 286
15
. 300, 301 (twice)
xxix. 17 .
. 362
25
24
Ecelesiastes
xxx. 8 .
.. 298
ii. 1 .
30
15
.. 120
18 .
294
22".
3i3
iii. 18 .
223
xxxi. 8 .
-366
iv. 2 .
33
II .
.. i. (of Tables)
v. 8 .
. no
21 .
.. 295
vii. 22 .
. i. (of Tables)
xxxii. 11 .
130
viii. 15 .
. 290
12 .
.. v. (of Tables)
17
24
xxxiii. 4 .
.. 211
ix. 12 .
348
13
i54
x. 1 .
. 284
25
.. 177
10 .
,310 (twice)
3o
.. 160
xi. 3
. 276
xxxiv. 13 .
.. 41
xii. 4 .
123
22 .
.. 114
5
151, 295
XXXV. II .
.. 130
12 .
. iii. (of Tables)
xxxvi. 2 .
18 .
345
..297
Estber
xxxvii. 12 .
.. 41
i. 5
34i
xxxix. 17 .
.. 36
111. 13 .
.338
405
Esther
PAGE
iv.
4
273
v.
2 .
.. IOI
viii.
6 .
8 .
. 322
339
ix.
i .
339
Daniel
i.
i .
235
ii .
235
ii.
9
. 316
viii.
13
334
ix.
i .
235
2 .
i54 235
4
. 88
19.
"3
24 .
343
xi.
14
304 317
Ezra
vii.
8 .
235
viii.
25
334, 34i
X.
14
. 5
16 .
234, 322
17.
23*
Nehemiah
iv.
9-
.156
v.
7
173. 305
Nehemiah
PAGE
ix. 6 .
. i. (of Tables)
19 .
. 296
x. 39 ..
120, 349
xi. 17 ..
. 282
xiii. 21 ..
'52
1 Chronicles
ii. 16 ..
. xii. (of Tables)
v. 20 ..
339
x. 2 ..
355
xv. 26 ..
. 116
27
. 177
xviii. 10 ..
384
xxix. 23 ..
xxii. (of Tables
2 Chronicles
ii. 16 ..
.163
xiv. 4 ..
5
xx. 35 ..
177
xxi. 17 ..
5o
xxvi. 15 ..
. 288
xxviii. 4 ..
37o
33
353
xxix. 19 ..
. 161
xxxi. 7 ..
342
xxxiv. 4 ..
5
7
5
28 ..
.328
INDEX OF HEBEEW WORDS.
:' "INK
PAGE
210
262, 271
.. Tab. XYII (Pdgm)
31, Tab. XIII. 1
.. Tab. XIII (Note 1)
273
275
273
,. 327, App* (C) to
Tab. XIY (Note *)
,.343, Tab. XIV (Note e)
TO$ comp. Tab. XY (Note *)
rua 267
K* 267
*&$ ... ... ...273 (Note*)
nxns ... 273 (Note*)
0*38 (=Bb) ... S eep. 153,
Tab. XX
n#h$(=n$bK) ... seep. 153,
Tab. XX
nta$ (i.e. nb) 31, Tab. xin. 1
*$$ " ...Tab. XIII. 1
SB* 275
s l% 275 ; also Tab. XIII. 1
*01K 275
*S>3 ... ., 275
etcJn^nx ^IK ... Tab. XIII. 1
npVax see 211 (p. 145)
ny? see 211 (p. 145)
to
drqg
rryjg
nnfc
ana.
nnng
inns
r PAGB
(&??) 327
...Tab. XVI (3) (Note 8)
350
(&T)p.xxiof Tabs.
(P- vV ) 261
153
(Vtf, etc.) Tab. XIII. 1
Tab. XIII (Note 4)
351
145
Tab. XIX
190
Tab. XXIII
Tab. XXIII
Tab. XXIII
2, 3, 4, (in Notes)
(&SH8) 137
(&nyi) 138
(in Bh^O) 340, Tab. XIV
(Note d)
340
(like *?5, Tab. XVII)
130*
128, 130**
Tab. XXV (Note a)
...Tab. XXVII (Note
209, Tab. XXV (Note a)
209
Tab. XVII
2e
408
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
*
v : v
r6ns
tybrt
&&$
v " t; t
t t v: v
nnnx
hx
209, Tab. XXV (Note a)
329
< 84,269
see page 191
282, 354
277
277
see Tabs. XI (3) & VIII
33
Tab. XI (Note )
etc. ... Tab. XI (Note )
etc. ... Tab. XI (Note )
... < ... oo
' 117
346
191
l72,Tab.XXIII(Note6)
117
117
208
129
282
282
210,282
282
267
267
129
... 329, also Tab. XVII
(Verb)
r6m
(Pdgm)
...
...137
...
130**
...
...268
...
...289
...
...271
...
...268
...
...289
Tab.
XVIII
Tab.
XVIII
Tab.
XVIII
PAGE
267
...Tab. Ill (Note 2)
...Tab. Ill (Note 3)
...Tab. Ill (Note 4)
130
88, 334
82
DS$ with Affs Tab. VII
n with Affs. Tab. XIII (2)
&m in
1W(&"08) 62, etc.
anna 6 5
nm (& nm) 62 , e tc.
n$08 278
Chr&j^ 278
nin^w.Affs Tab. XIII
(Note f, a)
njg (like % on p. 192)
TD'S ... 130**
nnt (Hke n^n&a, f r . ffy$ f
Tab. XXV)
DnmK : (like Drn^s, fr. rrji?B,
Tab. XXV)
m in
m. Tab. XIII (2)
>ns .., Tab. XIII (Note 5)
ftjnK 279
n*.ns 280
vm (& Wnx)...Tab. XIII (2)
ions in
nnx n7
*W 343
t& see ') 128
fr$ 344
(B$&jttK ( a Particle, "gently")
tOX&ON 297
nm 297
10$ ... 269, 328, App* (B) to
Tab. IX
D:0^ ... App x (B) to Tab. IX
TO* 269
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
409
PAGE
flft* ...269
W* Tab. XVIII
rqm comp. Tab. XYIII
W^ ... ... ... Tab. XYIII '
pl$Q% (the preceding with H)
n3N 248
^.IS ;.. ...136, 282
H^K ., 136
rbfyit ...136, 282
t!(P&)w.Affs. .. Tab. XIII
(Note J, 8) |
$$ ... ...135
; tfVtf 287 |
T*g 287 ;
tSfi* ... Tab. XXI (Note 4)
qtf (a Particle, "but, only")
TJK 299
ni?3S 88
rnnaK Pause-form of the preced-
ing
nsK t 299
Wlgg 299
H33X 299
^D : 249
hi* ... Tab. XIV (Note/)
fefc(&W) Tab. XVII
hl$ (like *m in Tab. XXIII)
rta'K 335, Tab. XVII (Pdgm)
rhsx 329
^ ...242, Tab. XV (Note )
<sj$*j ...Tab. XXX (Note 0, 9)
W??K see p. 175
DD^ ...245, Tab. XV (Note J)
flMOJ&W no
iyfefc Tab. XXV (7)
U3K 299
t^i ... Tab. XXI (Note 9)
n^n?** com P- (?) on pp- 333 & 334
' S(forn^,in^n)58(Note*)
. PAGE
?tf (with Put. , to express ' ' Do
not") 93
?w.Affs. ... ...Tab. IV
rt^X ... ... 78, 269
b$ij Tab. IV (Note 1)
n*^ ...269
$|g 269
Hpte Tab. IV (Note 1)
tefa Tab. IV (Note 1)
Tvfy$ ... . 4 . ...269
4 ... ...137
roW (& HD^-) ... 136
db^j=>Efi^j Tab. IV
H3X 270
inp 293
nynx 295
(13 &) -inn^ 296
ttrOS (p. lti$t|) 9, Tab. I
IT3K 294
HB38 ...
300
rotppa. ...
...300
13?^ ...
300
3P* ...
302
k|n ...
...304
nbx etc.
... 180, Tab. XXI
(i__ &) njjbg Tab. XXI
rqnbg ...
Tab. XXI
nips ...
Tab. XXI
napfc ...
... 137
hsdk ...
t : v *
... 86 (Note *), 335,
Tab. XVII (3, iii)
BP*86() ; ab.XV
*")pk ...
84
D1B$ ...
334
tfiajfk ...
117
rnivs ...
117
$& (p.
AVN) ...171, 192, 193
n^ ...
...171,191
410
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
.171.
PAGE
192
*&$
lax
*$%%
ftp*
!w
$
ma
fW8
118
117
... 117
270
270
270
... Tab. XIX
(p.^SN) 144, a35
Tab. XXIII
w.Affs. Tab. XXYIII
88,334
310
310
310
210,310
310
310
?("PfS 134
312
Tab. XX
158
Tab. XX
... Tab. XIX (Note (A)
... Tab. XIX (Note (A)
(&Dj?K) ... Tab. XX
... Tab. XXI (Note 4)
335
191
Tab. XXIII
260
260
271, Tab. XXI (Note* 0)
270
268,271
318
270
249,271
251,271
am-ii*
PAGK
i 271
*m$ 271, Tab. XXI (Note i)
Iff* w. Affs Tab. XI
$! 312
W* 270
foyjR ... Tab. XXII (Note 7)
ami 071
343
303
303
... Tab. XVIII
,comp.p.l36)335
46
D ... .
*&$ ... .
w$f$ ... .
3#8 ... .
nnt?N(p.irn
n^x ...
*m 3i3
np 313
^ 250
rqffi 88
i?tyt 247
B^jl ..350
^m ... ...2io
w\m 210
n^j 88
nJSfg 144,333
&igfo 88,334
rkw$ 334
n$j& 88
nK>K 21-24
%m 1 90, Tab. XXIII (Note 7)
r\V# 46
bfam 177
njOW ...Tab. XXIII (Note f )
Vtmm 176 (Note f, 3)
ntf w. Pron.-Affs
Tab. Ill (1 & 2)
VnN Tab. XXIII
\m (], nana & ro j ...
Tab.' XIX (Note B)
Um 27 1, Tab XXII (Note g)
yp.m Tab. XXYIII (Note
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
411
PAGE
2 w. Pron.-Affs. Tab. II
&3 fiK2l K3 ... 272
* (twice) **& flfcfc K3 ... 272
n& 322
iraq^i 80
mxa 130*
*3 272
p 272
U83 272
^3 343
hK3 (in n^n-l, Pt. I. 29,
Note), 272
... 272
272
yyz 370
T\m Tab. XIX (Note a)
nni 232
nN3 nnxn nxa n3
.-T/TT/TT/ T
una .,
nyi? ...
...
...
... 133
bww! ...
...
...
... 238
fjjO? ...
...
...
... 6
niana ...
...
... 298
fe}0? ...
...
...
... 349
intyna ...
...
...
... 309
nfryna ...
...
...
... 192
nn?n? ...
...
...
... 80
intona ...
...
...
... 301
Drvvni ...
...
...
... 301
DDinpns ...
...
...
... 80
' 3"n3 ...
TV * "
...
...
... 340
n^3 ...
...
...
... 356
Dwna ...
...
...
... 6
top^nj ...
...
...
... 80
VTinni ...
...
i.
... 133
S?#i ...
...
...
... 272
n T Dia ...
...
...
... 173
Dpp^ia ...
...
...
... 366
T3 ...
...
...
... 161
Ntaf (&
r*5D
...
... 28
TAGB
nT3(&n : T?) ...
... 28
WS?J|
... 80
nni
... 321
*" .. v :
... 239
#n*9 ,
... 138
W>3
... 154
m w. Atfs. Tab. XIII (3)
nn^2 42
ten so
3in?3 123
gb & fi Tab. XYI (3) (B, 7)
$?* \
*n^3 [ Tab. IY (4)
ntoa i5i
b&? 80, 139
DJ^ffo? ... Tab. XY (Note J)
13 w. Affs. Tab. XIII
B^JQ^ll 139
\3| 232
3 for ttRJ 272
vwm.3 297
Va?3 123, 144
*Ntp T 3 302
i??3 Tab. XXIII
riM Hke ^ Tab. XX,
with H (p. 82, i)
HKtpKD? 307 & 308
DD*PJ>i 80
*iS?P ... 79 (Note f), 340
*?? ... 172, Tab. XXIII
rrp & rgaa 329
"TO (cp. p. 79), 120, 349
TO?? 81
in^si 262
T^|t? 323, 343, App x (A) to
Tab. XIY (3)
into 309
VP? 322
fc23 346
412
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
rfcra
PAGE
... ... 81
... ... 80
... ... 80
236, 380-382
123
TO-(&TS)343, andApp*
to 'Tab. XVI (2)'
"H| Tab. XXI (Note* a)
? (&'?) 24 (Note/)
my* ... : 302
etc. >n^3 f ftfe ... 152, Tab. XX
hjjft 133
etc. ,*B>3 153, Tab. XX
Nibs " 302
Dtpn^a 81
nn?^| 81
ta?$? 81
U?^3 80
(Ws 123
te 24 (Note g)
rfe Tab. XYI (3) (B, a)
80
Tab. XV (Note f)
... 24 (Note/)
... 24 (Note ^)
80
... ...Tab. XX
123
123
Tab. XX
Tab. XX
rfftl ... Tab. XXVII (fi)
mil 121, 190
Nnna ... 121
9?3| 121, 190, etc.
. rt|
*W|
etc. nll
etc. '&%
<*
0fa?tffaf
"#l
TO
TO
in
pinto.
. 81
50
50 (Note)
50
... 50
328
&fr]!)Tab.XI(Note*)
... 328
50
... Tab. XI (Note *)
w. Affs. App x (B) to
Tab. IX
173
150 (Note)
150 (Note)
150 (Note)
... 163
170, 190
... ... 173
w. Affs. Tab. IX
(Note * /3)
Tab. IX (Note * 0)
... ... 84
... ... Tab. XIX
335
143
1 .
w. Affs. ... Tab. IX
, 342, 343
... ...121,342, 343,
Tab. XIV (Note e)
... 83, <App x (B) to
Tab. XIV (a)
40
... 275
154
... 344
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
413
PAQB I
5*91 Tab. XXII (Note o)
*^1 Tab. XXIII
51 .... 133
VV% ... 323
rjyft & flfl ... 335 (Note)
m ... ' 133
T! 133
Wl 133
*m 133
Wl 133
H for the 'Del Art.' 4, 5
H Interrog 5, 6
HfortlieVocative'0,'46
H towards 42
P"ttn ...
n|Tn ...
in^jxn ...
n.^n ...
^D ...
fe^D ...
man ...
NNja ...
iW
nn
n*qn
nnxnn
nnn
340
122
177
279
, 268
129, 340
, Tab. XYI (3)
(B,/3&Note)
129, 340
(Tab. XIV, Note d)
268
350
268
133
. ... 169, 185, 275
b w. Affs.) ... 274
275
274
133
PAGE
tt 9 133
*0 133
#&) 274
etc. xmn ... 274
etc. ^aonn ... 274
Van ... 274
rT^Dw.Affs 274
n^nn i 6 i
ni^nn : i 6 i
9110 266
nfi 281
Wl 368, Tab. XXIII (1)
*I3 Tab. XIX
R^I9 Tab. XIX (Note ft)
190
. 190
352
352, Tab. XXIII
352
352
211
211
>I5
nfy*
b$(J ... .,
n^ri (form)
*$#
^n ... Tab. XYI (3) (C)
fc>in 143
n^n Tab. XIX (Note ft)
ninn
ftrprih
^n
wn
ruin
ruin
240
349
277
241
Tab. I (Note 1)
276
161
161
161
.. 281
... , 281
414
INDEX OP HEBREW WORDS.
inin
rijnin
hjn
Tin
rain
rqWi
f)>in
8#n
etc. ,*#n
^rnn
w-rin
9$n
n^in
ny^n
nnn
n-tn
T
nnN?nn
Divjnn
(& D^n)
no
138, Tab. XVI (3)
110
276
276
276
277
299
138
... 323
... 114
295
'. 286
... 286
285
see r VI1 p. 285
285
289
288
289
288
... 134, Tab. XYIII
... 134, Tab. XYIII
138
138
Kthtv (for "*!! Krt,
p. 139) ... 353
296
296
... 296
316
351
Tab. XXIII
82, 352
350
279
. PAGB
rn?nn Tab. XXI (Note J)
*4iB 193
t^nn Tab. XXI (Note %)
nmnn
ttt;t
Drop-Tin
an ,
WD
inan
T
nnan
: t
inn^n
lan
nton
Drptan
... 120
... 119
... 297
... 297
... 297
... 316
112, 316
... 316
... 297
nKBtan
T T - ..
tog
n>in
n3in
T -
n#n
2tp*n
342
297
297
161
178
... 297
276
Tr> Tab. XXIII (1)
348
... 283
... 284
243, 276
... 348
... 134
WD 134, 266, Tab. XVIII
bl*J (Pt. I. 21, Note)
in 'm p. 277
W$ 277
DJW! 277
Vjfyo 135 (f)
y?V) 136
y?VJ 136, 282
iW^n 136, 282
W*0 136, 282
INDEX OF HEBREW WOKDS.
415
(Sri)
{Kri)
135
.. 139, 286
113
.. 139, 353
226
277
299
.. 178, 318
174, 298, 299
174, 298, 342
299
298
298
299
298
299
... ... 299
298
299
298
.. 174, 298
298
349
299
298
298
298
298
299
298
298
298
298
298
298
351
298
PAGB
f8|D i.e. H3 a stroke 'i.e.,'
with prefixes 3 & n 139
B9 (Infin. Absol. E<f>.
fr. |13) ... 349
tian ... .
wicmw ...
tr$n
nn?n
nrbn
tog ... z z
vferi
ww ... ... Z.
ym
Wsn ( p . Jfipbn)...
*&* ... ... ...
W^n
161
298
85
299
298
298
298
298
298
298
298
352
TOB 352, Tab. XXX (3)
*W3
tf^o ...
n#?& ...
1W0 ...
tf3?0 ... ,
W&n ...
n m ... ,
W ... .
Wn rjsrri)
Mn ...
a-i^n ...
TOD ...
n^ T n Tab. XVI (3) (B, a)
Dn^pn see NO, p. 271
n$tm 285
nri)90[Pt.I.55(7,Note*)]
41
"i^ppn 239
flCfepJJ 355, Tab. XVI (3) (C)
V*m 349
... 211, 352
123
... ... lJiO
... ... i-JiX
... 123, 124
... ... 123
... ... o2io
c 78, 264
... ... 2io2i
282
82
110
416
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
PAGR
172
... 110, 353
5,6
382
85
... ... 78
84
161
260
161
... 161, 326
... 161, 326
291
'. 291
... 291, 317
291
291
... 291, 317
w??pn ...
:wo ...
0^90 ...
QWKEO ...
fc^flpn ...
?Wn ...
^s?B ...
mon ...
T -
fQ9D999 ...
!9W0 ...
0595 ...
W* ...
tifb ...
ton ...
: t
kjio ...
in*q|n ...
^S? ...
WW ...
*fyn (in jtypy) ; 340
D3n 145
H3H 242, 294
in 294
*%W -. 317
TOD 353
W 293
rpan 242
D 145, 242, 294
HJI0 294
nn^rj 14^ 294
W*jq 295
tfjV& 290
*W?K) 341
(V&)D^VP?n, -... ... ... 341
Hq&b 341
nD?q ... 300
l??3d 161, 295, Tab. XX
(Note)
TAGB
* 295
**& 301
W 301
"Rtf! 264
!D 340, Tab. XIY (Note rf)
a 3 b 84, 241
#D 328
W90 161
w.rf?39n m
^W 119, 349, 350
^m ... ... 349
->m 353
933 ... 119, 351
ffjagg ... ... 119
VD 161
TO} 309
mjl 309
tiRl ... ... 309
^mn ... ... 309
W.yn ... 309
n T Tj?D Tab. XXI (Note iii)
2W 170, 193
etc. jnjjjj ... 192
'flSo 351
H^O (twice) 192
*&n 193
nfty : n 192
*Wn 192
nnby : h 193
btAu 211
WT$% 85
nriibyn 82
tvvn ... 173
Wn 119
*nn$n ... no
rb$n Tab. XXII (Note ||)
nvan ... 350
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
417
ft*j$ri ...
9!?D ...
W?n ...
**n ...
*%% ...
in.nsyn ...
W ...
W3 ...
hft ...
^n ...
*^i? ...
rfeya Tab.
^Vn ...
#3?0 ...
D^n ...
^i?D ...
to*8l ...
^i?n ...
m ...
nbi?.q ...
*OT?q ...
D|?n ...
Jtfsjft ...
nnpn ...
nn^pn ...
njon ...
rwin ...
w*on 352,
TW$ ...
DW*on ..,
DF^nn ...
.^n^-jn ...
^D^n ...
$T9 ...
*3$>"J ...
q$JJ (p. :
PAGE
208
... Tab. XXI
... Tab. XXIII
145
301
150, 315
134, 145
145
349
145
110
XVI (3) (B, 0)
145
78
151
151
209
161
151
Tab. XX
Tab. XX
161
342, 350
264
86, 334
352
352
Tab. XXIII (11)
352
352
852
352
352
352
352
352
if
nWTB
Wn
rim
T
im'n
T
WW
T T
ntonq
T$\ (fr. mi, like *pn
p. 190, etc.)
rtygj (Infin.) 250
... 382
235
... Tab. XXIII
349
, 349
78
288
368
312
... 312
312
353
158
Tab. XX (Note)
Tab. XX (Note)
... 157
... 232
... 231
... 288
Dnn(&-D-) ...
IfrJH)
nW-in
inn
nnjnn (like Dp'spq, Tab. XXI,
with Compens 11 for
Dagesb).
TO 170, 190, 193,
Tab. XXIII
Ksrjn 121
HS-jri Tab. XXII (Note t)
nfp ...
Wtfi ...
tnty^pityftp ...
T$j/f$ ...
na#n ...
cp^q ...
^wn ...
W#% ...
211, Tab. XXIII
288
... 825
86
... 122
Tab. XX (Note)
305
305
418
rNDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
WW 249, 305
#Mftj ... Tab. XX (Note)
tJpl^q ... Tab. XX (Note)
rWHf>B 235
W^i? 122
DPia^n 122
vwn 122
tt#b 350
&3^n 350
FW^n 82
^n 355
to^n 350
roWn 355
ni^n ' 356
mnwn (& '.!) . 350
T?wn 350
DTD^H 350
Wn ... 234
etc,n}n : nfn 315
mqn^n Tab. XXIII (Note f)
1innf fl (#0. Past, or Imper.,
2 pi. m.) Tab. XXIII
(Notes f and ||)
IQftf 9 Tab. XXIII (Note )
rnnn^n (JET0. Past 2 s. .)
Tab. XXIII (Note f)
Dn>)nn^n (.5(9. Past 2 pi. .)
Tab. XXIII (Note f)
*ttinn$ci (HQ. Past 1 s.)
Tab. XXIII (Note f)
WWn 176
qgrifri 315
nwnn 267
viNnn 267
w-lSfln 267
P^^OH 314
nflPJO ... 112, Tab. XIY
(Note h, a)
. . PAGE
Wmn (or ') 268
fl^W 162
V&W* 162
iip0 190, Tab. XXIII (14)
nhos ... 190
vhw Tab. XYI (3) (B, $)
W^9 366
l^n^D Tab. XXI (Note iv)
9?fc#fl no
^^n^in no
Vmn Tab. XYI (3) (B, 8)
ttJjO 314
n^ri? 314
n$*noq 279
(VtAPW 170
?nrin 190
^rifln 175
*n?a ... 271
ns^n 133
^nn 346
ri^HD 346, 347
Disnn 316
n'a^n 291, 317, Tab. XXII
(Note c)
n^on 291. 317
DD^n ... Tab. XXIII (12)
33yj?ri Tab. XIY (Note h, a)
y$*l}f) forms 152
^S&Blttl 175
*$&JJ?J 112
npsrin 358
iipaijin 358
vynjj0 162
mptfi^nn 162
ivpvftpQ 235
ygysrpn 176
ysysnn 176
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
419
1
PAGE
'WW.
...
...
PAGE
... 261
1 before Past Tense, 100
#w ...
...
...
... 101
) Conjunctive,
before a
nj&Kl ...
...
...
... 312
Future Tense... 101
n$8|} ...
...
...
... 312
1 CoarvEBsrvE,
before a
tttpfrO ...
i T T ...
...
...
150, 157
Future Tense... 101
R$J} ...
...
...
... 266
1 ordinary prefix, 1 & 2
WRM ...
...
...
... 157
J prefix...
179,
223-225
nBB} ...
...
...
... 150
nrnsi
...
... 261
*m ...
...
...
... 150
YTjjlfl
...
... 261
n*ni?*<) ...
...
...
... 335
S?$b
...
... 260
fcONI ...
...
... 191
rbVM
...
... 261
mnw ...
...
...
... 171
iflX\
...
... 2
yrm ...
...
...
... 270
anfci ...
- t
...
130**
na ...
...
...
... 179
TR
...
... 289
im\ ...
...
...
... 137
KnriKi ...
...
... 248
DHpRI ...
T T ..*
...
...
... 157
^nxi ... ..
...
... 128
*rf#*J ...
...
...
... 105
m\ (see BK
...174, 297)
nWxi ...
T t; : v t ..
...
...
... 334
^w
...
... 150
n^BJ&j ...
...
...
... 334
#m
...
... 248
^i ...
...
...
... 272
ro^xj
...
... 135
"inji ...
...
...
... 78
T W
. *
... 299
Wji ...
...
...
... 378
hsn)
...
... 299
&y$ij# ...
...
...
... 81
bxi :
...
... 259
Dtpn^n-i ...
i . .
...
... 81
b'&o
...
... 249
^ ...
...
...
... 319
$5$ [comp. 160;
... 252
33?} ...
...
...
... 78
D^nVl
...
... 2
P5Tt -.
...
...
... 244
DtO
...
... 179
wanj ...
...
...
... 154
rm$)
...
... 265
in^O] ...
...
...
... 351
*j
...
... 270
wii ...
...
...
... 368
nsyNi
T T T *
...
... 295
&^i ...
...
...
... 352
D1DN1
...
... 334
jpx^ini ...
...
...
... 285
nayxi
...
... 345
&ug?ini ...
...
...
... 373
*yNi
T. TT ... ...
...
... 157
nra*3} (see
'IT, 163)
... 335
T^KI
...
... 157
L '9p(g}j ...
...
...
... 120
WVN1
...
... 355
toWHOJ
...
...
... 368
420
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
D$?TO1
...
, ... 119
nmNtixpt ...
nnBni ..
... 112
TDK'"! ...
T m ..
241, 265
^5N1
n.V?} ..
. ...171
261, 267
hm
vni ..
. ... ..
229, 243
*1K1
v>?\ ..
. ... ...
171, 277
tern
&TO1 ..
...171
246, 277
*w T l
*W?!J! ..
... 326
HK_}
tttpm ...
... 356
|-1 W1
nWBl ..
.
... 326
WIN1
wpyni. ..
.
... 119
fcO'l
9^D1 (o]
&)... ..
... 192
fcO s 1
T - *
ft$S01 ..
... 192
1N11
T-
tfikKjl..
... 311
ww [Kthh) ...
i^PCO ..
... 110
^s\
tWioi ..
... 352
b^\
T9) ..
. ... 265
EM (Kthiv) ...
T v 3")n*i ,.
. ... ..
... 349
Nb!
nviDi* ..
... 211
n^i;i
W'ni (&
*b&TO^,
... 356
t?n
... 240
... 326
TO?!
Ija
i^nrn : ..
... 366
igg
^501 ..
... ..
... 366
\v>\
^f?i2r>ni ..
... 110
i$$
Dn^oni ..
. ... ..
... 326
]psn>i
Vjj ..
. ... 225
, 259, 278
"i3T : !
T T *
... .
. ... 278
vifi;}
TTT *
. ... 278
i*I
^m ..
. ...
. ... 171
Tt\
VDl ..
... ..
171, 279
t\
WW ..
... ..
171, 278
m\
nj^^rn ..
...
. ... 265
T!!l
wm ..
. ... ..
. ... 278
iQrft
^nni ..
. ... . .
. ... 78
&$i$
nnt5 nhD-i ..
... ..
. ... 372
n"t
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
421
SJJ
PAGK
... 222, 226, 277
277
244, 277
265
138
138
137
286
289
137, Tab. XVIII
3#h (once).., 137 (Note*)
tf ; il
q
t?i
t!
nsn
m (& wi : )
*$j (& t?i)
n;n?l
inTr 1 !
ttjft
hm
m.{\n) ...
E&
V T * -
... 138
... 296
... 296
... 296
... 370
... 279
... 279
... 280
... 280
... 279
... 192
...192)
... 174
... 264
... 174
... 316
... 240
... 139
... 135
... 136
... 139
174, 283
135, 240
... 135
... 135
w
nba
inn$_i
lnri3i
-T-
PAGE
299
299
299 .
299
236
236
355
355
252
78
262
137
137
137
... ... ... 137
101
154
365
156
266
... ... ... ii
see 'l ... 294
157
see'* 294
300
158
Tab. XXI (Note *)
244
264
130**
381
158
263
283
156
422
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
$%%
t- : -
nvn
m
m
m
mi
")?!
T ..i
171
...
PAGE
156
...
118
222,
227
...
248
119,
264
...
240
...
243
105,
222
104
...
285
286
...
286
...
262
242,
266
...
156
150,
315
...
156
...
240
135,
248
...
145
...
311
...
236
...
312
...
241
...
156
...
157
156,
157
...
157
...
135
...
135
...
227
191,
226
171,
263
...
191
191
...
265
*%6?$ ...
...
...
PAGK
... 379
*& ...
...
...
130**
Tl ...
...
...
... 264
Wl ...
...
...
... 232
mk -
...
...
... 156
pi ...
...
...
... 156
tf^n ...
...
...
... 209
IWV) ...
...
...
... 209
nn&y) ...
...
...
209, 324
Bfl^Tl ...
...
...
209, 324
cn^TI ...
...
...
209, 324
3J& ...
...
... 136
a#a ...
...
...
... 137
3^3 ...
T T- *
...
...
156, 382
2&\ ...
...
...
... 157
&S?$ Tat
. XVI (3) (B, 0)
sw$ ...
...
...
... 110
ri&ffl ...
...
...
... 236
BSW ...
...
...
... 101
\W1\ ...
...
... 260
nJMfti ...
...
... 104
irfei ...
...
...
... 266
inp^;i ...
...
...
... 259
oy^fg ...
...
...
... 212
DB1 ...
v T _ ...
...
...
157, 240
y^) ...
...
...
... 138
fcft ...
...
...
... 138
M?B*J ...
...
...
... 374
Dis^} ...
...
...
... 78
&fa ...
...
...
... 101
inn^i {Kthiv.)
...
... 191
iinri^] ...
...
...
... 191
irin^^ (for
1W
)...
... 191
' n?.i ...
...
...
... 271
HR1
...
...
... 313
K30n?l ...
...
...
... 248
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
423
}&9
'TO
2031
V T-
rns-i
(& ne?]
PAGE
... 230
343
233
343
211, Tab. XXX (5)
343
266
160, 335
160
, 79
, 374
... 371
... 382
... 346
... 262
... 80
... 129
... 277
... 297
211, 296
288
comp. Tab. XXX (7)
299
374
178, comp. 318
... Tab. XXI (Note*)
see
W31
136 & 137
. ... 156
. ... 157
. ... 338
. ... 78
. 331, 332
. ... 172
. ... 319
, 159, 324
PAGB
\TO1 331, 332
B9gV 378
^5?) ...Tab. XXII (Note*)
D^prrn. 382
378
*W! ...
W^\ ...
inj^wii ...
TBI&11 ...
roifcrn ...
366
.. 346
129, 245
155
minismm^irtMv)... 273
Torn (T^ri 292)
^ril 144
*$# 222, 277
ym ... 192
setol ... 137
inni 130**
W) & Wi 279
nj^nfli 345
tt*S%m ... Tab. XXVIII (e)
n^rn 135
nMi 136
pyni 136
>Q%H 283
^ 299
nprii 192
nSni 192
abni 156
*r$*|i 295
IDni ...Tab. XXI (Note*)
bjjrn 171
.in&JRl 270
Npni 311
ni?ni , 247
nj? 265
Dp r ri3 & Dj?ni ...156 & 157
2f
424
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
K$J ...
...
... 191, 246
fiNnrn ...
...
228
ru&oni ...
...
155
WJ& ...
...
379
a$31 ...
v "-
...
... 136, 139
rn:pn) ...
...
155
i?$D! ...
...
171
W?m?rii ...
...
175
CT! ...
...
247
Vmi (for
mmr)... m, 222
Tab. XXIII (5)
n-vnrii ...
...
133
TINT 28, 58
n?T Tab. XYI (3) (B, 7)
Hj 28, 58
DriWT & D3 (f r . D>rm.pl. oT\)l)
Tab. XIII (Note J, /3)
Wjft 86
is?! 322
n 1^! 342
|i?.t w. Affs. App. (A) to
Tab. IX
K#3 320, 321
inn&Viq 326
^W m
H?in 193
*D & Tl ... 173, 278, 279
n;nm.,&n;n/. (in n;nj) 278
*W 173, 279
n;n 279
vn
PAGE
... ... 278
vn
278
: vn
279
vn
... ... 279
r\m
278
nVn & rrin
... 173, 279
*q
, 279
in\ s n
... ... 279
&o
... 173, 279
$*$
278
bn*q
278
Dp>n
279
W.0
279
D^jq Tab. XIII (Note*, a)
tto
279
wn
. ; T ... ...
279
*
278
mj3
... 231, 232
^(in^DD-l)
343
!"t ..'.
190
ty!(p.%,
etc. ... 40
*ki
342
P^n w . Affs.
... Tab.X
nntaq Tab. XIII (Note f, 0)
hpftteQ
176
n:on ... 172
Tab. XXIII
von
... ... 172
-ion & -ion
327
nven Tab. XIV (Note f, a)
^m
327
nivn
66 (Note f)
*VD(&*V0)
... 40, 66
i^n
66
n*n w . Affs.
App x (A) to
Tab. IX
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
425
Jmqetc. App*(A)toTab.IX
Hlfo nbnn, etc. ... 41
^in(-d) 86
ffXJ 118, 331
C^n, etc. ...Tab. IX (Note)
35?>n 82
D^n 163
>#D ... 86, 118
fi^n ...Tab. XXI (Note 2)
to
^NtDKD
... 280
lip
... 280
n& for nij
... 162
kb, k$j, nK&t?
... 328
0*59 withFut. &Past238, 239
"13W (&") - |M 128
ttjtf 267
J^TKJ ... Tab. XXVIII ()
PJKJ 267
liK* 268
tfW 269
tnx> 128
T^WJ 268
ba\V2K\.. Tab.XYII.
tiffi 270
n^...Tab.XYI(3)(B, y 8)
W$ 112
iD& 130**
to* 270
T$ 268
*85 Cp. Tab. XYII [Pa-
, radigm, Note (f )]
irnxi
nnao
PAGE
130**
fe,
. 130**
... 280
nngj, .^riNj 271
&} ... T ". 272
H$ & ^- .... ... 273
^! 273
N'nj ... ; , gee 272
W.f or ^nV 161
t$ ... 192, Tab. XXIII
H$S Tab. XYI (3) (B, 0)
^ 190, Tab. XXIII (4)
fl*?3? Tab - XXIII (8)
$tt 135
Kfyfettty 134
neb; ... ... 322
PIP 292
mi ... . 292
^e 155
ty^&^J 170, 190 (cp. 222)
fefc ... 143, 144
1p5T ... see 355
nt & Vf*. . 292
1T&VT 281
^&ns ... ... 155
DDT 46
yi\{&v) 137
nyr ... ... 138
$EH ... Tab. XYI (3) (C)
ty ... ... . 144
.ttTTjS ... see 355
rWT 335
Riot 191
*rw ii6
DB3R & 13 ... ... S34
426
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
PAGE
n} 276
fTTlir 282, 354
^ni.T 138, 282, 354
IBtaJ 138
WW 138, 354
*$\ ...170, 222, 226, 277
Tab. XXIII (3)
Vt.; 170, 277
Ww 138, 282, 354
nw
191
P*9K 172, Tab. XXIII (8)
*nrp!
208
tep,
... ... 346
hnn] & 6
... 346, 354
iqp
271
y$n\*
366
^
330
*>
Tab. XYIII
2DV
356
w*
328
ijgfr
137
mc^
286
D^j>V
348
K#*
288 (Note)
wjfc
289
r^, ^vw...
289
tij* & -u
289
'7 '
356
n^V
... ... 134
nf (U, 11), &n : T!(T!) ... 296
r$
... see 348
v
... 170, 192
&IW
116
D-irP&Dh\..
T w T ,,#
153
$
150 (Note)
*be
191
W&W 171,279
S 279
W3! 280
*fc 279
W 265, 280
fjffSU 983*, wn; ... 280
n^n> ... '... ' \ 88
W?. . 344
njrp&ttt 191 & 192
m 192
-W &-w... no (cp. 192)
tJ 117
ITlIT 118
^g 116 (Note {)
TO 144
Eg (*B$, fig ... 174, 297
W 134
n^., n^ ... ... 174, 297
Ifijg 297
5 297
*&! 144
^,"U(S 297
B& 144
#3* & P 135
#y 135
in." 137 (Note ||)
3* 135, 265
atp* Tab. XYIII
Wfc ... 134, Tab. XVIII
y5 ... 135 (Note J,ii)
^fc*, W* ... 136, 282
iW. 135
^ (TO) 174
*n# 284
*$$Y* 287
*!") ... 288
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
427
PAGE
8$
.}.
... 288
n&t ...
...
174, 299
fer^,^J2.>.
...
... 299
to!, ttj &,..
...
... 299
n-13*, Wj M5!.
...
ZJ.)
vf&\
...
... 317
nD|! ; n||!...
.
... 299
teji etc. ...
...
... 84
nfej* Tab. XXII (Note v)
<k; Tab. XIY (Note f, /3)
Safe 175
rfc>! 322
y*jjb\ 210
Drta (& |ri_) 325
D32, } 299
10W Tab. XXX (8)
nfffffi 177
n3J356,Tab.XXI(2STote1f)
$*(&*_) ... ... 357
6tt^ see 355
5^} see 111
$$$ (4^ , &*$# ) 208 & 209
*nvv!(Tn , 9 , *38 )
Tab. XXY 08)
nj^(&-ii ) 290
II 1 ?! 290
IS^ 290
wfe 161
& T 154
V&fl ... Tab.XXYIII( 7 )
\\ti$\ 112
(WW*} 160
h* ... 192, Tab. XXIII
ntoj Tab. XXII (Note u)
5ff$ 250
pnio; 160 i
TAGE
f8J5 151, 295
in^5 : 292
*ns* 293
n$J* 293
W 295
nj? 145
*iw& w? T 294
tyflp 296
BO?! 296
tra! 294
*$# (& ^ ) 296
*3J & N^, tt^; 293
mi 145, 241
W, D* , D ... 294
P# ... 295
W3J 300
%* ... see 157 (Note )
*&) 295
y$. 3oi
&% Tab. XXII (Note i)
*&$ 304
38J 356
&?. 143
inrpy! & -in? Tab. XXYIII
(S&7)
*^R 150 (Note)
%.! 160
fe, fy ... 171, 192, 193
n^! 171, 191, 192
*&\ 176
m n3
nV^ (twice) 116
aqjg 116
W# 117
r^|2 171
\m : (twice) 116
423
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS*
i&y* . ... 120
tiypyi 355
ft&il 176, 284
y& m ... ... in
*n'?P\ ... ... ... see 111
VlBp ... ... ... see 111
r?., D3-, R- ... 210
T\\?& 210
w$$ & 'W 208 > 210
#yP3! ..." ...* 208
ipfe^ 104 (Note %)
JIB* ... 50
H[fr, nn?:).;. 171, 191
NV*, -inxv* 286
*tf 284
1K** 286
typfi 284
2T., If. ... 145
?3B, >$!, ** ... ... ... 145
151*, PfP ti fliU 310
inw, w : ... ... ... 310
irW ... ... 150 (Note)
*P*; D , -13 ... 310
|UpV* 286
2*% Vy_, TO, T\W m ... 145
nj?! ... ... ... see 113
VfrpseeTab. XYI (3) [B, 0]
VV ... 145
hf*, &S*... ... ... 145
Wfe ... .- 284
^:, "$& **&, ^ 312
AS* (& n ) Tab. XIX (Note 7, vi)
?Pg! C& -in) Tab. XXYIII (J3)
in^ , ,etc. Tab. XIX (Note A)
P*W! ... 88
PAGE
K*g ... 311
WR ... .160
fe ...Tab. XXI (Note 3)
Dig ... ... 157
3g 150
1*0^. JT. Put 3 pi. m.
Pause-form, fr. &np 238
5WT3R Tab. XXYIII (7)
BQ ... 191, Tab. XXIII
SQS ... 171, Tab. XXIII
NX 185
MS, *%%>! 328
na% '5, 'x 171
fen* Tab. XXII
Wtf ... ... 289
)7my> ti t\ } :_ 287
%% )*$3 & T 287
<HJ$ 287
pK& W3 287 (cp. 185,
Obs. XXY. N.B.
my. 287
D5H3V& nmy. 287
3*3} ... ... 157
3$ 231
\my. 112
ri Tab. XXIII
*M>. ... ... 177
rn>, ny &d*, *ty ... 288
rv^lS wv ... 289
HIT. 150 (Note)
tJRi 312, Tab. XXIII (8)
*ffi t ... ... 312
PX ...Tab. XXI (Note 3)
TO ... ... 157 (Note )
tnj.. ........ ... ... 155
Df , ^ 289
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS,
429
PAGE
1n> Tab. XXII (Note j)
T\wy : & %*. Tab. XXV (a)
tpH 89
zmy : 159
E>! (-?.) w.Affs.Tab.XIII
ar:, iwi 305
r! (?-, v. v, D -) 303
&$ (*fl , D-1K_, & DK-) 303
^KB". ... 303
n}$(tt_, ^ ) ... 303
n^. (twice) 137
afc* ... 151, 155
W 157
1$ 170, 190, 192,
Tab. XXIII (3)
Hf I (twice) 306
T\m, W\ 313
nmv\ 353
W! (twice), jft ... 305
D*fe* 155, 156, 157
13$$ 238
ig^. 89
fe 171, 192
nfe Tab. XYI (3) (B, /3)
mrkf\ (in, -I3n ; *:n_ ) j
Tab. XXVIII 08)
t$# ... 172, Tab. XXIII
t**, **...' ... 154, 155
WPf! 212
: &* 170, 192
WV&\ 176 (Note f)
ttMBE* 85, 336
%$ 191, Tab. XXIII (13)
W"W\ 366 (Note)
i W*&f\ - Tab. XXVIII (7)
PAGE
.-jlS no
Wb? ... ... 154
trv&fi (& -in_) ... 191, 315
Tab. XXIII (f)
njDJD^ 315, Tab. XXIII (f)
ttff8$ ...Tab. XXIII (Note)
HJIJ! 267, Tab. XXIII (15)
nW.(&VlK ) 267
|S$$ ... ... 268
*B&ftoJ$ 245
^ 170, 191,
Tab. XXIII (15)
&|$ Tab. XVI (3) (B, ii)
w$ry\ 367
$m, W> O-r .- 358
in; 313
n?$v 133 (t, *),
Tab. XVI (3) (B, ii)
W,etc.Tab.XIX(NoteB)
tt-tt^ (& -IK ) 317
r*JJ$ Tab. XVI (3) (B, 8)
Dnw?! , 112, 317
Ipf. 162
npsni (& -n ) 358
W^BW ..* ,. 112
3 tiie prefix... ... ... 2, 3
3 w. Affs. Tab. II "(& Notes)
fc}83 ... 327
153, n5?,H?3. t 327
Ki33 272
lfo$ Tab. XVI (3) (B, a)
rOJS
*
,. 123
430
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS,
PAGE
&5331|
... 80
fcsnns, ni^nnf,
tti*0? . .
... 6
$W? Tab.
XVI (3) (B, a)
m
. ...
... 343
pfans
... ...
... 340
^W?
... . .
346, 347
nap
...
... 123
7tt6|
T
Tab.
XXII
(Note n)
69
Tab.
XXII
(Note h)
Aj
...
.. ...
... 347
*?.
*
... ...
... 40
$i, fcfo
( n>-
r> &
:-), *fo
w : : t
... 175
T "
Tab. XXX (2)
nto?
... ...
.. 151
nt&pa.
Tab
. XXII fNote a)
into}?
...
... 297
1$*3
... 300
?ij?
...
123, 144
1&3
...
>.. ...
173, 347
^:?3
...
... ...
... 123
tf*ij?
...
... *
... 123
D3i"p3
... Tab. XY
(Note %)
D^3
*
. ...
... 150
-T
...
... ...
... 347
ana,
t -t y
-T
... 122
23^3
..
... 123
nn^?
...
... ...
... 133
Dy?>3 80
TFD
345
(? the prefix 2, 3
b w. Affs. Tab. II (& Notes)
!?for '3 d Bt-letter' ... 69
rAus
iO ordinary negative 93
tO. PEECEDES 93
*6 Prohibitive 93, 103
*>W {&,#$) 130*
W8& 80, 322
*&& 160, 268
t : t: ... ... ... jCiOO
^*6&*ib*6 130*
k$, K$? 272
ITO (for K^5 ... 273
?W 323
#$ 150 (Note)
*$ Tab. XIX
n#j| ...Tab. XIX (Note a)
n?^ Tab. XYIII
nri i33(), 259
0TO 322
# 1*8? 268
^8$ 269
K*5? 273
m$h 9 nnar^ 6
&rgir6 283
m^C$ ... 285
Dlfw 288
n$nr 6
* 343 (f)
ni^ 1 ? 276
rrisrj!? 298
h^rf? 130**
iyjjy 145
spar, nfjgl? 295
npDr& 114
P?$ 6
"l^n*? 349
3>yrrS 145
fa&k ... Tab. XXIY (g, 4)
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
431
.. Tab. XXIII (10)
365
*rfe (& $), vrb ... 40
rtnft 278
nin^(i d ,-13 )... 279
\brb 349 (Note*)
rbvrf? 80
DC& 116
&gr & mp_rb Tab. XXIV (a)
iV^j : Tfc>$,-3fen, DN$ ... 116
n$# 143
niT> 281
n*iD^ & nio^ 342
rq$& 342
nn[?4 342(+)
H7> 80, 286
D7V(&>J ) 288
K'n^, rvn^> 288
'kirit 133
^ Tab. II (2) & Note (6)
T\l) 133, Tab. II (Note 6)
H^ 133, 136
i^&^!?, *#6<gb..,; 136(f)
*^ ... Tab. II (Note 7)
iAqfc nh/> 343
^ 133 (Note |1)
raVf 263
DJOT 225
]TIK>V [Cp. Pt I, 58 (Note*)]
Tab. XXII (Note b)
ftifah ...Tab. XXII (Note J)
*D>E& 80
*$&$ 176, 366
ti Tab.II(2)&Note()
W? 160
B*& 152 (Note)
PAQB
... 296
DnnA ;
rriD^ ... 300
&P ... 123, 144
^ 79
yh& & pn$ 123
fc$ ... Tab. XXIV (8, 5)
H^ (ft-T, & Dp-iy ) Tab.
XXIV (a)
^[Cp.79(Notef), 382]
TO 1 ? 150
13^? ... Tab. XXIV (8)
rro!? 340
nfefi 236, 381 (twice), 382
$$ 79, 120, 349
tbyjib 322
1(3$ & *($$ 123
V$> 311
n pb ... ...Tab. XIX (A)
nn^ 244, Tab.XIX(Note% v)
0$ Tab. XIX (Note A, 3)
nnp^> Tab. XIX (A)
ijin^ ... Tab. XVI (3) (C)
iTO^ ... Tab. XXIV (8, 3)
to$h 150 (Note)
nni^ ... 80
*H? 286
rttf$ 340
EQflfc?!? 349 (Note)
n$lj$ 322
rrgg^ 321
inV^ ... Tab. XXIV (8, 2)
nsfc6 302
toiM? ... Tab. XXIV (8, 4)
nj$ ... 133, Tab. XVIII
tj^ 1 ? 123
UP*^ ...Tab. XXIV (a, iii)
432
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
. PAGE
te*7 ... Tab. XXIV (S, 4)
33^ (& 3).. .79 (Note*)
*V$k ... 79(f)
,8?$? 79 (t)
nn^(-n ) Tab. XIX (B)
m> ..-.Tab. XIX (Note 5)
ordinary prefix ... ... 3, 4, 6
O (or IP) w. Affs. Tab. II (& Notes)
&? ... ... ... ... 347
nn_n*P '.. ... so
vnp, rin^p, rrpKP 268
18 330
W^- 344
D9gO,D3pKD321,Tab.XV(N'otet)
VStpND 347
B*Tfi9 271
K3 & K$Q 272
IP*? 369
n^5P, DgJ&f? 3
njpnap no
nvop & JV 276
nisnp 298
"inp ... 330
nfcp 344
n:nnp 324
** 281
nyi-iD 138
TO& 283
ITIWD 348
gAM$M 286
$&! 285
^D | Dn^iO&ICJ- ... 336
D>NV'lO & '*$D 285
PAGE
DK*1 & rwqfWO 286
Ymf>Q ... 336
Di>lD, n_, D-D-, HID-... 163
DW-liD ... ... ... ... 289
EHIO 347
DniD, V>T 289
njD w. Affs. Tab. XIII (Note J, e)
rrio 151, 243
into, nrw, wid, ftWUD ... 151
*riiD Tab. XIII (Note +, e)
TO 130
$$S 81
pinp 4
nnp 279
D>p^np 353
ospnp ... ... 176
nvno (& n ), rv?DP 66
^n : pp 172
WB, n ? 1 n ? 135
tefPS (& * ) 135,
Tab. XXVI ()
DMS$? 288
in*0*p 80, 286
H5P (& H , W_), and
H3D (H_, & H_) 298
0*? (& IA-), D>3D, $D 298
H5P 298
$303? 175
t>fR? 177
r*J}B 86
tyrpp 353
^o (& ') 327
*6p, &6p 344
ixp 346
n*6p Tab. XXII (Note a)
"mbip 84
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
433
. PAGE
m>p 290
rote, who 86
^pte 367
D^ 163
D^p (& DJ ) 161
fFJ>$> 232
TjSpn^D 78
q^w.Affs. ... Tab.X
n^Pw.Affs. ...Tab. XII
nrte/rte... 86
ttsAp ... 130
niyi^p 362
'DiEP Tab. XIII (Note {, e)
DTOp 173
t$ft 318, 367
?&? 292
A}4a$ 292
D^P 292
W? 306
n| ... ... 145
tai^D&n-i ... ... 135
rvpp .. i6i
-PP 353
nnj?D 134 (J)
DniVP 353
Wfe 232
nfe (& n ) 192
^VP 4
nb^Pw.affs 44
Np$b 85
p^V9 119
nipap, igor?, np T s?p 83
QFtotp 353
K9,ete. ... 185
3*B ... 134, 145
PS? .,. 134
^riVD Tab. XXII (Note d)
DPipP, D-, D , etc
BW$ njyg, etc.
yanp
n T5B ..
npphp ..
^3^P ..
163
163
67
4
323
4
162
330
302
133
i3#p , etc. App x (B) to Tab IX
Wn^D ... Tab. XXYII (/3)
nnspD 369
tt$ & O^O 86
fc>Wp ... 67
D^lpfe ... 85
DS^p w . Affs. App x (B) to Tab. IX
ni^p ... 369
\r\WD 302
niq^P ... Tab. XXIII (J)
Dp'-inn^'p 178
np, etc. ...152, Tab. XX
np, etc. ... 152, Tab. XX
n?.^D,D* 267
W#W ... 270
D^fc^P 268
nnp&nnp, nnp 152
^nnp 248
inp, W ...152, Tab. XX
vnb (in vnb2) Tab. XIII
(Note t, e)
fpg 162
D^np & BflP 152
rriy^np ... 362
D$np 316
434
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
maano
mp & -urip
DPTO, etc. .,
naftw
PAGE
151
330
163
162
rU*U, 1ty$ 291
nj|J3, ttKJ 290, 291
"VIW 268
nix:, nniio 269
irq*o 129
rtaw (& nb_)...l30 (add 1 Note)
fl?KJ TO 342
$ 344
T$ 343
Dn$ 271
nan; 273
Tpi ...Tab. XXI (Note 6)
K3| 275
D^ 160
rfcu ...Tab. XXI (Note 6)
H[5?3 ...Tab. XXI (Note 8)
$} 178, 368
H3?3 42
V.(V>M 39
TO 3 & WJQ 340
W ... 338
rgp . ... no
rrya 145
7$L 190
n^3, etc 173
rt?3J 170 & 173
WJw.Aflfe. ... Tab.X
yy ...Tab. XXI (Note 7)
na&y 137
PAGE
njT3 & &fcr 138
"nj(op'Vp)w.Affs.Tab.X
njri?, *i?j 277, c P . Tab. xxm (9)
n;m^mv_&nn^_,n\v r ,
W.-) 278
n$8 191
Ofjjj &-i:>5>m. 119
*#>, h\H3 281
rqp$ 137
njsj 318
W& ... .: 286
xp & na_, tp^tjb 287
TfNp ... 55,287
n ... 334
$?p no
BW3 341
9*8$ 119, 381
nam 339
BpS^ ...Tab. XXII (Note/)
mm 191
n;$ ... 279
n^m.(&ni ), nWp_... 193
ibm., *n^m 193
n$m us
Dm 296
Dm, Dm ...144 (Cp. 343)
inipm 116
oWpOJ 119
Wm&Dri- 144
n:m i9i
^q & rJW 296
9?M ...Tab. XXI (Note i)
nsm. 193
njwa .. ... us
tS ...Tab. XXI (Note ii)
*ngj, nnnm, nirnna ... ... 119
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
435
nra, Dnro
PAGE
193
mr$ &-n- 119
inq3 144
D'lfim ... 339
nta, nu&3 & wi (Kthiv),
*)D3, etc 297
V&3 ... 297, Tab. XXIII
O^t?} 341
Dnopj Tab. XXII (Note/)
VDb 370
fnt33 330
D3>3 ...283, Tab. XXX (7)
n&73 & nc^ 135
1K33 ... 298
n3?3, *TO?3. 341
n>?253, DnH?5? 341
n|>a,-in33 299
H33, -133 298
nn?3 138
D33, ^ 297
t]bp3 338
nri?p53 82
"1333 318
rro3 . 122
nnpj 298
Vl>3 & D 290
DhS3 338
T>3 154 (Note *)
n#a & ro 136
inS3 113
*?? ( thrice ) ...Tab. XXII
DWP3, D\S_, ^H ... 341
TO3 160 (Note)
D3 300
3D3 180
Hp3 303
PAGB
HD3 prr, *3-1_) ... 300
niw, iivco, >n_ , Dn ,.. 300
VB3 300
nyw, nyw, & nyD3 144
nnp3 & inb3 M . ... 300
m ii6 (t)
ni3 : y_3, wife & *# 118
nn 116, 119, 340
^ 160 (Note)
ST$ J\^.Past3s.w.... 119
5f3 (& H??) 192, 193 (cp. 171)
rftp 171, 191
D>V?, ... 116
n^3_ 119 (Note*)
npy; no
W3.JJ3 193
W% ... ... 119
rrjp 119
^3w.Affs. ... Tab. X
iT$3_ w.Afs. ...Tab. XII
1-)?3 119
ny : 3_ 119 (Note*)
nbl?3 193
ib>p_, nnbj>3 & nn'^3 193
Itepi , ... 339
n^iQ3 163 (t)
n^P3 , 185
nn^?3 ... 82, Tab. XXII
n^3 &nVs3., &^?3 144
V?S3 t 113
13^?3 Tab. XXII (Note I)
\m Tab.XXlII
H1VD3 163
Dnib3 : 160
*ri?)3 295
N\3 300, 301
436
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
PAGE
a-sj&a-r, c . 4 ... 145
trpft & nj ... 134, 145
3 300, 801
\JP$ 88*, 315
D^ 801
jfti c .,c no
fiprp m u. m> 3 l
!T#J .., ,. ? 86
IT3$ ... ... ... ... 83
np T 3, ng?, nga ... 301
p}, BjSJ 312
1$$? 158
Dnb-ip? & Dnbpg 160
n^^n* 301
m 302
nnijo & nn 301
nynj 158
(KVJP [Pt. I, 58 (Note *)]
Tab. XXII
r$f)J Tab. XXII (Note w)
Mfb ... 173, 305
**# ... ... 305
*fe>}, K80}&Kfe>} . 302
(^,a$},ity ... 303
V? ... m- * 303
W) y KJ$ , ... 304, 344
te>3, tj?} -w3 ... 302
n"#&^ ... ... 803
Wn*S 173, '305
p%$ & DWJ 303
<H$9 ... . 302
^p;^pj 77, 338
naj^, nx'f:, & najib 302
ftfr) (twice) 304
nn^D&^n 302
pQ^^j ... 303
PAG*
0P? -.. 302
yt/jn & $jii|g . #J0 392
n^a 335
15$ & "V, jrj}# & nn ... 123
$8}, Kfc>3, my 803
&1&$&1 302
*&} , 303
(tyfc(&3ftj, etc. ... 46
tf6^ 338, Tab.XIY (Noterf)
Wl 306
03$) ... , 122
rHprfcg ... , 88
Vl)nf) 860364
ti$fi ...Tab. XXIII (Note)
nynm ... Tab.xxm (17)
bm ... Tab. XXIII (17)
r>mnrx! ... 88
t*n| e ,. 122, 146
%m Tab. XIX (Note $, ii)
*|jJjJ ... ., 329
nn:,fl ,]) 146, Tab. XIX (B)
Cnn? & t 146, Tab. XIX (B)
DFin; Tab. XIX (NoteS, ii)
np^bj-ISp/^D, \3b 180,Tab.XXI
MD ... .0 Tab. XXI
13b Tab. XXI
5*3p 180
^ni2D ... 180, Tab. XXI
T2D 328
*I?P ... 180
*:3p (i.e. -13D, Tab. XXI,
w.Aff.w*) 180
^3p ; Dr3p 180, Tab. XXI
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
437
rVlID ... 163 (Note* d)
*W? ... 113,332 &Note*
P9 ... Tab. XXYII ()
jtibd 86
D*P*Tp, etc. App* (A) to Tab.
IX (Note )
1?y w.Affs. ... Tab.X
*h> us
-Ww. Affs.... Tab.IY (3)
*$ (& h.v), **$, &*n? 40
W ... ... ... ... 365
rr$ 173 (t)
>$ 32
nVy [Cp. Tab. YIII] Tab.
XIII (Note t, y)
W.Affs. ... Tab.IY
^V,^? Tab.IY (Note 2)
OnSy : ... Tab.IY (Note 4)
nf?V 362 (Note)
^ Tab.IY (2) & Note (2)
$$| & i^V Tab. IY (Notes 3 & 4)
fi$2ftD^ in Tab. IY
DVw.Affs. ... Tab. Ill
Wfcjf 112, 118
US (>* me) Tab. Ill (Note)
HV9 118
nr\m with them(m.) Tab. Ill
B3f& ... Tab. Ill (Note 5)
BjHfS Tab. Ill
V.PV 328
$$ App* (A) to Tab. IX
$(&*), *# ... 40
IfipB^ Tab.XXY( 7 )
H> w.Affs. ... Tab. XIII
(Note , 0)
WV & ^i?V App* (A) to
Tab. IX (f, ii)
H 151
rnV 321
^ff&Va? ; 327
W? 211
tnvy &W Tab. XXVI (J)
fef 173 (Note )
V^y 381, Tab. XXIII (2)
tifc% 238
n^y, ntyf 249
#? 211
*$# (& 1-), ^ Tab. XXYI (J)
n'^v 172
rp, -injpby, *$$* 211
n| w. Affs. Tab. XIII, 6
*3 (twice), n>3, WB, B^T Tab.
XIII, 6
vs>, rt'S Tab. XIII (6)
ni*3 ... Tab. XIII (ft)
T*, W Tab. XIII, 6
to*S> ...Tab. XIII (Note 9)
ntoa ... Tab. XIII (ft)
A* 345
>#i 110
%% & %)$ forms 175
kffe w. Affs. Tab. XI (3)
^a&^B forms ... 365-368
$$* & *$$> etc., forms ... 176
TOP 210
438
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
PAGE
T(?S w. Affs. App* (A) to
Tab. IX
*|j (& ^1), ^ etc 40
VHt^JTW 40
ens & Dnn3 40
?BHS ... 177
1WS ... Tab. IX (Note 8)
ntpb>s 320, 321
tm ...Tab. XVI (3) (B, 7)
nW, iS, W* . 262, 284
K3? w. Affs. Tab. IX (Note *)
njT]? w Affs. App* (C) to
Tab. IX.
n-JV, etc. ... ... ... 309
TW 249, 251
nriiv 211
hjfe's 330
*VJ$ p. x* of Tabs.
npv Tab. XXII (Note r)
W* Tab. XXII (Note e)
n$ w. Affs. App* (C) to
Tab. IX.
ID* (KtMv), *W$ (JTri) ... 173
On? ...Tab.XXI(Note2)
P
n* 3ii
B? 151 (f)
-n?i? Tab. XXI (Note * )
fo?g ... Tab.XXYII(7)
nnj?. 310
f2 (twice) & Mi? 312
PA3K
^ *& $*, *$> 311
^i?(&-W-1I?, <$>) ... 312
*TO, Wi?& W 312
Ej>, etc. ...163, Tab. XX
Q'P 151, Tab. XX
no-li? &ng-^p 158 (Cp. 377)
^ & *p*p 159 (Cp. 377)
Dip (& D^_) ...Tab. XX
nn.]i? 312
n 2 , n E , n F<? , **? Tab.XIX (Note A)
Dni5&-D_,n5ni?&."in_Tab.
XXYII(/3)
TO ...Tab. XIX (Note A)
n$p, nianip 50
3$? , D>3 _ , D3 t _ Tab.IX(Note*,)
Vi? 311
D$, -1Di?... 150 (Note)
Wi? 163
D|5, etc. 151 (twice), 163,
Tab. XX
K$i =6 - 151 > 159 > 3 77
ngi? 151, 159, 163
*ij 150
-m 162
tol?P, etc. ... ...Tab. XX
Hipp ... ...155, Tab. XX
QR>WRi Tab. XX
Wpi5 ... Tab.XI(Note)
$*& 346 (Note)
WSJ ... Tab. XXIII (2)
irgfo ^g&v 211
ri"0p x (ZW), W5]3 (KtMv) 81
9$ Tab. XXX (1)
n^i? 328
niK'-li? [Pt I, 58 (Note *)]
Tab. XXII (Note a)
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
439
into?, n}tf$ Tab. XXYII ()
n*35 169, 185
nnnf? 81
H2^ 112, 331
nrji? 112
K^B w. Aff s. App x (A) to Tab.IX
nnjw.Affs. App x (A)toTab.IX
4*3 (PH. Past 3 pi.) Pt I,
49 (Note)
ni*n 170
rtoq 163
#1 ... Tab. XXYI ({)
Vffl Tab. XXX (4)
ten Tab. XXI (f)
ntr] 320, 321
B$fl & D^ T n 32
jtfl ... 370
Dfi Tab. XXX (6)
nn'-| w .Affs. ... Tab. XI
fctopi 177
ninn 154
in & *Jn Tab. XXI (Note , 7)
n?i 335
m?\ & 'nKSn Tab. XXII (? &p)
HD1 ... Tab. XXII (s)
>Wn Tab. XXIII
v\p ..; *.;r37o
^ 81
W"? p. x* of Tabs.
rrw, rmB> rrnis>
rw, n^, *r>
#,V,V, as Prefixes
24
303
JPAGE
rimf & D"tp^ ... ... 163
%$ 303
nW 322 (Note*)
mfafiQ & 1^N?> Tab. XXY (/3)
&$$? 159, 325
OT^ 294
jw, \rvjfr, >i$p ... ... 302
a# & nr^ ... 133, Tab. XYIII
$$? i.e. V& 327
WfZf etc., & D^Df App* (A) to
Tab. IX
nn^(&nn^'),in^/ri ,^_ 133
"$ 121
. ... 347
. ... 347
W ... !.. ... ... 163
DV^ & D-lb 154
}np#e* 330
y& w. Ails. App x B (4) to
< . Tab.IX
hw w.Affs. App x B(2)to
Tab. IX
D"i?1!ffr. p-1^ p. x** of Tabs. (0)
Dtj)^ fr. W p. x ** of Tabs. (0)
W^ ., 368
nn;^ 369
rnpq^ 322
## 122
inq^ 344
*0W ...Tab. XXI (Note ii)
Dnn^ 122
tnty & it>... Tab. XIII 00
D^ (twice), !W, -10, Vp 154
VT 284
If -W.ASa. Tab. Y
rtf t rjyy ( arl( i so in^) ... 154
440
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
nrbw
^p Tab. XIII (Note J, 7)
&t 79 (Note*)
23f (JT. Imper. 2 s. m., in p.) 382
$33# ... Tab.XYI(3)(C)
DD^ (& DJ#), i?^ ^>_ 40
n*^ App x (C) to Tab. IX.
(Note t)
*tyty 172
rhf&ry Tab. XYI(3)
83, 120
329
W^, etc. App* (A) to Tab. IX
efyp, uhf, wby&r\v- 62, etc.
qnta App x (C) to Tab. IX
(4,)
DF 154 twice
D# (-0^) w. Affs. Tab.
XIII (Note , a)
"9J? 23
;w & nj>, -iDb & n# ... 154
W(&Wpb>)328,App x (A)
to Tab. IX
*p0 62, etc.
$ 112, 113
rijnj#" 86
W&&W$ 112
*9^ ... Tab. XXYII (/3)
8EP
n-uyw
nw
rrpp ,
rrw ,
t t : '
86, 372
... 373
... 372
... 86
... 112
... 82
... 154
Dnbp Tab. XIII (Note , a)
K#, nwb, etc. ... 185
W0,*$j$%? ... 176(f)
ninsp pi. of r\r\m ... 40
& ... 81,113
$$* 366
WW ... Tab. XY (Note *)
mm KtMv (twice), bf^ ZH,
&.1D^ ... ... 82
B^ . '. 83
&P 365
&P 366
*W ... Tab. XXIII (1)
$0 154
D F ... ... 83
tnan
*4m
snxn
rogfl
mgn
TDn ... ,.
Hp^5 ,
h&frl & ?-*, 242,
trbsm , ...
&?K
nriorin & -id
*l?$n
mtoNn
tjbga
H3NJ5
fca
128
267
.., 130**
... 130**
267
130**
128, 130**
.., 130**
268
Tab. XYII.
2 (a & 7)
367
245
251
... p 130**
122 (Note*)
130**
270
270
271
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS,
441
31g8 ...
...
...
PAGE
130**
f$p$ ...
...
...
155, 268
0^9 ...
...
...
130**
nO*M ...
...
...
... 271
nh ...
...
...
... 267
tori, *3$3fi, insb^i
...
... 273
r$$bJp & rnainn
.
... 156
toX3fl ...
...
...
... 275
nytpfl, narian,
JSOFI
...
156, 273
^S&jg ...
...
...
... 273
nnxnri, vj$uj
...
... 273
ruwnfl ...
...
...
... 156
^ixinjp ...
...
...
... 273
ti#3? ...
...
...
... 273
p^ri (x.
Fut.
2
pi. m. fr.
nyn)
...
...
Cp. 172
n|$?3jp ...
...
...
... 346
tsbn, H$b&, van
...
... 153
"^ -.
...
...
114(f)
i-i^fo ...
...
...
173, 281
b^n ...
. T ...
...
...
... 155
&99,j>|9,ty,'^B
...
191&192
TO ...
...
...
... 245
^n ...
...
...
... 143
IWJS ...
...
...
... 89
n* ...
...
...
... 155
TIB & *
t"~
...
... 137
VJB ...
...
...
... 138
ftsj ...
...
...
... 144
n|75 ...
...
...
... 191
nft$3 ...
...
...
... 116
*nfl ...
...
...
222, 277,
Tal
. XXIII (5)
V ; \ > t v
-. &
t
nJJ 277
^IP ...
...
...
116 ()
nnn, n?r
!?
...
... 191
PAGS
ininiiri 208
Ann* or fl$i 346 (f), 354
TPto 328'
$ 283
# 137
*|pto [&+. Fut. 2 s. m. fr.
*|D*],Pt.I.47(Note)
niasto 330
*3J8 287
rr$n w.Affs. ... Tab.YI
cnhta&tn- ; m . a 47(w)
T* fl (&5l )i D ^ . 289
DDJpi^n & ?5 ...see 46 (t)
Drnin&j-. ... 46&47
p5-m 88
^(for^Plor^ri) 128
tfi? 153
njpg & i i9i
159, n., wjp (& p* ,
Vi n r v ) ... 279
njo 191
rsnn, rann 117
nnri (fr. nn:) 144
nnpi (fr. nnn), Tab. XXI (Note v)
a, p*, nm, ntsn .. 174, 297
intsri 297
"fen 144
tya 135
3J5 & *np^ 134
&fe*l 136, 282
pw&pre 135
nf8 171
w^i (& w_), px^rj (&
d*J ) 287
287
^, nsn 174, 299
442
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
TO
... i
PAGB j
171, 192
rpyn
...
PAGE
... 171
njsn & n:^.|n
...
... 289
tip$$S} & 8}$4fi$
...
... 156
teisn & >j;tofl
...
... 317
r\wbz%
...
... 345
un
...
23 J
15-
...
... 222
nDsri
... 317
jK*n, ruKsn
...
285
jf2>ri
...
... 88
u|i?v ^
...
... 310
*8 ... ...
...
... 192
n?$$
...
... 301
r$$, j|g
...
... 290
nsri
...
... 145
*3$8 ... ...
... 161
njDpri
...
... 155
rte, &9, to ...
...
... 154
*on
...
... 191
o>a, *?!?a
...
... 136
>$m
287 (Note)
ro^an
tv :
...
... 156
vfrrin
...
... 177
tfn-i^ & |.in^i
...
... 160
tirfb
...
... 289
njfftD?
156(f)
nnn {KtMv)
...
157(t)
n;?w$
...
... 345
D-rw
...
... 155
i^
...
... 293
nj^ra
...
... 345
;wun (Ktluv)
... 293
bh9
...
... 155
nrari,Dnpn, ^mn
... 296
}!?*?
...
... 110
tWJ?(jrrt)...
...
... 293
vm ... 136,
Tab. XVIII
urra & ^n_
...
... 294
ffftifB
...
... 303
fc#3n
...
... 317
2$B, *2VB
...
134, 136
H0M
...
... 306
njrp
...
157 i%)
nbn
...
... 180
nn'^
...
... 156
WP3
...
143 (J)
j?#n & nnv$
... 155
B*
...
130**
TtfB
...
... 306
W
...
137, 381
oote'n
...
... 318
nrinpri
...
... 315
myxfy
...
... 250
nnyn
...
... 337
t-inn^n ... ...
...
... 89
rfcp
... 112
*#9 ... "...
...
... 306
n^jiri
...
... 88
D^n
...
154, 155
n^D-iyjp
...
... 156
wgfyfp (&$. rut.
2 pi. m.
r^W ... ...
...
... 122
w. Aff.
him i
) ... 212
napayjp
...
... 345
DTO^J?
... 337
Sm (&^), f^
171,
191-193
l-nprn
...
... 88
^a
...'
... 191
W#?
...
... 176
vipyB & h_
...
... 117
WW*
... 89
INDEX OF HEBREW WORDS.
443
Kru}
>Kfj
!?npnon
Wjy$
n-^nn
PAGE
313
267
191
175
284
133 (t)
PAGE
D3tffi 317
D$nn ... ... 316
ynri (jr. rut. 3 s./. fr. njm) 171
^|?fl&i 361
nsnri 133 ({)
END OF INDEX OE WOEDS.
INDEX
N.B. The Figures refer to Pages of this Exercise-book except when preceded
by or .
Accent, ordinarily on syllable in-
volving 2 a Rt-letter in Verb-
forms 109
Accent, thrown forward in some
Past-Tense forms with Vdv pre-
fixed 104
Accents, Introductory remarks on,
Pt. I. 37-46.
Accents, Table of, Pt. I. 65-
69.
Adjectives 50-55
A-leph [Pt. I. 2 (i) and 9
(Note)], Quiescent [Pt.I. 30],
cannot have Dagesh [Pt. I. 49],
A-leph prefix for 1 s. Fut. Kal
takes Segol generally ... 76, 116
A-leph, Yerbs having, as 1 st Rt-
letter ...128-130**, Tab. XVII
A-leph, Verbs having, as 3 d Rt-
letter ... 169, 185, Tab. XXII
A-leph, Kaumets( ) not dropped
before, sometimes 336
Alphabet, Pt. I. 8.
Analysis of Verb-forms in Gen.
i.-iii. and xii. ... 226-266
Apocopated forms of Verbs H f ?
170, 171, 190-193
Apocopated forms generally [but
not always Note (J) on p. 171]
used with Vdv Convers., and
with ?tt Deprecative, and in a
Positive wish 222
"Become, To" (for ^ nVl)... 254
& 255 (latter part of Note)
B'gad-k'phath letters, Pt. I. 47
&48.
Verbs whose
Root has any of the ... 123
* Borrowed' forms... 161, 162, etc.
Classification of Verbs which are
sometimes called 'Irregular' 124
1 Compaginis ' ( Y6d) 232
Compensation for Dagesh-F. 115
(comp. 6b)
Compound Shva [Pt. I. 22-24],
always Moving 117
sometimes under
other letters than those in Pt.
I. 24 [Pt.I. App x D] 346
1 Construct poem,' ' Construct
State,' or ' State of Construc-
tion' 33-36, 45
before a Prepo-
sition, [See Obs. XXX]... 193
Couple, Vdv with Kaumets before
second word of a ... 223-225
"Created to make" (for "created
and made" of E.V.) [Gen. ii. 3]
380-382
Dagesh ' Conjunctivum,' l Dirimens,i
'Euphonic? l Forte JEuphonicum, 1
'Intermediate; [See Pt. I. 71,
Note (J)].
446
INDEX.
Dagesh-forte [Pt. I. 49, 53 &
54].
after 'He for the
Def.ArV ... 4
(cases in which it
is not put) 4, 5
after the prefix
v from, 3
(cases in which it
is not put) 3, 4
for an omitted Et-
letter 3 or T\ 121, 122
in 1 st Et-letter for
Nun of Mph-al 71,
76, 79, 87
in 1 st Et-letter
sometimes for H of
Hithpa-el 89*, 316-318
in 2 d Et-letter of
H-$l, Pu-iil, and
Sithpa-U ... 71
often omitted over
Shva 346
Dagesh-lene [Pt. I. 47], some-
times omitted [Pt. I. 48], can-
not stand after 'Shva- Moving,'
or after a Vowel [Pt.I.47N.B.]
Dagesh-lene when in Et- letters
(B'gad-ttphath) of Verb-forms
122-124, 'Supp'toTab. XIV
"Day," "first," "second," etc.,
of the E.V. in Gen. i. 234-236
Defective ' Long-KUril and Sha-
nk 9 [Pt. I. 12 & 14].
Deficient rather than Full Khou-
lem ' used with 1 Convers. and
with ?K Deprec. and in ex-
pression of a Positive wish 105,
222
' Definite- Article,' ffl for, not to
be placed before a Noun which
43
Diacritic Point of W and b [Pt
I. 61 Note].
'Doubly-Irregular' Verbs, so called
by some, ... 174, 267-314
"Evening and Morning" [Gen. i.
5 ] 227
'Furtive' Pathakh [Pt. I. 60]
114
dropped (of
course) when any addition is
made to the word ... 44,120
Future-Tense 75, 76, 85-89, 333
-337
forms, with He at
end of the more common forms,
88, 105, 111, 117, 118^
334 (*), 335
Kal, Shiirik (or u)
form of, 336 & 337
usages, Some, 99
with Negative Par-
ticle, 93,103,105,222
with ' Vdv Conver-
sive' ... 101, 102
with ' Vdv Conver-
sive' precedes its Subject... 104
<Fut. (-)' Verbs 85 (Note J), 104,
116, 118
with to pre-
fixes \ft of Fut. K. before Vnn
116
! Fut. (-)' Verbs 85 (Note), 104,
116, 118
often 'Intransi-
tive 1 ... 104
is 'i.e.', etc.
~ with to pre-
fixes |JV of Fut. K. before Vnn
116
"Has become as one of Us" [Gen.
iii. 22], Note on, ... 252-259
INDEX.
447
He at the end of a word to ex-
press
towards"
42
at the end of some Future
forms 88 etc.
at the end of some Impera-
tive forms 86 etc.
at the end of some Infinitive
forms 80
at the end of Past forms 82,
etc.
for 'Interrogation' ... 56
stands before the first word
of Interrogative clause ... 93
for the 'Definite Article' 4,
5, 6
NOT to
be placed before a Noun 'i.e.'
etc 43
He, The, to be prefixed to Adjec-
tives with 'Definite' words . 51
He, The, to be prefixed to Demon-
strative Pronouns when used
Adjectively 58
He of Hiph., and of Hitkpa.,
sometimes replaced by A'-leph
111
He preceded by Segol sometimes
at the end of forms 335 (Note *)
He Quiescent [Pt. I. 29, 31].
Verbs having as 3 d
Ht- letter 170-173, 190-193,
Tab. XXIII
He when Consonantal at the end
of a word has Mappek [Pt. I. |
31].
He Consonantal, Verbs having,
as 3 d Rt-letter ..190 (Note *)
He where a 'Relative Pronoun'
is required in English ... 59
Hiph-il 71, 74, 76, 79 (& Note),
83, 86, 119, etc.
Hiph-il forms, Some, ... 348-355
Hithpa-el (see also below) 71, 74,
76, 83, 89 & 89* 112, 133
(Note J, I), etc.
forms, Some, 357-364
forms transposing the
TMv ... 89, 315
forms which drop the
TMv 89* 316-318
Hoph-al 71, 76, 83, etc.
forms, Some, 355-357
Imperative found rarely
87 (Note)
Huph-Il
72, 143
Imperative connected with Puture
87
forms 86, 87, 331-335
with He at the
end 86, 87, 111, 112, 330, 335
Im perattveNegattve, expressed by
Puture with Negative Particle
93, 103
Imperative not to be used with
a Negative Particle 93
Imperative only in ' Second-
Person' forms 93
Infinitive Absolute 77, 78, 319
Construct and with
Prefixes 79,
80, 320-324, Tab. XIV
(App x A thereto)
forms 77, 81, 319-324
with He (and TMv) at
the end, 80,320,321,323
with Pron.-Afrs. 80,
Tabs. XV & XXIV (see also
Tabs. XVII, etc.)
Interrogation marked by He pre-
fixed, 5, (see also p. 91, Voc. 2)
Kaumets in place of Pathalch in
certain instances ... 185,209
448
INDEX.
Kaumets retained sometimes where
it is usually dropped 335, 336
Kaumets-Khautuph [Pt. I. 15
_(& Note), 23 (Note), 55(10)]
Khoulem 'Pull' and 'Deficient'
[Pt.I. 13]
Ktbbuts sometimes in the form of
Shurik [Pt. I. 14, N.B.]
, The usual form of, {viz. ),
sometimes used for Shiirik
[Pt. I. 14]
LoNG-Kherik sometimes in the
form of ^-Kherik [Pt. I.
_ . 12]
LoNG-Kherik, The usual form of
(viz. * ), sometimes used for
S^-Kherik [Pt. I. 12, N. B.]
Long- Vowel in an Open syllable,
sometimes, in place of a Short-
vowel in a Closed syllable (Obs.
XXIII) 185
Mazkeph [Pt. I. 37 (2)].
Mappek [Pt. I. 31, 34]... 121
Metheg [Pt. I. 43-45].
Mixed-Voice forms and Mixed-
Tense forms 177,178
Mute <Yod' [Pt. I. 35].
Negative Particles ?H & N? precede
Tense 93
Niph-al 71, 76, 77, 79 Note, 83,
87, 119, etc.
Niph-al forms, Some, 338-341
Nun Pinal at end of some Future
forms ... 88 (twice), 89, 160
Observations I-XI 93
XII-XV ... 139
XYI-XXII 179 &
180
Observations XXIII-XXY 185
XXYI-XXX 190-
193
XXXI & XXXII
202
XXXIII-L 208-
212
Participles 82-85, 326-330,
App x (B) & (C) to Tab. XIY
Past-Tense (K.), ordinary forms
73&74
, other forms 81,
324, 325
Past-Tense with Vdv prefixed
100, 104
must
precede its Subject 104
Pause-forms [Pt. I. 41].
of Nouns with Pron.-
Affs. see Tabs. Y-XIII.
of Particles with
Pron.-AfTs. see Tabs.
II-IY
of Personal Pronouns
9, Tab. I
of Yerbs 110-113*
Pause-forms not in Pause 1 1 3*
Pi-el 71, 76, 83, etc.
forms, Some, ... 342-347
Plural-Fem. form of Nouns (and
Adjectives & Participles) 31
Plural-Masc form of Nouns (and
Adjectives & Participles) 31
Po-el & Po-al Voice-forms 365-
368
Present 72, 84, 99 (III)
Pronouns, Absolute forms, 9,
Tab. I
Adjective ... 58, 59
, Affix-forms 13, etc.,
Tabs. VIII & XXXI
INDEX.
449
Pronouns, Demonstrative ... 28
Interrogative ... 29
Relative ... 21-24
Pkonotjn-Affixes to Nouns, Tabs.
V-XIII.
to Particles,
Tabs. II-IT
to Verbs, Tabs.
XXIV-XXXI & Obs. XXXIII-
L (on pp. 208-212), also Note
(F) on pp. 378 & 379
Pronoun-Affixes used Relatively
24, 380
PtJ-AL 71, 76, 83, etc.
forms, Some, ... 347, 348
Relative Pronoun
... 21-24
Sequence of events often marked
by use of Tenses (Past & Future)
simply 100
SHORT-Khirik sometimes in the
form of Long-Khirik [Pt. I.
12 (KB.)]
Shortening of a Long Towel in
a closed syllable, Examples of,
(1) when the Accent is removed
(see ' Note ' in ' Notes on Tab.
XIV), (2) when the Accent
is ' drawn back' 124
Shva [Pt. I. 2 (ii), 3]; under-
stood under one vowelless letter
at end of a word [Pt. I. 4],
but put under two such [Pt. I.
" 6]
Shva 'Medium' (of Dr. Ewald)
[Pt. I. 57]
' Moving ' & ' Quiescent, '
Definitions [Pt. I. 21], Rules
for[Pt. I. 55(1-9 & 11-14)]
Shva-Moving always takes a Com-
pound form under certain letters,
[Pt. I. 24]
Simple Shva under the letters
ynna [pt. I, 55 (6)] in,
118, 119 (iVfy. &H<j>.), 120
Shurik sometimes in the form of
Kibbuts [Pt. I. 14]
, The usual form of (viz. -1),
sometimes used for Kibbuts
[Pt. I. 14 (KB.)]
< Slight '-Towel [Pt. I. 56] 35-
38, 115, 117-119
Tenses 72-74
precede Subject except
there be Emphasis on the
Subject 105
Tense-usages 97-103 (& 162)
Three forms of Past Kal ... 81
Tsayre ( ) rather than *~- in
Fut. Hiph. in certain cases 222
Tav-Consonantal as 2 d Rt-letter,
Terbs having, 150
Tav Converstve 101, 102, 128,
135, 136 (twice), 137, 156-158,
171
Tav with Kaumets 179, 223-225,
[but see also p. 101 (Obs. 1)]
Terb and Noun together from the
same Root, for Emphasis, 228
& 229
Terbs ' Doubly Irregular ' (so called
by some) ... 174, 267-314
'Terbs Fut. ( ),' and 'Verbs Fut.
( ),' ... 85 (Notes % & )
Verbs, Introductory remarks on,
69-89**
'Med. A,' 'Med. E,' and
' Med. 0,'[bad terms for ',' 'J/,'
and 'V'] 81
450
INDEX.
Yerbs, Names of the Seven ordi-
nary Yoices 69-72
Yerbs are not always used in all
the Yoices 221
Yerbs of which the Eoot has Nun
for 3 d letter ... 121 & 122
of which the Eoot has Resh
in it 121
of which the Root has Thdv
for 3 d letter 121 & 122
whose 1 8t Rt-letter is A- leph,
128-130** Tab. XYII &
Paradigm
whose l 8t Rt-letter is Yod
133-139, Tah. XYIII
whose 1 st Rt-letter is Nun
143-146, Tab. XIX
whose 2 d Rt-letter is Vdv or
Yod ... 150-163, Tab. XX
whose 2 d and 3 d Rt-letters
are the same, 179 & 180, Tab.
XXI
(VV a bad designation for
these Yerbs 179)
Yerbs whose 3 d Rt-letter is A -leph
169, 185, Tab. XXII
whose 3 d Rt-letter is He
Consonantal ... 190 (Note *)
whose 3 d Rt-letter is He
Non-consonantal 170-173, 190
193, Tab. XXIII
with Pron.-Affs. 175, 208-
212, Tabs. XXIY etc.
YoicE-forms, Ordinary ... 69-72
Other ... 175-177
which are called
Poil and Po-al ... 365-368
Yocabulary Heb.-Eng.... 383-388
Eng.-Heb., 389 & 390
N.B. (a) The * Pt. V referred to in these Tables is the First Part (Part I.) of
the 'Introductory Hebrew Grammar.'
(/3) The referred to axe those of the Exercise-book if Pt. I. be not mentioned.
TABLE I.
Personal Pronouns. Absolute Forms.
[N.B. p. stands for 'Pause-form/ Pt. I., 41.]
*MN or *}8t
thou
^(p-:^S) 2 nm
!/. (p. i#) 3 m
he (or it) tf!|n
she (or it) 1 K1S1, ^fl
we
ye
/.
6 rum
they
on, n&n
T V"
/ 4 niin
1. Kin in the Pentateuch; iOn, the usual form elsewhere, is comparatively
rare in the Pentateuch. The Kin is read' as K\l [see Pt. I., 79 (3).]
[Note. In Job xxxi. 11, Kin is Kthtv for K*n n* [Pt. I., 74 (3)], and in
the same verse fcOiTI is Kthtv for N-ini Kri.^
2. fitf, in Nu. xi. 15, Deut. v. 24, for Euphony; and, in Ez. xxviii. 14, for
shortness. In 1 S. xxiv. 19, Ps. vi. 4, Job i. 10, Eccles. vii. 22, Neh. ix. 6, HK
is Kthiv for nntf Kri [Pt. I., 74 (3)]. Gesenius [Thesaurus, p. 129 (a)] gives
flK for 1 S. xxiv. 19, Ps. vi. 4 ; but this is a mistake, as in each case it is merely
nX Kthiv there. The Reader should be put on his guard against the very great
mistake (made by some) of mixing up the Kthiv and Kri together, and speaking
of this incongruous mixture as being "written" and "read," whereas the truth
is that such is neither "written" nor "read" at all, in the technical sense.
Needless and great confusion is caused by the misuse of technical terms.
3. *n is Kthiv (Ju. xvii. 2, 1 Ki. xiv. 2, 2 Ki. iv. 16, 23, viii. 1, Jer. iv. 30)
for n Kri, and (Ez. xxxvi. 13) for m Kri [Pt. I., 74 (3)].
4. There is another word, n3n, hither, to be distinguished from this by the
context only.
5. ffiK, Ez. xxxiv. 31. The forms |P)N! (and nilflX), which some give, should
not be adopted.
6. 13K is Kthiv (Jer. xlii. 6) for Wp Kri [Pt.I., 74 (3)].
, i
II
TABLE II.
Pronoun-marks attached to Prefixes
N.B. p. stands for ' Pause-form.' "Words in [ ] are not in the Bible,
(i.) 3 in, ? to or for:
In
in us -133
in me T 3
in thee
(mOCp.:^*) 1 ^
(/)
W
in you
(m.)
D33
OB)]
him
her
13
P13
in them
(m.) *D3, DH3
(i)
to me
to thee {
(m.) (p.J^t)^^
to
him
her
ii6
To
to us Og
to you
Cm.)
D*
(/.) nj^[@^]
to them
(.) tab, 8 DH 1 ?
(2)
(ii.) 3 (or, IDS) as or like, ftp, *|D) /rom.
like me
^b3
like thee
>.)
11 #w
( him .inb3
1 * T
like {
(3)
a
((/)
tf?l
( her Mb3
h3
o
-Si
C
3
like us
Ub3
like you
>o
D33,
IV t'
DDb3
W :
B
5
\ ) J l"T* iv ft iv :
3
S
(a.)
OS?*
5MP
d
((/.) fM'ioNi
ft
In the place of the _i given above, there may also be 1 ; thus *}1D3, 1 K. xxii.4,etc.
B
o
"3
feC
q
ed
from me 15 'SfflD
| ((*) (p. &389)fPP
( him " -lagD J
from <
( her n3
\ TIV '
(4)
13
E
D
s
from us }3J3ft J
g lb*.)
| /(.) nsne, on
In
O,
Q
For the Notes see next page (3).
2
Ill
NOTES ON TABLE II.
* The two words marked thus are the same in form. They can be distinguished
from each other by the context only.
1* See Note *.
t See Note *.
Somewhat like each of the words thus marked, there is another word (to be
distinguished therefrom), viz., ^3, prithee; -132 (not -133), they built; \TQ (not
|n?) Ruth i. 13, which is either for them or (according to some) therefore; Hjin? on
this side, on that side ; |D? therefore; -13? they lodged.
1 Also HD3, Ps. cxli. 8.
2 Also mWJ3, Ex. xxxvi. 1; Hab. i. 16.
T (.- T '
3 Also n3n3, Lev. v. 22; Jer. v. 17; also in Nu. xiii. 19, where the accent is
wrongly placed on the last syllable in several editions.
4 vh is Kthiv sometimes for )h Kri [Pt. I., 74 (3).]
6 rh, Nu. xxxii. 42, is for r6; the (-) marks the H as HD"! [Pt. I., 48,
t i., ii.]. So rb, Zech. v. 11, Ruth ii. 14, in some copies.
6 i"D^, Gen. xxvii. 37, Is. iii. 6. This is distinguished by the context only
from J"dV go thou (m.), with PI added ; and this last, dropping the H, is some-
times ^7.
7 ilh (2 K. iv. 2) is Kthiv for $ Kri [Pt. I., 74 (3).]
8 nmb, Jer. xiv. 16.
9 Ez. i. 5 ; xlii. 9.
10 Ez. xiii. 18.
11 HDb3, Ex. xv. 11.
12 Also J n$3, Jer. xxxvi. 32.
13 Ez. xviii. 14.
14 : -in??? Job iv. 12. Also t lf$B (Ps. lxvhi. 24) according to some.
15 Also *3p, as Is. xxx. 1. (Also P3D Ps. xviii. 23% Job xxi. 16.) [There is
another word v 30 (and, twice, >3 Is. xxx. 11), winch means merely from
(_ |p) t as ju. v . 14, p 8 . xliv. 11, 19, etc. The \3 of Ps. xlv. 9 is taken by
some for D^i? musical instruments, and by others supposed to mean a band of
musicians^]
16 Jer. x. 2; Eccles. xii. 12. Also OHSft, Job xi. 20.
a Also Ps. lxv. 4,
3
IV
Table III.
(1) m CnK) the mark of the Definite Object/ (2) m (-fiK) with, (3) DJJ with.
(
(p- 1 *) Tjnx
him
ink
me
"nfc
thee
CO
('
\
her
VT
( tm
/m.
4 d3nx
[ m.
2 Dnx
Urn
us
vm
you
L
them
|
\ v
VT
I*
085$
r
TO
(a.) Forms of (1) are sometimes given for those of (2). (/3.) In place of the
J. given above, there may be the full 1; thus, ^JYIK Deut. xxxii. 51, etc.
with
with me *j7|fr$
/.ro.(p.
with thee <
I'-
/him \ft#
with |
her nftN
\ VT
(2)
withus^ftK
VT
tm.
with you <
I'-
\ VT
with them <
It*
with
with me "fty
/ m. (p.
with thee <
I*
/him ^j;
with 1
(her ngy
(3)
with us ^j;
with you {
I*
past.
with them <
BJ?
1 Also nDnfc Ex. xxix. 35.
2 Also DnnN Gen. xxxii. I; DHJliN
Ez. xxiii. 45.
3 Also ngpfc Ex. xxxv. 26; ff|N Ez.
xvi. 54; jgrjto Ez. xxiii. 47.
4 Also MrnX Josh. xxiii. 15.
5 Also rS]/. 1 S. i. 26.
6 Also DHSj; Nu. xxii. 12.
I AJso ^V (& "TO).
Table IY.
(1) Vtf to, (2) hv on, or upon, [(3), and (4), below].
To
tome(p.P-) ^X to thee
to us
WStftoy
b
to
to them
him V7N
VT
her n^X
T VV "
On
! <P-*V)^B
on us $WW
t&
on thee
|V-T
( to.
on you
I* m vfa
him ^Stt
VTT
her
nhi
on them
VI -:
(3) From *\V [also s ly.] unto, even to, etc., the following occur,
HJJ wn/o me, SpTJJ wwfo f/iee (m.), V1V unto him, ilH^ imfo her,
and DDHl? with'}/ [Job xxxii. 12], unto you (to.), DfT^ [2 K. ix. 18] '
for Mnfo f/iem (to.).
(4) From ^.?3 [the Construct form (there is no *iy?2)] testes, the)
following occur, > (4)
1 Often Di"6tf. iD^>K Ps. ii. 5. [DiT^K (Ez. xxxi. 14), which some take to
mean o them (m.)," strictly means < their (to.) strong ones,'* i.e. f/e strong ones
among them].
2 The following words, V_V leaves-of (Neh. viii. 15, etc.), -lil^ his leaf (Ps. i. 3,
etc.), T\7V r her leaf, or leafage (Is. i. 30), are from TOV a leaf.
3 Also T : V^hto Ps. cxvi. 7.
4 Often DH^. Also te^Jj Ps. v. 12, lv. 16; Job vi. 16, xx. 23, etc
* Also without the * ; 2 instead of *J .
5
VI
TABLE V. (i.) Singular.
!
my
yri
thy
r m.
(p. ?v } Tt
his
\
^
*
1'-
i*
her
IT
1 song
(m.
Djyvtf
/ w.
trr#
our
tiW>
your
their j
IT
i. c. W
i"
1*
vvt.
K'
(52)
(ii.) Plural.
my
our ^J'T*
thy
your
/. (p. **0 y.T^
IV
/. pn*0
I IV
his
her
their
IT
T IV '
/. vnrvw
I (.V
D^^
songs
i. c. n#
(56ix.)
TABLE VI. (i.) Singular.
my
Trta
thy
[ m.
(p.^-v^in
his
imto
l T
mta
ip t
V
ii*
her
IT T
law
t m.
Dsmw
/m.
Drrtfl
our
wrrm
your
their <
Lc.nnin
l" T
\3F$ft
I'-
/
( 56 v.)
(ii.) Plura
.
< 3 Thta
thy J/-"(p.
1 iv
his
her
vnhin
t.T
jrrinin
T (.V
nnin
/ m.
vour <
IV
their
)
laws
i. c. rvnin
The is sometimes dropped in (ii.).
1 ^n- Ez. xxxv. 11; Ps. ix. 15.
Rarely ^n_, as Deut. xxviii. 59.
3 7 JV Ps. cxxxii. 12, as some say,
4 By Contraction DHL.. 5 !'""
VII
TABLE VII.
A Noun of Dual Form.
my
our O^TX
thy
your
m.
I iv : t
DMTK
/.
I iv : t
his
her
VJTK
it: t
\ iv : t
their {
\ I iv : t
Bfjflf
ears
* The to the X is S.
TABLE VIII.
Various Forms of these Pronoun Affixes*
[Those within Q are not for Composition.]
(i.) For a Noun in the Singular,
First Person.
rare *J , \.
**p 7> U-
Second Person.
[p.Ona-^-xnjT),^,^
(rare,]
og'T. D3-, Da-
ta'- er- (-). 13-
Third Person.
v 7 ,.in^n-,(n- T ), *,__
(rare, n|-. *-) H>- n- ft_
(ii.) For a Noun in the Plural or Dual,
First Person.
Second Person.
Third Person.
g^v'.rqg^i 13-), _
(rare KH ; fl). J-It
(rare ilBIT-; )D~, DH-), \W-, fr]1_
(rare fWJ^j ]T\-), ^-
fV0
M.
F
M.
F.
Excluding some few which are peculiar to Tab. II. (3, 4). [Objective Aff 8 . hereafter.]
% Also na-jr, ffy& m
7
VIII
TABLE IX.
(i.) Singular.
my
nyi
(m. (p.
:i-)^|W
his
m
tljf*
it :
l*
WW
her
prm
itt :
\ word
/ m.
Dbrj*
/m.
crcn
our
W.
your< .
u .
their {
itt :
(i.c T^p
\ f -
\m
I*
1
(ii.) Plural.
/*.'
rm
his
vnw)
mrih**&+m
thy |
itt :
D*W
i-t :
(/(p.
i ^rm
her
t w t :
1 words
( m.
pyttl
/m-nnna^
our fi^M
your <
iv :
their
&.#PD
i"T :
//.
TO
1
* (a.) When the last letter is X, the is retained before it when i. c. ; *
thus, Kjy a host, i. c, Kiy. [When the first letter of the word is one of the
four ynnX, there must be a compound Shva under it in the place of the in
Iff* (cp. y.)].
(j3.) Some words of the form ?yS replace, in declension, their second by
followed by Dagesh Forte; thus, \G$> little (or a little one) gives D3t?p, and
Plu. B*|DJ3 (i. c. $B).
So %i a camel gives Plu. ttfol (i. c. ^03) WOK MU
(y.) When the first letter of the word is one of the four V n H tf,
(i.) It must have a Compound Shva wherever the I in (Tab. IX.) has
Shva-Moving ; thus, from ]T\ft a son-in-law, \T\X\ (i. c), '^T\U,
etc. ;
(ii.) It will have a Slight ' Vowel (where necessary) agreeing with the
Compound Shva of (i.) ; thus, from 0311, a wise man, Plu. D*J?3n,
i. c. *3n, etc.
(<?.) Such Nouns as KHn a smith, fcJHS a horseman ( 60), (which really belong
to the class of words like 333 a thief, with Dagesh Forte in their middle letter),
retain the of their first letter; thus, Bhn (i. c), D*gnn pi u . pBHn i. c.);
the forms with Pron. Affixes being (Sing.) 1 , etc., (Plu.) V , etc., as
in VghB (from D^Tf).
() The Dual Decl. of a bjS Noun, as S|33 a <*t*f, Du. D\Q33 (i.c. 33), is
m 'C qjW ,00-) D S^ 3 $ff 'CV^nwi /OJV)^}?.
vm
l-M
G?
CO
^
o*
M
r-H
,-4
,-4
,-4
r-4
a
m
01
02
Pi
m
P<
02
&
02
&
p
n
r-
r
l
/n-
rn
o-
n:
rv:
r
J/|:
r
r -
5
r
to
-
IJ
I 1
^_^
^_ N
^^^
^ N
x->
^
^-^
\
^ x
HY
JTi
ci~
CI-
n-
Qf
n:*
Qr
t
2^
r
' R" K* C r *a- ffl- or or rv- i^r s
3 ^ fts ai pi j^ -. r c c s
ts" iJ* \*Jr l* ' B KJ
iz n iz n> n: on: r> ji n
V
* oil ISil *-
jz" hi- ffli- Gs n^ i^j.- i^i
. 157 Jr- - - r; rs n n* %-r gu |
s
h 5
I 5, *.'.
; iu;
^= M= P
a
r
J- J-
h i
N CI:
H7jr
r- r 4 f> c s?" jji
I* ft?
C C' a.
?= ?= ^7
^ h^
a
J 1 =
r
a
r r
l h I s is l
n-
n : ^
%= 1 I
b.HJ
rQ 03
he B
s ru ni
= =-a 1
r : '
r-
m-
/n
!-!_
1-^
ri
V'
VI"
Gi
IAl
f
r-
j
r'
13
r
r
r :
"ft-
Jl:
^C"
a
Hi
1 li
JJ
Hi
l"J ! I-
I:
n
n^ n^ ni
3 2
Jp- JZ" Q
^= ^: o
* 1
I 8
el-
j- 17
%: JP-2
n b* 1
- .2 a
1= 1 I-
fell
d
I I
&
i is' i ^5 a *^
9 n: cq a n--
9 -CM. Q g
02
a
a '* 1 & n:- :
i J & | d S,
-S * I i
1 1 : i ! pi
P S o Q _i
| r^ ; < Pi $
-l-'.S n-^o i%N
I>
- o
.a
8 ;5v
*.: r^ &r .a S
*~ S rlL ^2 5
&'
/
ITS irt
53 ft
I' 1 * 1 r
-^ r
%i
r" Er o- -
S. o Q: .2 ^
* a ct s I "~
2 ^'-^" a
P ". * o3 cr ..
* o et-i ' ' o Qi
E 'S "
C:
vnr
6,
M
8
-SI
T c^
g
> ^
T* *J .' J
. -H
as Ph m Ph
02 ft
n n & &
9 .o-
2
d
^^ ^-N /'-X JT"*
. n n 'a g
.2 '^ Q:* St Sf
.2 .2 '> &
X3 n
a rv Vv Sh Sh
& &
si I- I s 1- 1*
|i *
2 I- 5 *.' 1 " *-'
n' fc-
^.2 P & &
B ^ r,,_ ^Ik !>>-
i . i .
i3 rj
FT J
1 1
1: P U I 1
Vi*- F~ f- r*~
li J?
r^ jt~
. Q *2 "& *&
i3 n
g n- n- S- f>*
Ei-S-
^ ^ - .#-
3v ]i
M co
*- -
.a n n > &
i3
.3 fv n S, g r
^;^
q h^ q r:
a a
- n : ;
J3
< Jh J Jj l
J J :
CS H5
n : ;
*
*
h .53 .JD & &
rj i3
jH' I3~ S. *
i . . i .
m> G-
1 1
. ! J 1 1- J :
<s n : ; n : ; n^ n : ;
ii
* m
. J2 n & &
I a: a^r h
5? ^
^T-
OS
^ -+2
a a
o a>
b 2 O
hO t>0
sta
sta
fox
fox
T3 ^
S s
.a
I a
i- i- g
s
o 2
o
te .a
.a h
2 |
3 ^r
'^1 *^i ^ .^5
+- ^ ^^ d
^ ^ ^T g
^1 ^l .^5 .^5
n on n-
^ ^ ^ ,g
^ ^i .^ S3
' S; q.
hi hi
%
^ ^ .^
B q a
q o
!-J : !"J !
n : J n : ; n : ; m
^i > ^ .^5
10
vrii***
pH
g
S
02
Cm
93
4
m
A
E
E
55.
55.
|
n
E
n
n
^-^
^ ~v
^^^
^^
s
^^
5*
M
%
%
5^..
Utt
ITT
J~"
-
or*
^'.
J^-
nJ-
r\_-
EL
o
rii'
E;-
C
,
C^
'
-4-
^
s
'
M
M
55
55'
M'
1?'
tc
c
..
*-..
#-!
B r
St
13
f^
.h.
JZ-
c
r^i
./3_
2
C'
Gfi
C'
C-
C^
*-
-
m
%
*
+-'
?=*
.
i?
H
Is
[5
1"
h
*-
l>
I 1 '
n
f>
JI
n>
Ji
n^
CI-
+-
J"^5
n:
^
Ui
55'
55'
>-
Sf
VQ
S^
i~
r
#-..
#-..
^ :
& y
I
5
m
h.
n>
c
Ol
.fi
i
c
Cs
c
CiJ
c
P :;
<x>
C
*-
r=7
T
i*7
lt~
f?7
1
9
I
Is
[J
Is
(J-
P^
s
c*
e
o
I2
P
r"
55'
55'
r-k-
R
*
a
fc
h_
J^
.n
Oi
i^-
Pi
&
O
&
r;^
&
C-
o
-
*-
*-
-
*s>
Pi
o
os
CO
^
2*
^1
55'
55'
Z4>
15'
1
'
f~"
J~
*-
*-
Ki
^*''
j
C5
.JZ
M
ia
o
jj
a
a
a
HH
.
1*
J^
Js
J*
Ji
J^
5
s
3
a
lO
io
M
tA
25-
55-
s
g
IE
JZ'
.1=
'8;
q
<3
a
M
*
cu
.
l
I-
|:
i
h
1
h
<1
s
rv;
i
rv;
*
*
5*
^
55'
55
*i.
J^.
l~
f~
*-*
*-%
feir
Bir
tj
rii
CL.
E>
.sz
m
.J^_
1
*-
5
*-
P
*T~
ry
*~i
ro
xn
CO
an
o
o
a
fl
CO
pi
m
o
o
t>0
to
a
p
a
S
+3
05
*
rd
15
3
If
bQ
'3
. b0
*3
J 1
n
C4
.a
CI- !>
4
S 125
a *;
IwM
.9
a i- h >s> a*
a
si a
a i
-3 a
: 1 S*
" T
1 1
s a
*
^ da
S n
c2 C
^ ++
a ^.
c a_S; - 5:
F .2 ,2 a J
^ , "2 cB CU
++ N X Z
n cq
il
#4
11
*- o rt rt
^ o ^.. o ^ ^*
B 5, p- ^;- I J
00 to j . g
1 o 6 . l.
I:
3 *
1 C".
a
S3
3
1
o
&
en
<
a
a
tZti
d8
s
tk
.
E
l:
r I
ai
.a
#
QQ
c
I
.2 ^rt-.
a ; g
n .. ,2 -
r" 4 - pn
n - a
C Q
Lb 9
- ^ s
D- h I
I * o
.r s?
,9
a- .a |
fe?P
O .
* s
c*.. ^-
il >
Si
IT f^
II *
pi i-1
* .
.. I*
s
r 3 <^ F
P b c -a
.a a
5.
'Si..
n:
It
IX
*
-4
*"
<50
if
*rf
CD
GQ P4
QQ QQ
7L
BQ Ph
to Pn
73 Pj
. 15
OJ Pi
fib a
* a
a
* a
T\* pi-
r r" 1 -
* a
r r-
* h
Si; *?
EB
Eg
t'8
00
2
*-.
r> nr
S3l('33l-
*T <p_
pi' P'
1?
B
J
> >
,d
*>
9' 9*
r
r
pi- i^>-
2* ssir
v
1 M
>>
s
CO
r-
/--
*-
*1"
PL
so
PL Ft
4T- 4-
P' Pii'
n-rr-
n
u
'53
i3> rj-
P
a
51, r " v .
a
n n-
a
^
it
Jt
>
Hi-
J-
tJ 1
O
13
#-|.
tr
r; :
ns
" a
SSI' 5^:
P%| pi"
rr-
pi Pi
n n : -
r r
<
T- J:
A
J-
T- J"
rib n
nsn>
1"J :
i-j-
ni n-,
pi
PL
C:- nr
5 p
nrif
09
bo to
C S
3 S
I
CO
Oh 04
^ i
o o
3 3
<u a>
W CO
ca
2 42
(2 1.
1*.
M*
- rJ
Pt
<D
JJ
9
q
Ph
%
a
M
O
|
1
c*
r-V
N_X
n
.a
r?-
3
^
s
3
Ch
co
3
G
aJ
M
fu
4-
C
co
Sd
-W.
h
ni
pi
d
ja-
<u
fl:-
PU
r
rG
-t
*"
c
s^
T-f
* ':
rt
ni
n
c
S
o
tfi
'Jit
3
n
cU
v
d
S^i
n:-
I2 r
12
p-l G* tO
oa to P*
j~* .fii- m-.
j-i t* u>-
o
&
F
&
n
wX
> '
#
4f
K
y>
f-
fii-
m
t
i
r-
:
r* w
Id
ry
n-
-ri>
4>
_
T-
C
<D
r>
ri b
i>
%-
r*-
Civ
d-
A
J
jr.-
i^f
*-
m
n-
-T- ~fH
o
h .1
fiV T
J-f HI*- fil-
8 J~"
r a
I
r> a* fill-
a r-
a"
It H-:
*
J - *- filh Hk
a
n-;
a
55"
i S
-.
o
if
X
'I
bo
c
'2
c
*Sa
o
<D
o
JB
f
*J T3
2 P P
rH
i
eo
rjn
. i5
,_4
co p*
GO Ph
to
i3' O-
'.
r-i #-|..
C-
~rtt
CI"
r - E
C
n E
C
s 8*
a-
2k ^?.
B
n-
c c
c
& &
C^
' v_>
v_v
ill rj'
.
#-! *"ll
C"
/Hh .n
C- Cb
C- Cb
C-
..#
P^!
^
i i
A
S
Isj""i
it>
n n>
01
CD
n |>
UA
'
CO
1
#~i #-ii
4-3
/V_F-
1.
^j;
/^.n
^*
j- h .r:
C Cb
.5
c fcs
o
T,
CO
fir
T,
8
--
i *
g
* -*
HH
: t
. *
XI
#ir
a>
i^r
S3
a
9 1 S'
nt-.n
^3
#-|i #ni
O
| i
PQ
p* f!^
E-
P P
.2
<1
CO
-3
eo
a>
H
1
i^i
-I' #-l
rii-.n
(U
E
a
n
a
bfl
?
c
"t
|:
s
*-'
-
J3
Xtp
JtE
n
cu
-G
n- n
&
n^ n3
*
rii- .n
*" rt
*r ry
^ 5?
ST
CO
c a
id a>
09
o <u
T" H
& &
'Eb *5b
|
jx.
o*
9
fe
* "
>5
i
B>
r:
F*
*A
n
sV
tz>-
i i
55-
^_^
-J^.:
s
.3S
a
e^\i
g
?i
i i
o
*/:>-
f*^
HTP
o
a-t>:
r-
<G
Ti.
p
fIh
n
^^
Uh
*/:-
Ti
a
to
a
n*-
>.
a
m
r^
a
%
T)
:i
l_:
i i
n
H^
8
CO
CO
s
M
3
o
PQ
i i
ft*
M
4-+
^
f -H
-n
.2
-j%.
5
r
-
3
a
q
U
r
CO
co-^
s
S
>?
Is
IM
^
1 f
I
rC
a>
a
.rL
S3
*^
a
1
a
. |
Ci
S5
^
Af
a
r
i
*
^
s
o
1
T3
a
d
^
c3
Xi
r
*
iO
P-TN
X
b
*->
o
i
a
cS
1
a
S"
a
a
4->
c
J3
i-H
T3
a
s
^5
+->
^3
m-
a
o
O
lu
O
Ti
S^
a
n
!.
^
p
o
r'
CO
1 -
a)
.S
a
D
Jfc
xi
1 J ' G
P
o
s
1
*
e
E
*
crt
crt
1
J3
fi
13
X* NOTES ON TABS. X-XII.
(I) CONSTR.' FORMS, (II) AFFIX-FORMS, (III) VARIOUS FORMS.
I. The forms htfjk , 7JJD 7V*2> etc. [sec Rule vii. on p. 36], in the Sing., undergo
no change * i.e.' But
(1) Some bVB or ^JJB words borrow * i.e.' a form from v>#| or 7^3 ; thus
73H for ?nn 'to., PJJ Nu.:ri.7(but<roy ** JHT.) 'i.e.' -Yin. for Yin
i.c.,' JHM for yD3 'i.e./ "W as well as nf 'i.e.,' etc.
(2) Some Pltt. forms ' i.e.,' w. Quiescent (to 2 d Rt.-letter) followed by
Dag. L., are Irreg. ; as^'Hpn (4 times, but also the Reg 1 " *!pn twice) &
*n.PV Is- v. 10, ^"} Song viii. 6 (but also W") Ps. ixxvi. 4) from the
Plurals of TO} & IDtf.
II. Some Decl. -forms are Irreg.: (1) Sing, forms w. Moving Shva (to
2 Et. -letter), as (o) VjJISt (his) & *$? (my) fr. 133. (j8) Fori^| fr. ty Comp.
Pt. I. 55 (11). (y) So b3D (w. 'Euphc D., Pt. I. 70) Jer. iv. 7, fr. the
7J?S form ^Ilb. (5) Besides inNfl & DpNFI (fr. nxh) as in Tab. XI. 3, there is
also the form VlXFl Is. lii. 14 ; and so (according to some) ftjJB Is. i. 31.
(2) Plu. forms (w. Affs. 2 pi. & 3 pi.) w. Quiescent to 2* Et.-lettcr foil*
by Dag. L. ; as *Dn>2p3 & * DH^P? fr. the Plurals of t|D3 & *S]D3.
III. Some 7^5) or ?^3 Nouns vary slightly in Decl. -vowel. Thus, fr. SJJ or
y^ we have once CWE* (w. ), but also tyB> & !# & *yfcj> & W* &
"V '-: : v * r " i : 'iv : '{.' ' FT *
ttjfi^ (w. T-) ; and bo, fr. t^j?, we have iSJBVj? (w. ), but also IBVj? & ^gjfi?
& *Bj? (w. -r).
IV. (1) The SLiGHT'-vowel for the Plu. ( i.e./ and w. Affs. for 2 pi. & 3 pi.)
is generally the same as the Decl. -vowel of the Sing., as seen in Tab. X. 1-6. But
(2) There are some slight Variations; thus t>3[1 has 'l?3n in the Sing.
(w. -),but $30 & Dn^5H in the Plu. (w. - direct fr. the - of D^JQ),
bo Yin has nin as in Tab. X. 3, but *J|p the Plu. i.c.' (w. direct fr.
the of D^Yin).
Obs. (o) 73PI a cord has in i?3,n his cord Job xviii. 10, and so v?D cords
of (6 times) ; and
(0) bin or 7311 a pain (perhaps from ' contortion 1 ), which does not
occur in the Sing. w. Pron.-Affs., has -7- in v3n pains of Hos.
xiii. 13 & Driven their pains Job xxxix. 3,
(7) <??D in 5 other places is the same as in (j8). Some take it in these
5 places to be the same as v3n in (a) badly.
* These are strictly fr. Plurals of unused ilbyB or i"6ys forms. So D^t?3 is
Plu. of mtpa ( r 3) rather than of |B3.
"l4
NOTES ON TABS. X-XII, X**
V. (1) Some bj?S or 2^9 Nouns have a Fem. form op Plu. (in T\) T ). Thus
00 fSaPL ttty^Ji and (0) B^M pi. HV^Sp, aro declined in the Sing, as in
Tab. X. 1 and in the Plu. as in Tab. XII.
VI. Words* in T\ 17 [74 (*), p. 45], or n~ with a Guttural, (1) are
unchanged ' i.e.' in the Sing., (2) are declined in the Sing, as in Tab. X,
(3) have Plurals from the corresponding fi-jr form : t thus [for (2) & (3)],
(a) fUOte a nursing -mother has Decl.-form \P$$tA <jJFOEX,etc; & Plu.
rtotf (fr. mp'X) unchanged i.e.' & w. Affs. ;
(j3) ti&fi a mm has Decl.-form fojSMJi ^^, etc.; & Plu. itfjjWD
(fr. np^^D) unchanged ' i.e.' & w. Affs. ; so
(?) fljgf * neighbour (/.) has DecL-form *$5$, etc. ; &Plu. HIJ?^
(fr. nWB') unchanged < i.e.* & w. Affs. ;
(5) [rtt&03] cattle has Decl.-form Iflipn? etc.; & Plu. ni?pn2 ,i.c,'
nton3,(fr. n^TJl ' i.c.' npna). Cp. ' App* C to Tab. IX ' [4].
(e) nrDifl reproof has Decl.-form tijijjfcl etc.; & Plu. ninDW/i.c.'
rtrijin.Cfr. nn?ta),& nirgin (fr. nnDin).
() The H 77 Decl.-form, in Sing., is used for several Nouns in H y
(which aro undeclined in T\-$ ) ; thus irwpnbp etc. fr. T)J2TpJ2 for
mtpQs 'W^PP etc. fr. njjjpO for HD^D, ifi^ptt etc. fr.
!${$} for nj#Hpo, ^J?i"B etc - fr - nnsnro for histo, etc.
(j) The Plurals of the Nouns in (Q are from the H form ; thus
ni&rte (k' nipn^P etc.); nin^n & ftafp <i.c.' & i\nb|n
(Aw) are fr. an unused Sing. [ rD3"ip ].
{&) Some contracted Tjfo (or /J??) ' '?^ forms have Decl. -forms as in
Tabs. X & XI ; thus ton etc. (as in Tab. X. 3) fr. Kttn [for RBTJ
or n], & *jp} etc. (as in Tab. XI. 1) fr. B* p.PS> 63. So W
& "qft, [contracted for 77$ (or W>Jf), & !jDh] have the Plurals D^V
& DTJp^lj and so W ai?<tf has Plu. DHH, pW a street has Plu.
B*P1#, & TfW w oa; has Plu. DniE^ as fr. form bvS (or 'S>) or 'a
* So some Infinitives in T\ and D , as T)2& [Tab. XVIII] w. DecL-
form toK? etc., & nnp. [Tab. XIX, Note (A)] w. Decl.-form )m\) etc.
t So Contracted forms in H-l (for JV ^H*), and in N-. (for D* =
f\* T -r), have their PI. from il and iT . Thus rfjD^D kingdoms is Plu. of
fi-ID 1 ??? (as also fiton. tfi Plu. of n-IJPI), and flVFinPl lower parts Plu. of IVflnfl
(as also ril^n fo^s Mu. of TV^, & nhj w* Plu. of JV"!}).
15
XI
p
o
1 1
l-H
M
M
5
P
w
M
M
pa
m
t 1
5
H
H
S
O
ec
Pm
O
0!
co
*o
25b
25b 3^fc' f^P"
* C + a ++ a
Pi
as? %; ^ ^-v ^ ^
& * n, cl
c S^
EL r 1 -"
c; c
25-25I'
&v>
/T Qf
^a
b
^ *-
&
i-
1*
n
n
^ 25<
7- |8
*- -
E *-
r>n-
r>f>
ji r^
nn>
Tb T*
lffc>
n- n
It**
o
fi^
S
f"
f-
T3
^-
c
HU
25> 25r 25>- 25' r\ m
P P.. PP C-S
l*~H r?-i^ i^=p-
n- n- n . n
*IU
O
T^>
>Ji
F& ft
25^ 25" % 25'
j>.n dd
n: n>-
n n*- n- n a-.
25"%;
25V zr
n= nt-
13- n-
n n
CI
"53
n.n
C CI:
u
a
3
i
a
fj a
a
J- J'
y >
J :
T:
]:
If!
s!
n^Hi
oo
J^fe
JMfe
Jxfe
Hb
Sir Sjr
25" 35"
n= n-
n n-
n n
fil-
u
D
O
n.n
mp
f p
mm
tP
riic;:
m
o
y
a ni
a a
a a
1
a
a
T- V
T- 1-
I- I s
! f :
T. !<
i3
^
mm
r\tn>
rbns
ni:n>
ni;nu
*i".
m
'
* *
*
* *
*
25> 25r
%i-25'
n: n>-
in-r^
n- n-
ex..
3
n^.n
ry
O
" ^
8
I i
5 a
S 1
5 ^3
2 2
A3 A3
i s
16
XII
u
Jr
2 & 8
.9 *l % <#
s
E 1 o
52: ^
F* ^
D *
m 73 Jo Q"
s
f
g '3)
s i
j\ J: eo
1'E P
1 n"
8 L
m . *
N2*
<3
-go
Q
C
b
a
'5b
1
S r-.
Tj
* g
ij
*<-j
Q
1
,- O-* f-
1
5 a q **
o
TiwS
<
tsn
1 SS^
<L) 6 *>
a tj O
5. i <sT
3 ** ** ti
5 r-j. 3
I C * : &
J |'^2;
J fl:.
(J a
s S
r*
* .^
1 -
<U i
,fl
M
C | Q
a -^ :
o CD .* '
T3 O >B
o M i i
cj -B .&:
ri
>-. < I cn
,3
i b 1
<J g <J
_ n-
A':^ *
c
o
> r-i
a *
1 5
C ^ Hi"
o :a 2
EbV
o *-
9S1
asr
a
e b *
> CO
urn
CLt'.-ni
Is * < __ 5
iz-
a"
<
ft
J
I-
CU
ni.
o
-G
Y.\-
PP
8
b
f J
ij
8*2*
p IT
j) j Pi
J^-Oh Oh
a. ? J>i
li 60 .
fflL*
1 -5
o g^F
a a g a
o H!C W
^ H . S
If GO P
B
.2 tf f:
CO C |-;
c Jr
&.
CO *-
3 f-
.* O
JrS
o **
3
5 O:
a t>
S
1= s
F "c d S
S
A a ^" :
|2g c
++ 1 If
^J o a>
'O Cm ca
c .S ^ :
o _ S ^,
v cu -3 ^i
C S?
s i a g
.5 c *.*
cu <=>
l-O s
.2 = .2
5 "B .
15 S Z-
^? 13 S. ** *T o
17
XIII
TABLE
VII. HlTHPA-EL.
VI. HOPH-AL.
V. HiPH-k.
IV. Pu-AL.
, nibnn
n o '| )
ipann?) f
*JWpsnn
*.../iTpn
,Wffl;m
(or p *ipsnn
row?
mpsnn
rdpsh
it| : : T
rnpsn
Wrpsri
ih T
\
T W
BHpsnn
Ipipsnn
u-ipsriri
Dmpsn
onptfi
Jinpa
brnps
TO
IBnjpa
T|S$?
|it: r
*v$
Corf) R ipariPi
None.
#3
^pzr\
1 1- : -
None.
(or fj njnpnn
(or^j *n|p3n^
(?J *nj53nn
^.psnn
(or i?j nssrui
npan
0-) TJ3K
n^r) n^p$n
if
npsn
!R|p?rv
(or fj njn ( |nn
(or ipj njnpsnn
(or fj T ip^g
yipaij
nripan
Pr t
njnpan
(\t) T Tp$3
qpsn
t : !i- \ :
npsj
18
For the Notes see next pages.
XIY.
(Some words here are merely Paradigm-forms.)
XIV
III. Pl-EL.
ifiN
nmn
(or fj "?J9J
n^pa
c rip?n
(orpjnri&an
II. NlPH-AL.
i^&Hparr
/ i|:t
DrnDSJ
^TRW
nps?
*^1
v-ipan
(or?.) w
(ori^n^ri
(or ipjnnsr
I. Kal. *j**d
(const.) *"]h5 ,(abs.) ^[33 Infinitive.
npbb 'fp ;33 /5J with d *? a a
(p.xvm infra) * .. Hp| W. Pron. AfP.
Past Tensb.
^'?:/ri-,rinjp|2m.|sing.
**fep
1 : t
Dg?3*
: it
!|np3 3m.&/.
Dfnpa 2 m.
|irif?3 2/.
irfci *
^Plu
ite/wi
-7 '^](&p.
(or)n|5S
(or?.) nyipwi
% t :|i-t
(orpnjnpsn
T nbai
For some other forms see pp. 116 eto
Participles.
1 1" \ (p. XVIl)
tote ( 2 ) I
ll T
Imperative.
'7^*tp3 2 m. \
b ^2f. j Sin S-
Future.
np^3m.v
npsn's/. I 4
npsn 2 m.
Sing.
6v lp$ft2/.
HpSK 1.
P^J
19
r? NOTES ON TABLE XIV.
* ifar Inpin. with Peon.-Affs. see 137 (4) and Tab. XVJ
t TD| is of the form bv 5> .
There are two other forms of the Past Kal, viz., [(a) & (j8)],
(a) The /VS) form, as 133 he was heavy, of which the other Person-forms
are the same as those in the first column of Tab. XIV, thus
trjji} #tgi3| iO|T!3i **$? ' ,j n&l ^1?? ^1?l / n ^?? **$?
N.B. In Pause the 2 d Et.-letter in 3 s./. & 3 ph of these has ; as in
: rmj 3 s./, : njjj 3 P i. ; and
(j8) The S'^Q form, as ^b) fo was able, which is given in small type in the
Table. Also
KB. (i) The 2* Et.-letter in 3 s. /. & 3 pi. of these has ; as in
jrfap3s./., :-V?b 3 pi.
(ii) The in the 2 pi. w. & 2 pi. /. of this Tense is o [Pt. L
$ 55 (9, *)]. Moreover,
Obs. Of Past-Tense forms belonging to this Table, in Pause,
(1) The 3 s. & 3 pi. forms [except those in (a) & (/3) above] have, under
their 2 d Et.-letter, in Pause,
(i) in Kal, Mph-al, Pu-al, Hoph -al, Hithpa-el [see h (o, ii) below] ;
(ii) in Pi-el. See more on pp. Ill & 112.
(2) The 2 s. m. & 2 s./., and the 1 s. & 1 pi., of all Voices, may have t
in Pause [see p. 110 (Note *)]. But
(3) The 2 pi. m. & 2 pi./, are unchanged in Pause, and have always the
Accent on the final DF1 & fFl in all Voices ;
(4) The 3 s./. & 3 pi. in the Hiph-il are unchanged in Pause.
% In Pause, the 2 d Et.-letter has in these. Then, in the Imperative Kal
2 B.f. & 2 pi. m., the -r returns to the 1st Et.-letter as in J Ba!? 2 s. /. &
I tifcl? 2 pi. m. (Imper. Kal).
Id Pause, the 2 d Et.-letter has in these forms.
(a) For Variations when the Eoot has in it one of the 5 letters 1 JJ n H tt see
Tabs. XVI (l)-XVI (3) (and pp. 115-121 & 368-374).
[b) In Pause the 2 d Et.-letter has . Then, in Imper. Kal 2 s./. & 2 pi. m.,
-r returns to the 1 st Et.-letter as in J Hf5 2 s./. & J *TJ3 2 pi. ,
(e) In Pause the 2 d Et.-letter has -sp .
(d) For the two forms of Infin. Absol. Niph-al see pp. 338 & 339. The f J form
occurs in tfy&*. B^? ^f} ' tfkfJ [Pt. I. 60], and a few others. Also'
we find |h|n and ?3 Nn (the to compensate for the Dag. F. which K
cannot receive) ; and once ^"Rtf Ez. xiv. 3.
(e) Sometimes the 2 d Et.-letter has in Pi-el Past 3 s. m. ; thus, *13K 2 K.
xxi. 3 ; and sometimes ; thus, "131 & D331 often (as well as IST &
D33 sometimes), and "1Q31.
(/) In a few instances the D is omitted. Thus some give 112^ Eccles. iv. 2 as
Partic. s. m. Pi-el (for n3^D), see also p. 330. Similarly we have as Pu-al
Partic. s. m. J ?3tf Ex. iii. 2 (wrongly taken as Past 3 s. m. by some), and
niJv 2 K. ii. 10 ; and so a few others.
20
NOTES ON TAB. XIV. XV*
{g) Also with - (*), instead of - (5), Comp. p. 72 ; thus nstpn & Offa Past
3 s . w .,_^p Partic. s. m , and so the Fut. ^^J 3 s. . ^PR 3 s./.
& 2 s. ., etc.
(A) (a) In the Hithpa-el Past, Imper. and Fut., (i) the 2* Et. -letter often has
, as given within () in the Table ; thus, pjnfln Past 3 s. m. (& Imper.
2 s. m.) fr. pm, aagnn Imper. 2 s. m. fr. JJtf, and so the Fut. forms pjnfl*
3 s. m. twice and p-tnn? 1 pi. once (but also pJJIJV. 3 s. m. several times,
with ) fr. pm, and banfln 2 s. . fr. D3n> '^fj?^ 3 pl " * fr * ^
etc. ; and (ii) the PAUSE-vowel is (lengthened from the **) in the
Past, Imper. & Fut., as in "$$09 & $ft|0 ( Lev - x 111 - 33 ' com P- P- 113 )
Past 3 s. m. fr. 1TK & rfcl/and so in J ff$fj)i1) (Job xxxiii. 5) Imper. 2
s. m. w. H as in 141 (7) [p. 86], and in the Fut. forms t D^KJ}? 3 s. m. fr.
din, : mtf\ 3 s. . & : jaynn 2 1. m. & : tejn# 2 pi. m. fr. i#, : te^jpj*
3 pl. m. fr. V~\\> , etc. ; and (iii) as examples of both the and the (or
) form from the same Root we have also, fr. ""^n, both "|?nJV and : ^HJV.
Fut. 3 s. m. & J ^r\T\\ Fut. 3 pl. m. ; and so fr. KHp not only : -lEHp^n
Past 3 pl. & Imper. 2 pl. mi and I -IKHpJV. Fut. 3. pl. .,but also "B%flO
[for ^Jlprin, the for because of the MakkiphPt. I. 55 (9, b)]
which some take as Past 3 s. m., but it may be Inf. Constr.
()3) Some few times the 1 st Rt. -letter has (instead of followed by Dag.
F.); thus -npSnn, 1fflf}h -npSp^. [No other Eithpa-el forms fr. Tpfi
occur, but only these three. Those in the Table are Paradigm -forms.]
(j) In all Voices, Pl often occurs at the end of the Imper. 2 s. m. [see 141 (7),
p. 86] and the Fut. 1 s. & 1 pl. [see 144, p. 88].
V With a first Et.-letter either (1) ttB>, (2) EP, (3) D, (4) % (5) 1, D, or fl [pp>
89 & 89*] the Hithpa-el form is (1) t^gBf '?f "|BB>), (2) "gn^il (of T3), (3)
IPiripn (of -inD) the [n of flH being transposed], (4) PJDVH (of pi) (the II of
rin transposed and replaced by tt], (5) T^ (of nil), "lPlBn (of TIB), DEFin
("of Dbn). So, with T, -13-Tn (of rDf) Is. i. 16 (for toTfln, as in Tab. XXIII), and
a few others.
[Note. Sometimes, from removal of the Accent, a SHonT-Vowel is found where
in the Table there is a LoNG-Vowel in a closed final syllable, Pt. I. 55 (9, b).
Thus btehfjffi [Pt. I. 37 (2)] Ps. lxxviii. 18, with (o) for the of Vtf? ;
so fl yfrffip Ju. viii. 22, with (?) for the 4- of h'fjp, and ^"^P! Gen. iii.' 16,
with (3) for the i. of bfeJJp*. So with for , l^pfll Is. lviii. 9, JITKHpflri
Is. xxx. 29, and many others]. So, when the Accent is drawn back [Pt. I. 46],
as in *fc "Wn Gen. xxxi. 29.
>': v jt
** The name and form Hithpa-el (with ) are now too generally adopted, or
one would be glad to give the form in the body of the Table and the within
the (), and to call the Voice 7>VSnn (Hithpa-al).
ft "With one exception Jer. xlix. 3, for which see 246 [p. 162].
21
XVI
APPENDIX (A) TO TABLE XIV. Inf. with B^32.
-Ij?SD flgfc f 1fa$ ,1^00 Kal.
/liJSH? (ii.) Niph-dl.
,TjJg| (iii.) PX-el.
/FiJM (iv.) Pu-Hl.
,"P$?0? (v.) Hiph-a.
/ljjn| (vi.) HopA-cf/.
1|grinp ,1gJWJo!? /ijjsrin? ,ifS$? (vii.) mthpa-n.
1^9
pm
pm
(2) The Infs. are declined with Pron. Aff 3 . like those in Tab. V. 1, see (4).
(3) The ending fl - -7- for H is not limited to Participles s. /., (as
rnp'B, rnjjji, etc!). Thus, from a form njJJS for HMS [Inf. Pr.
of pT, with ri], we find ^fljWV? through thy (/.) justifying, Ez.
xvi. 52.
(4) For the ordinary Infs. w j t h Pron. Affs., see Tab. XV.
APP*. (B) TO TABLE XIV. Participles. [NEXT PAGE.]
API* (C) TO TABLE XIV. PartiC. (m.) with Affs.
Plural.
&c, his
i.e.
-,*$*
npb
,0*$*
...^n-ipfi
\!-iP5>
,DH-1p9
^m
OT
,D*$W
-Km
pp?>?
,D>npap
-WW
\1i?Bp
P*Wi
-#*JW
n;pD
,DH>p?D
.../inpaa
>npDD
, DV K?9
.. v v^sod
*jj?3np
^nipaop
Singular.
&c, his
.../nj?Dp
../i^psrip
1. c.
(same*) f 1$ (l)x
I^J /*?$ (3)) W
(same) pijap
\-\: I \t..i
(same) ; tTDD
(same) pjPjarip
(iii.)
(iv.)
(v.)
(vi.)
(vii.)
* Also TjJK, D. xxxii. 28.
t Also n--, i. c. n .
22
XVII
APPENDIX (B) TO TABLE XIV. Participles.
Plu. /.
Plu. m.
Sing. /.
Sing. m.
nnpia
Dnpia
(trnjjia or) rnpia*
"" \ (i.) Kal.
npawf
nVj^f
tfjipl
m-ipa
^ISW
D^JgW
(rnjjsj or) njs&j
n|JQ3 (n.) Niph.
nnpap
(rrjpo or) rnpan*
1J9BO (in.) Pi-#
D*TpB
(rnijap or) nii^sp
J"T|9 (iv.) Ptf-a/.
niTpsp
D*TpfcD
PTJJJJP or) iTTpSB*
Ygso (v.) Hxph.
i't : t
d*719
mpaD or) mpao
v'iv : t ' it't: t
T$5 (?i.)H8ph.
rinpaipp
DHpQnp
(rnjJBJJp or)!TJplJD*
"i^anp (vn.) ift%Gf.
(a.) (i.) For the -1 of (2) there is often [Pt. I., 14], as in "Q'J .,
nrfeip /., fl!^ /. (i.e.), D>anb P i. m., etc.
(ii.) The Construct form of ^3 is b#l or ^73, as in QJTj? Nu. xxiv. 3.
(/3.) Participles of the Passive Voices (II., IV., VI.) generally retain the of
the 2 d Root-letter (except when < i.e.,' and in the form).
(y.) The Hiph. Partic. sometimes drops the T . See Appendix, p. 353.
(tf.) (i.) The Participle ?D* able (Sing, m.) given in Tab. XIV., is the Participle
Kal of 7fr| form/ [fbj Sing. /., D$b* Plu. ro., H^bj Plu. /.],
whence
(ii.) Constr. forms &B s. m., [fiVya s. /., jJ3 pi. m., rife| pi. /.].
(iii.) There is also the Participle aJ of 7V.3 form, as *6d full, full of,
(Sing. .), [nj$3 Sing./., D*J?#3 PI. m., T)\vB PI./.], whence
(iv.) Constr. forms H^B s. m. [||n^Q s./ ||^J>3 pi. ., rfa>3 pi./.]
(c.) The Singular Participle sometimes receives an added ' \ as in , Hp&
binding (Sing, m.) [from 1D*K], Gen. xlix. 11; so in ^BB>n [from ^B&b]
Ps. cxiii. 6; Wj# [from hank] Hos. x. 11, and *nK$J [from n*6p, Constr.
form of HK^ $! iii.)] Is. i. 21;''*p33| [from qpi| (for Wn-13| Pt. I. $1*4) Constr.
form of H3tt|3 Gen. xxxi. 39.
* Or with as in rnp, fVjgH!?, rn33fl. [fl'TgiS is s. m. with n ]
t In Pause, sometimes the same (thus, JlJftltf, n?DJ); and sometimes I D
..' . * * Vf* ' VAV ' V IT
as in : TYlgl\ ! HTO^.
t Also, some few times without the D ; thus, ^>3K Ex. iii. 2; nj?^ 2 K. ii. 10.
Also D instead of p (#)
U Also [ 56 (i.)] |j} s./., NT pi. m., (fr. &T3j)i so nVR (fr. T$g).
1 And b^f, thus KJJ3 when the 3 d Rt-letter is N, as fcTV fr. tt.
23
XVII*
tD CD
l!
gft
8 *
S
|
N
O
9.S
.2 ^
, coo
H h '
il
DQ >.
B ^
3 QP
&L" 1 W
w
i s
. t H
,_H
j
,_;
-T
02
OQ
01 ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
CN
<N
rH so
eo
CM
<M
l-H
g*
JV
n 0-
IV
6
s*
n-
n
ri-
J5*
n
m
n-
rv
n-
*-
*-*
jrr-
ni-
n
n
#> CO
n>3
n coo
I- COT
jj. * g %< fi . & *v iv JT
S ifi G- J5-- C* 2* & 15* mi F-
H H
w n
W
n n
n .n
a
n: rH
1= H
j n- *> *> *> ?*> h & & fi 3
3 1 n ^'- *^ 6" 5'- n- 5- 5" G! - :
ftp *- *-h *T- DH
o p=, n n
tzj
4j
Ph ft
5ZJ
*-. #-. #-| #-% #1.
n- n- n n n-
ci m d S- G: -
n nt n n- n
n- n- n- n n-
4 n- n- n- n- n
J R iCi t;- ei* ;^ mi
n- n- n- n- n-
J 2 g 51 m 51, h;l mi
J3;:
rl
ft
n m^ cvg. r
n- n- n
S- m' EL
n- n- it-
n- n n
m j^i n: 1 .
n- n- n
iv; mi; ^
a -
n- H"
S:. S. Si
5 ss
ft
I?
ft
CM
ID
n-
I n,
^ E'
n h
ffii n
n- 5^ <n
n Bg;
n S if
I 1 e
a I I
A.^-A
24
XVIII
*}
c
>
id
1
6
c
S
*->
"25
">
o
o
-3
0)
09
'3
(A
a
3
fcn
>
60
'
6D
bn
1
fcD
c
to
9
bO
c
s
w
S
TO
3
.2
1
9
o
CO
>
S K C* ?' " r* 1 Hi- n-
*-_ *". * r- r^
r* z-
sz
lb it |b lb lb lb
n n n n n tz
e <
&
r
n * !: !r n n> ir
file i^: gL m m m..
*? +-* ^ fe. ? r"
I*
n- fii' ci"
Jut- i^/^_
r- r- f- I l n
1 n> 1 1
ft fit- J7^
cjh n- * ck n fi-
n^ #3- f^i r^ JU-. m.. c .
r*- 1^ r^ r^ j^ ii &
: r >* * r r {^
m* n- <a *a- fi' n> n-
P^ * gp ~ g c
C b *^ C fc C b ^ ci"
a i-b a a f... n n^
- a
- a
It lb lb lb lb,
*s
q- rr- fij. /n n n. n-
nil- mi- iHiii iiiL jEi- jv-
nb j- nb n> f... r* ev*
- o
I- l I- I- I- I- J-
Ql n? Q fjb n* ni ns
cih n- ci' k n- r> n*
r~^ r^. r^ r^ r^ rvi Ja.
25
O cJ. O
^i3
c
a
'w 1 g >a
fcfc
E ^^ rf
* s a in
00..
H
S : 3
1
- H
g D- to .
n;-.S fi
fa
-*t*
4
S
O
l**M
O
ifejf
"!
|
*2 I Q^-s
a*
CO
i
c
N.
= s
a>
CO X f7|..
s
^ & .^
g
^{"H ^'
CD
*-+ r\ Sii-
n:- SP n-
to
g .g a
a
R
,2
, "2 -fi
3
al 8
.2
55 g 1
fa
'5if t^
c ci- 5
'!
3 55
Fi
1 i 1 ^ S
1)
13
C
S 1
"3
(U CJ
fa r*
>
1 fi
H
CO
to 3
a
8 1
<u C^
3
CO
vfL 3
S C
J3 -
si
CD
J3
-a
1 . 1 1
O
fa
ma S
55' co
< *
a S
i_j r
i,
* ^
+- l :
i#
cr
6 -2 I?"
XIX
u5
"2 n
&
1 ' S
4
*
i^
r 1
i i
&
c
&
-8
a
H
n
^
a
.a
^
^
^
43
hi
a
g
s
H
5
W
1
<5i
3
1
Q>
>D
tt
F4
l>
<
"&
p-i
i 1
<5i
s
H
j-H
CQ
*
M
*
1 1
W
i-5
*
H.
ri I s> i <
n fe-fe-k
^ <<
<J CQ OQ OQ 03 5Q p^ 'p, ^L( "f^
Ph CO COGqoqrHCOOC|<Mr-l
& fe 5^ ^> h ^ h *> ^ rv fe p *v
?-
&
n= n=
j-|:. *-: r-%-' #- : * #T- n:- *": n ! - *-V #V*
^-
P%:
t*:
V=-
&
*
*:
*s
*>:
TX::
*Jl
il"
i^
Ui
ttv
**:
U'
JJ'
Hi
r
r-
r
r
r
r'
r
r
r
IZ
Jv
jv
P
a
iv;
*-i
++
H-
w r C p; r
n= n= n : rz tz n:. n= n=
5> ! - ^ i: ^ :: ^ ;: s* *^" ^ :: ^ !
- rj- ' ia^ il^ il- i3 xi
7- f- C r r
r ~
fr, fr.. gr.
r r
r-
8'
^ r
15.
n- n- n- n- n- n- n- n
^ v * H ^' h ' S^ 1 -" ^^ ^"- e^ M l
il^ i3 i3^ i3^ :< i3; ' i3
i- rs r- r c ^ C E*
a *
26
i3*
XTX*
*
1
^
^
^
^
EH .
to
OQ
02
to'
%
%
4
4
*
-h cq
cq
q
cq
Cq CO
CO
cq
q
I 1
CO
CO
G5
CN
r t
(B
&-
t*
rj
&
i
i
&:
&'
&
^
r
J
5*
i3
*3
i3
i3-
Jv
Jv
6'
X
6'
n;-
jG'
<
P
Pi"
?*
S-
ZA"
&
^
^
K
?
r
p-
r
*7-
?
t :
F
^
+
*'
%
*
iv
Jv.
jv
ss>
n; :
c
Pi
s* :
*i :
?>
p%;- -
r
p*>
^. : :
^; -
n
i~^
r'-
j~"
J"!'
iv
i~i
r;
c 1.
n
n
r\>
J1
n
rv
r\-
#-
*"-
ry*
o
n r
n-
r:-
cf
CO
*"
JZ
o "*
it
#
* !
t Ei
#7-
r:
2>"
&
Jv-
^
Pv
c:
S :
S
P
r
&
j^
Jv
5>-
6 L
^'
g;
r
r
r
j^
r"
ri'
i~*
#-
h
n
4-
n>
H*
H:
n :
^- :
c:
jv
Jv
3g
c=
S :
m=
r
5^h
^ H
SI-
z*
Hi
r
* h
S*^
pi-
^ h
8
f---
^ H
^ h
^"
i3>
i3
S';
Qr.
i3>
at*
il
>
2^
:
S 1 -
r
s:
r
r
r^
r
r
j-
ry<-
n
n
n
n-
n>
n-
n
Jv
Jv
c-
55
*- i
2>'i
5:
C'
i
5>'
*v
r*;
gr
P^
*
^'
r^i
^
*-
^
J3fc>
&
i3^
<Q>
rj>
X3>
i3>
i3>
v
i3-
Q:
i3-
^
f
f-'
fc
>
r
*
r
r:
P'
n
M7~
r
O
*
cr>
&
m'
%i
^'
cj
c:
g
*-
j*-
i=-
J*.
iP**
Jv
,**
^
pr
?
jar
xv
g>
C-
%^
g-
m-
c-
r
r
rv
r*v
r^^
?^h
07-
r^H
:>
r^^
i^
i3^
i3
Qi
i3'.
i3
i^^
r
r
I--
r
|-
f- J
f-
n
g
s ^
ft .9
n
- -3
* 1
^ 1.
m O
1
. . <4 *
-^~N ,^^ ^ .^..
E ? 3fe ::
55 *. j-^-. Ei
. mt a
& 3 *. ^
r=b rib 2J ir: :
^ ^ X:- R
^ ^ 1
^4
"C" -2t
s.^S B
: : q *
t ,a
. ^ : :
#p&
i- n -^ m-
s s n '
d, ph . n
W CO * C
^ ^ ^::<^
% : - 55:- C 51 -?
fPg E .-2
r- H riH n
E ' E ^ d
3 a - zl
P3
8 **
r^nb*.
12 12 ^
02
^ 52> -
T-f
# .* f i
e* ^ vT5 no
iE^-
.5*
. P
ts
. . a *
1
c;i E;: & ..
,
?AV Jav: ; ft ^r"
s
h '* | %
A A 2
CO
i
- n |
a P
i
^
?.
5 1
4j o
i!ii'
;
&
9.7
XX
T*BLE XVI (2).
Variations when the 2 d Root-letter is N, n, n, or JJ: ["I, next pagej.
(a.) The forms are the same as in Tab. XIV., except as regards
(1) the Compound form of Shva Moving under 2 d Root-letter ( 168 (iv.)];
(2) a ' Slight 'vowel under the 1 st Root-letter which may agree with the
Compound Shva following it [ 168 (v.)].
(3) the absence of Dag. F. from 2 d Root-letter in P?., Pit., Hithp. ; and
(4) the 'Compensation' sometimes made for that Dagesh Forte [ 168 (hi.)];
(/3.) The Vowel-change referred to in (4) above is
(i.) (a) generally made before K, as in HAph fW^L |$g Pi?.?], TOB*
ni$P ^ a Hi? 2 *?]. etc - 5 Dut (b ) sometimes not made, as ^3, etcV;
(ii.) (a) often not made before p| or y in Pi. & Hithp. ; but (b) generally
made before those two letters in Pu. ;
(Hi.) generally not made before n in Pi-> -P"-, Hithp.
(y.) The following illustrate sufficiently the peculiarities of these Verbs.
[Obs. Some of the forms below are merely Paradigm-forms.
N.B. For the Compensation,' of (4) above, see the forms within ( )].
Hithp.
(of -TJH).
Pu-AL
(of Dm). ,
Pi-EL.
NlPH-AL.
Kal.
(Tab. XIV.)
(?) PJ>
(Tab. XIV.)
(Tab. XIV.) Inf.
...,(:) n^n
(-yi) terji
.../(?) fc?S
.^Mfn
...,ipp w.Aff 8 .
Past.
(?) W)$
(-yi) Dm
(V) PJ?
pm
PJ?V 3 s. m.
(?) rnjurin
(-*>-) nDqi.
(V) "1^
^w
fl$$ 3 s. /.
Q) n^nn
(-y ; ~) loqn
c$ *pp
w$
ipy.y 3 pi.
Q) "I^JID
(-V-) Dmo
(?) pks?
(Tab. XIV.)
(Tab. XIV.) Partic.
Imper.
Q) "HQflO
(V) PtV
(Tab. XIV.)
(Tab. XIV.) 2 s. m.
(?) np?n
(V) 'm
*W@R!
ipy? 2 s. /.
Q) v-ijgipn
(?) *pi[*
ipysn
Ipy.V 2pl.m.
Fut.
Q) 1V.5D!
(-VJ-) crn> :
(V) p^v;
(Tab. XIV.)
(Tab. XIV.) 3 s. m.
Q) nsw$
(-y.-) ^it*i
(?) 'POT
W?n
py : n 2 s. /.
Q) ^j*
(-#-) -l^DT.
(V) -""pyV:
ii%!
Ipi??! 3 pi. m.
Q) ^mn
( -yi) *orr$
(V) -ipp?'
ipy^n
tyy$fi 2pl.m.
* # * For before n (& PI) in Hithp. Pause-forms, see 166 (c, d). Thus,
: Dpaft 3 s. m. Fut., and J DpaflK} 1 s. with ) Conv. So, J ^pn|nj 1 s. (D
dropped), and : TOIBPII 3 pi. (2 d " Root-letter n), Past with \ Conv.'
28
XXI
Appendix to TABLE XVI (2).
VARIATIONS WHEN THE 2 nd ROOT-LETTER IS ^.
The forms are as in Tab. XVI., except in Pi-el, Pu-al, and HithpS-el.
(VII.) HlTHPA-EL.
(iv.) pe-AL.
(III.) Pi- EL.
T .^irnann
1 Inf. Abs.
i & Constr., &
1 with D h 3 3.
With Pron. AS*.
nrnann
nr>3
Past.
3 s. m.
3 s./.
fi:n?nn
$?:&
?5i?
2 s. to.
fth|nn
&y$
|?Si
2 s./.
vcninn
*#y$
W9
1 s.
to^nn
vr&
^13
3 pi.
v : - x :
DJjyii
Bftrijj
2 pi. to.
i -t :
^713
2 pi. /.
lpl.
"TOP
#9
119
*3T9
Participle.
Imperative.
2 s. m.
2 s./.
ttiarn
T3
2 pi. m.
nj5l3jri
njanra
2 pi./.
spina
spin
Future.
3 S. TO.
3 s./.
2 S. TO.
2 s./.
8W1
1 s.
3 pi. TO.
t : "t :
njpinfc
nj5T^i
3 pi./.'
^1?nn
ttnhn
^1?n
2 pi. TO.
t : * t :
HOT
t : - :
rurran
2 pi./.
TO?
29
p3?
lpl.
XXII
TABLE XVI (3). [ 181].
The forms are as in Tab. XIV., except as regards
(A) the 'Furtive' ( 168, ii. ; & Pt. I., 60) at the end of a word after
any Long Vowel except ; thus, e.g., in the Infin. forms, (i.) K. H?^,
riffi, (ii.) n<p* ^i?2n^, T (iii.) pi. r\2]b, (v.) H<p.* $non, yyvnh, (Vl)
U6.* nS?pn, (vii.j #0.* riinvrbt; and so in the Parties. K. rtjw (1),
jnA^\2), & mf [ 139 ~(y) & (3, m.)], Pi. nWp, H<p. n^sfc, H9.
(B) the replacing, sometimes, a Long Vowel by so as to dispense with
the Furtive' . This is not very common in K. Inf. Constr., as rb^}
once (usually rk&), JJ1J3 Nu. xx. 3 (but, p. JjnJ 1 ? Nu. xvii. 28), and
in Partic. (l) [139'(yj] as BIDS once (Ps. xciv. 9), VJP twice, JJjTl
three times [$-? for $?] But there is
N.B. generally [for followed by Furtive ' ] in the
(a.) Inf. Constr. 2v>. & Pt ; as n^H, Jtt3n?, r r,
yj?n|, etc. ;
(|3.) Imper. & Fqfc N<p., Pi. & ify. ; as mSH, ItiSj, nfe, IT^.,
rfJvD. J^n (& Ps. xc. 12), P^V9 (& 1 Chr. xxix. 23),
ribl2 hit, VJM^yp&% *?N % [for 'the form of fut. ify., see
'l62 (e, ii.)]; ~
(y.) Pi. Past ; as PI3T, PID3, 3J?3, etc. [In p., ~ returns, as in
:nns, tjpj]. *"
(8.) We find y&nn, ininn, H0. inf. (but also nsn^r^.t
V^^n^t nsWpriDt),'and Fut. rjaaiv..
[Obs. (i.) ( -77-) remains in Inf s Abs., Partic 8 ., and in Pause generally.
(ii.) H9. Pause-forms|| have to the 2 d Root-letter regularly;
see 166 (c) ; thus, l$J$"i i nBin* [Sect. XVI.], : l^Sfln,
etc.]. Also,
(C) 2 s. /. Past forms (cp. Fnp_Q, etc.). Here 3 rd Root-letter generally^
takes instead of , the fi remaining unchanged; thus, riijpj?, MTD^,
^V^ ^^p^, etc.; and so in other Voices, as in H<p.* R])ih (for JJWip.n,
see' Sect. XVI.), HO. fir6pn ; and, lastly,
(D) instead of the T\~ form of the Participles s. /. [see 139 ((B), p. 83],
these Verbs have ri T ; thus, fllTlS, nyj> (p. : nyW), etc.
Note. These Verbs generally take to 2 nd Root-letter in Imp. & Fut. Kal ;
and in 2 pi. /. Imp. (3 & 2 pi./. Fut.) Pi., H4>., & H9.
* A>., H<p., m., H9. t are abbrev. terms for Niph-al, Hiph-il, Hoph-al,
Hithpa-el.
f For transposition of n (of pi?) & I st Root-letter, see Tab. XIV. (* # *).
J So in JT J (for Jjnj), the -"being Defective Shurik [Pt. I., 14].
But PI & J? occur sometimes in Pause, and often with less Disjunctive
(besides Conjunctive) Accents. See (aS) & n3NH (Imper. Nf.), rtftffi, yj|3,
VUfi, vifr vif% and nw (pr. Past), nnvi, rj?&), nriari, j&n& etc.
II Except Inf s . and Partic 8 . 8. m. These always have the ( ) form in
Pause.
| Some Bibles have to the 3d Root-letter, as in $0^ 1 K - 3, #1?^
Jer. xiii. 25.
30
xxir
Note.
The Student will be better able to understand the concise
statements of the preceding page by reference to the
Paradigm
on the following two pages.
31
g
1
a
^
<8
3
Pi
<
CO
M
B
cq
i
n
5tt
XXII**
4
l
o
n
1
t$
s?
Qq
i
^
J
&5
g
g
on
" CO
9
rf
4
CO
(jq
*
3 &*
'&
n
1?
&-
^1^
^;
&-
^h
&-
^-
'&..
El-
m~j^-
-^f\-
&
g-
~f^-
^r-^
^P"
^T z i'
J^t
Jfe
^J^"
_r-
_r^'
J^!-
c
JZ'
* -
~r*'
JZ'
JZ
JZ5
JZ-
JZ-
JZ
JZ'
JZ
JZ
JZ-
1 i
JZ'
T
n
J3i-
J3;
^
rr-
a
Ei
* C k
j-.
j
J?*
*n-
*-i-
.Z?'
*-
ry
*-i-
C 1 *
Ft'
T
~P'
"Er
&-
b-
^
i r
b-
&
'&
'&
, ^-
*El;-
jr.
n
JZ-
Sr
J:
-F
JZ5
JZ
JZ'
&
^ :
J5
JZ
JZ-
-^
JZ
G h
j^
p
JZb
E
M fc*
JZ-
~r^
*-N
1.
"
i &
*fe
n
&.
^i
^
'^;
>
'^;
'&
&
^
'^;
2~^ : -
-T^
*
_!>
.j^^
-J^"
-j^
-^ L
^gt
-J^-"
-J^'
JN
-j^
S c
JZ'
n-
rj
JZ/
JZ
JZ&
JZ
JZ'
JZ
JZ-
JZ
JZ
JZ-
l-H
gr^
.jp^
JZ'
J
*
it
JZ
Ji^
jz;
JZ-
a
r
>r*&-
'&f
n
^>
lir
^f
, ^-
^
^
^
'&
'&
'^r
2-4E'
-p>'
*
_JX-.
j^ 1 '
_fX-
j^^
Jfc!.
-J^*-
^T-
-j^ 1
JS
.j^
Ph JZ
jz
/T|..
i3
JZ'
JZ
JZ5
JZ"
JZ-
JZ
JZ'
JZ
JZ
JZ-
''
"*%
n
&
G
&'
rr "
JZ : ^
&
*-
It
JN,.
JZ
:
a
d
ir-
n
n
JZ
JZ
n
n
n
n-
JZ-
n-
n-
w "&"
S-
b-
, ^-
^
%;
r
^;-
^
S-
'&
"El;
E .J^ s
_r^
n-
J3
^p-
-_r^-
J^ 5 -
rS^'
j^-
-D'
_r^-
~D'
-j^ 1
_f^
^v-
JZ-
~f^'
JZ"
<
fc
*-
JZ-
JZ
JZ
E-
JZ-
JZ
JZ
J2;
-
JZ
JZ
a
1 ;
JZ*
3 n *
n-
m
n-
n-
JZ-
n-
n-
n-
n-
r>
n-
n-
S-
*^i
b-
S-
, ^-
^
^
Ei
, ^"
&
Ei-
P* J -<
-Tn!,
n-
i3:
~r-
Jt>
-J^
_r : '
~r^
_r^
^r^
^j^'
j^'
.j^>
S jr.
jz
jz-
JZ'
JZ
sz*
JZ"
JZ'
JZ
JZ'
JZ
JZ"
JZ-
t-5
T
b-
.*
JZ
JZ-
JZ
G
-
JZ^
H
^^
jz
*
h jz-
jz-
n
JZ-
JZ-
n-
n
n-
JZ-
n-
n
JZ
3 s-
S-
-
^l"
^..
S-
'&
b
ti-
Ei
, ^-
&
El-
* E-
Jv
n
J3 :
JZ'
JZ'
JZ-
K!
^:
JZ'
JZ-
JZ'
JZ'
s;
_:,
~TH
-
jz
^p-
^j^^
_ps..
.JM
^j^-'
JZ''
j^-
<-'
j^'
.j^^
^ JZ'
JZ'
^s-
'&
JZ'
JZ'
JZt
JZ
JZ'
JZ"
JZ-
cr
JZ-
JZ*
JZ'
n
J3;^
JZ"
j^;-
MT-
JZ-
JZ5
#n
HH
j^^
s^
a
P
1
JZ'
1
32
XXII***
6 ad m ^
hi oq cm <n
<m
.'El *&-
& El El' El"
jz
OS
CO
JZ
55 Si
5 02
CM j
<<
CO
'' *9l- : " sl
ft Oh ft
CO CM <M
Iv JZ Iv
ft
>JZ~JZ-JZi K Ei" & Ei- Ei- 8.. *Ei- El- &; ffe
jz jz
JZ
n- n- n- n-
r Ei- & 1 - *
c fc'- jz' jz-
jz
>; f : ; i: i^r. : i; f : Ji
k I*. It
c n n
co
Q
co
Ph
s
H
A
o
o
fc
CO
CD
o
to
cc
&
aj
o
c
K
<y
|
,
T-i
I
to
&
q
B
C5
A
m
Q
o
^ *
ri
^*
O
aw
s
d
<
J
c
l=i
O
fe
*
jz
It
*& Ei # Ei 'Ei,
p:-p. J^ 'Ei: & -Ei. 1$J& &: &: ei
^ p h *- jz jz jz> c- 5? n n- n ; sz>
jz n
=
k it k
c n c
55"
^:; e- ,g- e
^^ &- ^> Ei--
fj^ i? |*
irj!t
Ei-'
JZ
^ ^ ^:
tM*
-
n h ^ -
*-
n
JZ
b'
H'
n
n-
n
J^^ -i.'. -i'
%' f.1 J^- JZ-
IZ' -J?'
Ei
S-
&.
Ei-
t
r
JJl
^J>5-
J5'-
~r^
"~_ _r-._r^ : '_r^ : '
-j^'-^ r^^r-
c
c
:
JZ
*7-
JZ
*" JZ- JZ' JZ
JZ- S fc- t
JZ JZ-
i,
*"
n
-
n ^
n
J2t
1 1 1
I
^N
It 1*- K
tZ>^ C'^ JZ^
It
It
>
! ! !
1,
1,
:h
1 - 1 & 1 '-
w E^ G
I-'
rz
^-'
1
x h j:;- iz- e^
^; 'El;- S r 'El-
*- JZ JZ JZ-
Ei;-^:: *Ei- ^"
JZ 1= JZ JZ-
IT'- *""*'"
JZ c
fc
*-.- ^~
n>-
n
JZ
, Ik
*
*
g-
Ei-
g:
*Ei-
Ei
g, Ei E* Ei
^ : * 'Ei- i? -^'
^- g. Ei- Ei-
JZ- i= jz jz-
i 1;
li
M
-P :
Ji
^l
JZ c '
I E
c
C^
fc-
;
4T~
o h
#-
O"- ^~
*-h
JZ
n
JZ
*7
^"N /-^S ^ N
*-^
~N
It
[t Is, [w
|w
It
c
w E^ Ex
C
c
>->
N '
v>
"33 "
XXIII
TABLE XVII.
Verbs K"S, i.e. whose 1 st Root-letter is K [See also next page].
These are generally as in Tab. XVI (1), with the following exceptions:
(1) The Inf. Construct Kal often has under the 1 st Root-letter, as in
,tego t^bxb ^bp ,mx2* /nx*
(2) The Future Kal, of some of them,
(a.) has the X Quiescent after j_ given to the prefixes ] T\ * ; thus,
both jbstfn n^Dxn ,&a# /barim .ferin Aoifr
(|3.) In the case of the 1 8. Fut. K., the tf of the Root is dropped (after
the prefix K bearing j_); thus, ??'tf instead of ?3tftt.
N.B. The K of the Root is also dropped (rarely) in other forms,
thus, Sjjjl for C1DNJ1 [(5)] 2 S. vi. 1, F|ph for P|pNfl [(y)]
Ps. civ. 29, etc.
(y.) We have in TP1N* 3 s. m., TnNfl 3 s. /., X THfc 1 s. So in Pause,
t!$K\ J ^N'n, Fsijsfc ^5i and : rtafc & : rta&o (fr. rtefc 1 s.
& nb3N3 1 pi.) with n, arid : mtfc 8 pi. m., etc/'
(tf.) The in such forms as "1EKJ5, is for the of (y.); for,
N.B. the Long- Vowel is shortened when the Accent is removed
from the of "IE&0 etc.
(c.) Many Verbs whose 1 st Root-letter is tf are conjugated according to
Tab. XIV., rather than as above, except that the K of the Root takes
77 and the prefixes ] T) * X take generally. This is so in Verbs
Fut (j_)' as well as in Verbs Fut.'(-),' [p. 85 (J, )] ; thus,
etc. ,: nngn ,arj$ (ii.) , : pjdnj ^bxri ,jb^j ()
N.B. The Fut. forms in (]3, N.B.) and (e, i.) are of the same Verb.
So those of tPIS in (y.) and NIX* 3 s. m., ihxfi 3 s./.; also of
SITU we find np' 1 s., and D$B (ff 3pXK) 1 s. in Pause.
(3) In the Imper. K. (i.) the K generally has in 2 s. m., as in *lbtf, DHX,
etc.; but, (ii.) in the 2 s. /., and 2 pi. m., the Slight '-vowel is, gene-
rally, as in Tab. XIV.; thus, *"), n$K, etc. But before n or
PI, as in -IDnS, NnK.|| (iii.) The 2 s. m. Imper. K. with the fl of 141 (y)
generally takes (0) as in n?3X: eat thou (m.) G. xxvii. 19 ; but also
, as in HQDK Nu. xi. 16.
* Also with K, as in ^583, VdK. So in "DDK (-, V), and "IDXH ; but also
lbX : |, and "lbg|.
t Also (i.) ")b&6 (as well as *11Dx!?). (ii.) The common word ibvb is Inf. Kal
of 1K with "5 prefixed (for "ibiw). This word is rendered "saying" in the E.V.;
thus, G. xxiii. 8, And he communed with them (ibiO) saying; etc."
X This 1 s. Fut. K. is the same in form as 73K> the s. m. Partic. K., and the
context alone can decide between them.
Once ^QDX Jer. x. 17, with a Real short-vowel followed by Quiescent.
II *f$J 2 s'.f. (Ruth iii. 15. Other Bibles have ^HX.)
31
xxnr
(Table XYII). Paradigm. Verbs tf'3 [pp. 128-130**.]
III. Pi-el,
IV. Pu-Xl,
VII. HlTHPA-EL,
are the same as
in Tab. XIV.
V. HlPH-iL,
VI. Hoph-al,
are as in
Tab. XVI (1). H
These forms and the
Imper. & Fut. N<p.
are as in
Tab. XVI (1).
II. NlPH-AL.
Kit"
#79$
Saw
i- v:
rwt
runna
I. Kal.
S^tf Infin. Abs.
fggjj ,"? ,'| /| **?*< ] Infin. Constr.
(Also teg, VDN3,...See also j & w. D h 3 3
p. xxiii', Notes (*) & (t).)
" iSltt* w. Pron.Affs.
, Past.
*%} 3 s. a*
nSpK3s./.
J575K 2 s. to.
foa 3 P i.
Dg7?K 2 pi. to.
}^X2pl./.
w?i 1 pi.
Partio.
S^(l)s.m.
I T
. Imper.
( P . xxiii (3), napx) t,i$ /?& 2 s. to.
(p. xxiii, Note (), *BDX) ^^ 2 s. /.
V2DK 2 P l. to.-
1 :
rubbK2 P i./.
t : v v:
Future.
?3N* 3 s. TO.
(V)
(P-^V) ^n2s./.
(Pr.xv.9 tap#) |an^ (etc. ') ^l
r v: v v v: v
n$ p'ao m*w (p. Sv > fep# 3 P i. to.
n^nxn nanxij rata&i 3 p l /
(Pr.L22.i ? n^) Hanm (^)mnWri (p.*V) fe^nM-^
nanKP) ^nnxn n^Dxn 2 P i. /.
withn,-n^K, nnq, comp.i37(4,iii)[ P .80]. tp.(-s;> jp.(^g> p-(-*0.
jj For some contracted forms see 191, & p. 130**. For some irregular, or 'borrowed,' forms
see 5 190 (0, ii), and p. 130**. IT In some copies. Others give DHS>.
35
XXIV
*
d
i
c3 n
1
6
d
o
2
i
i
i
*&
S
*
*
i
o
1
CO
CO
<N
<N
rH
CO
<N
<N
p^
^
2 **"
n -
*&
I*!
* h
&
&r
*E"
Ph
.5'
n
n*
n
n-
n-
n-
rl
ri
ri-
!>
<>
m
n
m*
;
?
"
a
ii
rt .;
C-l
1
- z%5
(As in
Table XIV.)
.3
f *-
s r i
2. ^
o
1
*
o *- a
*"^
b* # s
4
S-
to
n
n
n-
ri
J3
n
ri-
n
t-H
* rl
l-H
ft-
n
n ~r-
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
c
i3
S '&-
S-' %i
: S-
S>
>
S.
: S^
: ^
: ^
"S,
: .
; s
S*
h n
.P'
n
rh
n
n
*7-
ri-
ri
ri-
n
b
^
H:
nT^
H:
H:
n=
H:
n*
rz-
n-
H:
H:
Hi
n*
*-
*-
*
*
^-
*-
w
*-
*-
-
$: S.
n p
fl'
)>
n>
&!,
J'.
1^
3>
1
Q-
a>
s^
ft*
ri
ri
h
ri-
ms
n
in
ft
ri 1^
o
i
>i *
M
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
a
TT -
*T"
o
^i,
S-
'&
fc,
^v
g..
^
S-.
&*
r v
n
ri5
n
n
rl
n^
ri
ri-
ri-
rl
n
jv
Jv
XJ
ms
*-
i
4" I
'f P
1 $
f 1 * c
CO +-
2 J
it** ^
J
B
& b
1 *"
36
XXTV*
2
" 8 *7
SO OQ
"Pi
s
pLi
i i ^
g W M
03
OQ
i
*
^
p*
i
u
Si
, p\
l-H
CD
1
3 1 45 .
i *- 1 - Ir
(N <M
<M
<M
p CO CO
(M
(N
l-H
CO
CO
c<
(M
"-
n
n
a;.
n
n
Us
ft
n
1'
SI
4
n
+-
ft
n
p.
?
s .2
*
55:
IZ
+-
+^
n
-t-+
n:
i
u
o
Pn
d
-s
2 "* . t
B r *<
5 *
* *- 2 *9
-g g- ^ * ^
p ^ 2 ~(^ : - ^
P
*v
13:
%
*-
C-
c:-
c:
*T
ri in
3 -S 1 1 1 it
i
5 5>' e-
O a)
9 *
2 4i
n
.
ft
ifr a.
3 L
1
!i
n
-
n
Of
n
B ;
n
n
n
^ 8
1 rB
eo
H- (Tab. XI
v.)
n
S~
n
If-
*
Si
5;
Si
n
Si
n
1 J ?
Ph 1 ^ n:
-hi 1 co a
^ oj g -o. |-|j-
* p i i n
ft*T*
i
1-
CO >o
c3 r " *o
i-
rii;
n n
n
n
.- CI
m
r:
%
^-
g
e
G
ry
tr
2 ft ^ ^
i,:
,S* J
S.
S
$>
S--
: .
S-
Ss
s.
s>
c :s -
n
J 1 h
h
us
n
ri
n
iz
n
m ,r.. 3 g g -
! L 2
5^ ^' ** fli-rt.?-
v -^
Sj^
P &
H:
H:
?/E>
c:*
ie
^:*
&
C^
iv
*"^:
& IS
' - . ^- a -
g : i
s>
h.
1' a
*-
&>
1>
3>
Slv
1^
a ^
E & AS s M
n h
h
n
r h
rt
n
h
n
n
h
r\
n
*,
-
o
H
*
E 1
^ p< .. 1
p >. r..r-^ s
s- j^
c;
m
%
+
m
G
IS.
#-
i " i^
n n
Si
n
Si
s
Si
n
Si
n
s.
n
I
2 ^ ^ |:
^ r<. ^ ft fe
n
r:
O
^ a ^ ^ ^
. 1 1
Pi
37
p^ ts*^.
XXV
TABLE XIX.
Variations in the case of Verbs 3"3 [Sect. XVI.].
(VI.) Hoph.
(V.) Hiph.
(II.) NlPH.
(I.) Kal.
>
(Ki) #|n
/
g^ Inf. Abs.
w
,'?/?,^j
/?/?,*W
*IS
n^3/3^|V Const., & with
i
'P$p h)
j. - .. 1 ; 1
- .
< i
nwfo t w) oVaa
<*>
S02n
...ffiST}
H
\
...i^H W.Pron.Aff*.
ttf
Past.
E
J3
Eton
E^J
/ 3 s. m.
n^jn
it : \
n^n
H^|j
3 s./.
H
t : i- \
t : i
5^43
>
2 s. m.
: : i '
r$|n
pi^ii
B
2 s./.
1 1
$$ai
fctfaj
E-
1 s.
tpsn
i^ri
$ij
.2
3 pi.
IV - - %
p##|rj
Dp^lj
0!)
2 pi. m.
>
titStthl
: i-
2 pi./,
(ipl.
v -
IT "
(As in Tab. XIV.) Participles.
Imperative.
1 1
n$a ;#$ #3 2 s - m -
H
W$n
' ^";Vii 2s -/-
Ji^i /V^ii 2 pi- m -
0)
Hjs^n
ny^ 2 pi./.
H
0*1
(BL.) WW
>
ban
Future.
^inss./.
.s
V^n 2 s. m.
TOP) 2 s./.
#Jk
th|H
73K
t # S$$ ! s -
v^
W*l
*
'^3pl.m.
nr?sn r njtf|n3.pi./.
For Verbs of this class with ]) for 3 rd Root-letter, and for some forms ending in fl :
and for the Verbs np^ and |ri3 see Notes on Tab. XIX.' [next page].
a in P .[ 165 (i. /a & ii. ii]. tw.n, i# r (p. :n^_).
: h in p. [ 165 (ii, i]. w. n, n^_ (p. :n^ >* * j w. n, n^_.
XXVI
NOTES ON TABLE XIX.
(a.) Verbs J"B, and with JJ for 3 rd
letter, take instead of
the Inf. Constr.X. ; thus (fr. VJS)
nya in njtfl!, n^. [But also
i gi&] ' See also' Tab. XVI (3).
03.) The 2 s. m. lmper. ify.
5J3H with the H of 141 (7,5) is
T&an (or H^in, Pt. I., 12). For
iie 1 s. and 1 pi. Fut. K., etc., w.
Ae H of 144, see 211.
(y.) (i.) The Verb Pip 1 ? to take
Irops its 7, as the 3 of t?03 is dropped
in Tab. XIX. [See col. A.], (ii.) This
is not so in other Verbs beginning
with ?. (iii.) The Dagesh Forte
placed in the p after a vowel, to
stand for the omitted 1 st Rt.-letter,
is dropped (see column A) when the
p has "7 . (iv.) But the Dagesh
Forte reappears in the p when the
word is in Pause. (v.) This Verb
In Niph. and Pu. is like Tab. XIV.,
[except that in nnj3? Gen. ii. 23
(3 s. /. Past Pu.) the p is without
Dagesh Forte, and has instead of
t]. (vi.) in Hoph., nj (p. : njgy
and npn, the 3 s. m. and 3 s. /.
Fut., are as in Tab. XIX.
(d.) (i.) Col. B exhibits the Kal
of JDJ to give, (ii.) This Verb has
Niph. as in Tab. XIX.; also
Jinan inf. (Abs.) ]n$rb (w. 7),
[Past 2 pi. m. DFURJ, 1 pi. \}fi$, cp.
$183&216]ffopA. Fut. 3 s. m. JJV.
1 Also MJ? twice, (probably).
2 Also ilpy three times. 3 Also
Wfft once. 4 |h3 once, and '{flJ
once. nri even before (") ; [}Dn
1 K.xvii. 14, is Kthiv for HFl Kri]; but
s nn? when the Accent is removed
from last syllable, as in Gen. xv. 7,
Ex. v. 21. \P\rh (with J added)
i k. vi. i9. e nnn 2 s. xxh. it.
I HJJn Ps. viii. 2 (by many supposed
to be Inf.) must be lmper., there
as elsewhere. 8 "})} once.
(B.) Kal.
WJ
**fc TO
... inn
(p-:j7) jn;
(p.-\3-).nM
& 6 nnn^ jjw
T l- T y T I- T
cnro
*3M
I" T
m
(p- :'p jn
<p- :n fr)n3-r|- l j]|iK
[njnhj
39
fib/ Inf. Abs.
/| /| ,fiHj5| fconstr.and
Linp w - Pron - AffS -
. Past.
nnp^ss./.
it|: t
nnp7 2 s. m.
t :Ji-t
rmpSss./.
: - Ii-t
(p.*-) wijjbis.
(p--^-) 5injpS 3 P i.
Dflrofp 2 pi-
[|^|5 l ?] 2pL/ -
ttnpb x p 1 -
. Participle.
P$?m
Impebative,
nnp/p- tn 5) 2 njp_2s. OT .
(p. nn|p T ) ^np2 P i. m.
[njnpj 2 P i./.
Future.
HSJ 3 s. m.
npri 2 s. m.
nnp nfp_K 1 s.
(p. nrij^j y-jjjp 3 pi. *.
[njn^j'spi./.
( P . :-in|p T ri) T iinpn 2 P i. m.
2 pi./.
nnpj thi 1 pi.
100
xxvn
w m m w & G* &
W * cq i 00 <N <N
Pi
ft ^ ^
a 3 ** ft
&* jaj, o> At &* J ! j^ * Or
to .o.
- c e-; n;-; c-
r: g* *v- e;- el, cs p &
* if * ~
IX
a
Sfi
"Sl "S ol Ql 'Si. S '5. S' "Si,
a Ci Q Q.. Q-. 3- Q- Q 3-
>l
St "5 'Si. 'Sl, 'o^ q 'S. S'
.2" S" Qt Q- Q Q S> fl- J
IX
"St
> s
w
nr iri-
^ S>
~~ a
IT: IT: tZi' TZY Jt? IT: H!' IT.
r^ r>> c; a /! a- a a
a ^^g-grQ g..g..
.a-
Clf'gfosiBaas)
h
til
a
n
r
c
r
rr
rr
r
fZ
IT
Q
i^^
/^.
Qj<
o 1 -
rsV
r
Kj
fAJ
r^
lit
o
u-
jV
o-
t-
SJ-
li-
u
Q-
a
j_
e;>-
6-
K*
es
/a
h.-
n-
n*
rr-
n-
r-
r-
r:-
n-
rr-
n:
o-
c-
c-
l;-
C
q-
n-
c
c-
C--
C-
c-
rs
ix
*x.
f
n
o
r^
o
rv
CV.
rx
b-
UL
il-
!-'.
n
rr>'
14-
I*
S.'
i-'
t.
p-
u
Q&
!.
o
o-
S--
<<
t-
a
a
,
n
E'-
e-
m-
r
E=;
fS
s
' ^
**?
U
M 3
few
i
40
XXVIII
100*
^
ix-
a
I
oo &,
ix- ix-
3 5
o S eo eo w c*
*8 a
^ J& i 2:: E?
Q ~ & S- ix- & 3f G- *v' - ^ h K"
nt n *r- *r *r *E O r\^r\ *v r\_,r\ *^.
3- a^
[
e
Q .i^cl : .n-n
Ol fin
j* n- n- n-
* % % * ^ s>
E:
E:
E:
*-:
n-
& '>.
..
rt-
ri-
n-
T
*r-
?:
I'-
it
ll
e- ir-
E-
n
rv. E* E* E" 55 :> p\^
E-
E-
E-
-
^
IX- IX-
ix-
IX-
i^ IX- IX- fee ix- .1^
r^
ix-
IX-*
o S-
5
S
a ^ *S '5 S- '5
'5-
s
Q
a
-|h
* -
*-h
1=
'F
1=
iz
c ix
ix
a
ix
Ik
'Si.
E-
IX
'S-
"5l
a
*
*T"
-
Q-
Q-
o-
Ln
In
*-!(-
*r-
rih
E
e
n
c
E
6J* e e e %" K'
E-
E-
E
ri..
IX
.i~ ix ix ix ix .1=-
rx
IX
IX
" a a |L a J?
"S^
'5-
*s>
*5l
Q-
Q-
Q-
*r
IZk e^
e*
^f
Ej- E- 55r
S^ 1 a> n> ix- ri> v
Et-
E-
E.-
rx- ix-
rx-
/%
rv-
IX-
IX-'
e- *"
3
5-
Ok
c
a a h- h ^
Ml
E
a
4-
IX 1 *
e
^> ni- gj* j^f
IX-
S ( n: e n; % 5-
E
E
E
*-
g-"* &. Ss- & & q-
&
Q-
ii>
a
-h
v
*^^
n
n
n- ir-
n-
c
^:. e- e. e- % ^:.
E-
E-
E-
I"
e c-
E-
E-
E-
E-
E"
rx ix
ix
ix
,J=- rx rx ri- rx .!=
IX
IX
IX
'5l *
*
S-.
Sl
"S
*Sl
a"
a pb
o-
S3-
J3--
13-
D-
*-.
-H
*!
rih
^r
c
-
1=
c
c
[gfZ 'suiioj-asnBjj g-
Em ]
IZ.
tirS
'Si. 00
* 3
..n-o
^* - 6jd
:s * r o
_.*.. oJ
Ei c
eo r- ctf
N .Q- *
**%.&
K * F
prQii
.- r- J^h
&- n
--. c-s
Sa :
a - 2
(M
o
a ^s
CO
n
.S
I. . c
4
1 o* ^;
D+
1 ^ a
<M
*>.
fi-
^ ^^
r
S|-
'* I *
+ -^':
s
*-L y --i
0J S
O O
.Sir,
E*
.
fe
P-
a o to i i
Z3*
.-.S 3 n-
tz
n^ e
* *
a * . r-"
6
OQ
5 . J5 - a
** <i. g eo
. E-
a
i
. c"^ rx -
p.
l-E jr K S
i
| CS Q..O
i
o "S E
*
^3 ? "5
-S
cj '^> EVDh
.^
< n> d
u
5 fe'Hs^
....
60 O
o
c E^ .
5 a .:&:^
g
s
p4d
*r* .S
o
* - 45 p : -
o
41
101
XXIX
m
P
o
P
OO
tH
A
n-
^
fi|
CO C
f i
4>
n
.
W)>
1
CO
5 .2
Ph X3
^H
O
^ -,
^
h->
S
CD-
a
cu o
rf.fi
to
n S3
ft
n a.
is
S
CD
o o
T
h
H-3
CO ,^^
W
CJ Tj*
a>
C
*T3
a> .
s-
C >>
CO
e <"
^
o
13 J
c
g
e*
X)
1
CD
<u
pd
B
3
o o
m <u
a
ts -
a>
X! C
^
+-> <D
*
o &o
05
S
o
t? '1
1
s
l>
HH
23 3
X
cr
x '
W
2 s
-l
m
5
H
T3 PI
&
as
,
.^
s
as n
<5
>
n
n
CO
<
i ^
O
Ph
H ^
^ S * **
i
^,
PU
o
<!
D3
H
s
'S
S
^
c4
2
5 *
10 ,;
CO CO CO
CO
% 'o,
*&
*&.
P5
<
CO
CO
73.
ii
o
Ph co
CO N N
r-H
eo cn
<N
M
Ph
CM
CN
CM
N
J
*
f-
+-
-f-
*
*
.O-
.o-
Q.-
Oi,
D^ O. O.
o.
dL Q'
o.
D
c*
.Q-
.Q-
.Q-
D'
W
n
n
pi-
n
PJ p|" PI-
P1-
PI PI
PI
PJ-
><
n
n-
Pl
PIS
rH~~J>-h
n &
Pin-
s
n
at a
G$
V
o
Of
Ph.
Of
Pl-
E"
&
i
c
n
-i-
^h -. n..
-
It* ry
-
*-..
-
f-.
r*.
P-
n
P*
a.
PI-;
,
p.
a-
'n
ID-,
Pj,
Ot
Qu Q. Di
Oi
Ol Q'
o
Di
Ot
n
.!-
n
pi-
. 1-
pi
PI Q:
n-
*
*
It
n
n-.pi- m-
00
It
PIh
n
.n-
*-
PI .PI
a
PI-
n
It
rl
*"!
n
N^
.o
.Q
Q
JO
.Q .Q .Q
.o
.Q .Q
.Q
.Q
D
.Q
.o
.Q
.D
iJ
riL
riL
n
riL
n- riL ni
n^
n n>
rii
nu
.Q
riL
n
pi-
nj.
<H
n
n
n-
rl
nt n- rl-
n
n- n-
n-
n
riL
rl
a
n-
n-
a? 1
Ph
*
n e- e
'
a
Ei
n
JQ
*
E*"
/-^
-Q
pi-
i i
n-n.
nt
n
s-/
J
Q
.Q
.Q
.D
.Q .Q .D
.Q
.a .o
.o
.D
Q"
>)
n
re#
n-
rn.
n n^ riL
n^
n- rr
ni
riL
.Q
Ph
**>
n
n -(>.
n-
rl
nt n- n-
rr
n- n-
n<
n..
nt
-)
PI Q.
* .13
."**
n e- iv<
?*
Ep
n
>
PI" 1-
i i
K n
v+
-+ 4-+
+-+
+4
4-+
++
n-
Ci-
nr
n=
n: r=;- n;
irr-
H: IT.'
ci-
pr
Q:
pi-
p-
p>-
pr
OL
Q1 - rv
&
OL
Du o- Q-
o
ol d.
D-
D
IX
ou
S-
ol
o*
n
n -jr>..
pi-
n
n-.pi-.n-
.n-
n .PI
.PI
.Pi-
n^
n
n-
pi
PIS
<d
* "*
*"v
*
n c/j;
C-
* 1 *- cs
Eli
-
*
*i-
*TJh
*3
PI- Q:
1*
n
p*
G 1 -
*
1 a
PI
1'-
n
PIh
P
E
^
P
r
n
n r n
rr
rr p
E
p
Q
Q.
>w/)0
Sl. d
5-
o- b-
5-
St
rl
pi- pi-.pi-
.Pi- n
.n
.n-
n
n cnq
p
^ C-.
El
W
a
p
' ^*
n
n-
n- ir- n-
n
rr* n-
E
P'
*3-
p-
p-
p*
P.
<
E
c-
C-
c- c- c-
C"
c- c-
E-
E-
E"
E"
E"
E'
E
P
*
rt
*^
.TS .
MB
s
,S7\
Ml
rs
r
U **
J
r-
'p-'Pl'pu
"Pl
r f
P'
Pk
p-
Pi*
P"
PV
P:
p
5
P"
P
pt i r
i
!-- r ..
P"
P"
p
p^
P-
P
n;
^rf
*"".
n: e- e
IV
Ei
b
*
S
>^ as
v.
S
p&
E
[Moiaq
11 OSIB 83S]
42
XXX
101*
co co co co eo
CO CO CN CN i
* * *
o- S h S" S"
w - n^ i\ fi. n
7. e- e e- %:
n n n^ n
"5. *S- "S. -aT TS
co eo <N cm -h
*> E- E- e-
_. e _ e -..
fe e- e E* %:
Ji- )^ >l, ql *u
; e- e- e- c;
{={- 13' Qv ) S-
v n n n- n i^ pil. n n
II-. I.. K Kl
n n n n- n
-.i- s .1
f E~ E- E~ %;
y : o .0 .a .a
J-,- nL rn, ri" nL
K* E- E E- S"
JJ..Q .Q .Q Q
: riL n- ni R-
r. r. 3 ..
n-
e
1 e~ e- E~ v."
,!, .o .a .0 .a
fl " jil n^ n- nu
n n n- n
" E- E- e- s-
S n- n- n- n
e e
n
ri
E - 5* %h o 1 " c~ E- e- ^r
v n n
E> E> E- n JS! >{. E' }l =.
S L S L S L n- S L P-
fi
n
E E
D
n n
di. DL Qi, S l
% - E E E
. n
E- E- E- %
E" C- E- C
f"i* ?!?. **v ** J *
; e-
E- E- E- g.
J .?_ **** ****. |~ :
1 ' F~ s C* t"*' t~"
ri r ir r- r- j
r: el.
*/
[^opq -At osib sas]
C ' t-*- cu
o < -
O T3
ft
r* ** c
n r- n o
*" h i=- - .
.S r .n- ^S
G
S r-
mi <?4
O fl g
1 S
^ _ S E-
^ n ^ g o
* w s a
. *- fee
g"s *&%
* ; S n:.
^ S ^ ^ c;.
^ti ^ eu >L
r n c C
p. sit,"
rr & a ^
-2. n
j^. t>
P. s
s
I- 8
*-: rJ CO
Eb P
52 H V E
<~ :S
5: rn^.^
a. n
3 ^
o
51 2
. CO
r 1 ?
c, -
n:
i >-
<U *" CO __
k - oj n>
S S. ft p.
**- rt
fl " r;L S
CD 1 I #r >t -^
J :a n co
X
CO eci
6
- 1=
^ E>-
OS /-S
g
.**
CO g
^ a
ii
jj 1-1
^1 Q'-
i" *
fc< cj
co ^
^ r
E
F^
M
o
<D
I
o
g - - -
1 F 6^ -
>o c
a> cd
CO in
o 6 i I
pn i
- a o
c 3
I" CO
.2 **
S w
a> &i
Ph .
S fl<
o O
o
s P
o E
E-^
c'E-
co J
c rn 2 S
1*11 I-
" CO
I'd
E
-fl
p E
U o E
g H P
'PS o
co
o 53
p 1
CO
cu
s 2
'> c2
cu cu
s *
cu a>
9^
cu .^
g E
E
E
Eh
E
5 >
'A:
G
E--
^^
J=v-
|t
E
E
a
3
Fi
LL
^
E
o
cu ^
o 3
^ .
43
i3
a
rl
3
3
[XXI
K
*
<
i
n
Q
d
o
N
1 d
s
el
03
OQ
"ft
'Eh
ft
*
8 5 1
3 <
.
43>
43*
2 h
CO
43^
43^
CM
43^
43>
CO
43^
oq
43
CM
43
l-H
43-
P^ S* cq*
43
~r
43 43-
5^
t*'
M'
43
M-
M5
M-
M5
M5
M5
M
M^
M-
Mt
Mi M-
j'X
55
M'
%'
X
255
25
25
25
g-
25
25
25
fit
i
FT
43
*25
43-
c'
E
^3
Pi
a
i
r"
c
M'
55
%t
55
%
55
55-
55
35
55
55
.2:
25
12
&
t4
++
a
i3
E?
ry
^
S
<5i
a J~*
f .
*-v
*-
#-.
*-
C5'
d'
*"
*-
*ry-
Sb
/-
!/P
C5*
i
>< 43 h
13-
*H
43
43
43:
43
43
43
43
43
43:
fi"
"55
M ML
Mi
^ s
43=
n
pi
M"
M5
M
Mi
Mi
Mi
M
M =
M :
M>
Ml;
25'
25
255
%
25
%
&-
25
25
25
25
C^
P.
F
4^
i
*-
*i
i-5
B
n
25
JTV*
IE
55'-
%
55
it-
C-
*r
*
Sf=
05
^
a P'
rT
,A
43'
43
43
43
43.
43.
43
43
43
43
43
^
<g mi
m : -
~/ N "
M-
Mi
M
Mv
Mi
Mi
M
M:
M-
Mi
43'
0>
3 %
%
"*
%-
25
%5
%
25
25
%-
25
25
%
Mi
<55
1
P* *
i i r\i
I 1 r=%J
w# 35
r- 1
n
ft
25
55
n
o
C
P4
Ci
c; : ;
C3*
25
il
OS
00
n ..
00
A 43
>i *'
MS
M-
Mi
Mi
Mi
M-
M:
M=
Mi
43
<%
-22
25
%5
25
25
25
%'
25
25
25
*'
OS
n
*
C
F
HH
C5
13
5
ST-
25
1 1
c* %
d.
o
n
n-
-J^
H'
n-
n-
n
n
JZ
n
n-
n-
n-
Q'
CO
43
43
>*
43
43
43
43"
43
43-
43
43
43
43-
9
cS
s Mi
M>
43 :
Mi
M-
M-
M-
Mi
Mi
Mi
M-
M :
M :
Mt
M-
GO
25-
.*
25
25^
25
25
%
P
%
25
O
35
5
25
*-
25
^T
%
n
25
CO
Pi
w tz*
r>
n-
n-
f>
n-
n-
n-
r>
r>
Q h
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43;
2
a ^ 5
Mi
M
Mi
Mi
Mi
M-
M:
M =
Mi
M5
25
%&
25
25
25
25'
25
25
25
25
i-4
* %
n
E>
P.
P
a
Si
ST-
M
1
rz
PS
ri n-
n-
n-
n
n*
n-
n-
n-
n-
n-
n
5
n
-xT
"
e1
n
jv
c
c
c-
c
c
c-
sz
c-
C"
hS '
43-
43 :
43'
43'
43'
43'
43'
43-
43'
43'
43'
P:
43'
a Mi
Si
i
M
Mi
M"
Mi
Mi
Mi
M
M :
M-
?'
Mi
o %
25
%'
^
%5
25
25
25
25'
%
25
%
25
6**
' ^
n
C^
C
f
O
SV
44
XXXII
. f ;
>J
,3
-4
-4
g i
Si
g
<
If
r-?
^
t
Si
--3
o
1
Cl- P
g
M
05
A
ft
p 02
OS
OS-
02
02
ft
"ft
pL
ft
ft
CD
- oc?
cc
51
CM
CM
cm
Ph CO
CO
CM
<M
i t
CO
CO
CN
CM
i i
%
P.
CO
i3
M
m
$
Mi
&
:
25:
i3
M'
&
g
:
3
M^
25
cT
Si .
o
CO
25-
%
25
Mi
Mi
M
Mi
Ml
M
Ml
r:-
A4
-3
It
*
* - ii-
n
%
25
25
25
25
n
c
02
*
Jrf
b *
J*-
ss
^-^
S
*^
Ifc
_n
* n i-
OS
^
^^ n:
3
:3
a
d
g
.#-
i3 h
Ml
25
i
&
25 :
^-
M
Jv
:
i :
Ml
25
p
fl
Ml
*^..
m
Ms
Ml
ML
M
Ml
Ml
M
Ml
w
S n
n
35
25-
25'
%
%
%
25-
%
25
%-
%
OS
%- JS
CI"
4->
JT7-
T-
.#
*-
#-!-
* &
n
rz
+4
n
1
'
a
J-l PH
o
S
d
-4-2
H
d
-a
^" r*
a
M
rv
m-
25-
i3'
Sis
i3'
mi
2
Ml
Ml
25
M
25-
25"
M-
25
^-
i3
M
Ml
25
M
Ml
25
i3'
Ml
25
o *
4-1
& 4
of
00
ai
5
T*
f+
n
++
n
r- '
j\.. Si-'
P"
Or
35t
o
?
5
J a
n
ll
n
i3
13
25-
i3
M
i3
i3
s
M5
25
*T
M^
Mi
M
Mi
Ml
M
M : -
Q"
.a s -
o
%
25
25>
25
25
%-
25
^:
^5
g
|L
1
n
4-
n
C3
I
1
i
p.
m
rf
rr-
n-
n-
n-
m^
C-
Iv
n:
25-
M>
m-
C'
:
ni
i3
M^
1 1
++
Q-
13
i3
ii-
i3
i3
X3
i3
i3
i3
t 1
M
M
P^ Sv
i
Clt
,
^
M-
m>
Mi
M-
M>
M-
M-
Ml
M-
Ml
JZ5 55
it.
*5
*-
25
*-
%
25
25
25
%
25
-
25
25
n
*-
n
n
la
k
Pi
d
P4
4-
i-
bc O
^z^
i
c
i3
Ms
i3
Mi
Mi
M-
Mt
i3
M
25'
M^
f
6-
i
*->-
&
%
.2
09
s
- c
|
CO
%
25
25-
25
25
%'
25
1 \
n:
'"'
S3
~5
*
g
o
CO
1
03
~ o
a.
Iv d
i i
i i
M
M
s
H
1
Pi
o
in
c-
n
n-
n-
Ml
25
C
G-
e
25 ;
M
25-
n:
m*
c
Ml
25
V
o
f <
Q"
c
jv
c
c
Jv
"
C"
r:
c-
c;
^^
oT
.0
rv
i3'
!
i:
&;
43'
i3'
3'
S-
S
|
*
1 1
i
vii
M'
m-
mi
Ml
&>
M
Ml
M-
M
Ml
^
&"
02
25-
%-
%
25
25
25-
25
25
25-
25
c- ^ : ^
'
^T
*->
*-
#-H
WT-
T-
s
JT oif
p
n
n
n
.s a
*
*
45
XXXIII
M0J'
5 g Q
a.
H i * ! * - l 5 J
: ^
5 oi < co so m a o. o, &,
< '-^
2 oj^ ^
pL,coPO<^ c< ''- , we<ic<i-H
rt q.
^^ *^i- #rv *rK *r^(- #r\j. *rj.. mt\.. sr\y.
xrs
^ pi fcw C fc > fci i J?
,*7\
3
5\ :
-d.
ii-
fl - P^ P:- ? &
3
1 1
CO
os
as
r~- r~ 2 -.
#-|. #-. #-|. #~v #-|. ry. jr-|. #-|. *-|.
r>
f i
CO*
jr-*.. *-*.. jr-5.. ^-5.. ^t;.. ,-5.. ^-5.. jr-^.. jns..
_r t-Ti ._rM,~rH Jn, r^. _r^ ~r*: _r^
t^.
&
Sr. *<
t 1
1
fl
fc- 0--
I
11
t"^
n: c
Pi
A
*m *^i r\.. *^i
*?v *t*. wt\. wt*. m-\. #n. *rv *n. *n
J3
*3
Ji m- ^ i
cS
H
T 1 * *^
J-
09
9
1 i
I" iH._P-'
c*
to o :
XI
XI
CO
H
fV
*ri..
*TV
*7\.-' M7\*' T7\S W7\--' r-\-'' *Ti.-' W7\.' m r7\.-' W7$.'"
i3-
J
a
to
11
n ^- - p *"" c^ fc p
fc'
O
P
T'
n
H'
n- n- n- n n- n n n- n
i3-
T'
*-i-
n
*-? *T- jr-5.. *-|.. *-J.. *-.. *T- ^-5.. *-\..
*-?
J
s
.T
%
n - P r f g 5 a &
n
n
6
n:- n- n- n- it. n-
>
1 1
Hi
I""
c
g |: g r f |
a
A
n^
nn n^ !- n- n^ n- n^ n> n-
n-
*-..
~5.. *-^- *~s.. r\.. *-$.. r-i- *-( *-i- #-5..
*-s..
Jfr,
-T-t-D "~T^: J^t^r-: -C- ~*^ -*^ : -T"*
^r-s
1
n
n ^' fr fc P g ! fi^
n
s
1
H
++
n-
n-
n- n- r- r n- r- rr- n- n-
X3-
6:
c-
c n c c c c c c- c
C
n
#r\l
*m
rsi *r^i *r*, xrii t^i *tsi *ni *^i -^^1
rai
|
-J^L
^r^-
-J^t-J^'J x ^~f N ^-J x L_f^-_f^. _P- ^P^
-^/^i;
3
J-
n F. b & c : ' fc
n
h-4
1
46
XXX IV
For apocopated forms see p. 49 below.
p < *
<
ai xi s j^^5^
'to 00 &"
"H.
Pea w 03 w en "&. "a Ch & &,
(N; <M <N
<N
pcoW(N<M^eoeocv><N^
*r\.. *t\.. *$ *r*..
s ,:. Jv Jv Jv 2* s,:. Jv Jv E- J:.
r\ : . O" *** *"*" *"*" r\- *" *"* *" rv.
n n
[
CO - jj,-
T7e, &j, J.. " ,
n- n n-
r-
s,; jv jv u jv 5* Jv Jv Jv ^;
*T^I- *T|h *n.
*7\h
^T^:* ^V ^ , " M7 ^ m *** fN- "^ ***> * r * h r\-.
1^ *"IK
n
*~ E- Jv ?
Ji fig. m: 55:- %: Ol
55 35 % _n." % 55
*l (JI *ri *rv
**- Jv g- *v fci ^i m m n; s$r
/^ : . *-l *^ *^i T ps.^ m *-5l *-^" rx..
r ? n n
i?!
* * # #
-IN.
^r e e- 35i-
^x m m . g sgr p,:; n; . e m . pb
p^.. .r-v- jtt- ^,X V K T* *~V' T f\-
c n n - n ^ *r p>k n
n n
n n< n<
n<
^:. n;- e. m< %- p,i. Ei' m. jz- ^!.
jr-^.. *-S.. *- #J-
rv. t* *-5- *-i- *- r\-, *T *t *^- r\.
n
*. E . n n
8
,: ft "
eo
Eh Jv J^k Xh V- & & & ^
_-T^:- C 5 " C 5 " ^'' ^?"_T^ W** 2?" *^" r\
n n
ACS SSS
tp
n n- n
n-
f-:. g- g. e ^: f-:. e: g. c; p-
, J^ c t c fe. c c c fe
g- c c
c
*t\i #rsi *^i
*^i
fN.. *^l *^i * r1 ! , * r l _fN^ T ** *^' rx
2 a n n -
47
1
1
&
CO
A
CO
fv
(M
T?
n: 1
1
r
^Z"
>>
J --
T"
CL
,*
w
fJ
O,
1
"S.
q
*A
35:
^->
H
"&H
r^.
:i.
T)
e;i,g;.
^>..
CO
CO
n
i
e-
.CO
K
g
C'
6
.
i_
i_i
ci
co
1
<+*
n"(N
8
Tl
-a
^e
a,
CD
t/i
ii-
(N
O
1 <
1
n-
K
c
M:.
O
<
*
N*S
jz"
CO
s
co
ri
CO /
f>
:
.c
CO
1
e
*
a
i-'
a
G
*~K
O
r:
l^-lv
r
d
n
a-
Jv
r P-i
*
-+
r.-S
CO
1
Si' n
10
ifs
r*
1-
H'
^
IT
" '
r
s
O
B
<
^
00
a
3
6
1 1
c
h
^.25=^
>j
i
c.
C:
r>!
^
tfi
35_R-
n:
1 1
n
t-
Ln
i-a
CO
cj
CO
5"
rr
u
cn 255
T^;
n:
;j-
i-
r"
1 -E-
r:
.5
M
* a
fz!
8 sa
rH
lZ V^- CD
XXXIV*
Note A on Table XXIII.
Participle Forms.
Plu.(/.)
trthh
i.c. Plu. {in.)
V :
i.c. Sing. (/.)
IT
it :
i.e. Sing, (m.)
n F *nSin a) (i) ^.
IT
^! ^H(2)
I T
* *
*
In other Voices the only change from the s. m. forms
(given in Tab. XXIII) is in the endings which are
Plu. (/.)
ni-
i.e. Plu. (m.)
*_ D*_
i.e. Sing. (/.)
i.c. Sing, (m.)
Obs. (i) The Plu. (/.) Partic.-forms are the same in Constr.
(ii) The K. Partic.-forms ^H (p. \ S T\) living s. m. t H^Hs./.,
V- IT' IT-
D^H pi. m>, ni ft n pi. /., are " borrowed" from a Root
^)1 (=PP)"I), being like 2D s. m., H3D s./., from MD.
W S." IT "
(iii) nVH iT. Partic. pi./., Ex. i. 19, is " borrowed " from
a Root ) JJ.
(iv) The word D*Hft in Is. xxv. 6 is Pu. Partic. pi. m.
of Tt=nP!. (See also p. 173.)
* mis. m. (with X standing for the ii) 1 S. xxii. 2 ; DWO Neh. v. 7 has X
1 superfluous.'
t npV fr. ntoy, rraafr. ron, etc. ma Gen. xiix. 22.
j n ; .;nk, is. xii. 23, fr. nnx.
-TO in -ipvn Job xli. 25 ($ 6, d. ii). In Job xv. 22 9Df is JTrl for IBS JRAtr.
N.B. As in Pt. I, 14, we may have for -1 before the \
48
XXXIV
**
*
o5
*
<8
4
t
H
S 5
CO
m
rf
H
o
CO
CO
i i
*
*-
;
55
r:
: a
4 , ,
^-^ .
$
f l I 1
1 1 i
ii
15*- n?-
55:,
rfi
j^.. j\.::
JN-. -TV."
.J-N...
l
l^j t;
J s-
*
1 i i
1 1
1 1
g
9Q,
'pi
QJ, *c
<^ii
*
si
-
22-:
2**
j-:
%>
1 JN>
^? h
*T^t-
1 n;
W
n
n
%:
I IF
a)
"St.
g
52"
dP*::
3l
T
1 n
r:
1 S
; :
3
^3
J^3
*
C 1 -
s
25'
T"5
C*"
*-*
.J^s
-J^5
n
n
- ' ^ "N
' " V
& ITT 1 Zvi
i i E : -
i i 55 : -
3j *?- J*"
XL ^:-
i i
5>
1 1
i i
g
%>
C
.J^S
9*
*^'
n
.J^S
4h 6
n
n
EL
1 1
e
"k
Tt
Tt
e
e
s *
-4 g
co
O 4+
' *1
G %:
++ Clt
- J
F o
* rn
"qj n
Q
E fT.-
1 T
75. ^t
r ^
S r:
r- DO
E CO
6? ?
a
4
55L^
j o
si
'Si
fl
*
-2
m 2
g'
k -I
S, i ^
fi
co E:
.J S
I
I
n 8
s f-
* n
55' 1^
55' q
co "O
9 Ph
^rr- J <
Zi I
*
bp O
.9 E
a 5j-
9
O CQ
^. jr.M
S E *
00 . Ef
co m ->
<m n
02 h t!
I- -a ^s
Pw-TN.
r*v
^3 j-
g 55
n "^
P *
55
oS
r-*
^ I
p %
a e
rl
% E
a ^.
* 1- ' r--r
i i
!i
P c3
E' w
O ^L '
cs SAr
r\
ci ^
*-|
PS
n -1-
A
?*>
n E,
^! s
CQ
s
Or-.
E-
* o
O T3
* J
* /
AT
'^ CO
C o
E ra
X: rf
. s
a
r:I3i
* Zz
ir 2 a
F
-':
^: n"
^8
3 ~
rr: ^
rP .2?" ir
3 ?
^ T -2
H
kO
Ph
n .s
s r.
E"
Ph E'-
n o
n m
fZ T3
o ^
sCfl
^
55=
.. e-
S *.
E &a
1= .a
&2
ici
n ta
n a
1 1
FI
Iff
-j^. E *
-5 "S
^ F
-2 4- 55
S E -
f?' 55v
p 4 g
351 _ *y:
a #r ;
r :. J rg
52 ELg
S' I
s T A
m
co 2
Sll
OS E>
CO S3
o
4
E-
Ph
09
Ph
1
o
55:
':'
E L
E'
s
49
XXXIV***
E
1
J3
5
9*
1
1
*
^
CO
H |' L J'
b
Jr"<N
' Pi
.4
c c-
a
I.
K.
n -_r-
r=
. &
sv * *
sv
J~T*
Jv- fi*
-j^
1
&
n ..^
S
n:
- c
n
> : ' ??V- JV SV \" Z>sT *}' TV {-V*
< . fe- -.' F *i c " c p : "* &.
TV
n
rz-
K
H & >H
9 2
3
O
H
H
Si
&
i .1
n:
J*
^ n- r> n* rz n tz rz n- tr
Sir * * w ;: v : - gis Pv v : : an* v>' * ^*i
n -- * 15
n-
n-^- r-
n- n- n-
j ^ v '
gfc C - SV
?3h ?^h
^^i^-
-T s - i3 -vO
^r-b-.rr-.^r^L
g ^
' E* .&"^
w
n~r*~ 5
~ c
I
1=
nr. n- n- n- n- n^
*** & Uk,- tt By? f*s
n.
-t
4
50
XXXIV** 4
%s
P "CO
M
to
CO
s
i s,
?
co p^p^^co 00 02 OB P^CUPhP^P^
<NcN(N j^ COci<Mi-4COCOcNC<l-
tzy nr eg r-,
P : ^ S
B
iz
J"
is*
TV
5 ^
$ & ^* ^
&Js J* i l I 1 &>' it lt-i
J* 3 3
5*
j
n n- n- n- ^ jv m- Jv %- **; jv jv jv ^.
6* & ^ r *k ~fil &* & &' * ~r^ ix & r r
n - st- * *-> -- r *" *** f^
*- L
2SU
I?
SV
. n> e- j-> % **r. c:* & m- g*
leg {& ac |m: _P?: 8* Sf &* RE
sz n
51
CM
n ..
* * .1
S : p^ v '
i?f 1
o *= P4
a &* &
-5 ^ I i
* n::; +-
I
ri"cN
i 1
^ *.
fe
J i'
3 a
c- . % .
c
** . , IT:-
o feo^K^ el
k 8 * O
i. . ^>
\h ?
. P -4
? I
-
rv 1
c r o
^
"
o
!
1
o
3
s l-t
IT:-
"*
t-H ^/N.
u
%
C
M>
XXXV.
Table XXIV. Infins. with Pkon.-Affs. (Objective, etc.).
(* Each Infin. here has the pref. h of D^l).
HlPH-iL. Pi-el. Kal.
Pronouns to cause to visit. to visit (Intens.) to visit*
Obj. etc.
him
Wpssrh faps? hDifc
her trvpsrb ?np*b muh
thee{m.) j \QVM-)
thee {/.) "Sj^PSh
me
, , ( *3Tpfif?
v| : t :
<fta(<ft.) fffMpfc D1|5*fe DIPS 1 ?
w :| v - :
WS
v" | : - : v| : - : vj : t :
w : I- : - :
Note : (a) Instead of the (o) of the 1 st (and sometimes the 2 d ) Et-letter in
the Kal, there may be (i) as in such forms as )1Vo? S!BK?7,
MlJJD^ (MMrfy ; (ii) as in ftffh (iii) -r- as in fottfe^.
(j8) The few forms from other Voices will be understood from those above.
(7) So for forms from some other Verbs. But we may add those in (S) :
(5) (1) 2)^2 to forsake, (him) fajj^ J&* ^?jfe fe-
(2) T0"h to possess, (him) Ifi^hV, etc.
-(3) nnpj? to take, (him) ifinp?, etc.
(4) D-fc6 fc>#, (Atro) *tp*6, etc. [D 1 ^, 1Jp s ^, etc.]
D^pn? to raise, (him) \Q^u>, etc.
(5) 1th to go round, (him) i3D^, etc. pjflE^, \$HCh, etc.
non 1 ?, toQZ etc.].
\"t: 1 -:-> J
(6) nhj?V to dug, (him) tpSj?, eta [Jlif^, in^7, etc].
52
c\- t m ^ 1a fli- m g\-
n} a ) m r^ m nn
i- lit? r> rs r
ia- ^ \ m- m- ia ej
XXXVI.
a- a- *a-
n r^ i-i
I? rf 3
S 1 " @: @:
nn m m
Er :
i!5 ^3
*a* *a
r' *r
r r
5 J
en- &
r r
r
*a
nil
E>
r
a
m /a- ia
nix i2 r
tr r' r
m- *a-
mi m
r r
m^ iv
* n : ;
13
in- *a-
P 3 c
*a-
r
m- /a
nm m
r r
F~ I** v ID * rj : ; rr; *n
m- *a-
e:e:
i> a
HI-
r :
HI-
e:
in- *a-
/a
r
13
J3
i V
r
fii;
I 1
53
s
1
02
1
^+H
o
,o
?>>
*H
JU*-
tH
J^
.
6
5
s i i
rS 3
9 9 a
to <d
rt *- .. J-c
I ^ V
o
S .1 <>
IP" o E
f- 1 *
I. J~"
h:l jr- .
n -
p
s,
I
<a
s
r:-
g
I
"o
j\
<n
.
VZ:
p
c3
IT
5
a
1
1
k fit. ^
nl a
'.3 1
OJ ,0
OS *->
I: -S
1 1
S3
55- 9
3 g
2 in-
3
'CD
S
'So
5
o
-a
m
<
i- a
0-
J
5
3
5
4
Cj 'S
XXXVII.
(Table XXVI) Participles with Pron.-Apfixes.
The Student may make complete Tables by replacing
(i) h_ in ' App* (0) to Tab. XIV ' by the forms in column (i) below,
(ii) ni__ in ' App x (B) to Tab. XIV ' by the forms in column (ii) below,
(iii) D^ in ' App* (B) to Tab. XIV ' by the forms in column (iii) below,
(iv) Hi in 'App x (B) to Tab. XIV by the forms in column (iv) below :-
Partic. Plu. Partic. Sing.
(iv.) (/.)
(iii.) (m.)
(") (/)
(i.) (.)
in-
ta-r_
v : -
V
T VV
t w :
VT J -
VT
1 vr
T3t
0%;
-) s[rn_.
("I*") 5J-I-*
(*M ipy-
(VfR-) >ijh t
WV
PT3 3p~ +
( ! V) *n-
( ! V) n-
v- :
(%
*#"!=
tCH H-
W-) aryn-
dph-
w .J
taH dt-
m) jrvn-
Bit
iev
D-
ew-
an-
vv : : -
d 51 _ *
\yr\-
m-r
t^l-r
. *]-*
V"
v." :
urn-
v." : -
vn4
V"
Note : (o) The Passive Participles in ' App x (B) to Tab. XIV ' cannot strictly have
Objective Affixes. [For Decl. of forms in H-^- see Tab. VI (i).]
(/J) The Hebrew Participles, as Nouns, may be ' in Constr/, and may have
Fossessive Pron. Affixes. For instance,
(7) the Partic. (of 7^3 form) N^ one (m.) fearing, or a fearer ^ ' in Constr.' is
Up* a fearer of (and so D % KT f earers { m -) is ^ Q - *$H* fearers of).
Of 7tt$l\ one (/.) fearing, or a fearer (/.), the Construct form would be
my, (and that of rtfa] would be h^Tjj). [See also 139 (8, iv.]
(5) The Partic. of ^3 form takes the Affs. thus, Sing. ft#B, ^3, etc.,
Plu. (D^3) vj$B, TJ?#S>, etc. So we have VtH* Mow (m.) fearing
him, or his fearers, ^pITf those fearing thee (m.), or thy fearers.
* The < Slight' -vowel of 2* Rt-letter here is ( or); thus, Spnj (<Sp*k
?PlIK).
t Also "qn
I ^_, :^_. tfgJJJfr. nfefy &^N"l (once) fr. ilK"), in which the p-jv is
dropped as, also, in SV$ and ttfefy <WV (p. *}$), etc., fr. ngty.
Also with -v- . Thus, fr. n^P, to|?^, rlfli^D, etc.
54
XXXVIII.
(Table XXVII) Impekatives K. with Pron.- Affixes.
nnba rrpa
nw
Pronouns visit ye (f.) visit ye (m.) visit thou {f.)
Obj.,eto. * r- -' ' '
Am
*#$#
tar
nrrps
me
them (m.)
DVJJ3B
*Am (/)
tifl*
MS
wipe
s-Hpa
nnpa
DT3J3B
1*
visit thou (m.).
iTtpS
i vt| : t
phbtt
H: t
unpa
OTB
*** The forms given above are for Verbs Put ( )* [ 141 (a, J), & 162 {b, )].
Note: (a) 'in Verbs <Fut (-=-),' the 2<* Et-letter has - (lengthened from }; and so
(0) with one of the letters J>nK (or H consonantal) as 3* or 2 d Rt-letter, we
have -inn^D anoint thou (m.) him, PDng tow *** ( m -) ** "#M
redeem thou (m.) her (or # /.), *J$flJ irt Thou me; and so nSinj?
procfotm ttoN (n.) # (/.), -ing-Ji? <w y upon Sim, *$$$ hear ye
me, etc.; and so from TO (r. Pf>9), U{R M& {or fetch) thou (m.) Aim,
R|ra take thou (m.) * (/.), Dfjj? ** (or /&*) <te (ro.) whence
m nnp r G. xlviii. 9.
(7) InNu. xxiii. 13 ^3j3 curse thou (in.) him is an irregular form from lip
with Epenthetic 3' (as it is called) between the Verb and the Affix.
(5) In other Voices, the only change is in the syllable of junction' j thus,
the Ft. *Jgg gives -irnjpa, etc.,
the H<t>. ip^D S ives HT5P0, etc.
55
xxxix. (Table XXVIII) Future KAL with
Dw^iniinc. we will visit. * V e (/) * y (.) they [f.) will visit, they (m.) will visit.
rronouns ^j eiafo
Obj., etc.
her I mpM OVTMJPI MWjWJ Wtp&
J t (.vj : : * W * MH T *.| : t
JTOM
*Aee (m.)
thee (/.) 1pj3M
wie
them (m.) D*7p33
(/) pj3M
W5
wioan
Dsnobn
unpin
v|::
WWD*
*** The forms given above are for Verbs Fut ( )' [ 141 (a, J)].
Note : (a) In Verbs Fut ( ) ' the 2 d Et-letter has (lengthened from ) ; thus,
from &&), ijgfiffi he (or it m.) will clothe me, tSjjjtff*. [see e (vii, 2)]
he shall put on them (m.) [as clothes'] ; and so,
() with one of the letters yntf , or H consonantal, for 3 d or 2 d Et-letter we
have -13nT52^'' & inn?^ 1 ' he will send him, ijirPB^ he will send thee (m.),
t yVT c" T s * ' '-: t ; \ jj
*}TV.y}) he will send me, $3$^ [ e > ^1 ^ <*? &W* w *> etc. ; and so, from
T\p (r. np?) -innf?^ /10 w7J take him, nnj?* A<? w7J take her, etc.
(7) The 3 of 145 stands sometimes between the Verb and a Pron. -Affix ;
thus lfl}*!OP* Jer. v. 22 they (m.) shall pass over it (m.) from f-1"QJ^
\Tfih\ Ft.- v. 22 *% (m.) trig tafo Am from Ff^ JJK'Tj?! (etc.)
Pr. i. 28 they (m.) shall call-upon me from Wy?) (etc.). So also in the
Fi-il ^r\"p\ Is. lx. 7 fcy (m.) shall minister-unto thee (/.).
[TJ-5- for T[. as in Pt. I, 55 (?, &)].
56
Pron.-Affixes (Objective, etc.)
| v : v vft : | ^ :
J tctW t?m. <Ao (/.) w# flisif . thou (m.) tct'W visft,
v
vl : ;
nsam
she will visit.
v| : : v
v|: : v
t v.J : : v
phpsk
nnpan
trrpsa
ras
vj : :
(Haw
XL.
mi*.
r fi
t v.-J : :
r\nps
t v.J : :
Dsn&s
anpam
v I : :
3
(8) "We find the 3 (called ' Epenthetic 3 '), between Verb and Affix, also in other
Persons ; thus, JJHinSSP Jer. v. 22 he (or it m.) will pass-over it (m.) from
1h|P CPBfHS Jer - **S 24 JtM'ff jrivfl tfft (*.) from plti [the Dag. L. in T
is in accordance with Pt. I, 47 (2) & 55 (7)].
(e) Besides the Affix-forms given above, there are some others. Thus (i) Jl-jy insteaq
of rl her, as in iTIBflSl Ex. 3 an d s % e daubed it (/.). (ii) The
fj (ft* (m.) is in Pause J^J (also L_) j and (iv) the Affix Tj , with n
after it, has the form PD . (v) The 2 s. /. TJ has * sometimes after it,
thus ^5 ( V1 ) Instead of *3-_ me, we have sometimes ^__ (p.*JO_ ).
(vii) Instead of D-p them (m.), we have (i) sometimes iJO-jn- and (2) some-
times D-jf, and so (viii) fc (rarely J^) for J-p fa (/.). Karely (ix) ti-r
for }3_ . (x) *| . w<?, has Dagesh for the 3 of (8).
() For the ' Slight '-vcwel in some forms see Obs. xliii (p. 210).
* So t (Ps. l. 23), with the 2 of (5), in Pause.
57
XLI
I
r
r
ei-
n^ r\- rv-
CI-
s~
? ji if~ r 1
^ ^ i- d
rt
J~
r y J-- f-" "S
I
** "
tr fe *r
1
'
s
-*3
o
^>
IT"
1 I
ci-
ci- ci- in- ci-
JTV. /7\^ |^V. |7V.
r^ if* r* r$ *
ffl CI ii|'
i> n^ m
<2 60
iz
-
B
1 *
n n tr~ fr-
{:- pi p'
.- X^ 1 - C"
it, f^
n n kt
R <
OS <JJ
^ 1
o
ci-
r
ci- ci-
Jill JUL
r r
G 1^
ci m
nil cll
"S
W
*- n
e-
fa-is
*
I
*- n:
1 *
2 8
o
M
n
o
r
ci ci-
mi jui
4
j-
C| CI
|- |-
ci
If
a
E
4
e-
9
1
C|-
CI- CI- C|- CI-
n-
r:- i"- i~*
^ .2
as ^
f-
Jill JUL JUL J-1L
b" r i- r d
a
cj /ii 4-
^ ?
Ph
jy
g> fev n;> g* 3
i
j-
r- 1 j |
| 2
<8
a
^ n- 1^ j^-
a
g*
P ?^ &
h
p
s
*_ IZ*Tr*
2 60
a
m
CI-
C|- C|. C|- U|.
C- i r- r- i
.rr- ^r- .tt- wr-
Si
ci ^i a
53 o
G
n Drr
r
f~* f~' f-s %
J-l
#T~
^T-
(3
n i: r-
i
E *
13
|
1
fii-
f-
G 15-
CI Q-.
r r
&5'
SI
S I
|
3
#7-
t
E ^
CI
JUk
5
C|- CI- C|- J-|-
JUL JUL JUL J^'
J- J- r r*s
O' Q^ T T
^T~ ^7- ^T- ST
r:- n- n-
ci a\ c\
nLi3i nL .
H
rz tz* f- r?~
#-|' ^T r\-> *
^
n F-
&
58
XLII.
r
*a:
ia- *iv g 1 *n- /a- *n d< in- m- *?
jtv: f*^ i^v; i^ ja^ f^ f^ f^ f*~ - jQi
r^ r> C r$ n r^ i r* r : ^ f-
Jv iv js - iv & e* m jv- n;..
A; ! 1*V Ai a* fi|. ij|i /a. .
I^V- |A /^ |5^ JTVv JTV^ JTX^ /TV- JA j
r; hi f 3 r; ri; n r r* r^ Q
n
j> ji
r
'o
> I
o *
r->
i^ 1 S n\> l
rs r> r 3 O
^ n - ? H
ni /Hz
r
1-
N
s
/TV;
I"'
%' %i %T Jgl
/a- in- in- la-
rs ri, r j r
&
f
%" %r %; %; %r
1*1' *fl' G\ x 43 1 i*l>
in^ /hiz mi: 1^: /nz
n^ Ji Ir I*- i*r
r:
g 3
J7V; JVV
i r
a
gi
n
1 *
2 .3
P 3
n
m
n
|7V.
n
jr.. g..
g 1
5'
la:-
fij-
rv.
m
n
gii
^
*-
e
f-
B~
#n.. *-.. #-i- *n.. ry.. #-.. #n- #- #-*
n\< n\> c\' *ft< m 1 /a 1 in< /a- 1a 1 .
r^ n* P 3 r : ; r : ; rs r r^ r : .
n
i? G
i? n
- rz- ji it- it-
5? n
CO <u
<1
R,
I ' S
59
XLIII.
fen fe
1* "8
*^ h ^"l ^ H ***" *^ h *^"" tv*
n |J n ** jz is- I*"
.&:i'i.r.r.r
P e | * * *-
1
5 h <ii p*
J n *- n- ip- r- 3
* 3
g
fis
a
Ci
Jta
& Jv J$ gi
5^v pur * Pv
iz n> if" it
I:. It
c- iv
fefe
J? %
<w CO
til
n n
%: %: %: 3
fell fe fefefe
**~ 8 n f> F~ r-
g; fg
o
g*
N
co
-4J
M
Ph
o
Q
I
Ph
J-c
i ..
o
C3
O
o
o
5
8
te
*~^
v_>>
9
o
0Q
^
r
j-
n
a
o
J5
lO
g
^2
CO M
ET*
>
H
be
.9
'o
.3
o
a.
4
H
H
j-
!=
f
ft
3s
co
ni
Q
6"
i
o
^
1
kQ
:3
^_^
-S
o
fee
1
1
3
J*
Pi
jr
ri
00
^2
o
a
5tt
*
c2
i^
j*
^T
3 i m
T3 -. c2
I i
ft <H Ph
2 O
I**
ess co "
a i*
Ph h
s - ^
CO oo
2 H:- Ph
a <^
I #
,2
e -z %
C8 P -S
^ M P
n
N ^ S
. - a
^ CO ^
. o
{: *a -s
.o M a
&H
|s|
*- * s->
rt ^ ^-
^ ft ^
00 *
X
3 i
> o
5a
o * t "
f U\
* ti -
Be (2
^.11
f n
i^ --
60
XLIV.
Note.
The forms of the Future K. of H^J? w. Pron. Affs. (Obj. eto.)
which actually occur are
i inb f J?' r he will make him (or it m.%
^itM \^ e w ^ ma ^ e h er C or ft/0*
lD&^JT he will make them (m.) t
\Z&fflp\ thou (m.) shalt make it (m.),
Plb'JJF) thou (m.) shalt make it (/.),
Jill BWtf I will make, or do, it (/.),
TT^y^ I will make thee (m.),
rfifc^ they (m.) will do it (/.),
^fc^jT tfAey (m.) will make me,
rtib>Jtt tee will do it (/.).
Many of the words given in Tab. XXX are, therefore, merely
Paradigm-forms. The proper form to begin with would, in
accordance with Tab. XXVIII, have been the to form [toE^].
As this word does not occur, we preferred to begin with ^Ifl^JT
Then, for the sake of the uniformity which is necessary in a
Paradigm, the corresponding forms had to be given first in
other places.
61
XLV
s
H
M
M
w
PS
j
>
1
H O
s w
W 02
! M
fc M
E
I
i
te
c
M
Ph
p^
o
I
n
1
t>b
$
.9
g
02
C/2
In
1* 1
* (9
I-* 1
*
/*
* /~"\
|5
l
#-
n
' n
w
**
"V
r
i.
c
3 B
a !
n5
l|
IV
OS
CO
00
CO
I
fa
3
I
i
1
r i
B
i i
#1. *n
*7
J
2 a
r\
*~\
V
s
.Bs
B * H
p- ^ i i
M J
ED
r-
jz;
&
l-H l-H
PP
g-
M R
M
M M
* g
5 1
5
5
B'gj
m
H ^
M H
ps I;
* j
l^ *c S3
6
C2
XLVI
a 2
^g g
~ co
Sn &
C p
co 9
J rd
-J w Ph
15 1
d - ' *t-4
o .
jr.. ,a
**&'
C Q
n n
% i-
& 44
a.
<M CO
8 s -2 >
H csi
.a h .
B M
B' fc -
H si "7
9 - a V
& I P s
a >
*
a
.2
fc?E
It a
j9
l-^o
* 3
a 3
V
fc^
a
M r
I 3
, S d
H M
5
H
It
a
cy
S M
'J
H
-L 5 h
I-
4 S.
_ M
P o
- i it
SH m
49
a a &
ft
ft , >-
HC5
JS * H
H ii to
h-fc 3
*^ H -
d fi k
p H 3
E M
o
6
I'
8 tj
63
\
:!
14 DAY USE
RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED
t
LOAN DEPT.
This book is due on the last date stamped below, or
on the date to which renewed.
, Renewed books are subject to immediate recall.
5 W
7May'63BB|
K
w
tttflsft
-Or,
WV 21 1968 a 4
ac
!(
i\\ - /
R'ECEIV
^ '68 -3 PM
JAHlS'M^^ANDEFT
OF CUIFORHU
LOAN DEPT.
RECDtfgW 7'68-lPH
LD 21A-50m-ll,'62
(D3279sl0)476B
General Library
University of California
Berkeley
E UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
u. \
\U UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
LIBRARY OF T#E. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
HE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
Tv^S^
s
2
22
:^%i
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
9 5 e
J%